Daily Information Bulletin - 1980s - 1989 - OCT - ENG

 DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

JULY RESULTS OF RETAIL SALES SURVEY RELEASED ................ 1

IMPORTANCE OF YOUNG PEOPLE'S WELFARE STRESSED ............... 4

ONE DELIVERY ON OCTOBER 9 ................................... 4

NEW ISLANDS DISTRICT OFFICER APPOINTED ...................... 5

SPORTS COMPLEX TO BE BUILT IN TAI PO ........................ 5

INTER-SCHOOL HEiuLTH EDUCATION SPEECH /JJD SONG CONTESTS .... 6

YOUNG VOCALISTS INVITED FOR AUDITION ........................ 7

STATUTORY HOLIDAY REMINDER .................................. 8

NO AGREEMENT YET ON ARRANGEMENTS FOR RETURNING VBP........... 8

AP LEI CHAU CLINIC ON DB COMMITTEE AGENDA.................... 9

APPLICATION FOR DB FUNDS CLOSES ON OCTOBER 14 ............... 9

APPLICATIONS FOR SAI KUNG DB FUNDS .......................... 10

ENTRY OPENS FOR CENTRAL AND 'WESTERN DANCING COMPETITION..... 11

NEW API ON LITTERING PENALTY................................. 11

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KOWLOON CITY ........................ 12

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT AT AIRPORT............................... 1?

PARKING ARRANGEMENTS IN SAN PO KONG ......................... 1?

SUNDAY. OCTOBER 1. 1989

1

JULY RESULTS OF RETAIL SALES SURVEY RELEASED

*****

THE TOTAL VALUE OF RETAIL SALES IN JULY 1989. ESTIMATED AT *8,478 MILLION, SHOWED PRACTICALLY NO CHANGE WHEN COMPARED WITH JULY 1988 WHILST THEIR VOLUME DECREASED BY 5 PER CENT ACCORDING TO THE PROVISIONAL RESULTS OF A SURVEY RELEASED TODAY (SUNDAY) BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

THIS REFLECTS A CONTINUED SLOW-DOWN IN LOCAL CONSUMER SPENDING AND A SIGNIFICANT DECREASE IN THE NUMBER OF TOURISTS COMING TO HONG KONG IN JULY. THE EVENTS TN CHINA IN EARLY JUNE COULD HAVE MUCH TO DO WITH THE LATTER FACTOR.

COMPARED WITH JULY 1988, RETAIL SALES OF FOOTSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO WENT UP BY 16 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 6 PER CENT IN VOLUME. FUELS INCREASED BY 9 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE AND 1 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME.

ON THE SAME BASIS OF COMPARISON, CLOTHING, FOOTWEAR AND ALLIED PRODUCTS DECREASED BY 4 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE AND 13 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME. CONSUMER DURABLES DROPPED BY 13 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE AND 16 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME.

OTHER CONSUMER GOODS SHOWED AN INSIGNIFICANT CHANGE IN SALES VALUE AND A DECREASE OF 5 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME.

ANALYSED BY SELECTED TRADES. SALES OF SUPERMARKETS INCREASED BY 16 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 4 PER CENT IN VOLUME. DEPARTMENT STORES ROSE BY 6 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE BUT DROPPED BY 2 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME.

MOTOR VEHICLES AND PARTS WENT DOWN BY 8 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE AND 13 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME. CONSUMER DURABLES OTHER THAN MOTOR VEHICLES AND PARTS DECREASED BY 16 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE AND 18 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME.

COMPARING THE PERIOD JANUARY TO JULY 1989 WITH THE SAME PERIOD IN 1988. TOTAL RETAIL SALES INCREASED BY 9 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 1 PER CENT IN VOLUME. SALES OF FOODSTUFFS, ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO ROSE BY 15 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 4 PER CENT IN VOLUME. FUELS WENT UP BY 7 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE AND 2 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME.

RETAIL SALES OF CLOTHING. FOOTWEAR AND ALLIED PRODUCTS ROSE BY 13 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 3 PER CENT IN VOLUME. CONSUMER DURABLES INCREASED BY 3 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE BUT FELL BY 4 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME.

OTHER CONSUMER GOODS WENT UP BY 7 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE AND 1 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME.

ANALYSED BY SELECTED TRADES, RETAIL SALES OF MOTOR VEHICLES AND PARTS INCREASED BY 29 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 21 PER CENT IN VOLUME. DEPARTMENT STORES ROSE BY 12 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE AND 3 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME. SUPERMARKETS SALES WENT UP BY 12 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 1 PER CENT IN VOLUME.

/HOWEVER, CONSUMER

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1989

2

HOWEVER, CONSUMER DURABLES OTHER THAN MOTOR VEHICLES AND PARTS DECREASED BY 11 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE AND 15 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME.

WHEN COMPARED WITH JUNE 1989, AND BEARING IN MIND THAT THIS COMPARISON MAY BE AFFECTED BY SEASONAL FACTORS, TOTAL RETAIL SALES FOR JULY 1989 INCREASED BY 7 PER CENT IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUME.

FOODSTUFFS. ALCOHOLIC DRINKS AND TOBACCO ROSE BY 8 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE AND 9 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME. FUELS WENT UP BY 8 PER CENT IN SALES VALUE AND 7 PER CENT IN SALES VOLUME.

RETAI 1, SALES OF CLOTHING, FOOTWEAR AND ALLIED PRODUCTS INCREASED BY 10 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 13 PER CENT IN VOLUME, WHILST THOSE FOR CONSUMER DURABLES INCREASED BY 8 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 9 PER CENT IN VOLUME.

OTHER CONSUMER GOODS ROSE BY 4 PER CENT IN BOTH SALES VALUE AND VOLUME.

ANALYSED BY SELECTED TRADES, CONSUMER DURABLES OTHER THAN MOTOR VEHICLES AND PARTS INCREASED BY 17 PER CENT IN BOTH SALES VALUE AND VOLUME. DEPARTMENT STORES SALES WENT UP BY 13 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 16 PER CENT IN VOLUME, AND SUPERMARKETS SALES ROSE BY 9 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 8 PER CENT IN VOLUME.

RETAIL SALES OF MOTOR VEHICLES AND PARTS HOWEVER DROPPED BY 3 PER CENT IN BOTH VALUE AND VOLUME.

TABLE 1 PRESENTS THE REVISED TOTAL RETAIL SALES FIGURE FOR JUNE AND JULY 1989 AND THE PROVISIONAL FIGURE FOR JULY 1989.

TABLE 2 SHOWS THE VALUE AND VOLUME INDEXES OF RETAIL SALES IN JUNE 1989 (A) FOR ALL RETAIL TRADES. (B) BY MAJOR TRADE GROUPS AND (C) BY SELECTED TRADES (WHICH FORM PART OF THE RELEVANT MAJOR TRADE GROUPS), WITH AVERAGE RETAIL SALES FROM OCTOBER 1984 TO SEPTEMBER 1985 TAKEN AS 100.

COMPARISONS OF JULY 1989 RESULTS WITH THOSE FOR JUNE 1989 AND WITH THOSE FOR JULY 1988. AND COMPARISONS OF RETAIL SALES IN THE FIRST SEVEN MONTHS OF 1989 WITH THE SAME PERIOD IN 1988. ARE ALSO GIVEN.

THE REPORT CONTAINING THE ANALYSIS OF THE JULY 1989 SURVEY RESULTS IS NOW ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GPO BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE. CENTRAL AT Si PER COPY.

ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL TRADE STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT (TEL. NO.: 5-565240).

/TABLE 1 .......

’ i I

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1989

3 -

TABLE 1 s TOTAL RETAIL SALES

Total Retail Sales lor July 19B9 (Provisional Figure) « HKI B,478million

for June 1989 (Revised Figure) = HKS 7,957tillion

TABLE 2 : VALUE AMD VOLUME INDEXES OF RETAIL SALES

FOR JUNE 1989 AND JULY 1989

(Monthly average of Oct. 84 - Sept. 85 « 100)

Index of 1 July 1989 5 July 1989 1 Jan.-Jul. 1989 I

Item ' Retail 1 June ! July J compared with compared with ' compared with I

1 Sales I 1989 ! 1989 June 1989 I July 1988 I Jan.-Jul. 1988 1 ’

------ (Revised (Provisional Points X 5 Points X • Points X I

1 । • figures) figures) 1

(A) FOR ALL RETAIL TRADES J • • : • I I

1 Value 142 151 9 7 11 I 12 9 I

1 Volume I 110 118 8 7 1-7 -5 1 1 I •

(8) BY MAJOR TRADE GROUPS ! । 1 I ' V 1

Foodstuffs, alcoholic ’ Value 137 148 11 8 1 21 16 IB 15 1

drinks and tobacco J Volume 107 116 10 917 6 • 4 4 1 1

Fuels Value 111 119 9 8 : 9|' 9 7 7 :

Volume 110 118 8 7 1 1 > * । 2 2 1

Clothing, footwear Value 138 151 14 10 1 -7 -4 21 13 I

and allied products Volume 98 110 12 13 1 -16 -13 • 3 3 1 1

Consumer durables Value 128 139 10 8 1 -21 -13 4 3 1

Volume 96 105 9 9 1 -20 -16 -5 -4 :

Other consumer goods Value 157 164 7 41-1 I 12 7 I

Volume 122 127 5 41-7 -5 1 2 1 1

(C) BY SELECTED TRADES I 1 5 1 1 1

(see note 1 below) 1 1 1

Supermarkets Value 179 195 16 9 i 26 16 19 12 1

Volume 139 150 11 816 4 .. 1 1 !

Motor vehicles Value 245 237 . -8 -3 ! -21 -a'

and parts Volume 163 158 -5 -3 1 -24 -13 • 34 21

Consumer durables Value 93 109 16 17 : -20 -16 -is -ii :

other than motor Volume 76 89 13 17 : -19 -18 -17 -15 I

vehicles and parts । । «

Department stores Value 168 190 : 22 13 1 11 6 22 12 *

Volume 121 141 : 20 16: -3 -2 4 3 1

MOTES : 1. in order to analyse the sales of certain trades WITHIN major trade groups, the value and volume indeies in respect of the following selected trades are compiled s (a) 'Supermarkets' - a trade in the "Foodstuffs, alcoholic drinks and tobacco" group.

(b) "Motor vehicles and parts’ - a trade in the ’Consuter durables' group.

(c) 'Consuter durables other than motor vehicles and parts' - a trade in the 'Consumer durables' group, (d) 'Department stores' - a trade in the 'Other consumer goods' group.

2. Figures denoting changes are derived from the unrounded index figures.

3. ’I" denotes a figure within *0.5.

-----0-----------


SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1. 1989

Wflft - 4 -

; IMPORTANCE OF YOUNG PEOPLE’S WELFARE STRESSED

■ ♦ ♦ * * *

THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT HAS ALWAYS ATTACHED IMPORTANCE TO THE WELFARE OF CHILD EN AND YOUTH, THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MR KWOK KA-CHI, SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE "HEALTHY GROWTH TRACK FOR CHILDREN" SEMINAR AND EXHIBITION ORGANISED BY THE BAUHINIA ^IJAYCEES IN TAI tPO, MR KWOK SAID THAT APART FROM FORMAL SCHOOL ^EDUCATION, FAMILY* ANt) COMMUNITY EDUCATION WERE EQUALLY IMPORTANT IN YOUNG PEOPLE’S DEVELOPMENT.

HENCE, HE SAID, THE DEPARTMENT HAD BEEN ACTIVELY PROMOTING FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION.

"APART FROM TERRITORY-WIDE PROMOTIONAL PROGRAMMES, THERE ARE app ALSO 56 ^FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION WORKERS TO ARRANGE VARIOUS ACTIVITIES J AT THE , DISTRICT LEVEL TO HELP FAMILY MEMBERS UNDERSTAND THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES AND PROMOTE HARMONIOUS RELATIONSHIPS," MR KWOK SAID.

"ALSO, A CHILDREN AND YOUTH CENTRE WILL BE SET UP IN EVERY DISTRICT WITH 20,000 TO 30,000 POPULATION SO THAT RECREATIONAL AND GROUP ACTIVITIES CAN BE ARRANGED TO MEET YOUNG PEOPLE’S DEMANDS.

"IN ADDITION. SCHOOL SOCIAL WORK AND OUTREACHING SOCIAL WORK ARE ALSO PROVIDED FOR STUDENTS WITH BEHAVIOUR PROBLEMS OR YOUNG PEOPLE WHO MAY BE SUBJECTED TO INFLUENCE BY ADVERSE ELEMENTS."

THE DEPARTMENT’S FAMILY SERVICES CENTRES ALSO PROVIDED COUNSELLING AND OTHER SERVICES TO INDIVIDUAL FAMILIES IN DIFFICULTIES.

IN VIEW OF THE LARGE YOUTH POPULATION, MR KWOK SAID , CONTRIBUTIONS FROM COMMUNITY ORGANISATIONS COULD AUGMENT SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE GOVERNMENT, AND HE COMMENDED THE BAUHINIA JAYCEES FOR ITS EFFORTS IN PROMOTING COMMUNITY SERVICES IN THE PAST DECADE.

HE ALSO CALLED ON PARENTS , TO PAY MORE ATTENTION TO THEIR

I CHT/LDREN BESIDES MEETING THEIR MATERIALISTIC NEEDS.

"I HOPE PARENTS .'.ILL SPARE MORE TIME WITH THEIR CHILDREN AS FAR AS POSSIBLE SO THAT COMMUNICATION AND RELATIONSHIPS AMONG FAMILY MEMBERS CAN BE ENHANCED," HE SAID.

- - - - O-----

ONE DELIVERY ON OCTOBER 9

*****

THERE WILL BE ONLY ONE MAIL DELIVERY ON MONDAY. OCTOBER 9. THE PUBLIC HOLIDAY FOLLOWING CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL, THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY (SUNDAY ) .

FOR COUNTER RVTCES, THE GENERAL POST OFFICE ON HONG KONG ISLAND AND TS1M S;i SIJI POST OFFICE IN KOWLOON WILL BE OPEN FOR BUSINESS FROM 9 \M TO NOON THAT DAY.

OTHER PQST OFFICES WILL BL CLOSED.’

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1989

- 5 -

NEW ISLANDS DISTRICT OFFICER APPOINTED ♦ * * * *

THE PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY (DEFENCE AND PUBLIC ORDER) OF THE SECURITY BRANCH, MR KIM SALKELD, HAS BEEN APPOINTED TO SUCCEED MR JONATHAN NG AS THE ISLANDS DISTRICT OFFICER, AS FROM OCTOBER 10.

MR SALKELD HAS BEEN WITH THE SECURITY BRANCH SINCE MAY 1986.

HE JOINED THE CIVIL SERVICE AS AN ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER IN SEPTEMBER 1980, AND WAS PROMOTED TO SENIOR ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER IN APRIL 1987.

PREVIOUSLY HE HAD SERVED IN THE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION, THE EDUCATION AND MANPOWER BRANCH AND THE FORMER SOCIAL SERVICES BRANCH.

-------0---------

SPORTS COMPLEX TO BE BUILT IN TAI PO

*****

TAI PO RESIDENTS AND SPORTS ENTHUSIASTS MAY ENJOY THE FACILITIES OF A NEW SPORTS COMPLEX IN TWO YEARS’ TIME.

THE ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A SPORTS COMPLEX TO THE NORTH OF TAI WO ESTATE, TAI PO.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN DECEMBER AND BE COMPLETED IN MAY 1991 .

THE COMPLEX WILL HAVE A STANDARD SPORTS GROUND WITH TURFED SOCCER PITCH. AN EIGHT-LANE 400 METRES SYNTHETIC SURFACED RUNNING TRACK AND WARM UP TRACK, A SPECTATOR STAND FOR 3,500 PEOPLE AND FACILITIES FOR FIELD EVENTS.

IT WILL ALSO HAVE A SQUASH CENTRE WITH SIX SQUASH COURTS, SIX SYNTHETIC SURFACED TENNIS COURTS. TWO SYNTHETIC SURFACED TRAINING COURTS, A REFRESHMENT KIOSK, ANCILLARY SPACES AND LANDSCAPING FEATURES. AND PARKING SPACES FOR 40 PRIVATE CARS AND FIVE COACHES.

TENDER FORMS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT, 34TH FLOOR, QUEENSWAY GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 66 QUEENSWAY, HONG KONG.

TENDERS MUST BE PLACED IN THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT TENDER BOX ON THE LOWER GROUND FLOOR, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (EAST WING). LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG, BEFORE NOON ON OCTOBER 20.

- - O -

/6........

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1989

- 6 -

INTER-SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION SPEECH AND SONG CONTESTS ♦ » ♦ * ♦

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS ARE INVITED TO TAKE PART IN THE 1989 INTER-SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION SPEECH AND SONG CONTESTS TO BE HELD IN THE COMING MONTHS.

AIMED AT RAISING THE HEALTH CONSCIOUSNESS AMONG SCHOOL CHILDREN IN HONG KONG, THE CONTESTS ARE JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE REGIONAL COUNCIL, THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND THE HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT OF THE MUNICIPAL SERVICES BRANCH.

’’THIS WILL NOT ONLY PRODUCE COMPETITIONS AND MEANINGFUL CONTESTS, BUT WILL ALSO HELP TO IMPRESS ON ALL STUDENTS THE IMPORTANCE OF HEALTH,” A SPOKESMAN FOR THE UNIT SAID.

"HEADS OF SCHOOL ARE INVITED TO NOMINATE PUPIL REPRESENTATIVES TO COMPETE IN THESE CONTESTS AND TO GIVE THEM THE WIDEST POSSIBLE PUBLICITY," HE NOTED.

THE THEME CHOSEN FOR BOTH CONTESTS IS "BETTER HYGIENE, BETTER HEALTH".

THE SPEECH CONTEST IS GENERALLY DIVIDED INTO SIX SECTIONS — IN ENGLISH, PUTONGHUA AND CANTONESE -- IN BOTH PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS.

UNDER THE SPEECH CONTEST RULES, EACH SCHOOL MAY NOMINATE UP TO SIX REPRESENTATIVES TO COMPETE, BUT WITH NOT MORE THAN TWO IN EACH SECTION.

"SPEECHES WILL BE LIMITED TO THREE MINUTES EACH IN PRIMARY SECTIONS AND FIVE MINUTES IN SECONDARY SECTIONS. MARKS WOULD BE DEDUCTED FOR OVER-TIMING," THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS ARE REQUESTED TO HOLD THEIR OWN PRELIMINARY CONTESTS TO SELECT STUDENTS WHO ARE BEST QUALIFIED TO COMPETE.

SEMI-FINAL CONTEST WILL BE HELD ON NOVEMBER 4 AT THE GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION ANNEXE IN MONG KOK AND WINNERS WILL BE SELECTED TO ENTER FOR THE FINAL CONTEST WHICH WILL BE HELD ON NOVEMBER 25 AT THE SHA TIN TOWN HALL.

COMPLETED ENTRY FORMS MUST BE RETURNED TO THE HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT AT ROOM 921. NINTH FLOOR. CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICE BUILDINGS. 393 CANTON ROAD, KOWLOON. BY OCTOBER 21.

THE SONG CONTEST WILL BE DIVIDED INTO PRIMARY SCHOOL AND SECONDARY SCHOOL SECTIONS ONLY.

"EACH SCHOOL MAY SEND ONLY ONE CHOIR OF 30 TO 60 STUDENTS, INCLUDING MUSICAL ACCOMPANIMENT, TO COMPETE IN EACH SECTION." THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

/’’THREE MUSIC..........

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1989

"THREE MUSIC SCORES ARE PROVIDED FOR EACH SECTION AND EACH CHOIR COULD ONLY CHOOSE ONE. CONTESTING SCHOOLS ARE ONLY REQUIRED TO COMPOSE VERSE FOR THE SCORE SELECTED.

"THE LYRICS MAY BE IN CHINESE OR ENGLISH OR BOTH. COPIES OF THE MUSIC SCORE FOR RESPECTIVE SECTIONS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE HEALTH EDUCATION UNIT."

THE SONG CONTEST WILL BE HELD ON NOVEMBER 11 AT THE AUDITORIUM OF THE SHA TIN TOWN HALL. THE CLOSING DATE FOR ENTRY IN THE CONTEST IS OCTOBER 28.

A TRANSPORT SUBSIDY OF S300 WILL BE GRANTED TO EACH PARTICIPATING CHOIR IN THE SONG CONTEST.

BOOK COUPONS AND TROPHIES WILL BE AWARDED TO ALL WINNING ENTRIES IN THE VARIOUS SECTIONS OF BOTH THE SPEECH AND THE SONG CONTESTS.

"HOWEVER, FIRST PRIZE WINNERS OF THE SPEECH CONTEST AND THE WINNING CHOIRS OF THE SONG CONTEST WILL BE REQUIRED TO DEMONSTRATE AT THE PRIZE-GIVING CEREMONY TO BE HELD AT 2.30 PM ON DECEMBER 9 IN THE AUDITORIUM OF THE SHA TIN TOWN HALL," THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 3-7236234.

- - 0 - -

YOUNG VOCALISTS INVITED FOR AUDITION ♦ » ♦ * ♦

THE MUSIC OFFICE WILL SELECT SIX YOUNG VOCALISTS TO PERFORM BEFORE A WORLD RENOWNED VOCAL MASTER, PROFESSOR DESIRE LIGETI. WHO WILL HOST A MASTER CLASS AT THE YAU MA TEI MUSIC CENTRE ON OCTOBER 31.

PROFESSOR LIGETI. ACCLAIMED AS A VOCALIST OF CONSIDERABLE CHARM AND ACCURACY, HAD PERFORMED IN MANY FAMOUS OPERAS IN EUROPE AND THE UNITED STATES FROM THE 1940'S TO THE 1960'S.

HE HAS ALSO GIVEN LECTURES AND MASTER CLASSES IN VARIOUS MUSIC SCHOOLS IN ASIA, NORTH AMERICA AND EUROPE IN RECENT YEARS.

LOCAL VOCALISTS WHO ARE UNDER 30 YEARS OF AGE AND WISHED TO BE COACHED ARE WELCOME TO APPLY BY CALLING THE MUSIC OFFICE ON TEL. 5-8235321. THEY WILL HAVE TO ATTEND AN AUDITION LATER THIS MONTH.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE ALSO WELCOME TO ATTEND THE MASTER CLASS, WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 6 PM ON OCTOBER 31. ADMISSION IS FREE AND TELEPHONE RESERVATION CAN BE MADE ON 3-7226240.

- - 0 -

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1. 1989

8

STATUTORY HOLIDAY REMINDER t * * t

THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT TODAY (SUNDAY) REMINDED EMPLOYERS THAT THE DAY FOLLOWING CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL. WHICH FALLS ON OCTOBER 9, IS ONE OF THE 11 STATUTORY HOLIDAYS.

ALL MANUAL EMPLOYEES AND THOSE NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEES EARNING NOT MORE THAN $11,500 ARE ENTITLED TO THE HOLIDAY AND MUST BE PAID FOR THE DAY OFF IF THEY HAVE WORKED CONTINUOUSLY FOR THREE MONTHS IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING THE STATUTORY HOLIDAY.

HOLIDAY PAY SHOULD BE EQUIVALENT TO AN EMPLOYEE’S EARNINGS ON A NORMAL WORKING DAY AND SHOULD INCLUDE BASIC WAGES AS WELL AS ALLOWANCES THAT CAN BE EXPRESSED IN MONEY TERMS, SUCH AS MEALS AND COST OF LIVING ALLOWANCES.

WHERE THE EARNINGS VARY FROM DAY TO DAY, HOLIDAY PAY SHOULD BE THE AVERAGE DAILY EARNINGS DURING EVERY COMPLETE WAGE PERIOD, WHICH COULD BE BETWEEN 28 DAYS AND 31 DAYS PRECEDING THE HOLIDAY.

IF AN EMPLOYEE IS REQUIRED TO WORK ON A STATUTORY HOLIDAY, HE MUST BE GIVEN AN ALTERNATIVE DAY OFF WITHIN 60 DAYS BEFORE OR AFTER THAT DAY.

ENQUIRIES CONCERNING STATUTORY HOLIDAYS MAY BE MADE AT ANY BRANCH OFFICES OF THE LABOUR RELATIONS SERVICE.

-------0----------

NO AGREEMENT YET ON ARRANGEMENTS FOR RETURNING VBP

COMMENTING ON AN ARTICLE WHICH APPEARED IN THE SUNDAY STANDARD, A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (SUNDAY), "NO FORMAL AGREEMENT ON ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE RETURN OF VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE TO VIETNAM, OTHER THAN VOLUNTEERS, HAS YET BEEN CONCLUDED BY THE GOVERNMENTS OF BRITAIN AND VIETNAM. NO DATE CAN THEREFORE BE SET FOR THE COMMENCEMENT OF AN ORDERLY RETURN PROGRAMME FOR THESE PEOPLE. NOR IS ANY ANNOUNCEMENT PLANNED FOR THE STEERING COMMITTEE MEETING IN GENEVA.

"THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT REMAINS COMMITTED TO FINDING A SOLUTION WITHIN THE FRAMEWORK OF THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN OF ACTION. OUR EFFORTS WILL THEREFORE CONTINUE TO PERSUADE OTHER GOVERNMENTS THAT PEOPLE WHO ARE SCREENED OUT AS ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS FROM VIETNAM MUST BE RETURNED QUICKLY TO VIETNAM."

-------0----------

/9........

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1 1 IL

- 9 -

AP LEI CHAU CLINIC ON DB COMMITTEE AGENDA *****

THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT BOARD’S SOCIAL SERVICES COMMITTEE WILL BE BRIEFED ON THE FACILITIES AND SERVICES OF THE AP LEI CHAU CLINIC AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (MONDAY).

THE COMMUNITY PHYSICIAN (HONG KONG) OF THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, DR C.M. NGAN, WILL INTRODUCE THE $16 MILLION PROJECT WHICH IS UNDER CONSTRUCTION AT AP LEI CHAU MAIN STREET.

MEMBERS WILL ALSO DISCUSS THE PROPOSED SUSPENSION OF CHEST EXAMINATIONS AT THE ABERDEEN JOCKEY CLUB CLINIC.

A MEMBER WILL ASK ABOUT THE PROVISION OF SECONDARY SCHOOLS ON AP LAI CHAU AND THE AFTER-SCHOOL CHILD CARE SERVICE IN HONG KONG.

THE COMMITTEE WILL PROCESS AN APPLICATION FOR DISTRICT BOARD FUNDS FROM A LOCAL ORGANISATION FOR A SOCIAL SERVICE PROJECT FOR THE MENTALLY RETARDED AND THE ELDERLY.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE SOUTHER DISTRICT BOARD'S SOCIAL SERVICES COMMITTEE, WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM TOMORROW (MONDAY) IN THE DB CONFERENCE ROOM, SECOND FLOOR, MEI FUL-j COURT, NAM NING STREET, ABERDEEN CENTRE.

PLE SE NOTE THAT THE PROCESSING OF THE APPLICATION FOR DB FUNDS. IN THE LATTER HALF OF THE MEETING, WILL BE CONDUCTED IN CAMERA.

--------o ---------

APPLICATION FOR DB FUNDS CLOSES ON OCTOBER 14

******

THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT BOARD HAS REMINDED LOCAL ORGANISATIONS THAT OCTOBER 14 IS THE CLOSING DATE FOR ACCEPTING APPLICATIONS FOR DISTRICT BOARD FUNDS FOR ORGANISING DISTRICT-WIDE SOCIAL SERVICES PROJECTS.

THE BOARD'S SOCIAL SERVICES COMMITTEE WILL CONSIDER THE APPLICATIONS AT ITS MEETING ON OCTOBER 31, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DISTRICT BOARD SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).

HE POINTED OUT THAT PRIORITY WOULD BE GIVEN TO AGENCIES OR ORGANISATIONS WHICH SERVE THE WHOLE DISTRICT.

/"APPLICATIONS RECOMMENDED

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1989

10

"APPLICATIONS RECOi. 1ENDED BY AREA CONSIDERED," HE ADDED.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT VETTING OF T'1'-: criteria as set down by the government APPRO’ ED FOR A PARTICULAR ORGANISATION WITHIN A FINANCIAL YEAR.

COMMITTEES WILL AL 0 BE

APPLICATIONS WOULD FOLLOW AND THAT THE AMOUNT TO BE WOULD NOT EXCEED $10,000

"REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE APPLICANT ORGANISATIONS HAVE TO ATTEND A MEETING OF TLA COMMITTEE TO PRESENT THEIR PROJECTS AND ANSWER QUESTIONS BY MEMBERS.

"A REPORT ON THE PROJECT DISTRICT BOARD SECRETARIAT WITHIN

SHOULD ALSO BE SUBMITTED TO THE ONE MONTH OF THE PROJECT BEING

COMPLETED," HE SAID.

\PPLICATION FORMS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES. TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 3-273786.

- 0 ----------

APPLICATIONS FOR SAI KUNG DB FUNDS

*****

KUNG

LOCAL ITS

THE CULTURE, RECREATION AND SPORTS COMMITTEE OF THE SAI DISTRICT BO'RD WILL CONSIDER SEVEN APPLICATIONS FOR FUNDS FROM ORGANISATIONS. FOR HOLDING RECREATION AND SPORTS ACTIVITIES, AI MEETING O TUESDAY (OCTOBER 3).

THE APPLICATIONS TOTAL $30,624.

THE FUNDS WOULD BE USED TO SUBSIDISE THREE SPORTS ACTIVITIES, A SOCCER TRAINING GOIRSE, A CARNIVAL AND TWO OUTINGS.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

COVER THE MEETING OF THE SAI KUNG

YOU ARE INVITED TO ,-----

BOARD'S CULTURE. RECREATION AND SPORTS COMMITTEE ON TUESDAY 3) IN THE DISTRICT BOARD CONFERENCE ROOM, SECOND FLOOR, GOVERNMENT OFFICES, CHAN MAN STREET, SAI KUNG TOWN. THE MEETING

DISTRICT (OCTOBER

SAI

KUNG

WILL

START AT 10 AM.

-------O----------

SUNDAY, OCTOBER ,

11

ENTRY OPENS F- ITRAL AND WESTERN DANCING COMPETITION * * t » * *

TALENTED DANCED3 IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN ARE BEING INVITED TO ENTER THE DISTRICT’S DANCING COMPETITION TO BE HELD AT THE SHEUNG WAN CIVIC CENTRE NEXT MONTH.

THE ANNUAL CONTEST, NOW IN ITS SIXTH YEAR, WILL BE HELD BETWEEN 2 PM AND 7 I ON NOVEMBER 12 AT THE CIVIC CENTRE’S THEATRE ON THE FIFTH FLOOR.

THE COMPETITION IS DIVIDED INTO CHILDREN, YOUTH AND OPEN GROUPS, AND COVERS ORIENTAL, WESTERN FOLK AND MODERN DANCES.

ATTRACTIVE PRIZES WILL BE AWARDED TO THE WINNERS WHO WILL BE INVITED TO PERFORM AT A PUBLIC FUNCTION AT THE CITY HALL IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR.

THE COMPETITION IS BEING JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE DISTRICT’S ARTS AND CULTURE ASSOCIATION AND RECREATION AND SPORTS ASSOCIATION WITH SPONSORSHIP FROM THE DISTRICT BOARD.

ENTRY FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE FROM THE DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF HARBOUR BUILDING IN CENTRAL, ITS SUB-OFFICES AT CENTRAL GOV1 JNMENT OFFICES (WEST 3) AND IN KENNEDY TOWN. AND FROM THE ?BAN ■ RVICES DEPARTMEN'. S CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT RECRE PION, AMENITIES AND SPORTS OFFICE IN ROOM 1001 OF THE URBAN COUNT u SHEUNG WAN COMPLEX.

Tl DEADLINE FOR ENTRY IS TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 5-8532566.

--------0 ---------

NEW API ON LITTERING PENALTY t ♦ ♦ * *

A NEWLY PRODUCED ANNOUNCEMENT IN THE PUBLIC INTEREST (API) ON THE PENALTY FOR LITTERING WAS SHOW?. FOR THE FIRST TIME ON TELEVISION TODAY (SUNDAY).

THE API, WHICH IS THE LATEST PUBLICITY ITEM FOR THE KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN. SHOWS A PAPER CONTAINER SLOWLY DISSOLVING INTO MONEY WHILE BEING THROWN AS LITTER ONTO THE GROUND.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL/REGIONAL COUNCIL KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN STEERING COMMITTEE, DR PANG HOK-TUEN, SAID THE IDEA WAS TO REMIND LITTERERS TH' OST THEY WERE GOING TO PAY FOR LITTERING.

/WHILE EMPHASISING


SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1 , 19L :■

12 -

WHILE EMPHASISING EDUCATION AND A POSITIVE APPROACH APJ LING TO THE PUBLIC TO KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN, THE COMMITTEE ALSO SUI RI :D LAW ENFORCEMENT ACTION AGAINST LITTERERS, HE SAID.

"WE FEEL THAT LITTERING SHOULD NOT BE TOLERATED AT THE EXPENSE OF THE WELL-BEING OF OTHER RESPONSIBLE CITIZENS," DR PANG SAID.

HE SAID ANOTHER API ON THE SAME THEME SHOWING THE LITTERING OF A CIGARETTE END WOULD BE AIRED LATER IN THE WEEK.

TO REINFORCE THE MESSAGE, ANTI-LITTER BLITZ OPERATIONS WOULD BE STEPPED UP BY THE RELEVANT GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS STARTING MID OCTOBER.

THE MAXIMUM PENALTY FOR LITTERING IS 810,000 AND SIX MONTHS’ IMPRISONMENT.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WISHING TO REPORT LITTERING CASES OR MAKE COMPLAINTS CAN CALL THE REGIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT ON TEL. 0-4145555 OR THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT ON TEL. 5-8680000.

------O-------■

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KOWLOON CITY * » » » *

’HE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON TUESAY (OCTOBER 3) THE FLYOVER LEADING FROM THE DEPARTURES CIRCUIT AT THE HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT TO PRINCE EDWARD ROAD EAST EASTBOUND WILL BE OPENED TO TRAFFIC AND AT THE SAME TIME BE DESIGNATED AN URBAN CLEARWAY 24 HOURS DAILY.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR G3CDS THERE.

AT THE SAME TIME, ALL VEHICLES EXCEEDING 3.3 METRES IN HEIGHT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE FLYOVER LEADING FROM THE DEPARTURES CIRCUIT TO PRINCE EDWARD ROAD EAST EASTBOUND 24 HOURS DAILY.

THE FLYOVER WILL ALSO BE DESIGNATED A GOODS-VEHICLES BAN ZONE 24 HOURS DAILY.

ALL GOODS VEHICLES. EXCEPT THOSE WITH PERMITS ISSUED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE BAN ZONE.

- O ----------

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 1, 1989

- 1? -

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT AT AIRPORT

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 3), THE UNNAMED ROAD LINKING ELECTRA DRIVE ROUNDABOUT AND THE EASTBOUND DOWN RAMP LEADING FROM THE DEPARTURES CIRCUIT TO ARRIVALS ROAD AT THE HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT WILL BE RE-ROUTED FROM ONE-WAY WESTBOUND TO TWO-WAY TRAFFIC TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC CIRCULATION.

APPROPRIATE TRAFFIC SIGNS WILL BE ERECTED TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

-------0---------

PARKING ARRANGEMENTS IN SAN PO KONG *****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 3), THE EXISTING METERED PARKING SPACES FOR GOODS VEHICLES ALONG THE NORTHERN KERBSIDE OF NG FONG STREET WILL BE CANCELLED TO IMPROVE CAPACITY OF THE STREET.

THESE PARKING SPACES WILL BE CONVERTED INTO PARKING ZONES FOR GOODS VEHICLES DAILY FROM 8 PM TO 7 AM TO MEET THE LORRY PARKING DEMAND IN THE SAN PO KONG INDUSTRIAL AREA AT NIGHT.

- - 0-----------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL.: 5-8428777

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

NEW VESSEL TRAFFIC CENTRE A MILESTONE IN HK'S PORT HISTORY . 1

HK GETS ON WITH BUSINESS WITH RENEWED VIGOUR: FS ........... 3

MONETARY STATISTICS FOR AUGUST PUBLISHED ................... 5

ACTING FS TO OPEN SEMINAR ON TRADE IN SERVICES ............. 9

R & V DEPT PREPARING FOR NEXT GENERAL REVALUATION .......... 10

NEW RADIO FREQUENCY PLAN BIGINS ON JANUARY 1 ............... 11

GOOD SAFETY RECORD AT TUNNEL UNDER CONSTRUCTION ............ 14

S18JM CONTRACT FOR EXTENSION OF PAR KONG TREATMENT WORKS ... 15

REGISTRATION OF APPLICANTS FOR TEXTILES IMPORT LICENCES .... 15

BOOKMARK DESIGN COMPETITION IN SHAM SHUT PO ................ 17

'TAI PO IN THE 21ST CENTURY' CONTESTS ...................... 17

GENERAL HOUSEHOLD SURVEY FOR OCTOBER - DECEMBER ............ 18

SPECIAL REVIEW ARTICLE IN MONTHLY DIGEST OF STATISTICS ..... 19

SHORTAGE OF TEACHERS IN YUEN LONG ON AGENDA ................ 19

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS PROPOSED TRANSPORT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME .................................................... 20

WATER STORAGE FIGURE........................................ 20

FRESH WATER CUTS IN TWO KOWLOON DISTRICTS .................. 21

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS AT AIRPORT AND NT..................... 21

MONDAY. OCTOBER 2. 1989

NEW VESSEL TRAFFIC CENTRE A MILESTONE IN UK’S PORT HISTORY ♦ ♦♦!♦

THE NEW VESSEL TRAFFIC CENTRE REPRESENTS A MAJOR MILESTONE IN THE HISTORY OE THE PORT OF HONG KONG. THE GOVERNOR. SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (MONDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE MARINE DEPARTMENT’S VESSEL TRAFFIC CENTRE AT THE MACAl FERRY TERMINAL IN SHEUNG WAN, SIR DAVID SAID THE CENTRE CAME INTO SERVICE AT THE RIGHT TIME WHEN THE GOVERNMENT WAS CONSIDERING AMBITIOUS PLANS FOR FUTURE PORT AND AIRPORT DEVELOPMENT.

"THESE PLANS WILL TODAY." HE ADDED.

CHANGE THE FACE OF THE PORT

AS WE KNOW IT

THE GOVERNOR SAID HONG KONG SERIOUS MARINE ACCIDENTS IN RECENT MARINI' TRAFFIC MEANT INCREASED RISK

HAD FORTUNATELY SEEN VERY FEW YEARS. BUT STEADILY INCREASING \S WELL AS INCREASING PROSPERITY.

"THE NEW VESSEL TRAFFIC SYSTEM WILL REDUCE THESE RISKS AND PROVIDE SUFFICIENT FLEXIBILITY TO EXPAND IN LINE WITH THE PORT'S FUTURE GROWTH." HE ADDED.

SIR DAVID SAID THAT IN ADDITION TO THE GROWING NUMBER OF CARGO SHIPS CALLING HERE. HONG KONG WAS EXPANDING FAST AS A CENTRE FOR PASSENGER SHIPPING.

"LAST YEAR ALMOST II MILLION PASSENGERS PASSED THROUGH THE TWO TERMINALS OPERATED BY THE MARINE DEPARTMENT EITHER TO VISIT OR RETURN FROM MACAU AND CHINA." HE SAID.

MOST OF THESE PASSENGERS TRAVELLED ON SMALL FAST VESSELS SUCH AS JETFOILS AND HOVERCRAFT.

NOTING THAT HONG KONG HAD PROBABLY THE LARGEST FLEET OF SUCH SEA-GOING VESSELS IN THE WORLD. THE GOVERNOR SAID THE SAFE CONTROL OF SO MANY FAST VESSELS IN A SMALL AREA WAS NO EASY TASK.

"THANKS TO THE CAREFUL WORK OF THE MARINE DEPARTMENT WE NEVERTHELESS HAVE AN EXCELLENT RECORD FOR THE SAFE TRANSPORT OF MILLIONS OF PASSENGERS CARRIED EACH YEAR.

"NOW THIS NEW VESSEL TRAFFIC SYSTEM. BACKED UP BY A SIMILAR SCHEME BASED IN MACAU, WILL ENABLE ALL MOVEMENTS OF THESE VERY FAST VESSELS TO DE CLOSELY MONITORED." HE ADDED.

"PORT SAFETY AND EFFICIENCY IN OUR EVER BUSIER WATERS WILL BE IMPROVED AS A RESULT." SIR DAVID SAID.

HE POINTED OUT THAT WITH HONG KONG BEING THE BUSIEST CONTAINER PORT IN THE WORLD. THERE WAS A NEED TO MAKE THE BEST POSSIBLE USE OF EVERY AVAILABLE BERTH, IF WE WERE TO MAXIMISE THE USE OF THE CONTAINER TERMINALS.

/’’BY MONITORING.......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

2

"BY MONITORING VESSEL TRAFFIC IN THE APPROACHES TO HONG KONG WATERS. THIS NEW SYSTEM WILL HELP MASTERS OF CONTAINER VESSELS TO ARRIVE AT KWAI CHUNG AT THE BEST TIME TO GET A BERTH.

"WE WILL ALSO BE ABLE TO MAKE MORE EFFICIENT USE OF OUR BUOYS AND ANCHORAGES," SIR DAVID SAID.

NATURE, THE GOVERNOR SAID, HAD GIVEN HONG KONG THE BEST DEEP WATER PORT ON THE SOUTHERN COAST 01 CHINA.

"OUR PORT HAS BEEN THE FOUNDATION OF MODERN HONG KONG’S EXISTENCE AND PROSPERITY.

"THIS NEW SYSTEM WILL ENSURE THAT WE USE THE GIFTS THAT NATURE HAVE GIVEN US WITH THE EFFICIENCY AND RELIABILITY THAT ARE THE HALLMARKS OF HONG KONG'S SUCCESS." SIR DAVID SAID.

THE DIRECTOR OF MARINE. MR DERICK HALL, EARLIER SAID VESSEL TRAFFIC SYSTEMS OF VARYING COMPLEXITY HAD BEEN IN USE IN EUROPE, CANADA, THE UNITED STATES AND JAPAN FOR MANY YEARS.

THE HONG KONG SYSTEM LED THE WAY' NOT ONLY IN ITS STATE-OF-ART TECHNOLOGY BUT ALSO BY BEING THE FIRST TO INCLUDE A FULLY INTEGRATED DATA HANDLING SYSTEM WHICH ENABLED STATISTICAL AND INVOICING FUNCTIONS TO BE HANDLED AUTOMATICALLY, THUS GREATLY INCREASING EFFICIENCY.

HE SAID: "THE DATA PRODUCED WILL ENABLE GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND OTHER PORT RELATED AGENCIES TO BE DIRECTLY LINKED TO THE SYSTEM.

"LOOKING AHEAD. IT IS POSSIBLE THAT THIS SYSTEM COULD FORM ONE DATA-LINK IN A CHAIN OF PORTS AROUND THE PACIFIC RIM."

THE SYSTEM WOULD OPERATE INITIALLY ON A VOLUNTARY BASIS BUT LEGISLATION WOULD BE INTRODUCED LATER TO MAKE PARTICIPATION COMPULSORY, MR HALL SAID.

THE SYSTEM USES STRATEGICALLY PLACED RADAR SITES, VHF RADIO AND A VHF FINDER TO PROVIDE SURVEILLANCE OF 95 PER CENT OF HONG KONG WATERS.

THE RADAR SITES ARE LOCATED TO PROVIDE COVERAGE OF THOSE AREAS POSING THE HIGHEST RISK TO VESSELS ENTERING AND LEAVING HONG KONG.

- 0 - -

I

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

- 5 - (

HK GETS ON WITH BUSINESS WITH RENEWED VIGOUR: FS

*****

SINCE JUNE, ALL THE SIGNS ARE THAT HONG KONG HAS, IN ITS USUAL WAY, PICKED UP THE PIECES AND GOT ON WITH BUSINESS WITH RENEWED VIGOUR, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY. SIR PIERS JACOBS, SAID TODAY (MONDAY I.

ADDRESSING OVER 200 BUSINESS, FINANCIAL AND ACADEMIC LEADERS AT A LUNCHEON ORGANISED BY THE ASIA SOCIETY' IN NEW YORK, SIR PIERS POINTED OUT THAT THE EFFECT OF THE RECENT EVENTS IN CHINA ON THE HONG KONG ECONOMY WAS NOT VERY GREAT ALTHOUGH THE IMMEDIATE IMPACT WAS SEVERE.

HE NOTED THAT FAR MORE IMPORTANT THAN THE IMMEDIATE MARKET REACTIONS IN HONG KONG WAS WHAT DID NOT HAPPEN.

"THERE WAS NO PANIC. THE FINANCIAL SYSTEM, STRENGTHENED BY REFORMS INTRODUCED SINCE THE OCTOBER ’87 CRASH. SHOWED NO SIGNS OF REAL STRAIN. THE EXCHANGE RATE, THANKS TO THE LINK, STAYED STABLE.

"THERE WAS LITTLE INTERRUPTION IN THE FLOW OF TRADE ACROSS THE BORDER WITH GUANGDONG.

"THERE WAS NO SUDDEN SHUTTING OF FACTORIES OR COLLAPSE OF ORDEI BOOKS. LIFE WENT ON AS BEFORE." HE SAID.

SIR PIERS ADDED THAT SINCE JUNE 5, THE HANG SENG INDEX HAD REGAINED SOME 20 PER CENT AND VARIOUS SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY HAD SHOWN CONFIDENCE IN THE TERRITORY’S FUTURE.

THE LARGEST SITE EVER SOLD IN THE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT WHICH HAD BEEN ADVERTISED BEFORE JUNE I FOR SALE BY TENDER ATTRACTED FIVE BIDDERS AND THE SALE WAS CLINCHED AT US$350 MILLION - A RESPECTABLE PRICE THAT JUSTIFIED THE DECISION TO LET THE MARKET OPERATE.

ANOTHER FRESH INDICATION OF CONFIDENCE IN HONG KONG'S FUTURE WAS THE LOAN OF US$1.35 BILLION SECURED BY THE HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL I ERMINALS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF TWO NEW CONTAINER TERMINALS.

"THE LOAN SYNDICATION INCLUDED HONG KONG. JAPANESE AND AMERICAN INTERESTS AND THE PAPER WAS OVERSUBSCRIBED ON ISSUE." HE SAID.

THE GOVERNMENT’S AWARD OF THE WORLD’S LARGEST CABLE TELEVISION NETWORK FRANCHISE AND THE PLEDGE OF US$700 MILLION BY THE SUCCESSFUL CONSORTIUM TO COMPLETE THE SYSTEM WERE ALSO SIGNS OF CONFIDENCE.

TALKING ABOUT THE CHALLENGE CONFRONTING HONG KONG, SIR PIERS SAID IT WAS UNIQUE, BUT NOT INSURMOUNTABLE.

/HE SAID .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

HE SAID HONG KONG'S MAIN PROBLEM AT THE MOMENT HAD NOTHING TO DO WITH THE ECONOMY EVEN THOUGH THE TERRITORY HAD TO SOME EXTENT BEEN SUFFERING FROM OVER RAPID ECONOMIC GROWTH, A TIGHT LABOUR MARKET AND A HIGH RATE OF INFLATION.

"IT IS A FEAR FOR THE FUTURE. THIS IS NOT SOMETHING THAT SMARTED ON JUNE 4. IT HAS BEEN WITH US FOR LONGER THAN THAT," HE SAID, ADDING THAT WHAT HAPPENED IN PEKING IN JUNE BROUGHT THE FEARS OF HONG KONG PEOPLE FIRMLY INTO FOCUS.

"THE WORST OF THE PROBLEM IS THAT WHEN FEAR TRANSLATES INTO FLIGHT, WE RUN THE RISK THAT OUR BEST AND BRIGHTEST WILL SEEK SECURITY OUTSIDE HONG KONG, THE SO CALLED 'BRAIN DRAIN’."

WHILE IT WAS FUNDAMENTAL TO HONG KONG’S PHILOSOPHY THAT THERE SHOULD BE COMPLETE FREEDOM OF MOVEMENT FOR THE POPULATION OF HONG KONG. WHAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD TO DO WAS TO PROVIDE THE RIGHT SORT OF ENVIRONMENT TO PERSUADE PEOPLE TO STAY OR EVEN TO ENCOURAGE THEM TO RETURN, HE SAID.

"MEETING THE DEMAND FOR SKILLED PERSONNEL, FOR PEOPLE TO REPLACE THOSE LOST IN THE BRAIN DRAIN IS BEST ACCOMPLISHED THROUGH OUR INCREASING EDUCATION AND TRAINING OPPORTUNITIES IN HONG KONG.

"TO A LESSER EXTENT WE ARE ABLE TO RELAX SOME OF OUR IMMIGRATION RULES. FOR THE MOMENT WE HAVE SET OUR FACE AGAINST THE WHO! <SALE IMPORTATION OF UNSKILLED LABOUR, BUT WE HAVE ATTEMPTED TO BE REASONABIY LIBERAL IN OUR INTERPRETATION OF SKILLS SO THAT EMPLOYERS CA BRING INTO HONG KONG PERSONNEL WHO DO HAVE SOME SKILL TO CONTRIBUTE SO AS TO MEET ANY LOCAL SHORTAGE." HE POINTED OUT.

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY SAID HE DID NOT WANT TO UNDERSTATE THE PROBLEM BUr HE DID NOT CONSIDER THAT POTENTIAL INVESTORS IN HONG KONG SHOULD BE RIGHTENED OFF BY THE BRAIN DRAIN.

"IT CAN BE COPED WITH THROUGH MANAGEMENT AND THAT IS WHAT PEOPLE APE DOING." HE SAID.

"MANY WHO LEAVE HONG KONG TODAY ARE MOTIVATED BY THE FEAR THAT CHINA WILL NOT LIVE UP TO ITS PROMISE NOT TO INTERFERE WITH THE RUNNING OF HO' G KONG'S OPEN, CAPITALIST SOCIETY AFTER 1997.

"THERE ARE. OF COURSE. NO ABSOLUTE GUARANTEES. BUT EVERYTHING THAT CAN BE DONE IS BEING DONE BOTH TO DEFINE AND PRESERVE HONG KONG’S SEPARATE IDENTITY WITHIN CHINA AFTER 1997, AND TO ENSURE THE CONTINUITY OF ITS POLICIES AND ITS WAY OF LIFE THROUGH THAT HISTORIC DATE." HE SAID.

TURNING TO INTERNATIONAL PARTICIPATION IN HONG KONG. HE SAID 12 PER CENT OF HONG KONG’S INDUSTRIAL WORKFORCE WERE EMPLOYED IN 600 FACTORIES WHOLLY OR PARTLY OWNED BY FOREIGN INTERESTS.

"THE UNITED STATES IS THE BIGGEST INVESTOR, EMPLOYING 36.000 WORKERS IN 160-ODD FACTORIES. THAT REPRESENTS INVESTMENT OF SOME USS1 BILLION IN ALL, OR OVER A THIRD OF THE TOTAL.

/"AFTER THE

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

- 5 -

"AFTER THE STATES COME THE JAPANESE: NEW ARRIVALS SINCE JUNE 4 INCLUDE SUCH NAMES AS NEC. DAI NIPPON PRINTING AND KIRIN BREWERY.

"WE VALUE THIS OVERSEAS INVESTMENT IN HONG KONG. NOT JUST FOR THE CAPITAL, BUT FOR THE NEW PRODUCTS, TECHNIQUES AND TECHNOLOGY WHICH COME WITH IT," HE STRESSED.

"TODAY THE OPPORTUNITIES FOR INVESTMENT IN HONG KONG, AND THERE ARE PLENTY. ARE IN THE SERVICES SECTOR. THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY, AND IN MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES THAT REQUIRE HIGHER SKILLS AND GREATER PRODUCTIVITY," HE SAID.

HE POINTED OUT THAT CHINA’S REOPENING TO THE WEST HAD ATTRACTED THE INTEREST OF THE WORLD.

"AND THE WORLD HAS ARRIVED IN HONG KONG, ON CHINA’S DOORSTEP, TO SET UP SHOP AND EXPLORE THE ENORMOUS WEALTH OF OPPORTUNITIES FOR TRADE, INVESTMENT AND INTERNATIONAL CO-OPERATION WHICH MODERNISATION PRESENTS." HE ADDED.

SIR PIERS POINTED OUT THAT HONG KONG HAD BECOME A KEY ELEMENT IN THE WORLD ECONOMY. "IF HONG KONG SUFFERS, THE EFFECTS ARE FELT IN LONDON. NEW YORK, PARIS AND TOKYO.

"IF IT WERE TO COME TO A COMPLETE STOP THE WORLD WOULD LOSE A MAJOR ECONOMIC ARTERY, THE WORLD’S ELEVENTH LARGEST TRADING ECONOMY AND AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE GLOBAL FINANCIAL. TRADING AND INVESTMENT SYSTEM.

"IN SHORT. THE WORLD HAS A STAKE IN THE CONTINUED VIABILITY AND PROSPERITY OF HONG KONG. IN THIS AGE OF ECONOMIC INTERDEPENDENCE IT COULD NOT BE OTHERWISE." HE SAID.

------O -------

MONETARY STATISTICS FOR AUGUST PUBLISHED t * * * t

HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPOSITS WITH AUTHORISED INSTITUTIONS DECLINED IN AUGUST COMPARED WITH JULY, WHILE FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS REGISTERED AN INCREASE DURING THE MONTH, ACCORDING TO STATISTICS PUBLISHED TODAY (MONDAY) BY THE MONETARY AFFAIRS BRANCH.

REFLECTING THE DECLINE IN HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPOSITS, THE BROADEST DEFINITION OF HONG KONG DOLLAR MONEY SUPPLY FELL DURING AUGUST.

TOTAL LOANS AND ADVANCES EXTENDED BY AUTHORISED INSTITUTIONS INCREASED IN AUGUST COMPARED WITH JULY. MOST MAJOR CATEGORIES OF LOANS, INCLUDING LOANS FOR TRADE FINANCING, OTHER LOANS FOR USE IN HONG KONG AND OFFSHORE LOANS RECORDED INCREASES DURING AUGUST.

/THE ACCOMPANYING .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 19^9

- 6 -

THE ACCOMPANYING TABLE SETS OUT SUMMARY FIGURES FOR AUGUST 1989 AND COMPARISONS WITH EARLIER MONTHS.

DEPOSITS

HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPOSITS WITH AUTHORISED INSTITUTIONS FELL BY 0.4 PER CENT IN AUGUST, FOLLOWING A DECLINE OF 0.4 PER CENT IN JUNE AND AN INCREASE OF 0.3 PER CENT IN JULY. OF THESE DEPOSITS, DEMAND AND SAVINGS DEPOSITS ROSE BY 1.3 PER CENT AND 0.5 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY WHILE TIME DEPOSITS DROPPED BY 1.3 PER CENT. DURING THE 12 MONTHS ENDING AUGUST 1989, TOTAL HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPOSITS GREW BY 15.8 PER CENT.

FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS WITH AUTHORISED INSTITUTIONS ROSE BY 1.1 PER CENT IN AUGUST. FOLLOWING A DECREASE OF 1.4 PER CENT IN JUNE AND AN INCREASE OF 2.2 PER CENT IN JULY. AMONG THESE DEPOSITS, U.S. DOLLAR DEPOSITS ROSE BY 1.0 PER CENT IN AUGUST WHILE NON-U.S. DOLLAR GREW BY 1.2 PER CENT. OVER THE YEAR, TOTAL FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS INCREASED BY 24.5 PER CENT.

FOREIGN CURRENCY SWAP DEPOSITS GREW BY 0.6 PER CENT IN AUGUST, AFTER INCREASES OF 3.7 PER CENT AND 3.5 PER CENT IN JUNE AND JULY RESPECTIVELY. ADJUSTED TO INCLUDE THESE DEPOSITS, HONG KONG DOLLAR DEPOSITS DROPPED BY 0.3 PER CENT IN AUGUST BUT INCREASED BY 20.1 PER CENT COMPARED WITH A YEAR EARLIER. ON THE OTHER HAND, FOREIGN CURRENCY DEPOSITS, ADJUSTED TO EXCLUDE SWAP DEPOSITS, INCREASED BY 1.2 PER CENT IN AUGUST AND BY 21.6 PER CENT OVER THE YEAR.

DEPOSITS OF ALL CURRENCIES WITH BANKS ROSE BY 0.8 PER CENT IN AUGUST WHILE THOSE WITH DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES FELL BY 3.1 PER CENT. OVER THE 12 MONTHS ENDING AUGUST 1989. THE FORMER ROSE BY 22.6 PER CENT WHILE THE LATTER GREW RY 1.6 PER CENT.

MONEY SUPPLY

HKSM1 AND HKSM2 GREW BY 0.8 PER CENT AND 0.1 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY IN AUGUST, WHILE HKSM3 FELL BY 0.3 PER CENT. THEIR CORRESPONDING GROWTH RATES IN JULY WERE 0.5 PER CENT. 0.5 PER CENT AND 0.2 PER CENT. DURING THE 12 MONTHS ENDING AUGUST 1989, HKSM1, HKSM2 AND HKSM3 ROSE BY 7.6 PER CENT, 17.1 PER CENT AND 15.7 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. ADJUSTED TO TAKE ACCOUNT OF SWAP DEPOSITS, HKSM2 GREW BY 0.2 PER CENT IN AUGUST AND BY 21.4 PER CENT COMPARED WITH /\ YEAR EARLIER. HKSM3 FELL BY 0.2 PER CENT IN AUGUST BUT INCREASED BY 19.6 PER CENT OVER THE YEAR.

TOTAL Ml.M2 AND M3 GREW BY 0.3 PER CENT, 0.7 PER CENT AND 0.5 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY IN AUGUST. THEIR CORRESPONDING GROWTH RATES IN JULY WERE 0.1 PER CENT, 1.5 PER CENT AND 1.3 PER CENT. OVER THE YEAR, TOTAL Ml, M2 AND M3 GREW BY 6.1 PER CENT. 22.5 PER CENT AND 20.8 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

/LOANS AND

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1r>89

- 7 -

LOANS AND ADVANCES

TOTAL OUTSTANDING LOANS AND ADVANCES EXTENDED BY AUTHORISED INSTITUTIONS GREW BY 2.5 PER CENT IN AUGUST, FOLLOWING AN INCREASE OF 3.2 PER CENT IN JUNE AND A FALL OF 0.4 PER CENT IN JULY. OF THE TOTAL OUTSTANDING LOANS, THOSE DENOMINATED IN HONG KONG DOLLARS GREW BY 1.5 PER CENT WHILE THOSE DENOMINATED IN FOREIGN CURRENCIES INCREASED BY 3.4 PER CENT.

LOANS TO FINANCE VISIBLE TRADE OF HONG KONG ROSE BY 2.5 PER CENT IN AUGUST, FOLLOWING AN INCREASE OF 5.0 PER CENT IN JUNE AND A DECLINE OF 0.2 PER CENT IN JULY. OVER THE YEAR, THESE LOANS GREW BY 27.5 PER CENT.

OTHER LOANS FOR USE IN HONG KONG GREW BY 1.8 PER CENT IN AUGUST COMPARED WITH INCREASES OF 0.2 PER CENT AND 1.9 PER CENT IN JUNE AND JULY RESPECTIVELY. OVER THE YEAR, THESE LOANS GREW BY 35.5 PER CENT.

LOANS FOR USE OUTSIDE HONG KONG GREW BY 4.0 PER CENT IN AUGUST, AFTER AN INCREASE OF 5.2 PER CENT IN JUNE AND A FALL OF 5.4 PER CENT IN JULY. OVER THE YEAR, THESE LOANS GREW BY 11.8 PER CENT.

LOANS TO FINANCE MERCHANDISING TRADE NOT TOUCHING HONG KONG DECLINED BY 5.8 PER CENT IN AUGUST, AFTER A FALL OF 0.8 PER CENT IN JUNE AND AN INCREASE OF 3.1 PER CENT IN JULY. OVER THE YEAR, THESE LOANS GREW BY 11.7 PER CENT.

NUMBER OF REPORTING INSTITUTIONS

THE NUMBER OF REPORTING LICENSED BANKS INCREASED BY TWO TO 162. THE NUMBER OF LICENSED DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES REMAINED UNCHANGED AT 35. WHILE THAT OF REGISTERED DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES DECREASED BY ONE TO 208.

/MONETARY STATISTICS .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2

8

Aug 1989 MONETARY STATISTICS - AUGUST 1989 (HKSmn)

(X Earlier months change to August 1989)

Money Supply Jul 1989 May 1989 Aug 1988

Ml - HK$ Foreign currency 79.478 78.863 ( 0.8 X) 79.113 ( 0.5 X) 73,834 ( 7.6 X)

8.695 88.172 9,027 87.890 ( ( -3.7 0.3 X) X) 8,533 87,646 ( ( 1.9 0.6 X) X) 9,298 83,132 ( ( -6.5 6. 1 X) X)

M2 - HKS Foreign currency Total 377,983 377.568 ( 0.1 X) 373,932 ( 1.1 X) 322,016 ( 17.4 X)

534,011 911.994 527.836 905.404 ( ( 1.2 0.7 X) X) 524.927 698.859 ( ( 1.7 1.5 X) X) 422,576 744.591 ( ( 26 4 X) X)

M3 - HKS Foreign currency Total 410.901 412.111 ( -0.3 X) 411,309 ( -0.1 X) 355.204 ( 15.7 X)

567.824 978,724 562,077 974,187 ( ( 1.0 0.5 %) X) 558.410 969,718 ( ( 1.7 0.9 X) X) 455,163 810,367 i> ( 24.8 20.8 X) X)

Notes and coins in circulation of which held by public 36,192 31.563 36,339 31,552 ( ( -0.4 0.0 X) X) 35.143 30.307 ( ( 3.0 4.1 X) X) 30.899 26.930 ( ( 17.1 17.2 X) X)

Total Deposits

Total Demand deposits Total Savings deposits Total Time deposits with banks Total Time deposits with dtcs HKS deposits USS deposits Other foreign currency deposits All deposits 56,610 173.163 633,727 64,694 366.626 302,263 259.305 928,194 56.339 171.059 629.465 66.752 368.139 299.334 256.142 923.614 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ’ 0.5 1.2 0.7 -3.1 -0.4 1.0 1.2 0.5 X) X) x> X) X) X) X) X) 57,339 163,268 530,836 68,699 368,424 297,293 254,425 920,142 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( -1.3 6.1 0.5 -5.8 -0.5 1.7 1.9 0.9 X) X) X) X) X) X) X) X) 56.202 164,770 483,227 63,701 316.637 240,324 210.890 767,900 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 0.7 5.1 31.1 1.6 15.8 25.6 23.G 20.9 X) X) X) X) X) X) X) X)

Foreign currency swap deposits 59,561 59,230 ( 0.6 X) 55,147 ( 8.0 X) 38.267 ( 55.6 X)

Total Loans and advances

To finance H.K.’s visible trade 67.201 65.568 ( 2.5 %) 62,561 ( 7.4 X) 52,694 ( ( 27.5 X)

To finance merchandising trade 8.998 9,549 ( -5.8 X) 9,332 ( -3.6 X) 6,352 41.7 X)

not touching H.K. Other loans for use in H.K. Other loans for use outside H.K. 554.S92 386.980 545.203 371,971 ( ( 1.8 4.0 X) X) 533,923 373.718 ( ( 3.9 3.5 X) X) 409,458 346,210 ( ( ( 35.5 11.8 X) X) X)

Other loans where the place of 87.277 86.067 ( 1.4 X) 69,643 ( 25.3 X) 54,736 59.5

use is not known 500.363 493.069 ( 1.5 X) 483.831 ( 3.4 X) 365,012 ( 37.1 X) X) X)

Loans in foreign currencies Total loans and advances 604,986 1,105,349 585.289 1,078,353 ( ( 3.4 2.5 X) X) 565,347 1,049,177 ( ( 7.0 5.4 X) X) 504.438 869,450 I ( 19.9 27.1

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

9

ACTING FS TO OPEN SEMINAR ON TRADE IN SERVICES

THE ACTING FINANCIAL SECRETARY, MR DAVID NENDICK, WILL OPEN THE HONG KONG SEMINAR ON TRADE IN SERVICES AT THE HONG KONG CONVENTION AND EXHIBITION CENTRE ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 4).

THE TWO-DAY SEMINAR, BEING HELD FOR THE FIRST TIME IN HONG KONG, IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE TRADE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL.

THE OBJECTIVE OF THE SEMINAR IS TO INCREASE THE AWARENESS OF HONG KONG’S BUSINESSMEN, PARTICULARLY THOSE ENGAGED IN THE SERVICES INDUSTRIES, OF THE CURRENT GATT NEGOTIATIONS ON SERVICES AND OF THE ISSUES WHICH HAVE A BEARING ON THE EXPORT OF SERVICES FROM, AND IMPORT OF SERVICES INTO, HONG KONG.

IT WILL ALSO HELP TO OBTAIN DIRECT FEEDBACK FROM THE SERVICES INDUSTRIES ON OBSTACLES THEY FACE IN EXPORTING THEIR SERVICES OVERSEAS WHICH SHOULD BE ADDRESSED IN THE GATT NEGOTIATIONS.

THE FIRST DAY OF THE SEMINAR WILL BE TAKEN UP BY PLENARY SESSIONS INTRODUCING PARTICIPANTS TO THE SUBJECT IN GENERAL. THE SECOND DAY WILL BE DEVOTED TO CONCURRENT WORKSHOPS ON SIX SELECTED SERVICES SECTORS OF PARTICULAR INTEREST TO HONG KONG.

A NUMBER OF PROMINENT SPEAKERS WILL SPEAK AT THE SEMINAR, INCLUDING THE CHAIRMAN OF THE GATT URUGUAY ROUND NEGOTIATING GROUP ON SERVICES, AMBASSADOR FELIPE JARAMILLO; THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR-GENERAL OF GATT, MR M.G. MATHUR; AND PRIVATE SECTOR EXPERTS FROM THE UNITED STATES, EUROPE AND JAPAN.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE HONGKONG BANK, MR WILLIAM PURVES, AND SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND MANAGING DIRECTOR OF CHUBB AND SON INC, MR HENRY PARKER, WILL GIVE KEYNOTE ADDRESSES DURING LUNCH TIME ON THE FIRST AND SECOND DAYS OF THE SEMINAR.

MR PURVES WILL SPEAK ON "HONG KONG \ND FREEDOM OF TRADE IN SERVICES", AND MR PARKER WILL GIVE HIS VIEWS ON THE ROLE OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR TN THE URUGUAY ROUND NEGOTIATIONS ON TRADE IN SERVICES.

THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, MR JOHN CHAN, WILL SPEAK AT THE CLOSING OF THE SEMINAR ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 5).

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER ALL SESSIONS OF THE "HONG KONG SEMINAR ON TRADE IN SERVICES" WHICH WILL BE HELD AT THE HONG KONG CONVENTION AND EXHIBITION CENTRE ON WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY. DETAILS ARE AS FOLLOWS:

/DAY 1 .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

10

DAY 1 (WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 1):

- THE ACTING FINANCIAL SECRETARY, MR DAVID NENDICK, WILL OPEN

THE SEMINAR AT 10 AM AT THEATRE 2, LEVEL 2.

- PLENARY SESSIONS WILL BE HELD FROM 10.15 AM TO 12.30 PM AND

FROM 2 PM TO 1.30 PM AT THEATRE 2, LEVEL 2.

- CHAIRMAN OF THE HONGKONG BANK, MR WILLIAM PURVES, WILL SPEAK AT A LUNCH MEETING AT 1.10 PM AT ROOM 401. LEVEL 4.

DAY 2 (THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5):

- WORKSHOPS WILL BE HELD FROM 9.30 AM TO 12.30 PM AND FROM 2 PM TO 3.15 PM AT ROOMS 104 AND 405, LEVEL 4.

- SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT AND MANAGING DIRECTOR OF CHUBB AND SON, INC, MR HENRY PARKER. WILL GIVE A LUNCH SPEECH AT 1.10 PM AT ROOM 401. LEVEL 4.

- THE DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, MR MICHAEL CARTLAND, WILL CHAIR THE SUMMING-UP DISCUSSIONS AT 3.30 PM AT ROOM 401, LEVEL 4,

- THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, MR JOHN CHAN, WILL GIVE THE CLOSING ADDRESS AT 4.30 PM AT ROOM 401, LEVEL 4.

COPIES OF THE SEMINAR'S PROGRAMME WILL BE BOXED.

-------0----------

R & V DEPT PREPARING FOR NEXT GENERAL REVALUATION

*****

THE RATING AND VALUATION DEPARTMENT IS NOW PREPARING FOR THE NEXT GENERAL REVALUATION WHEN ALL EXISTING RATEABLE VALUES WILL BE REVIEWED, THE COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION, MR G.P. BLENKINSOP, SAID TODAY (MONDAY).

SPEAKING AT A MEET THE MEDIA SESSION, MR BLENKINSOP SAID THE REVISED RATEABLE VALUES WERE SCHEDULED TO TAKE EFFECT ON APRIL 1, 1991, WHICH WOULD BE THREE YEARS SINCE THE LAST REVALUATION TOOK EFFECT.

"THE DEPARTMENT IS COMMITTED TO CARRYING OUT THESE REVIEWS EVERY THREE YEARS." HE SAID.

AS THE RATEABLE VALUE OF A PROPERTY WAS AN ESTIMATE OF ITS ANNUAL RENTAL VALUE AT A DESIGNATED DATE. MR BLENKINSOP EXPLAINED THAT RENTAL VALUES WOULD CHANGE OVER TIME FOR DIFFERENT CATEGORIES OF PROPERTY, AND ALSO FOR DIFFERENT LOCATIONS DUE TO CHANGES IN THE ENVIRONMENT, AMENITIES AND ACCESSIBILITY.

/"THE REVALUATION .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

11

"THE REVALUATION IS NECESSARY TO REFLECT CHANGES IN RENTAL VALUES SINCE THE RATEABLE VALUES WERE LAST REVIEWED, AND TO ENSURE THAT THE AMOUNT OF RATES PAID BY EACH RATEPAYER WILL BE IN PROPORTION TO THE CURRENT RENTAL VALUE OF THE PROPERTY HE OCCUPIES," HE SAID.

MR BLENKINSOP SAID IT WAS IMPORTANT TO NOTE THAT A REVALUATION WAS NOT A REVENUE-RAISING EXERCISE, FOR THE YIELD FROM RATES DEPENDED ON THE TOTAL PERCENTAGE CHARGED ON THE RATEABLE VALUES.

"THIS PERCENTAGE CAN BE VARIED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL EACH YEAR, IRRESPECTIVE OF WHETHER A REVALUATION HAS BEEN UNDERTAKEN, IN ORDER TO REFLECT THE FUNDING REQUIREMENTS OF THE URBAN AND REGIONAL COUNCILS AND OF THE GENERAL REVENUE," HE SAID.

"THEREFORE, THE EFFECT OF A REVALUATION IN TERMS OF THE AMOUNT OF RATES PAYABLE FOR ANY PARTICULAR PROPERTY WILL ONLY BE KNOWN WHEN BOTH THE REVISED RATEABLE VALUE AND THE PERCENTAGE CHARGE FOR THE YEAR 1991-92 APPLICABLE TO THAT PROPERTY HAVE BEEN DETERMINED."

THE COMMISSIONER SAID THAT TOWARDS THE END OF THIS YEAR, THE DEPARTMENT WOULD ISSUE REQUISITION FORMS TO OBTAIN DETAILS OF CURRENT RENTS IN RESPECT OF ALL CATEGORIES OF PROPERTY WHICH WERE LET OR FOR WHICH UP-TO-DATE RENTAL INFORMATION HAD NOT YET BEEN RECEIVED.

THE DEPARTMENT HAD ALREADY BEEN ISSUING REQUISITION FORMS PERIODICALLY IN RESPECT OF THOSE PROPERTIES WHERE DEPARTMENTAL RECORDS INDICATED THAT THE EXISTING LEASES HAD EXPIRED OR A NEW LETTING WAS POSSIBLE.

THIS HAD ENABLED THE DEPARTMENT TO OBTAIN A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF UP-TO-DATE RENTAL DETAILS ON AN ONGOING BASIS AND WOULD REDUCE THE NUMBER OF REQUISITION FORMS TO BE ISSUED IN BULK PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF THE REVALUATION.

MR BLENKINSOP SAID THE EXISTING RATEABLE VALUES WERE BASED ON RENTAL VALUES AROUND OCTOBER 1, 1986.

FOR THE NEXT REVALUATION, THEY WOULD BE BASED ON RENTAL VALUES AS AT A NEW REFERENCE DATE. THIS HAD NOT YET BEEN DETERMINED BUT WOULD BE DESIGNATED BY THE GOVERNOR LATER NEXT YEAR.

-------0 ---------

NEW RADIO FREQUENCY PLAN BEGINS ON JANUARY 1 » * * * *

RADIO BROADCASTING IN HONG KONG WILL MOVE INTO A NEW ERA NEXT YEAR WHEN A NEW FREQUENCY PLAN PROVIDING RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG (RTHK) WITH THREE FM AND FOUR AM CHANNELS AND COMMERCIAL RADIO WITH TWO FM AND ONE AM CHANNELS WILL BE BROUGHT INTO SERVICE ON NEW YEAR’S DAY.

THE PLAN ALSO SETS ASIDE TWO NEW FM AND ONE AM CHANNELS FOR THE USE OF THE SECOND COMMERCIAL RADIO BROADCASTER.

/ANNOUNCING THE .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

12

ANNOUNCING THE MILLION BROADCASTING IMPROVEMENT PROJECT TODAY (MONDAY), THE SECRETARY FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, MR AUGUSTINE CHUI, SAID THE NEW SCHEME WOULD NOT ONLY UPGRADE THE FM BI. ADC’STING BUT, AT THE SAME TIME, WOULD ALLOW FOR MORE CHOICE BY RAI LO LISTENERS.

HE SAID THE PROJECT WOULD IMPROVE RADIO RECEPTION THROUGHOUT HONG KONG ISLAND, KOWLOON AND THE NEW TERRITORIES.

ALL SEVEN FM CHANNELS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED FOR STEREOPHONIC BROADCASTING.

"THIS IS MADE POSSIBLE BY THE CONSTRUCTION OF A NETWORK OF REPEATER STATIONS ON SEVEN HILL-TOP SITES, IN MUCH THE SAME WAY AS THE TELEVISION REPEATERS.

"LISTENERS LIVING IN DIFFERENT AREAS WILL BE ABLE TO PICK UP CLEAR RADIO SIGNALS CLOSE TO THEM WITHOUT INTERFERENCE OR OBSTRUCTION," MR CHUI SAID.

THE SECRETARY SAID IT HAD BEEN A COMPLEX EXERCISE TO DEVISE A PLAN TO OVERCOME THE CONSIDERABLE CONSTRAINTS OF HONG KONG’S HILLY TOPOGRAPHY.

"THAT IS WHY IT HAS TAKEN A GOOD DEAL OF CAREFUL PLANNING OVER SEVERAL YEARS TO BRING US TO THE FINAL STAGES OF INSTALLING AND TESTING THE NEW EQUIPMENT THAT WE HAVE NOW REACHED," HE EXPLAINED.

IN ADDITION TO OVERCOMING THE TECHNICAL PROBLEMS PRESENTED BY THE HILLY TOPOGRAPHY. THE NEW FREQUENCY PLAN HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE RADIO BROADCASTING REQUIREMENTS OF GUANGDONG AND MACAU. AS WELL AS THE COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR CIVIL AVIATION.

T ASSIST LISTENERS IN ADAPTING TO THE NEW FREQUENCY ARRANGEMENTS AND TO FACILITATE WORKS IN SMOOTHING OUT THE RE-AJ LOCATION OF RADIO CHANNELS, A TRANSITIONAL PERIOD. COMMENCING ON DECEMBER 3 AND ENDING ON DECEMBER 31. WILL BE INTRODUCED.

MR CHUI SAID DURING THIS PERIOD COMMERCIAL RADIO WOULD BE DUPLICATING ITS NEW FM SERVICES ON THE EXISTING AM FREQUENCIES TO LET LISTENERS FAMILIARISE THEMSELVES WITH THE ARRANGEMENTS. RTHK WOULD BE INTRODUCING A NEW TRAFFI' CHANNEL AND DEVELOPING ITS PRESENT RADIO FIVE PROGRAMMES INTO TWO SEPARATE SERVICES -- ONE WHOLLY ON CULTURAL AFFAIRS AND THE OTHER FOR THE BBC WORLD SERVICE.

"JANUARY 1, 1990 WILL MARK THE END OF THE TRANSITIONAL PERIOD AND IS AN APPROPRIATE DATE TO HERALD THE BEGINNING OF A NEW ERA OF RADIO BROADCASTING IN HONG KONG.

"WE CAN LOOK FORWARD TO BOTH GREATER CHOICE AND IMPROVEMENTS IN THE QUALITY OF RADIO BROADCASTING IN THE FUTURE," MR CHUI SAID.

/THE FOLLOWING

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 19»9

- 15 -

THE FOLLOWING ARE THE EXISTING, TRANSITIONAL AND FINAL FREQUENCY PLANS FOR RTHK AND COMMERCIAL RADIO:

A. EXISTING SERVICE

( I ) AM CHANNELS

RTHK - RADIO 1 (CHINESE), RADIO 3 (ENGLISH)

COMMERCIAL RADIO - CR 1 (CHINESE), CR 2 (CHINESE), CR E (ENGLISH)

(II) FM CHANNELS

RTHK - RADIO 2 (CHINESE), RADIO 1 (BILINGUAL),

RADIO 5 (SHARED SERVICE)

COMMERCIAL RADIO - CR 1 (CHINESE), CR 2 (CHINESE) (BOTH ON LOW POWER TRANSMISSION)

B. TRANSITIONAL PLAN (3.12.89 - 31.12.89)

(I) AM CHANNELS

RTHK - RADIO 3 (ENGLISH), RADIO 5 (SHARED

SERVICE), RADIO 7 (TRAFFIC)

COMMERCIAL RADIO - CR 1 (CHINESE), CR 2 (CHINESE), CR E (ENGLISH)

(II) FM CHANNELS

RTHK - RADIO 1 (CHINESE), RADIO 2 (CHINESE),

RADIO 4 (BILINGUAL)

COMMERCIAL RADIO - CR 1 (CHINESE), CR 2 (CHINESE)

C. FINAL PLAN (FROM 1.1.1990)

( I ) AM CHANNELS

RTHK - RADIO 3 (ENGLISH), RADIO 5 (CHINESE)

(CULTURAL PROGRAMMES), RADIO 6 (BBC WORLD SERVICE), RADIO 7 (TRAFFIC)

/COMMERCIAL RADIO .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

14

COMMERCIAL RADIO - CR E (ENGLISH)

(II) FM CHANNELS

RTHK - RADIO 1 (CHINESE). RADIO 2 (CHINESE)

RADIO 4 (BILINGUAL)

COMMERCIAL RADIO - CR 1 (CHINESE), CR 2 (CHINESE)

------0--------

GOOD SAFETY RECORD AT TUNNEL UNDER CONSTRUCTION

*****

THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR. MR TONY HAMMOND. VISITED THE S2.15 BILLION TATE’S CAIRN TUNNEL AND APPROACHES THIS (MONDAY) AFTERNOON.

ON ARRIVAL AT THE SHA TIN PORTAL SITE. HE WAS MET BY PROJECT MANAGERS OF THE GAMMON-NISHIMATSU JOINT VENTURE WHOSE PARTNERS INCLUDED GAMMON CONSTRUCTION LTD AND NISHIMATSU CONSTRUCTION CO. LTD.

MR HAMMOND WAS INFORMED THAT THE PROJECT INVOLVES THE CONSTRUCTION OF A 3.9-KILOMETRE TWIN TUBE TUNNEL LINKING SIU LEK YUEN IN SHA TIN AND DIAMOND HILI. IN NORTH EAST KOWLOON. UPON COMPLETION IN AUGUST 1991. IT IS EXPECTED TO RELIEVE THE CHRONIC TRAFFIC CONGESTION AT THE LION ROCK TUNNEL.

MR HAMMOND WAS ALSO PLEASED TO LEARN THAT THE MANAGEMENT TOOK A SERIOUS VIEW OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ON SITES.

APART FROM EMPLOYING SAFETY OFFICERS AND SAFETY SUPERVISORS. SAFETY COMMITTEES WITH EMPLOYEES’ PARTICIPATION HAVE ALSO BEEN FORMED TO ENSURE THE SAFETY AND HEALTH AT WORK OF ALL CONCERNED.

HE WAS TOLD THAT DESPITE THE SCALE OI THE PROJECT, LESS THAN 140 MINOR ACCIDENTS HAVE BEEN REPORTED SINCE WORK STARTED IN JULY LAST YEAR.

BEFORE CONCLUDING THE VISIT. MR HAMMOND WAS TAKEN ON A TOUR OF THE TUNNEL WORKS AND THE GROUNDWORKS AND ELEVATED STRUCTURES AT THE SHA TIN PORTAL.

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

S183M CONTRACT FOR EXTENSION OF « » » *

PAK KONG TREATMENT WORKS »

THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT TODAY (MONDAY) AWARDED A $183 MILLION CONTRACT FOR THE EXTENSION OF THE PAK KONG WATER TREATMENT WORKS AT PAK KONG, SAI KUNG.

SIGNED BY THE DIRECTOR OF WATER SUPPLIES, MR K.L. WONG, AND THE GENERAL MANAGER OF AOKI CORPORATION, MR S. YAMAMOTO, THE CONTRACT INVOLVES THE CONSTRUCTION OF CIVIL AND BUILDING WORKS OF THE STAGE II EXTENSION OF THE TREATMENT WORKS.

THE WORKS INCLUDE THE CONSTRUCTION OF 16 RAPID GRAVITY FILTERS, EIGHT CLARIFIERS. ONE CONTACT TANK, ONE TREATED WATER RESERVOIR, AND ASSOCIATED BUILDING AND SLUDGE TREATMENT FACILITIES.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START LATER THIS ONTH AND TAKE ABOUT TWO YEARS TO COMPLETE.

THIS IS THE FIRST OF THE FOUR CONTRACTS FOR THE PAK KONG WATER TREATMENT WORKS STAGE II EXTENSION PROJECT, WHICH IS PROGRAMMED TO SUPPLY WATER IN OCTOBER 1991.

THE EXTENSION IS REQUIRED TO MEET THE INCREASING DEMAND FOR DRINKING WATER IN TSEUNG KWAN O NEW TOWN, EASTERN KOWLOON AND EASTERN HON1 KONG.

THE STAGE II EXTENSION OF THE TREATMENT WORKS WILL HAVE A CAPACITY OF 527,000 CUBIC METRES PER DAY. WHICH WILL BRING THE TOTAL ULTIMATE CAPACITY OF PAK KONG WATER TREATMENT WORKS TO 800,000 CUBIC METRES PER DAY.

STAGE I OF THE TREATMENT WORKS INCLUDES A TREATMENT WORKS WITH A CAPACITY OF 273,000 CUBIC METRES PER DAY. A PRIMARY SERVICE RESERVOIR OF 90,000 CUBIC METRES CAPACITY AT TSEUNG KWAN O AND THE ASSOCIATED TRUNK MAINS AT AN ESTIMATED COST OF $515 MILLION.

THE CONSTRUCTION WORK FOR THIS STAGE STARTED IN AUGUST 1985 ANU IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED THIS MONTH.

______0-------

REGISTRATION OF APPLICANTS FOR TEXTILES IMPORT LICENCES t » * * »

LOCAL TRADERS WILL SOON HAVE TO BE REGISTERED WITH THE TRADE DEPARTMENT BEFORE THEY MAY APPLY FOR TEXTILES IMPORT LICENCES, UNDER A REGISTRATION SCHEME WHICH WILL TAKE EFFECT ON FEBRUARY 1 NEXT YEAR.

TO ALLOW THE TRADE AMPLE TIME TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENT, THE DEPARTMENT WILL START ACCEPTING APPLICATIONS FOR REGISTRATION FROM TOMORROW (TUESDAY).

/"THE SYSTEM

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

- 16 -

"THE SYSTEM WILL COME INTO EFFECT ON FEBRUARY 1, 1990 TO TIE IN WITH THE COMPUTERISATION OF THE DEPARTMENT’S TEXTILES IMPORT LICENSING SYSTEM. THE REGISTRATION SCHEME WILL FACILITATE PROCESSING C;F APPLICATIONS UNDER THF NEW COMPUTERISED SYSTEM," THE ASSISTANT D. EC’.' R-GENERAL OF TRADE, MR MATTHEW CHEUNG, SAID TODAY (MONDAY).

"THE NEW TEXTILES IMPORTER REGISTRATION SYSTEM WILL ENABLE THE DEPARTMENT TO KEEP MORE COMPREHENSIVE AND UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION ON INDIVIDUAL TEXTILES IMPORTERS AND MONITOR THE FLOW OF TEXTILES GOODS INTO HONG KONG", HE ADDED.

THE DECISION TO INTRODUCE THE NEW MEASURE WAS MADE FOLLOWING A RECENT REVIEW BY THE DEPARTMENT, AND HAS BEEN ENDORSED BY THE TEXTILES ADVISORY BOARD.

THE REGISTRATION PROCEDURES ARE RELATIVELY SIMPLE. AN APPLICANT FOR TEXTILES IMPORTER REGISTRATION MUST POSSESS A VALID BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE. EACH COMPANY WILL BE ALLOCATED A TEXTILES IMPORTER REGISTRATION NUMBER WHICH SHOULD BE QUOTED ON ALL APPLICATIONS FOR TEXTILES IMPORT LICENCES.

REGISTRATION WILL BE FREE OF CHARGE, AND WILL HAVE TO BE RENEWED ANNUALLY.

IF A REGISTERED COMPANY NO LONGER NEEDS TO APPLY FOR TEXTILES IMPORT LICENCES, IT MAY CANCEL ITS REGISTRATION WITH THE TRADE DEPA'TMENT. THIS CANCELLATION DOES NOT PRECLUDE THE COMPANY FROM RE-APPLYING FOR REGISTRATION IN FUTURE.

UNDER THE SCHEME, A TEXTILE IMPORTER WILL BE REQUIRED TO KEEP ACCURATE AND UP-TO-DATE RECORDS ON TEXTILES GOODS IMPORTED INTO HONG KONG. THESE RECORDS WILL BE SUBJECT TO CHECKS BY OFFICERS OF THE CUSTOMS AN EXCISE DEPARTMENT.

A MINTSTRATIVE ACTION MAY BE TAKEN AGAINST THOSE FOUND TO HAVE FURNISHED FALSE INFORMATION IN THEIR APPLICATION FOR TEXTILES IMPORTER REGISTRATION OR THOSE REGISTERED IMPORTERS FOUND TO HAVE BREACHED THE UNDERTAKING GIVEN IN THEIR APPLICATION FOR TEXTILES IMPORTER REGISTRATION. SUCH ACTION HAY INCLUDE A SUSPENSION OF IMPORT LICENSING FACILITIES OR DEREGISTRATION IN MORE SERIOUS CASES.

TO AVOID UNDUE INCONVENIENCE TO THOSE WHO ARE NOT REGULAR IMPORTERS, AND TO THOSE '.-.IIO BRING 1'• THE GOODS STRICTLY FOR THEIR OWN USE AND NOT FOR COMMERCIAL SALE, THERE \RE PROVISIONS FOR EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CRITERIA.

FULL DETAILS ABOUT THE SCHEME ARE SET OUT IN A CIRCULAR ISSUED BY THE DEPARTMENT TO TRADERS, TRANSPORTATION COMPANIES AND ALL OTHER CONCERNED ORGANISATIONS.

LAST YEAR, THE DEPARTMENT PROCESSED 1.033,269 TEXTILES IMPORT LICENCES, UP 15.5 PER CENT OVER 1987. THE FIGURE FOR THE FIRST EIGHT MONTHS OF THIS YEAR STOOD AT 784,150, AN INCREASE OF 22.7 PER CENT COMPARED WITH THE SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR.

- 0 -

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

- 17 -

BOOKMARK DESIGN COMPETITION IN SHAM SHOT PO * t t t *

THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE IS ORGANISING A BOOKMARK DESIGN COMPETITION TO DRIVE HOME THE FIGHT CRIME MESSAGE.

IT IS THE FIRST IN A SERIES OF PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES TO BE ORGANISED BY THE COMMITTEE THIS FINANCIAL YEAR.

THE COMPETITION IS DIVIDED INTO FOUR SECTIONS -- THE PRIMARY FOUR AND FIVE SECTION. THE JUNIOR SECONDARY SECTION. THE SENIOR SECONDARY SECTION, AND THE OPEN SECTION FOR PEOPLE WORKING OR LIVING IN THE DISTRICT.

THE THEMES OF THE COMPETITION ARE TRIAD PROBLEMS, SHOP THEFT, HOOLIGANISM AND HOME SAFETY. THE ENTRIES MUST COVER ONE OR MORE OF THESE THEMES.

PARTICIPANTS CAN MAKE USE OF CARICATURES, SLOGANS OR DRAWINGS TO EXPRESS THEIR IDEAS, AND ARE FREE TO CHOOSE THEIR OWN MATERIAL AND COLOURS. THE LENGTH AND WIDTH OF EACH ENTRY. HOWEVER, MUST BE IN A THREE-TO-ONE PROPORTION.

APPLICATION FORMS HAVE BEEN SENT TO ALL LOCAL SCHOOLS AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES. THEY ARE ALSO AVAILABLE AT THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT OFFICE AT 37 TONKIN STREET AND ITS SUB-OFFICES.

COMPLETED FORMS, TOGETHER WITH THE ENTRIES. SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE ABOVE PLACES BY OCTOBER 26. TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 3-617125.

RESULTS OF THE COMPETITION WILL BE ANNOUNCED AT THE END OF THIS MONTH. ALL ENTRIES WILL BE EXHIBITED AND THE WINNING ENTRIES WILL BE USED FOR PROMOTIONAL PURPOSES.

THE CHAMPION. AND FIRST AND SECOND RUNNERS-UP IS EACH SECTION WILL BE AWARDED PLAQUES AND GIFT COUPONS WORTH $300, $200 AND $100 RESPECTIVELY.

OTHER ACTIVITIES TO BE ORGANISED BY THE COMMITTEE THIS YEAR INCLUDE A TRAINING CAMP. A CARNIVAL AND A SEMINAR.

-------0 ---------

'TAI PO IN THE 21ST CENTURY’ CONTESTS ***»*»

RESIDENTS ARE REMINDED TODAY (MONDAY) THAT THE DEADLINE FOR SUBMITTING ENTRIES TO THE "TAI PO IN THE 21ST CENTURY" DRAWING CONTEST AND CHINESE ESSAY COMPETITION IS OCTOBER 13.

THE CONTESTS, AIMED AT ENCOURAGING STUDENTS AND RESIDENTS IN TAI PO TO CARE ABOUT THEIR COMMUNITY, ARE ORGANISED BY THE 1990’S SUB-WORKING GROUP ON THE COMMUNITY PROJECT OF TAI PO AND SPONSORED BY THE TAI PO DISTRICT BOARD.

/PARTICIPANTS IN .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

18

PARTICIPANTS IN THE DRAWING CONTEST SHOULD BE LOCAL PRIMARY SCHOOL PUPILS.

THE DRAWINGS SHOULD BE 29 CM BY 38 CM (11 INCHES BY 15 INCHES) IN SIZE BUT THERE IS NO RESTRICTION ON COLOURING MATERIALS OR THE NUMBER OF ENTRIES.

1'HE ESSAY COMPETITION IS OPEN TO ALL HONG KONG RESIDENTS REGARDLESS OF THEIR AGE.

MEDALS AND PRIZES THE WINNING ENTRIES WILL EARLY NEXT YEAR.

WILL BE AWARDED TO WINNERS OF THE CONTESTS. BE DISPLAYED IN AN EXHIBITION TO BE HELD

APPLICATION FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE TAI OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES.

PO DISTRICT

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 0-6577111, EXT. 254.

-------0----------

GENERAL HOUSEHOLD SURVEY FOR OCTOBER DECEMBER

*****

THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT WILL CONTINUE TO CONDUCT THE GENERAL HOUSEHOLD SURVEY IN OCTOBER TO DECEMBER 1989.

THE SURVEY, CONDUCTED MONTHLY SINCE AUGUST 1981. COLLECTS INFORMATION ON EMPLOYMENT, UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT, AND THE GENERAL SOCIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE POPULLATION.

IN ADDITION, QUESTIONS ON HONG KONG RESIDENTS’ EXPENDITURE ABROAD. HOSPITALISATION, HOUSEHOLD EXPENDITURE ON RENT. HOUSEHOLD MEMBERS WORKING IN CHINA AND EMPLOYMENT OF DOMESTIC HELPERS WILL ALSO BE INCLUDED IN THE OCTOBER TO DECEMBER QUARTER.

SOME 5,000 HOUSEHOLDS ARE SELECTED AT RANDOM EACH MONTH FROM ALL DISTRICTS FOR PARTICIPATION IN THE SURVEY.

ABOUT HALF OF THE HOUSEHOLDS INTERVIEWED THREE MONTHS AGO WILL BE SURVEYED AGAIN TO MEASURE MORE ACCURATELY THE CHANGES THAT HAVE OCCURRED SINCE THEN.

A BILINGUAL LETTER HAS BEEN SENT TO THE SAMPLED HOUSEHOLDS TO EXPLAIN THF PURPOSE OF THE SURVEY AND TO SEEK THEIR CO-OPERATION.

ASSISTANT CENSUS AND SURVEY OFFICERS. EACH CARRYING AN IDENTITY CARD ISSUED BY THE DEPARTMENT. WILL VISIT THESE HOUSEHOLDS TO COLLECT THE REQUIRED INFORMATION.

ALL INFORMATION COLLECTED WILL BF TREATED IN CONFIDENCE AND WILL NOT BE REVEALED TO ANY PERSON OR ORGANISATION OUTSIDE THE DEPARTMENT.

-------0---------

/19........

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

- 19 -

SPECIAL REVIEW ARTICLE

IN MONTHLY DIGEST OF STATISTICS * * * * *

THE JULY ISSUE OF THE HONG KONG MONTHLY DIGEST OF STATISTICS CONTAINS A SPECIAL REVIEW ARTICLE ENTITLED "A REVIEW OF THE PERFORMANCE OF THE STORAGE, COMMUNICATIONS, FINANCING, INSURANCE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTORS".

THIS ARTICLE ANALYSES THE PERFORMANCE AND OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS OF THE STORAGE, COMMUNICATIONS, FINANCING, INSURANCE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTORS FOR THE PERIOD 1982 TO 1987 USING INFORMATION OBTAINED FROM THE ANNUAL SURVEYS OF STORAGE, COMMUNICATIONS, FINANCING, INSURANCE AND BUSINESS SERVICES CONDUCTED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT FOR THE YEARS 1982 TO 1987.

THE TYPES OF BUSINESS COVERED BY THE VARIOUS SECTORS CAN BE FOUND IN THE APPENDIX OF THE SPECIAL REVIEW ARTICLE.

THE HONG KONG MONTHLY DIGEST OF STATISTICS IS NOW ON SALE AT #34 PER COPY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GPO BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL.

------0--------

SHORTAGE OF TEACHERS IN YUEN LONG ON AGENDA t t t * «

THE SOCIAL SERVICES WILL DISCI IS A SHORTAGE OF WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 41.

COMMITTEE OF THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT BOARD TEACHERS IN THE DISTRICT AT ITS MEETING ON

THF COMMITTEE WILL ALSO CONSIDER APPLICATIONS FOR LOCA1 ORGANISATIONS INTENDING TO HOLD SOCIAL SERVICES BETWEEN JANUARY AND MARCH.

FUNDS FROM

ACTIVITIES

SOCIAL SERVICE' ACTIVITIES SPONSORED BY EYE-CARING CAMPAIGN FOR THE ELDERLY WILL

THE

BE

PROGRESS REPORTS ON DISTRICT BOARI AND ON Till

TABLED.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT BOARD’S SOCIAL SERVICES COMMITTEE TO BE HELD ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER TN THF DISTRICT BOARD CONFERENCE ROOM, 13TH FLOOR, YUE( GOVERHMBNT^OEFICES, 2 K1U LOK SQUARE. YUEN LONG. THE MEETING

4 » LONG WILL

BEGIN AT 2.30 PM.

--------0

/2O........

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

20 -

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS PROPOSED TRANSPORT DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME * t * * * * »

THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE WILL DISCUSS THE PROPOSED 1990-91 PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME FOR THE DISTRICT AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (TUESDAY).

MEMBERS WILL DISCUSS A PROPOSED ROADS AND DRAINS PROGRAMME RELATING TO THE DEVELOPMENT OF TAI HOM AREA AND TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT MATTERS RAISED EARLIER AT AREA COMMITTEE MEETINGS.

THEY WILL ALSO COMMENT ON THE TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN TSZ WAN SHAN AS SUGGESTED BY AN AREA COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN AND CONSIDER ALLOCATING S40,000 IN DISTRICT BOARD FUNDS TO HOLD A ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN.

OTHER AGENDA ITEMS INCLUDE THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT TRAFFIC ACCIDENT INJURY REPORT AND A REPORT ON THE PROGRESS OF MINOR WORKS PROJECTS UNDERTAKEN BY THE COMMITTEE.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORTS COMMITTEE WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM TOMORROW (TUESDAY) IN THE DISTRICT OFFICE CONFERENCE ROOM, FOURTH FLOOR, SAN PO KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, KING FUK STREET.

--------0 ---------

WATER STORAGE FIGURE t ♦ » ♦

cub.c

9 AM

TODAY (MONDAY) STOOD

"1LL1ON

CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REI-KEbtsN i i ivu

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1989

- 21 -

FRESH WATER CUTS IN TWO KOWLOON DISTRICTS * ♦ ♦ t *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN KOWLOON TONG WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM ll PM ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 4) TO 6 AM THE NEXT DAY TO FACILITATE NIGHT LEAKAGE TESTS.

THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY YORK ROAD, WATERLOO ROAD, RUTLAND QUADRANT. ESSEX CRESCENT, CUMBERLAND ROAD, STAFFORD ROAD, LINCOLN ROAD, BOUNDARY STREET AND SURREY LANE.

ALSO TO FACILITATE NIGHT LEAKAGE TESTS, FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN SAN PO KONG WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 5) TO 6 AM THE NEXT DAY.

THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY PRINCE EDWARD ROAD, SZE MEI STREET, CHOI HUNG ROAD, TAI YAU STREET, TSEUK LUK STREET, KING FUK STREET AND KING HONG STREET.

-------0----------

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS AT AIRPORT AND NT

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT IN ORDER TO FACILITATE TRAFFIC CIRCULATION, THE UNNAMED ROAD LINKING ELECTRA DRIVE ROUNDABOUT AND THE EASTBOUND DOWN RAMP LEADING FROM DEPARTURES CIRCUIT TO ARRIVALS ROAD AT THE HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT WILL BE RE-ROUTED FROM ONE-WAY WESTBOUND TO TWO-WAY OPERATION FROM 10 AM TOMORROW (TUESDAY).

MEANWHILE, 36 METERED PARKING SPACES AT YUEN LONG TAI YUK ROAD AND NINE METERED PARKING SPACES AT YUEN LONG NEW STREET IN YUEN LONG TOWN WILL BE CANCELLED FROM WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER I).

ALSO, IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE CONSTRUCTION OF ROAD T5 IN SHA TIN, THE SOUTHBOUND SLIP ROAD OF SHA TIN ROAD LINKING SHA TIN WAI ROAD WESTBOUND AND SHA TIN ROAD SOUTHBOUND NEAR PRINCE OF WALES HOSPITAL WILL BE CLOSED FOR TWO NIGHTS BETWEEN 12.30 AM AND 6 AM ON WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY (OCTOBER 4 AND 5).

DURING THE CLOSURE, MOTORISTS ON THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF SHA TIN WAI ROAD HEADING FOR LION ROCK TUNNEL ARE ADVISED TO USE SHA TIN WAI ROAD AND TAI CHUNG KIU ROAD TO REJOIN LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD SOUTHBOUND.

IN ADDITION. IN ORDER TO FACILITATE ROAD MAINTENANCE WORK. THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS OF LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD. TAI PO ROAD AND TOLO HIGHWAY IN SHA TIN WILL BE PARTIALLY CLOSED AS FROM TOMORROW:

/• THE FAST.........

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2, 1?89

22 -

* THE FAST LANE OF LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD NORTHBOUND BETWEEN HUNG MUI KUK ROAD INTERCHANGE AND TSANG TAI UK WILL BE CLOSED FROM 11 PM TOMORROW TO 6 AM THE NEXT MORNING.

* THE OUTERMOST LANE OF TAI PO ROAD AND TOLO HIGHWAY NORTHBOUND BETWEEN HO TUNG LAU AND MA LIU SHUI INTERCHANGE AND THE OUTERMOST LANE OF TOLO HIGHWAY AND TAI PO ROAD SOUTHBOUND BETWEEN MA LIU SHUI INTERCHANGE AND FO TAN NULLAH WILL BE CLOSED FROM 8 AM ON NOVEMBER 6 TO 8 PM ON NOVEMBER 8.

* THE OUTERMOST LANE OF TOLO HIGHWAY NORTHBOUND BETWEEN MA LIU SHUI INTERCHANGE AND MA LIU SHUI AND THE OUTERMOST LANE OF TOLO HIGHWAY SOUTHBOUND BETWEEN MA LIU SHUI AND MA LIU SHUI INTERCHANGE WILL BE CLOSED FROM 6 AM ON NOVEMBER 13 TO 8 PM THE NEXT MORNING.

-------0----------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1989

CONTENTS PACE NO.

NEW RADIO SERIES ON RESPONSIBLE PARENTHOOD STARTS ON FRIDAY 1

TEACHER WINS SPORTS AID FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP ............. 1

DB COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN VISITS NEW AIRPORT FLYOVER ........... 2

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS TRAFFIC STUDY ...................... 3

LAND FILLING PROBLEM ON DB COMMITTEE AGENDA ................ 3

NORTHWEST KOWLOON TRAFFIC STUDY ON DB AGENDA ............... 4

SCHOLARSHIPS OFFERED TO YOUNG MUSICIANS AND DANCERS ........ 5

INTER-SCHOOL CLEANING COMPETITION IN TAI PO ................ 6

TENDERS INVITED FOR WATER SUPPLY IMPROVEMENT WORK........... 6

NEW BUS ROUTES PLANNED FOR SAI KUNG ........................ 7

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1989

1

NEW RADIO SERIES ON RESPONSIBLE PARENTHOOD STARTS ON FRIDAY t t < t t » ♦

A 10-PART WEEKLY PROGRAMME ON RESPONSIBLE PARENTHOOD WILL BE BROADCAST ON COMMERCIAL RADIO FROM FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, AND PARENTS MAY SEEK ADVICE ON CHILD REARING FROM SOCIAL WORKERS HOSTING THE PROGRAMME, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN, MRS PATRICIA CHU, SAID TODAY (TUESDAY).

"THIS IS THE SECOND RADIO SERIES ON FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION LAUNCHED BY THE COMMITTEE WITHIN ONE MONTH," MRS CHU SAID.

THE PROGRAMME WILL BE BROADCAST ON COMMERCIAL RADIO 1 FROM 11.20 AM TO 11.30 AM EVERY FRIDAY UNTIL DECEMBER 8.

IT WILL DRAMATISE THE PROBLEMS IN CHILD REARING AND LISTENERS CAN PHONE IN TO SUGGEST SOLUTIONS. FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION WORKERS WILL BE PRESENT TO ANSWER RELATED QUESTIONS.

"ALTHOUGH THE PROGRAMME AIMS MAINLY TO EXPLORE THE PROBLEMS ARISING FROM CHILD REARING, OTHER FAMILY PROBLEMS WILL ALSO BE COVERED," MRS CHU ADDED.

THE OTHER RADIO PROGRAMME, /X 17-PART SERIES, STARTED ON RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG RADIO 1 LAST MONTH AND THE RESPONSE HAS BEEN VERY ENCOURAGING.

OTHER ACTIVITIES OF THE "RESPONSIBLE PARENTHOOD" CAMPAIGN INCLUDE A TWO-DAY FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION EXHIBITION AND A CARNIVAL.

THE EXHIBITION, JOINTLY ORGANISED WITH THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT. IS SCHEDULED TO BE HELD ON OCTOBER 28 AND 29 IN SHUN TAK CENTRE, SHEUNG WAN. EXECUTIVE AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR MRS ROSANNA TAM WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY.

THE CARNIVAL AND VARIETY SHOW WILL BE HELD IN VICTORIA PARK ON DECEMBER 9. AND THE CHIEF SECRETARY. SIR DAVID FORD, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY.

-----0-----

TEACHER WINS SPORTS AID FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP t ♦ * I *

A 26-YEAR-OLD PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER. MISS YEUNG HAU-LAI. WON THE SECOND SPORTS AID FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP UNDER THE SPORTS AID FOUNDATION WHICH WAS ESTABLISHED BY THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT IN FEBRUARY 1987.

THE SCHOLARSHIP AIMS AT ENABLING OUTSTANDING A’l’HLETES Will! THE NECESSARY ACADEMIC QUALIFICATIONS TO UNDERTAKE A COURSE OF STUDY IN SPORTS RELATED SUBJECTS NOT AVAILABLE IN HONG KONG BUT IN A TERTIARY EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTE OVERSEAS.

/MISS YEUNG

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1989

2

MISS YEUNG WAS GRADUATED FROM THE GRANTHAM COLLEGE OF EDUCATION. SHE WAS ONE OF THE TWO CANDIDATES INVITED FOR INTERVIEW IN MID-JUNE FOR THE SCHOLARSHIP AND WAS CONSIDERED TO BE "MATURE, CONFIDENT AND EXCELLING IN ACADEMIC ATTAINMENT AS WELL AS IN SPORT .

MISS YEUNG PLAYS HANDBALL AND IS CURRENTLY CAPTAIN OF THE HONG KONG LADIES’ HANDBALL TEAM. BECAUSE OF HER OUTSTANDING PERFORMANCE, SHE HAS BEEN NOMINATED AS A CANDIDATE FOR THE COCA-COLA HONG KONG SPORTS STARS AWARD THIS YEAR.

FOLLOWING THE FOOTSTEPS OF HER PREDECESSOR, MISS MALINA NGAI, MISS YEUNG WILL GO TO AUSTRALIA TO UNDERTAKE A DEGREE COURSE IN SPORTS ADMINISTRATION IN THE CANBERRA COLLEGE OF ADVANCED EDUCATION.

THE SCHOLARSHIP WILL COVER HER FULL TUITION FEE FOR THIS COURSE OF STUDY, PASSAGE AND ALLOWANCES FOR BOARD AND LODGING, LIVING EXPENSES AND REFERENCE BOOKS.

THE SCHOLARSHIP IS RENEWABLE ANNUALLY UP TO A MAXIMUM OF THREE YEARS.

-------0----------

DB COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN VISITS NEW

THE NEW WEST FLYOVER OF THE HONG PASSENGER TERMINAL BUILDING WAS OPENED 10 (TUESDAY I .

AIRPORT FLYOVER

KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM TODAY

THE FLYOVER, THE DIRECTOR OF ON SITE BRIEFING TO THE CHAIRMAN TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE,

SHORTLY BEFORE THE OPENING OF HIGHWAYS, MR HAROLD BEATON. GAVE AN OF THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT BOARD’S

MR CHAN CHI-KWAN.

HE EXPLAINED THE NEED FOR THE PROGRESS OF CONSTRUCTION 01 THE EAST

FLYOVER AND ALSO DESCRIBED THE

FLYOVER WHICH WILL BE COMPLETED

NEXT MONTH.

MR BEATON SAID: “THE AIRPORT AND WEST FLYOVERS FORM PARI OF I HI PROJECT ON THE CONSTRUCTION OP BUILDING, ROADS AND DRAINS TO SERVE

PASSENGER TERMINAL BUILDING EAST TERMINAL BUILDING MODIFICATIONS AN EXTENSION OF THE TERMINAL THE EXPANSION OF THE AIRPORT.

"AT PRESENT, MOTORISTS TRAVELLING TO AND FROM THE TO GO THROUGH THE KOWLOON CITY ROUNDABOUT AND THE ROAD SUNG WONG TOI ROAD/MA TAL' CHUNG ROAD.

AIRPORT HAVE

JUNCTION AT

EASTBOUND VEHICLES WILL FLYOVERS CONNECTING THE

“WITH THE OPENING OF TWO NEW FLYOVERS, HP ARIF TO AVOID THESE LOCATIONS BY USING THE DEPARTURE PODIUM OF THE PASSENGER TERMINAL BUILDING AND PRINCE

EDWARD

ROAD EAST.”

/MR BEATON

TUESDAY, OCTOBER J, 1989

- 5 -

MR BEATON ADDE THAT THE FLYOVERS WOULD THUS HELP RELIEVE CONGESTION AT THE KOWLOON CITY ROUNDABOUT AND THE JUNCTION AT SUNG WONG TOI ROAD/MA TAU CHUNG ROAD.

THE S19 MILLION EAST AND WEST FLYOVERS ARE EACH 250-METRE-LONG WITH ONE-LANE TRAFFIC.

CONSTRUCTION BEGAN IN SEPTEMBER 1987.

THEY WERE DESIGNED BY THE HIGHWAYS DEPARTMENT WHICH WAS ALSO RESPONSIBLE FOR SUPERVISING CONSTRUCTION.

-------0 - -

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS TRAFFIC STUDY

***»»«

THE ENVIRONMENT COMMITTEE OF THE MONG KOK DISTRICT BOARD WILL DISCUSS THE NORTHWEST KOWLOON TRAFFIC STUDY AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).

THE OBJECTIVE OF THE STUDY IS TO DEVELOP MEANS OF HELPING TO RESOLVE TRAFFIC AND PEDESTRIAN PROBLEMS IN THE DISTRICT.

MEMBERS WILL ALSO BE TOLD OF THE IMPLICATIONS OF THE STUDY ON URBAN COUNCIL FACILITIES IN MONG KOK DISTRICT, AND GIVE THEIR VIEWS ON A REPORT ON THE ANALYSIS OF ROAD TRAFFIC ACCIDENT STATISTICS FOR DISTRICT BOARD AREAS LAST YEAR.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER FHE ENVIRONMENT COMMITTEE MEETING OF THE MONG KOK DISTRICT BOARD. WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) IN THE DISTRICT OFFICE CONFERENCE ROf 1, FIRST FLOOR, 157 PRINCE EDWARD ROAD. KOWLOON.

------0--------

LAND FILLING PROBLEM ON DB COMMITTEE AGENDA ♦ t * * »

BOARD'S ENVIRONMENTAL

THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT

COMMITTEE WILL DISCUSS THE ENVIRONMENTAL

FILLING USING PULVERISED FUEL ASH IN AREAS NEAR PING HA

MEETING ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 5).

IMPROVEMENT

PROBLEM CAUSED

ROAD

BY LAND

AT ITS

REPRESENTATIVES OF VARIOUS RELEVANT GOVERNMENT HAVE CONDUCTED A JOINT SITE VISIT AND WILL REPORT THEIR THE COMMITTEE.

DEPARTMENTS

FINDINGS TO

/ALSO, MEMBERS

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1989

4

ALSO, MEMBERS WILL BE ASKED TO ENDORSE THE 1990-91 PROGRAMME ON IMPROVEMENT TO URBAN FRINGE AND RURAL AREAS IN YUEN LONG.

THE COMMITTEE WILL STUDY PROGRESS REPORTS ON THE LOCAL PUBLIC WORKS PROGRAMME AND THE MINOR ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMME, AND ONE FROM THE STREET MANAGEMENT WORKING GROUP.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT BOARD’S ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE TO BE HELD ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 5) IN THE DB CONFERENCE ROOM, 13TH FLOOR, YUEN LONG GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 2 K1U LOK SQUARE, YUEN LONG.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM.

-----0-----

NORTHWEST KOWLOON TRAFFIC STUDY ON DB AGENDA * t t ♦ ♦

THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT BOARD WIL! DISCUSS A PAPER ON THE NORTHWEST KOWLOON TRAFFIC STUDY PREPARED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT AT THE BOARD’S MEETING ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 5).

THE PAPER OUTLINES THE MAJOR RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE STUDY AND SEEKS MEMBERS’ VIEWS ON THE TRAFFIC SCHEMES IT PROPOSED.

THE OBJECTIVE OF THE NORTHWEST KOWLOON TRAFFIC STUDY, WHICH STARTED IN JANUARY LAST YEAR, IS TO HELP RESOLVE TRAFFIC AND PEDESTRIAN PROBLEMS IN THE REGION IN THE PERIOD UP TO 1991.

OTHER ITEMS FOR DISCUSSION AT THE MEETING INCLUDE THE INCREASE IN MANAGEMENT FEES AT PO LAI COURT \ND THE CONSULTATION IN CONNECTION WITH THE DEVELOPMENT OF CONTAINER TERMINAL NO. 8.

THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT WILL INFORM MEMBERS OF THE REPROVISIONING OF THE HOME OF LOVE OF THE MISSIONARIES OF CHARITY FROM ITS EXISTING PREMISES AT THE SHAM SHUI PO EX-ARMY CAMP TO NAM CHEONG ESTATE.

REPORTS FROM THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE AND COMMITTEES UNDER THE DISTRICT BOARD WILL BE TABLED.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT BOARD MEETING TO BE HELD ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 5) IN THE SHEK KIP MEI COMMUNITY HALL, BLOCK 42, SHEK KIP MEI ESTATE, NAM CHEONG STREET.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2 PM.

-------0---------

/5.........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1989

5

SCHOLARSHIPS OFFERED TO YOUNG MUSICIANS AND DANCERS »»»#»»

EIGHT TALENTED YOUNG MUSICIANS AND DANCERS WHO RECEIVED SCHOLARSHIPS SPONSORED F THE HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB MUSIC FUND HAVE RECENTLY FLOWN TO BRITAIN. AUSTRALIA AND THE UNITED STATES TO FURTHER THEIR TRAINING IN MUSIC AND DANCE.

THE EIGHT ARE CHENG WAI, YIP CHING, REGINA YUNG, CAROL YU, YIU SONG-LAM. KONG WAN-Y1, HUI CHE-KEUNG, AND WONG KIM.

THEY WERE SELECTED FROM AMONG 23 CANDIDATES WHO HAD APPLIED FOR THE OVERSEAS SCHOLARSHIP OFFERED BY THE MUSIC FUND FOR 1989-90 AFTER AN AUDITION TEST AND INTERVIEW HELD EARLIER THIS YEAR.

THE PURPOSE OF THE SCHOLARSHIP IS TO ENABLE EXCEPTIONALLY TALENTED YOUNG PEOPLE TO RECEIVE TRAINING IN POST DIPLOMA STUDIES AT FOREIGN INSTITUTES.

CHENG WAI, YIP CHING, REGINA YUNG, CAROL YU AND YIU SONG-LAM ARE NOW PURSUING THEIR PIANO PERFORMANCE AND INTENSIVE MUSIC COURSES IN BRITAIN, THE UNITED STATES AND AUSTRALIA. KONG WAN-YI, HUI CHE-KEUNG AND WONG KIM ARE ATTENDING MODERN DANCE AND BALLET COURSES IN THE UNITED STATES.

ESTABLISHED IN 1980 WITH A DONATION OF S10 MILLION FROM THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB, THE HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB MUSIC FUND IS A NON-STATUTORY TRUST FUND FOUNDED FOR THE PROMOTION AND DEVELOPMENT OF MUSIC, DANCE AND RELATED ACTIVITIES IN THE TERRITORY BY WAY OF GRANTS AND SCHOLARSHIPS.

THE FUND IS ADMINISTERED BY A BOARD !>l CRUSTEES. THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS IS NOW THE CUSTODIAN TRUSTEE OF THE FUND WHO IS RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SAFEKEEPING OF THE FUND'S ASSETS AND THE APPOINTMENT OF THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES IS THE GOVERNING BODY OF THE FUND AND ITS MAJOR RESPONSIBILITY IS TO DECIDE ON THE DISBURSEMENT OF GRANTS AND SCHOLARSHIPS TO SCHOOLS, NON-PROFIT MAKING DANCE AND MUSIC ORGANISATIONS AS WELL AS TALENTED INDIVIDUALS.

SINCE 1980 THE MUSIC FUND HAS AWARDED 37 MUSIC SCHOLARSHIPS AND 10 DANCE SCHOLARSHIPS TO ENABLE 30 YOUNG MUSICIANS AND EIGHT YOUNG DANCERS TO FURTHER THEIR TRAINING OVERSEAS.

- - 0 ----------

/6........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1989

6

INTER-SCHOOL CLEANING COMPETITION IN TAI PO

STUDENTS IN TAI PO ARE INVITED TO JOIN AN INTER-SCHOOL CLEANING COMPETITION ORGANISED IN THE DISTRICT IN SUPPORT OF THE KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN.

IT IS AIMED AT AROUSING STUDENTS’ AWARENESS OF THE IMPORTANCE OF KEEPING THE ENVIRONMENT CLEAN AND TIDY.

TAI PO

DISTRICT

SECONDARY

THE COMPETITION, ORGANISED BY THE WORKING GROUP ON DISTRICT KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN AND SPONSORED BY THE BOARD, IS DIVIDED INTO KINDERGARTEN, PRIMARY SCHOOL AND

SCHOOL SECTIONS.

EACH PARTICIPATING SCHOOL SHOULD FORM A TEAM CARRY OUT CLEANING ACTIVITIES IN THE DISTRICT. THE ALSO PUT UP DISPLAYS IN THEIR SCHOOL TO REPORT THESE

OF STUDENTS TO

STUDENTS SHOULD

ACTIVITIES.

JUDGING WILL TAKE PLACE IN MID-NOVEMBER, BASING CLEANLINESS OF THE SCHOOL AND THE STUDENTS, AND THE DESIGN DISPLAYS.

ON THE

OF THE

TROPHIES WILL BE AWARDED TO THE WINNING SCHOOLS.

APPLICATION FORMS ARE AVAILABLE AT THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES. THE DEADLINE FOR ENTRY IS OCTOBER 16.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 0-6577111 EXT 244.

-----0-----

TENDERS INVITED FOR WATER SUPPLY IMPROVEMENT WORK ♦ * * * *

THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR MAINLAYING WORK IN HUNG HOM AND TO KWA WAN TO IMPROVE THE FRESH WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM IN THE AREA.

THE WORK WILL INVOLVE THE CONSTRUCTION OF A TOTAL OF 1,800 METRES OF WATERMAIN RANGING FROM 450 TO 1,000 MILLIMETRES IN DIAMETER.

WHEN COMPLETED, THE IMPROVED SYSTEM IS EXPECTED TO CATER FOR THE INCREASE IN DEMAND GENERATED BY THE DEVELOPMENT IN HUNG HOM AND THE TO KWA WAN AND HUNG HOM BAY RECLAMATIONS.

WORK IS SCHEDULED TO START IN DECEMBER AND WILL LAST FOR 10 MONTHS.

THE DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF TENDERS IS NOON ON OCTOBER 20.

- 0 -

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 3, 1989

7

NEW BUS ROUTES PLANNED FOR SAI KUNG *****

MEMBERS OF THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE WILL HOLD A MEETING ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 5) TO DISCUSS A PAPER ON THE DRAFT KOWLOON MOTOR BUS ROUTE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME FOR THE DISTRICT FOR THE NEXT TWO YEARS.

THEY WILL ALSO STUDY A REPORT ON THE ANALYSIS OF ROAD TRAFFIC ACCIDENT STATISTICS, COVERING DISTRICT BOARD AREAS, FOR 1988.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC

AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE MEETING ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 5) IN THE DISTRICT BOARD CONFERENCE ROOM, SECOND FLOOR, SAI KUNG GOVERNMENT OFFICES, CHAN MAN STREET, SAI KUNG TOWN. THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 10 AM.

--------o ---------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 4, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

HK MUST KEEP UP WITH TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES IN


SERVICES REPRESENT AREA OF GREAT EXPORT POTENTIAL .............. 2

REPORT ON ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE BEING STUDIED ............ 3

SCOPE FOR WIDER INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION IN HK .................... 5

AMENDMENT BILL ON VBP DETENTION CENTRES ........................ 7

GOVERNOR TO TOUR TUEN MUN TOMORROW ............................. 3

FISHERMEN ON STUDY TOUR TO EUROPE............................... 8

AWARDS FOR CARETAKERS AND WATCHMEN IN EASTERN .................. 9

SCHOOL PROJECT PLAYS IMPORTANT PART IN BUILDING FOR FUTURE . 10

DB FUNDS AVAILABLE FOR COMMUNITY BUILDING ACTIVITIES .......... 11

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS PROGRESS OF PUBLIC WORKS .............. 11

PUBLIC SEWERS IN PRIVATE STREETS ON AGENDA .................... 12

PHOTOGRAPHY COMPETITION TO PROMOTE IMAGE OF KWAI TSING...... 12

SEMINAR FOR WONG CHUK HANG RESIDENTS .......................... 13

TEMPORARY URBAN CLEARWAY IN CONDUIT ROAD....................... 14

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KWUN TONG ............................. 14

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 4,

1989

1

HK MUST KEEP UP WITH TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS

*******

HONG KONG HAS TO BE RIGHT UP TO DATE WITH TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES IN THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS WORLD IF THE TERRITORY IS TO RETAIN A COMPETITIVE EDGE OVER ITS NEIGHBOURS IN THE REGION AS A MAJOR CENTRE OF FINANCE AND TRADE, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

SPEAKING AT A CEREMONY TO COMMEMORATE THE 20TH ANNIVERSARY OF SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS IN HONG KONG, THE GOVERNOR SAID AS AN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS CITY HONG KONG REMAINED ABSOLUTELY DEPENDENT ON FIRST RATE LOCAL AND INTERNATIONAL COMMUNICATIONS.

"ABOVE ALL WE HAVE TO MAKE SURE THAT WE HAVE SWIFT AND EFFICIENT INTERNATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATION LINKS WITH OUR MAJOR TRADING PARTNERS," HE ADDED.

SIR DAVID SAID THAT TWO DECADES AGO WHEN CABLE AND WIRELESS ESTABLISHED THE TERRITORY’S FIRST SATELLITE EARTH STATION AT STANLEY, THE STATION REPRESENTED SOME OF THE MOST MODERN INTERNATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS TECHNOLOGY OF ITS TIME.

"THE STATION GAVE HONG KONG FOR THE FIRST TIME A DIRECT VISUAL LINK WITH THE OUTSIDE WORLD FAR BEYOND ITS SHORES," HE SAID, ADDING THAT THE TERRITORY’S ABILITY TO HANDLE INTERNATIONAL TELEPHONE, TELEGRAPH AND TELEX TRAFFIC WAS GREATLY INCREASED.

SIR DAVID PRAISED CABLE AND WIRELESS FOR BRINGING HONG KONG INTO THE ERA OF INTERNATIONAL SATELLITE TELECOMMUNICATIONS 20 YEARS AGO.

HE SAID THAT THE COMPANY SINCE THEN HAD MET HONG KONG’S INCREASING NEEDS FOR NEW AND IMPROVED COMMUNICATIONS WITH ITS NEIGHBOURS AND A GOOD EXAMPLE WAS THE NEW OPTICAL FIBRE CABLE LINK WITH GUANGDONG.

"WHEN THE THEN GOVERNOR SIR DAVID TRENCH INAUGURATED THE FIRST EARTH STATION IN 1969. HE PRAISED CABLE AND WIRELESS FOR ITS CONTRIBUTION TO HONG KONG'S DEVELOPMENT AND FUTURE PROSPERITY.

"I DO SO AGAIN TODAY: AND LOOK FORWARD TO A TIME IN THE YEARS TO COME WHEN A FUTURE CHIEF EXECUTIVE WILL SPEAK OF THE SAME CONFIDENT PARTNERSHIP BETWEEN CABLE AND WIRELESS AND THE HONG KONG SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION," THE GOVERNOR CONCLUDED.

- 0 -

WEDNESDAY. OCTOiU.R 4. 1989

?

SERVICES REPRESENT AREA OF GREAT ILPORT POTE' rAL

*****

IN VIEW OF HONG KONG’S STRATEGIC LOCATION IN THE REGION AND ITS EXCELLENT COMMUNICATION LINKS WITH THE WORLD. SERVICES REPRESENT AN AREA OF GREAT EXPORT POTENTIAL. THE ACTING FINANCIAL SECRETARY.

I AV ID NENDICK. SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

"ALTHOUGH HONG KONG'S TRADE IN SERVICES STILL LAGS BEHIND MERCHANDISE TRADE IN VALUE TERMS, GROWTH IN THE PAST DECADE HAS BEEN PHENOMENAL. WITH DOUBLE DIGIT ANNUAL GROWTH RATES FOR THE GREATER I RI OF THIS PERIOD," HE SAID.

OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING OF THE HONG KONG SEMINAR ON TRADE IN S RVICES HELD AT THE HONG KONG CONVENTION AND EXHIBITION CENTRE THIS MORNING. MR NENDICK POINTED OUT THAT OUR EXPORT OF SERVICES HAD MORE THAN DOUBLED AT CONSTANT MARKET PRICES AND OUR IMPORTS INCREASED THREE-FOLD.

SERVICES COVER A WIDE RANGE OF BUSINESS ACTIVITIES INCLUDING THOSE IN BANKING. INSURANCE. TRANSPORTATION. CONSTRUCTION. COMMUNICATIONS, ACCOUNTING, ADVERTISING, CONSULTANCY AND ENTERTAINMENT.

ACCORDING TO THE LATEST REPORT PUBLISHED BY THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE. HONG KONG RANKED 18TH IN THE WORLD LEAGUE OF COMMERCIAL SERVICES EXPORTERS IN 1987 AND WAS THE 20TH LARGEST IMPORTER OF SUCH SERVICES IN THE SAME YEAR.

IN 1987. THE MOST RECENT YEAR FOR WHICH DATA WAS AVAILABLE. THE SERVICES SECTOR’S CONTRIBUTION TO HONG KONG’S GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT WAS 65 PER CENT, AND THAT WAS IN EXCESS OF THE AVERAGE FOR INDUSTRIAL COUNTRIES. MR NENDICK SAID.

"IN TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT, IT ACCOUNTED FOR SOME 58 PER CENT OF HONG KONG’S WORKING POPULATION IN THE FIRST QUARTERS OF 1989." HE ADDED.

"FOR 1988. THE TOTAL TRADE IN SERVICES AMOUNTED TO OVER HKS141 BILLION OR SOME 18 BILLION IN U.S. DOLLAR TERMS," HE SAID.

"THIS ALL POINTS TO THE HEALTH OF THIS SECTOR IN HONG KONG." MR NENDICK NOTED.

HOWEVER, DESPITE ITS SPECTACULAR GROWTH. WORLD TRADE IN SERVICES WAS NOT WITHOUT ITS PROBLEMS. HE SAID.

"I AM SURE SOME OF YOU IN THE AUDIENCE TODAY HAVE EXPERIENCED PERSONALLY THE FRUSTRATION OF NOT BEING ABLE TO TAP AN OVERSEAS MARKET BECAUSE OF OVER-REGULATION OR BECAUSE MARKET ACCESS HAS BEEN DENIED TO PROTECT LOCAL INTERESTS." HE SAID.

/WHILE IT .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER *» 1989

3

WHILE IT WAS ACCEPTED THAT A DEGREE OF REGULATION WAS INEVITABLE TO AFFORD PROTECTION TO CONSUMERS AND TO ENSURE THAT MINIMUM PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS OR PRUDENTIAL REQUIREMENTS WERE MET. IN A N'MBER OF INSTANCES THE MEASURES WHICH WERE APPLIED WENT WELL BFYOND THESE PURPOSES AND WERE DESIGNED PRINCIPALLY TO DISCOURAGE OVERSEAS COMPETITION. MR NENDICK SAID.

"THE MOST COMMON INCLUDES OBSTACLES IN RELATION TO THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A COMMERCIAL PRESENCE IN AN OVERSEAS MARKET AND TO THE MOVEMENT OF FACTORS OF PRODUCTION. SUCH AS CAPITAL AND LABOUR." HE SAID.

"OTHER RESTRICTIONS INCLUDE DIFFERENT DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS FOR DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN INSTITUTIONS IN FINANCIAL SERVICES, RESTRICTIONS OF CABOTAGE TRADE IN TRANSPORTATION. DISCRIMINATORY ACCREDITATION OF PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATIONS IN PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AND THE LIST GOES ON.” HE POINTED OUT.

IN ORDER TO REALISE HONG KONG'S GREAT EXPORT POTENTIAL IN SERVICES. MR NENDICK CALLED FOR A MORE OPEN AND FAIR MULTILATERAL TRADING SYSTEM GOVERNING SUCH TRADE.

THE HONG KONG SEMINAR ON TRADE IN SERVICES. BEING HELD FOR THE FIRST TIME IN HONG KONG. IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE TRADE DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL.

ABOUT 160 PARTICIPANTS ARE TAKING PART IN THE SEMINAR. THEY COME FROM A WIDE RANGE OF THE SERVICES SECTOR INCLUDING BANKING, INSURAN E. ACCOUNTING. ADVERTISING AND COMMUNICATIONS.

--------0----------

REPORT ON ELECTRONIC DATA INTERCHANGE BEING STUDIED »»»»♦»

ENSURE THAT ELECTRONIC

WAY THAT THE INTEREST IS BEST SERVED. THE SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

THE GOVERNMENT’S MAIN CONCERN IS TO DATA INTERCHANGE (EDI) IS DEVELOPED IN SUCH A OF THE HONG KONG TRADING COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE SECRETARY FOR THE TREASURY, MR HAMISH MACLEOD,

ADDRESSING THE EDI ASIA ’89 SEMINAR, MR MACLEOD THAT THE GOVERNMENT WAS AT PRESENT EXAMINING IN DETAIL PROPOSALS IN THE CONSULTANTS’ REPORT COVERING THE MANY LEGAL AND COMMERCIAL ISSUES INVOLVED IN THE INTRODUCTION

POINTED OUT THE VARIOUS REGULATORY, OF SUCH A

SERVICE.

GOVERNMENT AND TRADELINK WHICH HAS BEEN SET UP TO OF 11 LEADING HONG KONG

THE STUDY WAS JOINTLY FUNDED BY THE ELECTRONIC DOCUMENT SERVICES LTD. A COMPANY PROMOTE THE EDI PROJECT BY A CONSORTIUM

BUSINESSES.

/"WE DO .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER IQ*'

"WE DO NOT RULE OUT, AT THIS STAGE, ANY POSSIBLE OPTIONS IN DEVELOPING TRADE-RELATED EDI IN HONG KONG," MR MACLEOD SAID, ADDING THAT THE CONSULTANTS1 PROPOSALS AS WELL AS TRADELINK'S VIEWS ON THE WAY FORWARD WERE BEING CONSIDERED.

MR MACLEOD NOTED THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAVE WATCHED WITH INTEREST THE EMERGENCE OF EDI - A TECHNOLOGY FOR TRANSMITTING STRUCTURED BUSINESS INFORMATION ELECTRONICALLY BETWEEN COMPUTER SYSTEMS OF DIFFERENT ORGANISATIONS.

HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT RECOGNISED THE IMPORTANCE OF EDI AND THAT IT HAD A KEY ROLE TO PLAY IN ITS INTRODUCTION IN HONG KONG.

TRACING THE DEVELOPMENT OF EDI, MR MACLEOD NOTED IT HAD BEEN PATCHY.

"INITIALLY OVERSEAS EDI NETWORKS HAVE TENDED TO DEVELOP WITHIN VERTICAL INDUSTRY SEGMENTS, LINKING CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS IN INDUSTRIES SUCH AS AUTOMOBILE MANUFACTURING, RETAIL DISTRIBUTION AND FINANCIAL SERVICES.

"RECENTLY. HOWEVER, EDI SYSTEMS FOR THE INTERNATIONAL TRADING SECTOR HAVE BECOME INCREASINGLY PROMINENT, INVOLVING A WIDER SPECTRUM OF PLAYERS IN THE TRADING CYCLE," HE SAID.

HE NOTED THAT SIGNIFICANT TRADE RELATED EDI INITIATIVES HAD BEEN LAUNCHED IN COUNTRIES SUCH AS USA, FRANCE. UK, BELGIUM, AUSTRALIA NEW ZEALAND AS WELL AS JAPAN, KOREA AND SINGAPORE.

"BUT I BELIEVE NONE AS YET INVOLVE MORE THAN A MINORITY OF TRADERS. AND INTERNATIONAL EDI TRAFFIC IS VERY SMALL," HE SAID.

MR MACLEOD WENT ON TO POINT OUT THAT THE MOVE OF HONG KONG'S OVERSEAS TRADING PARTNERS AND COMPETITORS TO EDI WOULD BE LIKELY TO HAVE A SIGNIFICANT IMPACT ON HONG KONG'S INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIVENESS.

"CUSTOMS AUTHORITIES IN THE UNITED STATES FOR EXAMPLE ESTIMATE THAT WITHIN A FEW YEARS. MOST OF THEIR TRADE DOCUMENTATION PROCESSING WILL BE CARRIED OUT ELECTRONICALLY.

"THE UNITED KINGDOM CUSTOMS AUTHORITIES HAVE SIMILAR TARGETS. CONSEQUENTLY THE PRESSURE FROM OUR EXPORT MARKETS TO USE EDI SERVICES IS LIKELY TO INCREASE SUBSTANTIALLY' AS TRADE RELATED EDI INITIATIVES IN NORTH AMERICA AND EUROPE COME TO FRUITION, AND INTERNATIONAL LINKS ARE ESTABLISHED BETWEEN THEM.

"AT THAT STAGE AN ABILITY TO FORWARD TRADE DOCUMENTS ELECTRONICALLY TO THE RELEVANT OVERSEAS AUTHORITIES WILL ENABLE SUPPLIERS TO REDUCE CARGO CLEARANCE TIMES AND THEREBY IMPROVE THEIR COMPETITIVE POSITION," HE SAID.

/MR MACLEOD .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER '+, 1989

5

MR MACLEOD ADDED HOWEVER THAT IT WAS ONLY IN THE LAST YEAR OR SO THAT AGREEMENT HAD BEEN REACHED ON AN INTERNATIONAL STANDARD EOR MESSAGES BETWEEN DIFFERENT COUNTRIES OR TERRITORIES AND EVEN WITHIN ADVANCED COUNTRIES LIKE THE UNITED KINGDOM AND THF UNITED STATES THERE WERE A NUMBER OF INCOMPATIBLE SYSTEMS.

"MOREOVER. INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ARE ONLY THE START OF THE STORY. WE HAVE TO DEVELOP HONG KONG MESSAGES.

"THERE IS ALSO THE NEED TO DEVELOP ’CRITICAL MASS’ IT IS ONLY IF MOST OF THE KEY PLAYERS, INCLUDING THE GOVERNMENT. ARE ACCESSIBLE OF EDI THAT IT BECOMES WORTHWHILE," HE SAID.

NEVERTHELESS. IT WOULD BE DESIRABLE TO INTRODUCE EDI FAIRLY EARLY SO AS TO AVOID THE PROLIFERATION OF DIFFERENT, INCOMPATIBLE SYSTEMS.

"AND SO THAT WE KEEP PACE WITH OUR MAIN TRADING PARTNERS," HE ADDED.

-------0---------

SCOPE FOR WIDER INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION IN HK t * * * *

WITH SOME 50,000 MANUFACTURING ESTABLISHMENTS IN HONG KONG IN A DYNAMIC ENVIRONMENT, THERE SHOULD BE SCOPE FOR WIDER INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION, THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF INDUSTRY, MR ANDREW LEUNG, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF AUTOTECH ASIA ’89 ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY COUNCIL, MR LEUNG ASSURED LOCAL INDUSTRIALISTS THAT THE GOVERNMENT AND VARIOUS INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT ORGANISATIONS WOULD BE THERE TO PROVIDE ASSISTANCE.

"WE ARE WITNESSING A TREND TOWARDS SHORTER PRODUCT CYCLES. FASTER AND MORE FLEXIBLE PRODUCTION RUNS, A HIGHER QUALITY/PR 11 E RATIO, AND GREATER PRODUCT DIVERSITY AND INNOVATION.

"TO MEET THESE EXACTING DEMANDS, INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION TECHNOLOGY IS A HIGHLY EFFECTIVE KEY TO INCREASING OUTPUT, REDUCING ERRORS AND WASTAGE, ENHANCING QUALITY CONSISTENCY AND ACHIEVING AN OPTIMUM MIX OF SPEED AND FLEXIBILITY.

"THE GOVERNMENT AND VARIOUS INDUSTRIAL SUPPORT ORGANISATIONS ARE GEARED TOWARDS PROVIDING MORE FA( IL1TIES TO AID INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION," MR LEUNG SAID.

/FOR EXAMPLE .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 19$9

FOR EXAMPLE, THE HONG NG PRODUCTIVITY COUNCIL WAS STRENGTHENING ITS RANGE OF CONS! iTANCY SERVICES IN SUPPORT OF AUTOMATION IN DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING BY ESTABLISHING A COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN (CAD) SERVICE CENTRE, A COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN AND COMPUTER-AIDED MANUFACTURING (CAD/CAM) WORKSHOP, A MICROPROCESSOR APPLICATION LAI! AT RY. AND A SURFACE MOUNTING TECHNOLOGY (SMT) LABORATORY, HI • ID.

FURTHERM* Ri HE copNC IL, TOGETHER WITH THE CLOTHING INDUSTRY TRAINING AUTHORITY, : SHORTLY i'l1 OPERATING A CLOTHING TECHNOLOGY DEMONSTRATION Cl ‘.Tl i IN THE CLOTHING INDUSTRY TRAINING CENTRE IN

KOWLOON BAY.

MR LEUN*; ELll .iji THIS V. TIED DISSEMINATE THE LATEST GARMENT PRODUCTION SYSTEMS CONDUCIVE TO GREATER FLEXIBILITY AND MECHANISATION.

HF ALSO NOTED THAT A MAJOR JAPANESE GARMENT TECHNOLOGY SUPPLIER HAI I'l i - APPROACHED TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TRAINING AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE IN A REAL LIFE BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT AT THE CENTRE.

ON MANPOWER TRAINING, MR LEUNG SAID THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL TRAINED WORKERS IN THE NEK GENERATION OF COMPUTER-CONTROLLED MACHINES.

THE UNIVERSITIES, AND POLYTECHNICS, IN ADDITION TO EDUCATING TOMORROW’S MANAGERS AND TECHNOLOGISTS, WIRE TAKING A MORE ACTIVE ROLE IN INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CONSULTANCIES AND DEVELOPMENT, HE ADDED.

’’FOR EXAMPLE, THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG HAVE BEEN UNDERTAKING JOINTLY A CAD/CAM SYSTEM FOR MECHANICAL MANUFACTURING," MR LEUNG SAID.

KONG AND THE CHINESE

A PROJECT TO DEVELOP

ENGINEERING DESIGN AND

TURNING TO GOVERNMENT SUPPORT. MR LEUNG SAID UNDER THE AEGIS OF THE INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENT BOARD. PROPOSALS HAD BEEN DRAWN UP TO EXPAND SCHEMES PROVIDING LOCAL AND OVERSEAS TRAINING FOR PRACTISING ENGINEERS.

THESE WOULD COVER SUCH INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION TECHNOLOGIES AS SMT, SOFTWARE ENGINEERING. FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURI NG SYSTEMS AND COMPUTER INTEGRATED GARMENT MAKING.

AS FOR THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT, MR LFJ'NG SAID IT WOULD SEEK TO TRANSFER APPROPRIATE INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION TF* HNOLOGY FROM ABROAD THROUGH ITS INWARD INVESTMENT PROMOTION PROGRAMME.

’’THIS WILL BE GIVEN EVEN GREATER IMPETUS WITH THE IMPENDING IMPLEMENTATION OF \ RESEARCH AND TARGETTING SYSTEM, COUPLED WITH ENHANCED COVERAGE IN OUR OVERSEAS MARKETS." HE SAID.

ACCORDING TO MR LEUNG, OVER THE YEARS, INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION PROCESSES INTRODUCED INTO HONG KONG THROUGH INWARD INVESTMENT INCLUDED COMPUTER ASSEMBLY, SEMICONDUCTOR PRODUCTION, CHEMICAL STABILISERS FOR PLASTIC, RESINS, PLASTIC INJECTION MOULDING AND PRINTING.

---0----------

/7........

TTn'™D AT, OCT’ J 4 , 1989

7

AMENDMENT RH.1. nw ypP t ♦ ♦ * ♦

AN AMENDMENT BILL WILL SOON BE INTROL iJ INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AIMED AT ENABLING RULES TO BE DRAWN UP SPECIFICALLY TO COVER VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE (VBP) DETENTION CENTRES’.

/

SUBJECT TO THE IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1989 BEING I V (D INTO LAW. RULES WILL BE MADE TO PROVIDE FOR THE TREATMENT AND CONTROL OF CONDUCT OF VBP IN DETENTION CENTRES.

THE PROPOSED RULES WILL ALSO ALLOW FOR THE MANAGEMENT AS WELL AS THE MAINTENANCE OF ORDER AND DISCIPLINE AMONG VBP IN DETENTION CENTRES. AND FOR THE PUNISHMENT OF OFFENDERS.

• i •

THE GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL HAS AGREED THAT THE AMENDMENT BILL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON OCTOBER 18.

"AT THE MOMENT, WHILE PROVISION EXISTS IN THE IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE FOR RULES TO BE MADE PERTAINING TO VIETNAMESE REFUGEES, NO SUCH PROVISION EXISTS IN RESPECT OF VBP," A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

"THE CURRENT PRACTICE IS TO APPLY THE PRISON RULES IN VBP DETENTION CENTRES AND THIS HAS NOT BEEN ENTIRELY SATISFACTORY.

"THE PRISON RULES DO NOT ALLOW FOR THE CONTROL OF CONDUCT OF VBP NOR DO THEY PROVIDE FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF ORDER AND DISCIPLINE IN THE CENTRES."

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THAT WITH MORE THAN 42,000 VBP ARRIVALS SINCE JUNE LAST YEAR. A LARGE NUMBER OF DETENTION CENTRES HAD BEEN ESTABLISHED MANY OF WHICH, BY FORCE OF CIRCUMSTANCE, HAD BEEN EMERGENCY ACCOMMODATION RATHER THAN PURPOSE-BUILT CENTRES.

"GIVEN THE LARGE NUMBER OF DETENTION CENTRES, NOW TOTALLING 16, AND THE DIFFICULTIES EXPERIENCED RY CAMP MANAGEMENT ARISING FROM SUCH ACTS AS ESCAPES AND THE INTRODUCTION OF ITEMS INTO THE CENTRES PARTICULARLY BY WAY OF THROWING. IT IS APPROPRIATE TO DRAW UP RULES SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR DETENTION CENTRES," HE SAID.

"FOR EXAMPLE. AFTER THE AMENDMENT BILL HAS PASSED INTO LAW, IT IS PROPOSED TO MAKE RULES WHICH PROVIDE FOR A MAXIMUM PENALTY OF A $5,000 FINE AND SIX MONTHS’ IMPRISONMENT FOR CERTAIN OFFENCES.

"THESE WILL INCLUDE THE INTRODUCTION AND SUPPLY OF UNAUTHORISED ARTICLES INTO DETENTION CENTRES, ESCAPES AND AIDING OF ESCAPES FROM CENTRES, AS WELL AS ILLEGAL ENTRY INTO CENTRES.

"IT IS ALSO PROPOSED THAT RULES BE MADE TO PROVIDE FOR, AMONG OTHER THINGS. THE SEPARATE CONFINEMENT OF PERSONS, THE SEARCHING OF DETAINEES AND VISITORS AND DETENTION FOR THE PURPOSE OF SEARCH, AS WELL AS THE CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH VISITORS MAY BE ALLOWED TO VISIT A DETENTION CENTRE AND THEIR CONDUCT.

"THE DEPARTMENTS INVOLVED IN RUNNING DETENTION CENTRES CONSIDER THAT THE PROPOSED AMENDMENT LEGISLATION AND THE RULES TO BE MADE WILL MAKE MANAGEMENT OF CENTRES LESS DIFFICULT.”

------6--------

/8 .....

WEDNESDAY. OCTOBER 1. 19H9

8

GOVERNOR TO TOUR TUEN MUN TOMORROW

*****

THE GOVERNOR. SIR DAVID WILSON. WILL TOUR TUEN MUN TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AFTERNOON TO SEE THE COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENTS IN THE DISTRICT.

SIR DAVID’S PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE A VISIT TO A RESIDENTIAL AREA IN AREA 4B. AN INDUSTRIAL ZONE IN AREA 12. THE YIN NGAI SOCIETY AND \ CENTRE FOR THE ELDERLY AT THE ON TING/YAU 01 COMMUNITY CENTRE. AND TO TUEN MUN PLAZA.

N< TF TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE GOVERNOR’S VISIT TO TUEN MUN.

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WHO WISH TO TAKE GOVERNMENT TRANSPORT SHOULD ASSEMBLE AT THE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER AT 1 PM TOMORROW (THURSDAY I.

- 0 -

FISHERMEN ON STUDY TOUR TO EUROPE

*****

A GROUP OF 13 LEADING FISHERMEN WILL LEAVE HONG KONG ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 7) FOR HOLLAND, WEST GERMANY AND DENMARK ON AN 11-DAY TOUR TO STUDY MODERN FISHING TECHNOLOGY AND MARKETING SYSTEMS OF THEIR EUROPEAN COUNTERPARTS.

THE EIGHTH SINCE 1981. THE STUDY TOUR WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT (AFD) AND THF FISH MARKETING ORGANISATION.

COUNTRIES VISITED BY FISHERMEN IN PREVIOUS VISITS INCLUDED SINGAPORE. SOUTH KOREA, JAPAN. CHINA. THE UNITED KINGDOM. NORWAY. AUSTRALIA AND THE UNITED STATES.

TO MARK THE DEPARTURE OF THE GROUP. THE DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES. DR LAWRENCE LEE. PRESENTED A BANNER TO THE DELEGATION LEADER. MR CHENG FOR-YAU. THIS (WEDNESDAY) AFTERNOON AT THE DEPARTMENT'S HEADQUARTERS IN CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES.

SPEAKING AT THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY. DR LEE HOPED THAT THE FISHERMEN WOULD MAKE USE OF THIS OPPORTUNITY TO GAIN UP-TO-DATE FISHERIES KNOWLEDGE AND SHARE THE EXPERIENCE WITH OTHER. FISHERMEN TO ASSIST IN FURTHER DEVELOPING THE LOCAL FISHING INDUSTRY ON THEIR RETURN TO HONG KONG.

/THE GROUP .

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER

- 9 -

AFD’S FISHERIES OFFICER. MR

THE GROUP. ACCOMPANIED BY

HO-YEE. WILL VISIT FISHING PORTS. FISH MARKETS. A

FISH HANDLING

WONG AND

WELL

PROCESSING FACTORY. SHIPYARDS AS AND NAVIGATION AIDS.

AS

MANUFACTURERS

OF MARINE

ENGINES. FISHING GEAR

THE GROUP WILL ALSO VISIT A FISHERIES EXHIBITION IN CUXHAVEN OF WEST GERMANY.

-----0------

AWARDS FOR CARETAKERS AND WATCHMEN IN EASTERN

***♦»»»

RESPONSIBLE AND DELIGENT CARETAKERS AND WATCHMEN OF RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS IN EASTERN DISTRICT WILL BE HONOURED UNDER AN AWARD SCHEME ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE COMMITTEE SAID THE SCHEME AIMED AT BOOSTING THE MORALE OF CARETAKERS AND WATCHMEN BY GIVING DUE RECOGNITION TO HARD WORK AND OUTSTANDING PERFORMANCE.

"IT ALSO FORMS PART OF THIS YEAR’S DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME CAMPAIGN WHICH HAD ADOPTED HOME SECURITY, ANTI-TRIAD AND ANTI-SHOPTHEFT AS ITS PUBLICITY THEMES,” HE ADDED.

RESIDENTS MAY NOMINATE THEIR CARETAKERS AND WATCHMEN THROUGH A BUILD' IG’S OWNERS’ CORPORATION, MUTUAL AID COMMITTEE, MANAGEMENT COMPAL/ OR ANY OWNERS’ ASSOCIATION.

TH RE IS NO RESTRICTION ON THE NUMBER OF NOMINATIONS FROM EACH BUILDING AS LONG AS EACH CANDIDATE OBTAINS THE VOTES OF AT LEAST 30 PER CENT OF THE HOUSEHOLDS IN THE BUILDING.

NOMINATION FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, GROUND FLOOR, 880-886 KING'S ROAD. COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE EASTERN DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE AT THE EASTERN-DISTRICT OFFICE BEFORE OCTOBER 11.

AFTER RECEIVING THE FORMS. THE COMMITTEE WILL SEND REPRESENTATIVES TO VISIT THE BUILDINGS AND ASSISI TN VOTING PROCEDURES.

RESULTS WILL BE ANNOUNCED IN NOVEMBER AND THE WINNERS WILL BE PRESENTED WITH SOUVENIRS AND PENNANTS.

THE AWARD SCHEME IS CO-ORGANISED BY THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, THE EASTERN DISTRICT POLICE STATION AND THE EASTERN DISTRICT FEDERATION OF MULTI-STOREY BUILDING ORGANISATIONS, WITH SPONSORSHIP FROM THE DISTRICT BOARD.

--------0----------

/10........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 1, : !)(

10

SCHOOL PROJECT PLAYS IMPORTANT PART IN BUILDING FOR FUTURE

■»****

THE CHINESE INTERNATIONAL SCHOOL PROJECT PLAYS AN IMPORTANT PART IN BUILDING FOR HONG KONG’S FUTURE BY PROVIDING SOMETHING THAT IS UNIQUE SO FAR IN THE COMMUNITY, LADY WILSON SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

SHE WAS SPEAKING AT THE GROUND BREAKING CEREMONY OF THE NEW PREMISES OF THE SCHOOL AT BRAEMAR HILL, NORTH POINT.

LADY WILSON SAID THE PROJECT WOULD ALSO PROVIDE AN OPPORTUNITY FOR CHILDREN WHOSE FAMILIES RETURNED TO HONG KONG TO FIND A FORM OF EDUCATION WHICH FITTED THEIR PARTICULAR NEEDS, ADDING THAT THIS WAS BADLY NEEDED.

SHE SAID SHE HAD VISITED THE SCHOOL TWICE RECENTLY AND HAD SEEN FOR HERSELF THE EXCELLENT WORK DONE THERE.

"NOT ONLY IS THE ACADEMIC STANDARD HIGH, BUT, EQUALLY IMPORTANT, THE CHILDREN SEEM EXTREMELY HAPPY AND AT EASE."

LADY WILSON SAID THE SCHOOL WAS FIRST CONCEIVED EIGHT YEARS AGO AS A PLACE WHERE THE CHINESE AND WESTERN CULTURES COULD BE BLENDED INTO ONE CURRICULUM.

"A LOT HAS HAPPENED SINCE THEN." SHE SAID. "THE IDEA HAS BECOME A SCHOOL WITH ALMOST 500 PUPILS, AND ENROLMENT GROWS ANNUALLY."

OTING THAT THE SCHOOL NOW OCCUPIES THREE BUILDINGS IN THREE SEPARATE LOCATIONS. LADY WILSON SAID THE SCHOOL’S FOUNDATION. OF WHICH SHE WAS PATRON. WAS NOW RECEIVING A GRANT OF LAND FROM THE GOVERNMENT FOR BUILDING ITS OWN FACILITIES.

"THIS SIGNIFIES RECOGNITION OF THE VITAL ROLE THE SCHOOL IS PLAYING TN HONG KONG ALREADY. THE NEW BUILDING WILL ALLOW THE SCHOOL TO BE TOGETHER AS ONE COMMUNITY." SHE SAID.

THE NEW PROJECT. SAID LADY WILSON. WOULD ALLOW THE SCHOOL TO INCREASE ITS INTAKE OF CHILDREN TO COVER I.000 STUDENTS, AND TO EXTEND THE TEACHING PROGRAMME THROUGH TO SECONDARY SCHOOL.

THE NEW BUILDING WOULD PROVIDE MANY FACILITIES THAT WERE NOT POSSIBLE AT PRESENT, SHE ADDED.

LADY WILSON SAID THAT THE SCHOOL PROJECT COULD NOT HAVE BEEN REALISED WITHOUT THE COMMITMENT AND SUPPORT OF VERY MANY PEOPLE, AND IN PARTICULAR THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB WITH ITS GENEROUS CONTRIBUTION.

-----0

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 4, 1989

11

DB FUNDS AVAILABLE FOR COMMUNITY

BUILDING ACTIVITIES

THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD IS INVITING DISTRICT ORGANISATIONS TO APPLY FOR FUNDS FOR ORGANISING COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES IN THE REMAINDER OF THE CURRENT FINANCIAL YEAR.

A DISTRICT BOARD SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THAT ABOUT $200,000 IN DISTRICT BOARD FUNDS IS STILL AVAILABLE FOR ALLOCATION.

HE SAID PRIORITY WOULD BE GIVEN TO ORGANISATIONS INTENDING TO ORGANISE COMMUNITY BUILDING PROJECTS WHICH WOULD BENEFIT THE ELDERLY AND THE YOUTH IN THE DISTRICT.

’’CONSIDERATION WILL ALSO BE GIVEN TO THOSE ACTIVITIES WHICH COULD ENHANCE RESIDENTS’ CIVIC AWARENESS AND CULTIVATE AMONG THEM A SENSE OF BELONGING,” HE ADDED.

APPLICATIONS, TOGETHER WITH BUDGET ESTIMATES FOR THE PLANNED FUNCTIONS. SHOULD REACH THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE 11TH FLOOR OF HARBOUR BUILDING, 38 PIER ROAD, CENTRAL, BY OCTOBER 18.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE TO MR LO SHING-YAU ON 5-8523478.

-------0----------

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS PROGRESS OF PUBLIC WORKS

THE CULTURE. RECREATION AND SPORTS AND COMMUNITY COMMITTEE OF THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT BOARD WILL DISCUSS I HE OF A NUMBER OF Pl BIJU WORKS PROJECTS IN Till DISTR1< 1 Al IIS TOMORROW I THURSDAY).

MEMBERS WILL ALSO CONSIDER PLANS TO ORGANISE RELATING TO DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.

ACTIVITIES

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE KWUN TONG BOARD’S CULTURE. RECREATION AND SPORTS AND COMMUNI1Y COMMITTEE TO BE HELD TOMORROW (THURSDAY) IN THE CONFERENCE THE THIRD FLOOR OF THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT OFFICE. 6 TUNG YAN

BUILDING PROGRESS MEETING

DISTRICT BUILDING ROOM ON STREET.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM.

- O -

WEDNESDAY. OCTOBER 1. ' '«■

12

PUBLIC SEWERS IN PRIVATE STREETS ON AGENDA

*****

THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE OF THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT BOARD WILL DISCUSS AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (THURSDAY) WAYS TO SOLVE THE PROBLEM OF CHOKED PUBLIC SEWERS IN PRIVATE STREETS IN THE DISTRICT.

MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE WILL ALSO CONSIDER THE ALLOCATION OF FUNDS TO RUN A SERIES OF ACTIVITIES IN SUPPORT OF THE KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN AND THE WORLD ENVIRONMENT DAY.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT ROAD. TO KWA WAN. IT WILL

COVER THE COMMITTEE’S MEETING TOMORROW IN OFFICE CONFERENCE ROOM. 141 KAU PUI LUNG BEGIN AT 2.15 PM.

- - 0 ----------

PHOTOGRAPHY COMPETITION TO PROMOTE IMAGE OF KWAI TSING

* * * * *

ENTRIES ARE BEING INVITED FOR A PHOTOGRAPHY COMPETITION ORGANISED BY THE KWAI TSING DISTRICT BOARD AND DISTRICT OFFICE TO PROMOTE THE DISTRICT’S MULTI-FACETED IMAGE.

THE COMPETITION IS DIVIDED INTO STUDENTS AND OPEN SECTIONS.

PARTICIPANTS SHOULD SEND IN PHOTOGRAPHS DEPICTING THE DIFFERENT ASPECTS OF KWAI TSING SUCH AS TRAFFIC, HOUSING, EDUCATION, LEISURE ACTIVITIES AND RESIDENTS’ DAILY LIFE.

EACH PARTICIPANT SHOULD SUBMIT A 3R SIZE PHOTOGRAPH TOGETHER WITH THE NEGATIVE AND A REGISTRATION FORM WHICH IS OBTAINABLE FROM THE KWAI TSING DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES.

THE CHAMPION, AND THE FIRST AND SECOND RUNNERS-UP OF EACH SECTION WILL BE AWARDED SI,000, $300 AND S200 IN CASH RESPECTIVELY. THERE WILL ALSO BE 30 CONSOLATION PRIZES IN EACH SECTION.

ENTRY TO THE PHOTOGRAPHY COMPETITION WILL CLOSE ON NOVEMBER 3.

ADJUDICATION WILL BE CONDUCTED IN MID-NOVEMBER BY PHOTOJOURNALIST MR CHAN KIU, KWAI TSING DISTRICT OFFICER MR PAUL TANG AND REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE DISTRICT BOARD AND THE KWAI CHUNG ROTARY CLUB.

A PRIZE PRESENTATION CEREMONY IS SCHEDULED FOR NOVEMBER 26.

/PHOTOGRAPHS SELECTED .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 1989

- -

PHOTOGRAPHS SELECTED FROM BOTH SECTIONS WILL BE USED IN A BOOKLET ON KWAI TSING TO BE PUBLISHED EARLY NEXT YEAR.

THE BOOKLET. INTRODUCING MAJOR PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT PROJECTS OF THE DISTRICT. WILL BE DISTRIBUTED TO LOCAL ORGANISATIONS AND VISITORS TO THE DISTRICT.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE COMPETITION CAN BE MADE ON 0-4273593.

------0--------

SEMINAR FOR WONG CHUK HANG RESIDENTS ♦ * t t t

THE WONG HUK HANG AREA COMMITTEE WILL REPORT ON ITS WORK AT A SEMINAR FOR REPRESENTATIVES OF LOCAL RESIDENTS’ ORGANISATIONS TOMORROW (THURSDAY) EVENING AT THE TANG SHIU KIN PRIMARY SCHOOL IN WONG CHUK HANG ESTATE.

THE SEMINAR. TO BEGIN AT 8.30 PM, ALSO PROVIDES AN OPPORTUNITY FOR RESIDENTS TO EXCHANGE VIEWS ON DISTRICT MATTERS.

CHAIRMAN OF THE AREA COMMITTEE, MR KO KAM-CHEUNG, WILL PRESENT A REPORT ON THE WORK AND ACHIEVEMENTS OF. AND THE PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED BY. THE COMMITTEE WITH THE AID OF SLIDES.

A SLIDE SHOW ON THE FUNCTIONS AND OPERATIONS OF AREA COMMITTEES PRODUCED BY THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OFFICE WILL ALSO BE SHOWN.

THIS WILL BE FOLLOWED BY GROUP DISCUSSIONS ON THE DISTRICT’S ENVIRONMENT. COMMUNITY BUILDING. AND TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT MATTERS.

ALL THE ISSUES RAISED DURING THE DISCUSSIONS WILL BE FOLLOWED UP BY THE AREA COMMITTEE AND RELEVANT GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

RESIDENTS ARE WELCOME TO ATTEND THE SEMINAR ALONG WITH REPRESENTATIVES FROM MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES. OWNERS’ CORPORATIONS AND RESIDENTS’ ASSOCIATIONS.

SOUTHERN ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER. MR DAVID LEUNG. AND OFFICIALS FROM VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS WILL ALSO TAKE PARI IN THE SEMINAR. WHICH IS THE FIRST IN A SERIES JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE DISTRICT’S SEVEN AREA COMMIITEES TO STRENGTHEN COMMUNICATIONS AND TIES BETWEEN RESIDENTS AND AREA COMMITTEES.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE WONG CHUK HANG AREA COMMITTEE SEMINAR TO BE HELD TOMORROW (THURSDAY). BEGINNING AT 8.30 PM XT THE TANG SHU.’ KIN PRIMARY SCHOOL IN WONG (’HUK HANG ESTATE.

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 4, 1989


TEMPORARY URBAN CLEARWAY IN CONDUIT ROAD » * » * *

FRIDAY ON THE BETWEEN

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON (OCTOBER 6), THE EXISTING 24-HOUR DAILY URBAN CLEARWAY NORTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF CONDUIT ROAD IN 1 HE MID-LEVELS, HOUSE NOS. 26 AND (5, WILL REMAIN IN FORCE FOR ANOTHER SEVEN WEEKS

TO

FACILITATE MAINLAY J NG WORK.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS THERE.

-------0----------

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KWUN TONG * » ♦ * ♦

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT SECTIONS OF KWUN TONG ROAD UNDERPASS WILL BE CLOSED FROM FRIDAY (OCTOBER 6) TO FACILITATE REPAIR WORKS ON STREET LIGHTING.

THE WESTBOUND TRAFFIC LANES WILL BE CLOSED FROM 11 PM ON FRIDAY TO 6 AM ON SATURDAY AND FROM 11 PM ON SATURDAY TO 6 AM ON SUNDAY.

THE EASTBOUND TRAFFIC LANES WILL BE CLOSED FROM 11 PM ON OCTOBER 13 TO 6 AM THE NEXT MORNING. AND FROM 11 PM ON OCTOBER 14 TO 6 AM THE NEXT MORNING.

DURING THE CLOSURES, MOTORISTS WILL BE DIVERTED TO USE THE SECTIONS OF KWUN TONG ROAD AT GROUND LEVEL.

FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY, THE EXISTING PROHIBITED ZONE FOR GOODS VEHICLES, EFFECTIVE 24 HOURS DAILY, ON THE FLYOVER LEADING FROM THE AIRPORT DEPARTURES CIRCUIT TO PRINCE EDWARD ROAD EAST EASTBOUND WILL BE CANCELLED.

- 0 -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5. 19$9

CONTENTS PAGE NO,

PRESS FREEDOM IS OF ENORMOUS IMPORTANCE: GOVERNOR............. 1

OPPORTUNITIES FOR COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT IN TUEN MUN..................................................... 2

MUCH CAN BE DONE TO SECURE FUTURE: SES ....................... 3

FREE TRADE ENVIRONMENT NECESSARY FOR EXPORT OF SERVICES....... 4

PROVISIONAL SPORTS DEVELOPMENT BOARD STARTS OPERATION NEXT MONTH........................................................ 6

PREVENTION THE SOLUTION TO HILL FIRE PROBLEM.................. 8

MAJOR ANTI-DRUG ACTIVITIES LINED UP FOR OCTOBER .............. 9

BILL TO AMEND BANK NOTES ISSUE ORDINANCE...................... 11

SEPTEMBER SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, VACANCIES, PAYROLL UNDERWAY • 12

HOLIDAY CLINIC SERVICE SUSPENDED ............................. 13

ILLEGAL STRUCTURE IN TAI PO TO BE CLOSED...................... 13

URBAN CLEARWAY IN KOTEWALL ROAD............................... 13

SPEED LIMIT ON KWUN TONG ROAD................................. 14

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN CAUSEWAY BAY, TIN HAU................. 14

THURSDAY. OCTOBER 5. 1989

1

PRESS FREEDOM IS OF ENORMOUS IMPORTANCE: GOVERNOR * ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

PRESS FREEDOM IN HONG KONG IS OF ENORMOUS IMPORTANCE AND THERE IS NO WISH NOR INTENTION OF TRYING IN ANY WAY TO HINDER PRESS FREEDOM. THE GOVERNOR. SIR DAVID WILSON. SAID TODAY (THURSDAY!.

THE GOVERNOR MADE THE REMARKS WHEN ASKED TO COMMENT ON THE POLICE SEIZURE OF NEWS VIDEO TAPES FROM TVB AND ATV TWO DAYS AGO.

SPEAKING TO REPORTERS AFTER VISITING TUEN MUN DISTRICT, SIR DAVID SAID WHAT THE POLICE DID WAS ENTIRELY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW.

“THAT IS. THEY GOT A MAGISTRATE’S WARRANT AND THEY USED IT. WHETHER OR NOT THE POLICE WISH TO USE THAT PARTICULAR PART OF THE LAW MUST BE, OF COURSE, A MATTER OF JUDGEMENT FOR THEM, SO IT WAS ENTIRELY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW.” HE SAID.

’’THERE IS NO QUESTION IN HONG KONG OF A WISH TO HINDER PRESS FREEDOM. I DO NOT BELIEVE THAT PRESS FREEDOM WAS INFRINGED.

"I THINK IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT WE SHOULD NOT, IN HONG KONG. DO ANYTHING TO INFRINGE PRESS FREEDOM.” THE GOVERNOR SAID.

ASKED IF HE THOUGHT THE POLICE HAD ACTED CORRECTLY, THE GOVERNOR SAID: ’’IT’S NOT FOR ME TO JUDGE OPERATIONAL MATTERS OF THE POLICE. WHAT IS IMPORTANT IS THAT WE HAVE LAWS. AND THAT THE POLICE, LIKE EVERYBODY ELSE, SHOULD OPERATE WITHIN THE LAW.”

ASKED FOR HIS COMMENTS ON THE CASE INVOLVING CHINESE SWIMMER, MR YANG YANG, SIR DAVID SAID THAT THROUGHOUT, THE CASE HAD BEEN DEALT WITH IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS AND PROCEDURES OF HONG KONG.

"THAT IS WHAT HAS BEEN UPPERMOST IN OUR OWN MINDS. IT HAS BEEN A DIFFICULT CASE TO DEAL WITH BECAUSE IT HAS BEEN GIVEN AN IMMENSE AMOUNT OF PUBLICITY.” HE SAID.

ASKED WHETHER THERE WAS ANY QUESTION THAT THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION HAD EXCEEDED HIS POWERS IN HANDLING THE CASE. THE GOVERNOR SAID: ’’THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION HAS THE POWER TO DIRECT WHERE A PERSON SHOULD GO. HE HAS THE POWER TO DIRECT THAT SOMEBODY SHOULD RETURN TO CHINA.

"HE HAS THE POWER TO USE HIS DISCRETION IF SOMEBODY HAS A VALID TRAVEL DOCUMENT TO GO ELSEWHERE. AS MR YANG DID. TO SAY THAT HE SHOULD GO TO THE UNITED STATES,” HE SAID.

TURNING TO PETITIONS BY TUEN MUN RESIDENTS AGAINST PROPOSED FARE INCREASE FOR THE LIGHT RAIL TRANSIT. THE GOVERNOR SAID THAT IT WAS PERFECTLY UNDERSTANDABLE THAT NOBODY LIKED THEIR FARES TO GO UP, BUT THE LRT. LIKE ALL OTHER FORMS OF TRANSPORT IN HONG KONG, MUST WORK ON A COMMERCIAL BASIS.

"IF IT DOESN’T. WHAT DOES IT MEAN? IT SIMPLY MEANS THAT SOME OTHER PART OF THE COMMUNITY IS SUBSIDISING IT, SO IT HAS TO WORK ON A COMMERCIAL BASIS.” HE SAID.

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1989

OPPORTUNITIES FOR COMMERCIAL. l-D'i'STRIAL DEVELOPMENT IN TUEN MUN

*****

TUEN MUN HAS C' : Ti ■ in TERMS OF OPPORTUNITIES FOR

COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTi, A, ,'L \ T,

THE GOVI SU: DAWID FOR HIMSELF THE DEVELOPMENT

POTENTIAL OF THE AW \ 1W,'||; - th;, DISTRICT TODAY (THURSDAY).

THE GOVEHIIvK Pi’OPOSED RECLAMATION OF MORE

THAN 100 HECTARES )i ' A DISTRICT WHICH WILL BE USED

FOR INDUSTRIES ■'

HE WAS Ai,SO .Si... . . INDUSTRIAL CITY. AN INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT CO WD RECREATIONAL FACILITIES HOUSED IN A CI... I AL ....

"THIS NEW CONCEPT \ ' QNTAINED INDUSTRIAL CITY IS CERTAINLY A GREAT IMPROVEMENT ON TH! TRADITIONAL FLATTED FACTORIES," SIR DAVID SAID.

HE VISITED AN OLDER COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL AREA ISOLATED FROM THE TOWN CENTRE AND WAS BRIE; I D ON HOW THE AREA COULD BENEFIT FROM BETTER BUILDING MANAGEMEU'I

THE GOVERNOR WAS TOLD TH/ sc I i.DING MANAGEMENT CO-ORDINATION TEAM WOULD SOON BE SET UP TN Till: I) : STS I CT TO ADVISE RESIDENTS ON HOW BEST THEIR BUILDINGS COULD BE TVJVHL

SIR DAVID ALSO SAW THE OPERATION OF LOCAL INDUSTRY WHEN HE VISITED A WIND-SURFING SAI I : HWWnWG FACTORY IN THE DISTRICT'S INDUSTRIAL AREA.

DURING THE VISIT, Sib DAVID MET MEMBERS OF THE TUEN MUN YIN NGAI SOCIETY WHICH WAS I' 'MEI' i LOCAL HOUSEWIVES.

THE GOVERNOR PRAISED THE . < i I T, FOR ITS WORK IN FOSTERING A SENSE OF NEIGHBOURLINESS AND ' T> . HEI c: HIE COMMUNITY.

AFTER TOURING THE TUEN w. PLAZA, ONE OF THE LARGEST RESIDENTIAL-COMMERCIAL PROJECTS ! !.:>■■<., sir DAVID NOTED THAT

COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT HAD ' ' Ei IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF LIFE OF RESIDENTS IN THE NEW ToV. ... I LV INCREASING INDUSTRIAL

DEVELOPMENT OFFERED GOOD EMPLOYMl- oppoR'Iv; I t I ES .

"TUEN MUN, WITH NEW FACILITIES STEAD1I.Y COMING ON STREAM, IS NOW TAKING SHAPE WELL AS A COMMUNITY AND AS A GOOD PLACE FOR PEOPLE TO LIVE AND WORK IN," THE GOVERNOR SAID.

SIR DAVID MET LOCAL CONMI'SITY LEADERS AT A TEA RECEPTION BEFORE CONCLUDING HIS VISIT. AW . HIM ON THE VISIT WERE THE

REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR THE Nl W IT'F'i ws. ws. MR ADOLF HSU, AND TUEN MUN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR JOHN 1 .

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5» 1989

MUCH CAN BE DONE TO SECURE FUTURE: SES

♦ » ♦ » ♦

THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, MRS ANSON CHAN, TOLD BUSINESSMEN IN LONDON TODAY (THURSDAY) THAT PEOPLE IN HONG KONG WERE NOT ALLOWING THE DOOM AND GLOOM SCENARIO TO OVERWHELM THEM.

"OUR FUTURE LIES ESSENTIALLY IN OUR OWN HANDS AND THERE IS MUCH THAT CAN BE DONE TO SECURE THAT FUTURE," SHE SAID.

SHE POINTED OUT THAT THE ECONOMY, AS ALWAYS, WAS THE KEY TO HONG KONG’S FUTURE STABILITY AND PROSPERITY.

UNDERPINNING THE GROWTH OF THE ECONOMY WAS THE ADEQUACY OF OUR PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE, SHE SAID, POINTING OUT THAT OVER THE NEXT DECADE, HONG KONG HAD AMBITIOUS PLANS FOR INFRASTRUCTURAL DEVELOPMENTS COVERING A NEW AIRPORT, CONTAINER TERMINALS AND OTHER NEW PORT FACILITIES, ADDITIONAL ROAD AND RAIL LINKS, URBAN RENEWAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES THAT WOULD TAKE HONG KONG WELL INTO THE 21ST CENTURY.

SHE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE NEW SECOND STAND-ALONE TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK, TOGETHER WITH THE EXISTING FACILITIES, WOULD MAKE HONG KONG THE MOST ADVANCED AND HIGHLY COMPETITIVE COMMUNICATION CENTRE IN THE WORLD.

’N THE CONTINUING LOSS OF PROFESSIONAL, MANAGERIAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE SKILLS FROM HONG KONG THROUGH EMIGRATION, MRS CHAN SAID IT WAS AN ISSUE OF GROWING CONCERN TO OVERSEAS INVESTORS AND THE HONG KONG ' OVERNMENT SHARED THIS CONCERN.

"ALTHOUGH WE ARE UNLIKELY TO SEE A DRAMATIC UPSURGE IN THE NUMBERS LEAVING, IT IS LIKELY THAT IN THE SHORT TERM, NET EMIGRATION MIGHT BE HIGHER THAN WE HAVE SEEN IN PREVIOUS YEARS, ASSUMING THAT THE IMMIGRATION POLICIES OF OTHER COUNTRIES DO NOT CHANGE," SHE SAID.

SHE POINTED OUT THAT THE GOVERNMENT NOW HAD A BETTER IDEA OF THE PATTERN OF EMIGRATION AND A CLEARER PLAN OF ACTION AS A RESULT OF A TASK FORCE SET UP TO LOOK INTO THIS PROBLEM.

"IN THE LONGER TERM, WE HAVE A PROGRAMME OF SUSTAINED EXPANSION IN EDUCATION AND TRAINING, PARTICULARLY AT THE TERTIARY LEVEL TO MEET THE DEMANDS CAUSED NOT ONLY BY EMIGRATION BUT BY OUR OWN BURGEONING SERVICES SECTOR FOR MORE SOPHISTICATED AND SPECIALISED SKILLS.

"EVEN WITHIN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, OUR REQUIREMENTS ARE CHANGING AND LEANING TOWARDS A HIGHER TECHNOLOGICAL CONTENT," SHE SAID.

HONG KONG’S EDUCATION AND TRAINING SYSTEM MUST BE ABLE TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE GRADUATES OF THE RIGHT MIX TO MEET THIS DEMAND, SHE STRESSED.

/’’THE NUMBER..........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, ‘^9

4

’’THE NUMBER OF FIRST DEGREE GRADUATES FROM OUR TERTIARY EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS IS SET TO INCREASE FROM 3,600 CURRENTLY TO AROUND 10,000 BY THE MID-1990’S. IN ADDITION THERE WILL BE INCREASES IN OUTPUT AT THE SUB-PROFESSIONAL STREAMS,” SHE SAID.

IN THE MEDIUM TERM, MRS CHAN POINTED OUT THAT BY THE EARLY 1990’S, THOSE WHO EMIGRATED IN THE PAST THREE YEARS WOULp BE ELIGIBLE TO COME BACK HAVING OBTAINED THEIR PASSPORTS.

"WE MUST MAKE SURE THAT THESE PEOPLE ARE ADEQUATELY BRIEFED ABOUT THE SITUATION IN HONG KONG, INCLUDING JOB OPPORTUNITIES AND THAT THERE ARE ADEQUATE FACILITIES IN HONG KONG TO ENCOURAGE THEM TO RETURN," SHE SAID, QUOTING EDUCATION FACILITIES FOR CHILDREN AS AN EXAMPLE.

"IN THE SHORT TERM, IF PARTICULAR SHORTAGES OF SKILLS EMERGE, WE ARE PREPARED TO BE FLEXIBLE IN ALLOWING IMMIGRATION OF PERSONNEL TO FILL THE GAPS LEFT BY EMIGRATION," SHE SAID.

"IN THE COMING MONTHS WE HAVE SOME DIFFICULT PROBLEMS TO GRAPPLE WITH. NOTWITHSTANDING THESE DIFFICULTIES AND THE POLITICAL UNCERTAINTIES FACING HONG KONG, I BELIEVE THAT WE CAN LOOK FORWARD TO CONTINUING, IF MORE MODEST, ECONOMIC GROWTH IN THE COMING DECADE," SHE SAID.

"OUR OPTIMISM IS FOUNDED NOT ON BLIND FAITH BUT ON THE FACT THAT WE HAVE A FUNDAMENTALLY SOUND ECONOMY, SUPPORTED BY CONTINUITY IN GOVERNMENT POLICIES THAT RELY ON THE OPERATION OF THE FREE MARKET TO ALLO ATE RESOURCES EFFICIENTLY.

"WE TRADE WITH ALL AND DISCRIMINATE AGAINST NONE. WHETHER IT IS IN INVESTMENTS OR IN THE SALE OF GOODS AND SERVICES," SHE SAID.

THE JOINT DECLARATION PROMISED THE POST-1997 HONG KONG AUTONOMY TN OUR ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL SYSTEMS AND MAINTENANCE OF ALL THE FREED IS THAT WE CURRENTLY ENJOYED. SHE SAID.

"DESPITE THE TIANANMEN EVENTS THERE IS NO REASON TO THROW IN THE TOWEL NOW. ON THE CONTRARY, WE MUST REDOUBLE OUR EFFORTS TO ENSURE THAT HONG KONG REMAINS AN ATTRACTIVE PLACE FOR PEOPLE TO WORK AND LIVE IN," SHE SAID.

------o-------

FREE TRADE ENVIRONMENT NECESSARY FOR EXPORT OF SERVICES

THE GROWTH POTENTIAL FOR HONG KONG’S EXPORTS OF SERVICES IS ENORMOUS, BUT THIS POTENTIAL CANNOT BE REALISED UNLESS THERE IS A MULTILATERAL INSTRUMENT THAT COULD CREATE AND SUSTAIN A FREE TRADE ENVIRONMENT FOR SERVICES.

THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, MR JOHN CHAN, SAID THIS AT THE CLOSING OF THE JONG KONG SEMINAR ON TRADE IN SERVICES TODAY (THURSDAY).

/THE SEMINAR

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1989

5

THE SEMINAR WAS HELD TO INCREASE THE AWARENESS OF HONG KONG'S BUSINESSMEN. PARTICULARLY THOSE ENGAGED IN THE SERVICES INDUSTRIES, OF THE CURRENT GATT NEGOTIATIONS ON SERVICES AND OF THE ISSUES WHICH HAVE A BEARING ON THE EXPORT OF SERVICES FROM, AND IMPORT OF SERVICES INTO, HONG KONG.

IT ALSO HELPED TO OBTAIN DIRECT FEEDBACK FROM THE SERVICES INDUSTRIES ON OBSTACLES THEY IF EXPORTING THE SERVICES OVERSEAS WHICH SHOULD BE ADDRESSED IN THE GATT NEGOTIATIONS.

MR CHAN SAID PRINCIPLES OF NON-DI SCRIMINATION, TRANSPARENCY OF REGULATORY FRAMEWORK, PROFESS IVE LIBERALISATION OF RESTRICTIONS ON TRADE IN SERVICES, EQUAL TREATMENT BETWEEN DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN SERVICES PROVIDERS AS V.’ELI AS AMONG FOREIGN SERVICES PROVIDERS, SHOULD BE FULLY ENSHRINE:1 IN THE PROPOSED MULTILATERAL FRAMEWORK ON TRADE IN SERVICES AND TRANSLATED INTO OPERATIONAL PROVISIONS.

"THESE IMPORTANT PRINCIPLES WOULD PERMIT SMALL AND MEDIUM SIZED ECONOMIES SUCH AS HONG KONG, WITH LIMITED BARGAINING POWER IN TRADE NEGOTIATIONS, TO BENEFIT SUBSTANTIALLY FROM MEMBERSHIP OF THE PROPOSED FRAMEWORK," HE SAID.

"THEY WOULD ALSO ENSURE THAT THE BENEFITS OF OPTIMUM ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES UNDER THE BASIC ECONOMIC CONCEPT OF 'COMPARATIVE ADVANTAGE’ WOULD BE REALISED TO THE FULLEST EXTENT POSSIBLE," HE ADDED.

MR CHAN POINTED OUT THAT THE VIEWS EXPRESSED IN THE TWO-DAY SEMINAR WOULD PROVIDE USEFUL INPUTS TO THE GOVERNMENT'S THINKING ON THE ISSUES THAT NEEDED TO BE TACKLED IN THE NEGOTIATIONS AND HELP SET THE GOVERNMENT'S PRIORITIES IN THE NEGOTIATIONS.

"IT IS MY HOPE THAT THE QUESTIONS YOU HAVE RAISED AND THE PROBLEMS YOU ENCOUNTER IN EXPORTING YOUR SERVICES OVERSEAS WOULD BE ADEQUATELY ADDRESSED IN THE PROPOSED MULTILATERAL FRAMEWORK ON TRADE IN SERVICES TO BE AGREED BY THE END OF THE URUGUAY ROUND," HE SAID.

MR CHAN STRESSED THAT IT WOULD BE WRONG TO EXPECT IMMEDIATE, WIDE RANGING CHANGES TO EMERGE.

"THE PROCESS WILL UNDOUBTEDLY BE A DRAWN OUT ONE AND IT MAY BE SOME TIME BEFORE MAJOR CHANGES AFFECTING INDIVIDUAL TRADERS OF SERVICES ARE PUT INTO EFFECT.

"THE IMPORTANT THING IS THAT THERE IS NOW A MULTILATERAL COMMITMENT TO ADDRESS THE PROBLEMS IN THE VARIOUS SERVICES MARKETS.

"THIS COMMITMENT CAN CREATE A NEW AND BETTER ENVIRONMENT FOR THE PROVISION OF SERVICES. WE AS A GOVERNMENT MUST WORK TOGETHER WITH THE PRIVATE SECTOR TO GIVE MOMENTUM AND DIRECTION TO INTERNATIONAL EFFORTS IN THIS WORK WHICH WILL BENEFIT PS ALL." HE SAID.

MR CHAN POINTED OUT THAT IT WAS NOT ONLY FOR THE GOVERNMENT TO PUSH FOR THE OPENING UP OF MARKETS OVERSEAS FOR OUR EXPORTS OF SERVICES, THERE WAS A DEFINITE ROLF FOR THE PRIVATE SECTOR TO PLAY.

/"THIS SEMINAR........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1989

6

"THIS SEMINAR IS JUST A FIRST THE PRIVATE SECTOR IN THE RUN-UP TO ROUND NEGOTIATIONS IN ABOUT A YEAR’S

STEP IN OUR CONSULTATION WITH THE CONCLUSION OF THE URUGUAY TIME.

"IN THE COMPLEX NEGOTIATIONS THAT LIE AHEAD, WE WILL NEED TO CONTINUE THIS DIALOGUE AND TO RELY ON THE ADVICE OF OUR BUSINESSMEN IN THE SERVICES FIELD TO GUIDE OUR NEGOTIATORS ON WHAT IS AND WHAT IS NOT ULTIMATELY ACCEPTABLE TO HONG KONG." HE ADDED.

-------0---------

PROVISIONAL SPORTS DEVELOPMENT BOARD STARTS OPERATION NEXT MONTH

******

THE GOVERNMENT HAS APPOINTED A PROVISIONAL SPORTS DEVELOPMENT BOARD TO OPERATE FROM NOVEMBER I TO PAVE THE WAY FOR THE EVENTUAL ESTABLISHMENT OF THE HONG KONG SPORTS DEVELOPMENT BOARD (SDB) IN APRIL NEXT YEAR, THE SECRETARY FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, MR AUGUSTINE CHUI, ANNOUNCED TODAY (THURSDAY).

"IT WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL THE PREPARATORY WORK TO ESTABLISH THE STATUTORY SDB ON APRIL 1. 1990.

"IT WILL TAKE OVER ALL THE FUNCTIONS OF THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT WHOSE TERM OF OFFICE WILL EXPIRE ON NOVEMBER 1, 1989," HE SAID.

ANNOUNCING DETAILS OF THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PROVISIONAL SDB AT A PRESS CONFERENCE THIS AFTERNOON, MR CHUI SAID IT WAS IN LINE WITH THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE SPORTS CONSULTANCY REPORT, WHICH WAS ISSUED IN MAY LAST YEAR, THAT THE GOVERNMENT WOULD ESTABLISH AN SDB TO PROMOTE SPORTS AND PHYSICAL RECREATION IN THE TERRITORY.

"THE BOARD WILL HAVE EXECUTIVE POWERS AND ITS OWN STAFF TO DEAL WITH THE VARIOUS FUNCTIONS ENTRUSTED TO IT.

"THE MAJOR TASK OF THE BOARD IS TO FORMULATE AN OVERALL DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY FOR SPORTS AND PHYSICAL RECREATION, TO STRENGTHEN SPORTS ADMINISTRATION, TO IMPROVE COACHING AND TO ENHANCE THE TRAINING OF TALENTED ATHLETES AND AT THE SAME TIME TO SUPPORT SPORTS PROMOTION AT THE GRASSROOT LEVEL," HE SAID.

AT TODAY’S PRESS CONFERENCE, MR CHUI ALSO ANNOUNCED THE APPOINTMENT OF THE CHAIRMAN AND MEMBERS OF THE PROVISIONAL SPORTS DEVELOPMENT BOARD.

THE CHAIRMAN IS MR WILLIAM PURVES AND THE VICE-CHAIRMAN, MR PAUL CHENG.

THERE WILL BE FOUR EX-OFFICIO MEMBERS. THEY ARE THE PRESIDENT OF THE AMATEUR SPORTS FEDERATION AND OLYMPIC COMMITTEE OF HONG KONG, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE REGIONAL COUNCIL, AND THE SECRETARY FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE.

/SEVEN OTHER........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5. 1 ’9

SEVEN OTHER APPOINTED MEMBERS ARE MR CHAN KA-KUI, MR CHAU HOW-CHEN, DR DAVID HO, MR R.L. WILSON, MR TSUI TSIN-TONG, MISS BETTY MAIR, AND MR MIKE SPEAK,

MR CHUI ALSO FORMALLY INTRODUCED THE APPOINTED EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR OF THE SDB, MR HOWARD WELLS, WHO WAS FORMERLY THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OF THE JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE.

"MR WELLS WILL HELP THE PROVISIONAL SDB TO SET UP ITS EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAT WHICH WILL BE ACCOMMODATED ON THE 10TH FLOOR OF HARBOUR CENTRE IN WAN CHAI," HE SAID.

"MY STAFF IN THE RECREATION AND CULTURE BRANCH WILL WORK CLOSELY WITH THE BOARD, ITS EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR AND STAFF TOWARDS OUR COMMON OBJECTIVES OF PROMOTING AND DEVELOPING SPORT IN HONG KONG," MR CHUI ADDED.

ALSO SPEAKING AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE, THE NEWLY APPOINTED CHAIRMAN OF THE PROVISIONAL SDB, MR WILLIAM PURVES. SAID HE WAS PLEASED TO BE ASSOCIATED WITH THIS NEW INITIATIVE AND HE CONGRATULATED THE GOVERNMENT FOR ACTING IN RESPONSE TO THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE SPORTS CONSULTANCY REPORT.

"THE TIME FOR CONSULTATION IS NOW PAST AND THROUGH THE PROVISIONAL BOARD AND EVENTUALLY THROUGH THE FULL BOARD, WE MUST DEMONSTRATE THAT IT WOULD BE A BODY GEARED TO ACTION," HE SAID.

1R PURVES SAID THESE WERE EXCITING TIMES FOR HONG KONG. SPORT AND RE' iEATION WERE A VITAL PART OF THE WAY AHEAD.

HOWEVER, THE TASK AHEAD WOULD NOT BE EASY. HE SAID.

"THERE WILL DOUBTLESS BE TEETHING TROUBLES. SO PLEASE DO NOT EXPECT THE BOARD TO ’RUN BEFORE IT CAN WALK'." HE SAID.

Mb PURVES ALSO STRESSED THAT THE SDB WAS NOT A GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT AND IT WOULD NEED TO LOBBY HARD WITH GOVERNMENT TO OBTAIN SUFFICIENT FUNDS.

"SPORT \ND RECREATION ARE INTEGRAL ASPECTS OF THE SOCIETY AND THEIR IMPORTANCE IS LIKELY TO INCREASE. EACH INDIVIDUAL SHOULD LEARN OF THE BENEFITS OF SPORT AND HEALTHY EXERCISE," HE SAID.

"WHILE THERE ARE ENCOURAGING SIGNS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN THE FIRST YEAR, THERE IS UNLIKELY TO BE SUFFICIENT FUNDS TO UNDERTAKE ALL PROJECTS AND THE BOARD WILL NEED TO TAKE AN AGGRESSIVE APPROACH IN OUR SPONSORSHIP PROGRAMME, IF WE ARE TO MAKE A SIGNIFICANT IMPACT IN THE LONGER TERM.

"THE BOARD WILL AIM TO KEEP ITS OVERHEADS LOW AND ITS STAFFING LEAN SO THAT AS FAR AS POSSIBLE AVAILABLE FUNDS ARE UTILISED WHERE MOST NEEDED," HE SAID.

"BUT IT IS NOT JUST ABOUT FUNDING. THERE IS A NEED TO STREAMLINE PRESENT ARRANGEMENTS AND TO CO-ORDINATE THE INPUT OF THE MANY AGENCIES INVOLVED IN SPORTS PROMOTION AND DEVELOPMENT," HE CONCLUDED.

-----0

/8 .......

THURSDAY. OCTOBER 5, 1989

- 8 -

PREVENTION THE SOLUTION TO HILL FIRE PROBLEM

*****

PREVENTION, RATHER THAN FIRE FIGHTING, IS THE SOLUTION TO THE PROBLEM OF COUNTRYSIDE FIRES IN HONG KONG, THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (CONSERVATION AND COUNTRY PARKS) OF THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT, MR FRANK LAU, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

HE WAS SPEAKING AT A CEREMONY HELD AT THE TWISK MANAGEMENT CENTRE OF THE TAI LAM COUNTRY PARK TO LAUNCH THE 1989-90 COUNTRYSIDE FIRE PREVENTION PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN.

MR LAU NOTED THAT OF THE HILL FIRES WHICH RAVAGED THE COUNTRYSIDE LAST YEAR, 234 HAD OCCURRED INSIDE OR THREATENED COUNTRY PARKS. DESTROYING 97.000 TREES IN AN AREA OF 2,000 HECTARES.

"VIRTUALLY ALL COUNTRYSIDE FIRES IN HONG KONG ARE CAUSED BY MAN. USUALLY AS A RESULT OF CARELESSNESS. THE OUTBREAK OF HILL FIRES COULD BE REDUCED IF EVERYBODY IS MORE CAREFUL IN THE USE OF FIRES IN THE OPEN COUNTRYSIDE," HE SAID.

MR LAU REMINDED MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC THAT ANY INCORRECT USE OF FIRES IN THE OPEN COUNTRYSIDE IS AN OFFENCE LIABLE TO A MAXIMUM FINE OF $5,000 AND ONE YEAR'S IMPRISONMENT.

IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT, THE AGRICUI,TURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT HAD DEVELOPED AN EFFECTIVE SYSTEM OF HILL FIRE DETECTION AND FIRE FIGHTING. HE SAID.

WITH THE SUPPORT OF THE CIVIL AID SERVICES, THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXI IARY AIR FORCE AND THE ROYAL AIR FORCE, THE FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM HAD MANAGED TO REDUCE CONSIDERABLY THE LOSS AND DAMAGE CAUSED BY HILL FIRES.

NEVERTHELESS. THE FACT REMAINED THAT HILL FIRES DESTROYED VEGETATION COVER. KILLED WILDLIFE AND DESTROYED THEIR HABITATS, DEFACED THE SCENIC COUNTRYSIDE AND EXPOSED THE SOIL TO EROSION.

"HILL FIRES MAY EVEN THREATEN LIFE AND PROPERTIES." MR LAU ADDED.

TO PREVENT HILL FIRES. HE URGED VISITORS TO COUNTRY PARKS TO LIGHT FIRES ONLY IN BARBECUE PITS AND TO MAKE SURE THE FIRES WERE EXTINGUISHED BEFORE LEAVING. HE ALSO EMPHASISED THAT LIGHTED CIGARETTES MUST NOT BE THOUGHTLESSLY THROWN AWAY.

MR LAU ALSO ADVISED GRAVE WORSHIPPERS TO BURN THEIR OFFERINGS ONLY IN CONTAINERS. AND HE ADDED THAT FARMERS BURNING RUBBISH AND WEEDS SHOULD NOT LEAVE THESE FIRES UNATTENDED.

"WE IN THIS COMMUNITY HAVE A DUTY AND SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY TO PROTECT OUR SCENIC HILL LANDS BOTH FOR OURSELVES AND FOR GENERATIONS TO COME.

"WE MUST TAKE A MORE POSITIVE ATTITUDE IN HILL FIRE PREVENTION." HE SAID.

-------O----------

/9.......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1989

9

MAJOR ANTI-DRUG ACTIVITIES LINED UP FOR OCTOBER * » * » «

A MONTH-LONG PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN DESIGNED TO DISSEMINATE THE ANTI-DRUG MESSAGE THROUGH A MIXED AND BALANCED PROGRAMME WILL BEGIN ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 7).

ENTITLED "THE ROAD TO A HAPPY LIFE", THE CAMPAIGN IS PART OF THIS YEAR'S TERRITORY-WIDE PUBLICITY DRIVE ORGANISED BY THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS (ACAN).

ANNOUNCING DETAILS OF THE CAMPAIGN AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TODAY (THURSDAY). THE COMMISSIONER FOR NARCOTICS, MR DAVID WEEKS, SAID THE OBJECTIVE WAS TO AROUSE PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE HARMFUL EFFECTS OF DRUG ABUSE WITH EMPHASIS ON ABUSE OF PSYCHOTROPIC SUBSTANCES.

"IT IS ALSO AIMED AT ENCOURAGING PARENTS TO CARE MORE FOR THEIR CHILDREN AND EDUCATING YOUNGSTERS TO REJECT THE ILLICIT USE OF DRUGS," HE ADDED.

DURING THE MONTH, A WIDE RANGE OF RECREATIONAL AND EDUCATIONAL ACTIVITIES WILL BE ORGANISED. THESE INCLUDE A FAMILY CAMP, A VARIETY SHOW, A MODEL CAR RACE, A DRUG EDUCATION TALK, A LONG RUN. A TRAINING CAMP AND A DRAMA COMPETITION.

ABOUT 230 FAMILIES WILL TAKE PART IN A FAMILY CAMP AT THE LEI YUE MUN PARK HOLIDAY VILLAGE ON SATURDAY AND SUNDAY (OCTOBER 7 AND 8).

THE TOTAL NUMBER OF PARENTS AND CHILDREN ATTENDING WILL BE ABOUT 690. AMONG THEM, 290 WILL BE RESIDENTIAL CAMPERS AND THE OTHER 400 DAY CAMPERS.

IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE NARCOTICS DIVISION, THE YIN NGAI CENTRAL COUNCIL, A WELL-ESTABLISHED WOMEN’S ORGANISATION. WILL STAGE AN ANTI-NARCOTICS VARIETY SHOW ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 8). ABOUT 780 YIN NGAI MEMBERS ARE EXPECTED TO ATTEND.

A MODEL CAR RACE WITH "THROUGH THE BARRICADES" AS ITS THEME WILL BE HELD AT THE SOUTHORN PLAYGROUND IN WAN CHAI ON OCTOBER 15.

THE EVENT IS CO-ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG RADIO CONTROL MODEL CAR ASSOCIATION.

IT IS LIMITED TO 1/8 SCALE RADIO-CONTROLLED, COMBUSTION-ENGINED MODEL CARS AND IS AIMED AT ENCOURAGING THE PUBLIC, IN PARTICULAR YOUNGSTERS. TO TAKE PART IN HEALTHY PURSUITS.

A DRUG EDUCATION TALK ON THE HARMFUL EFFECTS OF NARCOTICS WILL BE HELD AT THE CITY HALL THEATRE ON OCTOBER 19.

SUPPLEMENTED BY VIDEO AND SLIDE SHOWS. THE TALK WILL PROVIDE SOME 400 SCHOOL TEACHERS, STUDENT COUNSELLORS AND OUTREACHING SOCIAL WORKERS WITH AN OPPORTUNITY TO GAIN AN IN-DEPTH UNDERSTANDING OF THE HARMFUL EFFECTS OF DRUGS.

/AMONG THE .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1989

10 -

AMONG THE SPEAKERS WILL BE THE CHAIRMAN OE ACAN, DR GERALD CHOA , AND REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE NARCOTICS DIVISION, THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, SOCIETY FOR THE AID AND REHABILITATION OF DRUG ABUSERS AND PS33, A COUNSELLING CENTRE FOR PSYCHOTROPIC DRUG ABUSERS.

ON OCTOBER 22, THE ACAN YOUTH VOLUNTEER GROUP (YVG) WILL ORGANISE A LONG RUN AT THE ABERDEEN COUNTRY PARK. PARTICIPANTS WILL RUN AROUND THE ABERDEEN RESERVOIR.

ON OCTOBER 28 AND 29, A TRAINING CAMP SPECIALLY DESIGNED FOR ABOUT 400 YOUTH LEADERS WILL BE HELD AT THE SAI KUNG OUTDOOR RECREATIONAL CENTRE.

THE PARTICIPANTS ARE NOMINATED BY THE JUNIOR POLICE CALL, COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB, THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF HONG KONG. THE HONG KONG GIRL GUIDE ASSOCIATION. THE DUKE OF EDINBURGH’S AWARD SCHEME, AND THE ACAN YOUTH ADVISORY GROUP AND YOUTH VOLUNTEER GROUP.

THEY WILL LEARN ABOUT THE INJURIOUS EFFECTS OF DRUG ABUSE AND WILL THEN HELP RELAY THE INFORMATION BACK TO THEIR PEERS.

DRAMA ENTHUSIASTS ARE REMINDED THAT THEY SHOULD SUBMIT THEIR SCRIPTS FOR ENTERING THE DRAMA COMPETITION. ENTITLED "THE PERPLEXED GROUP”. BEFORE THE CLOSING DATE ON OCTOBER 21.

THE COMPETITION, WHICH IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE ACAN AND THE ROTARY CLUB OF TOLO HARBOUR WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE SEALS PLAYERS. IS DIVIDED INTO TWO DIVISIONS -- SECONDARY SCHOOL DIVISION AND OPEN DIVISION.

THE FINALS ARE SCHEDULED TO BE HELD AT THE SHOUSON THEATRE OF THE HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE, WAN CHAI, ON NOVEMBER 26.

ACAN WILL ALSO BE ORGANISING AN ANTI-DRUG SYMBOL DESIGN COMPETITION THIS MONTH TO LOOK FOR A SYMBOL TO COMMEMORATE ACAN’S 25TH ANNIVERSARY NEXT YEAR. DETAILS OF THE COMPETITION. WHICH IS SPONSORED BY ORIENTAL DAILY NEWS. WILL BE ANNOUNCED IN MID-OCTOBER.

IN REVIEWING THE DRUG SITUATION IN THE FIRST HALF OF 1989. THE COMMISSIONER SAID THE NUMBER OF PERSONS NEWLY REPORTED TO THE GOVERNMENT COMPUTERISED CENTRAL REGISTRY OF DRUG ABUSE HAD CONTINUED TO DROP.

MR WEEKS SAID THE NUMBER OF PERSONS OF ALL AGES NEWLY REPORTED DECREASED BY 12.6 PER CENT. WITH 984 PERSONS REPORTED IN THE FIRST HALF OF THIS YEAR. COMPARED WITH 1.126 IN THE CORRESPONDING PERIOD LAST YEAR.

"HOWEVER. THE NUMBER OF NEWLY REPORTED YOUNG PERSONS UNDER THE AGE OF 21 INCREASED BY 11.5 PER CENT. THERE WERE 357 PERSONS REPORTED IN THE FIRST SIX MONTHS OF LAST YEAR. AND 398 PERSONS REPORTED IN THE CORRESPONDING PERIOD THIS YEAR." HE SAID.

THERE ARE ABOUT 42.000 ACTIVE DRUG ABUSERS RECORDED IN THE REGISTRY. AMONG THEM. OVER 90 PER CENT ARE HEROIN ADDICTS AND THE OTHERS TAKE MAINLY MANDRAX. CANNABIS AND OPIUM.

/MR WEEKS ........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1989

11

MR WEEKS SAID THERE WAS AN INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF YOUNG PEOPLE REPORTED TO HAVE ABUSED PSYCHOTROPIC SUBSTANCES AND IN PARTICULAR. CANNABIS.

"A TOTAL OF 274 PERSONS WERE REPORTED AS HAVING ABUSED CANNABIS IN THE FIRST HALF OF THIS YEAR, COMPARED WITH 98 IN THE CORRESPONDING PERIOD LAST YEAR.”

MR WEEKS SAID THE MAJOR THRUST OF THIS YEAR'S PUBLICITY DRIVE CONTINUED TO BE TO INFORM YOUNGSTERS ABOUT THE DANGERS OF ABUSING PSYCHOTROPIC SUBSTANCES AND THE SEVERE LEGAL CONSEQUENCES OF TRAFFICKING IN THESE DRUGS.

"PUBLICITY HAS ALSO BEEN STEPPED UP AGAINST CANNABIS ABUSE IN RECENT MONTHS. POSTERS HAVE BEEN PUT UP AT GOVERNMENT POSTER SITES THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY AND AN ANNOUNCEMENT IN PUBLIC INTEREST HAS BEEN SCREENED ON TELEVISION.

"A RECORD AMOUNT OF CANNABIS. 340 KILOGRAMMES. WAS SEIZED IN THE FIRST SIX MONTHS OF 1989. INCLUDING A MAJOR SEIZURE OF 300 KILOGRAMMES OF HERBAL CANNABIS IN MARCH THIS YEAR." HE SAID.

OTHER SEIZURES DURING THE PERIOD INCLUDED 230 KILOGRAMMES OF NO. 3 HEROIN. 63 KILOGRAMMES OF NO. 4 HEROIN AND OVER 5.000 MANDRAX TABLETS. HE ADDED.

BILL TO AMEND BANK NOTES ISSUE ORDINANCE ♦ ♦ * ♦ ♦

THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL HAS ADVISED THAT A BILL SHOULD BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TO PROVIDE THAT BANK NOTES ISSUED BY THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION SHALL CONTINUE TO BE LEGAL TENDER FOLLOWING THE CHANGE IN THE BANK'S NAME TO THE HONGKONG AND SHANGHAI BANKING CORPORATION LIMITED TOMORROW (FRIDAY).

BANK NOTES BEARING THE OLD NAME WILL CONTINUE TO BE ISSUED FOR SOME TIME.

THEY WILL REMAIN LEGAL TENDER INDEFINITELY BUT AS THEY WEAR OUT AND ARE RETURNED TO THE BANK THEY WILL GRADUALLY BE REPLACED BY NOTES BEARING THE BANK'S NEW NAME. THIS PROCESS IS EXPECTED TO TAKE SEVERAL YEARS.

THE BILL TO AMEND THE BANK NOTES ISSUE ORDINANCE WILL PROVIDE THAT ANY BANK NOTES BEARING THE FORMER NAME, WHETHER ISSUED BEFORE, ON OR AFTER OCTOBER 6. 1989, SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE BANK NOTES LAWFULLY ISSUED AND LEGAL TENDER FOR THE PURPOSES OF THAT ORDINANCE.

THE BILL WILL ALSO PROVIDE THAT SECTION 93 OF THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE, WHICH REQUIRES A COMPANY TO MENTION ITS NAME IN ALL PROMISSORY NOTES SIGNED BY OR ON ITS BEHALF, SHALL NOT APPLY TO BANK NOTES ISSUED BY A NOTE-ISSUING BANK.

/THE BANK .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5. 1989

12 -

THE BANK NOTES ISSUE (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989 WILL BE PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE ON FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13.

A NOTICE MADE UNDER SECTION 55 OF THE INTERPRETATION AND GENERAL CLAUSES ORDINANCE WILL EFFECT THE DELETION OF THE BANK’S OLD NAME WHEREVER IT OCCURS IN THE LAWS OF HONG KONG AND THE SUBSTITUTION OF THE NEW NAME.

THE BANK’S INTENTION TO REGISTER ITSELF AS A LIMITED COMPANY UNDER THE COMPANIES ORDINANCE IN ORDER TO MODERNISE ITS STATUTORY FRAMEWORK WAS ANNOUNCED IN AUGUST AND APPROVED BY SHAREHOLDERS AT AN EXTRAORDINARY GENERAL MEETING ON SEI'TEH ' 19.

------0-------

SEPTEMBER SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT. VACANCIES. PAYROLL UNDERWAY

THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT IS CONDUCTING THE SEPTEMBER 1989 ROUND OF THE SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT. VACANCIES AND PAYROLL IN MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY.

THE SURVEY COVERS ABOUT 40.000 ESTABLISHMENTS WHICH ARE DRAWN FROM VARIOUS SECTORS.

THESE INCLUDE THE INDUSTRIAL SECTOR (MINING AND QUARRYING; MANUFACTURING; ELECTRICITY AND GAS). THE DISTRIBUTIVE TRADES SECTOR (WHOLESALE, RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS) AND THE SERVICES SECTOR (TRANSPORT. STORAGE AND COMMUNICATION: FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES; COMMUNITY, SOCIAL AND PERSONAL SERVICES).

QUESTIONNAIRES WERE MAILED TO INDIVIDUAL SAMPLE ESTABLISHMENTS AT THE END OF SEPTEMBER. REMINDERS ARI NOW BEING SENT TO ESTABLISHMENTS NOT RESPONDING TO THE INITIAL QUESTIONNAIRES.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT SAID THAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS ORDER 1982 (LEGAL NOTICE NO. 69 OF 1982, GAZETTED ON MARCH 5, 1982). ESTABLISHMENTS RECEIVING QUESTIONNAIRES ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THEM TO THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT WITHIN THE SPECIFIED PERIOD.

INFORMATION IS BEING SOUGHT ON THE NUMBER OF PERSONS ENGAGED AND EXISTING VACANCIES ON SEPTEMBER 29. 1989 FOR EACH SAMPLED ESTABLISHMENT. SOME 10.000 ESTABLISHMENTS HAVE BEEN RANDOMLY SELECTED FROM THIS SAMPLE TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON PAYROLL IN EACH OF THE THREE MONTHS DURING THE REFERENCE PERIOD JULY-SEPTEMBER 1989.

SHOULD RESPONDENTS FIND DIFFICULTIES IN COMPLETING THE FORMS. THEY ARE WELCOME TO TELEPHONE THE DEPARTMENT FOR ASSISTANCE ON 5-8235076.

/15.......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, 1939

13

HOLIDAY CLINIC SERVICE SUSPENDED * * * ♦ ♦

THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH ANNOUNCED TODAY (THURSDAY) THAT THERE WILL BE NO CLINIC SERVICE ON MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, THE DAY FOLLOWING CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL AND A PUBLIC HOLIDAY.

ON THAT DAY, ALL GOVERNMENT OUT-PATIENT CLINICS AND EVENING CLINICS WILL BE CLOSED.

THESE CLINICS WILL BE RE-OPENED ON TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10.

------0--------

ILLEGAL STRUCTURE iX TAI PO TO BE CLOSED

* * * * »

THE BUILDING AUTHORITY IS SEEKING TO CLOSE AN ILLEGAL STRUCTURE IN TAI PO SO THAT IT CAN BE DEMOLISHED WITHOUT DANGER TO THE OCCUPIERS AND THE PUBLIC.

THE ILLEGAL STRUCTURE IS AT FLAT B, SECOND FLOOR, 10 WAN TAU KOK LANE.

THE CLOSURE IS PART OF AN EXERCISE TO ENFORCE AN ORDER ISSUED UNDER THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE ON DECEMBER 3, 1987 REQUIRING THE DEMOLITION OF THE STRUCTURE.

NOTICE OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR A CLOSURE ORDER FROM THE SHA TIN DISTRICT COURT ON DECEMBER 7 WAS POSTED ON A CONSPICUOUS PART OF THE STRUCTURE TODAY (THURSDAY).

IT IS EXPECTED THAT DEMOLITION WILL START IMMEDIATELY AFTER A CLOSURE ORDER IS MADE.

-------0---------

URBAN CLEARWAY IN KOTEWALL ROAD * * * *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 7), THE NORTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF KOTEWALL ROAD IN THE MID-LEVELS BETWEEN KOTEWALL FIRE STATION AND A POINT ABOUT 115 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH UNIVERSITY DRIVE WILL BE DESIGNATED AN URBAN CLEARWAY ROUND-THE-CLOCK.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS THERE.

-------0----------

/14........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 5, U8,;

14

SPEED LIMIT ON KWUN TONG ROAD * * * *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 7), THE EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF KWUN TONG ROAD BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION WITH PRINCE EDWARD ROAD EAST AND ITS JUNCTION WITH THE WESTERN END OF THE FLYOVER JOINING WAI YIP STREET WILL BE SUBJECT TO A SPEED LIMIT OF 70 KILOMETRES PER HOUR.

--------0----------

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN CAUSEWAY BAY. TIN HAU * * » * *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 7). NEW TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED IN CAUSEWAY BAY.

THE FOLLOWING ROAD SECTIONS WILL BE DESIGNATED URBAN CLEARWAYS FROM 7 AM TO MIDNIGHT DAILY:

- THE SOUTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF SUGAR STREET;

- THE NORTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF SUGAR STREET FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH YEE WO STREET TO A POINT ABOUT 25 METRES EAST OF THE SAME JUNCTION;

THE WESTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF GLOUCESTER ROAD FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH SUGAR STREET TO A POINT ABOUT FIVE METRES SOUTH OF THE SAME JUNCTION; AND

THE NORTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF YEE WO STREET FROM A POINT ABOUT 20 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH SUGAR STREET TO A POINT ABOUT 10 METRES EAST OF THE SAME JUNCTION.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS WITHIN THE RESTRICTED AREAS.

AT THE SAME TIME. THE EXISTING RESTRICTIONS ON SECTIONS OF SUGAR STREET. GLOUCESTER ROAD AND YEE WO STREET WILL BE LIFTED.

ALSO FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY. THE TIN HAU MTR STATION TRANSPORT INTERCHANGE WHICH CONSISTS OF A BUS TERMINUS AND A TAXI STAND WILL BE OPENED. ONLY FRANCHISED BUSES AND TAXIS WILL BE ALLOWED TO ENTER THE TRANSPORT INTERCHANGE.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE EXISTING ON-STREET TERMINUS OF CMB ROUTE 23B IN TUNG LO WAN ROAD WILL BE RELOCATED TO THE TRANSPORT INTERCHANGE.

IN ADDITION. BUS STOPS FOR CMB ROUTES 25 AND 25M WILL BE PROVIDED THERE.

-----0-----

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1^89

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

ARBITRATION BILL GAZETTED .................................... 1

APPOINTMENT TO LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ........................... 2

EXPANSION OF DUTY LAWYER SCHEME .............................. 2

IMPROVEMENT WORKS AT HK INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT ................ 2

BANKING LICENCE REVOKED ...................................... J

DTC CHANGE.................................................... 4

MEDIA'S ROLE IN COMMUNITY LAUDED ............................ 4

NEW CIVIC EDUCATION RESOURCE CENTRE OPENS NEXT WEEK........... 5

POLL CARDS BEING SENT TO TSING YI VOTERS ..................... 6

20,000 RESIDENTS TO BE ENTERTAINED. IN WAN CHAI FESTIVAL...... 6

KOWLOON CITY TO LAUNCH CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN .............. 7

ENTERTAINING WEEKEND FOR ISLANDERS ........................... 8

ANTI-TRIAD FOOTBALL COMPETITION IN MONG KOK................... 9

POLICE SCORES MAJOR VICTORY AGAINST CREDIT CARD FRAUD ........ 10

GRAVE SWEEPERS ADVISED TO USE PUBLIC TRANSPORT ............... 11

FIRE SAFETY ADVICE FOR GRAVE SWEEPERS ........................ 11

FESTIVAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN SHAM SHUT PO ................ 12

FESTIVAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN YUEN LONG ................... 13

ENTRY SCHEME FOR MACAU RESIDENTS ............................. 13

COURSE FOR HEALTH WORKERS IN PRIVATE HOMES FOR ELDERLY ....... 13

PREQUALIFICATION EXERCISE FOR EFFLUENT PUMPING STATION

PROJECT.................................................... 14

TUEN MUN, NORTH DISTRICT LOTS TO BE RESUMED .................. 1?

OPERATING PERIOD OF PARKING METERS EXTENDED .................. 16

FRIDAY. OCTOBER 6, 1989

ARBITRATION BILL GAZETTED

* * * * *

THE ARBITRATION (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1989. WHICH PROPOSES TO INTRODUCE A SEPARATE LAW FOR INTERNATIONAL ARBITRATIONS, SEEKS TO ENHANCE OVERSEAS CONFIDENCE IN HONG KONG AS AN INTERNATIONAL ARBITRATION CENTRE.

THE BILL, PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY (FRIDAY), PROPOSES THAT HONG KONG ADOPTS THE MODEL LAW OF ARBITRATION DRAFTED IN 1985 BY THE UNITED NATIONS COMMISSION ON INTERNATIONAL TRADE LAW (UNCITRAL).

THE BILL, IF PASSED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, WILL MEAN THAT HONG KONG WILL JOIN CANADA, AUSTRALIA AND OTHERS IN BEING ONE OF THE IRST JURISDICTIONS IN THE WORLD TO ADOPT THE UNCITRAL MODEL LAW.

THE OBJECT OF THE BILL IS TO IMPLEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS MADE BY THE LAW REFORM COMMISSION (LRC) IN ITS REPORT ON "THE ADOPTION OF THE INCITRAL MODEL LAW OF ARBITRATION" PUBLISHED IN SEPTEMBER 1987.

THE LRC HAD RECOMMENDED THAT ARBITRATION AGREEMENTS IN FUTURE E GOVERNED BY ONE OF TWO REGIMES. DOMESTIC ARBITRATIONS SHOULD BE GOVERNED BY THE EXISTING LAW (SUBJECT TO SOME MINOR ALTERATIONS) WHILE INTERNATIONAL ARBITRATIONS SHOULD BE GOVERNED BY THE MODEL LAW.

HOWEVER. THE BI LI. ENABLES PARTIES TO A DOMESTIC ARBITRATION AGREEMENT TO HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE THEIR DISPUTES DEALT WITH UNDER THE MODEL LAW WHILE PARTIES TO AN INTERNATIONAL ARBITRATION WILL HAVE THE OPTION TO HAVE THEIR ARBITRATIONS DEALT WITH UNDER THE DOMESTIC LAW.

"SINCE THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL

ARBITRATION CENTRE. HONG KONG HAS BEEN DEVELOPING THE POTENTIAL FOR

BEING THE LEADING CENTRE FOR INTERNATIONAL ARBITRATION IN THE FAR

EAST.

"IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE LAWS OF HONG KONG BE AS WELL

DESIGNED AS POSSIBLE TO ASSIST THESE DEVELOPMENTS," A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE MODEL LAW WAS AGREED OVER A NUMBER OF YEARS BY REPRESENTATIVES OF MANY NATIONS INCLUDING HONG KONG'S MAJOR TRADING PARTNERS.

IN ITS REPORT, THE LRC HAD SAID THE UNCITRAL INITIATIVE IN THIS FIELD WAS PROMPTED BY THE PROBLEMS THAT PRACTITIONERS OF INTERNATIONAL ARBITRATION AND THEIR CLIENTS FOUND IN DEALING WITH THE WIDELY DIFFERING REGIMES UNDER WHICH ARBITRATION OPERATES IN DIFFERING JURISDICTIONS.

UNCITRAL THEREFORE TOOK THE VIEW THAT IF A COMMON PROCEDURAL BASE COULD BE ESTABLISHED, PARTIES MIGHT BE ABLE TO CONCENTRATE ON THE FAIRNESS AND CONVENIENCE OF A VENUE INSTEAD OF WORRYING ABOUT PROCEDURAL ASPECTS. IT WAS FOR THIS REASON THAT UNCITRAL ESTABLISHED A WORKING GROUP IN 1982 TO DRAFT A MODEL LAW.

THE BILL IS DUE TO BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL ON NOVEMBER 1 .

---0----------

/?.......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1989

- 2 -

APPOINTMENT TO LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

*****

TODAY (FRIDAY)

THAT MRS

THE

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN ANNOUNCED GOVERNOR HAS APPOINTED THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES CHAN. AS AN OFFICIAL MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL FROM OCTOBER 11 THIS YEAR TO FILL THE SEAT VACATED SECRETARY FOR ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AND INFORMATION, MR PETER TSAO.

WITH

THE

ANSON EFFECT FORMER

MR TSAO WILL BE RE-APPOINTED TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AS SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS ON DECEMBER 1 THIS YEAR UPON THE RETIREMENT OF MR DONALD LIAO.

-------0---------

EXPANSION OF DUTY LAWYER SCHEME

* * * * *

THE GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL HAS APPROVED AN EXPANSION OF THE DUTY LAWYER SCHEME TO PROVIDE FREE LEGAL REPRESENTATION FOR JUVENILES APPEARING IN ADULT COURTS IN THE MAGISTRACIES.

THE EXPANSION IS EXPECTED TO COST ABOUT $500,000 ANNUALLY, AND WILL TAKE EFFECT FROM TUESDAY (OCTOBER 10).

UNTIL NOW, ONLY JUVENILES APPEARING IN THE JUVENILE COURTS WERE ENTITLED TO A FREE DUTY LAWYER. JUVENILES CHARGED WITH AN ADULT APPEARED IN THE ADULT COURTS, AND SO LOST THEIR RIGHT TO SUCH REPRESENTATION.

THE DUTY LAWYER SCHEME, WHICH IS MANAGED JOINTLY BY THE LAW SOCIETY AND THE BAR ASSOCIATION, CURRENTLY HANDLES SOME 13.758 CASES A YEAR, AND 1.635 OF THESE ARE LISTED IN THE JUVENILE COURTS.

-------O---------

IMPROVEMENT WORKS AT HK INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT

*****

TO COPE WITH THE ANTICIPATED INCREASES IN PASSENGER AND CARGO TRAFFIC PASSING THROUGH THE HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT, THE GOVERNMENT WILL SOON IMPLEMENT THE FIRST PHASE OF A MAJOR PROGRAMME OF WORKS TO EXPAND THE AIRPORT’S FACILITIES.

A $118 MILLION CONTRACT FOR THE EXPANSION OF THE AIRCRAFT PARKING APRON AND CARGO FACILITY WAS SIGNED TODAY (FRIDAY) BY THE DIRECTOR OF CIVIL ENGINEERING SERVICES, DR EDWARD BRAND.

/DR BRAND .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1989

- 3 -

DR BRAND SAID THE CONTRACT WAS PART OF A $2.4 BILLION PACKAGE OF LONG-TERM IMPROVEMENTS AND EXPANSION FOR THE AIRPORT RECOMMENDED BY A GOVERNMENT-COMMISSIONED CONSULTANCY STUDY COMPLETED IN JANUARY THIS ’EAR.

THE WORKS INCLUDE THE CONSTRUCTION OF 81,000 SQUARE METRES OF CONCRETE AIRCRAFT PAVEMENT. TO THE WEST OF EASTERN ROAD, FOUR NEW PRIMARY PARKING POSITIONS WILL BE PROVIDED, EACH CAPABLE OF ACCOMMODATING A B747/400 AIRCRAFT.

OTHER PARKING POSITIONS WILL BE CREATED IN THE TURFED AREA OF THE MAINTENANCE APRON. THIS WILL MEAN THAT THE AIRPORT WILL EVENTUALLY BE ABLE TO ACCOMMODATE OVER 55 PARKED AIRCRAFT.

OTHER ANCILLARY WORKS COVERED BY THE $118 MILLION CONTRACT INCLUDE THE PROVISION OF APRON FLOODLIGHTING, UNDERGROUND FUEL SUPPLIES, SECURITY FENCING, APRON MARKINGS, MARSHALLING PLATFORMS AND A DRAINAGE SYSTEM.

DR BRAND NOTED THAT THE INSTALLATION OF A 400-HERTZ FIXED UNDERGROUND POWER SYSTEM FOR THE PARKING BAYS WAS ONE OF THE MORE NOTABLE IMPROVEMENT FEATURES OF THE CONTRACT.

’’THIS WILL REDUCE THE NOISE AND AIR NUISANCE CAUSED BY AIRCRAFT GROUND OPERATIONS, BECAUSE IT WILL REDUCE THE NEED FOR MOBILE GENERATORS AND FOR AIRCRAFT TO USE THEIR AUXILLARY POWER SYSTEM,” HE EXPLAINED.

CONSTRUCTION WILL BEGIN LATER THIS MONTH AND WILL TAKE ABOUT 25 MON HS TO COMPLETE.

-------0----------

BANKING LICENCE REVOKED ♦ * t t ♦

A GOVEI NMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (FRIDAY) THAT THE BANKING LICENCE OF WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A., HAS BEEN REVOKED BY THE GOVERNOR IN COUNCIL AT THE REQUEST OF THE BANK.

’’THE GIVING-UP OF THE BANKING LICENCE IS PART OF THE BANK’S STRATEGIC DECISION TO SCALE DOWN ITS INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS IN ORDER TO CONCENTRATE ON ITS BUSINESS IN CALIFORNIA.

’’THE BANK, HOWEVER, INTENDS TO MAINTAIN A REPRESENTATIVE OFFICE IN HONG KONG”. THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

AFTER THE REVOCATION, THERE ARE 167 LICENSED BANKS IN HONG KONG, OF WHICH 135 ARE INCORPORATED OUTSIDE HONG KONG.

-------0---------

A....

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1089

DTC CHANGE

* * *

THE COMMISSIONER OF BANKING ANNOUNCED TODAY (FRIDAY) THAT THE LICENCE OF KB INTERNATIONAL (HONG KONG) LIMITED AS A DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANY WAS REVOKED BY THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY ON SEPTEMBER 30, 1989 AT ITS OWN REQUEST UNDER SECTION 32 (2) OF THE BANKING ORDINANCE.

THE COMMISSIONER FURTHER ANNOUNCED THAT KB INTERNATIONAL (HONG KONG) LIMITED WAS THEN REGISTERED AS A DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANY ON SEPTEMBER 30, 1989.

-------o----------

MEDIA’S ROLE IN COMMUNITY LAUDED

*****

THE MEDIA HAVE BEEN PLAYING AN IMPORTANT ROLE IN BRIDGING COMMUNICATION GAPS, AND IN ENHANCING THE PUBLIC'S KNOWLEDGE OF COMMUNITY, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR DONALD LIAO, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

"THE MEDIA NOT ONLY REACH THE VARIOUS STRATAS OF THE COMMUNITY, BUT ALSO SHOULDER THE RESPONSIBILITY OF DISSEMINATING INFORMATION.

IT IS BELIEVED THAT THE MEDIA ARE CAPABLE OF PERFORMING AN IMPORTANT FUNCTION IN DISSEMINATING INFORMATION ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRAT’ON, AND IN ENCOURAGING MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO TAKE PART IN COMMUNITY MATTERS," HE SAID.

MR LIAO WAS SPEAKING AT A SEMINAR ON DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION ORGANISED FOR DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS BY THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION AND HELD AT THE NEW WORLD HOTEI.. TSIM SHA TSUI.

HE POINTED OUT THAT THE SEMINAR WAS AIM!T) AT ENABLING DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS TO EXCHANGE VIEWS AND EXPERIENCE SO THAT FURTHER PROGRESS COULD BE MADE IN THE PROMOTION AND DEVELOPMENT OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.

"THE PURPOSE OF THE SCHEME IS TO ENABLE MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO PARTICIPATE IN DISTRICT MATTERS THROUGH DISTRICT BOARDS. SO THAT GOVERNMENT POLICIES WOULD BE MORE AMENABLE TO PUBLIC OPINIONS.

"ACHIEVING THIS OBJECTIVE WOULD DEPEND UPON THE PUBLIC'S FULL SUPPORT FOR, AND A GOOD KNOWLEDGE OF, DISTRICT BOARDS, HE SAID.

AT THE SEMINAR, THREE MEDIA PERSONALITIES AND A UNIVERSITY LECTURER GAVE TALKS ON THE ROLE OF THE MEDIA IN PROMOTING DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION,

/5........

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1989

- 5 -

NEW CIVIC EDUCATION RESOURCE CENTRE OPENS NEXT WEEK * * * * *

THE COMMITTEE ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION HAS RECENTLY IMPROVED THE FACILITIES OF ITS CIVIC EDUCATION RESOURCE ROOM AT A COST OF MORE THAN $200,000.

IT HAS ALSO SET ASIDE $100,000 IN 1989-90 FOR POSSIBLE FURTHER EXPANSION OF THE RESOURCE ROOM.

THE RESOURCE ROOM IS NOW KNOWN AS THE CIVIC EDUCATION RESOURCE CENTRE, AND IS SITUATED AT CNTA HEADQUARTERS ON THE 29TH FLOOR OF SOUTHORN CENTRE IN WAN CHAI, OCCUPYING AN AREA OF 98 SQUARE METRES.

THE NEW CENTRE WILL BE OFFICIALLY OPENED BY THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR DONALD LIAO, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE, DR DANIEL TSE, AND THE CONVENER OF THE RESOURCE CENTRE SUB-COMMITTEE, MR CHAN WING-TAI, ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12).

FOLLOWING THE RECENT EXPANSION PROGRAMME, THE CENTRE HAS BECOME AN IMPORTANT SOURCE OF RESOURCE MATERIALS FOR THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION IN THE TERRITORY.

THE EQUIPMENT AND REFERENCE MATERIALS OF THE CENTRE HAVE GREATLY IMPROVED IN TERMS OF QUALITY AND QUANTITY, WITH ITS RESOURCE ITEMS HAVING BEEN INCREASED FROM ABOUT 140 TO OVER 1.700 IN TWO YEARS.

ONE OF THE MAJOR IMPROVEMENTS AT THE CENTRE IS THE COMPUTERISATION OF ITS LIBRARY SYSTEM, WITH THE GOVERNMENT DATA PROCESSING AGENCY HAVING SPECIALLY DESIGNED A LIBRARY CATALOGUE SYSTEM.

THE EQUIPMENT OF THE CENTRE HAS ALSO BEEN INCREASED WITH THE PURCHASE OF TELEVISION SETS, VIDEO-TAPE RECORDERS. CASSETTE TAPE RECORDERS AND SLIDE PROJECTORS.

THE CENTRE ALSO HAS REPORTS OF CIVIC EDUCATION PROJECTS SPONSORED UNDER THE COMMITTEE’S COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION SCHEME, AND A COMPLETE SET OF DISTRICT BOARD MINUTES AND PAPERS, BOTH OF WHICH ARE NOT AVAILABLE ELSEWHERE IN THE TERRITORY.

OTHER REFERENCE MATERIALS COVER GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS, WHICH INCLUDE CONSULTATION PAPERS ON POLICIES AND INFORMATION PAPERS, REFERENCE BOOKS, AND CASSETTES AND VIDEO-TAPES ON RADIO AND TELEVISION PROGRAMMES RELATED TO CIVIC EDUCATION.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO ATTEND A PREVIEW OF THE CENTRE AT 11 AM TOMORROW (SATURDAY) PRIOR TO ITS OPENING NEXT WEEK. MR CHAN WING-TAI, CONVENER OF THE RESOURCE CENTRE SUB-COMMITTEE, AND CNTA STAFF WILL BE ON HAND TO GIVE A GUIDED TOUR OF THE CENTRE AND PROVIDE MORE INFORMATION.

- 0-----------

/6 .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1989

- 6 -

POLL CARDS BEING SENT TO TSING YI VOTERS

*****

POLL CARDS WILL BE SENT TO THE 9,343 REGISTERED ELECTORS IN KWAI TSING DISTRICT TOMORROW (SATURDAY) FOR THE BY-ELECTION FOR THE DISTRICT BOARD’S TSING Yl SOUTH CONSTITUENCY SEAT ON OCTOBER 19.

THERE WILL BE ONLY ONE POLLING STATION. THIS WILL BE LOCATED AT THE HONG KONG SZE YAP COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL ASSOCIATION CHAN LAI SO CHUN MEMORIAL SCHOOL, CHEUNG CHING ESTATE, TSING YI.

POLLING WILL TAKE PLACE BETWEEN 7.30 AM AND 10.30 PM. ELECTORS SHOULD BRING ALONG THEIR POLL CARDS FOR VERIFICATION.

ELECTORS IN THE TSING YI SOUTH CONSTITUENCY WHO HAVE RECENTLY CHANGED THEIR RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS OR WHO FAIL TO RECEIVE THEIR POLL CARDS BY OCTOBER 12 ARE REQUESTED TO NOTIFY THE REGISTRATION AND ELECTORAL DIVISION BY TELEPHONE (5-270369 OR 5-270380) OR IN WRITING, QUOTING THEIR IDENTITY CARD NUMBER AND THEIR NEW RESIDENTIAL ADDRESS.

SUCH ELECTORS ARE STILL ELIGIBLE TO VOTE IN THE BY-ELECTION.

A LEAFLET ON THE BACKGROUNDS OF TWO CANDIDATES IN THE BY-ELECTION, MR TSE WAI-MING AND MR CHAN KIU-ON, WILL ALSO BE SENT TO ALL ELECTORS WITHIN THE NEXT WEEK.

-------O----------

20 000 RESIDENTS TO BE ENTERTAINED IN WAN CHAI FESTIVAL ♦ t *

WAN CHAI RESIDENTS RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL FESTIVAL WHICH WILL RUN FROM

MORE THAN

ACTIVITIES DURING THE THIRD WAN OCTOBER 18 TO NOVEMBER 12.

WILL BE

TREATED TO

DURING THE

30 CHAI

FIBST to-

20,000 DISTRICT RESIDENTS.

WAS ABOUT

ABTS

CARNIVAL, A A NUMBER OF

PICTURES OF

SPFAKING AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TODAY DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMAN, MRS PEGGY LAM. SAI > THROUGH THESE ACTIVITIES RESIDENTS WOULD HAVE A LATEST DEVELOPMENTS IN THE DISTRICT.

(FRIDAY), WAN CHAI

IT WAS HOPED THAT better idea of the

/SHE ALSO.......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1989

- 7 -

SHE ALSO HOPED THE FESTIVAL WOULD ENHANCE THE SENSE OF UNITY AND BELONGING AMONG RESIDENTS, AND WOULD PROMOTE THEIR KNOWLEDGE OF, AND PARTICIPATION IN, DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.

MRS LAM POINTED OUT THAT THE PROGRAMME FOR OF THE 26-DAY FESTIVAL, WHICH INCLUDED RECREATIONAL, CULTURAL. ART, MUSIC AND SPORTS EVENTS, WOULD CATER TO RESIDENTS OF DIFFERENT AGES.

ALSO SPEAKING AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE, WAN CHAI DISTRICT OFFICER MR PETER MANN SAID THE FESTIVAL WOULD HELP PUBLICISE DEVELOPMENTS IN THE DISTRICT, WHICH HAD EVOLVED FROM AN OLD RESIDENTIAL AREA INTO A FAST-GROWING COMMERCIAL DISTRICT.

HE SAID THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD WAS TRYING TO FURTHER IMPROVE THE DISTRICT’S ENVIRONMENT BY FUNDING A PROJECT TO INSTALL PLANTERS ON CENTRAL DIVIDERS AND NEAR LAMPPOSTS ALONG LOCKHART ROAD.

THE BOARD HAD ALSO COMMISSIONED A STUDY TO EXAMINE THE FEASIBILITY OF ORGANISING A MAJOR TREE-PLANTING CAMPAIGN.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE WAN CHAI FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE. MR RAYMOND CHOW, CALLED ON RESIDENTS TO PARTICIPATE ACTIVELY IN THE FESTIVAL.

HE THANKED THE AREA COMMITTEES AND LOCAL ORGANISATIONS FOR ARRANGING MORE THAN 10 EVENTS IN SUPPORT OF THE FESTIVAL, WHICH INCLUDES PICNICS. A DRAWING COMPETITION, A CONCERT OF CANTONESE OPERATIC SONGS. AND A PHOTO COMPETITION.

POSTERS AND BANNERS HAVE BEEN PUT UP IN MANY STREETS IN WAN CHAI TO PUBLICISE THE FESTIVAL. DURING THE FESTIVAL PERIOD. A TRAM CARRYING A HUGE PUBLICITY BANNER WILL TOUR THE DISTRICT TO PROMOTE THE ACTIVITIES.

THE ESTIMATED BUDGET FOR THE FESTIVAL IS AROUND $700,000, OF WHICH $300,000 WILL BE MET BY A DONATION AND THE REST WILL BE FROM DISTRICT BOARD FUNDS.

PROGRAMME PAMPHLETS FOR THE FESTIVAL ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT OFFICE.

-------O---------

KOWLOON CITY TO LAUNCH CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN »»»»»♦

A CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN WILL BEGIN IN KOWLOON CITY TOMORROW (SATURDAY).

THE OPENING CEREMONY WILL BE HELD AT A HOTEL IN HO MAN TIN, BEGINNING AT 4 PM.

/OFFICIATING WILL

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1989

- 8 -

OFFICIATING WILL BE CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION, DR TSE CHI-WAI; CHAIRMAN OF THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT BOARD, MR WONG SIK-KONG; AND KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT OFFICER, MR DUNCAN PESCOD.

MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION AND REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN ORGANISING COMMITTEE WILL ALSO TAKE PART.

A SERIES OF PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES WILL BE HELD DURING THE CAMPAIGN WHICH WILL CONTINUE UNTIL FEBRUARY 22.

THE MAJOR ACTIVITIES INCLUDE A "CIVIC EDUCATION AMBASSADORS" SCHEME, A "CIVIC EDUCATION FORERUNNERS" SCHEME, AND A "KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT STUDENT FESTIVAL".

IN ADDITION, A SCHEME WILL BE ORGANISED TO ENCOURAGE ELDERLY RESIDENTS TO TAKE A MORE ACTIVE PART IN COMMUNITY AFFAIRS.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN, WHICH WILL BE HELD IN METROPOLE HOTEL, 75 WATERLOO ROAD, HO MAN TIN, TOMORROW (SATURDAY), BEGINNING AT 4 PM.

-------0---------

ENTERTAINING WEEKEND FOR ISLANDERS

******

TWO SPORTS EVENTS AND A SAND SCULPTURE COMPETITION TO ROUND UP THE ISLANDS SPORTS FESTIVAL '89 WILL TAKE PLACE ON LANTAU ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 8) MORNING.

MORE THAN 200 RUNNERS WILL TAKE DISTANCE RACE. THIS WILL START AT THE MUI SCENIC SOUTH LANTAU ROAD AND FINISH AT THE HEADQUARTERS.

PART IN THE LANTAU LONG WO PIER, PASS THROUGH THE CHEUNG SHA MARINE POLICE

THE RACE IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY REGIONAL COUNCIL, ISLAND SPORTS ASSOCIATION. ISLANDS POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS SECTION. AND SPONSORED BY ISLANDS DISTRICT BOARD AND ISLANDS ROTARY CLUB.

THE ISLANDS DISTRICT COMMANDER, MR WILLIAM WORRALL, WILL STAR I THE SEVEN-KILOMETRE RACE AT 10.30 AM AND A PRIZE GIVING CEREMONY WILL BE HELD AT CHEUNG SHA POLICE HEADQUARTERS AT 11.30 AM.

/A CYCLE .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, "989

- 9 -

A CYCLE RACE WILL START NEAR THE NEW TERRITORIES HEUNG YEE KUK SOUTHERN DISTRICT SECONDARY SCHOOL, MUI WO, AT 10 AM.

OVER 60 CYCLISTS WILL COMPETE IN THE 66-KILOMETRE RACE WHICH WILL TAKE THEM AROUND THE SECTION OF SOUTH LANTAU ROAD, BETWEEN MUI WO AND SHEK PIK. FOUR TIMES. THE FINISH IS AT NAM SHAN COUNTRY PARK.

AT SILVERMINE BAY BEACH, A SAND SCULPTURE COMPETITION WILL BEGIN AT 11 AM AND ABOUT 50 ISLANDERS WILL TAKE PART TO DISPLAY THEIR SKILL AND CREATIVITY.

A PRIZE PRESENTATION CEREMONY FOR THE CYCLING RACE AND THE SAND SCULPTURE COMPETITION WILL BE HELD AT SILVERMINE BAY BEACH AT 1 PM. THE ISLANDS DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMAN, MR LAM WAI-KEUNG, WILL BE THE OFFICIATING GUEST.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE LONG DISTANCE RACE, CYCLE RACE AND THE SAND SCULPTURE COMPETITION TO BE HELD ON LANTAU ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 8) MORNING.

A PRESS LAUNCH, 'MD 27', WILL LEAVE KOWLOON PUBLIC PIER, TSIM SHA TSUI, FOR MUI WO AT 9.45 AM.

------0-------

ANTI-TRIAD FOOTBALL COMPETITION IN MONG KOK *****

AN ANTI-TRIAD FOOTBALL COMPETITION ORGANISED BY DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE WILL START ON SUNDAY THE MACPHERSON PLAYGROUND.

THE MONG (OCTOBER 8)

KOK AT


THE OPENING.

A TOTAL OF 16 LOCAL TEAMS WILL PARTICIPATE.

t

-------o----------

/1O .......

FRIDAY. OCTOBER 6. 198 b

10

POLICE SCORES MAJOR VICTORY AGAINST CREDIT CARD FRAUD ♦ ♦ ♦ * *

POLICE COMMERCIAL CRIME INVESTIGATORS HAVE SCORED A MAJOR VICTORY IN THE BATTLE AGAINST CREDIT CARD FRAUD -- THIS TIME FOR THOSE COMMITTED BY GENUINE CARD-HOLDERS.

A RECENT PRECEDENT-SETTING COURT CONVICTION CONFIRMED THE CRIMINAL LIABILITY OF LOCAL CARD-HOLDERS WHO HAD PURCHASED GOODS OR SERVICE PROFUSELY BEYOND THE CREDIT LIMIT ALLOWED.

THE COURT CASE. WHICH WAS INITIATED BY THE COMMERCIAL CRIME BUREAU UNDER SECTION 18 (D) OF THE THEFT ORDINANCE. ALSO CONFIRMS THE AMBIT OF THE HONG KONG POLICE POWER TO DEAL WITH OFFENCES COMMITTED BY LOCAL CARD-HOLDERS OUTSIDE HONG KONG.

A POLICE SPOKESMAN NOTED THAT A 30-YEAR-OLD MAN. WHO PLEADED GUILTY TO 20 COUNTS OF CHARGES LAID UNDER THE SECTION. WAS RECENTLY CONVICTED IN THE DISTRICT COURT. THE DEFENDANT WAS SENTENCED TO SIX MONTHS IMPRISONMENT ON EACH COUNT. TO BE RUN CONCURRENTLY.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID IT WAS THE FIRST TIME THIS PARTICULAR SECTION OF THE ORDINANCE WAS UTILISED TO COUNTER OFFENCES COMMITTED BY A GENUINE LOCAL CARD-HOLDER WHO USED HIS CREDIT CARD FOR MONETARY GAINS WAY ABOVE THE PERMITTED CREDIT LIMIT OUTSIDE HONG KONG.

THE SECTION STIPULATES THAT IT IS AN OFFENCE FOR ANYONE. THROUGH VARIOUS FINANCIAL ACTIVITIES. TO EFFECT AN ENTRY IN THE RECORD F A BANK BY DECEPTION. IF CONVICTED. IT CARRIES A MAXIMUM PENALTY OF UP TO 10 YEARS IN PRISON.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE "TEST CASE" NOW GIVES POLICE THE NECESSARY LEGAL MUSCLE AND FLEXIBILITY IN CRACKING DOWN ON THIS TYPE OF CREDIT CARD OFFENCE.

PREVIOUSLY. THE SPOKESMAN ADDED. CASES IN WHICH A GENUINE CARD HOLDER HAD OVERSPENT HIS CREDIT CEILING WERE TREATED UNDER CIVIL LITIGATION.

THE COURT HEARD THAT THE CONVICTED MAN. USING HIS CREDIT CARD. TO WHICH A CREDIT LIMIT OF S3.000 WAS GRANTED. INCURRED A TOTAL OF $540,000 THROUGH 298 TRANSACTIONS IN MAINLAND CHINA BETWEEN APRIL AND MAY 1987.

EVIDENCE GATHERED FROM RELEVANT BANKS CONFIRMED THAT HE WAS IN A POOR FINANCIAL STATUS AT THE TIME.

HE WAS SUBSEQUENTLY CHARGED UNDER SECTION 18 (D) OF THE THEFT ORDINANCE ON MARCH 29. 1989. HE PLEADED NOT GUILTY INITIALLY BUT SUBSEQUENTLY CHANGED PLEA WHEN THE CASE WENT ON TO TRIAL.

-------0 --------

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1989

11

GRAVE SWEEPERS ADVISED TO USE PUBLIC TRANSPORT

*****

POLICE TODAY (FRIDAY! REMINDED GRAVE SWEEPERS TO MAKE FULL USE OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT DURING THE CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL.

"PARKING FACILITIES IN THE VICINITY OF CEMETERIES WILL BE EXTREMELY LIMITED AND ALL VEHICLES ILLEGALLY PARKED ON THE ROAD AND PAVEMENT WILL BE TOWED AWAY WITHOUT PRIOR WARNING." A POLICE SPOKESMAN SAID.

SPECIAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED IN THE

VICINITY OF WO HOP SHEK CEMETERY. FANLING. ON OCTOBER 7. 8. 9. 15 AND

IN OTHER DAYS. ROADS IN WO HOP SHEK AREA MAY BE CLOSED BY POLICE AT SHORT NOTICE.

ACCESS TO WO HOP SHEK AREA WILL BE RESTRICTED TO KOWLOON MOTOR BUSES. PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES AND TAXIS CARRYING PASSENGERS ONLY. NO THER VEHICLES WILL BE ALLOWED EXCEPT EMERGENCY VEHICLES AND HEARSES.

MOTORISTS ARE ADVISED TO PAY ATTENTION TO TRAFFIC SIGNS WHICH WILL BE SET UP IN THE AREA. POLICEMEN WILL BE AT THE SCENE TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

BONA FIDE WORSHIPPERS WILL BE PERMITTED TO VISIT THEIR FAMILY GRAVES AT SANDY RIDGE AND LO WU. FROM OCTOBER 4 TO 15 INCLUSIVELY. PERMISSION TO ENTER AND REMAIN IN THE FRONTIER CLOSED AREA IS VALID BETWEEN 6 AM AND 6 PM DAILY DURING THIS PERIOD.

THE SPOKESMAN STRESSED: "IT IS AN OFFENCE FOR WORSHIPPERS TO ENTER THE FRONTIER CLOSED AREA OUTSIDE THE PERMITTED DATES AND TIMES."

WORSHIPPERS GOING BY TRAIN WILL ONLY BE PERMITTED TO ENTER AND LEAVE THE CEMETERIES VIA THE LO WU RAILWAY STATION OR MAN KAM TO ROAD.

VISITORS CARRYING CAMERAS ARE ONLY ALLOWED TO PHOTOGRAPH FAMILY GRAVES AND FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES.

------------------0-------- FIRE SAFETY ADVICE FOR GRAVE SWEEPERS *****

THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT TODAY (FRIDAY! ADVISED GRAVE SWEEPERS TO TAKE EXTRA CARE IN HANDLING FIRES IN THE COUNTRYSIDE DURING THE CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL PERIOD.

THE DEPARTMENT’S SENIOR COUNTRY PARKS OFFICER. MR C.W. LAI, SAID AS THE DRY SEASON WAS APPROACHING. ANY CARELESS HANDLING OF WORSHIPPING ITEMS COULD EASILY SET THE COUNTRYSIDE ABLAZE.

/"ON THE .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1989

- 12 -

oN THE LAST CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL DAY. A TOTAL OF 107 HILL FIRE REPORTS WERE RECEIVED OF THEM, 21 OCCURRED IN COUNTRY PARKS, DAMAGING 97 HECTARES OF PLANTATION AND 1,000 TREES.” HE SAID.

HE SAID THAT ALL THESE FIRES WERE CAUSED BY NEGLIGENCE AND WOULD HAVE BEEN PREVENTED IF PEOPLE OBSERVED A FEW SIMPLE RULES.

THESE RULES ARE:

* BURN WORSHIPPING ITEMS ONLY IN METAL CONTAINERS;

* DO NOT LEAVE LIGHTED CANDLES, JOSS STICKS AND PAPERS UNATTENDED;

* MAKE SURE ALL WORSHIPPING ITEMS ARE EXTINGUISHED BEFORE LEAVING THE GRAVE SITES.

MR LAI ADDED THAT THE DEPARTMENT HAD PROVIDED METAL

CONTAINERS

IN STRATEGIC LOCATIONS INSIDE COUNTRY PARK AREAS FOR WORSHIPPERS.

-------0----------

FESTIVAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN SHAM SHUI PO * » ♦ ♦ *

USE BY

TRAFFIC

MONDAY

DURING

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED IN SHAM SHUI PO ON SUNDAY AND (OCTOBER 8 AND 9) TO FACILITATE VEHICULAR/PEDESTRIAN MOVEMENTS THE CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL.

THE ARRANGEMENTS ARE:

WING MING STREET WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 7 AM AND 7 PM ON BOTH DAYS.

THE PARKING SPACES IN YEE KUK WEST STREET. YU CHAU WEST STREET, KING LAM STREET. WING HONG STREET AND TAI NAN WEST STREET WILL BE SUSPENDED BETWEEN 7 AM ON SUNDAY AND 7 PM ON MONDAY.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WISHING TO GAIN ACCESS TO THE ROMAN CATHOLIC CEMETERY ABOVE CHING CHEUNG ROAD ARE ADVISED TO USE CASTLE PEAK ROAD, YEE KUK WEST STREET AND KING LAM STREET.

PARKING FACILITIES ARE VERY LIMITED AND MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE STRONGLY ADVISED TO USE PUBLIC TRANSPORT.

AS TRAFFIC CONGESTION IS EXPECTED TO OCCUR AT THE HAMMER HILL ROAD JUNCTION WITH LUNG CHEUNG ROAD. MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC DRIVING TO THE HAMMER HILL CEMETERY ARE ADVISED TO APPROACH VIA LUNG CHEUNG ROAD, PO KONG VILLAGE INTERCHANGE AND PO KONG VILLAGE ROAD.

NO PARKING SPACES WILL BE AVAILABLE IN PO KONG VILLAGE ROAD AND HAMMER HILL ROAD.

--------0----------

/15........

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1989

FESTIVAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN YUEN LONG * * * * *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW ON TAI SHU HA NULLAH-BUND ROADS DURING THE CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL, THE NORTHERN NULLAH-BUND ROAD FROM TAI KEI LENG TO TAI SHU HA WILL BE REROUTED ONE-WAY EASTBOUND AND THE SOUTHERN NULLAH-BUND ROAD WILL BE REROUTED ONE-WAY WESTBOUND FROM 7 AM TO 10 PM ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 8).

AT THE SAME TIME, NEW TERRITORIES GREEN MINIBUS SERVICE ROUTE NO.73 (YUEN LONG - SUNG SHAN SAN TSUEN) WILL BE REROUTED VIA THE SOUTHERN NULLAH-BUND ROAD ON JOURNEYS TO YUEN LONG TOWN.

- 0 - -

ENTRY SCHEME FOR MACAU RESIDENTS * * * * *

THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (FRIDAY) THAT THE FOLLOWING EX-CHINA RESIDENTS OF MACAU WHO HAVE HELD MACAU IDENTITY CARDS ISSUED AFTER JANUARY 14, 1979 FOR SEVEN YEARS MAY APPLY FOR ENTRY TO HONG KONG:

(I) HUSBANDS/WIVES (TOGETHER WITH THEIR CHILDREN) TO JOIN

THEIR RESIDENT SPOUSE IN HONG KONG; AND

(II) AGED PARENTS/DEPENDENT CHILDREN TO JOIN THEIR RESIDENT CHILDREN/PARENTS IN HONG KONG.

APPLICATIONS CAN BE SUBMITTED BY THE HONG KONG SPONSORS IN PERSON TO THE ENTRY VISA SECTION OF THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF 61 MODY ROAD, TSIM SHA TSUI EAST. KOWLOON. THE SPONSOR’S STAY IN HONG KONG MUST NOT BE LIMITED BY THE DIRECTOR OF IMMIGRATION.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WHO WISH TO MAKE ENQUIRIES ABOUT THIS ENTRY SCHEME MAY TELEPHONE THE DEPARTMENT’S INFORMATION OFFICE ON 3-7333126.

- 0 -

COURSE FOR HEALTH WORKERS IN PRIVATE HOMES FOR ELDERLY

*****

THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT TODAY (FRIDAY) INVITED SERVING HEALTH WORKERS IN PRIVATE HOMES FOR THE ELDERLY WHO HAVE NOT RECEIVED THEIR NURSING OR MEDICAL TRAINING IN HONG KONG TO APPLY NOW FOR A THREE-MONTH TRAINING COURSE.

THOSE WHO INTEND TO TAKE UP SUCH A JOB IN THESE HOMES MAY ALSO

APPLY.

/THE COURSE

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1989

14

THE COURSE, WHICH WILL START IN MID-DECEMBER, IS AIMED AT RAISING THE QUALITY OF SERVICE OF PERSONNEL WORKING IN PRIVATE HOMES FOR THE ELDERLY.

THIS IS THE SECOND COURSE JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG NURSES ASSOCIATION, THE HONG KONG COLLEGE OF NURSING AND THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT.

THE COURSE INCLUDES BASIC SKILLS IN LOOKING AFTER THE ELDERLY, PSYCHOLOGICAL AND PHYSICAL CHANGES IN THE ELDERLY, INTERPERSONAL RELATIONS, AND BASIC PRINCIPLES IN RUNNING A HOME FOR THE ELDERLY.

APPLICANTS ARE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE DOCUMENTARY PROOF OF THEIR QUALIFICATION. THOSE RECOMMENDED BY THE HOMES IN WHICH THEY ARE SERVING WILL BE GIVEN PRIORITY.

PARTICIPANTS WILL BE AWARDED A CERTIFICATE OF ATTENDANCE ON COMPLETION OF THE COURSE AND ON PASSING AN EXAMINATION.

COPIES OF LETTERS HAVE BEEN SENT TO PRIVATE HOME OPERATORS INVITING THEM TO RECOMMEND SUITABLE CANDIDATES FOR THE COURSE.

INDIVIDUALS WHO ARE INTERESTED MAY FORWARD THEIR APPLICATIONS TO THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT'S REGISTRATION OFFICE OF PRIVATE HOMES FOR THE ELDERLY AT ROOM 1105. 11 TH FLOOR. WORLD TRADE CENTRE, 280 GLOUCESTER ROAD. HONG KONG. TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE ON 5-774185.

THE CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATION IS OCTOBER 31.

--------0----------

PREQUALIFICATION EXERCISE FOR EFFLUENT PUMPING STATION PROJECT

******

THE GOVERNMENT IS TO IMPLEMENT AN EFFLUENT EXPORT SCHEME TO REMOVE EXCESS NUTRIENT FROM TOLO HARBOUR WATER.

THIS WILL INVOLVE THE TRANSFER OF TREATED EFFLUENT FROM TAI PO AND SHA TIN BY PUMPING VIA A TUNNEL INTO THE KAI TAK NULLAH, AND HENCE INTO VICTORIA HARBOUR.

ONE OF THE FIRST STAGES OF THIS PROJECT IS THE CONSTRUCTION OF A PUMPING STATION IN SHA TIN.

A NOTICE WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY (FRIDAY) INVITING INTERESTED ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL CONTRACTORS TO APPLY FOR PREQUALIFICATION DOCUMENTS TO TENDER FOR THE WORKS.

/THE WORKS .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 6, 1989

THE WORKS INCLUDE THE SUPPLY, INSTALLATION, TESTING AND COMMISSIONING OF FOUR VERTICAL SPINDLE, SUBMERGED BOWL PUMPS, HIGH VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS, BUILDING SERVICES, INSTRUMENTATION AND TELEMETRY SYSTEM AND ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORKS.

TENDERS WILL BE INVITED NEXT MONTH FROM' PREQUALIFIED CONTRACTORS FOR THE WORKS. _________________________________

CONTRACTORS CAN APPLY FOR PREQUALIFICATION DOCUMENTS FROM(. BALFOURS-HASWELL WHICH DESIGNED THE WORKS. ITS ADDRESS IS SECOND FLOOR, MAGNOLIA MANSION, 2-4 TIN HAU TEMPLE ROAD, NORTH POINT.

COMPLETED PREQUALIFICATION DOCUMENTS SHOULD BE SUBMITTED NOT LATER THAN NOON ON OCTOBER 27.

- - 0 -

TUEN MUN. NORTH DISTRICT LOTS TO BE RESUMED * » « * »

THE GOVERNMENT IS TO RESUME A TOTAL OF 114 PRIVATE LOTS IN TUEN MUN AND NORTH DISTRICT FOR DEVELOPMENT.

$ *' °

THE LOTS TOTAL 90,827.6 SQUARE METRES AND MOST ARE PRIVATE AGRICULTURAL LOTS.

THE LOTS IN TUEN MUN. WHICH INCLUDE 105 PRIVATE LOTS WITH A TOTAL AREA OF 40.812.2 SQUARE METRES OF AGRICULTURAL LAND, ARE REQUIRED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF PIPELINES AND EFFLUENT OUTFALL FORESHORE CHAMBERS AT LUNG KWU SHEUNG TAN AND AN ACCESS ROAD AT PO TONG HA, TUEN MUN.

THE LAND IN NORTH DISTRICT INCLUDES NINE PRIVATE LOTS WITH A TOTAL AREA OF 50,015.4 SQUARE METRES COMPRISING 5,654.2 SQUARE METRES OF AGRICULTURAL LAND, 29,690.8 SQUARE METRES OF GARDEN LAND AND 14,670.4 SQUARE METRES OF BUILDING LAND.

IT IS REQUIRED FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE NORTH DISTRICT HOSPITAL AND ASSOCIATED ROADS AND DRAINS.

BOTH PROJECTS ARE PROGRAMMED TO START IN DECEMBER.

NOTICES ON THE RESUMPTION OF THE LAND WERE PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY (FRIDAY).

THE LOTS WILL REVERT TO THE GOVERNMENT ON THE EXPIRY OF THREE MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF THE POSTING OF NOTICES ON THE LOTS.

- - 0 - -

/16

FRIDAY. OCTOBER 6 , 1989

- 16 -

OPERATING PERIOD OF PARKING METFIS EXTENDED « * * * *

THF TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT «. >.....................................»

FROM 10 AM ON SUNDAY

PEAK TRAM

TERMINUS IN

THFSE PARKING METERS WILL OPERATE K1«>F, SUNDAYS SSS HOLIDAYS AND FROM 8 AN TO U

THE PARKING CHARGE WILL REMAIN UNCHANGED

10 AM TO 10 PM ON MIDNIGHT ON WEEKDAYS.

AT $2 PER 30 MINUTES.

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

FS UNDERLINES IMPORTANT OPPORTUNITIES IN HK................. 1

POLICE NT REGION TO SPLIT IN 1993 .......................... 1

MAINTAINING TRADING CREDIBILITY A KEY OBJECTIVE ............ 3

OPEN ENVIRONMENT FOR MENTALLY DISABLED REQUIRED ............

CIVIC EDUCATION REQUIRES FULL PUBLIC SUPPORT ............... 5

SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT OFFICER APPOINTED .................... 6

ANTI-DRUG VARIETY SHOW FOR YIN NGAI MEMBERS ................ 6

SEMINAR ON SCHOOL-BASED CURRICULUM PROJECTS ................ 7

WORSHIPPERS URGED TO PREVENT FIRES ......................... 7

TEMPORARY NIGHT CLOSURE OF IEC ............................. 8

SATURDAY. OCTOBER 7. 1989

1

FS UNDERLINES IMPORTANT OPPORTUNITIES IN HK t t * * *

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR PIERS JACOBS. UNDERLINED THE IMPORTANT OPPORTUNITIES FOR EUROPEAN INVESTORS AND TRADERS IN HONG KONG DURING A VISIT TO PARIS IN THE PAST TWO DAYS.

IN CALLS ON THE PRESIDENTS OF THE BANK OF FRANCE AND TWO OF THE MAJOR FRENCH BANKS REPRESENTED IN HONG KONG. THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY UPDATED THEM ON THE SITUATION OF THE HONG KONG ECONOMY AND ON PROSPECTS FOR THE FUTURE.

SIR PIERS ALSO ATTENDED A LUNCH WITH REPRESENTATIVES OF A GROUP OF FRENCH INSTITUTIONAL INVESTORS WHO WILL SHORTLY BE VISITING HONG KONG, AND CALLED ON THE PRESIDENT OF GALERIES LAFAYETTE WHICH IS CO-OPERATING WITH THE HONG KONG TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL IN A MAJOR PROMOTION OF HONG KONG PRODUCTS IN SPRING NEXT YEAR IN THE 10 GALERIES LAFAYETTE MAIN STORES.

SUMMING UP HIS IMPRESSIONS AFTER THE VISIT, SIR PIERS SAID HE WAS ENCOURAGED BY THE INTEREST WHICH THE FRENCH ADMINISTRATION AND FRENCH BUSINESSES WERE SHOWING IN HONG KONG AND HOPED THAT THE COMING YEARS WOULD SEE ECONOMIC RELATIONS BETWEEN FRANCE AND HONG KONG DEVELOPING FURTHER TO THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT.

AT A LUNCH HOSTED BY THE FRANCE-HONG KONG BUSINESSMEN ASSOCIATION, SIR PIERS EMPHASISED THE ENCOURAGING DEVELOPMENT IN HONG KONG SINCE CONFIDENCE WAS SHAKEN BY THE EVENTS IN PEKING.

HE ALSO SPOKE ON THE STRONG FRENCH CONNECTION ALREADY EXISTING IN HONG KONG.

"THE FIRST FOREIGN BANK TO COME TO HONG KONG WAS BANQUE INDOSUEZ. NOW WE HAVE EIGHT FRENCH BANKS; 11 OF OUR DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANIES ARE FRENCH; THREE OTHER FRENCH OWNED BANKS HAVE REPRESENTATIVE OFFICES IN HONG KONG.

"THERE ARE SOME 300 FRENCH BUSINESSES AND THE FRENCH COMMUNITY NOW NUMBERS SOME 1,100. WITH A FRENCH INTERNATIONAL SCHOOL TO LOOK AFTER THE EDUCATION OF THEIR YOUNG," HE SAID.

-------0----------

POLICE NT REGION TO SPLIT IN 1993 » » » «

FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS IN THE POLICE FORCE RESPONSE TO THE GROWING NEEDS OF POLICING THE NEW TERRITORIES HAVE TAKEN PLACE WITH THE FORMAL DECISION THAT THE SPRAWLING NEW TERRITORIES REGION WILL BE DIVIDED INTO TWO SEPARATE NORTH AND SOUTH POLICE REGIONS IN 1993.

WHEN THE SPLIT TAKES PLACE, THE POPULATION OF THE NEW TERRITORIES, GROWING AT THE RATE OF 100,000 A YEAR, WILL HAVE REACHED AN ESTIMATED 2.4 MILLION.

/THE DIVISION .......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, 1989

2

THE DIVISION BETWEEN NORTH AND SOUTH NEW TERRITORIES WILL FOLLOW A DIAGONAL LINE FROM TUEN MUN DISTRICT IN THE WEST TO TAI PO IN THE EAST, WHICH WHEN THE DIVISION TAKES PLACE WILL RESULT IN A "EAR EQUAL SPLIT IN NEW TERRITORIES ON EITHER SIDE OF THE DIVIDING LINE.

NORTH REGION WILL CONTAIN TUEN MUN, YUEN LONG, FRONTIER AND TAI PO DISTRICT. SOUTH REGION WILL COMPRISE TSUEN WAN, KWAI CHUNG, SHA TIN AND THE FUTURE DISTRICT OF TSING YI.

THE NEW TERRITORIES REGIONAL HEADQUARTERS NEARING COMPLETION AT TAI PO AND DUE TO BE HANDED OVER TO THE FORCE NEXT MONTH, WILL EVENTUALLY BECOME THE NORTH REGION HEADQUARTERS, WITH SOUTH REGION BEING COMMANDED FROM TSUEN WAN.

THE NEW TERRITORIES REGIONAL COMMANDER, MR RICHARD SMALLSHAW, SAID: "THE DIVISION OF THE NEW TERRITORIES REALLY CONCERNS THE POPULATION AND THE REASON FOR IT IS TO TAKE ACCOUNT OF THE LARGE POPULATION GROWTH AND TO PROVIDE AN EFFECTIVE COMMAND STRUCTURE FOR THE POLICING OF SUCH A LARGE AREA IN TERMS OF LAND AND POPULATION.

"THE DIVISION OF THE REGION ALONG THE LINE AGREED WILL RESULT IN SIMILAR POPULATIONS ON EITHER SIDE AND WILL ALSO ALLOW FOR BORDER STATIONS TO REMAIN TOGETHER IN THE NORTH."

MR SMALLSHAW SAID THE DIVISION OF THE NEW TERRITORIES WOULD RESULT IN THE CREATION OF AN ESTIMATED 345 NEW POSTS FOR DISCIPLINED AND CIVILIAN STAFF.

"WE ALSO CANNOT IGNORE THE TIE UP BETWEEN THIS AND THE FIELD PATROL DETACHMENT AT THE BORDER WHEN POLICE RESUME DUTIES NOW BEING PERFORMED BY THE ARMY."

MR SMALLSHAW NOTED THAT ADDITIONAL MANPOWER IN THE NEW TERRITORIES INCLUDED MORE THAN 1,000 OFFICERS AT THE BORDER AFTER THE WITHDRAWAL OF THE ARMY AND AN ADDITIONAL COMPANY AT THE POLICE TACTICAL UNIT.

WELCOMING THE HANDING OVER OF THE NEW REGIONAL HEADQUARTERS AT TAI PO, MR SMALLSHAW SAID :"PERSONNEL WILL MOVE FROM OUTDATED AND OPERATIONALLY DIFFICULT ACCOMMODATION AT SHA TIN TO A HUGE NEW 12-STOREY HEADQUARTERS WHICH WILL ALSO ALLOW TRAFFIC AND CID TO COME TOGETHER WITH THE ADMINISTRATIVE AND OPERATIONAL PART OF NEW TERRITORIES REGION."

THE NEW HEADQUARTERS INCLUDED AN INDOOR SHOOTING RANGE AND A COMPLEX OF MINI-RANGES. THERE WOULD ALSO BE AN ASSEMBLY HALL AND ACCOMMODATION FOR A FORENSIC PATHOLOGY LABORATORY.

MR SMALLSHAW SAID THERE WOULD STILL BE NEED FOR THE EXISTING NEW TERRITORIES HEADQUARTERS AT TUNG LO WAN HILL ROAD, SHA TIN, ALTHOUGH FINAL DECISION ON ITS FUTURE USE HAD NOT YET BEEN DECIDED.

THE FUTURE HEADQUARTERS OF NEW TERRITORIES SOUTH REGION AT TSUEN WAN WOULD BE BUILT ON THE SITE CURRENTLY OCCUPIED BY TSUEN WAN DISTRICT HEADQUARTERS. MR SMALLSHAW SAID.

/THE NEW .......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, 1989

- 5 -

THE NEW DISTRICT HEADQUARTERS WAS UNDER CONSTRUCTION FOR COMPLETION IN MID-1991, WHEN EXISTING BUILDING, WHICH WAS OLD AND TOO SMALL, WOULD BE DEMOLISHED TO MAKE WAY FOR THE NEW REGIONAL HEADQUARTERS.

THE VAST GROWTH OF TRANSPORT NEEDS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES ARE BEING EASED WITH THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE SHING MUN TUNNEL AND VIADUCT SYSTEM LINKING SHA TIN AND TSUEN WAN, DUE TO BE COMPLETED EARLY NEXT YEAR. AND THE TATE’S CAIRN TUNNEL FROM SHA TIN TO KOWLOON, WHICH WILL EASE CONGESTION AT THE LION ROCK TUNNEL FROM MID-1991.

SUMMING UP, MR SMALLSHAW SAID: "THE INCREASE IN CRIME IN THE REGION CONTINUES. IT WAS UP 10 PER CENT IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF THE YEAR.

"THE OTHER POINT IS THAT WE CONTINUE TO HAVE A BIG INCREASE IN MOTOR VEHICLES. IN 1987 THE NEW TERRITORIES OVERTOOK KOWLOON IN VEHICULAR KILOMETRAGE - THE NUMBER OF KILOMETRES DRIVEN BY VEHICLES ON THE ROADS - BY HAVING 40 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL KILOMETRAGE AND IT CONTINUES TO GO AHEAD OF EVERYWHERE ELSE.

"THANKFULLY ACCIDENT RATES HAVE NOT GONE UP AND ARE SLIGHTLY DOWN THIS YEAR."

-------0----------

MAINTAINING TRADING CREDIBILITY A KEY OBJECTIVE * t t ♦ *

A KEY OBJECTIVE OF THE TRADE DEPARTMENT IS TO SECURE AND MAINTAIN THE CREDIBILITY OF ALL MEASURES ADOPTED BY HONG KONG IN FULFILMEN OF ITS INTERNATIONAL OBLIGATIONS UNDER MULTILATERAL AND BILATERAL TRADE AGREEMENTS.

THE DIRECTOR GENERAL OF TRADE, MR MICHAEL SZE. SAID THIS TODAI (SATURDAY) WHEN HE TOOK THE SALUTE AT A CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE PASSING-OUT parade.

"WE HAVE TO ENSURE THE INTERGRITY AND EFFICIENT OPERATION OF, FOR INSTANCE, THE TEXTILES QUOTA CONTROL SYSTEM. THIS CAN HARDLY EVER BE ACHIEVED WITHOUT THE STERLING INPUT OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT," MR SZE SAID.

HE DESCRIBED THE DEPARTMENT AS HIS MOST IMPORTANT ALLY IN ENFORCING THE IMPORT AND EXPORT ORDINANCE. TACKLING LICENSING AND ORIGIN FRAUDS, AND CRACKING DOWN ON COUNTERFEITING ACTIVITIES.

MR SZE NOTED THAT HONG KONG BECAME A SEPARATE CONTRACTING PARTY TO THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE IN APRIL 1986 AND, A YEAR LATER, ATTAINED SEPARATE MEMBERSHIP OF THE CUSTOMS CO-OPERATION COUNCIL. HONG KONG IS NOW A SEPARATE CUSTOMS TERRITORY.

/"THIS IMPORTANT .......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, 1989

4 -

"THIS IMPORTANT STATUS WILL REMAIN AFTER 1997. IN PRESERVING THIS POSITION AND IN MAINTAINING HONG KONG’S CREDIBILITY AND INTEGRITY AS A TRADING ENTITY IN ITS OWN RIGHT, THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT PLAYS AN INDISPENSABLE FRONTLINE POLICING ROLE," HE TOLD THE GRADUATING CLASS OF 24 INSPECTORS AND 153 CUSTOMS OFFICERS.

RECRUIT INSPECTORS AND CUSTOMS OFFICERS ARE REQUIRED TO UNDERGO A 26-WEEK AND 13-WEEK RESIDENTIAL COURSE OF TRAINING AND STUDY RESPECTIVELY IN THE DEPARTMENT’S CUSTOMS AND EXCISE TRAINING SCHOOL IN TAI LAM CHUNG.

COURSE SUBJECTS INCLUDE THE ORGANISATION AND FUNCTIONS OF THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT AND THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT; GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS AND ORDERS, ORDINANCES AND REGULATIONS WITH WHICH THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE SERVICE IS CONCERNED, TECHNIQUES AND PROCEDURES RELATING TO CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DUTIES, AND ELEMENTARY LAW AND RULES OF EVIDENCE.

RECRUIT INSPECTORS ARE FURTHER INSTRUCTED ON PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT, COURT PROCEDURES AND GENERAL PRINCIPLES OF LAW.

BOTH GRADES, HOWEVER, ARE GIVEN SIMILAR TRAINING IN THE AREA OF DISCIPLINE, FOOT DRILL, PHYSICAL TRAINING, SELF DEFENCE, FIRST AID, LIFE SAVING AND USE OF FIREARMS.

-------0----------

OPEN ENVIRONMENT FOR MENTALLY DISABLED REQUIRED »**»■»

THE MENTALLY DISABLED REQUIRE AN OPEN ENVIRONMENT FOR RECEIVING EDUCATION, TRAINING, JOB PLACEMENT AND LIVELIHOOD, THE CHIEF SOCIAL WORK OFFICER (REHABILITATION) OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT, MISS ESTHER HO, SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).

SPEAKING AT AN ANNUAL SEMINAR ON THE CONTINUANCE OF SERVICES FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED, ORGANISED BY THE HONG KONG COUNCIL OF SOCIAL SERVICE. MISS HO SAID THIS NEW TREND HAD BEEN WIDELY RECEIVED BY GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, PARENTS AND MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY.

"AN OVER-PROTECTED SERVICE POLICY IN THE PROVISION OF SERVICE FOR THE MENTALLY DISABLED PREVIOUSLY ADOPTED IS RECKONED AS OUTDATED AND NOT REALISTIC," SHE SAID.

MISS HO NOTED THAT THE GOVERNMENT WAS CONSTANTLY REVIEWING ITS PROVISION OF SERVICE.

EFFORTS WOULD BE MADE TO ENCOURAGE THE MENTALLY DISABLED TO MAKE A POSITIVE CONTRIBUTION TO THE COMMUNITY, AND ALSO TO STRENGTHEN EDUCATIONAL PROMOTIONS SO THAT MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY COULD HAVE BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THEIR ABILITIES.

PUBLIC ACCEPTANCE AND SUPPORT WOULD BE IMPORTANT, MISS HO ADDED.

- 0 -

/5

SATURDAY. OCTOBER 7. 1989

- 5 -

CIVIC EDUCATION REQUIRES FULL PUBLIC SUPPORT *****

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION. DR DANIEL TSE. TODAY (SATURDAY) CALLED ON THE COMMUNITY TO LEND THEIR FULL SUPPORT FOR THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION IN HONG KONG.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN IN A HOTEL IN HO MAN TIN. DR TSE POINTED OUT THAT CIVIC EDUCATION PROMOTION WORK WOULD BE AFFECTED IN THE LONG RUN WITHOUT THE FULL SUPPORT 01 THE COMMUNITY.

"MOST PEOPLE STILL SHOW LITTLE INTEREST IN CIVIC EDUCATION ALTHOUGH AN INCREASING NUMBER HAS BECOME INVOLVED IN POLITICAL AFFAIRS IN RECENT YEARS.'* HE NOTED.

HE SAID THE ABSTRACT CONCEPT OF CIVIC EDUCATION. AND THE LACK OF REFERENCE MATERIAL AND SYSTEMATIC PROMOTION HAD MADE IT DIFFICULT TO PUSH FORWARD CIVIC EDUCATION.

"WE SHOULD TACKLE THESE PROBLEMS IN THE SAME WAY AS DOCTORS TREAT THEIR PATIENTS.

"I BELIEVE THAT WHEN WE KNOW WHERE THE PROBLEMS LIE. THEY WILL CEASE TO EXIST.’* HE SAID.

DR TSE SAID THE COMMITTEE ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION HAD RECENTLY EXPANDED ITS CIVIC EDUCATION RESOURCE CENTRE.

"THE CENTRE. LOCATED AT SOUTHORN CENTRE IN WAN CHAI. IS DUE TO REOPEN VERY SOON FOLLOWING THE COMPLETION OF ITS EXPANSION WORK.

"I HOPE THE EXPANDED CENTRE WOULD RE ABLE TO MEET THE DEMAND FROM THOSE WHO ARE LOOKING FOR CIVIC EDUCATION INFORMATION." HE ADDED.

IN CONCLUSION. DR TSE STRESSED THAT CIVIC EDUCATION PROMOTION WORK DEPENDED MUCH UPON AN ADEQUATE AND EFFECTIVE PUBLICITY PROGRAMME.

ALSO OFFICIATING AT THE CEREMONY TODAY WERE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMAN. MR WONG SIK-KONG. DISTRICT OFFICER MR DUNCAN PESCOD. MEMBERS OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION AND REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE DISTRICT’S CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN ORGANISING COMMITTEE.

GROUP DISCUSSIONS WERE HELD AFTER THE OPENING CEREMONY FOR PARTICIPANTS TO EXCHANGE VIEWS ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION.

SATURDAY. OCTOBER 7. 1989

6

SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT OFFICER APPOINTED *****

THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION ANNOUNCED TODAY (SATURDAY) THE APPOINTMENT OF MR ALAN FUNG KIN-KWONG AS SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT OFFICER WITH EFFECT FROM TUESDAY (OCTOBER 10).

MR FUNG. AGED 43. JOINED THE GOVERNMENT AS AN ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER. IN 1978. HE WAS PROMOTED TO SENIOR ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER IN 1981 AND TO ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICER STAFF GRADE C IN 1987.

HIS PREVIOUS POSTING WAS AS A PRINCIPAL ASSISTANT SECRETARY IN THE REFUGEE DIVISION OF THE SECURITY BRANCH.

HE HAS ALSO SERVED IN THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION. CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT. URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT. THE CIVIL SERVICE BRANCH AND THE POLICE.

-------0----------

ANTI-DRUG VARIETY SHOW FOR YIN NGAI MEMBERS

*****

HUNDREDS OF MEMBERS FROM THE YIN NGAI SOCIETY WILL BE ENTERTAINED AT A VARIETY SHOW CONVEYING ANTI-DRUG MESSAGES TOMORROW (SUNDAY) EVENING.

ENTITLED THE YIN NGAI ANT I-NARCOTICS VARIETY SHOW NIGHT. THE EVENT IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS AND THE CENTRAL COUNCIL OF THE WELL-ESTABLISHED WOMEN'S ORGANISATION.

IT IS AIMED AT AROUSING PARENTS’ AWARENESS OF THE IMPORTANCE OF PROPER PARENTAL GUIDANCE IN PREVENTING CHILDREN FROM FALLING PREY TO DRUG TRAFFICKERS.

THE EVENT FORMS PART OF THE MONTH-LONG "THE ROAD TO A HAPPY LIFE" PROGRAMME WHICH IS THE HIGHLIGHT OF THIS YEAR'S TERRITORY-WIDE ANTI-DRUG PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN.

THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR SECURITY. MISS ANNETTE LEE. AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE YIN NGAI CENTRAL COUNCIL. MADAM TSANG WAI-FONG. WILL OFFICIATE AT A CEREMONY TO MARK THE OCCASION.

THIS WILL BE FOLLOWED BY A SLIDE SHOW DEPICTING THE PERILS OF DRUG ABUSE AND HONG KONG'S OVERALL ANTI-DRUG STRATEGIES.

ARTISTES WILL GIVE PERFORMANCES AND THERE WILL BE A QUIZ AND LUCKY DRAW.

/IT IS.......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, ^9^9

- 7 -

IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE VARIETY SHOW WILL BE ATTENDED BY ABOUT 800 YIN NGAI MEMBERS AND THEIR FAMILIES.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE CEREMONY MARKING THE YIN NGAI ANTI-NARCOTICS VARIETY SHOW NIGHT TO BE HELD TOMORROW (SUNDAY) AT THE OCEAN PALACE RESTAURANT ON THE FOURTH FLOOR. OCEAN CENTRE, 5 CANTON ROAD. TSIM SHA TSUI. THE CEREMONY WILL BEGIN AT 7.30 PM.

--------------------0------- SEMINAR ON SCHOOL-BASED CURRICULUM PROJECTS ♦ * * ♦ *

THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE WILL HOLD TWO IDENTICAL SEMINARS ON SCHOOL-BASED CURRICULUM PROJECTS IN THE SUBJECT OF ENGLISH FOR TEACHERS OF ENGLISH IN PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

THE TWO HALF-DAY SEMINARS WILL BE HELD ON OCTOBER 31 AT THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE AT 9A. BONHAM ROAD IN MID-LEVELS.

THERE WILL BE DISCUSSIONS ON THE OBJECTIVES OF SCHOOL-BASED CURRICULUM PROJECTS. THEIR PLANNING. DESIGN. TRIAL AND EVALUATION AT THE SEMINARS.

PRIMARY SCHOOL HEADS ARE ADVISED TO SUBMIT THE NAMES OF THE TEACHERS WHO WISH TO ATTEND A SEMINAR TO THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING CENTRE BEFORE OCTOBER 19.

------0--------

WORSHIPPERS URGED TO PREVENT FIRES

PEOPLE OBSERVING THE CHUNG YEUNG FESTIVAL ARE REMINDED THAT THEY SHOULD TAKE CARE NOT TO CAUSE FIRES WHEN BURNING JOSS STICKS AND PAPER TRIBUTES IN WORSHIPPING THEIR ANCESTORS.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (SATURDAY) THAT THE NUMBER OF FIRES CAUSED BY THE BURNING OF JOSS STICKS AND PAPER TRIBUTES WAS ALWAYS HIGHER IN THE GRAVE-SWEEPING PERIODS OF APRIL AND OCTOBER THAN IN THE REST OF THE YEAR.

IN APRIL ALONE. 16 OUT OF THE 112 SUCH FIRES IN THE FIRST EIGHT MONTHS OF THIS YEAR. OCCURRED. LAST YEAR. 43 SUCH CASES OCCURRED IN APRIL AND 61 OCCURRED IN OCTOBER. OUT OF A TOTAL OF 208 CASES.

/"WORSHIPPERS MUST .......

u,

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 7, 1989

- 8 -

"W. RSH1PPERS MUST NOT LEAVE BURNING TRIBUTES UNATTENDED AND THESE SHOULD EVENTUALLY BE EXTINGUISHED." THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

HE ALSO URGED PEOPLE TO EXERCISE EXTRA CARE IN PREVENTING FIRES IN THE DRY SEASON.

THERE WERE 17.367 FIRE CALLS IN THE FIRST EIGHT MONTHS OF THIS YEAR COMPARED WITH 13.880 IN THE CORRESPONDING PERIOD OF 1988. HE SAID.

-------0----------

TEMPORARY NIGHT CLOSURE OF IEC « » « »

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT TO FACILITATE ROADWORKS. THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF THE ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR NEAR THE OUARRY BAY INTERCHANGE WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 11 PM ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 9) TO 6 AM THE NEXT DAY.

WESTBOUND VEHICLES TRAVELLING FROM CHAI WAN. SHAU KEI WAN. SAI WAN HO. TAIKOO SHING AND KORNHILL. EXCLUDING THOSE HEADING FOR EAST KOWLOON VIA THE EASTERN HARBOUR TUNNEL. WILL BE DIVERTED TO USE KING’S ROAD.

-------0----------

l,: lv

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1?69

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

PRICE, VOLUME MOVEMINTS OF EXTERNAL TRADE IN JULY................ 1

WARM WEATHER IN SEPTEMBER......................................   5

PHOTOGRAPHY COMPETITION IN SOUTHERN DISTRICT .................... 7

DRAWING COMPETITION FOR WONG TAI SIN STUDENTS ................... 8

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS REVISED LAYOUT PLANS .................... 9

DB COMMITTEE TO CONSIDER FUND APPLICATIONS ..................... 10

STUDENTS' PAINTING COMPETITION FOR POSTAGE STAMP DESIGN .... 10

ENROLMENT FOR LABOUR RELATIONS CONFERENCE STILL OPEN......... 11

WORKS TO IMPROVE NORTHWEST KOWLOON SEWERAGE SYSTEM ............. 12

SEAT BELTS REQUIRED FOR GOODS VEHICLES ......................... 1?

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KENNEDY TOWN.................. 1J

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN WESTERN................................. 14

LANE CLOSURES ON TAI PO ROAD (FANLING) ........................ 12*

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN TUiN MUN ..............................   14

SUNDAY. OCTOBER 8. 1989

PRICE. VOLUME MOVEMENTS OF EXTERNAL TRADE IN JULY

*****

THE VOLUME OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS GREW BY 3 PER (ENT AND 28 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY IN THE FIRST SEVEN MONTHS OF 1989 COMPARED WITH THE SAME PERIOD IN 1988. ACCORDING TO STATISTICS RELEASED TODAY (SUNDAY) BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

TAKING THEM TOGETHER. THERE WAS AN OVERALL INCREASE OF 17 PER CENT IN THE VOLUME OF TOTAL EXPORTS. IMPORTS INCREASED BY 18 PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS.

THE GROWTH IN THE VOLUME OF TRADE IS DERIVED FROM THE GROWTH IN TRADE VALUES. HAVING DISCOUNTED THE EFFECT OF PRICE CHANGES.

AS REGARDS PRICE CHANGES OVER THE SAME PERIOD OF COMPARISON. THE PRICES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS ROSE BY 3 PER CENT AND 6 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. WHILE THOSE OF IMPORTS ROSE BY I PER CENT. AS A RESULT. THE TERMS OF TRADE INDEX (EXPRESSED AS A RATIO OF TOTAL EXPORT PRICE INDEX TO IMPORT PRICE INDEX) ROSE BY 1 PER CENT.

PRICES ARE BASED ON UNIT VAI,UES WHICH DO NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OR QUALITY OF GOODS TRADED. EXCEPT FOR SOME SELECTED COMMODITIES FOR WHICH SPECIFICATION PRICE INDEXES ARE AVAILABLE.

COMPARING THE MONTH OF JULY 1989 WITH JULY 1988. THE VOLUME OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS INCREASED BY 2 PER CENT. AND THAT OF RE-EXPORTS INCREASED BY 23 PER CENT. HENCE. TAKING DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS TOGETHER. TOTAL EXPORTS GREW BY 13 PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS. IMPORT VOLUME ALSO INCREASED BY 6 PER CENT.

OVER THE SAME PERIOD OF COMPARISON. THE PRICES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS ROSE BY 3 PER CENT AND 7 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. PRICES OF IMPORTS ROSE BY 4 PER CENT.

THE CHANGES IN THE VALUE, UNIT VALUE AND VOLUME OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY COMMODITY GROUP FOR JULY 1989 AS COMPARED WITH JULY 1988 ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 1.

AS CAN BE SEEN FROM TABLE 1. THE DOMESTIC EXPORT VOLUME OF SOME COMMODITY GROUPS DECREASED IN JULY 1989 COMPARED WITH JULY 1988.

THESE INCLUDED RADIOS OF ALL KINDS (-35 PER CENT): DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES (-26 PER CENT): FOOTWEAR (-25 PER CENT): TRAVEL GOODS, HANDBAGS AND SIMILAR ARTICLES (-22 PER CENT); TEXTILE MADE-UPS AND RELATED ARTICLES (-16 PER CENT); AND METAL MANUFACTURES (-12 PER CENT).

NEVERTHELESS. INCREASES IN DOMESTIC EXPORT VOLUME WERE RECORDED IN ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS (+26 PER CENT): METAL ORES AND SCRAP (+20 PER CENT): TEXTILE YARN \ND THREAD (+18 PER CENT): TEXTILE FABRICS (+11 PER CENT): WATCHES AND CLOCKS (+8 PER CENT); AND CLOTHING (+5 PER CENT).

/PRICES OF

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1989

2

PRICES OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF MOST COMMODITY GROUPS INCREASED IN JULY 1989 COMPARED WITH JULY 1988.

THESE INCLUDED METAL MANUFACTURES (+12 PER PENT): TEXTILE MADE UI'S AND RELATED ARTICLES I+9 PER CENT): TRAVEL GOODS. HANDBAGS AND SIMILAR ARTICLES (+7 PER CENT): CLOTHING (+3 PER CENT); DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES (+3 PER CENT): TEXTILE YARN AND THREAD (+2 PER CENT): RADIOS OF ALL KINDS (+1 PER CENT): AND TEXTILE FABRICS (+1 PER CENT).

HOWEVER, DECREASES IN DOMESTIC EXPORT PRICES WERE RECORDED IN ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS (-3 PER CENT): AND WATCHES AND CLOCKS (-2 PER CENT). DOMESTIC EXPORT PRICES OF FOOTWEAR AND METAL ORES AND SCRAP REMAINED UNCHANGED.

THE CHANGES IN THE VALUE. UNIT VALUE AND VOLUME OF IMPORTS BY END-USE CATEGORY FOR JULY 1989 COMPARED WITH JULY 1988 ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 2.

AS PRESENTED IN TABLE 2. IMPORTS OF FOODSTUFFS INCREASED BY 1 PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS IN JULY 1989 COMPARED WITH JULY 1988. SIGNIFICANT INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN THE IMPORT VOLUME OF WHEAT AND FLOUR; RICE AND OTHER CEREALS AND CEREAL PREPARATIONS. HOWEVER. DECREASES WERE RECORDED TN THE IMPORT VOLUME OF TEA AND COFFEE; SUGAR AND FISH AND FISH PREPARATIONS.

OVER THE SAME PERIOD OF COMPARISON. THE IMPORT VOLUME OF CONSUMER GOODS INCREASED BY 14 PER CENT. THE COMMODITY ITEMS WITH MORE SUBSTANTIAL INCREASES 1NCLUDED ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES: FOOTWEAR AND CLOTHING. DECREASES IN IMPORT VOLUME WERE NOTED FOR TOBACCO MANUFACTURES AND CAMERAS, FLASHLIGHT APPARATUS AND SUPPLIES FOR PHOTOGRAPHY.

THE IMPORT VOLUME OF RAW MATERIALS \ND SEMI-MANUFACTURES ROSE BY 1 PER CENT IN JULY 1989 COMPARED WITH JULY 1988. THE MAJOR INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN THE IMPORT VOLUME OF WOVEN COTTON FABRICS: LEATHER AND DRESSED FUR SKINS: AND SPECIAL TEXTILE FABRICS FOR INDUSTRIAL PURPOSE. DECREASES IN IMPORT VOLUME WERE NOTED FOR WOOL AND OTHER ANIMAL HAIR: CRUDE ANIMAL AND VEGETABLE MATERIALS; AND IRON AND STEEL.

IMPORTS OF FUELS INCREASED BY 30 PER CENT IN VOLUME TERMS IN JULY 1989 COMPARED WITH JULY 1988.

IN THE CAPITAL GOODS CATEGORY. THE IMPORT VOLUME DECREASED BY 2 PER CENT IN JULY 1989 COMPARED WITH JULY 1988. THERE WERE DECREASES IN THE IMPORT VOLUME OF TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT AND INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY. OTHER THAN TEXTILE MACHINERY AND ELECTRICAL MACHINERY. INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN THE IMPORT VOLUME OF OFFICE MACHINES: ELECTRICAL MACHINERY AND CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY.

COMPARING JULY 1989 WITH JULY 1988. IMPORT PRICES OF ALL END-USE CATEGORIES INCREASED: FUELS (+9 PER CENT): CONSUMER GOODS (+6 PER CENT): CAPITAL GOODS (+4 PER CENT): FOODSTUFFS (+3 PER CENT): AND RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES (+2 PER CENT).

/THE changes .......

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1989

- 5 -

THE CHANGES IN THE VALUE. UNIT VALUE AND VOLUME OF RE-EXPORTS BY END-USE CATEGORY FOK JULY 1989 COMPARED WITH JULY 1988 ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 3.

\S DEPICTED IN TABLE 3. THE RE-EXPORT VOLUME OF FUELS INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY BY 406 PER CENT, WHILE THOSE OF CONSUMER GOODS. CAPITAL GOODS AND RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES ALSO INCREASED, BY 42 PER CENT, 20 PER CENT AND 5 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. ON THE OTHER HAND, THE VOLUME OF RE-EXPORTS OF FOODSTUFFS DECREASED BY 15 PER CENT.

PRICES OF RE-EXPORTS OF RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES AND FUELS BOTH INCREASED BY 7 PER CENT IN JULY 1989 COMPARED WITH JULY 1988, WHILE THOSE OF CONSUMER GOODS, FOODSTUFFS AND CAPITAL GOODS ALL ROSE BY 6 PER CENT.

FURTHER DETAILS ARE CONTAINED IN THE JULY 1989 ISSUE OF THE "HONG KONG TRADE INDEX NUMBERS" WHICH WILL BE ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GPO BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL, AROUND OCTOBER 12 AT $2.50 PER COPY.

ENQUIRIES REGARDING REGULAR SUBSCRIPTION TO THIS REPORT MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT AT FRENCH MISSION BUILDING. HONG KONG (TEL. 5-8428802) AND ENQUIRIES ON TRADE INDEXES TO THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT (TEL. 5-8234918).

TABLE 1: INCREASES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS BY PRINCIPAL COMMODITY GROUP

COMPARING JUL 1989 COMPARING JAN-JUL 1989

WITH JUL 1988 WITH JAN-JUL 1988

COMMODITY CROUP VALUE <v ZO UNIT VALUE % VOLUME % VALUE % UNIT VALUE % VOLUME %

CLOTHING 9 3 5 7 2 5

TEXTILE FABRICS 12 1 11 8 -1 9

TEXTILE YARN AND THREAD 21 2 18 15 2 13

TEXTILE MADE-UPS AND RELATED ARTICLES -9 9 -16 -11 6 -17

RADIOS OF ALL KINDS -34 1 -35 -43 * -43

ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS 22 -3 26 21 -6 29

FOOTWEAR -25 -25 -15 1 -16

METAL MANUFACTURES -1 12 -12 8 12 -3

/METAL ORES


METAL ORES AND SCRAP WATCHES AND CLOCKS TRAVEL GOODS. HANDBAGS AND SIMILAR ARTICLES DOMESTIC ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES ALL COMMODITIES TABLE 2: INCREz 20 6 -17 -24 5 \SES IN - 4 - * -2 7 3 3 IMPORTS BY 20 8 -22 -26 2 END-USE 24 3 -12 -23 6 CATEG 3 * 4 6 3 JORY 21 ’ 3 15 f 28 3

COMPARING JUL WITH JUL 1989 1988 COMPARING JAN-JUL WITH JAN-JUL 1989 1 1988

END-USE CATEGORY VALUE % UNIT VALUE % VOLUME % UNIT VALUE VALUE VOLUME % % %

FOODSTUFFS 5 3 1 11 3 8 !

CONSUMER GOODS 21 6 14 31 5 25 ;

RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES 4 2 1 17 3 13 I

FUELS 4 1 9 30 42 7 33

CAPITAL GOODS 2 4 -2 22 3 18

ALL COMMODITIES 10 4 6 22 4 18

TABLE 3: INCREASES IN RE-EXPORTS BY END- USE CATEGORY

COMPARING JUL WITH JUL 1989 1988 COMPARING JAN-JUL WITH JAN-JUL 1989 1 1988

END-USE CATEGORY VALUE % UNIT VALUE % VOLUME % UNIT | VALUE VALUE VOLUME ' % % % !

FOODSTUFFS -9 6 -15 7 7 H

CONSUMER GOODS 51 6 42 48 5 41 f

1 c ' * * /RAW MATERIALS

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1989

5 -

RAW MATERIALS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES 12 7 5 24 8 15

FUELS 4 4 2 7 406 119 1 117

CAPITAL GOODS 26 6 20 44 7 35

ALL COMMODITIES 31 7 23 36 6 28

* INSIGNIFICANT. I.E. LESS THAN 0.5 PER CENT

-------0---------

WARM WEATHER IN SEPTEMBER ♦ * ♦ ♦ »

SEPTEMBER ON THE WHOLE WAS RATHER WARM WITH THE MONTH’S MEAN TEMPERATURE OF 28.1 DEGREES CELSIUS BEING THE FOURTH HIGHEST ON RECORD FOR SEPTEMBER AND THE MEAN MINIMUM TEMPERATURE. 26 DEGREES. BEING THE FIFTH HIGHEST.

THE TOTAL RAINFALL IN SEPTEMBER AMOUNTED TO 228.1 MILLIMETRES. 71 PER CENT OF THE NORMAL AMOUNT OF 320.4 MILLIMETRES, THE ROYAL OBSERVATORY SAID IN ITS REPORT ON THE MONTH’S WEATHER TODAY (SUNDAY).

SINCE JANUARY 1. THE TOTAL RAINFALL WAS 1,868.9 MILLIMETRES, NINE PER CENT BELOW THE NORMAL AMOUNT OF 2.043.5 MILLIMETRES FOR THE SAME PERIOD.

APART FROM A FEW ISOLATED SHOWERS. THE WEATHER WAS FINE ON THE FIRST THREE DAYS OF SEPTEMBER. THE APPROACH OF A TROUGH OF LOW PRESSURE FROM THE NORTH RESULTED IN SOME SHOWERS ON SEPTEMBER 4. CLOUD AMOUNTS ALSO INCREASED THE NEXT DAY.

RAIN BECAME MORE FREQUENT ON THE EVENING OF SEPTEMBER 6 AS THE TROUGH MOVED CLOSER TO THE SOUTH CHINA COAST. THUNDERSTORMS OCCURRED THAT NIGHT AND THE NEXT MORNING.

THE WEATHER GRADUALLY IMPROVED ON SEPTEMBER 8 AND FINE CONDITIONS PREVAILED FOR THE NEXT THREE DAYS. HIGH CLOUDS ASSOCIATED WITH TYPHOON SARAH BEGAN TO AFFECT THE TERRITORY EARLY ON SEPTEMBER 12. THE WEATHER REMAINED GENERALLY CLOUDY FOR THE NEXT THREE DAYS AND SOME LIGHT RAIN PATCHES ALSO OCCURRED ON SEPTEMBER 14 AND 15.

BETWEEN SEPTEMBER 16 AND 22. PRESSURE OVER THE NORTHERN PART OF THE SOUTH CHINA SEA WAS PERSISTENTLY LOW. RAIN AND OCCASIONAL THUNDERSTORMS ASSOCIATED WITH THIS BROAD REGION OF LOW PRESSURE AFFECTED HONG KONG THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE PERIOD.

/WEATHER BEGAN .....

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1?89

6 -

WEATHER BEGAN TO IMPROVE ON SEPTEMBER 23 AS A RIDGE OF HIGH PRESSURE FROM THE PACIFIC EDGED WESTWARDS. FINE CONDITIONS THEN PREVAILED FOR THE NEXT FOUR DAYS. THE WEATHER BECAME GENERALLY CLOUDY ON SEPTEMBER 28 AND REMAINED SO THE NEXT DAY. DURING THESE TWO DAYS SOME SCATTERED SHOWERS WERE REPORTED.

MEANWHILE. AN AREA OF LOW PRESSURE OVER THE PHILIPPINES ENTERED THE SOUTH CHINA SEA ON SEPTEMBER 29.

IT DEVELOPED INTO A TROPICAL DEPRESSION THE NEXT DAY. ITS WESTWARD MOVEMENT TOWARDS THE SOUTH CHINA COAST NECESSITATED THE HOISTING OF THE STAND BY SIGNAL NO. I IN HONG KONG AT 5.10 PM ON SEPTEMBER 30. THE WEATHER IN THE TERRITORY DETERIORATED AND OCCASIONAL RAIN AFFECTED THE TERRITORY THROUGHOUT THAT DAY.

DURING THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER. TWO AIRCRAFT WERE DIVERTED DUE TO ADVERSE WEATHER. THUNDERSTORM WARNINGS WERE ISSUED ON SEPTEMBER 6. 7, 8. 17. 19-24 AND 28-30. A FLOOD WARNING WAS ISSUED ON SEPTEMBER 7. THE RED FIRE DANGER WARNING WAS IN EFFECT ON SEPTEMBER 14.

A TOTAL OF SIX TROPICAL CYCLONES OCCURRED DURING THE MONTH.

SIGNALS HOISTED DURING THE MONTH WERE AS FOLLOWS:

WEATHER SYSTEM SIGNAL DATE AND TIME OF HOISTING DATE AND TIME OF LOWERING

TYPHOON 1 SEPTEMBER 30 5.10 PM OCTOBER 1 3.45 PM

BRIAN 3 OCTOBER 1 3;45 PM OCTOBER 2 12 NOON

WINTER MONSOON STRONG MONSOON OCTOBER 2 12 NOON OCTOBER 4 9.45 AM

THE MONTH’S FIGURES AND DEPARTURES FROM NORMAL WERE:

TOTAL BRIGHT SUNSHINE 175.9 HOURS : 12.6 HOURS BELOW NORMAL

MEAN SOLAR DAILY GLOBAL 14.85 RADIATION MJ/SO. METRE : 1.88 MJ/SQ. METRE BELOW NORMAL

TOTAL RAINFALL 228.1 MM : 92.3 MM BELOW NORMAL

MEAN AMOUNT OF CLOUD 65 PER CENT : 3 PER CENT MORE THAN NORMAL

MEAN RELATIVE HUMIDITY 77 PER CENT : 2 PER CENT LOWER THAN NORMAL

MEAN DAILY MAXIMUM AIR TEMPERATURE 30.6 DEGREES : CELSIUS 0.1 DEGREE CELSIUS ABOVE NORMAL

/MEAN AIR

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1989

MEAN AIR TEMPERATURE

MEAN DAILY MINIMUM AIR TEMPERATURE

MEAN DEW POINT

TOTAL EVAPORATION

28.1 DEGREES : 0.6 DEGREE CELSIUS ABOVE

CELSIUS NORMAL

26.0 DEGREES : 0.8 DEGREE CELSIUS ABOVE

CELSIUS NORMAL

23.6 DEGREES : 0.4 DEGREE CELSIUS ABOVE

CELSIUS NORMAL

125.6 MM : 30.3 MM BELOW NORMAL

-------0---------

PHOTOGRAPHY COMPETITION IN SOUTHERN DISTRICT *****

A PHOTOGRAPHY COMPETITION IS BEING HELD IN THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT AS A PRELUDE TO THE MONTH-LONG DISTRICT FESTIVAL WHICH IS SCHEDULED FOR NEXT MONTH.

SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD AND KONICA HONG KONG LIMITED. THE "SOUTHERN DISTRICT FESTIVAL PHOTO CONTEST" AIMS TO ENHANCE LOCAL RESIDENTS’ KNOWLEDGE OF. AND THEIR SENSE OF BELONGING TO, THEIR COMMUNITY.

IT IS OPEN TO ALL THOSE WHO STUDY. LIVE OR WORK IN THE DISTRICT.

WITH "SOUTHERN DISTRICT TODAY" AS ITS THEME. ENTRIES IN THE COMPETITION CAN DEPICT. FOR EXAMPLE. THE DISTRICT’S SCENERY, DEVELOPMENTS, WAYS OF LIFE OR FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES.

ALL ENTRIES MUST BE IN COLOUR. THOSE IN THE STUDENTS SECTION SHOULD BE IN EITHER 3R OR 5R SIZE. WHILE THOSE IN THE OPEN SECTION SHOULD BE NOT SMALLER THAN 20 CM BY 25 CM.

THERE IS NO LIMIT TO THE NUMBER OF ENTRIES BY EACH CONTESTANT.

THE TOP THREE WINNERS IN EACH SECTION WILL EACH BE AWARDED. IN ADDITION TO A TROPHY. A HANDSOME PRIZE COMPRISING A GIFT COUPON, A CAMERA AND FIVE ROLLS OF FILM WORTH A TOTAL OF $3,500, $2,200 AND 31.100 RESPECTIVELY.

THERE WILL ALSO BE 10 CONSOLATION PRIZES FOR EACH SECTION. EACH COMPRISING A GIFT COUPON AND 10 ROLLS OF FILM WORTH A TOTAL OF $350.

/ALL PRIZE-WINNING ........

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1989

- 8 -

ALL PRIZE-WINNING ENTRIES WILL BE DISPLAYED AS PART OF A ROVING EXHIBITION. ENTITLED "SOUTHERN DISTRICT HISTORICAL PHOTOGRAPHS '.ND SOUTHERN DISTRICT FESTIVAL PHOTO CONTEST WINNING ENTRIES EXHIBITION". TO BE STAGED DURING THE FESTIVAL PERIOD.

DETAILS OF THE COMPETITION AND ENTRY FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OFFICE IN ABERDEEN CENTRE. AND AT ITS SUB-OFFICES IN STANLEY VILLAGE ROAD. WAH FU ESTATE AND LEI TUNG ESTATE.

THE DEADLINE FOR. SUBMITTING ENTRIES IS OCTOBER 25.

-------0----------

DRAWING COMPETITION FOR WONG TAI SIN STUDENTS

******

KINDERGARTEN AND PRIMARY SCHOOL PUPILS IN WONG TAI SIN ARE INVITED TO TAKE PART IN A CHILDREN’S DRAWING COMPETITION SCHEDULED FOK NEXT MONTH.

THE COMPETITION IS BEING JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE 1989 WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE AND THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT ARTS COUNCIL. WITH SPONSORSHIP FROM THE DISTRICT BOARD, AS ONE OF THE ACTIVITIES OF THE COMING DISTRICT FESTIVAL.

THE AIM OF THE COMPETITION IS TO ENHANCE CHILDREN’S INTEREST IN DRAWING AND AT THE SAME TIME TO FOSTER A SENSE OF BELONGING AMONG THEM. A SPOKESMAN FOR THE FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE SAID.

WITH THE THEME OF "WONG TAI SIN IN MY EYES". THE COMPETITION WILL BE HELD IN THE MORNING OF NOVEMBER 19 (SUNDAY) AT THE CHOI HUNG ROAD PLAYGROUND IN SAN PO KONG.

IT WILL BE DIVIDED INTO THREE SECTIONS -- ELEMENTARY (FOR KINDERGARTEN PUPILS). INTERMEDIATE I FOR PRIMARY ONE TO THREE PUPILS) AND ADVANCE (FOR PRIMARY FOUR TO SIX PUPILS).

THERE WILL BE THREE WINNERS AND FIVE OUTSTANDING AWARDS IN EACH SECTION.

THE CLOSING DATE FOR APPLICATIONS IS OCTOBER 31.

APPLICATION FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT SCHOOLS IN THE DISTRICT AND THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 3-222261. EXT. 361.

-----0 -

/9.......

SUNDAY. OCTOBER 8, 1989

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS REVISED LAYOUT PLANS

*****

THE SHA TIN DISTRICT BOARD’S DEVELOPMENT AND HOUSING COMMITTEE WILL DISCUSS MAJOR AMENDMENTS TO THE PROPOSED LAND USE IN TWO LAYOUT PLANS AT ITS MEETING ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 10).

THE PLANS COVER SHEUNG KENG HAU, HA KENG HAU, HIN TIN, YUEN CHAU KOK INDUSTRIAL AREA AND YUEN CHAU KOK TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA.

MEMBERS WILL DISCUSS CLAIMS THAT THE DESIGN OF TWIN-TOWER PUBLIC HOUSING BLOCKS IS VULNERABLE TO BURGLARIES AND THE PROBLEM OF KEEPING PETS IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES.

A MOTION WILL BE MOVED REQUESTING THE REPEAL OF A HOUSING AUTHORITY REGULATION WHICH STIPULATES THAT APPLICATIONS FOR RESIDENCE IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES BY SINGLE PERSONS AND TWO-PERSON FAMILIES IN TEMPORARY HOUSING AREAS (THA’S) ON THE GROUNDS OF RESITE AND CLEARANCE BE CONFINED TO THOSE WHO MOVED INTO THA’S BEFORE 1985.

MEMBERS WILL ALSO CONSIDER ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS COSTING A TOTAL OF $406,000 AT KAU TO VILLAGE. TAI WAI KCR STATION AND WONG NAI TAU.

THE NAMING OF THE ROUTE 5 ROAD SYSTEM LINKING SHA TIN WITH TSUEN WAN WILL ALSO BE DISCUSSED.

OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA INCLUDE LANDSCAPING WORKS IN TIN SUM VILLAGE AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF A STAIRCASE AT A FOOTBRIDGE BETWEEN HOLFORD GARDEN AND GRANDEUR GARDEN, TAI WAI.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE SHA TIN DISTRICT BOARD’S DEVELOPMENT AND HOUSING COMMITTEE TO BE HELD ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 10) ON THE SIXTH FLOOR, KCR HOUSE. SHA TIN STATION.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 9.30 AM.

- 0 - -

/10

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1989

10

DB COMMITTEE TO CONSIDER FUND APPLICATIONS

*****

THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD’S COMMUNITY AFFAIRS COMMITTEE WILL CONSIDER A NUMBER OF APPLICATIONS FOR FUNDS FOR ORGANISING COMMUNITY PROJECTS AT ITS MEETING ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 10).

MEMBERS WILL ALSO STUDY REPORTS BY LOCAL ORGANISATIONS ON ACTIVITIES HELD EARLIER UNDER THE SPONSORSHIP OF THE DISTRICT BOARD.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD’S COMMUNITY AFFAIRS COMMITTEE. WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 10 AM ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 10) IN THE DB CONFERENCE ROOM. SECOND FLOOR, SAI KUNG GOVERNMENT OFFICES, CHAN MAN STREET, SAI KUNG TOWN.

-------0 - -

STUDENTS’ PAINTING COMPETITION FOR POSTAGE STAMP DESIGN ******

PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL CHILDREN ARE BEING INVITED TO SUBMIT TO THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT PAINTINGS ON THE THEME OF CHRISTMAS ON WHICH A SET OF SPECIAL POSTAGE STAMPS ON CHRISTMAS IN 1990 MAY BE BASED.

A PAINTING COMPETITION FOR POSTAGE STAMP DESIGN IS BEING ORGANISED I Y THE POST OFFICE. IN CO-OPERATION WITH THE CULTURAL CRAFT CENTRE OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.

A PRELIMINARY SELECTION OF ENTRIES WILL BE MADE BY A VETTING COMMITTEE COMPRISING OFFICERS OF THE POST OFFICE AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT.

THE FINAL SELECTION WILL BE MADE BY THE STAMP ADVISORY COMMITTEE. THE DECISIONS OF THE VETTING COMMITTEE AND THE STAMP ADVISORY COMMITTEE WILL BE FINAL.

THE POST OFFICE WILL AWARD CERTIFICATES AND CASH PRIZES TO THE TOP 20 ENTRIES IN BOTH THE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL DIVISIONS.

THE FIRST PRIZE WILL BE $2,000 IN THE PRIMARY AND SECONDARY DIVISIONS AND THE SECOND PRIZE WILL BE $1,000. THE THIRD TO THE 10TH PRIZES WILL BE $500 IN BOTH DIVISIONS.

PARTICIPATING STUDENTS ARE REQUESTED TO SUBMIT A MAXIMUM OF THREE PAINTINGS WHICH MUST BE THE WORK OF INDIVIDUALS.

/PAINTING IN

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1989

11

PAINTING IN ANY MEDIUM IS ACCEPTABLE BUT FINE DETAILS ARE NOT ENCOURAGED AS THE PAINTINGS WILL BE REDUCED BY FOUR TIMES WHEN THEY ARE PRINTED ON STAMPS.

STUDENTS ARE ALSO ADVISED NOT TO INCLUDE DETAILS SUCH AS LETTERING, PERFORATIONS, DENOMINATIONS AND ROYAL SYMBOLS IN THE DETAILS OF THE PAINTING.

EACH PAINTING SHOULD BE OF THE SIZE 100 MM X 160 MM AND SHOULD BE MOUNTED ON A PIECE OF BLACK ART PAPER MEASURING 220 MM X 300 MM. THE FORMAT OF THE DESIGN MAY BE HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL.

ALL ENTRIES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT THROUGH THE STUDENTS’ SCHOOLS BEFORE NOVEMBER 30. THE POSTMASTER GENERAL WILL ANNOUNCE THE RESULTS DIRECT TO PARTICIPATING SCHOOLS TOWARDS THE END OF MARCH NEXT YEAR.

-------0---------

ENROLMENT FOR LABOUR RELATIONS CONFERENCE STILL OPEN

MORE THAN 1,000 PEOPLE ARE EXPECTED TO TAKE PART IN A LARGE-SCALE CONFERENCE TO BE HELD AT THE HONG KONG CONVENTION AND EXHIBITION CENTRE ON OCTOBER 31.

THE ONE-DAY CONFERENCE, WHICH FOCUSSES ON "BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND LABOUR RELATIONS IN THE 1990’S - NEW CHALLENGES AND OPPORTUNITIES”. IS BEING ORGANISED JOINTLY BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT AND THE LABOUR RELATIONS PROMOTION SUB-COMMITTEE OF THE LABOUR ADVISORY BOARD.

"IT IS DESIGNED MAINLY FOR EMPLOYERS. PROPRIETORS, BUSINESS EXECUTIVES. PERSONNEL AND HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGERS. EMPLOYEES* REPRESENTATIVES. TRADE UNIONISTS. ACADEMICS AND OTHER INTERESTED PROFESSIONALS.” A LABOUR DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODA\ (SUNDAY).

“SINCE ENROLMENT STARTED IN MID-SEPTEMBER. VERY ENTHUSIASTIC RESPONSE HAS BEEN RECEIVED.

"THOSE INTERESTED SHOULD ENROL IMMEDIATELY AS APPLICATIONS ARE ACCEPTED ON A FIRST COME. FIRST SERVED BASIS."

THE CONFERENCE WILL TAKE THE FORM OF KEYNOTE SPEECHES IN THE MORNING. FOLLOWED BY A NUMBER OF WORKSHOPS IN THE AFTERNOON.

LEADING INDUSTRIALISTS. ENTREPRENEURS, TRADE UNION LEADERS AND SPECIALISTS IN THE FIELD WILL BE INVITED TO TALK RESPECTIVELY ON ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT IN THE ASIA-PACIFIC REGION - ITS ON

MANPOWER; CORPORATE STRATEGIC PLANNING IN THE 1990’S: AND THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC COMMUNITY IN 1992 AND ITS IMPLICATIONS FOR HONG KONG.

/OTHER TOPICS

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 8, 1989

- 12 -

OTHER TOPICS INCLUDE TELECOMMUNICATIONS IN THE 1990’S TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCEMENT AND STAFF RELATIONS: EMPLOYEES’ ASPIRATIONS AND NEEDS IN HONG KONG’S DEVELOPMENTS IN THE 1990’S: BUSINESS MANAGEMENT AND STAFF RELATIONS IN A MULTI-NATIONAL CONCERN; AND MEETING FUTURE NEEDS IN HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT,

"IN ADDITION. PARTICIPANTS WILL ALSO HAVE THE CHANCE TO EXCHANGE VIEWS ON THEIR COMMON PROBLEMS AND THE FACTORS LIKELY TO AFFECT THE FUTURE WELL-BEING OF HONG KONG’S INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL SCENES." THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

"THEY CAN EXPLORE THE SUBJECT MATTER FROM THE ECONOMIC, SOCIO-POLITICAL. LEGISLATIVE AND TECHNOLOGICAL ANGLES."

APPLICATION FORMS ARE OBTAINABLE FROM THE LABOUR RELATIONS PROMOTION UNIT OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, 12TH FLOOR, HARBOUR BUILDING, CENTRAL.

FURTHER ENQUIRIES ON THE CONFERENCE CAN BE MADE ON TEL. 5-8523509 OR 5-8523553.

-------0---------

WORKS TO IMPROVE NORTHWEST KOWLOON SEWERAGE SYSTEM *****

PLANS ARE IN HAND TO IMPROVE THE SEWERAGE SYSTEM AND CONTROL OF POLLUTANTS CURRENTLY DISCHARGED INTO THE COASTAL WATERS OF NORTHWEST KOWLOON AND VICTORIA HARBOUR.

THE DRAINAGE SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORKS FOR THE NORTHWEST KOWLOON SEWAGE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL SCHEME.

THE WORKS INCLUDE THE SUPPLY. INSTALLATION AND COMMISSIONING OF ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT FOR TWO SCREENING PLANTS AT CHEUNG SHA WAN AND SHAM SHUI PO.

MECHANICALLY RAKED SCREENS, CONVEYORS, DEWATERING EQUIPMENT, SWITCH GEAR AND ANCILLARY WORKS WILL BE INSTALLED AT THE TWO PLANTS.

THE PLANTS WILL COARSE-SCREEN THE SEWAGE FROM YAU MA TEI, TAI KOK TSUI AND LAI CHI KOK, WHICH IS CURRENTLY DISCHARGED AT THE SHORELINE OF NORTHWEST KOWLOON.

AFTER SCREENING, THE SEWAGE WILL BE PUMPED WITH OTHER FLOWS TO TREATMENT FACILITIES AT STONECUTTERS ISLAND FOR FURTHER TREATMENT PRIOR TO DISPOSAL BY MARINE OUTFALL INTO VICTORIA HARBOUR.

INSTALLATION OF THE WORKS IS EXPECTED TO BEGIN IN FEBRUARY 1991 AND COMMISSIONING TO TAKE PLACE IN OCTOBER THAT YEAR.

TENDERS SHOULD BE SUBMITTED BY NOON ON NOVEMBER 24.

-------0----------

/15.......

SUNDAY. OCTOBER 8. 1989

- 15 -

SEAT BELTS REQUIRED FOR GOODS VEHICLES

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT TODAY (SUNDAY) REMINDED THE MOTOR TRADE THAT ALL GOODS VEHICLES MANUFACTURED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 1 THIS YEAR AND REGISTERED ON OR AFTER JANUARY 1 NEXT YEAR MUST BE FITTED WITH FRONT SEAT BELTS.

THE REQUIREMENT APPLIES TO ALL TYPES OF GOODS VEHICLES. INCLUDING LIGHT, MEDIUM AND HEAVY GOODS VEHICLES. AND ARTICULATED GOODS VEHICLES.

UNDER THE ROAD TRAFFIC (SAFETY EQUIPMENT) (AMENDMENT) REGULATIONS 1989. THE COMPULSORY WEARING OF FRONT SEAT BELTS IN GOODS VEHICLES WILL COME INTO EFFECT ON JANUARY 1.

THESE REGULATIONS ONLY APPLY TO GOODS VEHICLES WHICH ARE LEGALLY REQUIRED TO BE FITTED WITH SEAT BELTS AND DO NOT APPLY TO GOODS VEHICLES MANUFACTURED BEFORE JANUARY 1 THIS YEAR OR REGISTERED BEFORE JANUARY' 1 NEXT YEAR.

NEVERTHELESS. IF SEAT BELTS ARE FITTED. DRIVERS AND FRONT SEAT PASSENGERS OF THESE OLDER VEHICLES ARE ADVISED TO WEAR THEM FOR THEIR OWN SAFETY.

-------0----------

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KENNEDY TOWN

******

TH TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 10). TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED IN KeSJeSy TOWN FOR ABOUT THREE WEEKS TO FACILITATE TRAM TRACK RENEWAL

WORKS.

\LL VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES AND THOSE REQUIRING LOCAL ACCESS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ENTER BELCHER'S STREET WESTBOUND BETWEEN CADOGAN STREET AND DAVIS STREET FROM 7 AM TO MIDNIGHT DAILY.

AT THE SAME TIME. FORBES STREET BETWEEN DAVIS STREET AND CADOGAN STREET WILL BE DESIGNATED AN URBAN CLEARWAY FROM 7 AM TO MIDNIGHT DAILY.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED IO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS THERE.

-----0------

/14........

SUNDAY. OCTOBER 8. 1989

14 -

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN WESTERN

*****

STATION

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 10). THE SECTION OF WESTERN STREET BETWEEN QUEEN’S R0A^ AND THE ACCESS ROAD LEADING TO THE WESTERN DISTRICT POLICE WILL BE REROUTED FROM TWO-WAY TO ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND AS PART

OF THE

POK FU LAM ROAD TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME.

IN THIS CONNECTION. THE RIGHT TURN FROM QUEEN’S ROAD WEST INTO WESTERN STREET WILL BE BANNED.

VEHICLES ON QUEEN’S ROAD WEST HEADING FOR SHEUNG WAN WILL BE DIVERTED VIA WATER STREET TO JOIN EASTBOUND DES VOEUX ROAD WEST.

- 0

LANE CLOSURES ON TAI PO ROAD (FANLING)

* * * * *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT BECAUSE OF ROAD MAINTENANCE WORK. THE INNER-MOST LANE OF TAI PO ROAD (FANLING) SOUTHBOUND. SOUTH OF WO HOP SHEK INTERCHANGE FOR A SECTION OF ABOUT 1,4 KILOMETRES. WILL BE CLOSED ON TUESDAY AND WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 10 AND 11).

ALSO. THE INNER-MOST LANE OF TAI PO ROAD (FANLING) NORTHBOUND.

SOUTH OF WO HOP SHEK INTERCHANGE FOR A SECTION OF ABOUT 1.5 KILOMETRES. WILL BE CLOSED FROM OCTOBER 16 TO 18.

-------0----------

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN TUEN MUN *****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT THE RIGHT-TURN FROM PUI TO ROAD EASTBOUND ONTO TIN HAU ROAD IN TUEN MUN WILL BE BANNED FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 10).

MOTORISTS TRAVELLING ON PUI TO ROAD EASTBOUND HEADING FOR TIN HAU ROAD ARE ADVISED TO DRIVE VIA KIN TAT STREET. KIN WING STREET AND TSUN WEN ROAD.

-----O-----

i

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

STUDY CAMP ON JUVENILE DELINQUENCY, TRIAD PROBLEMS ............ 1

LEADERSHIP TRAINING IN TAI PO.................................. 1

FOLD SINGING COMPETITION FOR CENTRAL AND WESTERN STUDENTS .. 2

ENVIRONMENTS IMPROVEMENTS FOR SOUTHERN DISTRICT ............. 3

POLICE OFFICERS COMPLETED ROAD TRAFFIC REGULATIONS COURSE .. 3

ROAD CLOSURES IN KOWLOON CITY ................................. 4

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN YAU MA TEI ............................ 5

MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1989

1

STUDY CAMP ON JUVENILE DELINQUENCY, TRIAD PROBLEMS

*****

THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE, IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE URBAN COUNCIL, IS ORGANISING A "STUDY CAMP ON JUVENILE DELINQUENCY AND TRIAD PROBLEMS" AT LEI YUE MUN PARK ON NOVEMBER 4 AND 5.

DURING THE TWO-DAY CAMP, A SOCIAL WORKER WILL GIVE A TALK ON THE MENTALITY AND RATIONALE OF JUVENILES INVOLVED IN TRIAD ACTIVITIES. HE WILL ALSO ( TE EXAMPLES TO ILLUSTRATE HOW OUTREACHING SOCIAL WORKERS DEAL WITH THE PROBLEM.

A POLICE REPRESENTATIVE WILL BRIEF PARTICIPANTS ON CASES OF JUVENILE DELINQUENCY AND ACTIONS TAKEN BY THE POLICE.

VIDEOS WILL BE SHOWN AND DISCUSSIONS HELD.

PARTICIPANTS WILL ALSO HAVE TIME TO MAKE USE OF THE RECREATIONAL FACILITIES OF THE CAMP. SUCH AS TENNIS AND SQUASH COURTS, FITNESS TRAIL AND NATURE TRAIL, ROPE COURSE, ARCHERY RANGE AND A PLAYGROUND FOR RADIO-CONTROLLED CARS.

THE STUDY CAMP IS SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD AND IS OPEN TO ALL THOSE WHO WORK OR LIVE IN THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT AND ARE AGED BETWEEN 16 AND 35.

ENROLMENT STARTS TOMORROW (TUESDAY) AT THE RECREATION, AMENITIES AND SPORTS OFFICE OF THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT AT LAI LAN HOUSE, LAI CHI KOK ESTATE.

AS THERE ARE ONLY 120 PLACES, ENROLMENT WILL BE ACCEPTED ON A FIRST COME, FIRST SERVED BASIS. THERE WILL BE A CAMP FEE OF S40 FOR EACH PARTICIPANT.

THE STUDY CAMP IS CO-ORGANISED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT AND THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT OFFICE. TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 3-870217 OR 3-7204251.

-------0----------

LEADERSHIP TRAINING IN TAI PO

*****

YOUNG PEOPLE IN TAI PO ARE

TRAINING PROGRAMME TO BE LAUNCHED IN

INVITED TO JOIN A LEADERSHIP THE DISTRICT NEXT MONTH.

THE SIX-WEEK PROGRAMME. WHICH IS BEING ORGANISED BY THE WORKING GROUP ON TAI PO YOUTH FESTIVAL AND SPONSORED BY THE TAI PO DISTRICT BOARD. WILL INCLUDE TALKS. SEMINARS. VISITS TO GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND CAMPING.

/THE CONVENER .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1989

- 2 -

THE CONVENER OF THE WORKING GROUP. MISS REBECCA NG PUI-LING. SAID THE SCHEME IS AIMED AT FOSTERING YOUTH LEADERSHIP IN THE DISTRICT.

"WE HOPE THAT YOUNG PEOPLE’S TALENTS IN LEADERSHIP COULD BE DISCOVERED THROUGH THEIR PARTICIPATION IN THIS PROGRAMME." SHE SAID.

THE PROGRAMME HAS BEEN DESIGNED FOR YOUNG PEOPLE AGED BETWEEN 15 AND 25 WHO ARE INTERESTED IN COMMUNITY WORK.

YOUNG PEOPLE INTENDING TO JOIN THE PROGRAMME CAN OBTAIN AN APPLICATION FORM AT THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE OR THE DISTRICT’S COMMUNITY AND YOUTH CENTRES.

COMPLETED APPLICATION FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE WORKING GROUP ON THE TAI PO YOUTH FESTIVAL ON THE SECOND FLOOR OF TAI PO GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING. TIN KOK ROAD. TAI PO BEFORE OCTOBER 21.

SUCCESSFUL APPLICANTS WILL BE INFORMED OF THEIR SELECTION BY LETTER.

-------0---------

FOLK SINGING COMPETITION FOR CENTRAL AND WESTERN STUDENTS **««**»

CENTRAL AND WESTERN STUDENTS AGED 15 OR UNDER ARE BEING INVITED TO ENTER THE DISTRICT'S FOLK SINGING COMPETITION NEXT MONTH.

THE CONTEST. DIVIDED INTO PRIMARY AND JUNIOR SECONDARY GROUPS. COVERS SOLOS AND ENSEMBLES IN FOLK SONGS.

THE FINALS WILL BE HELD ON SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 12, AT THE CITY HALL THEATRE, STARTING AT 7.30 PM.

THE COMPETITION, ONE OF ABOUT 40 ACTIVITIES IN THE COMING DISTRICT FESTIVAL, IS AIMED AT DEVELOPING STUDENTS’ MUSICAL TALENTS AND PROMOTING INTEREST IN FOLK SINGING.

IT IS BEING JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE. THE DISTRICT OFFICE, THE DISTRICT BOARD AND THE WESTERN COMMUNITY CENTRE MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE.

ENTRY FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE GROUND FLOOR OF HARBOUR BUILDING IN CENTRAL, ITS SUB-OFFICES AT CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING) AND IN KENNEDY TOWN, AND FROM THE WESTERN COMMUNITY CENTRE IN WESTERN STREET.

THE DEADLINE FOR ENTRY IS OCTOBER 20.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 5-463024 OR 5-8523003.

-----0----------

/?.......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1989

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENTS » » » »

FOR SOUTHERN DISTRICT

THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT BOARD'S ENVIRONMENT COMMITTEE WILL CONSIDER ALLOCATING A TOTAL OF 8270,600 TO CARRY OUT 10 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS IN DIFFERENT PARTS OF THE DISTRICT AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (TUESDAY).

A REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE SQUATTER AREA IMPROVEMENT SUB-DIVISION OF THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT WILL BRIEF MEMBERS ON A 81.65 MILLION SQUATTER IMPROVEMENT PROJECT BEING IMPLEMENTED IN SHEK O VILLAGE IN TWO PHASES.

THE COMMITTEE WILL ALSO CONSIDER FORMING A 10-MBMBER TEAM TO TAKE PART IN THE KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN PROGRAMME, FROLICS’ 89.

OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA INCLUDE A PROGRESS REPORT ON THE COMPREHENSIVE SQUATTER IMPROVEMENT SCHEME BEING UNDERTAKEN BY THE COMMITTEE.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT BOARD’S ENVIRONMENT COMMITTEE WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM TOMORROW (TUESDAY) IN THE DB CONFERENCE ROOM, SECOND FLOOR, MEI FUNG COURT, 7-11 NAM NING STREET. ABERDEEN CENTRE.

------0--------

POLICE OFFICERS COMPLETED ROAD TRAFFIC REGULATIONS COURSE » » » » *

FRONT WERE

ROAD TRAFFIC

REQUIREMENTS

NINETY-FIVE POLICE OFFICERS ON THE TRAFFIC PRESENTED WITH CERTIFICATES AFTER COMPLETING THE (CONSTRUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF VEHICLES) REGULATION COURSE AT LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE.

THE SIX-WEEK PART-TIME DAY RELEASE COURSE STARTED IN THE ACADEMIC YEAR 1987-88 AND SOME 250 POLICE OFFICERS HAVE NOW BEEN TRAINED.

THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR, TRAFFIC, MR PEDRO CHING, CEREMONY: "THE CONCEPT OF THE COURSE IS TO SHOW POLICE VEHICLE SYSTEMS REFERRED TO IN CONSTRUCTION AND

SAID AT THE

OFFICERS THE

MAINTENANCE

REGULATIONS.

/"ADDITIONALLY, THE .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1989

- 4 -

"ADDITIONALLY, THE COURSE ALLOWS THEM TO SEE FOR THEMSELVES WHAT THESE SYSTEMS ARE AND WHAT THE LAW REQUIRES.

’’THE COURSE, WHICH IS TAILORED TO THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE REQUIREMENTS, CONCENTRATES ON REGULATIONS WHICH TRAFFIC POLICE OFFICERS ARE REQUIRED TO ENFORCE.

“IT ALSO BRIDGES THE GAP BETWEEN THEORY AND PRACTICE, WITH THE AIM OF INCREASING THE PROFESSIONALISM OF THE OFFICER.

”IN THE ACADEMIC YEAR 1989-90 THERE WILL BE SIX 12-WEEK PART-TIME DAY RELEASE COURSES. THE COURSES HAVE BEEN EXTENDED TO 12 WEEKS SO THAT A GREATER VARIETY OF VEHICLES CAN BE STUDIED.

“ALSO INCLUDED IN THIS YEAR’S COURSES IS ONE IN ENGLISH SO THAT POLICE OFFICERS AT INSPECTORATE LEVEL MAY ATTEND.

’’FINALLY, I HAVE TO EXPRESS MY HEARTY GRATITUDE TO MR IAN SEYMOUR-HART, HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MOTOR VEHICLE ENGINEERING, AND HIS COLLEAGUES IN DISSEMINATING THE COURSE AND BRIGHTENING UP OUR OFFICERS IN THE ASPECT OF ROAD TRAFFIC REGULATION REQUIREMENTS."

MR SEYMOUR-HART SAID : "WE HOPE THE EXTENDED COURSE WILL BE A CONSOLIDATION OF WHAT WE HAVE GAINED FROM OUR EXPERIENCE.

"THE NEW SYLLABUS WILL COVER BRAKING AND STEERING SYSTEMS, MOTORCYCLES, THE LOADING OF LIGHT AND HEAVY GOODS VEHICLES PLUS SKILLS INCORPORATED IN THE OLD CURRICULUM."

APART FROM TRAFFIC POLICE OFFICERS, THE CLASS WILL INCLUDE TECHNICAL STAFF FROM SOME PRIVATE SECTOR COMPANIES INVOLVED IN THE FIELD OF VEHICLE EXAMINATION.

"WE HOPE THAT THE LARGE WORKSHOPS AT LEE WAI LEE TECHNICAL INSTITUTE WILL HELP POLICE OFFICERS ACQUIRE THE KNOWLEDGE OF PROFESSIONALISM THROUGH THE COURSE.

"THE NEW SUBJECTS IN THE SYLLABUS AND THE MIX BETWEEN POLICE OFFICERS AND OUTSIDE TECHNICIANS WILL BENEFIT BOTH BY SHARING THEIR VALUABLE EXPERIENCE," MR SEYMOUR-HART SAID.

--------------0------- ROAD CLOSURES IN KOWLOON CITY ♦ ♦ ♦ t »

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT TO FACILITATE THE DEMOLITION OF TWO FOOTBRIDGES ACROSS WANG TAU HOM EAST ROAD. TWO ROADS WILL BE CLOSED FROM 1 AM TO 5 AM ON WEDNESDAY AND THURSDAY (OCTOBER 11 AND 12).

THESE ROADS ARE WANG TAU HOM EAST ROAD SECTION BETWEEN WANG TAU HOM SOUTH ROAD AND JUNCTION ROAD. AND FU MEI STREET EAST.

/DURING THE .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 9, 1989

DURING THE CLOSURES. MOTORISTS ON JUNCTION ROAD NORTHBOUND HEADING FOR WANG TAU HOM SOUTH ROAD ARE ADVISED TO TRAVEL VIA HENG LAM STREET. FUNG MO STREET. FU MEI STREET AND WANG TAU HOM EAST ROAD.

MOTORISTS ON JUNCTION ROAD SOUTHBOUND HEADING FOR WANG TAU HOM SOUTH ROAD ARE ADVISED TO TRAVEL VIA CHUK YUEN ROAD. FU MEI STREET, FU KEUNG STREET. WANG TAU HOM CENTRAL ROAD AND WANG TAU HOM EAST ROAD.

- - 0

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN YAU MA TEI

« « * * *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT TO FACILITATE ROAD RECONSTRUCTION WORK IN YAU MA TEI. SAIGON STREET BETWEEN RECLAMATION STREET AND SHANGHAI STREET WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 11) FOR FOUR MONTHS.

- 0 -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL.: 5-8428777

TUESDAY^ OCTOBER 10, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

GOVERNOR HOPES ARRANGEMENTS ON RETURN OF Il'S WOULD RESUME SOON ........................................................... 1

DIRECTORATE APPOINTMENTS AT RATING AND VALUATION DEPT .......... 1

MOU SIGNED FOR MUTUAL CO-OPERATION IN PRODUCT CERTIFICATION 2

10 ORGANISATIONS ACCREDITED IN CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL TESTING ........................................................ 3

TRADE DELEGATION TO ATTEND MINISTERIAL MEETING IN TOKYO .... 4

SEVENTH MEETING OF PROVISIONAL HOSPITAL AUTHORITY .............. 6

BUILDING MANAGEMENT SEMINAR IN SHEUNG WAN ...................... 7

FUN FAIR TO START CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN IN YUEN LONG .... 8

DB TO DISCUSS PROVISION OF SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES ............. 8

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS MUDSLIP AT PAK SHA CHAU................. 9

STANDING COMMITTEE MEMBERS VISIT FIRE SERVICES TRAINING SCHOOL ........................................................ 10

EXHIBITION ON PHYSICAL RECREATION AND HEALTH .................. 10

PART-TIME STAFF NEEDED FOR MUSIC OFFICE ...................... 12

WATER STORAGE FIGURE........................................... 12

FRESH WATER CUTS IN FOUR AREAS ................................ 1J

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS ON ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR ............... 1}

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN WONG TAI SIN .......................... 14

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN NGAU CHI WAN............................ 14

TUESDAY. OCTOBER 10. 1989

GOVERNOR HOPES ARRANGEMENTS ON RETURN OF Il’S WOULD RESUME SOON ******

THE GOVERNOR. SIR DAVID WILSON. SAID HE HOPED THE LONG-STANDING ARRANGEMENTS ON THE RETURN OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS TO CHINA WOULD RESUME AS SOON AS POSSIBLE SO THAT WE GET BACK TO A NORMAL ARRANGEMENT ON ALL MATTERS AFFECTING THE BORDER.

"THAT IS CERTAINLY GOING TO BE OUR OBJECTIVE," SIR DAVID SAID.

SPEAKING TO REPORTERS AFTER ATTENDING AN EXECUTIVE COUNCIL MEETING THIS (TUESDAY) MORNING. THE GOVERNOR SAID HE WAS CONCERNED AT THE ACTION THAT THE CHINESE HAD TAKEN ON THE QUESTION OF RETURNING ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS TO CHINA.

ASKED FOR HIS COMMENT THAT CHINA HAD REPEATEDLY ACCUSED HONG KONG OF VIOLATING AN AGREEMENT CONCERNING THE RETURN OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS AND OVERSTAYERS, SIR DAVID SAID: "IN HANDLING THE YANG YANG CASE, WHICH WAS A VERY DIFFICULT CASE BECAUSE THE WAY IT WAS USED BY VARIOUS GROUPS FOR PROPAGANDA PURPOSES, IN HANDLING IT, WE HAVE NOT IN ANY WAY GONE AGAINST THE 1982 UNDERSTANDING."

HE POINTED OUT THAT THESE LONG-STANDING ARRANGEMENTS DATED BACK TO THE 1970’S.

"IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT IN HANDLING THESE MATTERS WE SHOULD TRY TO DEAL WITH THEM IN A WAY WHICH DOES NOT DO DAMAGE TO CONFIDENCE." THE GOVERNOR SAID.

"IT’S MUCH BETTER IF, BETWEEN OURSELVES AND THE CHINESE, WE CAN ARRANGE THINGS AND GET BACK TO NORMAL HANDLING OF MATTERS ON THE BORDER, BECAUSE THAT IS THE WAY TO MAKE SURE THAT CONFIDENCE IS MAINTAINED IN HONG KONG." SIR DAVID SAID.

-----0-----

DIRECTORATE APPOINTMENTS AT RATING AND VALUATION DEPT

******

THE GOVERNMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (TUESDAY) THAT MR GORDON BLENKINSOP, COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION, WILL RETIRE ON OCTOBER 16 THIS YEAR.

MR BARRY WOODROFFE, DEPUTY COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION, WILL SUCCEED MR BLENKINSOP AS COMMISSIONER AND MR PANG TSAN-WING, ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION, WILL BECOME DEPUTY COMMISSIONER.

BRIEF BIOGRAPHICAL NOTES ON THESE OFFICERS ARE AS FOLLOWS:

/MR GORDON

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1989

- 2

MR GORDON BLENKINSOP, ISO, JP

AGED 58. MR BLENKINSOP JOINED THE HONG KONG CIVIL SERVICE AS A TREASURY ACCOUNTANT IN 1965. HE WAS PROMOTED TO DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF ACCOUNTING SERVICES IN 1983, AND WAS APPOINTED COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION IN 1984. ON HIS RETIREMENT. MR BLENKINSOP WILL HAVE-COMPLETED 24 YEARS OF SERVICE WITH THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT.

MR BARRY WOODROFFE, JP

AGED 49. MR WOODROFFE JOINED THE HONG KONG CIVIL SERVICE AS A RATING AND VALUATION SURVEYOR IN 1966. HE WAS PROMOTED TO ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION IN 1979 AND TO DEPUTY COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION IN 1985. MR WOODROFFE HAS ACTED AS COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION ON PREVIOUS OCCASIONS.

MR PANG TSAN-WING, JP

AGED 42. MR PANG JOINED THE HONG KONG CIVIL SERVICE AS A VALUATION ASSISTANT III IN 1967. HE WAS PROMOTED TO PRINCIPAL RATING AND VALUATION SURVEYOR IN 1979 AND TO ASSISTANT COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION IN 1984. MR PANG HAS ACTED AS DEPUTY COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION ON PREVIOUS OCCASIONS.

---0------

MOU SIGNED FOR MUTUAL CO-OPERATION IN PRODUCT CERTIFICATION ******

THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT AND A WEST GERMAN QUALITY CERTIFICATION AUTHORITY, TUV ESSEN, HAVE AGREED TO CO-OPERATE WITH A VIEW TO INCREASING THE CAPABILITIES OF HONG KONG MANUFACTURERS IN PRODUCING GOODS TO RELEVANT GERMAN AND EEC STANDARDS,

IN A CEREMONY THIS (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON, THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF INDUSTRY, MR ANDREW LEUNG, AND THE MANAGING DIRECTOR OF TUV ESSEN, PROFESSOR BERNT BUHNEMANN, SIGNED A MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING (MOU) FOR MUTUAL CO-OPERATION IN THIS RESPECT.

NEGOTIATIONS PRIOR TO THE SIGNING HAD BEEN CONDUCTED BY THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF INDUSTRY (QUALITY SERVICES), MR ERNEST EVANS.

TUV ESSEN IS A WEST GERMAN TESTING, INSPECTION AND QUALITY CERTIFICATION ORGANISATION. IT IS RECOGNISED BY THE WEST GERMAN GOVERNMENT FOR THE CERTIFICATION AND APPLICATION OF "GERMAN SAFETY (GS)" MARKING TO PRODUCTS.

/SPEAKING AFTER

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1989

- 3 -

SPEAKING AFTER THE SIGNING CEREMONY, MR LEUNG SAID THE MOU WOULD FACILITATE MUTUAL CO-OPERATION IN THE IMPROVEMENT OF THE QUALITY OF PRODUCTS LEADING TO THEIR SUBSEQUENT CERTIFICATION WHERE APPROPRIATE.

HE SAID THE MOU WOULD ALLOW FOR ASSISTANCE TO BE PROVIDED BY TUV ESSEN FOR A WIDE RANGE OF QUALITY SERVICES.

"UNDER THE MOU. CONSULTANCIES MAY BE ARRANGED TO ASSIST MANUFACTURERS TO COMPLY WITH GERMAN QUALITY STANDARDS SO THAT THE ’GS’ MARK MAY BE APPLIED HERE TO PRODUCTS DESTINED FOR THE WEST GERMAN MARKET," MR LEUNG SAID.

"OTHER ASSISTANCE MIGHT ALSO BE MADE AVAILABLE TO HONG KONG INSPECTION AND TESTING AGENCIES LIKELY TO BE ASSOCIATED WITH THE CERTIFICATION OF PRODUCTS," HE ADDED.

IN ORDER TO ASSIST HONG KONG MANUFACTURERS IN OBTAINING ’GS’ MARKS, CERTIFICATES ON PRODUCT QUALITY, CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE WITH EEC STANDARDS AND SO ON, THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT AND TUV ESSEN HAVE AGREED, THROUGH PRE-ARRANGED PROGRAMMES, TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER AND ASSISTANCE.

AREAS WHERE CO-OPERATION PROGRAMMES WOULD BE BENEFICIAL INCLUDE INFORMATION SERVICES. INSPECTION SERVICES, TECHNIQUES FOR IMPROVING PRODUCT QUALITY AND AWARDING OF CONFORMITY MARKS.

THE MOU IS THE FIRST OF ITS KIND HONG KONG HAS SIGNED WITH A FOREIGN ORGANISATION IN THE FIELD OF PRODUCT CERTIFICATION.

10 ORGANISATIONS ACCREDITED *

IN CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL TESTING * * » »

A TOTAL OF 10 LOCAL ORGANISATIONS WHICH HAVE ACHIEVED ACCREDITATION IN CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL TESTING RECEIVED THEIR CERTIFICATES BY THE HONG KONG LABORATORY ACCREDITATION SCHEME IHOKLAS) TODAY (TUESDAY).

PRESENTING THE CERTIFICATES TO THE LABORATORY REPRESENTATIVES WAS THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF INDUSTRY, MR ANDREW LEUNG.

SPEAKING AT THE PRESENTATION CEREMONY, MR LEUNG SAID HOKLAS WOULD CONTINUE TO NEGOTIATE AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER MAJOR SCHEMES IN THE WORLD.

"SUCH AGREEMENTS NOT ONLY SERVE TO PROMOTE THE RECOGNITION OF HONG KONG’S TESTING LABORATORIES OVERSEAS, BUT THROUGH THE PROCESS OF ASSESSING OTHER NATIONAL SCHEMES AND BEING ASSESSED, THEY ALSO ENSURE THE HOKLAS AND ITS V CREDITED LABORATORIES OPERATE TO INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS." MR LEUNG SAID.

/IN MARCH

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1989

IN MARCH THIS YEAR, HOKLAS HAD ENTERED INTO A MUTUAL RECOGNITION AGREEMENT WITH THE NATIONAL MEASUREMENT ACCREDITATION SERVICE (NAMAS) OF THE UNITED KINGDOM.

THE AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO SERVED TO RECOGNISE AND PROMOTE THE ACCEPTANCE OF ENDORSED TEST REPORTS ISSUED BY LABORATORIES ACCREDITED UNDER EITHER HOKLAS OR NAMAS, MR LEUNG SAID.

HE SAID WORK WAS ALSO IN HAND ON POSSIBLE AGREEMENTS WITH OTHER WELL-ESTABLISHED OVERSEAS SCHEMES SUCH AS THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF TESTING AUTHORITIES (NATA) OF AUSTRALIA, THE TESTING LABORATORY REGISTRATION COUNCIL OF NEW ZEALAND (TELARC) AND THE AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR LABORATORY ACCREDITATION (AZLA) OF THE UNITED STATES.

REPRESENTATIVES FROM OVERSEAS SCHEMES - DR JOHN ROGERS OF NAMAS AND MISS LYNE FORSTER OF TELARC - WHO ARE CURRENTLY IN HONG KONG TO EVALUATE THE LOCAL SCHEME, WERE ALSO PRESENT AT THE CERTIFICATE PRESENTATION CEREMONY.

HOKLAS WAS LAUNCHED FOUR AND A HALF YEARS AGO. MR LEUNG SAID HE WAS GLAD THAT SINCE THEN, THERE HAD BEEN INCREASING INTEREST IN LABORATORY ACCREDITATION.

INITIALLY, HOKLAS CATERED ONLY FOR THE LABORATORY TESTING NEEDS OF HONG KONG’S EXPORT INDUSTRY. IT SOON HAD TO EXTEND ITS SERVICES TO COVER TESTING FOR THE DOMESTIC SECTOR, PARTICULARLY, THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY, ACCORDING TO MR LEUNG.

•'HOKLAS HAS CONTINUED TO RESPOND TO GROWING DEMAND WITH THE MORE RECENT EXPANSION INTO AREAS RELATING TO THE WEIGHTS AND MEASURES ORDINANCE, ENVIRONMENTAL AND CHEMICAL TESTING," HE ADDED.

AT PRESENT, THERE ARE 19 LABORATORIES ACCREDITED BY HOKLAS INCLUDING INDEPENDENT COMMERCIAL TEST-HOUSES, AND THOSE IN THE GOVERNMENT. PUBLIC UTILITIES, TERTIARY INSTITUTIONS AND MANUFACTURING CONCERNS.

------0--------

TRADE DELEGATION TO ATTEND MINISTERIAL MEETING IN TOKYO * t t ♦ t ♦

THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, MR JOHN CHAN, WILL LEAD A DELEGATION OF SENIOR TRADE OFFICIALS TO ATTEND AN INFORMAL MINISTERIAL MEETING IN TOKYO NEXT MONTH.

THE MEETING, SCHEDULED TO TAKE PLACE FROM NOVEMBER 15 TO 17. IS THE LATEST IN A SERIES OF INFORMAL GATHERINGS OF TRADE MINISTERS FROM COUNTRIES AND TERRITORIES WHO ARE KEY PLAYERS IN THE GATT URUGUAY ROUND OF MULTILATERAL TRADE NEGOTIATIONS.

/A SPOKESMAN........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1989

- 5 -

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRADE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (TUESDAY) THAT THE MEETING WOULD OFFER AN OPPORTUNITY FOR MINISTERS TO EXCHANGE VIEWS INFORMALLY ON THE URUGUAY ROUND NEGOTIATION SINCE THEY LAST MET FORMALLY IN MONTREAL LAST DECEMBER TO CONDUCT THE MID-TERM REVIEW OF THE URUGUAY ROUND.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE MEETING WAS TIMELY AS UNDER A THREE-PHASE WORK PROGRAMME, PARTICIPANTS WOULD NEED TO COMPLETE THEIR PROPOSALS IN THE VARIOUS NEGOTIATING GROUPS BY THE END OF THE YEAR WHICH ALSO MARKED THE END OF THE FIRST PHASE.

"THE SECOND PHASE WILL START IN JANUARY 1990 AND PARTICIPANTS WILL HAVE UNTIL AUGUST 1990 TO NEGOTIATE ON THE PROPOSALS SUBMITTED.

"THEREAFTER THE THIRD AND FINAL PHASE WILL SEE THE DRAFTING OF THE VARIOUS AGREEMENTS TO BE ENDORSED BY MINISTERS AT THE END OF THE URUGUAY ROUND IN NOVEMBER 1990," HE SAID.

THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT HONG KONG WAS PARTICIPATING FOR THE FIRST TIME AT SUCH INFORMAL MEETINGS AT THE INVITATION OF THE JAPANESE GOVERNMENT.

"THIS IS AN EXPRESSION OF RECOGNITION OF HONG KONG’S IMPORTANT CONTRIBUTION TO THE URUGUAY ROUND NEGOTIATIONS," HE SAID.

THE OTHER GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS IN THE DELEGATION ARE THE DIRECTOR-GENERAL OF TRADE. MR MICHAEL SZE; HONG KONG’S PERMANENT REPRESENTATIVE TO THE GATT, MR KEITH BROADBRIDGE; AND THE CHIEF HONG KONG ECONOMIC AND TRADE REPRESENTATIVE IN TOKYO, MR LEE LAP-SUN.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

HONG KONG MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE INFORMAL MINISTERIAL MEETING IN TOKYO AT THEIR OWN EXPENSE BUT ACCREDITATION BY THE JAPANESE MINISTRY OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS WILL BE REQUIRED.

THOSE WISHING TO COVER THIS EVENT ARE REQUESTED TO CONTACT THE PRINCIPAL INFORMATION OFFICER OF THE TRADE AND INDUSTRY BRANCH, MR DANIEL SIN, ON TEL. 3-7372227 BEFORE 5 PM ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 13).

-----0-----

/6........

TUESDAY. OCTOBER 10. 1989

- 6 -

SEVENTH MEETING OF PROVISIONAL HOSPITAL AUTHORITY » ♦ * » ♦ t

THE PROVISIONAL HOSPITAL AUTHORITY (PHA) MET AGAIN TODAY (TUESDAY) TO REVIEW THE PROGRESS OF PREPARATORY WORK ON THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE HOSPITAL AUTHORITY (HA).

’’THE PHA IS NOW DRAFTING THE REPORT TO THE GOVERNMENT ON THE VARIOUS ISSUES THAT IT HAS BEEN CONSIDERING SINCE OCTOBER LAST YEAR.” THE CHAIRMAN OF THE PHA. SIR S.Y. CHUNG. SAID.

IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE REPORT WILL BE READY FOR SUBMISSION TO THE GOVERNMENT BEFORE THE END OF THIS YEAR AS ORIGINALLY SCHEDULED. SUBJECT TO THE NECESSARY LEGISLATION BEING ENACTED. IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE STATUTORY HOSPITAL AUTHORITY WILL COME INTO BEING ON APRIL 1 NEXT YEAR.

TO ENABLE THE AUTHORITY TO GO AHEAD WITH MORE DETAILED PLANNING ONCE IT IS ESTABLISHED. ACTION TO APPOINT ITS PRINCIPAL OFFICERS IS NOW UNDERWAY.

THE RECRUITMENT EXERCISE CAN NOW BEGIN AS A RESULT OF THE APPROVAL BY THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL LAST MONTH OF THE PHA’S PROPOSALS FOR THE TOP MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE IN THE INITIAL YEARS OF THE FUTURE AUTHORITY.

"THERE WILL BE THREE PRINCIPAL OFFICERS AT THE TOP MANAGEMENT LEVEL OF THE HA DURING THE INITIAL TWO YEARS OF OPERATION. EACH REPORTING DIRECTLY TO THE HA’S EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE." SIR S.Y. SAID.

THE THREE PRINCIPAL OFFICERS WILL HEAD THE THREE DISTINCTLY SEPARATE FUNCTIONS. NAMELY. DAY TO DAY OPERATIONS: PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT: AND COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT. THESE PRINCIPAL OFFICERS ARE EXPECTED TO BE APPOINTED EARLY IN 1990.

THE WORK OF THE THREE PRINCIPAL OFFICERS WILL BE CLOSELY SUPERVISED BY THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. THE PHA CONSIDERS THAT THERE WILL BE DISTINCT ADVANTAGES IN HAVING A COMMITTEE-LED MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE DURING THE HA’S FORMATIVE YEARS WHEN THE REFORM ON HOSPITAL SERVICES IS TO TAKE PLACE.

"IN THE LIGHT OF EXPERIENCE. THE HA WILL REVIEW THIS MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE WITHIN TWO YEARS OF ITS FORMATION WITH A VIEW TO MOVING TOWARDS APPOINTING A SINGLE CHIEF EXECUTIVE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE THEREAFTER." SIR S.Y. SAID.

SIR S.Y. ALSO TOUCHED ON THE LEAD TIME REQUIRED. AFTER THE HA IS SET UP. FOR IT TO TAKE OVER RESPONSIBILITY FOR MANAGING THE EXISTING GOVERNMENT AND SL’BVENTED HOSPITALS.

"THE GOVERNMENT HAS POINTED OUT THAT IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO CARRY OUT EXTENSIVE CONSULTATION WITH STAFF.

/’’MEANWHILE, THE.........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1989

’’MEANWHILE. THE HA WILL HAVE TO CONTINUE WITH THE DETAILED PREPARATORY WORK NECESSARY FOR THE INTRODUCTION OF THE NEW HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM.

’’FOR THIS REASON. THE HA WILL NOT BE ABLE TO TAKE OVER THE MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PUBLIC HOSPITAL SYSTEM AND OFFER THE NEW TERMS TO ALL SERVING STAFF IN GOVERNMENT AND SUBVENTED HOSPITALS FOR SOME MONTHS AFTER ITS ESTABLISHMENT." SIR S.Y. SAID.

THE CONSULTANCY ON THE NEW MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE IS PROGRESSING WELL AND THE CONSULTANTS WILL BE RECOMMENDING THE IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGY WHICH WILL INVOLVE INTRODUCING THE NEW MANAGEMENT STRUCTURE IN PHASES. STARTING WITH A SMALL NUMBER OF HOSPITALS AND GRADUALLY EXTENDING TO COX ER ALL THE PUBLIC HOSPITALS WITHIN A PERIOD OF FHRKF TO FOUR YEARS.

--------------------0------- BUILDING MANAGEMENT SEMINAR IN SHEUNG WAN » * * » *

CENTRAL AND WESTERN RESIDENTS ARE WELCOME TO TAKE PART IN A BUILDING MANAGEMENT SEMINAR TO BE HELD AT THE SHEUNG WAN CIVIC CENTRE ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12) EVENING.

ADMISSION IS FREE.

TH SEMINAR IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, AND THE CHUNG WAN AND SHEUNG WAN AREA COMMITTEES WITH SPONSORSHIP FROM THE DISTRICT BOARD.

THE SPEAKERS WILL INCLUDE A LEGAL PRACTITIONER, MR HENRY SUNG; A LABOUR OFFICER. MR AU CHI-KEUNG: AND HEAD OF THE DISTRICT’S BUILDING MANAGEMENT CO-ORDINATION TEAM, MR LEE CHI-SHING.

THERE WILL BE TALKS ON FINANCIAL CONTROL IN MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS AND THE RELATIONSHIP OF THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE AND BUILDING MANAGEMENT. FOLLOWED BY A QUEST1ON-AND-ANSWER SESSION.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE BUILDING MANAGEMENT SEMINAR IN SHEUNG WAN WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 8 PM ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12) IN THE LECTURE ROOM OF SHEUNG WAN CIVIC CENTRE, 345 QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL.

-------0---------

/8........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1989

FUN FAIR TO START CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN IN YUEN LONG *****

A CIVIC EDUCATION FUN FAIR WILL BE HELD IN YUEN LONG ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 14) TO MARK THE OPENING OF THE 1989-90 \UEN LONG DISTRICT CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN.

YOUNGSTERS IN THE DISTRICT ARE WELCOME TO TAKE PART IN THE FUN FAIR. WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM AT THE LONG PING OCTAGONAL COURT, LONG PING ESTATE.

FREE ADMISSION TICKETS ARE DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE LONG PING

NOW AVAILABLE FROM THE YUEN LONG COMMUNITY HALL.

CHAIRMAN, MR TAI KUEN; ASSISTANT

YUEN LONG DISTRICT BOARD

DISTRICT OFFICER (COMMUNITY AFFAIRS), MR JOSEPH LAI; AND THE CAMPAIGN WORKING GROUP, MR YUEN YUK-CHIU, WILL AN OPENING CEREMONY BEFORE THE START OF THE FUN FAIR.

CHAIRMAN OF

OFFICIATE AT

THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT BOARD HAS ALLOCATED S40,000 THIS YEAR TO THE CAMPAIGN WORKING GROUP FOR ORGANISING A WIDE VARIETY OF ACTIVITIES TO PROMOTE CIVIC EDUCATION IN THE DISTRICT.

APART FROM THE FUN FAIR, ACTIVITIES TO BE HELD INCLUDE A STUDY CAMP FOR STUDENTS, AN INTER-SCHOOL CIVIC EDUCATION DEBATE, A CIVIC EDUCATION ESSAY COMPETITION, AND VISITS TO VARIOUS GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE YUEN EDUCATION CAMPAIGN OPENING CEREMONY AND FUN SATURDAY (OCTOBER 14). BEGINNING AT 2.30 OCTAGONAL COURT, LONG PING ESTATE. YUEN LONG.

LONG DISTRICT CIVIC

FAIR TO BE HELD ON PM AT THE LONG PING

0

DB TO DISCUSS PROVISION OF SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES

* * * * *

THE EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD WILL CONSIDER AT A MEETING ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12) WHETHER SECONDARY SCHOOL PLACES IN THE DISTRICT ARE SUFFICIENT TO MEET THE DEMAND BROUGHT ABOUT BY ITS RAPIDLY EXPANDING POPULATION.

MEMBERS WILL DISCUSS MANAGEMENT PROBLEMS IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES, INCLUDING THE MISUSE OF PUBLIC PLACES, DUMPING OF RUBBISH NEAR LIFT LOBBIES. OBSTRUCTION OF WALKWAYS AND SUPERVISION OF CLEANSING SERVICES.

/THEY WILL

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1989

- 9

THEY WILL ALSO DISCUSS THE PROVISION OF MOORING FACILITIES FOR FISHERMEN IN CHAI WAN.

OTHER AGENDA ITEMS INCLUDE THE WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM FOR THE SIU SAI WAN PROJECT AND A REPORT BY THE DISTRICT'S BUILDING MANAGEMENT CO-ORDINATION TEAM.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD MEETING ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12) IN THE DISTRICT OFFICE CONFERENCE ROOM, FIRST FLOOR, 880-886 KING’S ROAD. THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM.

-------o---------

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS MUDSLIP AT PAK SHA CHAU

*****

THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD’S ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE WILL DISCUSS WAYS TO DEAL WITH PROBLEMS CAUSED BY A MUDSLIP AT PAK SHA CHAU AT ITS MEETING ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12).

ALSO, MEMBERS WILL PRESENT REPORTS ON A CLEAN-UP OPERATION HELD EARLIER AT PO TOI O AND ON THE PROGRESS OF PREPARATION FOR THE CLEAN SAI KUNG MARICULTURE ZONES FORTNIGHT.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD’S ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE TO BE HELD ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12) IN THE DB CONFERENCE ROOM, SECOND FLOOR, SAI KUNG GOVERNMENT OFFICES, CHAN MAN STREET, SAI KUNG TOWN.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 10 AM.

-------0----------

/10........

TUESDAY. OCTOBER 10, 1989

10

STANDING COMMITTEE MEMBERS VISIT FIRE SERVICES TRAINING SCHOOL

******

MEMBERS OF THE STANDING COMMITTEE ON DISCIPLINED SERVICES SALARIES AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE VISITED THE FIRE SERVICES TRAINING SCHOOL THIS (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON.

THREE MEMBERS, MR ANTHONY CHEUNG, MR CHOW CHUN-FAI AND MR BRIAN RENWICK TOOK PART IN THE VISIT.

THEY WERE RECEIVED BY THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF FIRE SERVICES, MR LAM CHEK-YUEN, THE CHIEF FIRE OFFICER (HEADQUARTERS), MR RAYMOND JOHNSTON, AND OTHER SENIOR STAFF OF THE FIRE SERVICES.

COMMITTEE MEMBERS WERE BRIEFED BY THE COMMANDANT OF THE TRAINING SCHOOL, MR CHUNG KUN-YEUNG, ON THE WORK OF THE SCHOOL. THEY ALSO VIEWED I ECTURES IN CLASSROOMS AND PHYSICAL TRAINING IN THE GYMNASIUM.

THE MEMBERS WERE ALSO SHOWN A SERIES OF PRACTICAL SESSIONS PERFORMED BY TRAINEES ON FIRE FIGHTING AND RESCUE TECHNIQUES.

ALL FIRE AND AMBULANCE RECRUITS, INCLUDING STATION OFFICERS, AMBULANCE OFFICERS, FIREMEN AND AMBULANCEMEN, RECEIVE INITIAL TRAINING AT THE TRAINING SCHOOL OFF FAN KAM ROAD, PAT HEUNG, NEW TERRITORIES.

BUILT ON A 3.4 HECTARE SITE AND COMMISSIONED IN 1968, THE SCHOOL IS CAPABLE OF ACCOMMODATING 240 FULL BOARDING TRAINEES AT ANY ONE TIME.

-----o-----

EXHIBITION ON PHYSICAL RECREATION AND HEALTH

******

A SIX-DAY EXHIBITION TO PROMOTE PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE IMPORTANCE AND BENEFITS OF PHYSICAL RECREATION WILL BE HELD OVER THE NEXT THREE WEEKENDS STARTING FROM SATURDAY (OCTOBER 14).

THE EXHIBITION IS ORGANISED BY THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT (CRS) IN ASSOCIATION WITH GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, MUNICIPAL COUNCILS AND OTHER ORGANISATIONS.

IT COINCIDES WITH THE RECENT REPORT BY THE COUNCIL’S WORKING PARTY ON PHYSICAL RECREATION AND HEALTH.

THE WORKING PARTY HAS UNDERTAKEN A COMPREHENSIVE ASSESSMENT OF THE NEEDS FOR PHYSICAL RECREATION AND A PRACTICAL EXAMINATION OF WAYS OF MEETING THESE NEEDS.

/THE EXHIBITION........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1989

11

THE EXHIBITION ON PHYSICAL RECREATION AND HEALTH WILL BE STAGED AT CITYPLAZA IN TAIKOO SHING ON OCTOBER 14 AND 15; AT LOK FU SHOPPING CENTRE TN WONG TAI SIN ON OCTOBER 21 AND 22; AND AT NEW TOWN PLAZA IN SHA TIN ON OCTOBER 28 AND 29.

ADMISSION IS FREE, AND THE EXHIBITION WILL BE OPEN FROM 10 AM TO 6 PM.

SUPPORTED BY PHOTOGRAPHS. CHARTS AND DIAGRAMS, THE EXHIBITS COVER A WIDE RANGE OF TOPICS. INCLUDING GROWTH OF SOUTHERN CHINESE CHILDREN AND THE IMPORTANCE OF PHYSICAL ACTIVITIES IN SCHOOL.

THE CALORIC VALUES OF DIFFERENT FOODS. EXERCISE AND GOOD HEALTH, AND PREVENTION OF SPORTS INJURIES ARE ALSO COVERED AS IS THE WORKING PARTY'S REPORT.

THE EXHIBITION WILL BE OFFICIALLY OPENED BY THE SENIOR MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL. MR ALLEN LEE. AT 10 AM ON SATURDAY AT CITYPLAZA.

THIS WILL BE FOLLOWED BY A SEMINAR IN WHICH FIVE GUEST SPEAKERS WILL COVER TOPICS SUCH AS HEALTH BENEFITS OF EXERCISE. PREVENTION OF SPORTS INJURIES, BODY WEIGHT CONTROL. STRETCHING EXERCISES, AND EXERCISE PRESCRIPTION.

ALSO PRESENT AT THE CEREMONY WILL BE THE SECRETARY FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE, MR AUGUSTINE CHUI: THE CHAIRMAN OF THE COUNCIL FOR RECREATION AND SPORT. MR F.K. HU; AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE WORKING PARTY ON PHYSICAL RECREATION AND HEALTH, DR HENRIETTA IP.

GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS, COUNCILS AND ORGANISATIONS TAKING PART ARE THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION, EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, HOUSING DEPARTMENT, URBAN COUNCIL, REGIONAL COUNCIL. HONG KONG ASSOCIATION OF SPORTS MEDICINE AND SPORTS SCIENCE, JUBILEE SPORTS CENTRE, HONG KONG COUNCIL OF SOCIAL SERVICE, HONG KONG NUTRITION ASSOCIATION. HONG KONG PHYSICAL FITNESS ASSOCIATION, HONG KONG POST-SECONDARY COLLEGES ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION, AND THE HONG KONG SOCIETY FOR THE AGED.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE EXHIBITION ON PHYSICAL RECREATION AND HEALTH TO BE HELD AT CITYPLAZA IN TAIKOO SHING AT 10 AM ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 14).

-----0-----

/12........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1989

PART-TIME STAFF NEEDED FOR MUSIC OFFICE

*****

LOCAL MUSICIANS ARE NOW BEING OFFERED OPPORTUNITIES TO WORK FOR THE MUSIC OFFICE AS PART-TIME INSTRUCTORS OR PERFORMERS FOR BOTH WESTERN AND CHINESE MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. OR AS PIANO ACCOMPANISTS.

APPLICANTS FOR PART-TIME INSTRUCTORS (WESTERN MUSIC) AND PIANO ACCOMPANISTS SHOULD EITHER BE GRADUATES OF THE HONG KONG CONSERVATORY OF MUSIC OR THE ACADEMY FOR PERFORMING ARTS, OR HAVE A DIPLOMA OR DEGREE IN MUSIC FROM A REGISTERED POST-SECONDARY COLLEGE OR UNIVERSITY, OR POSSESS LRSM, LRAM, ARCM, OR GRSM QUALIFICATION OR EQUIVALENT.

THOSE WHO ARE INTERESTED IN THE POST OF PART-TIME INSTRUCTORS (FOR CHINESE INSTRUMENTS SANXIAN. DIGEHU, GEHU AND SHENG) SHOULD HAVE COMPLETED MUSICAL TRAINING IN AN ACCEPTABLE INSTITUTION OR HAVE AT LEAST FIVE YEARS’ RELEVANT EXPERIENCE IN AN ACCEPTABLE PROFESSIONAL PERFORMING GROUP OR ACADEMY.

FOR THE POST OF PART-TIME PERFORMER, ALL CANDIDATES SHOULD BE ABLE TO PLAY AN ORCHESTRAL INSTRUMENT UP TO LRSM, LRAM, ARCM, LGSM, OR LTCL LEVEL OR EQUIVALENT, PREFERABLY WITH PREVIOUS PERFORMING EXPERIENCE IN A PROFESSIONAL ORCHESTRA.

APPLICATION FORMS (G.F. 340) ARE AVAILABLE AT ALL DISTRICT OFFICES. COMPLETED FORMS TOGETHER WITH COPIES OF RELEVANT DOCUMENTS AND DIPOMAS SHOULD REACH THE MUSIC OFFICE, 25TH FLOOR, WANCHAI TOWER I. 12 HARBOUR ROAD. WAN CHAI BY OCTOBER 20 THIS YEAR.

CANDIDATES WHO ARE NOT INVITED FOR AN AUDITION OR AN INTERVIEW WITHIN FOUR WEEKS OF THE CLOSING DATE MAY ASSUME THAT THEIR APPLICATIONS ARE UNSUCCESSFUL.

INTERESTED PERSONS MAY CONTACT THE MUSIC OFFICE ON TEL. 5-8235340 FOR DETAILS CONCERNING DUTIES AND REMUNERATION OF THE POSTS.

- - 0 - -

WATER STORAGE FIGURE * * * *

STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (TUESDAY) STOOD AT 66.8 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 391.711 MILLION CUBIC METRES.

THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 259.452 MILLION CUBIC METRES OF WATER. REPRESENTING 44.3 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.

- - 0 - -

/15

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1989

15

FRESH WATER CUTS IN FOUR AREAS *****

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN YAU MA TEI WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) TO 6 AM ON THURSDAY TO FACILITATE NIGHT LEAKAGE TESTS.

THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY CANTON ROAD, SAIGON STREET, NING PO STREET, SHANGHAI STREET AND BATTERY STREET.

ON THE SAME DAY, FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN KWAI CHUNG WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 9 PM TO 8 AM THE NEXT DAY TO FACILITATE WATERMAIN CONNECTION.

THE AREA IS BOUNDED BY TAI HA STREET, CASTLE PEAK ROAD, TAI WO HAU PARK, TSUEN FU STREET, TSUEN KWAI STREET AND TSUEN WAH STREET, INCLUDING BLOCKS 1 TO 18 OF KWAI CHUNG ESTATE, TAI WO HAU ESTATE, TAI WO HAU MTR STATION AND TAI WO HAU COTTAGE AREA.

TO FACILITATE NIGHT LEAKAGE TESTS, FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN KWUN TONG WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12) TO 6 AM THE NEXT DAY.

ALL PREMISES ALONG YUET WAH STREET, TIN HEUNG STREET AND TSZ LOI LANE, INCLUDING WO LOK ESTATE WILL BE AFFECTED BY THE SUSPENSION.

ALSO. FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN SHAM TSENG OF TSUEN WAN WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 10 PM ON THE SAME DAY TO 6 AM THE NEXT DAY TO FACILITATE WATER WORKS.

THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY CASTLE PEAK ROAD FROM SHAM TSZ STREET TO KA LOONG TSUEN, INCLUDING GARDEN BAKERY, SAN MIGUEL BREWERY, LIDO GARDEN. SHAM TSENG TSUEN, TAI MIN KOK TSUEN, TSING LUNG TAU TSUEN, HONG KONG GARDEN. CHOI YUEN TSUEN AND KA LOONG TSUEN.

-------o ---------

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS ON ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR

******

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12), THE NEWLY CONSTRUCTED ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR BETWEEN SHAU KEI WAN AND CHAI WAN ROAD ROUNDABOUT, INCLUDING ITS SLIP ROADS, WILL BE DESIGNATED URBAN CLEARWAYS ROUND-THE-CLOCK.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS THERE.

AT THE SAME TIME, ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR BETWEEN SHAU KEI WAN AND WING TAI ROAD INTERCHANGE WILL BE SUBJECT TO A SPEED LIMIT OF 70 KILOMETRES PER HOUR.

/ON THE........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 10, 1989

14

ON THE OTHER HAND, ALL LEARNER DRIVERS WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR BETWEEN SHAU KEI WAN AND NING FOO STREET, INCLUDING ITS SLIP ROADS.

ALL CYCLISTS WILL ALSO BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR BETWEEN SHAU KEI WAN AND CHAI WAN ROAD ROUNDABOUT, INCLUDING ITS SLIP ROADS: WHILE ALL PEDESTRIANS WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR BETWEEN SHAU KEI WAN AND WING TAI ROAD INTERCHANGE INCLUDING ITS SLIP ROADS.

ALSO. THE UNNAMED ROAD NORTH OF A KUNG NGAM VILLAGE ROAD WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY WESTBOUND.

-----0-----

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN WONG TAI SIN

♦ ♦ » * *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12). TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED TO IMPROVE THE TRAFFIC FLOW AT THE JUNCTION OF FUNG TAK ROAD AND PO KONG VILLAGE ROAD IN WONG TAI SIN.

THESE ARRANGEMENTS INCLUDE: NO VEHICLES WILL BE PERMITTED TO TURN RIGHT FROM PO KONG VILLAGE ROAD SOUTHBOUND ONTO FUNG TAK ROAD WESTBOUND: AND VEHICLES WILL BE ALLOWED TO TURN LEFT FROM FUNG TAK ROAD EASTBOUND ONTO PO KONG VILLAGE ROAD NORTHBOUND.

----------------0-------- TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN NGAU CHI WAN » ♦ ♦ ♦ *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 12), ALL VEHICLES ON CLEAR WATER BAY ROAD WESTBOUND INTENDING TO U-TURN BACK TO CLEAR WATER BAY ROAD EASTBOUND OUTSIDE NGAU CHI WAN MARKET, WILL BE DIVERTED VIA THE LOOP ROAD WHICH IS ABOUT 40 METRES EAST OF THE SLIP ROAD LINKING LUNG CHEUNG ROAD WESTBOUND AND CLEAR WATER BAY ROAD EASTBOUND.

THE ARRANGEMENT WILL LAST FOR FOUR MONTHS TO FACILITATE ROAD WORKS.

-----0------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL.: 5-8428777

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

CONTBITS PAGE NO.

EXTERNAL TRADE STATISTICS FOR AUGUST RELEASED ............... 1

HONG KONG HAS A LOT OF FRIENDS: FS .......................... 8

ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR FINAL STAGE OPENS TOMORROW .......... 8

CUSTOMS WORK MORE SOPHISTICATED IN 1990 'S .................. 10

LABOUR DEPARTMENT TAKES MEASURES TO PLUG BRAIN DRAIN ........ 11

DB COMMITTEE TO REVIEW FUND ALLOCATION GUIDELINES ........... 12

DB COMMITTEE TO CONSIDER FUND APPLICATIONS .................. 13

DTC REGISTRATION REVOKED..................................... 13

URBAN CLEARWAY IN CENTRAL.................................... 13

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS ON HK ISLAND............................ 14

BAN ZONE IN SHAM SHUI PO SUSPENDED .......................... 14

1

EXTERNAL TRADE STATISTICS FOR AUGUST RELEASED

******

TOTAL MERCHANDISE TRADE IN AUGUST 1989, AT $101,023 MILLION, GREW BY 12 PER CENT IN VALUE TERMS COMPARED WITH AUGUST 1988, ACCORDING TO THE DETAILED FIGURES ON THE VALUE OF TRADE IN AUGUST 1989 RELEASED TODAY (WEDNESDAY) BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

DOMESTIC EXPORTS INCREASED BY 3 PER CENT TO $21,226 MILLION IN AUGUST 1989, WHILE RE-EXPORTS ROSE BY 25 PER CENT TO $31,828 MILLION, THUS BRINGING TOTAL EXPORTS IN AUGUST 1989 TO $53,054 MILLION, WHICH REPRESENTED AN INCREASE OF 15 PER CENT OVER AUGUST 1988.

OVER THE SAME PERIOD OF COMPARISON, IMPORTS INCREASED BY 9 PER CENT TO $47,969 MILLION.

TOTAL MERCHANDISE TRADE IN JANUARY TO AUGUST 1989, AT $742,061 MILLION, INCREASED BY 21 PEN CENT COMPARED WITH THE SAME PERIOD IN 1988.

OVER THE SAME PERIOD OF COMPARISON, THE VALUE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS INCREASED BY 6 PER CENT TO $144,386 MILLION, WHILE RE-EXPORTS INCREASED BY 35 PER CENT TO $224,353 MILLION. THUS, THE VALUE OF TOTAL EXPORTS INCREASED BY 22 PER CENT TO $368,738 MILLION.

IMPORTS INCREASED BY 20 PER CENT TO $373,323 MILLION.

COMPARING AUGUST 1989 WITH AUGUST 1988, SUBSTANTIAL GROWTH WAS RECORDED IN THE VALUE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO TAIWAN (+29 PER CENT), JAPAN (+22 PER CENT), SINGAPORE (+13 PER CENT) AND CANADA (+10 PER CENT). THE VALUE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE USA AND CHINA INCREASED BY 5 PER CENT AND 1 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

HOWEVER, THE VALUE OF DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE NETHERLANDS, THE UNITED KINGDOM AND THL FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY DECREASED BY 23 PER CENT, 10 PER CENT AND 3 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

IMPORTS FROM MOST MAJOR SUPPLIERS INCREASED IN VALUE TERMS IN AUGUST 1989 OVER AUGUST 1988, PARTICULARLY THOSE I ROM CHINA (+30 PER CENT), ITALY (+27 PER CENT), SWITZERLAND (+22 PER CENT) AND TAIWAN ,+13 PER CENT).

HOWEVER, THE VALUE OF IMPORTS FROM THE REPUBLIC OF KOREA, THE UNITED KINGDOM AND JAPAN DECREASED BY 12 PER CENT, 6 PER CENT AND 6 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

RE-EXPORTS TO THE USA, THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY, CANADA, THE UNITED KINGDOM AND AUSTRALIA INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY IN VALUE TERMS OVER THE SAME PERIOD OF COMPARISON, BY 60 PER CENT, 51 PER CENT, 47 PER CENT, 36 PER CENT AND 35 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. INCREASES WERE ALSO RECORDED IN THE VALUE OF RE-EXPORTS TO JAPAN (+28 PER CENT I AND SINGAPORE (+19 PER CENT).

/HOWEVER, THE

2

CENT.

HOWEVER. THE VALUE OF RE-EXPORTS TO CHINA DECREASED BY

1 PER

COMPARING JANUARY TO AUGUST 1989 WITH THE SAME PERIOD IN 1988, DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO MOST MAJOR MARKETS INCREASED IN VALUE TERMS. THE MARKETS WITH MORE SIGNIFICANT GROWTH IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS INCLUDED JAPAN (+23 PER CENT), CHINA (+22 PER CENT), TAIWAN (+20 PER CENT), SINGAPORE (+16 PER CENT), CANADA (+10 PER CENT) AND AUSTRALIA (+7 PER CENT'.

HOWEVER, DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE USA AND THE UNITED KINGDOM SHOWED ZERO GROWTH WHILE THOSE TO THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY AND THE NETHERLANDS DECREASED BY 1 PER CENT AND 1 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

IMPORTS IN JANUARY TO AUGUST 1989 FROM ALL MAJOR SUPPLIERS INCREASED IN VALUE TERMS COMPARED WITH THE SAME PERIOD IN 1988. SIGNIFICANT INCREASES WERE RECORDED IN IMPORTS FROM ITALY (+37 PER CENT), CHINA (+33 PER CENT), SINGAPORE (+27 PER CENT), TAIWAN (+24 PER CENT), THE USA (+15 PER CENT), THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY (+13 PER CENT), THE REPUBLIC OF KOREA (+12 PER CENT) AND JAPAN (+11 PER CENT).

OVER THE SAME PERIOD OF COMPARISON, RE-EXPORTS TO THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY, THE USA, CANADA, THE UNITED KINGDOM, AUSTRALIA, JAPAN, SINGAPORE AND CHINA INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY IN VALUE TERMS, BY 61 PER CENT, 50 PER CENT, 47 PER CENT, 46 PER CENT, 45 PER CENT, 36 PER CENT, 29 PER CENT AND 26 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

ALL TRADE STATISTICS PRESENTED HERE ARE MEASURED AT CURRENT PRIC XND NO ACCOUNT HAS BEEN TAKEN OF THE CHANGES IN PRICES BETWEEN 1HE PERIODS OF COMPARISON. A SEPARATE ANALYSIS OF THE PRICE AND VOLUME MOVEMENTS OF EXTERNAL TRADE IN AUGUST 1989 WILL BE RELEASED EARLY NEXT MONTH.

THE CHANGES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO HONG KONG’S 10 MAJOR MARKETS ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 1.

COMPARING JANUARY TO AUGUST 1989 WITH THE SAME PERIOD IN 1988, NOTABLE INCREASES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS WERE REGISTERED FOR CLOTHING (BY $3,236 MILLION OR 8 PER CENT); OFFICE MACHINES AND AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT (BY $1,106 MILLION OR 13 PFR CENT): TEXTILES (BY $909 MILLION OR 9 PER (.’ENT) AND ARTIFICIAL RESINS AND PLASTIC MATERIALS, AND CELLULOSE ESTERS AND ETHERS (BY $782 MILLION OR 50 PER CENT).

HOWEVER, DECREASES WERE RECORDED FOR MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (BY $638 MILLION OR 3 PER CENT): AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $196 MILLION OR 2 PER CENT).

TABLE 2 ILLUSTRATES THE CHANGES IN DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF THE MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS.

/THE CHANGES .......

3

THE CHANGES IN IMPORTS FROM HONG KONG’S 10 MAJOR SUPPLIERS ARE SUMMARISED IN TABLE 3.

COMPARING JANUARY TO AUGUST 1989 WITH THE SAME PERIOD IN 1988, i (CREASES IN THE VALUE OF IMPORTS WERE RECORDED IN ALL MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS. THE MORE NOTABLE ONES WERE TEXTILES (BY 98,427 FILLION OR 21 PER CENT); CLOTHING (BY $8,249 MILLION OR 43 PER CENT); TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $6,977 MILLION OR 37 PER CENT); AND MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (BY $6,033 MILLION OR 34 PER CENT).

HOWEVER, DECREASES WERE RECORDED FOR ARTIFICIAL RESINS AND PLASTIC MATERIALS, AND CELLULOSE ESTERS AND ETHERS (BY $1,466 MILLION OR 11 PER CENT); AND RAW HIDES, SKINS AND FURSKINS (BY $221 MILLION OR 13 PER CENT).

TABLE 4 ILLUSTRATES THE CHANGES IN IMPORTS OF THE MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS.

THE CHANGES IN RE-EXPORTS TO HONG KONG’S 10 MAJOR MARKETS ARE SHOWN IN TABLE 5.

COMPARING JANUARY TO AUGUST 1989 WITH THE SAME PERIOD IN 1988, NOTABLE INCREASES IN THE VALUE OF RE-EXPORTS WERE REGISTERED FOR MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (BY $8,795 MILLION OR 52 PER CENT); CLOTHING (BY $8,238 MILLION OR 55 PER CENT): TEXTILES (BY $6,660 MILLION OR 31 PER CENT) AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT (BY $6,026 MILLION OR 55 PER CENT).

HOWEVER, DECREASES WERE RECORDED FOR ARTIFICIAL RESINS AND PLASTIC MATERIALS, AND CELLULOSE ESTERS AND ETHERS (BY $740 MILLION OR 12 PEI' CENT); AND RAW HIDES, SKINS AND FURSKINS (BY 9135 MILLION OR 22 PEI? CENT).

TABLE 6 ILLUSTRATES THE CHANGES IN RE-EXPORTS OF THE MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS.

DETAILED STATISTICS ON TRADE VALUE BY COMMODITY AND BY COUNTRY ARE PUBLISHED IN TRADE STATISTICS REPORTS. THE AUGUST 1989 ISSUE OF THE "HONG KONG TRADE STATISTICS SUMMARY" WILL BE ON SALE AROUND OCTOBER 15 AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE. GROUND FLOOR, GPO BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL AT $9.50 PER COPY.

A MORE COMPREHENSIVE REPORT, "HONG KONG EXTERNAL TRADE". WITH DETAILED ANALYSES ON IMPORTS. EXPORTS AND RE-EXPORTS IN AUGUST 1989 WILL BE AVAILABLE IN END-OCTOBER AT $17.50 PER COPY.

ENQUIRIES REGARDING REGULAR SUBSCRIPTION TO THESE REPORTS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT AT FRENCH MISSION BUILDING, 1 BATTERY PATH, HONG KONG (TEL. NO.: 5-8428802) AND ENQUIRIES ON TRADE STATISTICS TO THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT (TEL. NO.: 5-8234915).

/TABLE 1 .......

4

TABLE 1: DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO 10 MAJOR MARKETS

MAJOR MARKET AUG 1989 (HKD MN.) AUG 89 OVER AUG 88 ( % ) JAN-AUG 1989 (HKD MN.) JAN-AUG OVER JAN-AUG ( % 89 88 > )

U.S.A. 6,924 + 5 45,229 t

CHINA 3,858 + 1 28,270 + 22

F.R. OF GERMANY 1,550 - 3 10,261 - 4

U.K. 1,359 - 10 9,626 »

JAPAN 1,362 + 22 8,285 23

CANADA 627 * 10 4,241 4- 10

SINGAPORE 549 + 13 3,751 16

NETHERLANDS 423 - 23 3,143 - 1

AUSTRALIA 428 ♦ 3 2,754 7

TAIWAN 425 * 29 2,664 20

DENOTES LESS THAN 0.5 PER CENT

TABLE 2: DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF THE MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS

COMMODITY DIVISION AUG 1989 (HKD MN.) AUG 89 OVER AUG 88 ( % ) JAN-AUG 1989 (HKD MN.) JAN-AUG OVER JAN-AUG ( % 89 88 )

ARTICLES OF APPAREL ♦ 8

AND CLOTHING ACCESSORIES 7,271 ♦ 10 44,763

MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY BABY CARRIAGES, TOYS. GAMES AND SPORTING GOODS) 2,728 - 9 18,404 - 3

PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES, OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS 1,820 + 6 12,531 ♦ 6

/ELECTRICAL MACHINERY .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF

TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS

TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT

1,628 4- 2 11,801 4- 4

1,539 4- 21 10,799 ♦ 9

1,405 - 16 10,600 - 2

TABLE 3: IMPORTS FROM 10 MAJOR SUPPLIERS

MAJOR SUPPLIER AUG 1989 (HKD MN.) AUG 89 OVER AUG 88 JAN-AUG 1989 (HKD MN.) JAN-AUG 89 OVER JAN-AUG 88

( ; ) ( %

CHINA 18,286 4- 30 125,168 4- 33

JAPAN 7,334 - 6 63,722 4 11

TAIWAN 4,472 4- 13 34,302 4- 24

U.S.A. 3,699 4 2 30,721 4- 15

REPUBLIC OF KOREA 1,975 - 12 18,006 4- 12

SINGAPORE 1 ,768 4 2 14,648 4 27

F.R. OF GERMANY 1,161 4 1 9,276 4- 13

U.K. 1,041 - 6 8,815 4 5

ITALY 988 4- 27 6,897 4 37

SWITZERLAND 745 4- 22 6,396 4 8

/TABLE U .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

6

TABLE 4: IMPORTS OF THE MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS

COMMODITY DIVISION AUG 1989 (HKD MN.) AUG 89 OVER AUG 88 ( % ) JAN-AUG 1989 (HKD MN.) JAN-AUG 89 OVER JAN-AUG 88

( % ► )

TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS 6,139 + 16 48,323 + 21

ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF 4,781 - 1 38,093 + 17

ARTICLES OF APPAREL AND CLOTHING ACCESSORIES 4,436 + 48 27,321 4 43

TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT 3,386 10 25,757 4 37

MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY BABY CARRIAGES, TOYS, GAMES AND SPORTING GOODS) 3.720 + 30 23,591 4 34

PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES, OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS 2,395 + 12 19,382 4- 14

TABLE 5: RE-EXPORTS TO 10 MAJOR MARKETS

MAJOR MARKET AUG 1989 (HKD MN.) AUG 89 OVER AUG 88 ( % ) JAN-AUG 1989 (HKD MN.) JAN-AUG 89 OVER JAN-AUG 88 ( % )

CHINA 8,707 - 1 70,232 . 4 26

U.S.A. 7,409 + 60 44,375 50

JAPAN 2,034 + 28 14,269 4 36

TAIWAN 1,355 + 8 10,907 4- 22

/REPUBLIC OF

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

7

REPUBLIC OF KOREA 1,083 4- 7 ’ 9,031 4- 16

F.R. OF GERMANY 1,269 + 51 8,226 4- 61

SINGAPORE 965 4- 19 . 7,075 4> 29

U.K. 963 + 36 5,706 46

AUSTRALIA 591 35 3,691 4- 45

CANADA 559 4 47 3,431 4- 47

TABLE 6: RE-EXPORTS OF THE MAJOR COMMODITY DIVISIONS

COMMODITY DIVISION AUG 1989 (HKD MN.) AUG 89 OVER AUG 88 ( % ) JAN-AUG 1989 (HKD MN.) JAN-AUG 89 OVER JAN-AUG 88 ( % )

TEXTILE YARN, FABRICS, MADE-UP ARTICLES AND RELATED PRODUCTS 3,823 4- 27 28,081 31

MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURED ARTICLES (MAINLY BABY CARRIAGES, TOYS, GAMES AND SPORTING GOODS) 4,872 55 25,592 4- 52

ARTICLES OF APPAREL AND CLOTHING ACCESSORjES 3,786 66 23,183 4- 55

ELECTRICAL MACHINERY, APPARATUS AND APPLIANCES, AND ELECTRICAL PARTS THEREOF 2,840 8 22,117 4- 28

TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND SOUND RECORDING AND REPRODUCING APPARATUS AND EQUIPMENT 2,539 4- 33 17,060 4- 55

PHOTOGRAPHIC APPARATUS, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES, OPTICAL GOODS, WATCHES AND CLOCKS 1,082 4- 13 8,606 35

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

HONG KONG HAS A LOT OF FRIENDS: FS

******

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, SIR PIERS JACOBS, RETURNED TO HONG KONG THIS (WEDNESDAY) MORNING AFTER ATTENDING THE INTERNATIONAL MONETARY FUND CONFERENCE IN THE UNITED STATES.

SPEAKING TO MEMBERS OF THE MEDIA ON ARRIVAL AT KAI TAK AIRPORT, SIR PIERS SAID HE HAD TAKEN THE OPPORTUNITY AFTER THE CONFERENCE TO MEET SENIOR CENTRAL AND COMMERCIAL BANKERS AND MEMBERS OF THE FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS COMMUNITIES IN NEW YORK AND PARIS.

"I THINK WE HAVE GOT A LOT OF FRIENDS THERE, WHICH I THINK IS VERY GOOD NFWS FOR HONG KONG," HE SAID.

DURING HIS TALKS AND VISITS, SIR PIERS WAS ASKED ABOUT CONFIDENCE HERE, ABOUT HOW THE BRAIN DRAIN WAS BEING MANAGED AND WHAT THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT WAS DOING ABOUT VARIOUS THINGS.

"THERE IS NOW CONSIDERABLY BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THE POSITION IN HONG KONG," HE ADDED.

HE POINTED OUT THAT AFTER SPEAKING TO THESE PEOPLE, THE IMPRESSION HE GOT WAS THAT THEY WERE QUITE PREPARED TO BE IN HONG KONG FOR THE LONG TERM.

IN REPLY TO A MEDIA QUESTION ABOUT THE DOLLAR LINK, SIR PIERS SAID: "THERE IS NO QUESTION 0 OUR BREAKING THE I.INK OR ALTERING THE RATE WHATSOEVER."

HE ADDED THAT IN TH! FLAl bS HE VISITED, THERE HAD BEEN COMPLETE UNDERSTANDING OF HONG KONG" POSITION AND THE REASONS WHY THE LINK WOULD NOT BE CHANGED.

-----o-----

ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR FINAL STAGE OPENS TOMORROW

*****

THE FINAL SECTION OF THE HONG KONG ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR FROM SHAU KEI WAN TO CHAI WAN WILL BE OPENED TO TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM TOMORROW (THURSDAY). FOUR MONTHS AHEAD OF THE ORIGINAL TARGET COMPLETION DATE.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE TRANSPORT ADVISORY COMMITTEE. MISS MARIA TAM: THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT. MR MICHAEL LEUNG: THE DIRECTOR OF HIGHWAYS. MR HAROLD BEATON: AND EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMAN. MR SHUM CHOI-SANG TODAY (WEDNESDAY) OFFICIATED AT A SPECIAL CEREMONY TO MARK ITS OPENING.

THE THIRD AND FINAL SECTION OF THE CORRIDOR IS A DUAL TWO-LANE HIGHWAY ABOUT 2.5 KILOMETRES IN LENGTH.

/SPEAKING AT

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

9

SPEAKING AT THE CEREMONY. MISS TAM SAID THAT UPON THE OPENING OF THIS SECTION AND THE COMPLETION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS TO CONNAUGHT ROAD EARLY NEXT YEAR. THERE WOULD BE A TOTAL OF 15 KILOMETRES OF FREE FLOWING ROUTE FOR TRAFFIC ALONG THE NORTHERN SHORE OF HONG KONG ISLAND, EXTENDING FROM CHAI WAN TO HILL ROAD IN WESTERN DISTRICT.

IN RELATION TO THE EASTERN DISTRICT. SHE SAID THE ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR TOGETHER WITH THE EASTERN HARBOUR CROSSING WOULD CHANGE THE PATTERN OF TRANSPORT IN THIS DISTRICT. BRINGING CONSIDERABLE BENEFITS IN TERMS OF INCREASED INVESTMENT, JOB OPPORTUNITIES AND A BETTER LIFESTYLE.

THE FINAL SECTION RUNS FROM MONG LUNG STREET IN SHAU KEI WAN. ON AN ELEVATED STRUCTURE ALONG THE EASTERN SHORELINE OF ALDRICH BAY TYPHOON SHELTER TO A KUNG NGAM.

THE ROUTE THEN CONTINUES BY A GROUND LEVEL ROAD THROUGH THE ORIGINAL ARMY BARRACKS AT LEI YUE MUN. THEN TO THE WEST OF HENG FA CHUEN BEFORE REACHING THE WING TAI INTERCHANGE IN CHAI WAN.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY. MR BEATON SAID THE NEW SECTION OF THE CORRIDOR PROVIDED A FASTER AND SAFER ROUTE BETWEEN SHAU KEI WAN AND CHAI WAN.

MOTORISTS TRAVELLING TO AND FROM CHAI WAN WOULD NO LONGER NEED TO NEGOTIATE THE ACCIDENT PRONE CHAI WAN ROAD WITH ITS STEEP GRADIENTS. HE SAID.

MR BEATON POINTED OUT THAT THE ROAD SURFACE OF THE ENTIRE NEW SECTION WOULD BE COATED IN SOUND DEADENING ASPHALT.

"IT IS LIKELY THAT A FEW SECTIONS OF THE STAGES 2 AND 3 OF ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR WILL ALSO BE OVERLAID NOW THAT A TRIAL SECTION HAS PROVED SUCCESSFUL OVER A 12-MONTH PERIOD." HE SAID.

MR BEATON SAID THE FINAL SECTION OF THE CORRIDOR WAS BUILT IN 29 MONTHS STARTING IN MAY 1987 AT A COST OF S250 MILLION.

THE ISLAND EASTERN CORRIDOR IS NINE-KILOMETRE LONG AND COST A TOTAL OF S 1.700 MILLION.

-----o-----

/10........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

10

CUSTOMS WORK MORE SOPHISTICATED IN 1990’S

» * » » »

CUSTOMS WORK IN THE 1990*S IS A MUCH MORE SOPHISTICATED, BETTER EQUIPPED AND WELL INFORMED SERVICE CAUSING LESS INCONVENIENCE TO THE TRAVELLING PUBLIC AT LARGE BUT MORE LIKELY TO CATCH SMUGGLERS, OF DANGEROUS DRUGS IN PARTICULAR.

THE COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS AND EXCISE, MR PATRICK WILLIAMSON, SAID THIS TODAY (WEDNESDAY) AT A LUNCH MEETING OF THE ROTARY CLUB OF KOWLOON WEST.

IF HONG KONG WAS TO BUILD A NEW AIRPORT, HE SAID, THE MOST OBVIOUS CHANGE ONE WOULD NOTICE ON RE-ENTERING THE TERRITORY IN 1999 WOULD BE THE COMPARATIVELY SMALL NUMBER OF CUSTOMS OFFICERS AND THE FEW SUITCASES THEY OPENED.

HE SAID HE BELIEVED THAT BY THEN CUSTOMS WOULD RECEIVE AN ADVANCE PASSENGER MANIFEST FOR ALL FLIGHTS, SO THEY SHOULD HAVE A GOOD IDEA WHOM THEY WANTED TO TALK TO.

’’ALL CASES, AND FOR THAT MATTER AIRCARGO, WILL BE X-RAYED AND ’SNIFFED’. WE WILL ALSO HAVE RECEIVED ALERTS FROM OUR COLLEAGUES OVERSEAS ABOUT ANY SUSPICIOUS PERSONS ON THE FLIGHT.

"IT WILL THEREFORE NOT BE NECESSARY FOR US TO STOP AND QUESTION NEARLY SO MANY INCOMING PASSENGERS.

"THIS WILL MEAN THAT WE WILL NOT HAVE HAD TO INCREASE OUR STAFF NUMBERS IN PROPORTION TO THE INCREASE IN PASSENGERS - WHICH IS JUST AS WELL WHEN YOU BEAR IN MIND THE HUGE INCREASES PREDICTED FOR AIR TRAFFIC," HE SAID.

MR WILLIAMSON SAID SMUGGLERS PARTICULARLY OF DRUGS WERE BECOMING MORE SOPHISTICATED AND THE CUSTOMS HAD TO DO THE SAME AND MAKE USE OF ALL THE RESOURCES NOW AVAILABLE - EXPERIENCE, INTELLIGENCE AND EQUIPMENT.

ON EXPERIENCE, MR WILLIAMSON SAID THE CUSTOMS COULD NOT AFFORD TO INCREASE ITS STAFF PROPORTIONATELY AS THE NUMBER OF TRAVELLERS AND THE VOLUME OF CARGO CONTINUED TO INCREASE.

HE SAID WHILE THE CUSTOMS COULD NOT EXPECT TO CONTINUE TO OPEN A FIXED NUMBER OF SUITCASES, IT HAD TO USE MORE EXPERIENCED OFFICERS TO PICK THE MORE SUSPECT ONES.

"THIS IS NOT EASY BUT IT IS THE ONLY REALISTIC APPROACH," HE SAID.

MR WILLIAMSON SAID INTELLIGENCE WAS NOT JUST INFORMATION ON GENERAL AND SPECIFIC SMUGGLING METHODS AND SMUGGLERS.

/"WE NEED

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

"WE NEED TO ANALYSE ALL THE INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO US ON SMUGGLING TRENDS AROUND THE WORLD; TO LOOK AT OUR PREVENTIVE OPERATIONS AND ANALYSE THEIR WEAK POINTS; TO CULTIVATE AND MAKE THE BEST USE OF INTERNATIONAL CONTACTS AND TO GO OUT AND LOOK FOR INTELLIGENCE RATHER THAN WAIT FOR IT TO LAND IN OUR LAPS," HE SAID.

AS REGARDS EQUIPMENT, MR WILLIAMSON SAID THE CUSTOMS ALREADY HAD X-RAY MACHINES, COMPUTERS, FAX MACHINES AS WELL AS SNIFFER MACHINES DESIGNED TO ANALYSE AND SAMPLE AND WHEN SO PROGRAMMED TO IDENTIFY DANGEROUS DRUGS.

MR WILLIAMSON NOTED THAT THE TEXTILES INDUSTRY, BEING HONG KONG’S MOST SUCCESSFUL INDUSTRY, WAS ENWRAPPED IN MULTI-LATERAL AND BILATERAL AGREEMENTS AND HONG KONG MUST MAINTAIN A SEPARATE TRADING IDENTITY TO SURVIVE IN THIS PROTECTIONIST WORLD.

"AND FOR THIS WE NEED A SEPARATE CUSTOMS ADMINISTRATION -OTHERWISE OUR QUOTAS WOULD BECOME SUBSUMED IN CHINA’S AND WE WOULD NOT KNOW WHERE WE WERE," HE SAID.

"SO IN 2000 AD, I SEE A LEAN, FIT, HIGHLY MECHANISED, WELL INFORMED CUSTOMS SERVICE FOR HONG KONG MAINTAINING, AS WE DO NOW, OUR TRADING IDENTITY IN A MANNER OF WHICH WE CAN BE PROUD,” HE ADDED.

-----0----------

LABOUR DEPARTMENT TAKES MEASURES TO PLUG BRAIN DRAIN » » » * »

THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT IS TAKING MEASURES TO HELP REVERSE THE SO-CALLED "BRAIN DRAIN" AND ENCOURAGE PEOPLE TO RETURN TO HONG KONG FOR EMPLOYMENT, THE COMMISSIONER FOR LABOUR, MR TONY HAMMOND, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

ADDRESSING THE OPENING SESSION OF THE 10TH HONG KONG INSTITUTE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT ASIAN PACIFIC CONFERENCE, MR HAMMOND SAID TO ACHIEVE THE PURPOSE, THE DEPARTMENT WAS PROVIDING EFFECTIVE LINKS BETWEEN EMPLOYERS AND PROSPECTIVE JOB-SEEKERS.

"WE ARE VERY MUCH AWARE OF THE DIFFICULTIES EMPLOYERS ARE FACING IN RECRUITING AND RETAINING STAFF AT THE PRESENT TIME," HE NOTED.

"OUR HIGHER EDUCATION EMPLOYMENT SERVICE WAS SET UP ESPECIALLY TO HELP EMPLOYERS TO FILL VACANCIES AT THE EXECUTIVE AND PROFESSIONAL LEVELS AND THERE ARE CURRENTLY ABOUT 2,000 JOB-SEEKERS ON ITS REGISTER.

"OF THESE, ABOUT 30 PER CENT ARE UNIVERSITY GRADUATES FROM CANADA, 22 PER CENT FROM THE UNITED KINGDOM, 11 PER CENT FROM THE USA AND AUSTRALIA, AND ABOUT 25 PER CENT FROM LOCAL TERTIARY EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS.

/"THEY POSSESS

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 12 -

"THEY POSSESS QUALIFICATIONS IN A WIDE RANGE OF DISCIPLINES INCLUDING COMPUTER SCIENCE, ENGINEERING, FINANCE AND BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION, STATISTICS AND ACCOUNTING."

APART FROM PLACEMENT SERVICE, MR HAMMOND SAID, THE SERVICE PROVIDED AN EFFECTIVE LINK OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN LOCAL COMPANIES AND PROSPECTIVE JOB-SEEKERS OVERSEAS THROUGH TWO MONTHLY PUBLICATIONS - "PRIME JOBS IN HONG KONG" AND "CANDIDATE PROFILE".

"THE FORMER IS SENT TO MORE THAN 600 OVERSEAS TERTIARY INSTITUTES AND STUDENT ASSOCIATIONS ALL OVER THE WORLD, PROVIDING UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION ABOUT LOCAL JOB OPPORTUNITIES TO THOSE STUDENTS WHO MAY WISH TO RETURN TO HONG KONG," HE SAID.

"THE OTHER ONE, WHICH CONTAINS INFORMATION ABOUT NEWLY REGISTERED JOB-SEEKERS WITH HIGHER EDUCATION QUALIFICATION, IS SENT FREE OF CHARGE TO ABOUT 1,000 EMPLOYERS."

MR HAMMOND ALSO STRESSED THE IMPORTANCE OF PREVENTING LARGE NUMBERS OF VACANCIES FROM OCCURRING, PARTICULARLY AT A TIME WHEN THE LABOUR MARKET WAS TIGHT.

TO ACHIEVE THIS, HE SAID PERSONNEL MANAGERS COULD PLAY A VITAL PART BY' DEVISING NOT ONLY AN ATTRACTIVE EMPLOYMENT PACKAGE, BUT ALSO A SOUND HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY TO HELP RETAIN THEIR COMPANY STAFF.

"THE ABILITY' TO SUSTAIN AND STRENGTHEN OUR ECONOMIC GROWTH DEPENDS VERY MUCH ON OUR WORKFORCE, AND IT IS ONLY THROUGH EDUCATION, TRAINING AND HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT THAT PEOPLE WILL CONTINUE TO BECOME A VALUABLE ASSET," HE SAID.

-----O - ---

DB COMMITTEE TO REVIEW FUND ALLOCATION GUIDELINES

*****

THE COMMUNITY BUILDING COMMITTEE OF THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT BOARD WILL REVIEW THE GUIDELINES FOR THE USE OF DISTRICT BOARD FUNDS FOR COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT PROJECTS AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (THURSDAY).

THE COMMITTEE WILL ALSO CONSIDER A NUMBER OF APPLICATIONS FOR FUNDS FOR ORGANISING ACTIVITIES IN THE DISTRICT.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT BOARD’S COMMUNITY BUILDING COMMITTEE WHICH WILL BE HELD IN THE DISTRICT OFFICE CONFERENCE ROOM, 141 KAU PUI LUNG ROAD, TO KWA WAN.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2.15 PM.

-------0----------

/1J........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11. 1989

- -

DB COMMITTEE TO CONSIDER FUND APPLICATIONS * * * * *

THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT BOARD’S COMMUNITY BUILDING COMMITTEE WILL EXAMINE, AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (THURSDAY), APPLICATIONS FOR FUNDS TOTALLING $300,000 FOR THIS YEAR’S DISTRICT FESTIVAL WHICH WILL BEGIN ON DECEMBER 8.

THE FUNDS ARE FOR A PUBLICITY PROGRAMME, BROCHURES AND AN OPENING CEREMONY WHICH WILL BE BROADCAST LIVE ON TELEVISION.

THE COMMITTEE WILL ALSO CONSIDER APPLICATIONS FOR FUNDS TOTALLING OVER $180,000 BY LOCAL BODIES FOR ORGANISING COMMUNITY BUILDING ACTIVITIES, SUCH AS CARNIVALS, EXHIBITIONS, COMPETITIONS, AS WELL AS CIVIC EDUCATION AND KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN ACTIVITIES.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING, OF THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT BOARD’S COMMUNITY BUILDING COMMITTEE TO BE HELD TOMORROW (THURSDAY), BEGINNING AT 2 PM AT THE SHEK KIP MEI COMMUNITY HALL, BLOCK 42, SHEK KIP MEI ESTATE, NAM CHEONG STREET.

-----0-----

DTC REGISTRATION REVOKED ♦ * * * * j

THE COMMISSIONER OF BANKING ANNOUNCED THAT THE REGISTRATION OF CHOW TAI FOOK FINANCE LIMITED AS A DEPOSIT-TAKING COMPANY HAS BEEN REVOKED AT THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS TODAY (WEDNESDAY) AT ITS OWN REQUEST UNDER SECTION 31 (2) OF THE BANKING ORDINANCE.

-----0-----

URBAN CLEARWAY IN CENTRAL *****

1!

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 13). THE SECTION OF QUEEN VICTORIA STREET BETWEEN CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL AND DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL WILL BE DESIGNATED AN URBAN CLEARWAY FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM DAILY.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS THERE.

-------0----------

/14........

WEDNESDAY. OCTOBER 11. 1989

- 14 -

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS ON HK ISLAND * * * * *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM TO 4 PM ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 13). THE SOUTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF MARSH ROAD FLYOVER IN WAN CHAI WILL BE CLOSED TO FACILITATE ROAD REPAIR WORKS.

DURING THE CLOSURE. VEHICLES ON HUNG HING ROAD HEADING FOR LOCKHART ROAD WILL BE DIVERTED VIA FLEMING ROAD AND FLEMING ROAD FLYOVER.

IN WESTERN DISTRICT. FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY. THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS OF ROADS WILL BE DESIGNATED AS URBAN CLEARWAY FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM DAILY FOR TWO MONTHS TO FACILITATE ROAD AND DRAINAGE WORKS:

* THE SOUTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF CONNAUGHT ROAD WEST FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH WESTERN STREET TO A POINT ABOUT 40 METRES WEST OF THE SAME JUNCTION: AND

* THE WESTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF WESTERN STREET FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH CONNAUGHT ROAD WEST TO A POINT ABOUT FIVE METRES SOUTH OF THE SAME JUNCTION.

AT THE SAME TIME. THE WESTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF THE SECTION OF QUEEN STREET BETWEEN CONNAUGHT ROAD WEST AND DES VOEUX ROAD WEST WILL BE DESIGNATED URBAN CLEARWAY 24 HOURS DAILY FOR TWO MONTHS TO FACILITATE ROAD WORKS.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS THERE.

-----o-----

BAN ZONE IN SHAM SHUI PO SUSPENDED

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 13). THE EXISTING BAN ZONE DESIGNATED ON THE LAY-BY AT THE SIDE OF CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD EASTBOUND OUTSIDE UN CHAU STREET ESTATE IN SHAM SHUI PO WILL BE SUSPENDED FOR TWO WEEKS.

-------o---------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN—SUPPLEMENT

“ ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

POLICY ADDRESS BY THE GOVERNOR

•TO-THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL

CONTENTS

PAGE NO

MUTUAL TRUST NEEDS TO 3E RESTORED............................... 1

IMPORTED SKILLS, EXPERIENCE WILL BE REQUIRED.................... 5

EVOLUTION OF HK’S RELATIONSHIP WITH UK.......................... 4

RESETTLEMENT, REPATRIATION OF VIETNAMESE THE OBJECTIVE...... 5

WORK OF CIVIL SERVANTS APPRECIATED.............................. 8

HK PLAYS ROLE REFLECTING ITS ECONOMIC STATUS ................... 9

PREPARING FOR A DECADE OF CHANGE............................... 12

WHITE BILL ON BILL OF RIGHTS ................................   15

FULL CONTRIBUTION BY HK TO WORK OF JLG........................  14

WESTERN-STYLE WELFARE STATE NOT THE INTENTION.................. 15

EDUCATION TARGETS TO BE UPGRADED .............................. 16

PRIORITY FOR IMPROVING QUALITY OF MEDICALt..HEALTH SERVICES . 19

REVIEW OF SOCIAL WELFARE SERVICES ............................. 20

COMMISSION ON YOUTH TO BE ESTABLISHED.......................... 21

527,000 PUBLIC HOUSING FLATS TO BE PRODUCED ................... 22

POLLUTION MUST BE BROUGHT UNDER CONTROL ....................... 24

AIRPORT TO BE BUILT AT CHEK LAP KOK............................ 25

DRAMATIC TRANSFORMATION OF PORT..............................   26

AMBITIOUS PROGRAMME ’WILL COST 8127 BILLION.................... 27

PROJECTS WILL TRANSFORM HK’S DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL............. 28

TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE BEING DEVELOPED....................... 29

TECHNOLOGY CENTRE PLANNED...................................... 50

GOVT CONTINUING TO PUN FOR LONG TERM FUTURE..................   31

PUNS DEMONSTRATE GOVT'S COMMITMENT............................. 33

NEW AIRPORT, PORT DEVELOPMENT HIGHLIGHT ’BUILDING FOR FUTURE’ 3^

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

1

MUTUAL TRUST NEEDS TO BE RESTORED * * * * *

HONG KONG AND CHINA NEED TO RESTORE MUTUAL TRUST AS THE NECESSARY CORNERSTONE FOR THE UNPRECEDENTED POLITICAL EXPERIMENT THAT WILL BEGIN IN 1997, THE FOUNDATIONS FOR WHICH MUST BE LAID SECURELY IN THE NEXT EIGHT YEARS, THE GOVERNOR. SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

IN HIS POLICY ADDRESS AT THE OPENING OF THE 1989-90 SESSION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR DAVID SAID THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT HAD RECENTLY GIVEN REPEATED ASSURANCES THAT ITS POLICY TOWARDS HONG KONG HAD NOT CHANGED AND STRESSED THAT ECONOMIC REFORM AND OPENNESS TO THE OUTSIDE WORLD REMAINED FUNDAMENTAL PRIORITIES.

’’BOTH OF THESE ARE IMPORTANT AND WELCOME MESSAGES FOR HONG KONG.

"WE FOR OUR PART HAVE MADE IT CLEAR TO THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT THAT ACTION IS NEEDED TO RESTORE CONFIDENCE IN THE ARRANGEMENTS FOR HONG KONG’S FUTURE,” HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID THE TRAGIC EVENTS IN CHINA HAD A TRAUMATIC EFFECT ON HONG KONG AND HAD CREATED INCREASED CONCERN ABOUT THE ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE TERRITORY’S FUTURE.

”A MARK OF THIS WAS THE SIGNIFICANT INCREASE IN APPLICATIONS FOR EMIGRATION AND THE WIDESPREAD DEMANDS FOR THE RIGHT OF ABODE IN THE UNITED KINGDOM.

”WE HAVE ALSO SEEN INTENSIFIED DISCUSSION ABOUT THE RIGHT PACE OF PROGRESS TOWARDS A DIRECTLY ELECTED LEGISLATURE AND CALLS FOR THE EARLY INTRODUCTION OF A BILL OF RIGHTS.

’’AND THE DRAFT BASIC LAW HAS COME UNDER RENEWED SCRUTINY,” HE SAID.

DESPITE THIS UNCERTAINTY AND WORRY ON THE POLITICAL FRONT, HONG KONG’S ECONOMY SHOWED ITSELF TO BE ROBUST, SIR DAVID SAID.

HE ADDED THAT THE TERRITORY HAD ONCE AGAIN BEEN REMINDED HOW MUCH ITS SURVIVAL DEPENDED ON THE RESILIENCE OF ITS BUSINESSMEN AND ITS WORKFORCE.

’’THE TOURIST INDUSTRY WAS AFFECTED, LARGELY BECAUSE OF THE WHOLESALE CANCELLATION OF TOURS TO CHINA.

’’BUT OUR MANUFACTURING SECTOR WAS RELATIVELY UNSCATHED; AND ECONOMIC LINKS WITH CHINA, ESPECIALLY WITH GUANGDONG PROVINCE, HAVE REMAINED STRONG.

"OUR NEWLY-REORGANISED FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS WEATHERED THE CRISIS AND EMERGED WITH THEIR REPUTATIONS ENHANCED.

"OUR LINKED EXCHANGE RATE SYSTEM PROVED ITS WORTH AT A TESTING TIME,” HE SAID.

/THE GOVERNOR........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

2

THE GOVERNOR POINTED OUT THAT THE OVERALL ECONOMIC EFFECT ON HONG KONG OF THE EVENTS IN CHINA WOULD PROBABLY BE A SLIGHT CHECK TO THE RATE OF THE TERRITORY'S ECONOMIC EXPANSION.

"THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY'S EARLIER ESTIMATE WAS THAT OUR GROSS DOMESTIC PRODUCT WOULD GROW BY SIX PER CENT THIS YEAR, COMPARED TO SEVEN PER CENT IN 1988.

"THIS FORECAST HAS NOW BEEN ADJUSTED SLIGHTLY DOWNWARDS. BUT, EVEN WITH THIS SLIGHTLY LOWER FORECAST, HONG KONG SHOULD STILL ENJOY A HEALTHY LEVEL OF GROWTH BY WORLD STANDARDS," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID HONG KONG MUST FACE, AND FACE IN A CLEAR-HEADED WAY, THE FACT THAT ON JULY 1, 1997, THE TERRITORY WOULD BECOME A SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION OF THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA.

"HONG KONG IS LINKED TO CHINA BUT, IN ANOTHER IMPORTANT SENSE, SEPARATE FROM IT.

"THAT WILL CONTINUE TO BE THE CASE IN THE FUTURE, UNDER THE CONCEPT OF 'ONE COUNTRY, TWO SYSTEMS'.

"WE HAVE OUR OWN LAWS AND FREEDOMS WHICH WE CHERISH. THEY MUST NOT BE ERODED.

"EQUALLY, WE SHOULD USE THEM WITH A SENSE OF RESPONSIBILITY AND SELF-RESTRAINT," HE SAID.

HE POINTED OUT THAT FOR MANY YEARS THE COMMUNITY HAD RECOGNISED THE IMPORTANCE OF NOT BECOMING DIRECTLY INVOLVED IN CHINA'S OFTEN COMPLICATED DOMESTIC POLITICS.

"AT THE SAME TIME, GIVEN BOTH THE ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL REALITIES, THERE IS EVERY REASON TO EXPAND OUR ALREADY CLOSE ECONOMIC LINKS WITH THE MAINLAND.

"WE CAN STRENGTHEN THE BASIS OF OUR SPECIAL FUTURE POLITICAL STATUS BY THE CONTRIBUTION THAT WE MAKE TO THE MODERNISATION OF THE CHINESE ECONOMY AND BY THE ACCESS TO WORLD MARKETS, ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY AND EXPERTISE THAT WE CAN PROVIDE FOR CHINA." HE SAID.

SIR DAVID SAID HONG KONG HAD BEEN THROUGH DIFFICULT TIMES SINCE HE LAST ADDRESSED THE COUNCIL AT THE BEGINNING OF A NEW SESSION AND HAD BEEN FORCEFULLY REMINDED HOW VULNERABLE THE TERRITORY WAS TO DEVELOPMENTS WHICH OCCURRED OUTSIDE ITS BORDERS OVER WHICH IT HAD NO CONTROL.

THE GOVERNOR POINTED OUT THAT THIS WAS NOT THE FIRST CRISIS THAT HONG KONG HAD HAD TO CONFRONT AND THAT WHEN FACING DIFFICULTIES IN THE PAST THE TERRITORY HAD EMERGED WITH NEW CONFIDENCE AND STRENGTH.

-------0 ---------

/3........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

IMPORTED SKILLS, EXPERIENCE WILL BE REQUIRED

* * * * *

HONG KONG WILL NEED TO IMPORT MORE SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE FROM OUTSIDE TiIE TErf’ITORY TO FILL THE GAPS LEFT BY EMIGRANTS AT LEAST UNTIL IT' TO DEVELOP ITS OWN RESOURCES TAKE EFFECT, THE

GOVERNOR, SI; .'AVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

S i'D SAID THAT NO MATTER HOW MANY BULK OF . ATIOM OF HONG KONG - BY THEN - WOULD STILL BE HERE IN 1997 AND AFTERWARDS.

" E THE PEOPLE FOR WHOM WE MUST

PEOPLE EMIGRATED, THE SOME SIX MILLION PEOPLE "

BUILD A FUTURE. THEY

AH' O,JC SUTURE.

AT MANY OF THEM WOULD STEP READILY INTO THE GAPS LEFT BY EM'. OTHERS WOULD NEED MORE TIME, TRAINING OR EXPERIENCE BEFORE LD DO SO.

"BUT, WITH AN EXPANDING AND EVER MORE SOPHISTICATED ECONOMY, IT MAY PROVE DIFFICULT TO FILL ALL THE GAPS FROM WITHIN HONG KONG," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR POINTED OUT THAT THE FIRST POTENTIAL SOURCE OF THESE SKILLS WAS FORMER HONG KONG RESIDENTS WHO ALREADY KNEW THE TERRITORY.

HE SAID THAT THE GOVERNMENT WAS ALREADY RECRUITING FROM THE ETHNIC CHINESE COMMUNITIES IN THE UNITED STATES, CANADA AND AUSTRALIA, NOTING THAT THE PRIVATE SECTORS WERE DOING THE SAME.

HONG KONG ALSO WELCOMED ANYONE WHO WANTED TO COME AND HELP , BUILD THE FUTURE OF THIS TERRITORY, IF THEY HAD THE SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE NEEDED, SIR DAVID SAID.

"HONG KONG IS A CITY IN WHICH PEOPLE OF ALL NATIONALITIES CAN PLAY A PART.

"WE MUST BE READY, IF THE NEED ARISES, TO FIND REPLACEMENTS FOR OUR HOME-GROWN TALENT IN THE INTERNATIONAL MARKET-PLACE.

"AND WE MUST ENSURE THAT OUR IMMIGRATION POLICIES ARE FLEXIBLE ENOUGH TO PERMIT THIS," HE SAID.

SIR DAVID SAID THE GOVERNMENT'S ESTIMATE EARLIER THIS YEAR THAT 42,000 PEOPLE WOULD LEAVE HONG KONG IN 1989 REMAINED VALID, BUT EMIGRATION LEVELS WERE LIKELY TO BE HIGHER IN THE NEXT FEW YEARS.

"IT IS CLEAR THAT MORE HONG KONG PEOPLE NOW FEEL A NEED TO HEDGE THEIR BETS OR SEEK INSURANCE POLICIES OVERSEAS.

"AS ALWAYS, PRECISELY HOW MANY WILL LEAVE DEPENDS NOT ONLY ON EVENTS HERE AND IN CHINA BUT ALSO ON THE IMMIGRATION POLICIES OF HE COUNTRIES THAT PEOPLE WISH TO GO TO," THE GOVERNOR SAID.

/SIR DAVID

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1?89

SIR DAVID REITERATED THAT PEOPLE FROM LEAVING HONG KONG. DILEMMA THAT MANY FAMILIES FACED

THE GOVERNMENT HE SAID HE

IN DECIDING WHETHER

WOULD NEVER PREVENT

FULLY UNDERSTOOD THE TO GO OR TO STAY

AND THAT HE COULD NOT PRETEND THAT HE LIKED AND TALENTED PEOPLE LEAVING HONG KONG.

SEEING

SO MANY SKILLED

’’NOT ONLY DOES HONG KONG NEED THEM, BUT I AM

THAT MANY OF THEM DO NOT REALLY WANT TO GO. WHO WOULD PREFER TO STAY IN HONG KONG BUT WHO

WE ALL

ALSO WELL AWARE KNOW OF FAMILIES

HAVE BEEN

UPROOTED AND

EVEN SEPARATED FOR LONG PERIODS.

HE NOTED.

SIR DAVID SAID HE HOPED MANY OF THESE

AND CONTRIBUTE TO HONG SECURITY THAT THEY WERE

KONG’S FUTURE ONCE SEEKING.

EMIGRANTS

THEY HAD

WOULD RETURN

OBTAINED THE

---------0-----------

EVOLUTION OF HK’S RELATIONSHIP WITH UK

* * * * *

HONG KONG’S RELATIONSHIP WITH THE UNITED KINGDOM HAS EVOLVED IN THE PAST YEAR, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

THE GOVERNOR SAID CONTRARY TO SOME POPULAR MYTHS, THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT HAD FOR MANY YEARS BEEN LEFT ESSENTIALLY FREE TO GET ON WITH THE JOB OF RUNNING HONG KONG BY ITSELF.

"WE HAVE SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR OUR INTERNAL AFFAIRS, SUCH AS EDUCATION, SOCIAL WELFARE AND MEDICAL SERVICES.

"FOR THE PAST 20 YEARS OR SO, WE HAVE MADE ALL OUR OWN POLICY DECISIONS IN OTHER IMPORTANT AREAS SUCH AS THE ECONOMY, TRADE AND FINANCE," HE SAID.

AS A RESULT, THE GOVERNOR POINTED OUT, THE GOVERNMENT HAD DEVELOPED SOME INTERESTS WHICH WERE SEPARATE FROM THOSE OF THE UNITED KINGDOM AND IT HAD SOMETIMES FOUND ITSELF ON THE Oi POSITE SIDE OF THE NEGOTIATING TABLE.

"WHEN THIS HAPPENS, YOU CAN BE SURE THAT YOUR GOVERNMENT ARGUES HARD ON HONG KONG’S BEHALF," HE STRESSED.

HE SAID IN THE PAST YEAR OR TWO, FOR INSTANCE, THE GOVERNMENT HAD HAD TO NEGOTIATE ABOUT THE RELATIVE SHARES OF COSTS INCURRED BY THE BRITISH GARRISON IN HONG KONG, AND HAD HAD DISCUSSIONS ABOUT THE PART THE UNITED KINGDOM PLAYED IN RESETTLING VIETNAMESE REFUGEES FROM THE TERRITORY.

ON NATIONALITY. THE GOVERNOR SAID THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT HAD ALSO PUT FORWARD A CLEAR HONG KONG CASE ON THE I5L-UE.

/’’I HAVE.............

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 5 -

“I HAVE SAID THAT I FULLY UNDERSTAND AND SYMPATHISE WITH THE WIDESPREAD HOPE IN HONG KONG THAT BRITAIN WOULD GRANT THE RIGHT OF ABODE IN THE UNITED KINGDOM TO ALL HONG KONG BRITISH NATIONALS.

"I HAVE ALSO SAID THAT, IN MY VIEW, SUCH A MOVE, IF IT WERE POSSIBLE, WOULD HAVE A VERY POSITIVE EFFECT ON CONFIDENCE IN HONG KONG, AND THAT THE NUMBER WHO WOULD ACTUALLY LEAVE WOULD BE SMALL,” HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR POINTED OUT THAT IN ORDER TO HAVE THE EFFECT THAT WAS WANTED ON MAINTAINING HONG KONG’S ECONOMIC GROWTH AND SOCIAL STABILITY, THE SCHEME ON THE RIGHT OF ABODE ISSUE WOULD NEED TO COVER THREE IMPORTANT POINTS.

"IT WILL NEED TO BE AS GENEROUS AS POSSIBLE; IT WILL NEED TO ixNiMISE DIVISIVENESS, SO FAR AS POSSIBLE; AND IT WILL NEED TO ENSURE THAT THOSE COVERED CAN ACQUIRE THE RIGHT OF ABODE IN THE UK WITHOUT HAVING TO LEAVE HONG KONG," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR NOTED THAT THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT HAD SAID THAT IT DID NOT BELIEVE IT WAS POSSIBLE TO GRANT THE RIGHT OF ABODE IN BRITAIN TO ALL HONG KONG BRITISH NATIONALS BUT HAD INSTEAD PROMISED A SCHEME UNDER WHICH THE RIGHT OF ABODE WOULD BE GRANTED TO SOME PEOPLE IN HONG KONG IN A WAY DESIGNED TO ENCOURAGE THEM TO STAY IN THE TERRITORY.

"I VERY MUCH HOPE THAT THE SCHEME, WHEN IT IS ANNOUNCED, WILL HELP TO PROVIDE GREATER CONFIDENCE AND STABILITY IN OUR COMMUNITY.

"MEANWHILE IT CANNOT BE RIGHT TO SAY THAT WE WANT EITHER EVERYTHING OR NOTHING: A SCHEME THAT PROVIDES SOMETHING MUST BE BETTER THAN NO SCHEME AT ALL," HE SAID.

0 - -

RESETTLEMENT, REPATRIATION OF VIETNAMESE THE OBJECTIVE * * * * *

THE GOVERNMENT IS DETERMINED TO PUT IN PLACE SATISFACTORY ARRANGEMENTS FOR RESETTLEMENT OF VIETNAMESE REFUGEES AND REPATRIATION OF THOSE VIETNAMESE WHO ARE SCREENED OUT AS NON-REFUGEES, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY .

SIR DAVID CALLED UPON HONG KONG PEOPLE, IN THE MEANTIME, TO HAVE PATIENCE, AND TO REMEMBER THAT THE VIETNAMESE WERE FELLOW HUMAN BEINGS.

"MANY HONG KONG FAMILIES, AFTER ALL. KNOW WHAT IT IS LIKE TO UPROOT THEMSELVES FROM THEIR HOMES AND SEEK A BETTER FUTURE ELSEWHERE," HE SAID.

SIR DAVID SAID HE REMAINED CONVINCED THAT THE POLICY THE GOVERNMENT HAD ADOPTED WAS THE RIGHT ONE, AND THAT IT WOULD EVENTUALLY BEAR FRUIT.

/"AT THE

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 6 -

"AT THE STEERING COMMITTEE MEETING IN GENEVA NEXT WEEK, WE WILL BE MAKING VERY STRONGLY THE POINT THAT SCREENING AND REPATRIATION ARE INSEPARABLE.

"IT IS ONLY BY INTRODUCING A SCHEME FOR ORDERLY RETURN THAT WE WILL SOLVE THE PROBLEM OF DISORDERLY ARRIVALS.

"THE THOUSANDS THAT ARE BEING SCREENED OUT AS NON-REFUGEES MUST GO BACK TO THEIR HOMES IN VIETNAM.

"IT IS ONLY BY FINDING A WAY TO RETURN NON-REFUGEES HOME THAT WE CAN DO ANYTHING FOR THOSE WHO ARE GENUINE REFUGEES," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID SINCE LAST OCTOBER, SOME 34,000 VIETNAMESE HAD ARRIVED IN HONG KONG — THE HIGHEST NUMBER IN ANY YEAR SINCE 1979 -- PUTTING AN ENORMOUS STRAIN ON THE TERRITORY’S RESOURCES, AS WELL AS ON THE PEOPLE’S PATIENCE AND COMPASSION.

SIR DAVID SAID HE SYMPATHISED WITH THOSE WHO ARGUED THAT HONG KONG HAD NOW DONE ENOUGH, BUT POINTED OUT THAT IT WAS NOT BY CHOICE THAT THE GOVERNMENT SPENT INCREASING AMOUNTS OF PUBLIC FUNDS, AND USED INCREASING AMOUNTS OF SCARCE LAND, ON HOUSING AND LOOKING AFTER A SEEMINGLY ENDLESS STREAM OF ARRIVALS FROM VIETNAM.

"THOSE WHO COME HERE DO NOT SEEK A HOME IN HONG KONG. THEIR GOAL IS ELSEWHERE: IN PARTICULAR, THE UNITED STATES.

"BUT THEY HAVE LITTLE PROSPECT OF EVER GETTING THERE, OR ANYWHERE ELSE," HE SAID, NOTING THAT OVER 80 PER CENT OF THE VIETNAMESE NOW ARRIVING IN HONG KONG DID NOT MEET UNITED STATES RESETTLEMENT CRITERIA.

"DURING THE PAST YEAR, THE GOVERNMENT HAS STRONGLY AND CONSISTENTLY ARGUED THAT THE ONLY SOLUTION TO THIS HUMAN TRAGEDY IS THAT THOSE WHO ARE DEFINED AS REFUGEES MUST BE RESETTLED OVERSEAS, AND THOSE WHO DO NOT MEET THESE CRITERIA MUST GO BACK TO VIETNAM.

"THIS IS A VIEW WHICH IS SHARED BY A NUMBER OF VOLUNTARY AGENCIES WHICH HAVE WORKED MOST CLOSELY WITH THE VIETNAMESE, INCLUDING OXFAM, SAVE THE CHILDREN FUND AND THE BRITISH REFUGEE COUNCIL," SIR DAVID SAID.

HONG KONG HAD TAKEN THE LEAD IN INTRODUCING A SCREENING POLICY AS A FIRST STEP TOWARDS PUTTING THIS SOLUTION INTO EFFECT, AND THIS POLICY HAD BEEN FOLLOWED ELSEWHERE IN SOUTHEAST ASIA AND, MOST RECENTLY, BY JAPAN, THE GOVERNOR SAID.

HE SAID THE GENEVA CONFERENCE IN JUNE ENDORSED THIS POLICY OF SCREENING AND AGREED ON PRINCIPLES FOR THE REPATRIATION OF NON-REFUGEES, BUT IT DID NOT TAKE THE ESSENTIAL NEXT STEP OF ENDORSING THE REPATRIATION OF ALL THOSE SCREENED OUT AS NON-REFUGEES.

IN EFFECT IT ASKED HONG KONG TO MAKE FURTHER EFFORTS TO ENCOURAGE THESE PEOPLE TO RETURN HOME VOLUNTARILY.

/’’WE HAVE..........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 7 -

"WE HAVE TRIED THIS AND WILL CONTINUE TO DO SO.

"THE MORE PEOPLE WHO RETURN HOME VOLUNTARILY TO VIETNAM THE BETTER," THE GOVERNOR SAID.

HOWEVER, VOLUNTARY REPATRIATION ALONE WAS CLEARLY NOT THE ANSWER AS THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE WILLING TO VOLUNTEER WAS LIMITED, HE SATD, ADDING THAT WHILE FURTHER GROUPS WERE DUE TO GO SOON, ONLY 264 VIETNAMESE HAD ACTUALLY RETURNED TO THEIR HOMELAND SINCE NOVEMBER LAST YEAR.

SIR DAVID RECALLED THAT AT THE INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE IN JUNE, HE WARNED THAT IF PROPER ARRANGEMENTS WERE NOT MADE TO RETURN ■lOME THOSE FOUND NOT TO BE REFUGEES, HONG KONG COULD NOT CONTINUE INDEFINITELY TO PLAY ITS PART BY PROVIDING FIRST ASYLUM.

"BUT WE MUST NOT DECEIVE OURSELVES INTO THINKING THAT ABANDONING THIS PRINCIPLE IS AN EASY, OR COST FREE, OPTION.

"WE WOULD HAVE TO FACE THE HARD CHOICE OF WHAT TO DO IF FUTURE ARRIVALS SANK THEIR BOATS WHEN THEY WERE REFUSED PERMISSION TO LAND HERE.

"WOULD WE, AS A COMMUNITY, BE WILLING TO LET PEOPLE DROWN? SURELY NOT.

"WE WOULD ALSO HAVE TO FACE AN INTERNATIONAL OUTCRY WHICH WOULD PUT AT RISK OUR PROSPECTS FOR RESETTLING THE 13,000 REFUGEES NOW IN HONG KONG, AND WHICH WOULD ALSO AFFECT INTERNATIONAL ATTITUDES TOWARDS HONG KONG IN OTHER AREAS, SUCH AS TRADE, WHERE WE HAVE IMPORTANT INTERESTS," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID MANY PEOPLE OUTSIDE HONG KONG DID NOT SEEM TO REALISE WHAT A BURDEN THE CONTINUING FLOW FROM VIETNAM CREATED FOR US.

"BUT WE HAVE COPED. WE HAVE HOUSED, FED AND CARED FOR ALL THOSE WHO HAVE COME.

"WE HAVE TURNED NO-ONE AWAY. THIS IS SOMETHING OF WHICH WE CAN ALL BE PROUD," HE SAID.

-------0----------

/8........

F

A

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 8 -

WORK OF CIVIL SERVANTS APPRECIATED

* * * * *

THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY) HE WAS SURE MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WOULD WISH TO JOIN HIM IN RECORDING APPRECIATION OF THE WORK DONE BY CIVIL SERVANTS IN COPING WITH THE INFLUX OF VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE.

SIR DAVID SAID MANY CIVIL SERVANTS HAD BEEN WORKING LONG HOURS (N DIFFICULT CIRCUMSTANCES AND UNDER GREAT PRESSURE FOR THE PAST TWO YEARS.

"THEY GET LITTLE RECOGNITION FOR THIS, AND A GREAT DEAL OF CRITICISM, BOTH IN HONG KONG AND OVERSEAS. THEY DESERVE BETTER," HE SAIL-.

SIR DAVID POINTED OUT THAT THE CONTINUING INFLUX OF VIETNAMESE HAD IMPOSED A GREAT STRAIN ON THE CIVIL SERVICE AS A WHOLE, AND NOT ONLY THE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT, THE POLICE AND THE GARRISON WHO HAD BORNE THE MAIN BRUNT.

”1 DOUBT IF MANY MEMBERS OF OUR COMMUNITY REALISE HOW MANY DEPARTMENTS ARE INVOLVED IN ONE WAY OR ANOTHER IN RECEIVING THE ARRIVALS, PROCESSING THEM, FEEDING THEM, LOOKING AFTER THEM AND BUILDING, OPERATING AND GUARDING CENTRES FOR THEM," THE GOVERNOR SAID.

"BUT THIS IS BY NO MEANS THE ONLY STRAIN ON OUR CIVIL SERVANTS. THEY HAVE FOR MANY YEARS PLAYED THE LEADING ROLE IN THE GOVERNMENT OF HONG KONG.

"INEVITABLY THIS ROLE HAS CHANGED AS OUR SYSTEM OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT HAS DEVELOPED," HE SAID.

CIVIL SERVANTS HAD HAD TO ADAPT TO THIS CHANGE AT A TIME WHEN, LIKE THE REST OF THE COMMUNITY, THEY HAD THEIR OWN PERSONAL WORRIES ABOUT THE FUTURE.

"AS A COMMUNITY WE TAKE OUR CIVIL SERVICE FOR GRANTED. BUT, FROM MY PERSONAL EXPERIENCE OF THE WORKINGS OF OTHER GOVERNMENTS, I CAN SAY WITHOUT QUALIFICATION THAT HONG KONG IS WELL SERVED," SIR DAVID POINTED OUT.

DURING THE RAPID CONSTITUTIONAL CHANGES THAT WOULD TAKE PLACE IN THE NEXT DECADE, SIR DAVID SAID HONG KONG WOULD DEPEND ON THE CIVIL SERVICE FOR CONTINUITY AND STABILITY.

"SO NOW, MORE THAN EVER, WE MUST ENSURE THAT IT REMAINS AS STABLE AND EFFICIENT AS IT HAS ALWAYS BEEN," HE SAID.

/9........

--------0----------

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

HK PLAYS ROLE REFLECTING ITS ECONOMIC STATUS

* * * * *

HONG KONG. WITHIN THE LIMITS OF ITS AUTONOMY, HAS NOW BEGUN TO PLAY A ROLE IN THE WORLD THAT REFLECTS THE TERRITORY'S ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

THE GOVERNOR SAID THAT HONG KONG BEING THE WORLD'S 11TH LARGEST TRADING ECONOMY, IT WAS RIGHT THAT WE SHOULD DO SO, NOTING THAT IN THE PAST, AS THE TERRITORY DEVELOPED, IT WAS SOMEWHAT HESITANT ABOUT INVOLVING ITSELF IN INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS.

THE GOVERNOR SAID THE ASIA-PACIFIC REGION CONTAINED THE FASTEST GROWING ECONOMIES IN THE WORLD, AND HONG KONG WAS ONE OF THEM.

"SIXTY PER CENT OF OUR TOTAL TRADE IS NOW WITH ASIA AND AUSTRALASIA. AND WE PLAY AN IMPORTANT ROLE IN BUILDING UP TRADE WITHIN THE REGION," SIR DAVID SAID.

"GOODS GOING THROUGH HONG KONG FROM ONE PART OF THE REGION TO ANOTHER, NOT COUNTING CHINA, HAVE GROWN BY 45 PER CENT IN THE PAST YEAR," HE ADDED.

SIR DAVID SAID HONG KONG'S FINANCIAL SERVICES SECTOR HAD ALSO BECOME INCREASINGLY IMPORTANT IN REGIONAL TERMS.

"BECAUSE OF THE TIME DIFFERENCE, BUSINESS CAN BE DONE HERE WHEN LONDON AND NEW YORK ARE CLOSED." HE SAID.

HE POINTED OUT THAT HONG KONG NOW HAD 135 OVERSEAS INCORPORATED BANKS, OF WHICH 11 WERE GIVEN NEW LICENCES THIS YEAR. TWELVE OVERSEAS SECURITIES COMPANIES AND COMMODITIES TRADING COMPANIES HAD ALSO SET UP BUSINESS HERE THIS YEAR.

THE GOVERNOR SAID HONG KONG HAD MANY ADVANTAGES AS A REGIONAL BASE -- ITS LOCATION, GOOD COMMUNICATIONS, AN EFFICIENT AND APOLITICAL ADMINISTRATION, AN IMPARTIAL SYSTEM OF JUSTICE, A WELL-EDUCATED AND EFFICIENT WORKFORCE, AND ALL THE CONVENIENCES OF A MODERN CITY.

"ADD TO THIS THE MAGNIFICENT NEW CONVENTION AND EXHIBITION CENTRE - THE LARGEST IN ASIA - WHICH WILL OFFICIALLY BE OPENED NEXT MONTH BY HIS ROYAL HIGHNESS THE PRINCE OF WALES. AND ONE CAN SEE HOW HONG KONG IS INCREASINGLY BECOMING A MAJOR REGIONAL CENTRE FOR TRADE, FINANCE AND COMMUNICATIONS," HE SAID.

"SO IT IS NOT SURPRISING THAT MANY COMPANIES HAVE CHOSEN TO BASE THEIR REGIONAL OFFICES HERE. FOR EXAMPLE, 10 OF OUR OVERSEAS INCORPORATED BANKS OPERATE AS REGIONAL HEADQUARTERS. SO DO MANY OTHER INTERNATIONAL COMPANIES," HE SAID.

REFERRING TO HONG KONG'S ROLE AS A GATEWAY TO CHINA, SIR DAVID SAID THAT STATISTICS IN THIS AREA WERE STARTLING AND REVEALING.

"OUR RE-EXPORTS INCREASED BY 51 PER CENT IN VALUE IN THE SINGLE YEAR 1987 TO 1988. ALMOST A HALF OF THESE ORIGINATED IN CHINA. AND OVER ONE-THIRD WENT TO CHINA.

/"CHINA HAS

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

10

"CHINA HAS USED HONG KONG AS A GATEWAY FOR ITS EXPORTS FOR MANY YEARS. BUT IT IS ONLY RELATIVELY RECENTLY THAT WE HAVE PLAYED SUCH AN IMPORTANT ROLE AS A CHANNEL FOR ITS IMPORTS.

"OUR ASIA-PACIFIC NEIGHBOURS HAVE BEEN ESPECIALLY QUICK TO SEE HONG KONG’S POTENTIAL IN THIS AREA. FOR EXAMPLE, IN 1988 ABOUT ONE QUARTER OF ALL JAPANESE EXPORTS TO CHINA WERE ROUTED THROUGH HONG KONG," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID HONG KONG ALSO PLAYED A KEY ROLE IN FOREIGN INVESTMENT IN CHINA. UP TO 1988, SOME 70 PER CENT OF ALL SUCH INVESTMENT WAS BY COMPANIES INCORPORATED OR REGISTERED IN HONG KONG.

"NOT ALL OF THESE WERE HONG KONG COMPANIES. MANY WERE FOREIGN ONES WHICH HAD CHOSEN TO USE HONG KONG AS THEIR BASE FOR THIS INVESTMENT.

"AND WHY NOT? WE ARE NOT ONLY ON CHINA'S DOORSTEP. WE ALSO HAVE UNRIVALLED EXPERTISE IN DEALING WITH CHINESE OFFICIALS AND ENTERPRISES, PARTICULARLY IN GUANGDONG PROVINCE, AND THE FULL RANGE OF BACK-UP SERVICES THAT AN INVESTOR NEEDS," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID THAT FOR MANY YEARS TO COME, CHINA WOULD CONTINUE TO BE AN IMPORTANT MARKET FOR FOREIGN EXPORTERS AND INVESTORS, AND HONG KONG WOULD CONTINUE TO BE THE BEST MEANS OF ACCESS TO IT.

"BY PLAYING AN INTERMEDIARY ROLE, WE CAN ALSO CONTINUE TO BE OF BENEFIT TO CHINA. WE CAN PROVIDE INVESTMENT, FOREIGN EXCHANGE AND EXPERTISE TO HELP THE CHINESE ECONOMY CONTINUE TO EXPAND AND DEVELOP," HE SAID.

ON PARTICIPATION AT THE INTERNATIONAL LEVEL, THE GOVERNOR SAID HONG KONG NATURALLY WISHED TO PLAY AN ACTIVE ROLE IN INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS THAT HELPED TO SHAPE THE WORLD WE LIVED IN AND THAT DEALT WITH ISSUES THAT AFFECTED OUR OWN INTERESTS.

"IN DOING THIS, WE HAVE DEVOTED MOST EFFORT TO ECONOMIC AND TRADE MATTERS. HONG KONG BECAME A SEPARATE CONTRACTING PARTY TO THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE (GATT) IN APRIL 1986.

"WE PLAY OUR PART IN IT VIGOROUSLY AND RESPONSIBLY. HONG KONG OFFICIALS SERVE AS CHAIRMEN OR MEMBERS OF A RANGE OF GATT BODIES AND DISPUTE SETTLEMENT PANELS.

"OUR ROLE AS A MAJOR TRADING ECONOMY; OUR DETERMINATION TO UPHOLD THE PRINCIPLES OF FREE TRADE; AND OUR WILLINGNESS TO ACT AS A LINK BETWEEN DEVELOPED AND DEVELOPING NATIONS HAVE ALSO ENABLED US TO PLAY A SIGNIFICANT ROLE IN THE IMPORTANT URUGUAY ROUND OF MULTILATERAL TRADE NEGOTIATIONS," SIR DAVID SAID.

APART FROM THE GATT, HONG KONG ALSO TOOK PART IN SOME 40 OTHER INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS AT GOVERNMENT LEVEL, THE GOVERNOR NOTED.

"WE HAVE MADE GOOD PROGRESS IN THE JOINT LIAISON GROUP IN MAKING SURE THAT HONG KONG WILL CONTINUE TO BE REPRESENTED IN THESE INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS AFTER 1997.

/"IN ADDITION

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

11

"IN ADDITION, HONG KONG IS ALSO REPRESENTED BY PRIVATE INDIVIDUALS OR COMMUNITY BODIES IN HUNDREDS OF NON-GOVERNMENTAL ORGANISATIONS IN THE BUSINESS, SPORTING AND CULTURAL FIELDS. OUR VOICE IS NOW BEING HEARD MORE OFTEN AND TO BETTER EFFECT," HE SAID.

ON HONG KONG’S IMAGE IN THE WORLD, THE GOVERNOR CALLED ON MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY TO ACT AS AMBASSADORS FOR HONG KONG.

HE SAID HONG KONG HAD FOUGHT VERY HARD, WITH CONSIDERABLE SUCCESS, TO OVERCOME AN INTERNATIONAL IMAGE WHICH FOR YEARS WAS THAT OF A PRODUCER OF CHEAP,LOW QUALITY GOODS, AND PEOPLE HAD BEGUN TO SEE HONG KONG FOR WHAT IT WAS - A BUSTLING, MODERN CITY OF SUCCESSFUL ENTREPRENEURS.

"BUT IMAGES ARE OFTEN CREATED BY EVENTS BEYOND OUR CONTROL. WHEN THE NAME OF HONG KONG IS MENTIONED NOWADAYS, FAR TOO MANY PEOPLE PROBABLY THINK EITHER OF 1997 OR OF VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE.

"WE MUST DO WHAT WE CAN TO PROJECT A MORE BALANCED AND MORE POSITIVE IMAGE OF THIS EXCITING CITY. WE MUST EMPHASISE THE PROGRESS WE HAVE MADE, IN EVERY FIELD FROM THE ECONOMY TO HOUSING.

"WE MUST DRAW ATTENTION TO THE ATTRACTIONS OF HONG KONG TODAY. FOR ITS OWN PEOPLE AND FOR THOSE FROM OVERSEAS. AND WE MUST, ABOVE ALL, TELL THE WORLD WHAT WE ARE DOING OURSELVES TO BUILD FOR OUR FUTURE," HE SAID.

SIR DAVID SAID THAT AT THE END OF THIS WEEK, HE WOULD HIMSELF BE LEAVING FOR WASHINGTON, LOS ANGELES AND SAN FRANCISCO AS PART OF THE GOVERNMENT’S EFFORT TO SPREAD THESE MESSAGES TO THE WIDEST POSSIBLE AUDIENCE.

"THIS IS NOT JUST A JOB FOR THE GOVERNMENT. ALL OF US CAN ACT AS AMBASSADORS FOR HONG KONG.

"THE TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL, THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION AND OUR CHAMBERS OF COMMERCE PLAY AN IMPORTANT PART IN MAKING HONG KONG’S ATTRACTIONS KNOWN TO A WIDER AUDIENCE.

"THIS MESSAGE H S PARTICULAR FORCE WHEN IT COMES FROM FOREIGN BUSINESSMEN WHO THEMSELVES LIVE AND WORK IN HONG KONG," HE SAID.

MANY HAD BEEN WILLING TO HELP IN THIS WAY, AND HE WELCOMED THEIR EFFORTS.

"WE ALSO WANT TO DRAW ON THEIR EXPERIENCE TO INVOLVE THEM MORE IN THE LIFE OF OUR COMMUNITY."

SIR DAVID SAID AS PART OF THIS HE HAD APPROVED THE SETTING UP OF AN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMITTEE, TO BE CHAIRED BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY, ON WHICH ALL THE MAIN OVERSEAS CHAMBERS OF COMMERCE WOULD BE REPRESENTED.

"THIS WILL PROVIDE A VALUABLE MEANS OF TAPPING THE TALENTS OF OVERSEAS BUSINESSMEN FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE WHOLE COMMUNITY," HE SAID.

-------0----------

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11. 1989

12

PREPARING FOR A DECADE OF CHANGE * * * *

IN THE NEXT DECADE, HONG KONG FACES A PERIOD OF UNPRECEDENTED •'CLITICAL AND CONSTITUTIONAL CHANGE AND WE MUST MANAGE THIS WITHOUT ENDANGERING THE STABILITY OF THE TERRITORY, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

SIR DAVID SAID HONG KONG MUST CONTINUE STEADILY TO DEVELOP ITS OWN INSTITUTIONS IN WHICH THE COMMUNITY HAD CONFIDENCE.

"DURING THE PAST FEW YEARS THERE HAS BEEN VIGOROUS DEBATE IN HONG KONG ABOUT HOW QUICKLY WE SHOULD DEVELOP OUR SYSTEM OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT.

"YOUR GOVERNMENT HAS ALWAYS BELIEVED THAT POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT SHOULD BE BASED ON THE WIDEST POSSIBLE SUPPORT IN THE COMMUNITY. WE HAVE INDEED SOMETIMES BEEN CRITICISED BY THOSE WHO WOULD LIKE TO GO FASTER THAN THIS PRINCIPLE ALLOWS," THE GOVERNOR SAID.

HE NOTED THAT THIS YEAR A NUMBER OF MODELS FOR THE FUTURE COMPOSITION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL HAD BEEN PUT FORWARD AND ONE OF THESE WAS THE RESULT OF LENGTHY DISCUSSION BY THE NON-OFFICIAL MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AND THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.

"THESE MODELS HAVE STIMULATED A GREAT DEAL OF DEBATE IN THE COMMUNITY, THIS IS A GOOD THING. THE ISSUES INVOLVED ARE VITAL FOR THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.

"OUT OF THIS DEBATE I HOPE THAT A BROADLY HELD HONG KONG VIEW WILL EMERG'," SIR DAVID SAID.

"THIS WOULD HELP THE DRAFTERS OF THE BASIC LAW, WHEN THEY MEET LATER THIS YEAR AND EARLY IN 1990, TO CARRY OUT THE IMPORTANT TASK OF FORMULATING THE STRUCTURE OF HONG KONG'S POLITICAL SYSTEM IN AND AFTER 1997," HE ADDED.

SIR DAVID SAID THE GOVERNMENT WOULD ALSO WISH TO RESPOND POSITIVELY TO SUCH A VIEW WHEN IT TOOK DECISIONS ON WHAT FURTHER CHANGES SHOULD BE MADE TO THE COMPOSITION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL IN 1991.

"BEFORE TAKING THESE DECISIONS, WE WILL CONSIDER ALL ASPECTS OF THE COMPOSITION OF THIS COUNCIL: THE NUMBER OF OFFICIAL AND APPOINTED MEMBERS, WHETHER THERE SHOULD BE A FURTHER INCREASE IN THE NUMBER OF MEMBERS ELECTED BY FUNCTIONAL CONSTITUENCIES AND THE NUMBER OF DIRECTLY ELECTED SEATS.

"WE SHALL HAVE IN MIND THE WIDELY-HELD VIEW IN THE COMMUNITY THAT THERE SHOULD BE A SOMEWHAT FASTER RATE OF DEVELOPMENT IN 1991 THAN PREVIOUSLY ENVISAGED: AND ALSO THE FACT THAT BY 1995 ALL MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL WILL BE ELECTED BY ONE MEANS OR ANOTHER. WE MUST PREPARE FOR THAT SITUATION WELL IN ADVANCE." SIR DAVID SAID.

/ON THE .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 15 -

J THE BASIC LAW, SIR DAVID POINTED OUT THAT THE SECOND DRAFT, Pl . JL. iED IN FEBRUARY, WAS GENERALLY SEEN AS A CONSIDERABLE IMPROVEMENT ON ITS PREDECESSOR.

"CARF UL NOTE HAD CLEARLY BEEN TAKEN OF POINTS MADE IN HONG KONG DURING THE CONSULTATION PERIOD LAST YEAR. RECENT EVENTS IN CHINA HAVE REFOCUSSED PUBLIC ATTENTION ON SOME PARTS OF THE BAS 3 LAW,” HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID ANOTHER AREA WHICH HAD BEEN THE SUBJECT OF MUCH DEBATE WAS THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN THE CENTRAL AUTHORITIES AND THE SAR GOVERNMENT.

”1 HOPE THAT THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG WILL USE THIS FINAL PERIOD OF CONSULTATION TO PUT FORWARD THEIR VIEWS ON THE DRAFT OF A ^"MENT WHICH WILL BE OF GREAT IMPORTANCE TO THEIR FUTURE,” HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID THE CHINESE GOVERNMENT HAD MADE IT CLEAR THAT THEY INTENDED TO PUBLISH THE BASIC LAW NEXT SPRING.

"ITS CONTENTS WILL HAVE A SIGNIFICANT IMPACT ON HOW PEOPLE, BOTH LOCALLY AND OVERSEAS, VIEW THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.

”A BASIC LAW THAT MEETS THE MAIN POINTS OF CONCERN IN HONG KONG CAN GO A LONG WAY TO RESTORING CONFIDENCE IN THE FUTURE OF THE TERRITORY.

”1 THEREFORE URGE THE BASIC LAW DRAFTERS TO BE RECEPTIVE TO THE VIEWS EXPRESSED ON THE DRAFT IN HONG KONG DURING THE CURRENT CONSULTATION PERIOD AND TO TAKE THEM CAREFULLY INTO ACCOUNT. THERE IS A GREAT DEAL AT STAKE,” SIR DAVID SAID.

-------0----------

WHITE BILL ON BILL OF RIGHTS * * * *

THE GOVERNMENT AIMS TO PUBLISH A WHITE BILL ON A BILL OF RIGHTS FOR PUBLIC CONSULTATION BY THE END OF THIS YEAR AND TO INTRODUCE DRAFT LEGISLATION INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL BY JULY 1990, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON. SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

HE POINTED OUT THAT IT WAS CLEAR THERE WAS NOW STRONG SUPPORT IN THE COMMUNITY FOR THE BASIC SOCIAL AND POLITICAL FREEDOMS WE ENJOYED TO BE ENTRENCHED THROUGH THE ENACTMENT OF A BILL OF RIGHTS.

"THE GOVERNMENT HAS BEEN CONSIDERING WHAT FORM SUCH A BILL MIGHT TAKE. WE PROPOSE THAT IT SHOULD GIVE EFFECT IN LOCAL LAW TO THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL COVENANT ON CIVIL AND POLITICAL RIGHTS.

"THIS MEANS THAT IF ANYONE BELIEVES THAT THEIR CIVIL OR POLITICAL RIGHTS, AS DEFINED IN THE COVENANT, HAVE BEEN VIOLATED THEY WILL BE ABLE TO SEEK REDRESS IN THE COURTS." HE SAID.

/THE GOVERNOR

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

14

THE GOVERNOR SAID WITHIN THE TIMESCALE TO PUBLISH A WHITE BILL FOR PUBLIC CONSULTATION BY THE END OF THIS YEAR AND TO INTRODUCE DRAFT LEGISLATION INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL BY JULY 1990, THERE WOULD NOT BE TIME FOR A COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF ALL OUR EXISTING LAWS TO REMOVE ANY AREAS OF DOUBT ABOUT THEIR FULL COMPATIBILITY WITH THE BILL OF RIGHTS.

"TO AVOID ANY UNNECESSARY UNCERTAINTIES THE DRAFT BILL WILL PROVIDE FOR A LIMITED PERIOD AFTER ITS ENACTMENT DURING WHICH EXISTING LAWS CANNOT BE CHALLENGED AGAINST THE STANDARD OF THE NEW BILL," THE GOVERNOR SAID.

SIR DAVID POINTED OUT THAT THE BASIC SOCIAL AND POLITICAL FREEDOMS HONG KONG ENJOYED WERE BACKED UP BY MANY DIFFERENT PROVISIONS OF STATUTORY AND COMMON LAW.

"IN ADDITION, THE INTERNATIONAL COVENANTS ON CIVIL AND POLITICAL RIGHTS AND ON ECONOMIC, SOCIAL AND CULTURAL RIGHTS HAVE BEEN EXTENDED TO HONG KONG SINCE 1976.

"AND THEIR CONTINUED APPLICATION BEYOND 1997 IS GUARANTEED IN THE JOINT DECLARATION," HE SAID.

SIR DAVID EXPLAINED THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THE COVENANT ON ECONOMIC, SOCIAL AND CULTURAL RIGHTS WERE DIFFERENT IN NATURE FROM THOSE OF THE COVENANT ON CIVIL AND POLITICAL RIGHTS.

"THEY ARE IN THE FORM OF OBJECTIVES TO BE ACHIEVED PROGRESSIVELY AND, GENERALLY SPEAKING, ARE NOT RIGHTS WHICH INDIVIDUALS COULD EASILY ENFORCE IN THE COURTS.

"FOR THESE REASONS THEY ARE NOT WELL SUITED FOR INCLUSION IN A BILL OF RIGHTS DESIGNED TO GIVE PEOPLE THE RIGHT OF DIRECT ACTION IN THE COURTS.

"WE ARE OF COURSE FULLY COMMITTED TO THE OBJECTIVES OF THE COVENANT AND SEEK TO IMPLEMENT THEM THROUGH OUR EXISTING LEGISLATION AND POLICIES," HE SAID.

-------0----------

FULL CONTRIBUTION BY HK TO WORK OF J LG

*****

HONG KONG MAKES A FULL CONTRIBUTION TO THE WORK OF THE JOINT LIAISON GROUP (JLG) AND WILL CONTINUE TO DO SO, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

SIR DAVID SAID THAT THE CONFIDENTIALITY OF PROCEEDINGS IN THE JLG HAD OFTEN LED TO MISUNDERSTANDINGS IN HONG KONG ABOUT ITS ROLE AND ACTIVITIES.

"FROM TIME TO TIME IT HAS BEEN SUGGESTED THAT THE BRITISH AND CHINESE GOVERNMENTS TAKE DECISIONS IN THE JLG IN WHICH HONG KONG PLAYS NO PART.

/"I CAN .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 15 -

"I CAN ASSURE YOU THAT THIS IS NOT THE CASE. TWO MEMBERS OF THE HONG KONG ADMINISTRATION SIT AS MEMBERS OF THE BRITISH SIDE OF THE JLG AND MANY MORE ATTEND ITS MEETINGS.

"ALL SUBJECTS ON THE AGENDA OF JLG MEETINGS ARE THOROUGHLY DISCUSSED BEFOREHAND BETWEEN THE BRITISH AND HONG KONG GOVERNMENTS. AVD THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL IS KEPT FULLY INFORMED OF ALL PROCEEDINGS AND IS CONSULTED ON ALL MAJOR ISSUES OF POLICY," THE GOVERNOR SAID.

HE POINTED OUT THAT MUCH OF THE DETAILED WORK ON IMPLEMENTING THE JOINT DECLARATION TOOK PLACE IN THE JLG, AND ITS ACHIEVEMENTS DURING THE PAST FOUR YEARS HAD CONTRIBUTED SIGNIFICANTLY TO THE MAINTENANCE OF CONFIDENCE IN HONG KONG.

"THEY HAVE ONLY BEEN POSSIBLE BECAUSE OF THE CLOSE CONTACTS AND CO-OPERATION BETWEEN THE TWO SIDES.

"INEVITABLY, THESE CONTACTS WERE TEMPORARILY SUSPENDED IN JUNE. THE GROUP HAS RECENTLY RESUMED ITS ACTIVITIES AND WILL NOW MEET AGAIN IN DECEMBER. I HOPE THAT IT WILL THEN, AS PREVIOUSLY, PRODUCE A STEADY STREAM OF SOLID WORK. MUCH STILL REMAINS TO BE DONE BEFORE 1997," HE SAID.

-------0---------

WESTERN-STYLE WELFARE STATE NOT THE INTENTION

******

THE GOVERNMENT DOES NOT INTEND TO PROVIDE A WESTERN-STYLE TODAYRfwEDNESDAY)H°NG K°NG' THE GOVERNOR* SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID

”TO DO SO RISKS ENCOURAGING A MENTALITY OF DEPENDENCY THAT IS ALIEN TO THE HONG KONG WAY OF LIFE,” HE SAID IN REFERRING TO THE SOCIAL ASPECTS OF THE GOVERNMENT’S PROGRAMME OF BUILDING FOR THE

HE POINTED OUT THAT THE GOVERNMENT CONCENTRATED MUCH OF ITS EFFORTS, AND OF ITS AVAILABLE RESOURCES, ON YOUNG PEOPLE — WHO REPRESENTED THE FUTURE -- AND ON THOSE WHO COULD NOT FEND FOR THEMSELVES.

THE GOVERNMENT ATTACHED A GREAT DEAL OF IMPORTANCE THAT HONG KONG REMAINED AN ATTRACTIVE PLACE TO LIVE IN SERVICES THAT MET THE NEEDS OF SOCIETY, SIR DAVID SAID.'

TO ENSURING

WITH SOCIAL

-----0-----

WEDNESDAY. OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 16 -

EDUCATION TARGETS TO BE UPGRADED * * * * *

THE GOVERNMENT PROPOSES TO UPGRADE SUBSTANTIALLY THE EDUCATION TARGETS SET ONLY LAST YEAR, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY), POINTING TO FACTORS SUCH AS RISING EXPECTATIONS AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT.

"THE AMBITION OF ORDINARY FAMILIES TODAY IS THAT THEIR CHILDREN SHOULD DO WELL ENOUGH IN EXAMINATIONS TO BE ABLE TO GO ON TO SOME KIND OF POST-SECONDARY EDUCATION.

"AT THE SAME TIME, THE DEVELOPMENT OF OUR ECONOMY MEANS THAT WE NEED AN INCREASING NUMBER OF YOUNG PEOPLE TRAINED BEYOND SECONDARY SCHOOL LEVEL.

"IT IS CLEAR THAT WE ARE NOT AT PRESENT ABLE TO MEET THE FULL EXTENT OF THIS DEMAND, AS MANY HONG KONG STUDENTS NOW GO ABROAD FOR ' TERTIARY EDUCATION AS STAY IN HONG KONG," THE GOVERNOR SAID.

ANOTHER FACTOR WAS EMIGRATION, HE NOTED.

"WE MUST NOW PLAN ON THE ASSUMPTION THAT WE WILL LOSE A PROPORTION OF OUR FUTURE GRADUATES ABROAD," HE SAID.

THE TARGETS SET LAST YEAR WOULD HAVE MEANT THAT IN THE YEAR 1995, FOR EXAMPLE, THERE WOULD BE FIRST-YEAR, FIRST-DEGREE PLACES FOR NEARLY 13 PER CENT OF THE RELEVANT AGE GROUP, COMPARED WITH ABOUT SEVEN PER CENT NOW.

ALTHOUGH THIS WAS AN AMBITIOUS TARGET, SIR DAVID SAID, IT WAS NOW CLEAR THAT WE MUST BE EVEN MORE AMBITIOUS.

"I HAVE ASKED THE UNIVERSITY AND POLYTECHNIC GRANTS COMMITTEE (UPGC) TO INCREASE THE PLANNED PROVISION OF FIRST-YEAR. FIRST-DEGREE PLACES FROM ABOUT 7.000 NEXT YEAR TO ABOUT 15,000 IN 1995.

"THAT MEANS PLACES FOR OVER 18 PER CENT OF THE RELEVANT AGE GROUP.

"THIS WILL NOT BE AT THE EXPENSE OF SUB-DEGREE PLACES. THESE WILL BE MAINTAINED AT THE PREVIOUS PLANNING LEVEL OF 5,000," SIR DAVID SAID.

THE INCREASE WOULD GIVE A TOTAL OF 67,000 TERTIARY PLACES IN 1995, PROVIDING PLACES FOR NEARLY 25 PER CENT OF THE RELEVANT AGE GROUP, COMPARED WITH UNDER 14 PER CENT NOW, HE SAID.

SIR DAVID SAID THE UPGC WAS NOW WORKING OUT HOW TO MEET THESE NEW TARGETS, AND ADDED THAT PLANS FOR EXPANDING THE EXISTING UNIVERSITIES WOULD PROBABLY HAVE TO BE BROUGHT FORWARD AND THE PERCENTAGE OF DEGREE PLACES OFFERED AT THE POLYTECHNICS BE INCREASED.

AT THE SCHOOL LEVEL, SIR DAVID NOTED THERE HAD BEEN A GREAT DEAL OF CONCERN IN THE COMMUNITY THAT THE INTRODUCTION OF MASS EDUCATION HAD BEEN AT THE EXPENSE OF STANDARDS.

/"THERE IS .......

WEDNESDAY, CJTOBER 11, 1989

"THERE IS SOME TRUTH IN THIS. IN FUTURE WE SHALL AIM TO CONCENTRATE ON IMPROVING QUALITY RATHER THAN GIVING TOP PRIORITY TO I LEASING NUMBERS.

"MAJOR MEASURES OVER THE NEXT FEW YEARS WHICH HAVE ALREADY BEEN ANNOUNCED INCLUDE PROVIDING SECONDARY 7 CLASSES IN ALL TYPES OF SECONDARY SCHOOL AND BRINGING IN ’A’ LEVEL EXAMINATIONS IN CHINESE."

SIR DAVID SAID THAT WHOLE-DAY SCHOOLING FOR ALL PRIMARY CLASSES REMAINED THE LONG TERM OBJECTIVE.

"BUT, GIVEN OUR OTHER EDUCATIONAL PRIORITIES, RESOURCE CONSTRAINTS AND DEMOGRAPHIC TRENDS, WE NEED TO BE REALISTIC ABOUT HOW QUICKLY WE CAN ACHIEVE IT," HE SAID.

THE FIRST PRIORITY WOULD THEREFORE BE A PHASED PROGRAMME OF CONVERTING SENIOR PRIMARY CLASSES TO WHOLE-DAY OPERATION.

SIR DAVID ALSO SAID THE GOVERNMENT HAD ALREADY TAKEN SEVERAL SIGNIFICANT INITIATIVES TO IMPROVE THE STANDARDS OF BOTH ENGLISH AND CHINESE.

"THESE HAVE INCLUDED SENDING LARGE NUMBERS OF LOCAL TEACHERS OVERSEAS FOR IMMERSION COURSES IN THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND INTRODUCING A SCHEME TO ENABLE SCHOOLS TO EMPLOY EXPATRIATE TEACHERS OF ENGLISH," HE SAID.

COMMENTING THAT THESE MEASURES WERE NOT ENOUGH, SIR DAVID SAID A STRATEGY THAT WOULD DEAL WITH THE DIFFICULT PROBLEMS OF THE MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION AND THE QUALITY OF LANGUAGE TEACHING WAS URGENTLY NEEDED.

THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WOULD SOON PUBLISH THE REPORT OF A WORKING GROUP THAT LOOKED INTO THESE ISSUES AND PROPOSALS WOULD BE PUT TO T'TE BOARD OF EDUCATION AND THE EDUCATION COMMISSION EARLY NEXT YEAR AFTER PUBLIC CONSULTATION, HE SAID.

TURNING TO THE ROLE OF THE PRIVATE SCHOOLS IN THE EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM, SIR "'AVID SID THE GOVERNMENT BELIEVED IT IMPORTANT TO INCREASE PARENTAL CHOICE BY ENCOURAGING THE DEVELOPMENT OF A HEALTHY PRIVATE SCHOOL SECTOR IN HONG KONG.

"TO HELP ACHIEVE THIS, WE WILL INTRODUCE A NEW DIRECT SUBSIDY SCHEME.

"SCHOOLS WHICH MEET CERTAIN CRITERIA WILL BE ELIGIBLE TO JOIN THE SCHEME, AND WILL RECEIVE GOVERNMENT ASSISTANCE AT A RATE WHICH WILL DEPEND ON THEIR FEE INCOME. WITH MORE GOING TO THOSE WHICH CHARGE LESS.

"THEY WILL, AT THE SAME TIME, BE ABLE TO RETAIN A GREAT DEAL OF FREEDOM IN DECIDING ON CURRICULUM, FEES, MANAGEMENT AND THE SELECTION OF PUPILS," HE SAID.

/SIR DAVID

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 198?

- 18

SIR DAVID SAID THAT THE GOVERNMENT WOULD PHASE OUT BOUGHT PLACES IN PRIVATE SCHOOLS BY THE END OF THE 1990'S.

"IN THE MEANTIME, WE WILL IMPROVE THE STANDARDS OF THESE SC TOOLS SO THAT, WHEN THE TIME COMES, THEY WILL HAVE A GOOD CHANCE OF JOINING THE NEW SUBSIDY SCHEME," HE SAID.

SIR DAVID ALSO SAID THAT THE GOVERNMENT AGREED WITH THE EDUCATION COMMISSION THAT PRE-PRIMARY EDUCATION MUST BE SEEN AS A DESIRABLE RATHER THAN ESSENTIAL PART OF OUR EDUCATION SYSTEM. HOWEVER, THERE WAS A CLEAR NEED TO IMPROVE STANDARDS OF TEACHING IN KINDERGARTENS.

"WE THEREFORE PROPOSE TO IMPROVE THE BASIC TRAINING COURSE FOR KINDERGARTEN TEACHERS AND INTRODUCE A NEW FEE REMISSION SCHEME.

"THIS WILL REPLACE THE EXISTING SCHEME OF FEE ASSISTANCE AND ALLOW ADDITIONAL HELP TO BE GIVEN TO LESS WELL-OFF PARENTS WHO HAVE CHILDREN IN KINDERGARTENS," HE SAID.

SIR DAVID SAID THAT IN LAYING DOWN BROAD PROGRAMMES FOR IMPROVEMENTS TO THE EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM, THE GOVERNMENT MUST NOT OVERLOOK THE SPECIAL DIFFICULTIES THAT INDIVIDUAL SCHOOLS FACED. SOME FOR INSTANCE HAD SEVERE PROBLEMS OF NOISE.

THIRTY-SEVEN SCHOOLS AFFECTED BY AIRCRAFT HAD ALREADY BEEN SOUND-PROOFED AND AIR-CONDITIONED AND A NEW PROGRAMME THAT WOULD COVER A TOTAL OF 117 AIDED AND GOVERNMENT SCHOOLS AFFECTED BY UNACCEPTABLE LEVELS OF TRAFFIC NOISE WAS STARTING THIS YEAR.

"WE AIM TO COMPLETE IT DURING THE EARLY 1990'S," HE ADDED.

SIR DAVID SAID THE EDUCATION PROPOSALS HE HAD OUTLINED, ESPECIALLY FOR THE FURTHER EXPANSION OF THE TERTIARY SECTOR, INEVITABLY MEANT SOME OTHER SECTORS WOULD, FOR THE TIME BEING, NEED TO TAKE /- LOWER PRIORITY.

"IN PRACTICAL TERMS, THIS MEANS SLOWER PROGRESS IN SOME OTHER ARFAS WHICH, HOWEVER DESIRABLE IN THEMSELVES, HAVE TO TAKE THEIR PbACE IN THE CUEUE.

"DECISIONS ON THF RIGHT ALLOCATION OF PUBLIC MONEY ARE NEVER EASY. BUT I HOPE THAT MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL, AND THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE, WILL AGREE THAT THE PROPOSALS I HAVE OUTLINED ARE THE RIGHT MIX FOR MEETING OUR MORE PRESSING NEEDS WITHIN THE RESOURCES AVAILABLE," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THE PROVISION OF TRAINING FOR THOSE ALREADY AT WORK WAS ALSO AN IMPORTANT PRIORITY AS SOME 80 FER CENT OF THOSE WHO WOULD MAKE UP HONG KONG'S WORKFORCE IN THE YEAR 2000 HAD ALREADY COMPLETED THEIR EDUCATION.

"MANY POTENTIALLY USEFUL TECHNOLOGIES ARE NOT YET BEING APPLIED IN OUR INDUSTRIES.

/"THE GOVERNMENT

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 19 -

’’THE GOVERNMENT PROPOSES TO ESTABLISH A TRAINING FUND TO ENCOURAGE EMPLOYERS TO GIVE MANAGERS THE OPPORTUNITY TO LEARN ABOUT THESE NEW TECHNOLOGIES.

’’THIS FUND WILL INCLUDE CONTRIBUTIONS FROM VARIOUS SOURCES, INCLUDING THE PRIVATE SECTOR.

”IT WILL PROVIDE LOANS TO COVER THE COST OF LOCAL EXTENSION TRAINING AND OVERSEAS WORKING ATTACHMENTS. I HOPE EMPLOYERS WILL MAKE GOOD USE OF IT,” HE SAID.

------0 ------

PRIORITY FOR IMPROVING QUALITY OF MEDICAL, HEALTH SERVICES

* * * * ft

HONG KONG’S NEW PRIORITY IN THE MEDICAL AND HEALTH FIELD MUST BE TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF SERVICE, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

SIR DAVID SAID IN THE PAST WE HAD CONCENTRATED ON MEETING BASIC NEEDS, AND REMARKABLE SUCCESSES HAD BEEN ACHIEVED.

LIFE EXPECTANCY FOR BOTH MEN AND WOMEN WAS NOW HIGHER THAN IN MANY ADVANCED COUNTRIES, INCLUDING THE UNITED STATES AND THE UNITED KINGDOM; AND INFANT MORTALITY RATES WERE LOWER THAN IN EITHER.

’’NOW WE SHOULD RAISE OUR SIGHTS,” HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR POINTED OUT THAT THE PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICE WAS HEAVILY SUBSIDISED, AND THE PROFESSIONAL MEDICAL STAFF WERE DEDICATED AND HARD-WORKING.

’’BUT OUR HOSPITALS ARE OVERCROWDED, AND THERE ARE LONG QUEUES AT OUR CLINICS.

”WE DO NOT ALWAYS PROVIDE OUR COMMUNITY WITH THE RANGE OF SERVICES THAT THEY NEED.

”IN IMPORTANT AREAS LIKE MENTAL HEALTH AND GERIATRIC CARE, OUR STANDARDS FALL BELOW OUR ASPIRATIONS,” HE SAID.

SIR DAVID SAID THE LESSON OF PUBLIC HEALTH SERVICES ALL OVER THE WORLD WAS THAT INCREASED EXPENDITURE DID NOT NECESSARILY TRANSLATE INTO HIGHER. STANDARDS.

’’WHAT IS REALLY IMPORTANT IS THE WAY THE MONEY IS USED AND HOW WELL THE FACILITIES ARE MANAGED.

”IT MAKES NO SENSE TO HAVE SOME PUBLICLY FUNDED HOSPITALS OVERFLOWING AND OTHERS WITH SPARE CAPACITY. OR TO HAVE HOSPITALS WHERE THERE ARE CAMP BEDS IN SOME WARDS AND EMPTY BEDS IN OTHERS,” HE SAID.

/SIR DAVID

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

20

SIR DAVID SAID THE HOSPITAL AUTHORITY TO BE ESTABLISHED BY APRIL NEXT YEAR WOULD BE WELL PLACED TO ENSURE THAT THE MONEY SPENT ON PUBLIC HOSPITALS - $5 BILLION THIS YEAR - WAS USED IN THE MOST EFFECTIVE WAY.

"BY BRINGING GOVERNMENT AND SUBVENTED HOSPITALS TOGETHER WITHIN A SINGLE INTEGRATED SYSTEM, THE AUTHORITY WILL BE ABLE TO MAKE SURE THAT THE BEST POSSIBLE USE IS MADE OF THE FACILITIES THAT EACH HOSPITAL CAN OFFER," HE SAID.

QUALITY OF MANAGEMENT WOULD BE PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT BECAUSE OF THE SIZE OF THE HOSPITAL SERVICE, HE NOTED.

"BY THE END OF NEXT YEAR THE AUTHORITY WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MORE THAN 22,000 BEDS, INCLUDING ALMOST 1,000 IN THE FIRST TWO PHASES OF THE NEW TUEN MUN HOSPITAL AND THE QUEEN MARY HOSPITAL EXTENSION," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID THERE WERE TWO OTHER CURRENT PROJECTS THAT SHOULD HELP TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF MEDICAL SERVICES.

"FIRST, A WORKING PARTY HAS BEEN SET UP TO REVIEW OUR PRIMARY HEALTH CARE SERVICES, AND IN PARTICULAR TO CONSIDER WHICH OF THESE IS BEST CARRIED OUT BY THE GOVERNMENT AND WHICH BY THE PRIVATE SECTOR.

"IT WILL REPORT BY THE END OF 1990.

"SECOND, THE GOVERNMENT HAS DECIDED TO ESTABLISH A HONG KONG ACADEMY OF MEDICINE.

"THIS WILL BE A STATUTORY BODY WITH AUTHORITY TO SET STANDARDS IN POST-GRADUATE MEDICAL EDUCATION; TO DECIDE THE CONTENT AND LENGTH OF TRAINING COURSES; AND TO ACCREDIT THOSE WHO HAVE PASSED THE REQUIRED EXAMINATIONS.

"HONG KONG WILL THEN HAVE ITS OWN SYSTEM FOR ENSURING THAT DOCTORS ARE PROPERLY TRAINED AND LOCALLY QUALIFIED IN THE VARIOUS CLINICAL SPECIALITIES," HE SAID.

-----0-----

REVIEW OF SOCIAL WELFARE SERVICES * * * * *

THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY) HE HAS ASKED THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE TO LAUNCH A REVIEW OF SOCIAL WELFARE SERVICES IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE SUBVENTED SECTOR TO ENSURE THAT POLICIES AND STANDARDS CONTINUE TO MEET THE NEEDS OF HONG KONG INTO THE 1990’S AND BEYOND.

"THE GOVERNMENT WILL THEN IN THE SECOND HALF OF NEXT YEAR PUBLISH A WHITE PAPER SETTING OUT OUR PROPOSALS ON THE WAY AHEAD.

/"IN THE

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 21

"IN THE MEANTIME, ADDITIONAL FUNDS WILL BE AVAILABLE THIS YEAR TO REDUCE CASE LOADS IN FAMILY SERVICE CENTRES AND SOCIAL SECURITY FIELD UNITS OPERATED BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR POINTED OUT THAT ONE PROBLEM THE GOVERNMENT FACED WAS A SHORTAGE OF SOCIAL WORKERS AS A GOOD MANY PROFESSIONAL STAFF HAD EMIGRATED.

"TO FILL THE GAPS, A NUMBER OF MEASURES ARE ALREADY BEING TAKEN, FOR EXAMPLE SUBSTANTIALLY INCREASING THE INTAKE OF SOCIAL WORK STUDENTS INTO OUR TERTIARY INSTITUTIONS," HE SAID.

BUT, IN PLANNING IMPROVEMENTS TO SERVICES, SIR DAVID SAID THAT WE MUST TAKE CARE NOT TO PLACE IMPOSSIBLE BURDENS ON EXISTING STAFF. BOTH IN THE GOVERNMENT AND SUBVENTED SECTORS. THEY ALREADY HAD VERY HEAVY WORKLOADS.

"SEPARATELY, WE WILL CONTINUE TO DEVELOP OUR REHABILITATION SERVICES WITH THE AIM, WHERE POSSIBLE, OF INTEGRATING THE DISABLED INTO THE COMMUNITY," SIR DAVID SAID.

THE OBJECTIVE WOULD BE STEADILY TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF SERVICES WHILE, AT THE SAME TIME, EXTENDING THEM TO COVER MORE OF THOSE IN NEED.

PARTICULAR EMPHASIS WAS NOW BEING PLACED ON EMPLOYMENT FOR DISABLED PEOPLE SO THAT THEY COULD, TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE, EARN THEIR OWN LIVING.

"FUNDS WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO PROVIDE ADDITIONAL TEACHERS IN SCHOOLS FOR THE DISABLED SO AS TO EXPAND THE CURRICULUM AND INCLUDE CAREER COUNSELLING AND CIVIC EDUCATION," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR ALSO SAID THAT IN APRIL 1990, THE HIGHER RATE OF DISABILITY ALLOWANCE WOULD BE EXTENDED TO THOSE AGED 15 AND UNDER WHO REQUIRED CONSTANT CARE AND ATTENTION.

"THIS WILL GO SOME WAY TO RECOGNISING THE ADDITIONAL FINANCIAL BURDENS FACED BY THE PARENTS OF THESE YOUNG PEOPLE," HE ADDED.

-----0-----

COMMISSION ON YOUTH TO BE ESTABLISHED

*****

THE GOVERNMENT PROPOSES TO SET UP EARLY NEXT YEAR A COMMISSION ON YOUTH TO HELP IT MEET THE NEEDS OF YOUNG PEOPLE AND RESPOND TO THEIR ASPIRATIONS.

THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID THIS TODAY (WEDNESDAY), NOTING THAT ONE QUARTER OF THE POPULATION WAS NOW UNDER THE AGE OF 25 AND THESE YOUNG PEOPLE WOULD PROVIDE OUR FUTURE LEADERSHIP AND WORKFORCE.

/THE GOVERNOR.......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11,

1989

- 22 -

THE GOVERNOR SAID THE COMMISSION WOULD BE CHAIRED BY A NON-OFFICIAL AND WOULD INCLUDE SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS AND A WIDE RANGE OF OTHER MEMBERS FROM THE COMMUNITY, INCLUDING YOUNG PEOPLE.

"THE COMMISSION'S TERMS OF REFERENCE WILL BE TO ADVISE THE GOVERNMENT ON HOW BEST TO IMPLEMENT OUR OBJECTIVES FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF YOUTH SERVICES.

"WE BELIEVE THAT WE SHOULD DEVELOP WHAT WILL AMOUNT TO A CHARTER FOR YOUTH WHICH WILL GIVE OUR YOUNG PEOPLE THE BEST POSSIBLE EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES; PROMOTE PHYSICAL AND MENTAL FITNESS; GIVE YOUNG PEOPLE OPPORTUNITIES TO GAIN INTERNATIONAL EXPERIENCE AND 1 HEREBY BROADEN THEIR OUTLOOK ON LIFE; IMPROVE THEIR CIVIC AWARENESS

..D ENCOURAGE THEM TO PARTICIPATE IN COMMUNITY AFFAIRS: AND PROMOTE YOUTH LEADERSHIP TRAINING," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID SPORTS WAS ANOTHER AREA IN WHICH HE HOPED TO SEE PROGRESS IN THE YEARS AHEAD.

SIR DAVID SAID THAT WHILE SOME HONG KONG SPORTSMEN AND WOMEN •ERE BEGINNING TO MAKE THEIR PRESENCE FELT IN INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIONS, OUR ACHIEVEMENTS IN SPORT SO FAR LAGGED BEHIND THOSE IN OTHER AREAS.

"IT IS TIME WE ALL MADE AN EFFORT TO RAISE OUR STANDARDS.

"A MAJOR STEP FORWARD WILL BE THE CREATION OF A SPORTS DEVELOPMENT BOARD.

"ITS EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR HAS ALREADY BEEN APPOINTED. SO HAVE MEMBERS OF THE PROVISIONAL BOARD," HE SAID.

THE FIRST PRIORITY WOULD BE TO WORK OUT A TERRITORY-WIDE STRATEGY FOR SPORT, AND THE AIM WOULD BE TO GET THE RIGHT BALANCE BETWEEN THE TWIN GOALS OF EXCELLENCE AND MASS PARTICIPATION.

-------0----------

527,000 PUBLIC HOUSING FLATS TO BE PRODUCED * * * * *

THE HOUSING AUTHORITY AIMS TO PRODUCE 527,000 PUBLIC HOUSING FLATS FOR RENTAL AND SALE BETWEEN NOW AND THE YEAR 2001, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

DESCRIBING THE TARGET AS AN AMBITIOUS ONE, SIR DAVID SAID THE GOVERNMENT WOULD DO ITS BEST TO FIND THE NEW LAND REQUIRED AND TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY INFRASTRUCTURE.

"OUR PLANNERS AND ENGINEERS ARE HARD AT WORK ALREADY. MAINTAINING OUR HOUSING PROGRAMME WILL REMAIN AN IMPORTANT PRIORITY FOR THE GOVERNMENT," THE GOVERNOR STRESSED.

/SIR DAVID .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 23 -

SIR DAVID POINTED OUT THAT THE AVAILABILITY OF GOOD, REASONABLY-PRICED HOUSING WAS A KEY FACTOR IN CREATING THE STABLE YET DYNAMIC SOCIETY THAT WE WANTED TO SEE IN HONG KONG.

"OUR RECORD OF PROVIDING SUBSIDISED HOUSING STANDS COMPARISON WITH ANYWHERE ELSE IN THE WORLD," HE SAID.

THE HOUSING AUTHORITY NOW MANAGED 723,000 FLATS AND WAS THE LANDLORD FOR 47 PER CENT OF THE POPULATION.

SIR DAVID ALSO POINTED OUT IN THE LAST FINANCIAL YEAR, THE AUTHORITY COMPLETED OVER 50,000 FLATS, A RECORD FOR A SINGLE YEAR.

"THIS YEAR, IT IS LIKELY TO SET A NEW RECORD YET AGAIN, WITH AN ESTIMATED PRODUCTION OF 53,000 FLATS," HE SAID.

THESE WERE REMARKABLE FIGURES BY ANY STANDARD AND THEY WOULD BE ACHIEVED WITHOUT ANY SACRIFICE TO THE QUALITY OF ACCOMMODATION AND ENVIRONMENT PROVIDED.

SIR DAVID SAID THAT IN EVERY COMMUNITY ORDINARY FAMILIES DREAMED OF OWNING THEIR OWN HOMES. AND COMMUNITIES WERE HEALTHIER AND MORE STABLE WHEN HOME OWNERSHIP WAS WIDESPREAD.

"HELPING HONG KONG FAMILIES TO BECOME HOME OWNERS IS AN IMPORTANT PART OF THE LONG TERM HOUSING STRATEGY," HE SAID.

NOTING THAT AT PRESENT ONLY 15 PER CENT OF THE STOCK OF PUBLIC HOUSING WAS OWNED BY THE FAMILY LIVING IN IT, SIR DAVID SAID THE FIGURE WAS SET TO INCREASE.

"TH S YEAR, ONE-THIRD OF THE NEW HOUSING AUTHORITY FLATS WILL BE FOR SALE RATHER THAN FOR RENT.

"THE AUTHORITY HAS ALSO DECIDED RECENTLY TO INCREASE THE SCOPE OF ITS HO IE PURCHASE LOAN SCHEME SO THAT MORE OF ITS TENANTS WILL RECEIVE LARGER INTEREST-FREE LOANS TO BUY FLATS IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR," HE SAID.

SIR DAV.D ALSO ;AID THE AUTHORITY WAS CONSIDERING ANOTHER BOLD INITIATIVE: THE FEASIBILITY OF SELLING SOME OF ITS NEWER FLATS TO THE FAMILIES WHO WERE NOW RENTING THEM.

"AT PRESENT. 41 PER CENT OF HONG KONG FAMILIES OWN THEIR OWN HOMES.

"AS A RESULT OF THE AUTHORITY'S IMAGINATIVE IDEAS, WE CAN EXPECT THE NUMBER TO RISE STEADILY DURING THE YEARS AHEAD." HE ADDED.

-----0-----

/2U........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11. 1989

- 24 -

POLLUTION MUST BE BROUGHT UNDER CONTROL

*****

THE FACT THAT THE GOVERNMENT PROPOSES TO SPEND AT LEAST $20 BILLION ON THE POLLUTION PROBLEM IN THE NEXT DECADE SHOWS HOW IMPORTANT IS THE OBJECTIVE OF BRINGING POLLUTION UNDER CONTROL, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

EMPHASISING THE IMPORTANCE THAT HE PERSONALLY, AND THE GOVERNMENT AS A WHOLE, ATTACHED TO DEALING WITH THE PROBLEM OF POLLUTION, SIR DAVID SAID IT WAS NOT JUST A MATTER OF KEEPING HONG KONG CLEAN, IMPORTANT THOUGH THAT WAS.

"POLLUTION CAN, AND OFTEN DOES, CAUSE DAMAGE TO OUR HEALTH AND TO THAT OF OUR CHILDREN.

"WE MUST BRING IT UNDER CONTROL," HE SAID.

MUCH OF THE MONEY WOULD BE SPENT ON THE COMPLETE OVERHAUL OF THE SEWERAGE SYSTEM AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF THREE MASSIVE LANDFILL SITES AND ASSOCIATED REFUSE TRANSFER STATIONS.

SIR DAVID POINTED OUT THAT HE HAD SPOKEN AT LENGTH LAST OCTOBER ON POLLUTION PROBLEMS. A WHITE PAPER ON POLLUTION, PUBLISHED IN JUNE, HAD SET OUT IN DETAIL PROPOSALS FOR A COMPREHENSIVE PROGRAMME OF ACTION OVER THE NEXT 10 YEARS.

"WE HAVE ALREADY BEGUN TO IMPLEMENT THESE. THE PLANNING, ENVIRONMENT AND LANDS BRANCH, WHICH CAME INTO BEING LAST MONTH, WILL GIVE FRESH IMPETUS TO OUR EFFORTS TO IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID THAT NEITHER MONEY NOR THE GOVERNMENT ALONE COULD SOLV. THE TERRITORY'S POLLUTION PROBLEMS.

"EACH INDIVIDUAL MEMBER OF THIS COMMUNITY HAS A VITAL CONTRIBUTION TO MAKE IN CREATING AN ENVIRONMENT THAT IS SAFE AND PLEASANT.

"UNTIL RECENTLY, FAR TOO MANY OF US IN HONG KONG WERE UNAWARE OF THE THREATS TO OUR ENVIRONMENT.

"WE PLACED FAR TOO LITTLE IMPORTANCE ON PROTECTING IT.

"THIS ATTITUDE IS ALREADY CHANGING. IT MUST CHANGE FURTHER.

"THE GOVERNMENT HAS GIVEN A LEAD. BUT THE COMMUNITY MUST ALSO PLAY ITS PART," SIR DAVID SAID.

w.

$

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 25 -

AIRPORT TO BE BUILT AT CHEK LAP KOK * * * * *

TH" GOVERNMENT HAS DECIDED TO BUILD A NEW HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AT CHEK LAP KOK, AFTER AN EXHAUSTIVE STUDY OF THE VARIOUS OPTIONS, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

"IT WILL BE A TWO-RUNWAY AIRPORT BUILT TO THE MOST EXACTING MODERN STANDARDS AND ABLE TO OPERATE 24 HOURS A DAY.

"WHEN COMPLETED, IT WILL BE ABLE TO HANDLE 80 MILLION PASSENGERS A YEAR - OVER THREE TIMES THE MAXIMUM CAPACITY OF KAI TAK," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNMENT'S AIM, SIR DAVID SAID, WOULD BE TO OPEN THE FIRST OF THE TWO RUNWAYS BY THE EARLY PART OF 1997.

HE POINTED OUT THAT BUILDING THE AIRPORT ITSELF, ENORMOUS THOUGH THAT PROJECT WOULD BE, WAS ONLY PART OF THE STORY.

"WE HAVE TO MAKE SURE THAT PEOPLE CAN GET TO IT EASILY AND QUICKLY," HE STRESSED.

"TO DO THIS, WE PLAN TO BUILD A HIGH-SPEED RAIL SYSTEM AND A SIX-LANE HIGHWAY WHICH WILL JOIN NORTH LANTAU TO TSING YI ISLAND AND GO FROM THERE ALONG THE NEW WEST KOWLOON RECLAMATION TO A WESTERN HARBOUR CROSSING AND THEN TO HONG KONG ISLAND.

"WE WILL ALSO HAVE TO PROVIDE ALL THE FACILITIES NEEDED FOR SERVICING A NEW AIRPORT. THIS MEANS BUILDING A NEW TOWN FOR AT LEAST 150,000 PEOPLE, PLUS INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL FACILITIES, IN THE TUNG CHUNG VALLEY," HE SAID.

BUILDING THE NEW AIRPORT, AND THE ROAD AND RAIL LINKS ASSOCIATED WITH IT, SIR DAVID SAID. WOULD BE THE LARGEST PROJECT EVER UNDERTAKEN IN HONG KONG, AND WOULD REQUIRE AN IMMENSE AMOUNT OF EFFORT FROM BOTH THE PUBLIC AND THE PRIVATE SECTOR.

"TO HAVE THE NEW AIRPORT IN OPERATION IN EARLY 1997 MEANS SETTING TO WORK AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.

"THE PLANNING, CONSTRUCTION AND ULTIMATELY THE MANAGEMENT OF IT WILL BE PUT IN THE HANDS OF A NEW AIRPORT AUTHORITY," THE GOVERNOR SAID.

SIR DAVID SAID EARLY NEXT YEAR HE WOULD BE APPOINTING MEMBERS OF A PROVISIONAL AUTHORITY WHICH WOULD DO THE PRELIMINARY WORK BEFORE THE AUTHORITY ITSELF WAS SET UP.

ONCE THE FIRST RUNWAY OF THE NEW AIRPORT WAS OPEN THE GOVERNMENT COULD CLOSE KAI TAK, WHICH WAS LIKELY TO BE OPERATING AT FULL CAPACITY BY 1996, HE ADDED.

/SIR DAVID

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 26 -

IR DAVID EXPLAINED THAT BESIDES THE NEED FOR A MODERN AIRPORT TO MEET HONG KONG’S REQUIREMENTS IN THE 21ST CENTURY, CLOSING KAI TAK WOULD BRING ITS OWN BENEFITS.

’’THE WHOLE OF THE AREA NOW USED BY THE AIRPORT WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR REDEVELOPMENT.

"WE WILL BE ABLE TO LIFT HEIGHT RESTRICTIONS IN PARTS OF KOWLOON. AND THE PROBLEM OF EXCESSIVE AIRCRAFT NOISE, WHICH NOW AFFECTS SOME 350,000 PEOPLE, WILL BE ELIMINATED," THE GOVERNOR SAID.

-----0-----

DRAMATIC TRANSFORMATION OF PORT * * * *

THE GOVERNMENT PROPOSES TO TRANSFORM THE TERRITORY'S PORT IN AN AS EQUALLY DRAMATIC WAY AS THE NEW AIRPORT, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

HE SAID THE MAJOR PROJECTS THAT THE GOVERNMENT WAS PLANNING WOULD CREATE WHAT AMOUNTED TO A COMPLETELY NEW PORT ON THE WESTERN SIDE OF THE TERRITORY.

THE NEED TO CREATE THIS ADDITIONAL CAPACITY. THE GOVERNOR SAID, CAME FROM HONG KONG'S SUSTAINED ECONOMIC GROWTH IN RECENT YEARS.

THE PORT NOW HANDLED 80 MILLION TONNES OF CARGO A YEAR, AN INCREASE OF ALMOST 90 PER CENT IN THE PAST FIVE YEARS WITH FURTHER SUBSTANTIAL GROWTH EXPECTED.

"THE POINT HAS NOW BEEN REACHED WHERE OUR EXISTING FACILITIES ARE COMING UNDER SEVERE STRAIN," THE GOVERNOR SAID.

HE POINTED OUT THAT IN PLANNING FOR THE EXPANSION OF THE TERRITORY'S PORT THE GOVERNMENT HAD LOOKED AHEAD TO 2006.

BY THAT TIME, SIR DAVID SAID, HONG KONG WOULD NEED:

- TO INCREASE OUR CONTAINER THROUGHPUT BY FIVE TIMES;

- ADDITIONAL LAND FOR LORRY PARKING AND CONTAINER STORAGE;

- ON-SHORE FACILITIES TO REPLACE THE UNLOADING WHICH IS NOW DONE IN THE HARBOUR ITSELF;

- SPACE TO CATER FOR LARGER NUMBERS OF RIVER TRADE VESSELS; AND

- SPACE FOR THE VARIOUS INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES WHICH A MODERN PORT REQUIRES.

THE GOVERNMENT'S FIRST PRIORITY, SIR DAVID SAID, WAS TO BUILD THE NEXT CONTAINER TERMINAL, TERMINAL 8, ON RECLAIMED LAND AT STONECUTTERS ISLAND.

/THE GOVERNMENT

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

THE GOVERNMENT PLANNED TO MAKE THE SITE AVAILABLE FOR DEVELOPMENT IN 1991, SO THAT THE FIRST BERTH COULD BE IN OPERATION BY MID-1993, HE SAID.

TERMINAL 9 AND ITS SUPPORT FACILITIES WOULD BE BUILT ON RECLAIMED LAND AT THE SOUTHEAST OF TSING YI ISLAND.

THE GOVERNOR POINTED OUT THAT AT THAT POINT THERE WOULD BE LITTLE ROOM FOR FURTHER DEVELOPMENT IN THE AREA OF THE PRESENT CONTAINER PORT.

"WE THEN PLAN TO MOVE THE FOCUS OF THE PORT WESTWARD," HE SAID.

ONE AREA FOR DEVELOPMENT WOULD BE NORTH LANTAU. MAKING USE OF THE ROAD FACILITIES BEING BUILT FOR THE NEW AIRPORT AND ANOTHER WOULD BE THE COASTAL STRIP WEST OF TUEN MUN, HE SAID.

"TWO MORE MAJOR DEVELOPMENTS WILL BE THE CONSTRUCTION OF A LARGE BREAKWATER BETWEEN LANTAU AND LAMMA TO INCREASE THE AMOUNT OF SHELTERED ANCHORAGE IN THE WESTERN HARBOUR; AND THE DREDGING OF A NEW SHIPPING CHANNEL TO THE WEST OF LAMMA," HE ADDED.

THE GOVERNOR SAID ALL THE DEVELOPMENT WORK IN THE PORT MEANT THAT THE GOVERNMENT MUST MAKE SURE THAT IT CO-ORDINATED THE NEEDS AND INTERESTS OF ALL ITS MANY DIFFERENT USERS.

"TO DO THIS, WE PROPOSE TO SET UP A PORT DEVELOPMENT BOARD, WHICH WILL GIVE ADVICE ON THE DETAILED PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT OF THE PORT AS WE CARRY OUT THE PLANS FOR EXPANSION I HAVE OUTLINED," HE SAID.

------0--------

I

AMBITIOUS PROGRAMME WILL COST $127 BILLION f ■ * * * * *

THE COST OF THE AMBITIOUS PROGRAMME OF WORKS TO DEVELOP A NEW MODERN AIRPORT AND A LARGER PORT, PLUS ALL THE NECESSARY TRANSPORT LINKS AND SUPPORTING INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL FACILITIES, WILL BE SOME $127 BILLION AT CURRENT PRICES OVER THE PERIOD UP TO 2006, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

’’THIS IS AN ENORMOUS FINANCIAL COMMITMENT. BUT, AFTER VERY CAREFUL STUDY, THE GOVERNMENT IS CONVINCED THAT THIS COMMITMENT IS ONE WE CAN AFFORD.

’’INDEED WE BELIEVE THAT WE CANNOT AFFORD NOT TO MAKE IT,” THE GOVERNOR SAID.

r

SIR DAVID SAID WHILE WE MUST MAKE SURE THAT HONG KONG CONTINUED TO HAVE THE FACILITIES TO MEET THE NEEDS OF ITS GROWING ECONOMY, WE MUST ALSO BE REALISTIC, AND MAKE SURE THAT WE PHASED THE CONSTRUCTION OF THESE NEW PROJECTS IN A WAY THAT DID NOT PLACE TOO GREAT A STRAIN ON THE ECONOMY.

/HAVING SEEN........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

28

HAVING SEEN HOW SUCCESSFUL THE PRIVATE SECTOR HAD BEEN IN DEVELOPING THE CONTAINER PORT AND IN BUILDING THE CROSS HARBOUR TUNNELS, SIR DAVID SAID THE GOVERNMENT BELIEVED THAT MANY OF THE. ■■■■. INDIVIDUAL PROJECTS CONNECTED WITH THE NEW AIRPORT AND THE EXPANSION t •< OF THE PORT WOULD BE COMMERCIALLY VIABLE.

"I AM SURE THERE WILL BE MANY LOCAL AND INTERNATIONAL*. DEVELOPERS WHO WILL BE KEEN TO CO-OPERATE WITH US IN THESE ENORMOUS AND EXCITING PROJECTS THAT ARE SO IMPORTANT TO HONG KONG’S FUTURE J’ HE SAID. ' ■■■*. '•

i ** '* • f A

THE GOVERNOR NOTED THAT WHILE THE PLANS FOR BUILDING A NEW AIRPORT AND DEVELOPING THE PORT WOULD CREATE NEW OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY, THEY WOULD ALSO MAKE HUGE DEMANDS ON ITS RESOURCES.

’ - 4 " «

"IT MAY WELL BE NECESSARY TO CONSIDER EXCEPTIONAL ARRANGEMENTS TO ENSURE THAT WE HAVE AN ADEQUATE SUPPLY OF LABOUR SO THAT THEY ARE COMPLETED ON TIME AND WITHOUT CAUSING UNACCEPTABLE INFLATIONARY PRESSURES," HE SAID.

------0--------

PROJECTS WILL TRANSFORM HK’S DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL

* * * * * / •

THE NEW AIRPORT AND THE MASSIVE EXPANSION OF THE PORT WILL TRANSFORM HONG KONG’S DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

*, V,

HE SAID THAT LARGE NEW AREAS IN THE WESTERN PART OF THE TERRITORY, PARTICULARLY LANTAU ISLAND, WOULD BE OPENED UP FOR INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL USE.

THESE ACTIVITIES WERE NOW CONCENTRATED IN A FAIRLY NARROW BAND ON BOTH SIDES OF THE HARBOUR.

"BUT IN FUTURE IT WILL BE POSSIBLE TO ESCAPE THE RESTRICTIONS AND CONGESTION IMPOSED BY THE EXISTING URBAN AREAS AND TO PLAN FURTHER DEVELOPMENT ON THE BASIS OF LARGE-SCALE MODERN PORT AND AIRPORT FACILITIES COMING INTO BEING IN THE WESTERN PART OF THE TERRITORY. ’ . . >

"THIS WILL PROVIDE A NEW AND VERY WELCOME OPPORTUNITY TO BRING ABOUT A GREAT IMPROVEMENT IN WORKING AND LIVING CONDITIONS FOR THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE," SIR DAVID SAID.

HE POINTED OUT THAT LOOKING AT THE DETAILS, THE NEW AIRPORT AT CHEK LAP KOK, AND THE BRIDGES AND ROADS THAT GO WITH IT, WOULD OPEN UP FOR POTENTIAL DEVELOPMENT THE WHOLE OF LANTAU’S NORTHERN COASTLINE.

"THIS CAN BE ACHIEVED WITHOUT DAMAGE TO THE OUTSTANDING RECREATIONAL FACILITIES ON THE HILLS AND SOUTHERN COAST OF THE ISLAND. EXPANDING THE PORT WESTWARDS WILL MAKE AVAILABLE FURTHER LAND, MAINLY FOR INDUSTRIAL USE. WEST OF TUEN MUN," HE ADDED.

/THE PORT

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

THE PORT AND AIRPORT DEVELOPMENTS, THE GOVERNOR SAID, ALSO MEANT THAT THE WEST KOWLOON RECLAMATION WOULD NEED TO BE COMPLETED IN THE MID-1990’S TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY TRANSPORT LINKS TO THE URBAN AREA.

’’THIS RECLAMATION WILL PROVIDE A MAJOR SOURCE OF LAND IN THE URBAN AREA FOR COMMERCIAL AND RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT.

’’MORE BADLY NEEDED LAND WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE CENTRAL AND WAN CHAI RECLAMATION. WHERE SITES WILL START TO BE AVAILABLE DURING 1993,” HE ADDED.

LOOKING FURTHER AHEAD, THE GOVERNOR SAID THERE WAS THE POSSIBILITY OF RECLAIMING THE CHANNEL BETWEEN GREEN ISLAND AND HONG KONG ISLAND AND THE IMMENSE OPPORTUNITIES PROVIDED BY THE REMOVAL OF THE AIRPORT FROM KAI TAK.

HE SAID THESE URBAN RECLAMATIONS WOULD GIVE THE GOVERNMENT THE OPPORTUNITY TO REPLAN THE OLDER URBAN AREAS, AS ENVISAGED IN THE METROPLAN.

”IN DOING THIS, AN IMPORTANT POINT WILL BE TO MAKE SURE THAT THE PLANNING OF LAND USE IS PROPERLY CO-ORDINATED WITH THE PROVISION OF NEW TRANSPORT FACILITIES,” HE SAID.

-------0---------

TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE BEING DEVELOPED * * * * *

THE GOVERNMENT IS CONTINUING TO DEVELOP THE TERRITORY'S TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE IN OTHER AREAS AT A TIME WHEN PRELIMINARY PLANNING AND FEASIBILITY STUDIES FOR MANY OF THE PROJECTS NEEDED FOR NEW FORT AND AIRPORT DEVELOPMENTS HAVE EITHER BEGUN OR WILL SOON START, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

NOTING THAT THE RAILWAY SECTION OF THE EASTERN HARBOUR CROSSING OPENED IN AUGUST, AND THE ROAD SECTION IN SEPTEMBER. FOUR MONTHS AHEAD OF SCHEDULE, SIR DAVID SAID THIS MAGNIFICENT ACHIEVEMENT BY THE PRIVATE SECTOR HAD BROUGHT SOME MUCH-NEEDED RELIEF BOTH TO THE CROSS HARBOUR TUNNEL AND THE MTR NATHAN ROAD CORRIDOR.

HE SAID THAT OTHER MAJOR PROJECTS TO IMPROVE THE TRANSPORT LINKS WERE ON SCHEDULE.

"ROUTE 5 BETWEEN SHA TIN AND TSUEN WAN WILL OPEN EARLY NEXT YEAR, FOLLOWED BY THE TUNNEL LINKING JUNK BAY (OR, AS IT WILL BE CALLED IN FUTURE, TSEUNG KWAN O) TO KWUN TONG AND THE FINAL STAGES OF THE NEW TERRITORIES CIRCULAR ROAD.

"IN 1991, THE TATE'S CAIRN TUNNEL (ALREADY WELL ADVANCED) AND THE KWUN TONG BYPASS WILL BE COMPLETED, TO BRING COMFORT AND GREATLY IMPROVED TRANSPORT CONNECTIONS FOR THE TRAVEL-WEARY INHABITANTS OF SHA TIN AND THE NEW TERRITORIES," HE SAID.

/SIR DAVID

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989


SIR DAVID SAID THE GREEN PAPER ON TRANSPORT POLICY PUBLISHED IN MAY GAVE DETAILS OF A LARGE NUMBER OF OTHER ROAD AND RAIL PROJECTS WHICH WOULD BE LAUNCHED DURING THE NEXT 10 YEARS.

HOWEVER, A TRANSPORT POLICY WAS NOT SIMPLY A MATTER OF BUILDING MORE ROADS AND RAILWAYS.

HE SAID THE GREEN PAPER ALSO SET OUT STRATEGIES FOR IMPROVING AND EXPANDING PUBLIC TRANSPORT AND FOR MANAGING THE USE OF ROADS TO MAKE IT POSSIBLE TO KEEP BOTH PEOPLE AND GOODS MOVING.

"ROAD USE MANAGEMENT IS NEVER POPULAR. BUT WE HAVE TO BE REALISTIC," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID THAT HONG KONG BEING A SMALL, DENSELY CROWDED TERRITORY WITH ONLY LIMITED SPACE FOR NEW ROADS AND RAILWAYS, IT COULD NOT COPE WITH THE SAME LEVELS OF PRIVATE VEHICLE OWNERSHIP THAT WERE FOUND IN OTHER PROSPEROUS COMMUNITIES WITHOUT THE CITY GRINDING TO A HALT.

"THE GOODS VEHICLE FLEET HAS TO BE USED EFFICIENTLY TO MINIMISE ITS IMPACT ON CONGESTION AND THE ENVIRONMENT.

"MOST OF OUR POPULATION TRAVEL BY PUBLIC TRANSPORT. WE MUST DO WHAT WE CAN TO ENSURE THAT THEY REMAIN WILLING AND ABLE TO DO SO," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR ADDED THAT WHEN ALL THE COMMENTS ON THE GREEN PAPER HAD BEEN ABSORBED, THE IMPORTANT QUESTION OF HOW TO DO THIS WOULD BE TACKLED IN A TRANSPORT WHITE PAPER TO BE PUBLISHED EARLY NEXT YEAR.

-------0---------

TECHNOLOGY CENTRE PLANNED

*****

THE GOVERNMENT PLANS TO ESTABLISH A NEW HONG KONG TECHNOLOGY CENTRE AS PART OF ITS OVERALL STRATEGY TO UPGRADE THE ECONOMY, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

HE SAID THE TECHNOLOGY CENTRE WOULD PROVIDE FACILITIES FOR NEW AND SMALL HIGH TECHNOLOGY COMPANIES TO SHARE CERTAIN COMMON SERVICES UNTIL THEY WERE READY TO SET UP ON THEIR OWN.

NOTING THAT MAKING FULL USE OF MODERN TECHNOLOGY WAS ANOTHER IMPORTANT PRIORITY FOR AN INCREASINGLY SOPHISTICATED ECONOMY LIKE HONG KONG'S, THE GOVERNOR SAID HONG KONG HAD DONE A GREAT DEAL THROUGH ADOPTING ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY.

"OUR BANKING AND FINANCIAL SERVICES HAVE ACHIEVED STANDARDS OF EXCELLENCE SECOND TO NONE. OUR TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY IS ALREADY HIGHLY ADVANCED, AND THE CONSTRUCTION OF A SECOND NETWORK WILL CREATE NEW OPPORTUNITIES FOR COMPETITION.

/"THE MTRC

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 31 -

"THE MTRC AND KCRC HAVE BEEN NOTABLE FOR INTRODUCING THE BEST AVAILABLE TRANSPORT TECHNOLOGY," HE SAID.

OTHER SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY, IN PARTICULAR THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY, SIR DAVID SAID, WERE EXPLORING WHAT THEY NEEDED TO DO TO REMAIN TECHNOLOGICALLY COMPETITIVE IN WORLD MARKETS.

"THE GOVERNMENT RECOGNISES THE IMPORTANCE OF THESE EFFORTS," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR ALSO SAID TO EMPHASISE THE CONTRIBUTION WHICH IT WAS HOPED THE GROWING ACADEMIC COMMUNITY COULD MAKE TO THE TECHNOLOGICAL PROGRESS, THE GOVERNMENT WAS CONSIDERING LOCATING THE TECHNOLOGY CENTRE CLOSE TO THE CITY POLYTECHNIC AS WELL AS TO THE NEW HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY COUNCIL BUILDING.

-------0----------

GOVT CONTINUING TO PLAN FOR LONG TERM FUTURE

* * * * *

THE GOVERNMENT IS CONTINUING TO PLAN FOR THE LONG TERM FUTURE OF HONG KONG, DESPITE THE SHOCKS WE HAVE EXPERIENCED DURING THE YEAR, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

"WE HAVE A CLEAR VISION OF WHAT WE ARE TRYING TO ACHIEVE. IT IS A VISION THAT I HOPE WILL SUSTAIN HONG KONG DURING THE PRESENT PERIOD OF UNCERTAINTY AND GIVE US ALL CONFIDENCE IN OUR ABILITY TO OVERCOME WHATEVER PROBLEMS CONFRONT US," HE SAID.

HE POINTED OUT THAT AS A COMMUNITY WE TENDED TO TAKE FOR GRANTED WHAT WE HAD ACHIEVED.

"BUT WE ONLY HAVE TO LOOK BACK 10 YEARS TO SEE JUST HOW MUCH HAS BEEN DONE," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR CITED THE FOLLOWING EXAMPLES TO ILLUSTRATE THAT HONG KONG WAS A VERY DIFFERENT PLACE 10 YEARS AGO AND HOW MUCH HAD BEEN DONE SINCE 1979.

* OUR RELATIONS WITH CHINA WERE STILL VERY LIMITED. OUR DOMESTIC EXPORTS TO THE MAINLAND WERE ONLY WORTH 3600 MILLION (COMPARED TO S38 BILLION LAST YEAR). WE HAD ONLY RECENTLY OPENED AIR LINKS IN DECEMBER 1978, AND DIRECT TRAIN SERVICES FROM GUANGZHOU RESTARTED ONLY ON APRIL 4;

* THERE WAS NO UNIVERSAL FRANCHISE AT ANY LEVEL. ONLY ABOUT 32,000 PEOPLE HAD THE RIGHT TO VOTE IN URBAN COUNCIL ELECTIONS. THE ONLY DISTRICT BOARDS (THOSE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES) WERE WHOLLY APPOINTED;

* ONLY THAT YEAR, JUNIOR SECONDARY EDUCATION WAS FOR THE FIRST TIME MADE FREE AND COMPULSORY FOR CHILDREN BELOW THE AGE OF 15;

/• the FIRST

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 32 -

* THE FIRST SECTION OF THE MTR (FROM SHEK KIP MEI TO KWUN TONG) HAD JUST OPENED ON SEPTEMBER 30.

* WE HAD 2.2 MILLION TOURISTS, ABOUT 40 PER CENT OF THE FIGURE LAST YEAR;

* WE HAD NO BANK BUILDING HIGHER THAN 20 STOREYS, NO EXCHANGE SQUARE (BUT FOUR STOCK EXCHANGES), NO ACADEMY FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS, NO TSIM SHA TSUI EAST, NO ABERDEEN TUNNEL AND NO AIRPORT TUNNEL.

LOOKING AHEAD SLIGHTLY MORE THAN 10 YEARS, SIR DAVID SAID IN THE YEAR 2000, HONG KONG WOULD BE A SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION OF THE PEOPLE’S REPUBLIC OF CHINA.

"IT WILL HAVE A WHOLLY ELECTED LEGISLATURE. THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE, AND ALL THE MOST SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS, WILL BE HONG KONG CHINESE.

"THEY WILL EXERCISE A HIGH DEGREE OF AUTONOMY IN THE ADMINISTRATION OF HONG KONG.

"THE SAR WILL BE A LEADING REGIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL COMMERCIAL AND FINANCIAL CENTRE IN WHICH FOREIGN NATIONALS WILL PLAY AN IMPORTANT PART. AND IT WILL BE PLAYING A FULL ROLE IN A WIDE VARIETY OF INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATIONS," HE SAID.

PHYSICALLY, THE GOVERNOR POINTED OUT, HONG KONG WOULD HAVE CHANGED ALMOST BEYOND RECOGNITION.

"IT WILL TAKE ABOUT 25 MINUTES TO TRAVEL BY RAIL FROM CENTRAL KOWLOON TO THE NEW AIRPORT AT CHEK LAP KOK. ON THE WAY, YOU WILL GO ALONG THE NEW WEST KOWLOON RECLAMATION AND PASS NEW PORT FACILITIES AT STONECUTTERS ISLAND AND TSING YI.

"ALTERNATIVELY, YOU COULD TRAVEL FROM CENTRAL TO THE CHINESE BORDER VIA THE NEW WESTERN HARBOUR CROSSING. TSING YI, THE ROUTE 3 TUNNEL TO YUEN LONG AND THE LOK MA CHAU BRIDGE," HE SAID.

"REDEVELOPMENT WILL BE BEGINNING ON THE PRESENT SITE OF KAI TAK AIRPORT. OUR CONVENTION AND EXHIBITION CENTRE, BY THEN DOUBLED IN SIZE, WILL BE SOME 300 METRES INLAND. SO WILL EXCHANGE SQUARE.

"THE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT WILL HAVE EXPANDED GREATLY ONTO A NEW RECLAMATION WITH A VARIETY OF NEW CIVIC, CULTURAL AND COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS AND WITH A CONTINUOUS WALKWAY BESIDE THE HARBOUR LINKING OPEN PARK AREAS," SIR DAVID SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID STRIKING SOCIAL CHANGES WOULD ALSO HAVE TAKEN PLACE.

"OUR AMBITIOUS HOUSING PROGRAMME MEANS THAT ABOUT HALF OF OUR HOUSEHOLDS WILL BE LIVING IN SUBSIDISED HOUSING, ALMOST 40 PER CENT OF THEM IN FLATS WHICH THEY OWN THEMSELVES.

/"OUR REVISED .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 55 -

"OUR REVISED EDUCATIONAL TARGETS MEAN THAT AS MANY AS 20 PER CENT OF OUR 19-YEAR OLDS MAY BE STUDYING IN HONG KONG FOR FIRST DEGREES AND ANOTHER SEVEN PER CENT FOR OTHER TERTIARY LEVEL QUALIFICATIONS.

"OUR STRATEGY FOR FIGHTING POLLUTION MEANS THAT WE WILL HAVE SIGNIFICANTLY IMPROVED OUR ENVIRONMENT, INCLUDING THE AIR THAT WE BREATHE, AND WE WILL HAVE COMPLETELY OVERHAULED OUR SEWERAGE SYSTEM.

"THE ESTABLISHMENT OF OUR HOSPITAL AUTHORITY WILL HAVE LED TO MORE EFFICIENT MANAGEMENT, AND GREATLY REDUCED OVERCROWDING, IN OUR PUBLIC HOSPITALS.

"THERE WILL BE 20,000 PLACES IN OLD PEOPLE'S HOMES, AND A FURTHER 6,000 PLACES IN SHELTERED HOUSING PROVIDED BY THE HOUSING AUTHORITY. NINETY PER CENT OF ALL HOMES WILL HAVE ACCESS TO UP TO 20 TELEVISION CHANNELS, AND 46 PER CENT OF THE POPULATION WILL BE LIVING IN THE NEW TERRITORIES," SIR DAVID SAID.

PLANS DEMONSTRATE GOVT'S COMMITMENT

* * * * *

THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THAT THE PLANS HE HAD OUTLINED DEMONSTRATED THE GOVERNMENT'S COMMITMENT TO THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.

"THEY ARE A MAJOR INVESTMENT FOR OUR FUTURE PROSPERITY. THEY WILL BE VERY EXPENSIVE. WE CAN AFFORD THEM. BUT ONLY IF WE ARE PREPARED TO EXERCISE PRUDENCE AND RESTRAINT IN OTHER AREAS OF PUBLIC EXPENDITURE.

"IT WILL BE MORE NECESSARY THAN EVER TO ASSESS OUR PRIORITIES CAREFULLY. IN PARTICULAR, WE MUST KEEP A TIGHT CONTROL ON THE GROWTH OF THE CIVIL SERVICE," SIR DAVID SAID IN CONCLUDING HIS POLICY ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

THE GOVERNOR SAID THE AMOUNT OF MONEY THE GOVERNMENT WAS PROPOSING TO SPEND ON BUILDING FOR HONG KONG'S FUTURE MIGHT SEEM DAUNTING, BUT IT REPRESENTED A NECESSARY INVESTMENT IN HUMAN RESOURCES AND IN THE PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE.

"BY PRESSING AHEAD WITH SUCH AMBITIOUS PROGRAMMES DESPITE THE SPECIAL PRESSURES WHICH OUR COMMUNITY HAS SO RECENTLY FACED, THE GOVERNMENT IS DEMONSTRATING ITS COMMITMENT TO HONG KONG'S FUTURE.

"TO CARRY OUT THESE PROGRAMMES, WE WILL NEED ALL OUR ENTERPRISE. RESOURCEFULNESS AND EFFICIENCY. AND WE WILL HAVE TO ACCEPT THAT WE CAN ACHIEVE OUR GOALS ONLY BY CONTINUING TO GIVE PRIORITY TO THE OVERALL GROWTH OF OUR ECONOMY." HE SAID.

/NOTING THAT

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989


NOTING THAT IT HAD BEEN A DIFFICULT YEAR FOR HONG KONG, xi.t GOVEE OR SAID: ’’BUT WE HAVE HAD DIFFICULT YEARS BEFORE. WE HAVE SURVIVED THEM. WE HAVE EMERGED FROM THEM STRONGER AND MORE CONFIDENT IN OUR OWN ABILITY.”

”WE MUST HAVE CONFIDENCE IN OURSELVES. WITHOUT THIS, WE CANNOT EXPECT OTHER PEOPLE TO HAVE CONFIDENCE IN US.”

THE GOVERNOR GAVE AN ASSURANCE THE GOVERNMENT WOULD CONTINUE TO FACE RESOLUTELY THE CHALLENGES THAT LAY AHEAD.

”TO DO SO, WE NEED THE SUPPORT OF MEMBERS OF THIS COUNCIL AND OF THE WHOLE COMMUNITY. WE NEED MORE THAN THAT. WE NEED LEADERSHIP FROM WITHIN THE COMMUNITY.

”IN 1997, HONG KONG WILL BE RUN BY HONG KONG PEOPLE. THEY MUST HAVE CONFIDENCE IN THEMSELVES, AND IN THE LEADERS THEY CHOOSE, IF THEY ARE TO ENJOY THE STABILITY AND PROGRESS, FOR THEMSELVES AND THEIR FAMILIES, FOR WHICH THIS WHOLE COMMUNITY WORKS SO HARD,” SIR DAVID SAID.

------0------

NEW AIRPORT, PORT DEVELOPMENT HIGHLIGHT ’BUILDING FOR FUTURE’

* ***** *

DECISIONS TO BUILD A NEW INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT AT CHEK LAP KOK AND TO UNDERTAKE MAJOR PORT DEVELOPMENT WERE HIGHLIGHTS OF A ’’BUILDING FOR THE FUTURE” PROGRAMME OUTLINED BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

IN HIS POLICY ADDRESS AT THE OPENING OF THE COUNCIL’S NEW SESSION. THE GOVERNOR ALSO SAID THE GOVERNMENT AIMED TO PUBLISH A WHITE BILL ON A BILL OF RIGHTS FOR PUBLIC CONSULTATION BY THE END OF THIS YEAR, AND TO HAVE DRAFT LEGISLATION READY BY NEXT JULY.

SIR DAVID SAID THE NEW AIRPORT WOULD BE ABLE TO HANDLE 80 MILLION PASSENGERS A YEAR, AND THE FIRST OF TWO RUNWAYS WOULD BE SCHEDULED TO OPEN BY EARLY 1997.

PROVIDING ALL THE FACILITIES FOR SERVICING THE AIRPORT MEANT BUILDING A NEW TOWN FOR AT LEAST 150,000 PEOPLE, PLUS INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL FACILITIES, IN THE TUNG CHUNG VALLEY OF LANTAU ISLAND.

’’BUILDING THE NEW AIRPORT, AND THE ROAD AND RAIL LINKS ASSOCIATED WITH IT, WILL BE THE LARGEST PROJECT EVER UNDERTAKEN IN HONG KONG,” HE SAID.

UNVEILING PLANS TO CREATE A VIRTUALLY COMPLETELY NEW PORT ON THE WESTERN SIDE OF THE TERRITORY, THE GOVERNOR SAID THE NEXT CONTAINER TERMINAL, NO. 8, WOULD BE BUILT ON RECLAIMED LAND AT STONECUTTERS ISLAND, AND THE NO. 9 TERMINAL ON RECLAIMED LAND AT THE SOUTHEAST OF TSING YI ISLAND.

THE COST OF THE AIRPORT AND PORT WORKS, AND ASSOCIATED TRANSPORT LINKS AND SUPPORTING INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL FACILITIES, WOULD BE SOME $127 BILLION AT CURRENT PRICES OVER THE PERIOD UP TO THE YEAR 2006.

/SIR DAVID .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 198?

- 35 -

SIR DAVID SAID THE PLANNING, CONSTRUCTION AND ULTIMATELY THE MANAGEMENT OF THE AIRPORT WOULD BE ENTRUSTED TO A NEW AIRPORT AUTHORITY, AND MEMBERS OF A PROVISIONAL AUTHORITY WOULD BE APPOINTED EARLY NEXT YEAR. THE GOVERNMENT ALSO PROPOSED TO SET UP A PORT DEVELOPMENT BOARD.

THESE AND OTHER PLANS DEMONSTRATED THE GOVERNMENT'S COMMITMENT TO THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG, THE GOVERNOR SAID. HE EMPHASISED THAT HONG KONG MUST BUILD A FUTURE FOR THE BULK OF THE POPULATION WHO WOULD STILL BE HERE IN 1997 AND BEYOND.

ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT, AND THE FUTURE COMPOSITION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, SIR DAVID SAID THE GOVERNMENT WOULD HAVE IN MIND THE WIDELY HELD VIEW IN THE COMMUNITY THAT THERE SHOULD BE A SOMEWHAT FASTER RATE OF DEVELOPMENT IN 1991 THAN PREVIOUSLY ENVISAGED, AND ALSO THE FACT THAT BY 1995 ALL MEMBERS OF THE COUNCIL WOULD BE ELECTED BY ONE MEANS OR ANOTHER.

THE GOVERNOR ALSO SAID IN HIS POLICY ADDRESS:

* EDUCATION TARGETS SET ONLY LAST YEAR WILL BE UPGRADED SUBSTANTIALLY SO THAT 67,000 PLACES IN TERTIARY EDUCATION ARE AVAILABLE IN 1995.

* A NEW HONG KONG TECHNOLOGY CENTRE IS PLANNED AS PART OF THE OVERALL STRATEGY TO UPGRADE THE ECONOMY.

* SOCIAL WELFARE POLICIES WILL BE REVIEWED TO ENSURE THAT THEY MEET PUBLIC NEEDS INTO THE 1990'S AND BEYOND.

* A COMMISSION ON YOUTH WILL BE SET UP. THIS WILL BE CHAIRED BY A NON-OFFICIAL AND WILL INCLUDE SENIOR GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS AND A WIDE RANGE OF OTHER MEMBERS FROM THE COMMUNITY. INCLUDING YOUNG PEOPLE.

* HONG KONG’S NEW PRIORITY IN MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES MUST BE TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF SERVICE, AND THE HOSPITAL AUTHORITY TO BE ESTABLISHED NEXT YEAR WILL BE WELL PLACED TO ENSURE THAT PUBLIC MONEY IS WELL SPENT.

* BETWEEN NOW AND 2001, THE HOUSING AUTHORITY PLANS TO PRODUCE 527,000 PUBLIC HOUSING FLATS, AND THE NUMBER OF FAMILIES WHO OWN THEIR OWN HOMES, AT PRESENT 41 PER CENT, WILL RISE STEADILY.

* THE GOVERNMENT IS CONTINUING TO DEVELOP THE TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE, AND A WHITE PAPER ON TRANSPORT POLICY WILL BE PUBLISHED EARLY NEXT YEAR.

* POLLUTION MUST BE BROUGHT UNDER CONTROL AND THE $20 BILLION TO BE SPENT SHOWS THE IMPORTANCE OF THIS OBJECTIVE. ALL MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY CAN PLAY A PART IN PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT.

* AS PART OF EFFORTS TO INVOLVE FOREIGN BUSINESSMEN MORE IN THE LIFE OF THE COMMUNITY, AN INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS COMMITTEE, CHAIRED BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY, WILL BE FORMED.

-------0 -------- /36...............................................

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

THE FOLLOWING IS THE SUMMARY DELIVERED BY THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, ON HIS ANNUAL ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WHICH WAS TAPED FOR BROADCAST ON RADIO AND TELEVISION THIS (WEDNESDAY) EVENING:

WHEN I SPOKE TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL THIS AFTERNOON, I ANNOUNCED THE GOVERNMENT'S PLANS FOR TAKING HONG KONG INTO THE NEXT CENTURY. WHAT THIS MEANS IS THAT WE ARE ABOUT TO EMBARK ON THE MOST AMBITIOUS PROGRAMME OF GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURE WE HAVE EVER UNDERTAKEN. THIS YEAR WE HAVE ALL BEEN BADLY AFFECTED BY THE TRAGIC EVENTS IN PEKING, BUT I AM NOT HERE GOING TO DWELL ON THE PAST. WHAT WE HAVE GOT TO DO IS TO LOOK AHEAD AND TO FOCUS OUR ATTENTION ON HOW BEST WE ARE GOING TO BUILD A FUTURE FOR OUR COMMUNITY WHICH IS SECURE AND PROSPEROUS.

THE BIGGEST SINGLE PROJECT WE ARE GOING TO UNDERTAKE WILL BE THE NEW INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT. WE HAVE NOW DECIDED THAT IT IS GOING TO BE BUILT AT CHEK LAP KOK. ALREADY KAI TAK IS FAST BECOMING OVERCROWDED. THE NEW AIRPORT, WHICH WILL BE OPEN 24 HOURS A DAY, WILL BE ABLE TO HANDLE OVER THREE TIMES AS MANY PASSENGERS AS KAI TAK, AND THE FIRST PLANES SHOULD BE LANDING THERE BY EARLY 1997. THE SECOND MAJOR PROJECT AMOUNTS TO BUILDING A BRAND NEW HARBOUR, ALSO ON THE WESTERN SIDE OF THE TERRITORY. THE AMOUNT OF CARGO THROUGH THE EXISTING PORT HAS ALMOST DOUBLED OVER ANY OF THE PAST FIVE YEARS. AND SO TO COPE WITH CONTINUED GROWTH AT THAT RATE WE WILL HAVE TO BUILD BIG NEW CONTAINER FACILITIES AND GREATLY EXPAND THE PORT'S OVERALL CAPACITY.

TO SERVICE THESE NEW SEA AND AIRPORT FACILITIES WE WILL NEED TO BUILD A MAJOR TRANSPORT NETWORK, ROAD AND RAIL LINKS TO LANTAU BY BRIDGES AND TUNNELS, AND A THIRD NEW HARBOUR CROSSING AS WELL AS INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL SUPPORT FACILITIES. THE COST OF ALL THESE PROJECTS IS GOING TO BE VERY HIGH INDEED: OVER THE NEXT 16 YEARS. SOME $35 BILLION ON THE AIRPORT AND ANOTHER $50 BILLION ON NEW HARBOUR FACILITIES. TOGETHER WITH THE TRANSPORT AND OTHER FACILITIES, THAT MAKES A TOTAL OF SOME $127 BILLION BY THE YEAR 2006. BUT I AM QUITE CLEAR THAT OUR FUTURE GROWTH MAKES IT ESSENTIAL THAT WE SHOULD START THESE PROJECTS STRAIGHT AWAY. I AM ALSO SURE THAT PROVIDED WE MANAGE OUR FINANCES CAREFULLY. THE ECONOMY CAN GENERATE THE SORT OF MONEY NEEDED TO PAY FOR THEM.

WHAT WE ARE TALKING ABOUT IS A SUM WHICH IS EQUAL TO INVESTING ABOUT $1,500 EACH YEAR FOR EACH MEMBER OF THE COMMUNITY. OVER THE NEXT 16 YEARS. NOW THAT IS A LARGE SUM BUT IT IS AFFORDABLE, ESPECIALLY IF WE INVOLVE THE PRIVATE SECTOR IN AS MANY PROJECTS AS POSSIBLE.

THESE HUGE SCHEMES WILL OF COURSE CHANGE THE ENTIRE PATTERN OF DEVELOPMENT WITHIN THE TERRITORY. LARGE AREAS OF LANTAU AND PARTS OF THE WESTERN SIDE OF THE TERRITORY ARE GOING TO BECOME ATTRACTIVE INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL LOCATIONS. WE WILL BE ABLE TO BREAK AWAY FROM THE CONGESTION OF THE EXISTING BUILT UP AREAS WHERE SO MANY OF THE COMMUNITY NOW LIVE AND WORK.

/BUT WE .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 11, 1989

- 37 -

BUT WE ARE PLANNING TO INVEST NOT JUST IN BUILDINGS, BUT. VERY IMPORTANTLY, TO INVEST IN PEOPLE, PARTICULARLY OUR YOUNG PEOPLE. EVERYBODY HOPES THEIR CHILDREN WILL DO WELL ENOUGH IN EXAMS TO BE ABLE TO CONTINUE THEIR EDUCATION AFTER SECONDARY SCHOOL. AND OF COURSE, THE ECONOMY URGENTLY NEEDS MORE WELL-EDUCATED AND PROFESSIONALLY QUALIFIED YOUNG PEOPLE. ONLY LAST YEAR WE RAISED THE TARGET FOR THE NUMBER OF PLACES FOR STUDENTS STUDYING FOR A FIRST DEGREE, AND PLANNED THAT WE WOULD ALMOST DOUBLE THEM BY 1995. BUT NOW I FEEL THAT THAT TARGET ISN’T AMBITIOUS ENOUGH. WHAT WE MUST NOW TRY TO DO IS TO PROVIDE 67,000 SUCH PLACES, SO THAT BY 1995 ONE IN FOUR OF OUR YOUNG PEOPLE HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY FOR FURTHER EDUCATION AFTER LEAVING SCHOOL.

NOW, INCREASINGLY, PEOPLE ARE CONCERNED ABOUT THE QUALITY OF LIFE. THIS MEANS, IN THE FIRST PLACE, PROVIDING THE RIGHT SORT OF HOMES. OUR PUBLIC HOUSING PROGRAMME IS ALREADY SECOND TO NONE. LAST YEAR MORE NEW FLATS WERE BUILT THAN IN ANY PREVIOUS YEAR. BUT THAT’S NOT ENOUGH. MOST FAMILIES WANT TO OWN THEIR OWN HOME, SO IN FUTURE A MUCH HIGHER PROPORTION OF OUR PUBLIC HOUSING IS GOING TO BE PUT ON SALE AT AFFORDABLE PRICES. NOW THERE’S SOME 41 PER CENT OF HONG KONG FAMILIES WHO OWN THEIR OWN HOMES: THAT NUMBER IS GOING TO RISE STEADILY.

IN THE PAST WE HAVE BEEN COMPLACENT ABOUT ANOTHER ESSENTIAL INGREDIENT IN THE QUALITY OF LIFE - THE ENVIRONMENT. WE HAVE NOW WORKED OUT A DETAILED PROGRAMME TO FIGHT POLLUTION, AND WE’VE EARMARKED $20 BILLION OVER THE NEXT 10 YEARS FOR THAT PURPOSE. BUT IT IS NOT JUST A QUESTION OF MONEY, IT’S ALSO A QUESTION OF PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY. AT RISK IS NOT ONLY THE NATURAL BEAUTY AROUND US, BUT THE HEALTH OF OUR CHILDREN AND OURSELVES.

WE WILL TACKLE THESE ENORMOUS AND EXPENSIVE SCHEMES WITH CONFIDENCE, AND IT’S A CONFIDENCE WHICH IS BASED FIRMLY ON HONG KONG’S OWN TRACK RECORD. THINK BACK JUST 10 YEARS. THEN, WE HAD ONLY JUST INTRODUCED FREE AND COMPULSORY EDUCATION FOR CHILDREN UNDER 15; THE MTR HAD ONLY JUST OPENED ITS FIRST SECTION. THERE WAS NO TSIM SHA TSUI EAST, NO ABERDEEN TUNNEL, NO AIRPORT TUNNEL AND DIRECT TRANSPORT LINKS TO CHINA HAD ONLY JUST RESTARTED.

WE ARE DETERMINED THAT WE ARE GOING TO CONTINUE THE DEVELOPMENTS OF THOSE PAST 10 YEARS. TOGETHER WE MUST CREATE A CITY WHICH CAN COMPETE WITH ANYWHERE ELSE IN THE WORLD, BOTH IN ITS ECONOMIC SUCCESS, AND IN THE QUALITY OF LIFE WHICH ITS RESIDENTS ENJOY. THAT’S THE HONG KONG OF THE NEXT CENTURY WE WANT, AND THAT WE MUST BUILD NOW.

-------0---------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

AIRPORT, PORT PROJECT IN LINE WITH HK'S DEVELOPMENT: CS ..... 1

ISLAND, RECLAIMED LAND FOR AIRPORT PROJECT .................. 4

HOSPICE DESERVES COMMUNITY SUPPORT .......................... 6

SURVEY OF RESTAURANT RECEIPTS, PURCHASES FOR SECOND QUARTER . 7

GOVT RECOGNISES ITS ROLE IN IMPROVING PRODUCT QUALITY........ 10

HK STANDS TO GAIN FROM NW TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS ............... 11

$400,000 WORTH OF GARMENTS BEARING FALSE ORIGIN LABELS SEIZED 1? POLICE DELEGATION ATTENDED ASIAN DRUG LAW ENFORCEMENT

SYMPOSIUM..................................................

CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN GEIS UNDERWAY ...................... 15

LONG-SERVING CNTA STAFF AWARDED CERTIFICATES ................ 16

FESTIVAL TO MARK TUEN MUN DEVELOPMENT........................ 1?

SEMINAR ON WHOLE-DAY OPERATION OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS ........... 18

STORY TELLING COMPETITION IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN ............ 19

MONDAY DEADLINE FOR DB SUBSIDY APPLICATIONS ................. 19

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS REPORTS ON LANDFILL OPERATIONS ...... 20

LEGAL AID DEPT'S KOWLOON BRANCH ON MOVE...................... 20

GRADING OF BEACH WATER QU/ilTY............................... 21

SPECIAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN HAPPY VALLEY ................ 2?

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN SHa TIN .............................. 26

TRAFFIC ARR'-NGEMENTS IN CENTRAL............................. 27

URBAN CLEARWAYS IN KWUN TONG ................................ 27

URBAN CLEARWAY IN KWAI CHUNG ................................ 28

GOODS VEHICLE BAN ZONE IN TSUEN WAN ......................... 28

THURSDAY OCTOBER 12, 1989

AIRPORT, PORT PROJECT IN LINE WITH HE’S DEVELOPMENT: CS »*»**»*

THE PORT AND AIRPORT DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY (PADS) PROJECT IS VERY MUCH IN THE CONTEXT OF THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF HONG KONG AND FOLLOWS ON FROM WHAT THE GOVERNMENT HAS BEEN DOING OVER THE YEARS TO PROVIDE THE RIGHT SORT OF INFRASTRUCTURE FOR THE TERRITORY’S ECONOMY Tn DEVELOP AND FLOURISH, THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR DAVID FORD, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

SPEAKING AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TO ANNOUNCE DETAILS OF THE PADS PROJECT, SIR DAVID SAID THAT WHILE THE GOVERNMENT HAD BEEN SPENDING VAST SUMS OF MONEY TO IMPROVE KAI TAK AIRPORT, HIGHWAY SYSTEMS AND PORT FACILITIES, THE NEW DEVELOPMENT WAS A QUANTUM LEAP INSOFAR AS PORT AND AIRPORT DEVELOPMENT WAS CONCERNED.

"IT IS NOT SIMPLY AS A WAY OF BOOSTING CONFIDENCE IN THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG. THAT IS VERY MUCH INCIDENTAL TO THE REAL NEED TO DEVELOP OUR AIRPORT AND OUR PORT," HE SAID.

THE CHIEF SECRETARY POINTED OUT THAT THERE COULD BE NO DOUBT THAT KAI TAK AIRPORT WAS ALREADY APPROACHING SATURATION POINT, AND IN THE YEARS AHEAD IT WOULD BE INCREASINGLY CONGESTED DESPITE THE GOVERNMENT PROGRAMME TO EXPAND ITS FACILITIES.

KAI TAK, HE SAID, WAS ALREADY THE SECOND BUSIEST AIRPORT IN ASIA AFTER NARITA AIRPORT IN TOKYO.

LAST YEAR SOME 15.3 MILLION PASSENGERS PASSED THROUGH KAI TAK, AN INCREASE OF ABOUT 20 PER CENT OVER 1987.

"ON A LONG TERM FORECAST GROWTH OF ONLY FIVE PER CENT PER YEAR, WE WILL HAVE 50 MILLION PASSENGERS BY THE YEAR 2011," SIR DAVID NOTED.

HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT HAD LOOKED AT THE POSSIBILITY OF EXTENDING THE LIFE OF KAI TAK, EITHER BY BUILDING A SECOND RUNWAY OR BY A VARIETY OF OTHER MEASURES.

"AND THE FIRST CONCLUSION THAT WE’VE COME TO IS THAT REALLY THERE IS NO WAY IN WHICH KAI TAK CAN MEET OUR NEEDS BEYOND 1996," HE SAID.

THE CHIEF SECRETARY POINTED OUT THAT IF A NEW AIRPORT WAS NOT BUILT, THE ECONOMIC D1SBENEF1TS OF LIVING WITH KAI TAK AND THE CONGESTION WOULD AMOUNT TO SOME $100 BILLION BETWEEN 1996 AND 2010.

"THAT WOULD RESULT FROM LOST TOURIST TRAFFIC, FOREGONE BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES AND SO ON," HE ADDED.

SIR DAVID SAID HONG KONG ALSO NEEDED TO DEVELOP A NEW PORT BECAUSE ON A LONG-TERM FORECAST GROWTH WHICH WAS A FAIRLY MODEST EIGHT PER CENT PER ANNUM, THERE WOULD BE A FIVE-FOLD INCREASE IN THE CAPACITY REQUIRED BY THE YEAR 2011.

/'•KWAI CHUNG,

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

2

"KWAI CHUNG, AS YOU KNOW, IS ALREADY THE BIGGEST CONTAINER PORT IN THE WORLD, AND THE GROWTH HAS BEEN QUITE SUBSTANTIAL — 14 PER CENT GROWTH PER ANNUM OVER THE LAST FIVE YEARS," HE SAID.

THIS DEMAND HAD PROMPTED THE CONSTRUCTION OF CONTAINER TERMINAL 7. THE TERMINALS 8 AND 9, AS ANNOUNCED BY THE GOVERNOR IN HIS POLICY ADDRESS YESTERDAY, WOULD BE SITUATED AT STONECUTTERS ISLAND AND TSING YI.

THIS WOULD MEAN ALL THE POTENTIAL AREAS WITHIN THE PRESENT HARBOUR LIMITS FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF CONTAINER PORTS WOULD THEN BASICALLY HAVE BEEN USED UP, STR DAVID NOTED.

"IT'S FOR THAT REASON THEREFORE THAT WE HAVE TO MAKE A QUANTUM LEAP TOO IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF OUR PORT IN THE SAME WAY AS WE HAVE TO DO FOR OUR AIRPORT. AND THAT WILL BE OUT INTO THE WESTERN HARBOUR.

"SO IT’S THOSE TWO FACTORS TAKEN TOGETHER WHICH LED US TO THE STRATEGIC DECISION THAT WE NEEDED TO DEVELOP, IN TANDEM, A NEW PORT AND A NEW AIRPORT," HE SAID.

THE CHIEF SECRETARY POINTED OUT THAT ANY DECISION ON A NEW AIRPORT WAS A PROBLEM THAT REQUIRED TIME, NOT ONLY HERE BUT IN PLACES AROUND THE WORLD.

SIR DAVID SAID THE DECISION ON A NEW AIRPORT FOR HONG KONG INVOLVED A TREMENDOUS FINANCIAL COMMITMENT.

"I THINK IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO REALISE TOO THAT THE DECISION IN 1983 WAS NOT SIMPLY WAVERING AS TO WHETHER WE SHOULD GO AHEAD OR NOT. ->

"THERE WAS A VERY CONSCIOUS DECISION TAKEN IN '83, BUT BECAUSE OF OUR FINANCIAL SITUATION AT THAT TIME AND OUR FORECAST OF OUR FUTURE FINANCIAL POSITION, WE WERE NOT IN A POSITION TO MAKE THE DECISION TO GO AHEAD IN ’83," THE CHIEF SECRETARY EXPLAINED.

IN THE TWO YEARS THAT THE PADS STUDIES TOOK PLACE, SOME 50 DIFFERENT STUDIES, SOME OF WHICH WERE VERY COMPLEX, HAD BEEN LOOKED AT, SIR DAVID SAID.

"WE HAVE HAD TO GET THIS DECISION RIGHT. THERE COULD BE NO QUESTION OF MAKING A DECISION AND THEN FINDING FOR ONE REASON OR ANOTHER, EITHER FOR THE ENGINEERING CONSIDERATIONS OR FOR THE SITUATION IN THE HYDROLOGICAL STUDIES OR THE AERONAUTICAL STUDIES, THAT WE WERE THWARTED.

"THEREFORE IT IS PRUDENT OF US, WITH THIS VAST EXPENDITURE, INVOLVED, TO TAKE THOSE TWO YEARS AND COME UP WITH WHAT WE BELIEVE NOW TO BE A VERY SOLIDLY BASED DECISION," THE CHIEF SECRETARY SAID.

• ■ ■ 1

IN DECIDING THE NEW PORT AND AIRPORT DEVELOPMENT, NO LESS THAN 47 SCENARIOS WERE LOOKED AT, AND THESE WERE NARROWED DOWN TO THREE OPTIONS -- THE RETENTION OF KAI TAK AIRPORT, CHEK LAP KOK AND THE WESTERN HARBOUR

/HAVING DISMISSED

THURSDAY. ' . fOBER 12, 1989

- 3

HAVING DISMISSED RETAINING KAI TAK, THE CHIEF SECRETARY SAID, Till WESTERN HARBOUR PROJECT, WHICH WOULD HAVE BEEN THE LARGEST MANMADE ISLAND, WOULD HAVE INVOLVED IMMENSE ENGINEERING PROBLEMS.

IT WOULD ALSO COST MORE, TAKE LONGER TO COMPLETE AND THE TRANSPORT SYSTEM WOULD BE LESS SATISFACTORY, HE SAID.

"IN ADDITION, IT WOULD HAVE BLOCKED OFF FROM USE AS A PORT, THE GREAT POTENTIAL OF THE WESTERN HARBOUR WHICH IS NOW FUNDAMENTAL IN OUR NEW STRATEGY," SIR DAVID SAID.

"THE AREA TO THE NORTH WOULD CLEARLY HAVE BEEN INACCESSIBLE IF WE’D PUT THE AIRPORT THERE. SO WE HAVE DISCOUNTED THE WESTERN HARBOUR APPROACH MAINLY ON THOSE CONSIDERATIONS ALTHOUGH THERE ARE OTHERS," HE ADDED.

t. HEK LAP KOK, ON THE OTHER HAND, WOULD BE AVAILABLE TWO YEARS EARLIER THAN THE WESTERN HARBOUR PROPOSAL, AND AT A LOWER CONSTRUCTION COST OF #35 BILLION AS AGAINST $4 1 BILLION FOR WESTERN HARBOUR THIS WAS CLEARLY A BIG FACTOR, THE CHIEF SECRETARY SAID.

"THERE IS A GREATER URBAN DEVELOPMENT POTENTIAL AT TUNG CHUNG AND AT TAI HO FOR SOME 200,000 PEOPLE. THERE IS THE POTENTIAL OF 370 HECTARES O’ INDUSTRIAL LAND AVAILABLE ON NORTH LANTAU, AND ON A MEASURE OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT IT WAS EASILY THE BEST SOLUTION," HE SAID.

SIR DAVID ALSO NOTED THAT CHOOSING CHEK LAP KOK WOULD PROVIDE FOR MUCH BETTER USE OF STRATEGIC RAIL AND ROAD LINKS ALONG THE NORTH COAST OF L,NTAU.

ANOTHER IMPORTANT FACTOR, HE SAID, WAS THAT A GREAT DEAL OF WORK HAD BEEN DONE ON CHEK LAP KOK WITH THE GOVERNMENT HAVING SPENT MORE THAN $300 MILLION ON ENGINEERING STUDIES.

"WE ARE VERY CONFIDENT ABOUT THE ENGINEERING SITUATION THERE, ABOUT THE SOIL SITUATION, ABOUT THE WATER SITUATION AND ABOUT THE AERONAUTICAL SITUATION," HE ADDED.

"ALL THAT CERTAINTY AGAINST THE TIME CONSTRAINTS OF KAI TAK BECOMING SATURATED BY THE YEAR 1996 HAS ALSO BEEN A BIG FACTOR IN OUR THINKING," SIR DAVID SAID.

TURNING TO NEW PORT FACILITIES, THE CHIEF SECRETARY SAID IN ADDITION TO TERMINALS 8 AND 9, THERE WOULD BE NEW CONTAINER TERMINALS ON NORTHEAST LANTAU, DEVELOPED ALONGSIDE MULTI-PURPOSE BERTHS AND THE NEW WEST LAMMA CHANNEL FOR MARINE ACCESS.

"THERE WILL BE A LONG BREAKWATER IN WESTERN HARBOUR, GOING OFF CHEUNG CHAU, AND THAT WILL PROVIDE SHELTERED WATER TO THE NORTH OF IT, AND WILL REALLY EXTEND THE SIZE OF THE HARBOUR QUITE SUBSTANTIALLY.

/"THERE WILL

THURSDAY, OCTOBI® 12, 1989


’’THERE WILL BE NEW WATERFRONT INDUSTRIAL LAND AND CA^GO WORKING AREAS IN TUEN MUN, THIS WILL SERVICE THE PEARL RIVER TRADE AND WILL BE A PORT SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED FOR THE SMALL CRAFT WHICH COM! D< 'N FROM CHINA AND WHICH WILL OBVIATE THE NEED FOR OUR MAIN SHIi PING CHANNELS TO BE CLOGGED UP WITH A LARGE NUMBER OF SMALL VESSELS COMING INTO THE CENTRE OF THE HARBOUR HERE," HE SAID.

AS A RESULT OF THE WHOLE PROJECT, WHICH WOULD COST ABOUT $127 BILLION, KAI TAK WOULD BE CLEARED FOR OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE REDEVELOPMENT OF KOWLOON UNDER THE METROPLAN, LAND SALES AND THE LIFTING OF HEIGHT RESTRICTIONS IN THE PENINSULA, SIR DAVID POINTED OUT.

A PROVISIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY, CHAIRED BY THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, WOULD BE SET UP EARLY NEXT YEAR.

"WE ARE INTENDING TO RECRUIT THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OF THAT AIRPORT AUTHORITY AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AND HE WILL BECOME THE DEPUTY-CHAIRMAN OF THE PROVISIONAL AIRPORT AUTHORITY AS SOON AS HE ARRIVES IN HONG KONG.

"IN 1991 THAT WILL TRANSFORM INTO THE AIRPORT AUTHORITY AND WILL TAKE ON THE BUILDING AND EVENTUALLY THE RUNNING OF THE AIRPORT," HE 8/ID.

A NON-STATUTORY PORT DEVELOPMENT BOARD, CHAIRED BY A NONOFFICIAL, OULD BE ESTABLISHED IN APRIL NEXT YEAR TO ADVISE THE GOVERNMENT ON THE BEST WAY TO DEVELOP THE PORT.

"PERHAPS MOST IMPORTANTLY OF ALL, WE WILL ESTABLISH WITHIN THE GOVERNMENT VERY DETAILED ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE PROJECT MANAGEMENT OF ALL THESE MAJOR PROJECTS.

"THE SECRETARY FOR WORKS IS GOING TO BE LARGELY RESPONSIBLE FOR PULLING TOGETHER ALL THESE PROJECTS TO MAKE SURE THEY MEET THEIR TIME SCAL% AND INDIVIDUAL SECRETARIES WILL LOOK AFTER THE PROJECTS WITH THEIR OWN DEPARTMENTS," SIR DAVID SAID.

-----0-----

ISLAND, RECLAIMED LAND FOR AIRPORT PROJECT

ELABORATING ON PLANS FOR BUILDING A NEW INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT, THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, MRS ANSON CHAN, SAID TODAY <THURSDAY) THE AIRPORT WOULD BE CONSTRUCTED ON CHEK LAP KOK AND RECLAIMED LAND, INVOLVING ABOUT 100 HECTARES.

THE AIRPORT, WITH TWO RUNWAYS, WOULD BE CAPABLE OF HANDLING 80 MILLION PASSENGERS AND FOUR MILLION TONNES OF CARGO ANNUALLY, MRS CHAN SAID AT A PRESS CONFERENCE ON THE PORT AND AIRPORT DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY (PADS).

/"THE TWO .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

- 5 -

*4

"THE TWO RUNWAYS TOGETHER WILL HAVE A CAPACITY FOR OVER 70 AIRCRAFT MOVEMENTS PER HOUR WHICH IS MORE THAN DOUBLE KAI TAK’S DESIGNED CAPACITY OF 30 AIRCRAFT MOVEMENTS PER HOUR.

"THE NEW AIRPORT WILL BE PASSENGERS IN THE FIRST YEAR OF FIRST RUNWAY IS OPERATIONAL. THE TAK IS 24 MILLION PASSENGERS PER

CAPABLE OF HANDLING 28.6 MILLION ITS OPERATION, THAT IS, WHEN THE CURRENT MAXIMUM POTENTIAL FOR KAI ANNUM," SHE SAID.

MRS CHAN SAID THE LATEST AVIATION TECHNOLOGY WOULD BE USED IN DESIGNING BOTH THE RUNWAYS AND THE AIR PASSENGER TERMINAL OF THE NEW AIRPORT.

IT WAS HOPED THAT THE FIRST RUNWAY WOULD BE OPERATIONAL BY THE EARLY PART OF 1997 AND, DEPENDING ON THE ACTUAL NEED AT THE TIME, THE SECOND RUNWAY COULD BE OPERATIONAL WITHIN TWO YEARS FROM THAT DATE.

ON FINANCIAL PACKAGING, THE SECRETARY FOR THE TREASURY, MR HAMISH MACLEOD, SAID PRIVATE SECTOR PARTICIPATION WOULD BE A KEY TO A RANGE OF INDIVIDUAL PROJECTS. IT WAS ESTIMATED THAT THE PRIVATE SECTOR WOULD FIND IT ATTRACTIVE TO PARTICIPATE IN ABOUT 40-60 PER CENT OF THE PROJECTS IN TERMS OF THE TOTAL COST.

HE SAID THE PROJECTS WHICH WOULD BE ATTRACTIVE TO THE PRIVATE SECTOR WOULD INCLUDE IN THE PORT, THE CONTAINER TERMINALS AND CONTAINER BACK-UP AREAS SUCH AS CONTAINER LORRY PARKING AND CARGO WORKING AREAS.

AS FAR AS THE AIRPORT WAS CONCERNED, MR MACLEOD SAID THE FUNDING OF THE AIRPORT AUTHORITY WOULD BE BY A MIXTURE OF EQUITY AND LOANS. INITIALLY, IT WOULD BE GOVERNMENT EQUITY. IT WOULD THEN RAISE MONEY ON THE MARKET IN A WAY RATHER SIMILAR TO HOW THE MTRC RAISED MONEY FOR THE MASS TRANSIT RAILWAY.

ON THE TRANSPORT AND RAILWAY SIDE, THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, MR MICHAEL LEUNG, SAID A DUAL THREE-LANE EXPRESSWAY 12 KILOMETRES LONG WOULD BE BUILT ALONG THE COAST OF NORTH LANTAU SERVING THE AIRPORT, THE PORT, AND THE TUNG CHUNG COMMUNITY.

A FIXED CROSSING WOULD BE BUILT TO LINK NORTH LANTAU AND MA WAN AND THEN A BRIDGE OR A TUNNEL WOULD BE BUILT TO LINK MA WAN AND TSING YI, SUBJECT TO FINDINGS OF A DETAILED STUDY.

THE LATTER CROSSING, MR LEUNG, SAID, IF IT WENT AHEAD WOULD BE A 1,400 METRE LONG SUSPENSION BRIDGE.

"MOVING ON, THIS BRIDGE AND ROAD GOES ON TO TSING YI ISLAND WHICH CONNECTS WITH THE TSING YI SECTION OF ROUTE 3 AND THEN GOES ON TO KWAI CHUNG ALONG THE COAST OF WEST KOWLOON ON NEW RECLAMATION ON THE WEST KOWLOON EXPRESSWAY. IT THEN GOES FURTHER DOWN SOUTH THROUGH THE THIRD HARBOUR CROSSING CONNECTING THE WESTERN PART OF HONG KONG ISLAND," MR LEUNG SAID.

ALONGSIDE THE NEW ROAD NETWORK, A FAST AND COMFORTABLE RAILWAY WOULD BE BUILT TO SERVICE AIRPORT PASSENGERS.

/ON FINANCING, ........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

6 -

ON FINANCING, MR LEUNG SAID THE LANTAU FIXED CROSSING COMPRISING EITHER A BRIDGE OR A TUNNEL, AND A THIRD HARBOUR CROSSING WOULD BE ATTRACTIVE TO THE PRIVATE SECTOR.

IT WAS HOPED THAT THE FINANCING PATTERN OF THESE TWO PROJECTS WOULD FOLLOW THAT OF THE EASTERN HARBOUR CROSSING AND THE TATE’S CAIRN TUNNEL WHICH WERT BOTH VERY SUCCESSFUL IN TERMS OF FINANCING AND CONSTRUCTION BY THE PRIVATE SECTOR.

WITH REGARD TO THE RAILWAY. IT WAS INTENDED TO USE ONE OF THE TWO EXISTING CORPORATIONS, WHICH HAD EXPERIENCE, TO FINANCE AND OPERATE THE RAIL LINK TO THE NEW AIRPORT.

-------0 ---------

HOSPICE DESERVES COMMUNITY SUPPORT

*****

HOSPICE HAS TO BE A COMMUNITY PROJECT AND DESERVES COMMUNITY SUPPORT, LADY WILSON SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

IN A SPEECH DELIVERED ON HER BEHALF AT THE OPEN HOUSE IN SHAM SHUI PO OF THE SOCIETY FOR THE PROMOTION OF HOSPICE CARE, LADY WILSON NOTED THAT THERE WAS NOW A HEIGHTENED AWARENESS OF THE NEED FOR AN INDEPENDENT HOSPICE, A STRONG HOME CARE PROGRAMME, AND FOR EDUCATION IN THE COMMUNITY.

"ALL OF THIS COSTS MONEY, AND WE GO FROM HERE WITH OUR HOPES HIGH THAT HONG KONG PEOPLE FROM ALL THE DIFFERENT SECTORS WILL SUPPORT THIS EXCELLENT PROJECT, WHICH WILL MAKE A DIFFERENCE TO SO MANY PEOPLE’S LIVES," SHE SAID.

"WE NEED FUNDS AND VOLUNTEERS," SHE ADDED.

LADY WILSON’S SPEECH WAS DELIVERED IN HER STEAD BY THE SOCIETY’S CO-ORDINATOR, MISS LUCY CHUNG.

LADY WILSON FOUND IT ENCOURAGING THAT THE CONCEPT OF HOSPICE CARE HAD BEEN WIDELY ACCEPTED IN MANY COMMUNITIES ALL OVER THE WORLD.

"THIS SHOWS HOW READY PEOPLE WERE TO LISTEN, AND THERE CLEARLY WAS A GAP IN THIS FIELD," SHE SAID.

LADY WILSON NOTED THAT THE CONCEPT TURNED INTO REALITY IN HONG KONG AS OF MAY OF THIS YEAR WITH THE ADVENT OF TWO FULL-TIME NURSES WORKING IN THE SOCIETY’S HOME CARE PROGRAMME.

"THESE -NURSES VISIT PATIENTS AND THEIR FAMILIES AT HOME, WHERE THEY HELP WITH PAIN AND SYMPTOM CONTROL, PROVIDE EMOTIONAL SUPPORT AND COUNSELLING, ANSWER QUESTIONS, AND HELP TO ADAPT THE HOME ENVIRONMENT FOR THE COMFORT OF THE PATIENT.

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

7

"IN AN EMERGENCY, THEY ARB JUST A TELEPHONE CALL AWAY,” SHE SAID.

"IN THE FOLLOWING MONTHS, WE HOPE TO SEE OTHER STAFF NURSES ADI ED TO THE HOME CARE PROGRAMME," SHE ADDED.

LADY WILSON DESCRIBED THE LAND GRANT FOR THE INDEPENDENT HOSPICE, A COMMUNITY PROJECT GENEROUSLY HELPED BY FUND RAISERS AND OTHER KIND GIVERS, AS A WONDERFUL BEGINNING OF A NEW PHASE.

“IT IS HOPED THAT ON A HILLSIDE IN SHA TIN, A MODEL HOSPICE CAN BE CREATED TO SET STANDARDS OF QUALITY CARE FOR TERMINALLY ILL PATIENTS AND THEIR FAMILIES," SHE SAID.

AS PLANS FOR THE BUILDING AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE INDEPENDENT HOSPICE GO FORWARD, THE SOCIETY FOR THE PROMOTION OF HOSPICE CARE CONTINUED ITS PROGRAMME OF LECTURES FOR PROFESSIONAL AND NON-PROFESSIONAL PEOPLE AND THE PUBLIC OF HONG KONG, LADY WILSON NOTED.

ITS INFORMATION CENTRE IN MONG KOK WAS WELL USED BY STUDENTS, DOCTORS, NURSES AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY, SHE SAID, ADDING THAT OVERSEAS AND LOCAL EXPERTS ALSO HELD LECTURES AND SEMINARS IN THAT CENTRE AS WELL AS GOING OUT TO UNIVERSITIES, SCHOOLS, CHURCHES, SOCIAL GROUPS AND FAMILY GROUPS TO EDUCATE AND ANSWER QUESTIONS.

------0-------

SURVEY OF RESTAURANT RECEIPTS, PURCHASES FOR SECOND QUARTER ♦ t » * t

THE VALUE OF TOTAL RECEIPTS FOR THE ENTIRE RESTAURANT SECTOR IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1989, ESTIMATED AT $7,280 MILLION, WAS 16 PER CENT HIGHER THAN IN THE SAME QUARTER OF 1988, WHILE THE VOLUME REMAINED ALMOST UNCHANGED, ACCORDING TO THE PROVISIONAL RESULTS OF A SURVEY RELEASED TODAY (THURSDAY) BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

THE PROVISIONAL ESTIMATE OF TOTAL PURCHASES BY RESTAURANTS IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1989 WAS $3,028 MILLION, WHICH WAS 14 PER CENT HIGHER IN VALUE TERMS THAN IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1988.

ANALYSED BY TYPE OF RESTAURANT, FAST FOOD SHOPS RECORDED THE LARGEST PERCENTAGE INCREASE (28 PER CENT) IN THE VALUE OF TOTAL RECEIPTS WHEN COMPARED WITH THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1988. THESE WERE FOLLOWED BY "OTHER EATING AND DRINKING PLACES" - COMPRISING HERB TEA SHOPS, CREAMERIES AND OTHER OUTLETS SELLING BEAN CURD JELLY ETC. (16 PER CENT), NON-CHINESE RESTAURANTS (15 PER CENT) AND CHINESE RESTAURANTS (15 PER CENT).

ON THE OTHER HAND, THE VALUE OF TOTAL RECEIPTS FOR BARS REMAINED ALMOST UNCHANGED. IN VOLUME TERMS, TOTAL RECEIPTS OF FAST FOOD SHOPS AND NON-CHINESE RESTURANTS ROSE BY 12 PER CENT AND 2 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. THOSE FOR "OTHER EATING AND DRINKING PLACES" REMAINED ALMOST UNCHANGED, WHILE THOSE FOR CHINESE RESTAURANTS AND BARS DROPPED BY 2 PER CENT AND 4 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

/COMPARING THE........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

- 8

COMPARING THE FIRST HALF OF 1989 WITH THE SAME PERIOD IN 1938, TOTAL RESTAUJ ANT RECEIPTS INCREASED BY 17 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 2 PER CENT IN VOLUME; AND THE TOTAL PURCHASES BY RESTAURANTS ROSE BY K PER CENT.

IN VALUE TERMS, INCREASES WERE RECORDED FOR FAST FOOD SHOPS, NON-CHINESE RESTAURANTS, CHINESE RESTAURANTS AND ’’OTHER EATING AND DRINKING PLACES”, AT 24 PER CENT, 16 PER CENT, 16 PER CENT AND 14 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY, WHILE A DECREASE OF 2 PER CENT WAS NOTED FOR BARS.

IN VOLUME TERMS, TOTAL RECEIPTS OF FAST FOOD SHOPS, NON-CHINESE RESTAURANTS AND CHINESE RESTAURANTS GREW BY 9 PER CENT, 2 PER CENT AND 1 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY, WHILE THOSE OF ’’OTHER EATING AND DRINKING PLACES” AND BARS DECREASED BY 1 PER CENT AND 5 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

COMPARING THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1989 WITH THE PREVIOUS QUARTER - AND BEARING IN MIND THAT THIS COMPARISON IS LIKELY TO BE AFFECTED BY SEASONAL FACTORS - TOTAL RESTAURANT RECEIPTS DROPPED BY 6 PER CENT IN VALUE AND 10 PER CENT IN VOLUME, WHILE THE VALUE OF PURCHASES BY RESTAURANTS DECREASED BY 8 PER CENT.

IN VALUE TERMS, TOTAL RECEIPTS OF "OTHER EATING AND DRINKING PLACES”, FAST FOOD SHOPS AND NON-CHINESE RESTAURANTS INCREASED BY 17 PER CENT, 12 PER CENT AND 7 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY, THOSE FOR BARS REMAINED ALMOST UNCHANGED, AND THOSE FOR CHINESE RESTAURANTS WENT DOWN BY 11 PFR CENT.

IN VOLUME TERMS, TOTAL RECEIPTS OF "OTHER EATING AND DRINKING PLACES", FAST FOOD SHOPS AND NON-CHINESE RESTAURANTS SHOWED INCREASES OF 11 PER CENT, 7 PER CENT AND 3 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY. THOSE FOR BARS AND CHINESE RESTAURANTS, HOWEVER, DECREASED BY 1 PER CENT AND 15 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

TABLE 1 PRESENTS THE REVISED FIGURES FOR THE TOTAL RECEIPTS AND TOTAL PURCHASES OF THE ENTIRE RESTAURANT SECTOR FOR THE FIRST QUARTIR OF 1989 AND THE PROVISIONAL FIGURES FOR THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1989.

TABLE 2 SHOWS THE VALUE AND VOLUME INDEXES OF TOTAL RECEIPTS BY TYPE OF RESTAURANT FOR THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1989, WITH THE QUARTERLY AVERAGE FROM OCTOBER 1984 TO SEPTEMBER 1985 TAKEN AS 100. ALSO TABULATED ARE COMPARISONS OF THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1989 RESULTS WITH THOSE FOR THE FIRST QUARTER OF 1989 AND FOR THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1988. COMPARISONS OF TOTAL RECEIPTS FOR THE FIRST HALF OF 1989 WITH THE SAME PERIOD IN 1988 ARE ALSO GIVEN.

THE REPORT ON THE QUARTERLY SURVEY OF RESTAURANT RECEIPTS AND PURCHASES FOR THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1989 IS NOW ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GROUND FLOOR, GPO BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL AT $1 PER COPY.

ENQUIRIES ON THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE WHOLESALE/RETAIL TRADE STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT (TEL. NO. 5-565240).

/TABLE 1 t ......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

- 9 -

TABLE I : TOTAL RESTAURANT RECEIPTS AHO PURCHASES

1st qtr. 1989 (Revised figures) 2nd qtr. 1989 (Provisional figures)

Total restaurant receipts (in HK$ si Ilion) 7 719 7 280

Total purchases by restaurants (in HKS Billion) 3 281 3 028

TABLE 2 : VALUE AND VOLUME INDEXES OF TOTAL RESTAURANT RECEIPTS FOR 1ST QUARTER 1989 AND 2ND QUARTER 1989

(Quarterly average of October 84 - September 85 - 100)

• Index of ' । । 1989 with 1988 ' 1st-2nd qtr. 1989; ' cotpared with 1 5 lst-2nd qtr. 1988;

5 total 5 1st 5 2nd 5 2nd qtr. 1989 with 1989 • 2nd qtr. • cotpared ' 2nd qtr.

Type of restaurant ' restaurant ■ quarter ' quarter • coapared

'• receipts 5 1989 • 1989 • 1st qtr.

(Revised ' (Provisional' Points • * figures) ' figures) • * X • Points 1 I • Points I z 1 1 • >

Chinese restaurants •• Va^UB ’• 170 ; 151 • -19 -11 ’• 19 1 15 ’• 23 । 16 1 1

1 Volute ! no 1 HO 5 -20 I 1 -15 5 -2 -2 5 1 । 1 f • 1

Illi Hon-Chinese restaurants ; Val°8 ; 151 162 • 10 7 1 ' 21 15 । 1 22 • 16 1 1

I Volute I ns I no 5 3 tilt 3 ’• 2 । 2 I 3 । । 2 1 • 1

Fast food shops ' Value > (86 208 ’ 22 12 5 45 28 । '• 38 । । 24 I 1 » 1

1 Volute 1 152 I 163 '• 11 7 1 17 1 12 '• 13 1 9 1 1 >

Illi Bars ' Valoe ; 122 123 • t t • -1 t 1 ‘ -2 1 -2 I 1 1 1

5 Volute 1 103 103 '• -1 -1 ’• -4 1 -4 '• -6 -5 I 1 1

1 Other eating and drinking places ' Valu8 ; 137 ; 161 ' 24 17 I 5 23 16 19 14 » 5 । ।

1 Volute 1 |O7 ' 119 ' 12 11 1 t t -1 1 i —»

Entire restaurant sector • Va^ue 1 166 157 • -9 I 1 I > -6 t '• 21 • 16 । ’• 23 । । 17 । 1 • ।

1 Volute 1 |28 : 115 5 -13 -10 : t । • *MMMMM*MMMM* t ’• 2 1 2 । । 1

Notes: 1. Figures denoting changes are derived frot unrounded figures.

2. t denotes a figure within ±0.5.

- 0 - -

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

10 -

GOVT RECOGNISES ITS ROLE IN IMPROVING PRODUCT QUALITY * * * t *

THE GOVERNMENT RECOGNISES THAT IT HAS A POSITIVE AND ACTIVE ROLE TO PLAY IN FURTHER IMPROVING THE QUALITY OF HONG KONG'S MANUFACTURE, THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF INDUSTRY, MR ANDREW LEUNG, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF A SEMINAR ON "EEC 1992 - PRODUCT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS" ORGANISED BY THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT, MR LEUNG SAID THE GOVERNMENT UNDERSTOOD WELL THAT CONSUMERS IN THE WORLD’S THE MAJOR MARKETS EIRE BECOMING MORE AND MORE DEMANDING OF THE QUALITY OF THE PRODUCTS THEY BOUGHT.

HE SAID TIE QUALITY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMME TO BE LAUNCHED BY THE INDUSTRY DEPAK1MENT WAS WELL IN KEEPING WITH THE MOVEMENT TOWARDS BETTER QUALITY AND CONSUMER PROTECTION IN THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC COMMUNITY AND ELSEWHERE.

"THE INCREASING EMPHASIS ON QUALITY IN THE EEC IS EVIDENCED BY THE FACT THAT IN THE UNITED KINGDOM ABOUT 10,000 FIRMS HAVE BEEN OFFICIALLY REGISTERED FOR QUALITY; AND IN FRANCE, THERE ARE ABOUT 15,000 OFFICIALLY REGISTERED QUALITY CIRCLES," MR LEUNG SAID.

"HARMONISATION BY 1992 IS LIKELY TO SPREAD THE QUALITY MOVEMENT MORE WIDELY WITHIN THE EEC," HE ADDED.

IN THE UNITED STATES, MR LEUNG SAID, THERE WAS INCREASING ACCEPTANCE AMONGST MANUFACTURERS AND QUALITY MANAGEMENT EXPERTS OF THE NEED FOR PROMOTING QUALITY' ASSURANCE BEYOND THE WELL ESTABLISHED APPLICATIONS IN THE DEFENCE AND AEROSPACE INDUSTRIES.

"IN THE ASIA PACIFIC REGION, MANY MORE COUNTRIES, INCLUDING OUR COMPETITORS, ARE ACTIVELY PROMOTING QUALITY ASSURANCE," MR LEUNG CONTINUED.

HE SAID THE PROGRAMME OF WORK BEING UNDERTAKEN BY THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT IN THE PROMOTION OF QUALITY IN MANUFACTURING WAS BOTH INTENSIVE AND EXTENSIVE.

HE SAID THE RANGE OF QUALITY SUPPORT SERVICES WOULD RELY NOT ONLY ON THE CO-OPERATION FROM INDUSTRY, BUT ALSO FROM ALL THOSE WHO WERE INTERESTED IN UPHOLDING QUALITY AS A KEY TO SUCCESS.

TALKING ABOUT THE LATEST DEVELOPMENTS ON THE QUALITY SUPPORT SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT, MR LEUNG SAID THE SERVICES OF THE PRODUCT STANDARDS INFORMATION BUREAU WOULD BE FURTHER ENHANCED WITH THE SETTING UP OF DIRECT ON-LINE COMPUTER LINKS WITH THE DATABASE OF THE BRITISH STANDARDS INSTITUTION, INCLUDING BRITISH AS WELL AS GERMAN (DIN) STANDARDS.

AS REGARD THE VOLUNTARY SCHEME OF ACCREDITATION FOR QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN FACTORIES, MR LEUNG SAID A GOVERNMENT SUBVENTED HONG KONG QUALITY ASSURANCE AGENCY HAD RECENTLY BEEN SET UP TO PROVIDE AN INDEPENDENT ASSESSMENT SERVICE USING LOCAL AND .OVERSEAS ASSESSORS EXPERT IN VARIOUS MANUFACTURING DISCIPLINES.

/ASSESSMENT OF

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

11

assessment of the first group factories was targetted for mid-1990 and accreditation of a number of these was expected shortly THEREAFTER, MR LEUNG SAID. ■ .

"WHERE NECESSARY, ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE MADE FOR MANUFACTURERS TO »’ i ACCESS TO APPROPRIATE PROFESSIONAL CONSULTANCIES." HE ADDED. p

HE SAID THE SCHEME WOULD EXPAND CONSIDERABLY AS THE QUALITY MESSAGE BECAME MORE CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD AND BETTER APPRECIATED.

1 r.’ "FACTORIES WHICH HAVE BEEN ACCREDITED WILL BE LISTED IN AN INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT DIRECTORY OF QUALITY ACCREDITED COMPANIES WHICH WILL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO PURCHASING AGENCIES WORLDWIDE.

"ONCE THE SCHEME HAS ESTABLISHED A TRACK RECORD, THE : :. DEPARTMENT WILL SEEK ITS MUTUAL RECOGNITION WITH SIMILAR OVERSEAS COUNTERPARTS," MR LEUNG SAID.

THE SEMINAR ON "EEC 1992 - PRODUCT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS" IS m,

DESIGNED TO EQUIP THE PARTICIPANTS WITH A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THE PRODUCT SAFETY REQUIREMENTS OF THE EEC AND THEIR COMPLIANCE.

TWO EXPERTS FROM THE UNITED KINGDOM DEPARTMENT OF TRADE AND 7 . INDUSTRY WERE INVITED TO SPEAK AT THE SEMINAR.

!P

------0------- • 1 <♦'

' ’A HK STANDS TO GAIN FROM NEW TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS

******

r

HONG KONG, BECAUSE OF ITS SOPHISTICATED INFRASTRUCTURE AND ITS PIVOTAL POSITION IN THE ASIAN PACIFIC REGION, STANDS TO GAIN A SIZEABLE CHUNK OF THE NEW TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS IN THE NEXT DECADE, THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF INDUSTRY, MR ERNEST EVANS, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING OF THE HONG KONG ASSOCIATION OF CERTIFICATION LABORATORIES, MR EVANS SAID HE BELIEVED THE ADVANCEMENT OF TECHNOLOGY IN THE NEXT 10 YEARS WOULD BE EVEN GREATER THAN THAT WHICH WE HAD SEEN IN THE LAST 20 YEARS. t

WITH THE UPSURGE OF NEW TECHNOLOGY BUSINESS, MR EVANS SAID CONSEQUENTLY THERE WOULD BE EVEN GREATER DEMANDS ON OUR TESTING . COMMUNITY SINCE NEW TECHNOLOGIES WOULD BRING WITH THEM DEMANDS FOR NEW STANDARDS OF SAFETY AND PERFORMANCE.

"QUALITY CERTIFICATION, WHICH IS NOW PROPERLY EMERGING, GLOBALLY, WILL BE A STANDARD REQUIREMENT IN THE NEAR FUTURE.

"IN THIS RESPECT WE ALREADY HAVE THE PREREQUISITES TO BE A NUMBER OF YEARS AHEAD OF OUR COMPETITORS.

"I HAVE THEREFORE EVERY CONFIDENCE IN OUR FUTURE IN A WORLD INCREASINGLY DRIVEN FORWARD BY NEW TECHNOLOGY," MR EVANS SAID.

/HAVING SAID

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

- 12 -

HAVING SAIL THAT THERE WERE INDEED BRIGHT PROSPECTS FOR HONG KONG'S INDUSTRY, HE ALSO POINTED OUT THAT THERE WERE A NUMBER OF AREAS WHERE GREATER EFFORT HAD TO BE APPLIED.

FIRST, HE SAID, HONG KONG’S MANUFACTURERS NEEDED TO REALISE ■ THAT THE GOODS THEY PRODUCED MUST BE MADE TO THEIR CUSTOMERS’ REQUIREMENTS AND NOT TO THEIR OWN SATISFACTION. j

li

MR EVANS ADVISED THAT TESTING IN A HONG KONG LABORATORY/ ACCREDITATION SCHEME (HOKLAS) ACCREDITED LABORATORY PRIOR TO SHIPMENT •KOULD SAVE MANUFACTURERS THE NEEDLESS EXPENSE INVOLVED IN REJECTED DELIVERIES. f i,

AS FAR AS THE TESTING COMMUNITY WAS CONCERNED, HE SAID THERE : WERE VARYING DEGREES OF RESPONSIVENESS.

i-,

HE WAS GLAD THAT SOME TESTING LABORATORIES HAD MADE GENUINE ATTEMPTS TO IMPROVE THE OVERALL QUALITY OF THEIR OPERATIONS AND HAD DEEN ACCREDITED FOR A WIDE RANGE OF TESTING.

MR EVANS ENCOURAGED TESTING LABORATORIES ACCREDITED FOR TOY TESTING TO APPLY FOR EXTENSIONS TO THE SCOPE OF THEIR ACCREDITATIONS TO INCLUDE FOR TESTING TO EN71. 1

HE SAID THAT THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT WOULD SHORTLY BE . NEGOTIATING FOR ITS HOKLAS LABORATORIES ACCREDITED FOR TESTING TO EN71 TO BE RECOGNISED BY THE EUROPEAN COUNCIL AS "APPROVED BODIES"UNDER THE EEC TOY DIRECTIVE.

"MANUFACTURERS SEEKING 'TYPE APPROVAL' FOR NEW TOYS WILL IN FUTURE BE DIRECTED TO THESE HONG KONG APPROVED BODIES," HE SAID.

TURNING TO PRODUCT CERTIFICATION, MR EVANS SAID HE HAD BEEN NEGOTIATING WITH TWO EUROPEAN PRODUCT CERTIFICATION ORGANISATIONS, AND ONE OF THE NEGOTIATIONS HAD BEEN CONCLUDED WITH THE SIGNING OF . A MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING.

TUV ESSEN OF WEST GERMANY WOULD NOW BE ABLE TO HELP HONG KONG’S MANUFACTURERS COMPLY WITH GERMAN STANDARDS SO THAT THE GS WEST GERMAN MARK COULD BE APPLIED TO THE TERRITORY’S GOODS DESTINED FOR THAT MARKET.

A SIMILAR AGREEMENT WAS BEING EXPLORED WITH CERVAC OF FRANCE, MR EVANS SAID.

HE WAS CONFIDENT THAT THE HONG KONG Q-MARK MIGHT BE WELL PLACED TO TAKE ON SOME OF THE PRODUCT INSPECTION SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH THE CERTIFICATION AGREEMENTS WITH TUV AND CERVAC.

TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE NEW AWARENESS OF PRODUCT CERTIFICATION AND ALSO OF QUALITY, PERHAPS IT WAS TIME WE ALL GAVE MORE SUPPORT TO THE HONG KONG Q-MARK, MR EVANS SAID.

-------o ---------

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

$100,000 WORTH OF GARMENTS BEARING FALSE ORIGIN LABELS SEIZED » » » * ♦

CUSTOMS OFFICERS HAVE SEIZED CH I NA-MANUFACTURED GARMENTS WORTH $100,000 BEARING FALSE ORIGIN LABELS IN THEIR CRACKDOWN ON FRAUDULENT ACTIVITIES RELATING TO THE ORIGIN OF TEXTILE EXPORTS.

ON OCTOBER 9, A TEAM OF CUSTOMS OFFICERS ENGAGED IN EXAMINING CARGO IMPORTED BY SMALL TRADING VESSELS INTERCEPTED AND SEIZED 2,580 PAIRS OF COTTON WOVEN SHORTS WHEN THE GOODS WERE BEING OFF-LOADED FROM AN INCOMING CHINESE TRADING VESSEL AT THE WAN CHAI CARGO HANDLING BASIN ON ARRIVAL FROM CHINA.

THE SHORTS CARRIED A WELL KNOWN TRADEMARK AND FALSE "MADE IN HONG KONG” LABELS WITH AN INDICATION THAT THE GOODS WERE FOR SALE IN THE UNITED STATES.

THE PRINCIPAL TRADE CONTROLS OFFICER OF THE CUSTOMS TRADE INVESTIGATION BUREAU, MR V.Y. LEUNG, SAID THAT FOLLOWING THE SEIZURE, INVESTIGATORS FROM THE TRADE CONTROLS BRANCH OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT SEARCHED THE. PREMISES OF AN IMPORTER AND FOUND CLUES THAT LED THE OFFICERS TO A LOCAL GARMENT MANUFACTURING COMPANY WHICH HAD CONTRACTED WITH THE IMPORTER TO HAVE THE GOODS MADE TN CHINA.

IN THE GARMENT COMPANY’S PREMISES LOCATED AT CHEUNG SHA WAN, KOWLOON, THE OFFICERS SEIZED ANOTHER 1,104 PAIRS OF SHORTS BEARING SIMILAR OFFENDING LABELS.

INQUIRIES REVEALED THAT THE COMPANY HAD IN JULY THIS YEAR DESPATCHED TO THE UNITED STATES FOUR SHIPMENTS TOTALLING 3,555 PIECES OF CHINESE ORIGIN COTTON WOVEN PANTS AND SKIRTS WITH A TOTAL EXPORT VALUE OF $220,000. THE GOODS WERE WRONGLY DESCRIBED AS OF HONG KONG ORIGIN ON EXPORT UNDER HONG KONG QUOTA LICENCES.

MR LEUNG SAID BOTH THE IMPORTER AND THE GARMENT COMPANY WOULD BE PROSECUTED FOR FALSE ORIGIN LABELLING AND FALSELY REPRESENTING THE COUNTRY OF ORIGIN IN APPLICATIONS FOR EXPORTS LICENCES UNDER THE TRADE DESCRIPTIONS ORDINANCE AND Till IMPORT AND EXPORT ORDINANCE.

"THIS IS ONLY ONE EXAMPLE OF OUR STEPPED-UP EFFORTS TO SAFEGUARD THE INTEGRITY AND CREDIBILITY OF THE TEXTILES QUOTA CONTROL SYSTEM AND TO ENSURE THAT HONG KONG’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER BILATERAL TEXTILE AGREEMENTS ARE FULFILLED.

"TO STRENGTHEN ENFORCEMENT OF THE TEXTILES QUOTA CONTROL SYSTEM, THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT HAS EXTENDED ITS REWARD SYSTEM TO THOSE PROVIDING INFORMATION ON FRAUDULENT ACTIVITIES RELATING TO THE ORIGIN OF TEXTILES SINCE OCTOBER 1.

"UNDER THE NEW ARRANGEMENT, A REWARD, EQUIVALENT TO 10 PER CENT OF THE COURT FINE AND SUBJECT TO A MAXIMUM OF $10,000 IN EACH CASE, WILL BE GIVEN TO PERSONS PROVIDING INFORMATION LEADING TO THE PROSECUTION AND CONVICTION OF OFFENDERS," MR LEUNG.

/ANYONE WHO ......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

14

ANYONE WHO WISHES TO SUPPLY INFORMATION SHOULD TELEPHONE A HOTLINE. 5-8523288, SO THAT AN INVESTIGATION CAN BE CARRIER OUT AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.

KOT I ,0 (TORS:

SAMPLES OF THE SEIZED GOODS WILL BE ON DISPLAY FOR PHOTO-TAKING BY THE MEDIA AT 4 PM TODAY (THURSDAY) AT THE OFFICE OF THF TRADE INVESTIGATION BUREAU, SEVENTH FLOOR, HARBOUR BUILDING, 38 PIER ROAD, CENTRAL, HONG KONG.

MR LEUNG WILL BE PRESENT TO ANSWER ANY QUESTIONS CONCERNING THIS -SE. HE MAY ALSO BE CONTACTED ON TEL. 5-8523270.

------0--------

POLICE DELEGATION ATTENDED ASIAN DRUG LAW ENFORCEMENT SYMPOSIUM t * » 1 t t

ENHANCED UNDERSTANDING ON THE NEED FOR BETTER INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION IN THE BATTLE AGAINST CROSS-BOUNDARY' DRUG TRADE HAS BEEN REACHED IN A RECENT PEKING SYMPOSIUM TO WHICH HONG KONG POLICE HAD DISPATCHED THE SECOND LARGEST DELEGATION.

HEADED BY THE FORCE’S DEPUTY DIRECTOR, CRIME, MR WONG TSAN-KWONG, THE FOUR-MEMBER DELEGATION ATTENDED THE ASIAN DRUG LAW ENFORCEMENT SYMPOSIUM HOSTED BY THE PEKING INTERPOL BETWEEN OCTOBER 5 AND 9.

OVER 80 DELEGATES FROM 32 NATIONS FROM THE ASIAN REGION INCLUDING AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND, MIDDLE-EAST, SOUTH LATIN AMERICA AND AFRICA TOOK PART IN THE SYMPOISUM.

MR WONG TODAY (THURSDAY) SAID THE HONG KONG DELEGATION HAD HAD A "USEFUL, WORTHWHILE EXCHANGE OF EXPERIENCE" WITH OTHER DELEGATES ON THE TRENDS OF THE ILLICIT TRADE AND DRUG ABUSES IN THE REGION AND OTHER PARTS OF THE WORLD.

"WE WILL CONTINUE TO CO-OPERATE WITH OUR SURROUNDING COUNTRIES INCLUDING CHINA TO STOP THE FLOW OF DRUG FROM SOURCE COUNTRIES WHICH EXPORT DRUGS TO THE WESTERN MARKETS," MR WONG SAID.

APART FROM MR WONG, THE OTHER MEMBERS OF THE LOCAL DELGATION COMPRISED MR CHRIS CANTLEY OF THE NARCOTICS BUREAU AND MISS BEATRICE WU FROM THE HONG KONG INTERPOL OFFICE AS WELL AS MR MICHAEL LI OF THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT.

DURING THE SYMPOSIUM, THE LOCAL DELEGATION HAD MADE PRESENTATIONS ON THF. LOCAL DRUG ABUSE AND SMUGGLING TRENDS AND THE OVERALL LAW ENFORCEMENT TACTICS, THE USE OF THE "CONTROLLED DELIVERY" TECHNIQUES AS WELL AS THE CUSTOMS STRATEGY OVER THE IMPORT AND EXPORT OF DRUG IN HONG KONG.

-------0 ---------

/15........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN GETS UNDERWAY

*****

THE CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN IN THE TERRITORY WAS LAUNCHED TODAY (THURSDAY) WITH THE OPENING OF A NEW CIVIC EDUCATION RESOURCE CENTRE.

AS PART OF THE LAUNCHING EXERCISE, A SHORT PUBLICITY FILM WILL BE SCREENED ON TELEVISION THIS EVENING.

THE CENTRE OPENED AT THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION ON THE 29TH FLOOR OF SOUTHORN CENTRE IN WAN CHAI, AFTER THE COMMITTEE ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION HAD SPENT OVER S200.000 IN IMPROVING ITS FACILITIES.

THE FILM TO BE SHOWN ON CHINESE TELEVISION CHANNELS IN THE EVENING, CARRIES THE COMMITTEE'S MESSAGE THAT "THE FUTURE IS RIGHT IN YOUR HANDS", AND URGES PEOPLE TO COMMIT THEMSELVES TO BUILDING A BETTER FUTURE FOR THE TERRITORY.

OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING OF THE CENTRE, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR DONALD LIAO, SAID MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WERE TAKING AN INCREASINGLY ACTIVE PART IN COMMUNITY AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS AS A RESULT OF EFFORTS MADE BY THE COMMITTEE.

HE AIDED THAT THE CENTRE, WITH ITS IMPROVED FACILITIES, WOULD PROVIDE RESOURCE BACKING TO THOSE PROMOTING CIVIC EDUCATION, AND CONTRIBUTE TO THE FURTHER DEVELOPMENT OF CIVIC EDUCATION IN THE TERRITORY.

FOL OWING THE OPENING, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION, DR DANIEL TSE, OUTLINED DETAILS OF OTHER PUBLICITY ACTIVITIES IN THE CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN.

HF SAID HIS COMMITTEE DECIDED EARLIER THIS YEAR TO DEVOTE MORE RESOURCES TO ENCOURAGING THE PUBLIC TO GAIN A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF, AND TO PARTICIPATE IN, COMMUNITY AND POLITICAL MATTERS. AS WELL AS TO PROMOTE THE SPIRIT OF THE RULE OF LAW.

FOR ACHIEVING THESE OBJECTIVES, THE COMMITTEE HAD MAPPED OUT A SERIES OF PUBLICITY ACTIVITIES, WHICH WOULD BE HELD DURING THE CAMPAIGN PERIOD.

AMONG THE ACTIVITIES, A MAJOR ONE WILL BE HELD ON NOVEMBER 19 TO PROVIDE MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WITH AN OPPORTUNITY TO DISCUSS CONSTITUTIONAL AND COMMUNITY MATTERS WITH COMMUNITY LEADERS.

IT IS PLANNED THAT A NUMBER OF MEMBERS OF DISTRICT BOARDS, THE MUNICIPAL COUNCILS, AND THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WILL TAKE PART IN THIS.

/FROM 2 PM .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

- 16 -

FROM 2 PM TO 5 PM THAT DAY, A TRAM WILL SHUTTLE BETWEEN CENTRAL AND CAUSEWAY BAY, AND MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC MAY BOARD IT AND MEET TUI COMMUNITY LEADERS FOR AN EXCHANGE OF VIEWS ON \ ARIOUS MATT RS.

THIS WILL BE FOLLOWED BY AN OPEN DISCUSSION ON TOPICAL ISSUES AT VICTORIA PARK.

THE DISCUSSION WILL BE RECORDED BY RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG, AND SCREENED BY TELEVISION STATIONS AT A LATER DATE.

A SECOND ACTIVITY OUTLINED BY DR TSE WILL BE A "MODEL CITIZENS" STORY-WRITING COMPETITION.

THIS IS AIMED AT ENCOURAGING MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO GAIN A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF COMMUNITY AND CURRENT AFFAIRS SO AS TO CULTIVATE AMONG THEM A SENSE OF CARING FOR SOCIETY AND OF BUILDING FOR THE FUTURE.

A THIRD ITEM WILL BE A SEMINAR, WITH "RULE OF LAW IN HONG KONG" AS THE THEME, SCHEDULED FOR JANUARY 6.

ANOTHER MAJOR EVENT WILL BE A "CIVIC EDUCATION DAY", TO BE HELD IN DIFFERENT DISTRICTS ON BOTH SIDES OF THE HARBOUR ON FEBRUARY 25.

THIS WILL BE ORGANISED BY DISTRICT ORGANISATIONS WITH CO-ORDINATION PROVIDE BY THE COMMITTEE'S OBJECTIVE AND SCOPE SUB-COMMITTEE.

THESE ACTIVITIES IN THE TERRITORY-WIDE EVENT WILL INCLUDE SEMINARS, QUIZ COMPETITIONS, EXHIBITIONS, GAMES DAY, CARNIVALS, VARIETY SHOWS, ALL OF WHICH ARE AIMED AT INVOLVING THE PUBLIC.

IN CONCLUSION, DR TSE SAID HIS COMMITTEE HAD EARLIER SET ASIDE $750,000 FOR SUBSIDISING 26 CIVIC EDUCATION PROJECTS UNDER THE "COMMUNITY PARTICIPATION SCHEME".

THE COMMITTEE’S QUARTERLY NEWSLETTER ON CIVIC EDUCATION WOULD BE FURTHER IMPROVED, HI ADDED.

------o-------

LONG-SERVING CNTA STAFF AWARDED CERTIFICATES »***»*♦

ONE HUNDRED AND NINETY SEVEN STAFF OF THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION (CNTA) WERE PRESENTED CERTIFICATES TODAY (THURSDAY) IN RECOGNITION OF LONG AND MERITORIOUS SERVICE.

THIS MARKED THE LAUNCHING BY THE CNTA OF ITS DEPARTMENTAL SCHEME TO EXPRESS THE MANAGEMENT’S APPRECIATION OF THE WORK OF LONG-SERVING STAFF.

/AT A

THURSDAY, C TOBKR 12, 1989

AT A CEREMONY THIS AFTERNOON, THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR DONALD LIAO, PRESENTED 30 YEARS’ MERITORIOUS SERVICE CERTIFICATES TO 27 STAFF MEMBERS WITH AN AVERAGE LENGTH OF SERVICE OF 33 YEARS.

THE OTHER 170 MEMBERS, WITH AN AVERAGE OF 26 YEARS’ SERVICE, RECEIVED MERITORIOUS SERVICE CERTIFICATES FROM THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR DAVID LAN; REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR THE NEW TERRITORIES, MR ADOLF HSU; AND DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR BOWEN LEUNG.

TAKEN TOGETHER, THE SERVICE OF THE 197 RECIPIENTS TOTALS MORE THAN 500 YEARS.

MR LIAO SAID THE CNTA WAS PROUD TO HAVE ALMOST 200 MEMBERS OF ITS STAFF RECEIVING THE MERITORIOUS SERVICE CERTIFICATES.

’’THIS IS A RARE HONOUR AS THE STAFF MEMBERS NOT ONLY HAVE TO COMPLETE AN AGGREGATE OF 20 YEARS’ OR 30 YEARS’ SERVICE SINCE JOINING THE GOVERNMENT BUT ALSO HAVE TO RECEIVE GOOD REPORTS IN THE PAST 10 YEARS,” HE SAID.

MR LIAO PRAISED THE RECIPIENTS FOR THEIR STRENUOUS EFFORTS IN SERVING THE GOVERNMENT AND THE PUBLIC OVER THE PAST DECADES AND CALLFD ON THEM TO CONTINUE TO TAKE THE LEAD IN ENHANCING HONG KONG’S STABILITY AND PROSPERITY.

THE ONGEST SERVING STAFF MEMBER WHO RECEIVED A CERTIFICATE WAS AN OFFICE ASSISTANT, MR SO YU, WHO JOINED THE CIVIL SERVICE IN 1947.

AT THE CEREMONY, A SENIOR EXECUTIVE OFFICER, MR KWOK SIU-MING, WAS AWARDFD A LETTER OF COMMENDATION FOR HIS EXEMPLARY WORK DURING THE PAST IWO YEARS AS THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CNTA SPORTS DAY ORGANISING COMMITTEE.

- - 0 -

FESTIVAL TO MARK TUEN MUN DEVELOPMENT * * * ♦ ♦

MEMBERS OF THE TUEN MUN COMMUNITY AND THE GOVERNMENT ARE ORGANISING THIS YEAR’S TUEN MUN FESTIVAL ON A GRAND SCALE TO MARK THE NEW TOWN’S ACHIEVEMENTS.

THE DISTRICT OFFICER OF TUEN MUN, MR JOHN WAN, SAID THIS TODAY

MAU v* * ___________ __

(THURSDAY) WHEN HE ADDRESSED THE 15TH INAUGURATION OF THE DISTRICT SCOUT COUNCIL OF THE SCOUT ASSOCIATION OF HONG KONG, KOWLOON TONG

KOWLOON TONG

DISTRICT.

"AFTER 15 YEARS OF DEVELOPMENT, TUEN MUN NEW TOWN HAS BECOME A BALANCED COMMUNITY COMPLETE WITH GENERALLY ALL THE NECESSARY FACILITIES," MR WAN SAID.

/HE BAID

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

- 18 -

HE SAID THAT IN CELEBRATION OF TUEN MUN ENTERING A NEW ERA, THIS YEAR'S DISTRICT FESTIVAL WOULD BE ENTITLED "HOME-SWEET-HOME IN TUEN MUN".

IN ADDITION TO A FIREWORKS DISPLAY AND ATHLETIC PERFORMANCES, THE FESTIVAL WOULD FEATURE A WIDE RANGE OF CULTURAL AND RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES AND GAMES.

"THE FESTIVAL WILL LAST FOR A MONTH AND THE WILL BE OVER $2 MILLION," MR WAN ADDED.

TOTAL EXPENDITURE

-------0 ---------

SEMINAR ON WHOLE-DAY OPERATION OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS

******

RESIDENTS IN WONG TAI SIN ARE INVITED TO TAKE PART IN A SEMINAR ON THE WHOLE-DAY OPERATION OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS IN THE DISTRICT ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 14), BEGINNING AT 10.30 AM AT THE WONG TAI SIN COMMUNITY CENTRE.

THE SEMINAR HAS BEEN ORGANISED BY THE WORKING GROUP ON UNISESSIONALISM OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS TN WONG TAI SIN UNDER THE DISTRICT BOARD’S SOCIAL, SERVICES COMMITTEE.

ITS AIM IS TO UPDATE RESIDENTS ON THE WHOLE-DAY OPERATION OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS AND PROBLEMS ARISING FROM THE SYSTEM.

THE DISTRICT’S SENIOR EDUCATION OFFICER, MR IP PO-KUEN, AND ABOUT 150 PRIMARY SCHOOL PRINCIPALS AND TEACHERS. AS WELL AS PARENTS, WILL TAKE TART IN THE SEMINAR.

OFFICIATING AT THE SEMINAR WILL BE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMAN, DR MICHAEL LEE; CHAIRMAN 01 THE DISTRICT BOARD’S SOCIAL SERVICES COMMITTEE, MR NG NGOK-SHING; ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR WILLIAM KWAN; AND CHAIRMAN OF THE WORKING GROUP ON UNISESSIONALISM OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS IN WONG TAI SIN, MR FUNG KWONG-CHUNG.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE SEMINAR WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 10.30 AM ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 14) AT THE WONG TAI SIN COMMUNITY CENTRE, 104 CHING TAK STREET.

- 0 ---------

/19

THURSDAY, OCTOI R 12, 1989

- 19 -

STORY TELLING COMPETITION IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN

*****

CHILDREN AGED FROM FIVE TO 12 LIVING IN THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT ARE BEING INVITED TO ENTER THE DISTRICT’S STORY TELLING COMPETITION TO BE HELD AT THE KENNEDY TOWN CARITAS CENTRE NEXT MONTH.

THE COMPETITION IS DIVIDED INTO TWO SECTIONS. ITS PRELIMINARY AND FINAL ROUNDS WILL BE HELD IN THE AFTERNOONS OF NOVEMBER 11 AND 25 (BOTH SATURDAYS) RESPECTIVELY.

AS PART OF THE FORTHCOMING DISTRICT FESTIVAL, THE COMPETITION IS AIMED AT AROUSING CHILDREN'S INTEREST IN READING.

IT IS BEING JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE, THE DISTRICT OFFICE, THE DISTRICT BOARD, THE KENNEDY TOWN AND MOUNT DAVIS AREA COMMITTEE AND THE KENNEDY TOWN CARITAS CENTRE.

ENTRY FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE DISTRICT OFFICE’S PUBLIC ENQUIRY CENTRES AT HARBOUR CENTRE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING) AND KENNEDY' TOWN, AS WELL AS AT THE CARITAS CENTRE IN POKFIELD ROAD.

COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD REACH THE DISTRICT OFFICEIS KENNEDY TOWN SUB-OFFICE, 84 BELCHER’S STREET, BEFORE THE END OF THIS MONTH.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 5-8170196.

-----0-----

MONDAY DEADLINE FOR DB SUBSIDY APPLICATIONS

******

SOUTHERN DISTRICT ORGANISATIONS WISHING TO SEEK SUBSIDIES FROM THE DISTRICT BOARD FOR CARRYING OUT COMMUNITY BUILDING ACTIVITIES ARE REMINDED TO SUBMIT THEIR APPLICATIONS BEFORE MONDAY (OCTOBER 16).

"APPLICATIONS CAN BE MADE TO THE DISTRICT BOARD’S COMMUNITY BUILDING COMMITTEE WHICH WILL CONSIDER SPONSORING ANY PROJECT THAT AIMS AT ENHANCING COMMUNITY SPIRIT, SOCIAL COHESION, AND A SENSE OF BELONGING AMONG RESIDENTS," A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DISTRICT BOARD SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

THOSE AIMING AT PROMOTING THE WELL-BEING OF PARTICIPANTS AND THE UNDERSTANDING OF THE DISTRICT ADMINISTRATIVE SCHEME WILL ALSO BE CONSIDERED, HE ADDED.

THESE PROJECTS CAN BE DISTRICT-BASED CULTURAL, RECREATIONAL OR SPORTS ACTIVITIES, SEMINARS, SURVEYS, EXHIBITIONS AND THE LIKE.

/INTERESTED PARTIES

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

20 -

FOR THE

INTERESTED PARTIES MAY REFER TO THE GUIDELINES I APPLICATION FOR DISTRICT BOARD FUNDS FOR DETAILS.

COPIES OF THE GUIDELINES AND APPLICATION FORMS ARE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMMITTEE, MISS LEONIE MONG, DISTRICT OFFICE, SECOND FLOOR, MEI FUNG COURT, 7-11 NAM NING ABERDEEN CENTRE.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 5-540271.

AVAILABLE

SOUTHERN I STREET,

-----0--------

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS REPORTS ON LANDFILL OPERATIONS ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

THE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE OF THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT BOARD WILL DISCUSS REPORTS BY GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS ON THE JORDAN VALLEY LANDFILL OPERATIONS AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (FRIDAY).

THE COMMITTEE WILL ALSO DISCUSS MEASURES TO CLEAR OBSTRUCTIONS TO PUBLIC FOOTWAYS.

IN ADDITION., IT WILL CONSIDER THE PROVISION OF FURTHER PUBLIC FACILITIES IN THE DISTRICT.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MED TA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE KWUI TONG DISTRICT BOARD’S ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE TO BE HELD TOMORROW (FRIDAY) IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM ON THE THIRD FLOOR OF THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT OFFICE, 6 TUNG YAN STREET, BEGINNING AT 2.30 PM.

------0-------

LEGAL AID DEPT’S KOWLOON BRANCH ON MOVE ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

THE KOWLOON BRANCH OFFICE OF THE LEGAL AID DEPARTMENT WILL BE RELOCATED TO NEW PREMISES ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 15).

ITS NEW ADDRESS IS FIRST TO SIXTH FLOORS, KELLY COMMERCIAL CENTRE, 570 NATHAN ROAD. THE TELEPHONE NUMBER IS 3-3001200.

-----0-----

THURSDAY, < OBER 12, 1989

21

GRADING OF BEACH WATER QUALITY ♦ ♦ * ♦ *

THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DEPARTMENT (EPD) TODAY (THURSDAY) ANNOUNCED GRADES ON THE BACTERIAL WATER QUALITY OF ALL BATHING BEACHES IN HONG KONG.

AN EPD SPOKESMAN SAID THE PURPOSE OF THE GRADING SYSTEM IS TO INFORM SWIMMERS AND THE GENERAL PUBLIC ABOUT THE STATE OF BACTERIAL POLLUTION AT VARIOUS BEACHES.

THE GRADING WILL BE ANNOUNCED BIWEEKLY DURING THE BATHING SEASON, TO COINCIDE WITH THE FREQUENCY AT WHICH BEACH WATERS ARE USUALLY SAMPLED.

THE GRADING IS BASED ON THE MOST RECENT BACTERIA DATA OBTAINED BY THE EPD IN ITS ROUTINE MONITORING PROGRAMME.

THIS YEAR, FOR THE FIRST TIME, THE GRADING ALSO INCLUDES AN ESTIMATE OF THE RISK OF SUFFERING SOME MINOR SKIN OR GASTROINTESTINAL COMPLAINTS AS A RESULT OF SWIMMING AT A BEACH WHICH HAS SOME DEGREE OF POLLUTION.

THE ESTIMATE IS BASED ON A VERY LARGE BODY OF STATISTICAL INFORMATION GATHERED IN HONG KONG DURING RECENT BATHING SEASONS.

THE GRADING OF SOME BEACHES MAY VARY DURING THE SUMMER. THIS REPRESENTS A NATURAL FLUCTUATION IN THE BACTERIAL QUALITY OF BATHING WATERS IN MOST CASES, AS RAIN AND TIDES BRING MORE OR LESS POLLUTION TO THE BEACHES.

BATHING WATERS COMMONLY BECOME WORSE DUE TO HEAVY USAGE DURING THE SUMMER. HOWEVER, THE GRADES GIVE A GOOD GENERAL PICTURE OF THE WATER QUALITY AT BATHING BEACHES AT THE TIME OF REPORTING AND FORM THE BEST AVAILABLE FORECAST FOR THE IMMEDIATE FUTURE.

THE SYSTEM FOR GRADING BEACH WATER QUALITY IS AS FOLLOWS:

"A" GRADE INDICATES THAT THE WATER QUALITY IS GOOD. THE MEAN E. COLI COUNT IS LESS THAN 100 PER 100 MILLILITRES AT EACH BEACH SO GRADED, AND THE EXPECTED HEALTH RISK IS LESS THAN SEVEN CASES OF MINOR ILLNESS PER 1,000 SWIMMERS.

”B” GRADE INDICATES THAT THE WATER QUALITY IS ACCEPTABLE. THE MEAN E. COLI COUNT IS LESS THAN 1,000 PER 100 MILLILITRES AT EACH BEACH SO GRADED, AND THE EXPECTED HEALTH RISK IS LESS THAN 18 CASES OF MINOR ILLNESS PER 1,000 SWIMMERS.

"C" GRADE INDICATES THAT THE WATER QUALITY IS POOR. THE MEAN E. COLI COUNT IS 1,000 OR MORE PER 100 MILLILITRES AT EACH BEACH SO GRADED, AND THE EXPECTED HEALTH RISK IS 18 OR MORE CASES OF MINOR ILLNESS PER 1,000 SWIMMERS.

THE DECISION WHETHER OR NOT TO CLOSE A BEACH TO SWIMMERS IS BASED ON A JUDGEMENT OF WHAT DEGREE OF POLLUTION IS ACCEPTABLE.

/NORMALLY, A .......

THURSDAY, C.TOBER 12, 1989

22 -

NORMALLY, A RECOMMENDATION ON CLOSURE WOULD ONLY BE CONSIDERED BY THE URBAN OR REGIONAL, COUNCIL IF A "C" GRADING OCCURRED REPEATEDLY, SO THAT THE AVERAGE HEALTH RISK OVER THE BATHING SEASON EXCEEDED 15 CASES PER 1,000 SWIMMERS.

SIMILARLY, A RECOMMENDATION TO REOPEN A CLOSED BEACH WOULD ONLY BE CONSIDERED IF A "B" GRADE OR BETTER WERE CONSISTENTLY OBTAINED.

AT PRESENT, SIX BATHING BEACHES HAVE BEEN DECLARED UNSUITABLE FOR SWIMMING PURPOSE, BASED ON THE WATER QUALITY DURING PAST SEASONS.

THESE BEACHES ARE ANGLERS', CASTLE PEAK, SILVERMINE BAY, OLD CAFETERIA, ROCKY BAY AND TING KAU. THEY ARE POLLUTED BY FAECAL WASTES AND FAIL TO ACHIEVE CONSISTENTLY THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANISATION AND HONG KONG STANDARDS. THE PUBLIC ARE ADVISED NOT TO SWIM IN THESE SIX BEACHES. THEY ARE IDENTIFIED BY AN "X" IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE.

THE GRADES ON THE BACTERIAL WATER QUALITY OF VARIOUS BEACHES

IN HONG KONG AS AT TODAY AND TWO WEEKS AGO ARE LISTED BELOW:

LAST PRESENT

BEACH GRADING GRADING

(AS AT 28.9.89) (AS AT 12.10.89)

HONG KONG SOUTH

BIG WAVE BAY A A

CHUNG HOM KOK A A

DEEP WATER BAY A A

HAIRPIN A A

MIDDLE BAY A A

REPULSE BAY A A

SHEK 0 B B

SOUTH BAY A A

ST STEPHEN’S A A

TURTLE COVE A A

STANLEY MAIN B A

ROCKY BAY X X

TO TEI WAN* A A

/ISLANDS DISTRICT .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

- 23 -

ISLANDS DISTRICT

CHEUNG SHA UPPER A A

CHEUNG SHA LOWER. A A

DISCOVERY BAY* A A

HUNG SHING YEH A A

KWUN YAM WAN A A

TONG FUK A A

LO SO SHING A A

PU1 0 A A

SILVERMINE BAY X X

TUNG WAN, CHEUNG CHAU A A

TUNG O* A A

SAI KUNG DISTRICT

CAMPERS A A

CLEAR WATER BAY 1ST BEACH A A

CLEAR WATER BAY 2ND BEACH A A

HAP MUN BAY A A

K1U TSUI A A

PAR SHA CHAU A A

SILVERSTRAND A A

TRIO (HEBE HAVEN) A A

TSUEN WAN DISTRICT

ANGLERS’ X X

APPROACH A A

CASAM A A

/GEMINI ........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

- 24 -

GEMINI A A

HCT MEI WAN A A

LIDO A A

TING KAU X X

TUNG WAN, MA WAN A A

TUEN MUN DISTRICT

OLD CAFETERIA X X

NEW CAFETERIA B B

CASTLE PEAK X X

KADOORIE B B

BUTTERFLY B B

"X" THE BEACH HAS BEEN DECLARED UNSUITABLE

NOTE:

FOR SWIMMING

t NON-GAZETTED BEACHES.

THE FOLLOWING BEACH HAS CHANGED GRADING ON

STANLEY MAIN, FROM "B" TO "A".

THE CHANGE IS WITHIN THE NORMAL RANGE OF BACTERIAL WATER QUALITY OF THE BEACH.

THIS OCCASION:

FLUCTUATION OF THE

NOTE TO EDITORS:

FOR FURTHER ENQUIRIES, I’LEASE CONTACT MR PAUL MR. HOLMES, PRINCIPAL ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION OFFICER (WATER POLICY) OF THE EPD, ON TEL.5-8351234.

-----o-----

/25........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

25 -

SPECIAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN HAPPY VALLEY

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 14) AFTERNOON IN HAPPY VALLEY AND CAUSEWAY BAY TO FACILITATE THE HOLDING OF THE SCOUT RALLY 1989 AT THE HONG KONG STADIUM.

AT 1.30 PM THE FOLLOWING ARRANGEMENTS WILL COME INTO EFFECT UNTIL THE SCOUT RALLY COMMENCES AT 3.30 PM:

* CAROLINE HILL ROAD BETWEEN LINK ROAD AND STADIUM PATH WILL BE ROUTED ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND;

* CAROLINE HILL ROAD BETWEEN EASTERN HOSPITAL ROAD AND COTTON PATH WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC EXCEPT THOSE REQUIRING ACCESS TO PREMISES;

* CAROLINE HILL ROAD BETWEEN COTTON PATH AND LEIGHTON ROAD/PENNINGTON STREET WILL BE ROUTED ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND;

* EASTERN HOSPITAL ROAD BETWEEN STADIUM PATH \ND TUNG LO WAN ROAD WILL BE ROUTED ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND, BUT VEHICULAR ACCESS FROM TUNG LO WAN ROAD TO THE ST PAUL’S HOSPITAL CARPARK WILL BE MAINTAINED;

* LINK ROAD WILL BE ROUTED ONE-WAY DOWNHILL. VEHICLES HEADING FOR LEIGHTON HILL, HAPPY VIEW TERRACE AND UPPER BROADWOOD ROAD ARE DIVERTED VIA WONG NAI CHUNG ROAD AND BROADWOOD ROAD;

* WESTBOUND VEHICLES ON HYSAN AVENUE WILL BE DIVERTED TO TURN LEFT ONTO LEIGHTON ROAD EASTBOUND;

* SOUTHBOUND VEHICLES ON SUN Will ROAD WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM TURNING RIGHT ONTO LEIGHTON ROAD WESTBOUND;

* THE SERVICE ROAD AROUND THE STADIUM WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC: AND

* TRAFFIC C( IES WILL BE POSITIONED ALONG LEIGHTON ROAD BETWEEN HYSAN AVENUE AND CAROLINE HILL ROAD TO ALLOW FOR TWO LANES OF EASTBOUND TRAFFIC.

AT 5.15 PM THE FOLLOWING ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED UNTIL THE SPECTATORS HAVE LEFT THE STADIUM:

* CAROLINE HILL ROAD BETWEEN STADIUM PATH AND LEIGHTON ROAD WILL BE ROUTED ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND;

* CAROLINE HILL ROAD BETWEEN LEIGHTON ROAD AND COTTON PATH WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC; AND

/• LINK ROAD

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

- 26 -

* LINK ROAD WILL BE ROUTED ONE-WAY DOWNHILL. VEHICLES HEADING FOR UPPER BROADWOOD ROAD, HAPPY VIEW TERRACE, LEIGHTON HILL AND THE LOCAL PREMISES IN LINK ROAD WILL BE DIVERTED VIA WONG NAI CHUNG ROAD AND BROADWOOD ROAD.

MATHESON STREET, RUSSELL STREET, AND SHARP STREET EAST WILL BE PROHIBITED TO ALL LEARNER DRIVERS FROM 11.30 AM TO 7.30 PM.

ALL LEARNER DRIVERS WILL ALSO NOT BE ALLOWED TO TURN LEFT FROM PERCIVAL STREET SOUTHROUND ONTO LEIGHTON ROAD EASTBOUND, AND TO ENTER TUNG LO WAN ROAD FROM CAUSEWAY ROAD.

ALL ON-STREET CAR PARKING SPACES ON THE FOLLOWING ROADS WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM NOON TO MIDNIGHT:

* SUN WUI ROAD - DURING THE PERIOD OF THE SUSPENSION, PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WILL BE PERMITTED TO WATT THEREAT UNDER THE DIRECTIVE GIVEN BY POLICE OFFICERS ON SITE;

» STADIUM PATH; AND

» THE UNNAMED SERVICE ROAD AROUND THE STADIUM.

ALL VEHICLES FOUND ILLEGALLY PARKED WILL BE TOWED AWAY WITHOUT PRIOR WARNING.

ON COMPLETION OF THE EVENT AND AFTER THE MAJORITY OF THE SPECTATORS HAVE BEEN CLEARED, TRAFFIC DIVERSIONS WILL BE WITHDRAWN.

-----o~----

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN SHA TIN *****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE CONSTRUCTION OF TATE’S CAIRN TUNNEL AND ITS APPROACHES IN SHA TIN, THE SECTION OF SIU LEK YUEN ROAD BETWEEN KWONG SIN STREET AND SHA TIN WAI ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 10 PM AND 6 AM THE NEXT DAY ON SATURDAY AND SUNDAY (OCTOBER 14 AND 15).

DURING THE CLOSURE, MOTORISTS ON THE WESTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF SIU LEK YUEN ROAD HEADING FOR CITY ONE, SHA TIN, WILL BE DIVERTED TO USE KWONG SIN STREET, UNNAMED ROAD AND SHA TIN WAI ROAD BEFORE REJOINING SIU LEK YUEN ROAD.

AT THE SAME TIME, MOTORISTS ON THE EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF SIU LEK YUEN ROAD HEADING FOR WONG NAI TAU, SHA TIN, WILL BE DIVERTED TO USE THE SOUTHBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF SHA TIN WAI ROAD, UNNAMED ROAD AND KWONG SIN STREET BEFORE REJOINING SIU LEK YUEN ROAD.

-------0 ---------

/27........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

- 27 -

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN CENTRAL ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

THE TRANSPORT DEP,\RTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT THE SECTION OF QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL BETWEEN ICE HOUSE STREET AND BANK STREET WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC BETWEEN 1 AM AND 5.30 AM ON OCTOBER 14 (SATURDAY), 15, 17

AND 18 TO FACILITATE THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE BATTERY PATH FOOTBRIDGE.

DURING THE CLOSURE, THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC RE-ROUTEINGS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED AND MOTORISTS ARE ADVISED TO TAKE ALTERNATIVE ROUTES TO SHEUNC WAN:

* BANK STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED FROM ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND TO ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND.

* THE SECTION OF ICE HOUSE STREET BETWEEN DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL AND QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL WILL BE RE-ROUTED FROM ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND TO ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND.

MOTORISTS ON QUEENSWAY ARE ADVISED TO PROCEED VIA DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL AND ICE HOUSE STREET TO JOIN QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL.

MOTORISTS FROM HILTON HOTEL AND GARDEN ROAD MULTI-STOREY CARPARK BUILDING ARE ADVISED TO PROCEED VIA BANK STREET, DES VOEUX ROAD CENTRAL AND ICE HOUSE STREET TO JOIN QUEEN’S ROAD CENTRAL.

------0-------

URBAN CLEARWAYS IN KWUN TONG ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 14), THE SECTION OF THE EASTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF CHEUNG YIP STREET IN KWUN TONG BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION WITH TSUI HING STREET AND A POINT ABOUT 36.5 METRES NORTH OF THE SAME JUNCTION WILL BE DESIGNATED AN URBAN CLEARWAY 24 HOURS DAILY.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE SECTION OF THE NORTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF LAM HING STREET BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION WITH WANG CHIU ROAD AND A POINT ABOUT 117.5 METRES EAST OF THE SAME JUNCTION WILL BE DESIGNATED AN URBAN CLEARWAY FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM DAILY.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS THERE.

-----0-----

/28........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 12, 1989

- 28 -

URBAN CLEARWAY IN KWAI CHUNG

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY

TOLER 14), THE SECTION OF SHEK PAI STREET IN KWAI CHUNG FROM A POINT ABOUT 120 METRES WEST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH WAI KEK STREET TO A 1'oINT ABOUT 60 METRES EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH CASTLE PEAK ROAD, '.ILL BE DESIGNATED AN URBAN CLEARWAY FROM 7 AM TO MIDNIGHT DAILY.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS THERE.

-----0-----

GOODS VEHICLE BAN ZONE IN TSUEN WAN *****

THAT FROM 10 AM ON (OCTOBER 14), THE SECTION OF FU UK ROAD IN TSUEN WAN BETWEEN ABOUT 75 METRES EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH YAU AT THE CARPARK INSIDE CHUNG KWAI CHUNG TSUEN GOODS VEHICLE BAN ZONE 24 HOURS DAILY.

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES

MA HOM ROAD AND

SATURDAY A POINT ITS END

WILL BE DESIGNATED A

ALL GOODS VEHICLES, EXCEPT THOSE WITH PERMITS ISSUED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT, WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE BAN ZONE.

- - 0 -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

HONG KONG DETERMINED TO BUILD PROSPEROUS FUTURE: GOVERNOR ... 1

BILL OF RIGHTS WILL HAVE PRIMACY: AG ............................ 2

OLD AGE - GOLDEN PHASE OF LIFE................................... 3

IVORY CONTROLS TIGHTENED UP FURTHER ............................. 5

HK'S GARMENT INDUSTRY GOING THROUGH TRANSITION .................. 6

JUNE EMPLOYMENT, VACANCIES AND PAYROLL STATISTICS RELEASED .. 7

CONFERENCE ON JAPAN'S EXPERIENCE IN SAFETY MANAGEMENT......... 12

8j NT LOTS TO BE RESUMED FOR DEVELOPMENT........................ 13

BLENKINSOP RETIRES AFTER 24 YEARS' SERVICE ..................... 14

HK RECOGNISES WORLD STANDARDS DAY............................... 15

CLEAN SAI KUNG MARICULTURE ZONES FORTNIGHT STARTS .............. 16

RATEPAYERS GIVEN REMINDER ON FOURTH QUARTER PAYMENT ............ 17

5 PM CLOSING TIME FOR TRADE DEPT LICENCE APPLICATIONS .......... 18

TEMPORARY FERRY SERVICE FOR TSING YI ........................... 19

MODEL. CAR RACE TO PROMOTE ANTI-DRUG MESSAGE.................... 20

OFFSHORE WORKS IN SAI KUNG, HUNG HOM............................ 21

TENDERS INVITED FOR SITE FORMATION IN CHEUNG CHAU............... 22

NEW IDENTITY CARDS FOR MEN BORN IN 1941-44 ..................... 22

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN SHAU KEI WAN............................ 24

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF FAT KWONG STREET FLYOVER .................. 24

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KWUN TONG .............................. 24

FRIDAY. OCTOBER 13. 1989

1

HONG KONG DETERMINED TO BUILD PROSPEROUS FUTURE: GOVERNOR * * t * t *

HONG KONG IS ABSOLUTELY DETERMINED TO OVERCOME WHATEVER PROBLEMS. PAST AND FUTURE, AND BUILD UP THE TERRITORY AS A PROSPEROUS PLACE FOR THE LONG-TERM FUTURE; THAT IS THE MESSAGE THE GOVERNOR. SIR DAVID WILSON. WILL PUT ACROSS DURING HIS VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES.

SPEAKING TO REPORTERS AT THE AIRPORT TONIGHT (FRIDAY). SIR DAVID SAID HE WANTED TO PUT ACROSS THIS MESSAGE AS WIDELY AS POSSIBLE IN '"HE UNITED STATES.

THE PURPOSE OF THE VISIT IS TO MEET MEMBERS OF THE NEW ADMINISTRATION. I’M SEEING THE SECRETARY OF STATE. MR BAKER. AND OTHER MEMBERS OF THE ADMINISTRATION.

"I’M MEETING MEMBERS OF CONGRESS AND OTHER INFLUENTIAL PEOPLE IN WASHINGTON." HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID FROM THE UNITED STATES CAPITOL HE WOULD BE GOING TO LOS ANGELES AND SAN FRANCISCO WHERE THERE WERE LARGE ETHNIC CHINESE COMMUNITIES WITH VERY CLOSE CONNECTIONS TO HONG KONG.

"I’LL BE PUTTING ACROSS THE SAME MESSAGE THERE ON THE WEST COAST." HE SAID.

ASKED IF HE WOULD TRY TO CONVINCE THE UNITED STATES ON MANDATORY REPATRIATION. SIR DAVID SAID HE WOULD TRY TO EXPLAIN THE WHOLE PROBLEM ABOUT VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE.

"THE WAY IN WHICH IT’S CHANGED OVER THE LAST 10 YEARS. WHICH SOME PEOPLE IN THE UNITED STATES DON’T UNDERSTAND.

"IT'S CHANGED FROM GENUINE REFUGEES TO PEOPLE WHO ARE NO LONGER. MANY OF THEM, GENUINE REFUGEES.

"AND OUR NEED TO FOLLOW THE LOGIC OF WHAT THE INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY HAS DECIDED, THAT IS IF YOU'RE GOING TO SCREEN AND FIND THAT SOME PEOPLE ARE NOT REFUGEES. YOU MUST FIND A WAY TO SEND THEM HOME BACK TO VIETNAM, PEOPLE WHO ARE SCREENED OUT AS NOT BEING REFUGEES," HE SAID.

HE SAID THE UNITED KINGDOM/HONG KONG TEAM WOULD BE PUTTING ACROSS EXACTLY THE SAME MESSAGE IN A STEERING COMMITTEE MEETING ON INDO-CHINESE REFUGEES TO BE HELD IN GENEVA NEXT WEEK.

COMMENTING ON A REFERENCE TO HIS LAST VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES WHEN THE STOCK MARKET CRASHED, SIR DAVID SAID THIS TIME HE WOULD BE ABLE TO SAY THAT ALL THE CORRECTIVE MEASURES HAD BEEN PUT IN PLACE AND THESE MEASURES HAD PROVED EFFECTIVE WHEN HONG KONG CAME UNDER PRESSURE IN JUNE.

/"SO THAT'S

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 1?, 1989

2

SO THAT’S RATHER A POSITIVE MESSAGE WHICH I CAN GET OUT OF SOMETHING NEGATIVE THAT HAPPENED WHEN 1 WAS LAST IN THE UNITED STATES," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR IS ACCOMPANIED ON HIS VISIT BY LADY WILSON.

THEY WERE SEEN OFF AT THE AIRPORT BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY, SIR DAVID FORD; ACTING SENIOR MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL, MISS MARIA TAM, AND THE SENIOR MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL. MR ALLEN LEE.

-----0 ---------

BILL O^-RIGHTS WILL HAVE PRIMACY: AG

* * » » *

THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, MR JEREMY MATHEWS, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY) 1 HE BILL OF RIGHTS WILL BE SUPREME OVER ALL LAWS MADE BY THE HONG KONG LEGISLATURE.

"THIS MEANS THAT ANY LAW OR PRACTICE WHICH IS INCONSISTENT WITH IT WILL BE INEFFECTIVE.

"THE BILL OF RIGHTS WILL BE THE YARDSTICK BY WHICH ALL OTHER LAWS WILL BE MEASURED," HE SAID.

MR MATHEWS WAS SPEAKING AT A PRESS CONFERENCE ON THE BILL OF RIGHTS WHICH WILL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL BY JULY NEXT YEAR.

ALSO SPEAKING AT THE PRESS CONFERENCE, THE SECRETARY FOR CONSTITUTIONAL AFFAIRS, MR MICHAEL SUEN, SAID A NUMBER OF IMPORTANT ISSUES HAD TO BE CONSIDERED BEFORE A WHITE BILL WAS ISSUED FOR PUBLIC CONSULTATION.

"THESE INCLUDE THE FORM OF ENTRENCHMENT, THE DURATION OF THE ’FREEZE PERIOD’ FOR PRE-EXISTING LEGISLATION AND THE FORMS OF REDRESS AVAILABLE TO PLAINTIFFS," MR SUEN SAID.

ELABORATING ON SOME OF THE MAIN FEATURES OF THE BILL, MR MATHEWS SAID ONE OF THE MATTERS THAT HAD TO BE CONSIDERED BEFORE THE PUBLICATION OF A WHITE BILL WAS THE IMPACT OF A BILL OF RIGHTS ON EXISTING LEGISLATION.

MR MATHEWS SAID: "IN THIS RESPECT, THE ADMINISTRATION CONSIDERED A NUMBER OF OPTIONS.

"ONE WAS TO DEFER THE COMMENCEMENT OF A BILL WHILE A COMPLETE REVIEW OF EXISTING LEGISLATION WAS CONDUCTED. THIS WOULD BE VERY TIME CONSUMING.

"WE DO NOT THINK THAT HONG KONG PEOPLE SHOULD HAVE TO WAIT SO LONG.

/"WE THEREFORE .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

- 3 -

"WE THEREFORE OPTED FOR A QUICKER INTRODUCTION OF A BILL OF RIGHTS BUT WITH A TRANSITION PERIOD FOR A REVIEW OF EXISTING LEGISLATION TO BE CARRIED OUT. THE OBJECT OF THIS EXERCISE IS TO REMOVE UNCERTAINTIES IN EXISTING LEGISLATION.

"I SHOULD POINT OUT, HOWEVER, THAT THIS TRANSITION PERIOD WILL NOT APPLY TO NEW LEGISLATION ENACTED AFTER THE PASSAGE OF A BILL OF RIGHTS."

ON THE QUESTION OF ENTRENCHING THE BILL OF RIGHTS, MR MATHEWS SAID THE PRECISE METHOD OF ENTRENCHMENT WAS A MATTER WHICH REQUIRED SPECIAL ATTENTION AND A DECISION WOULD BE MADE SOON.

HE EXPLAINED THAT ENTRENCHMENT MEANT ENACTING THE BILL IN SUCH A WAY AS TO ENSURE THAT THE JUDICIARY ACCORDED IT PRIMACY AND WOULD STRIVE TO INTERPRET ALL OTHER HONG KONG LAWS AND PRACTICES IN ACCORDANCE WITH IT.

AS ANNOUNCED BY THE GOVERNOR IN HIS ADDRESS AT THE OPENING OF THE NEW LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL SESSION, THE BILL OF RIGHTS WOULD GIVE EFFECT IN LOCAL LAW TO THE RELEVANT PROVISIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL COVENANT ON CIVIL AND POLITICAL RIGHTS, MR SUEN SAID.

"THE BILL WILL BE A STATEMENT OF RIGHTS CAPABLE OF BEING PROTECTED AND ENFORCED BY AN INDIVIDUAL THROUGH ACTION IN THE COURTS.

"THIS MEANS THAT ANYONE WHO CLAIMS THAT THEIR CIVIL OR POLITICAL RIGHTS, AS DEFINED IN THE COVENANT, HAVE BEEN VIOLATED WILL BE ABLE TO SEEK REDRESS IN THE COURTS," HE ADDED.

MR SUEN POINTED OUT THAT THE GOVERNOR HAD SAID THE BILL WOULD PROVIDE FOR A SPECIFIC PERIOD AFTER ENACTMENT DURING WHICH IT WOULD NOT OVERRIDE EXISTING LEGISLATION.

"THE DURATION WOULD BE DECIDED LATER, ONCE THE REIVEW OF EXISTING LEGISLATION IS FURTHER ADVANCED.

"THE PURPOSE OF THIS ’FREEZE PERIOD’ IS TO ALLOW TIME TO CONSIDER THE NECESSITY FOR AMENDING EXISTING LEGISLATION, SO AS TO REMOVE ANY UNCERTAINTIES," MR SUEN SAID.

-----0 ----------

OLD AGE - GOLDEN PHASE OF LIFE * * t « *

OLD AGE CAN BE VIEWED AS A GOLDEN PERIOD OF LIFE, THE DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MRS ROSE GOODSTADT, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE PRIZE PRESENTATION CEREMONY OF THE FOURTH SPEECH CONTEST FOR THE ELDERLY ORGANISED BY YAN 01 TONG, MRS GOOSTADT SHARED THE VIEW THAT ELDERLY PEOPLE CONTINUED TO CONTRIBUTE IN MANY AREAS TO THE BENEFIT OF THE COMMUNITY.

/"OLD AGE .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1989

"OLD AGE CAN BE VIEWED IN THIS TRUE CONTEXT: AS A GOLDEN PERIOD, A PHASE WHICH WE SHOULD WELCOME RATHER THAN DREAD, A TIME IN OUR LIVES IN WHICH WE CAN LIVE MORE FULLY AND MEANINGFULLY THAN WHEN WE ARE FACING THE STRUGGLES OF PARENTHOOD AND THE BURDEN OF A CAREER.

"OUR COMMUNITY HAS TO LEARN TO THINK OF OLD AGE IN CONSTRUCTIVE TERMS.

"OUR ELDERLY WILL THEN BE PERCEIVED AS ASSETS WHO CAN ENRICH THEIR FAMILIES AND THE COMMUNITY GENERALLY BECAUSE OF THEIR FREEDOM TO PARTICIPATE IN SOCIAL AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES," SHE SAID.

MRS GOODSTADT SAID THE ELDERLY PROVIDED A NECESSARY BALANCE FOR SOCIETY, BEING THE ONE LARGE GROUP WHOSE MAIN EMPHASIS WAS NO LONGER ON ECONOMIC GOALS OR PROVIDING FOR THE DAILY NECESSITIES FOR THEIR CHILDREN.

"THEY HAVE TIME FOR FRIENDSHIP, TO CONTEMPLATE THE WIDER MEANING OF LIFE AND THE VALUE OF PERSONAL RELATIONSHIPS."

SHE EXPLAINED THAT OLD AGE COVERED A SPAN OF SOME 25 YEARS FROM THE 60’S WELL INTO THE 80’S.

IN THIS RESPECT, PERSONS IN THEIR 60’S AND 70'S WERE IN FACT STILL RELATIVELY YOUNG AND IT DID NOT MAKE SENSE TO DISMISS THIS GROUP AS LIMITED IN THEIR PHYSICAL AND MENTAL ABILITIES, SHE SAID.

"THEY HAVE AS MANY TALENTS AS THE AVERAGE ADULT POPULATION AND THEIR INTERESTS AND HOBBIES ARE JUST AS WIDE.

"THEY HAVE EVERY REASON TO CONTINUE TO BE ACTIVE IN DRAMA, DEBATE, SPORTS AND CULTURAL PURSUITS.

"THE MAJORITY OF THE ELDERLY HAVE DIFFERENT NEEDS. THEY ENJOY AMPLE FREE TIME AT THIS STAGE OF THEIR LIVES AND THEY HAVE THE LEISURE TO CULTIVATE THEIR PERSONAL INTERESTS."

MRS GOODSTADT SAID BOTH THE GOVERNMENT AND THE VOLUNTARY AGENCIES WERE WORKING TOWARDS PROVIDING MORE DAY ACTIVITIES FOR THE ELDERLY INCLUDING SOCIAL AND MULTI-SERVICES CENTRES.

AT PRESENT, THERE ARE 106 SOCIAL CENTRES FOR THE ELDERLY AND 14 MULTI-SERVICES CENTRES WITH A TOTAL MEMBERSHIP OF NEARLY 40,000.

PARTICIPANTS IN THEIR PROGRAMMES ARE ABOUT 100,000 A MONTH.

SHE POINTED OUT THAT IN THE NEXT FIVE YEARS, THESE FACILITIES WOULD BE INCREASED TO 174.

MRS GOODSTADT COMMENDED YAN 01 TONG FOR SETTING A GOOD EXAMPLE BY PROVIDING THE IMPETUS FOR SUCH ACTIVITIES AND THE AVENUES FOR THE ELDERLY TO EXPRESS THEMSELVES.

-------0 ---------

FRIDAY, OCTOBER J3, 1989

- 5 -

IVORY CONTROLS TIGHTENED UP FURTHER

»«»»*»

HONG KONG’S CONTROLS ON THE IVORY TRADE WILL BE TIGHTENED UP FURTHER WITH LICENSING REQUIREMENTS BEING EXTENDED TO COVER THE POSSESSION AND EXPORT OF ALL IVORY FOR COMMERCIAL PURPOSES.

THE ANIMALS AND PLANTS (PROTECTION OF ENDANGERED SPECIES) (EXEMPTION) (AMENDMENT) ORDER 1989, UNDER THE ANIMALS AND PLANTS (PROTECTION OF ENDANGERED SPECIES) ORDINANCE, TO THIS EFFECT WAS GAZETTED TODAY (FRIDAY).

UNDER THE NEW CONTROL MEASURES, LICENCES WILL BE REQUIRED FOR THE POSSESSION OF ANY RAW OR WORKED IVORY AS WELL AS THE EXPORT OF WORKED IVORY.

HOWEVER, THE POSSESSION AND EXPORT OF MANUFACTURED IVORY PRODUCTS WEIGHING NOT MORE THAN FIVE KILOGRAMS AND WHICH ARE NOT INTENDED FOR COMMERCIAL USE WILL BE EXEMPTED FROM THE LICENSING REQUIREMENTS.

"THE NEW MEASURES ARE THE LATEST MOVE BY HONG KONG TO HELP CONSERVE THE ELEPHANT SPECIES WHOSE POPULATION HAD RAPIDLY DECLINED OVER THE PAST DECADE," THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR (CONSERVATION AND COUNTRY PARKS) OF THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT, MR FRANK LAU, SAID.

MR LAU EXPLAINED THAT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONVENTION ON THE INTERNATIONAL TRADE IN ENDANGERED SPECIES OF WILD FAUNA AND FLORA (CITES), THE IMPORT AND EXPORT OF RAW AND SIMPLY PREPARED IVORY HAD ALWAYS BEEN UNDER STRICT LICENSING CONTROL IN HONG KONG.

ON AUGUST 5 LAST YEAR, THE CONTROL ON IMPORT WAS UPGRADED TO INCLUDE WORKED IVORY AND, TO DEMONSTRATE HONG KONG’S SUPPORT FOR INTERNATIONAL EFFORTS TO SAVE THE AFRICAN ELEPHANT FROM CONTINUED DECLINE, A MORATORIUM HAD BEEN IMPOSED ON THE IMPORT OF RAW IVORY SINCE JUNE 16 THIS YEAR.

HE SAID WHETHER THE IMPORT BAN WOULD BE LIFTED WOULD DEPEND ON THE OUTCOME OF THE CITES CONFERENCE NOW BEING HELD IN LAUSANNE, SWITZERLAND.

WITH THE INTRODUCTION OF THE NEW CURBS, HONG KONG’S LICENSING CONTROL SYSTEM WILL COVER IMPORT, POSSESSION AS WELL AS EXPORT OF ALL COMMERCIAL IVORY.

"THE ONLY EXEMPTION FROM IMPORT CONTROLS ARE WORKED IVORY FOR PERSONAL USE WEIGHING NOT MORE THAN ONE KILOGRAM, WHILE THE ONLY EXEMPTION FROM EXPORT AND POSSESSION CONTROLS ARE WORKED IVORY FOR PERSONAL USE WEIGHING NOT MORE THAN FIVE KILOGRAMS," MR LAU CONTINUED.

/HE SAID .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

6

HE SAID THE NEW MEASURES WOULD GIVE LEGAL BACKING TO THE DEPARTMENT’S BID TO REGISTER ALL EXISTING IVORY STOCKS AND TO SET UP A COMPUTER BASE TO MONITOR THEIR MOVEMENT. THE DRIVE WAS AIMED AT DETERRING IVORY SMUGGLING AND PREVENTING NEW IVORY OF DUBIOUS ORIGIN FROM ENTERING THE MARKET.

MR LAU ADVISED THAT ANY PERSON WHO WAS IN POSSESSION OF WORKED IVORY OVER FIVE KILOGRAMS OR ANY RAW IVORY SHOULD APPLY FOR A POSSESSION LICENCE FROM HIS DEPARTMENT AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AND IN ANY EVENT NOT LATER THAN JANUARY 12. 1990.

’’AND ANYONE WHO WISHES TO EXPORT WORKED IVORY SHOULD APPLY FOR AN EXPORT LICENCE FROM THE DEPARTMENT BEFORE SHIPMENT IS EFFECTED. SPECIAL CONSIDERATION MAY, HOWEVER, BE GIVEN TO PERSONS WHO HAVE MADE ARRANGEMENTS FOR EXTORTING WORKED IVORY BEFORE OCTOBER 27 THIS YEAR, HE POINTED OUT.

HE ADDED THAT APPLICATIONS MUST BE SUPPORTED BY VALID DOCUMENTS INCLUDING HONG KONG IMPORT LICENCES, EXPORT PERMITS FROM THE COUNTRIES OF EXPORT AND OTHER DOCUMENTARY PROOF SHOWING THAT THE IVORY WAS ACQUIRED FROM A CITES-APPROVED SOURCE.

MR LAU ADVISED THAT THE IMPORT, POSSESSION OR EXPORT OF IVORY WITHOUT A VALID LICENCE IS AN OFFENCE WHICH CARRIES A MAXIMUM FINE OF $25,000 PLUS MANDATORY FORFEITURE OF THE IVORY CONCERNED. THE PENALTY FOR A REPEATED OFFENCE IS A MAXIMUM FINE OF $50,000 PLUS SIX MONTHS’ IMPRISONMENT.

ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE NEW CONTROL MEASURES CAN BE DIRECTED TO THE DEPARTMENT’S FAUNA CONSERVATION SECTION ON TEL. 3-7332117 OR 3-7332122.

-------O----------

HK’S GARMENT INDUSTRY GOING THROUGH TRANSITION

HONG KONG’S GARMENT INDUSTRY IS GOING THROUGH A TRANSITION AND IS READJUSTING ITSELF FROM MASS PRODUCTION OF LOW-END PRODUCTS TO HIGHER-VALUE-ADDED OUTPUT, THE DIRECTOR-GENERAL OF TRADE, MR MICHAEL SZE, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE THIRD WORLD APPAREL EXPO, MR SZE SAID AN INCREASING AWARENESS, AND WIDER APPLICATION, OF AUTOMATION, PLUS A GROWING SOPHISTICATION IN QUALITY AND DESIGN HAD ENABLED LOCAL MANUFACTURERS AND EXPORTERS ALIKE TO KEEP ABREAST OF THE FAST CHANGING NEEDS OF A FASHION-LED CONSUMER MARKET.

’’THESE, COUPLED WITH THE ENTREPRENEURIAL SPIRIT SO CHARACTERISTIC OF HONG KONG, HAVE PUT THE TERRITORY FIRMLY ON THE MAP AS A TRADE CENTRE FOR THE INTERNATIONAL FASHION INDUSTRY IN ITS OWN RIGHT,” HE SAID.

/MR SZE .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 1J, 1989

MR SZE SAID ALTHOUGH HONG KONG HAD HAD SOME SUCCESS IN RECENT YEARS IN DIVERSIFYING ITS MANUFACTURING BASE, GARMENT STILL CONSTITUTED AN IMPORTANT COMPONENT OF THE TERRITORY’S EXPORTS.

HONG KONG IS ONE OF THE WORLD’S LARGEST GARMENT EXPORTERS. IN 1988, HONG KONG'S DOMESTIC EXPORTS OF GARMENT AMOUNTED TO $67.3 BILLION, REPRESENTING 31 PER CENT OF ITS OVERALL DOMESTIC EXPORTS.

THE GARMENT INDUSTRY CURRENTLY EMPLOYS SOME 280,000 WORKERS, EQUIVALENT TO ABOUT ONE-THIRD OF THE TOTAL INDUSTRIAL EMPLOYMENT IN HONG KONG.

---0------

JUNE EMPLOYMENT, VACANCIES AND PAYROLL STATISTICS RELEASED *****

THERE WERE 824,300 PERSONS ENGAGED IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR IN JUNE 1989, REPRESENTING A DECREASE OF 5.1 PER CENT IN COMPARISON WITH JUNE 1988, ACCORDING TO FIGURES RELEASED TODAY (FRIDAY) BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

EMPLOYMENT IN THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR, AT 746,300 IN JUNE 1989, WAS 5.1 PER CENT HIGHER THAN IN JUNE 1988.

EMPLOYMENT IN THE FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR, AT 253,300, WAS UP BY 12.2 PER CENT.

EMPLOYMENT AT CONSTRUCTION SITES INCREASED BY 2.5 PER CENT COMPARED WITH JUNE 1988.

A DEPARTMENTAL SPOKESMAN SAID THE STATISTICS FOR SELECTED MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY IN JUNE 1989 WERE DERIVED FROM THE QUARTERLY SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, VACANCIES AND PAYROLL CONDUCTED BY THE DEPARTMENT.

THESE SECTORS COVER THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR; THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR; AND THE FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR. THERE IS A SEPARATE EMPLOYMENT SURVEY COVERING CONSTRUCTION SITES.

THE OVERALL EMPLOYMENT FIGURES FOR JUNE 1989 IN THESE SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS, WITH COMPARISON WITH THE CORRESPONDING FIGURES FOR JUNE 1988 AND MARCH 1989, ARE AS FOLLOWS:

/SELECTED MAJOR

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 1J, 1989

- 8 -

SELECTED MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY PERSONS ENGAGED PERCENTAGE CHANGE**

(EMPLOYMENT) IN* JUN. 89

JUN. 88 MAR. 89 JUN. 89 ON JUN. 88 JUN. 89 ON MAR. 89

MANUFACTURING 869,000 814,200 824,300 -5.1 + 1.2 •'

CONSTRUCTION (MANUAL WORKERS ON CONSTRUCTION SITES ONLY) 70,300 73,000 72,000 + 2.5 - 1.3

WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 710,400 707,100 746,300 + 5.1 + 5.5

FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES 225,700 241,000 253,300 + 12.2 ■ > >. x ■ • I ' + 5.1 ‘.r.U

* FIGURES ARE ROUNDED TO THE NEAREST HUNDRED.

* * BASED ON UNROUNDED EMPLOYMENT FIGURES.

COMPARING JUNE 1989 WITH MARCH 1989, EMPLOYMENT IN THE MANUFACTURING, THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS, THE FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND" BUSINESS SERVICES SECTORS, INCREASED BY 1.2 PER CENT, 5.5 PER CENT, • AND 5.1 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

OVER THE SAME PERIOD, EMPLOYMENT IN THE CONSTRUCTION SITES SECTOR DECREASED BY 1.3 PER CENT.

, 4*, f’

THE QUARTERLY SURVEY OF EMPLOYMENT, VACANCIES AND PAYROLL ALSO PROVIDES VACANCY STATISTICS FOR THESE SELECTED MAJOR SECTORS (EXCEPT CONSTRUCTION SITES WHICH ARE COVERED IN A SEPARATE SURVEY). THE VACANCY DATA TOGETHER WITH A COMPARISON WITH THE CORRESPONDING FIGURES FOR JUNE 1988 AND MARCH 1989 ARE AS FOLLOWS:

/SELECTED MAJOR .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 1J, 1989

NUMBER OF REPORTED VACANCIES IN* PERCENTAGE CHANGE*»

SELECTED MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY JUN. 88 MAR. 89 JUN. 89 JUN. 89 ON JUN. 88 ] JUN. 89 ON MAR. 89 Mi

MANUFACTURING 48,460 57,050 43,450 - 10.3 f - 23.8

WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 27,590 37,720 23,070 - 16.4 - 38.8

FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES 8,320 11,630 8,990 + 8.1 - 22.7 3. 1 I

» FIGURES »» BASED ON ARE ROUNDED UNROUNDED TO THE NEAREST TEN. VACANCY FIGURES.

RELATIVE TO JUNE 1988, THE NUMBER OF REPORTED VACANCIES FOR THE MANUFACTURING, THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTORS DECREASED BY 10.3 PER CENT, AND 16.4 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY.

ON THE SAME BASIS OF COMPARISON, THE FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR EXPERIENCED AN INCREASE OF 8.1 PER CENT.

COMPARED WITH MARCH 1989, THE NUMBER OF REPORTED VACANCIES IN THE MANUFACTURING, THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES, RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS AND THE FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTORS DECREASED BY 23.8 PER CENT, 38.8 PER CENT > AND 22.7 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY IN JUNE 1989.

ALSO AVAILABLE FROM THE SURVEY ARE STATISTICS ON MONTHLY PAYROLL OUTLAYS IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR; THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR; AND THE FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR. QUARTERLY TOTALS FOR EACH OF THESE SECTORS ARE SHOWN IN THE FOLLOWING TABLE:

/SELECTED MAJOR .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1989

10 -

TOTAL QUARTERLY PAYROLL IN % CHANGE*

SELECTED MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY « 2ND QTR. 1988 HKS MN 2ND QTR. 1989 HKS MN 2ND 2ND QTR. 1989 ON QTR. 1988 ■ • ' J I ' •

MANUFACTURING i 9,551 10,647 + 11.5 U'l

Wholesale and RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 8,028 10,012 + 24.7 9

FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES 4.165 5,561 + 33.5

* BASED ON UNROUNDED PAYROLL FIGURES.

COMPARED THE ABOVE THREE WITH THE SAME QUARTER A YEAR AGO, SECTORS INCREASED BY 11.5 PER CENT PAYROLL OUTLAYS , 24.7 PER CENT IN,,.,. AND .

33.5 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY IN THE SECOND QUARTER OF 1989.

AFTER ADJUSTMENT FOR VARIATIONS IN TOTAL MONTHLY PAYROLL OUTLAYS IN JUNE 1988 AND JUNE 1989, ARISING FROM CHANGES IN THE LEVEL... OF EMPLOYMENT, A NOMINAL INDEX OF PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED IS OBTAINED.

TO ALLOW FOR THE EFFECTS OF PRICE CHANGES, THE NOMINAL INDEX IS , DEFLATED BY THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (A) TO GIVE THE REAL INDEX OF * PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED.

THESE TWO INDICES FOR JUNE 1988 AND JUNE 1989 ARE GIVEN IN THE * TABLES BELOW:

/SELECTED MAJOR ......


FRIDAY, OCTOBER 1J, 1989

11

NOMINAL INDEX OF PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED % CHANGE

(JUNE 1980 = 100)

SELECTED MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY JUN. 88 JUN. 89 JUN. 89 ON JUN. 88

MANUFACTURING 263.5 309.2 ♦ 17.3

WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 252.7 298.8 + 18.2

FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES 246.7 294.7 + 19.5

REAL INDEX OF PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED (JUNE 1980 = 100) % CHANGE

SELECTED MAJOR SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY JUN. 88 JUN. 89 JUN. 89 ON JUN. 88

MANUFACTURING 143.8 152.0 + 5.7

WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 137.9 146.9 + 6.5

FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES 134.7 144.9 + 7.6

BETWEEN JUNE 1988 AND JUNE 1989, AN INCREASE OF 17.3 PER CENT WAS REGISTERED IN THE NOMINAL INDEX OF PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR.

/FOR ME.........

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

12

FOR THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR, THE INCREASE WAS 18.2 PER CENT AND FOR THE FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR, THE INCREASE WAS 19.5 PER CENT.

OVER THE SAME PERIOD, THE REAL INDEX OF PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED REGISTERED AN INCREASE OF 5.7 PER CENT FOR THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, 6.5 PER CENT FOR THE WHOLESALE AND RETAIL, IMPORT AND EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR, AND 7.6 PER CENT FOR THE FINANCING, INSURANCE, REAL ESTATE AND BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR.

DETAILED BREAKDOWNS OF THE ABOVE STATISTICS ARE AVAILABLE FROM THE QUARTERLY REPORT OF EMPLOYMENT, VACANCIES AND PAYROLL STATISTICS, JUNE 1989. WHICH IS AVAILABLE AT $11 PER COPY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GPO BUILDING, GROUND FLOOR, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL, AND AT THE SALES COUNTER OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT AT 19TH FLOOR, WANCHAI TOWER 1, 12 HARBOUR ROAD, WAN CHAI.

-------o ---------

CONFERENCE ON JAPAN’S EXPERIENCE IN SAFETY MANAGEMENT *******

HONG KONG INDUSTRIALISTS WILL BE ABLE TO LEARN FROM JAPAN’S EXPERIENCE IN PROMOTING SAFETY AND HEALTH AT WORK PLACES AT A CONFERENCE TO BE HELD ON NOVEMBER 20 (MONDAY).

"AS JAPAN IS RENOWNED FOR ACHIEVING A HIGH STANDARD OF SAFETY AND HEALTH AT WORK, IT WILL BE A VALUABLE OPPORTUNITY FOR HONG KONG INDUSTRIALISTS TO SHARE ITS EXPERIENCE OF SUCCESS THROUGH MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES," THE DIVISIONAL FACTORY INSPECTOR (TRAINING), MR WONG CHI-KAI, OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

THE "CONFERENCE ON SAFETY AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT - A JAPANESE EXPERIENCE" IS ORGANISED JOINTLY BY THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT AND THE JAPAN INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ASSOCIATION (JISHA).

JISHA WAS ESTABLISHED IN 1964 WITH THE AIM OF RAISING JAPAN’S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS THROUGH VOLUNTARY PREVENTIVE ACTIVITIES AMONG BUSINESSES THROUGHOUT JAPAN.

THE CONFERENCE WILL HAVE PLACES FOR 500 MANAGERS, SUPERVISORS AS WELL AS SAFETY AND HEALTH OFFICERS FROM THE LOCAL MANUFACTURING AND CONSTRUCTION SECTORS. IT WILL BE HELD AT THE HONG KONG CONVENTION AND EXHIBITION CENTRE.

"THE PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE A SERIES OF TALKS AND DISCUSSIONS AND SIMULTANEOUS INTERPRETATION IN CANTONESE, ENGLISH AND JAPANESE WILL BE PROVIDED," MR WONG SAID.

/ONE OF .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 1J, 1989

ONE OF THE KEY SPEAKERS IS DR TAKASHI KUSAKARI, DIRECTOR GENERAL OF THE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY AND HEALTH DEPARTMENT UNDER JAPAN’S LABOUR STANDARDS BUREAU. HE WILL TALK ON "SAFETY AND HEALTH MANAGEMENT IN JAPAN".

THE MANAGER OF THE LABOUR AFFAIRS AND SAFETY DEPARTMENT OF KAJIMA CORPORATION OF JAPAN, MR HISASHI ISHIMURA, WILL TALK ABOUT "INDUSTRIAL SAFETY MOVEMENT - ESTABLISHED SAFETY CONSTRUCTION CYCLE".

MR CHEUNG LUN, A MEMBER OF THE LABOUR ADVISORY BOARD AND THE OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH COUNCIL IN HONG KONG, WILL DISCUSS "EMPLOYERS’ RESPONSIBILITY IN THE PROMOTION OF SAFETY AND HEALTH -FROM EMPLOYEES’ POINT OF VIEW".

ENROLMENT IN THE CONFERENCE WILL CLOSE ON OCTOBER 31 (TUESDAY). ENROLMENT FORMS ARE OBTAINABLE FROM THE INDUSTRIAL SAFETY TRAINING CENTRE OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT AT 13TH FLOOR, HARBOUR BUILDING, 38 PIER ROAD, CENTRAL.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES MAY BE MADE ON 5-8523562 AND 5-8523565.

-------0---------

83 NT LOTS TO BE RESUMED FOR DEVELOPMENT

* * » * »

EIGHTY-THREE PRIVATE AGRICULTURAL LOTS IN YUEN LONG AND SHA TIN WILL BE RESUMED BY THE GOVERNMENT FOR DEVELOPMENT.

IN YUEN LONG, 16 LOTS TOTALLING 2,031 SQUARE METRES WILL BE RESUMED TO CARRY OUT TWO DRAINAGE PROJECTS AND ONE WATER PIPES LAYING PROJECT.

THE LANDS TO BE RESUMED INCLUDE PORTIONS OF FOUR PRIVATE AGRICULTURAL LOTS WITH A TOTAL AREA OF ABOUT 143.1 SQUARE METRES FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE TAI KEI LENG DRAINAGE IMPROVEMENT SCHEME, AND PORTIONS OF TWO PRIVATE AGRICULTURAL LOTS WITH A TOTAL AREA OF ABOUT 345.6 SQUARE METRES FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A STORM WATER DRAIN, A SURFACE CHANNEL AND MANHOLES AT NAM PIN WAI.

TEN PRIVATE AGRICULTURAL LOTS NEAR FUNG KAI WAI, TOTALLING ABOUT 1,542.3 SQUARE METRES IN AREA, WILL BE RESUMED FOR THE LAYING OF WATER PIPES BETWEEN THE WANG CHAU SERVICE RESERVOIR AND TIN SHUI WAI.

THE DRAINAGE WORKS ARE PROGRAMMED TO START IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR WHILE THE WATER PIPES LAYING PROJECT IS SCHEDULED TO COMMENCE LATER THIS MONTH.

/IN SHA .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1989

- 14 -

'N SHA TIN, 67 PRIVATE AGRICULTURAL LOTS WITH A TOTAL AREA OF 12,8>2.8 SQUARE METRES WILL BE RESUMED FOR THE EXPANSION AND IMPROVEMENT OF TAI SHUI HANG VILLAGE AND FO TAN VILLAGE.

THE WORKS ARE PROGRAMMED TO START IN APRIL NEXT YEAR.

NOTICES ON THE RESUMPTION OF LANDS WERE PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY (FRIDAY).

THE LOTS WILL REVERT TO THE GOVERNMENT ON THE EXPIRY OF THREE MONTHS AFTER THE POSTING OF NOTICES ON THE LOTS.

-----0-----

BLENKINSOP RETIRES AFTER 24 YEARS' SERVICE

*****

THE COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION, MR GORDON BLENKINSOP, WILL BE PROCEEDING ON LEAVE PRIOR TO RETIREMENT ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 16) AFTER MORE THAN 24 YEARS’ SERVICE WITH THE GOVERNMENT.

A FAREWELL DINNER WAS RECENTLY HELD IN HIS HONOUR DURING WHICH FRIENDS AND COLLEAGUES GATHERED TO WISH HIM A LONG AND HAPPY RETIREMENT.

THE COMMISSIONER DESIGNATE, MR BARRY WOODROFFE, MADE A PRESENTATIO1 TO MR BLENKINSOP ON BEHALF OF THE STAFF OF THE RATING AND VALUATION DEPARTMENT, AND THE SECRETARY FOR THE TREASURY, MR HAMISH MACLEOD, PRESENTED HIM A VALEDICTORY LETTER.

MR BLENKINSOP JOINED THE HONG KONG CIVIL SERVICE AS A TREASURY ACCOUNTANT IN 1965. HE WAS PROMOTED TO DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF ACCOUNTING SERVICES IN 1983 AND WAS APPOINTED COMMISSIONER OF RATING AND VALUATION IN 1984.

AS COMMISSIONER HE HAS GUIDED THE DEPARTMENT THROUGH A PERIOD OF STEADY EXPANSION WITH AN EMPHASIS ON STAFF DEVELOPMENT AND THE EXTENSION OF COMPUTERISATION TO ALL MAJOR FUNCTIONS OF THE DEPARTMENT.

MR BLENKINSOP IS A KEEN SPORTSMAN AND WILL RETIRE AS THE DEPARTMENT’S TENNIS CHAMPION. HE HAS ALSO ENCOURAGED AN INCREASED VARIETY OF RECREATIONAL AND SPORTING ACTIVITIES WITHIN THE DEPARTMENT.

- 0 - -

/15

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1989

- 15 -

HK RECOGNISES WORLD STANDARDS DAY *****

HONG KONG WILL BE JOINING MANY COUNTRIES AROUND THE WORLD TOMORROW (SATURDAY) IN RECOGNISING WORLD STANDARDS DAY WHICH MARKS ANOTHER MILESTONE DEVELOPMENT OF IN THE INTERNATIONAL STANDARDISATION.

THE EVENT IS BEING ORGANISED BY THE INTERNATIONAL ORGANISATION FOR STANDARDISATION (ISO) AND THE INTERNATIONAL V!.ECTROTECHNICAL COMMISSION (IEC), OF WHICH HONG KONG IS A MEMBER.

THE TWO ORGANISATIONS HAVE BEEN ACTIVE IN DEVELOPING INTERNATIONAL PRODUCT STANDARDS AND WORKING TOWARDS COMPATIBILITY OF SYSTEMS WORLDWIDE FOR THE BENEFIT OF BOTH MANUFACTURERS AND CONSUMERS.

TH ASSISTANT D RECTOR OF INDUSTRY IN CHARGE OF QUALITY SERVICES, MR ERNEST EVANS, SAID HONG KONG’S MAJOR MARKETS HAD BEEN PLACING INCREASING EMPHASIS ON QUALITY AND CONSUMER SAFETY IN RECENT YEARS.

"TO FURTHER PROMOTE STANDARDISATION AND THE AWARENESS OF QUALITY IN HONG KONG, THE PRODUCT STANDARDS INFORMATION BUREAU OF THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT WILL SET UP DIRECT ON-LINE COMPUTER LINKS WITH OVERSEAS STANDARDS INSTITUTIONS TO GAIN EFFICIENT ACCESS TO THEIR EXTENSIVE STANDARDS DATABASE," HE SAID.

THE RODUCT STANDARDS INFORMATION BUREAU OF THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT WAS SET UP FIVE YEARS AGO TO COLLECT AND DISSEMINATE INFORMATION ON STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS IN HONG KONG’S OVERSEAS MARKETS.

THE PRODUCT STANDARDS LIBRARY OF THE BUREAU MAINTAINS THE NATIONAL STANDARDS OF HONG KONG’S MAJOR MARKETS AND INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ISSUED BY THE ISO AND IEC.

THE BUREAU ALSO OPERATES A SALES AGENCY SERVICE THROUGH WHICH NATIO "AL AND INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS CAN BE PURCHASED. IN ADDITION, IT IS AUTHORISED TO REPRODUCE AND SELL PHOTOCOPIES OF BRITISH AND EUROPEAN STANDARDS. THE PHOTOCOPYING SERVICE WILL SOON BE EXTENDED TO COVER ISO STANDARDS.

BESIDES ANSWERING GENERAL ENQUIRIES PERTAINING TO STANDARDS, THE BUREAU INTRODUCED A TECHNICAL ENQUIRY SERVICE IN 1987 TO EXPLAIN THE PARTICULAR FEATURES OF OVERSEAS REQUIREMENTS AND, WHERE APPROPRIATE, OFFER SUGGESTIONS ON WAYS TO ENABLE A PRODUCT TO MEET THE REQUIREMENTS.

"THE NUMBER OF GENERAL ENQUIRIES HANDLED BY THE BUREAU HAS GROWN FROM 25 IN 1984 TO OVER 1,800 IN 1988," MR EVANS SAID.

TO PROMOTE THE DISSEMINATION OF STANDARDS INFORMATION, THE BUREAU ALSO ORGANISES BRIEFINGS AND SEMINARS ON OVERSEAS REQUIREMENTS, WITH SPEAKERS COMING FROM OVERSEAS COUNTRIES’ STANDARDS AUTHORITIES AND STANDARDISATION AND CERTIFICATION BODIES.

-----0------

/%.....

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1989

CLEAN SAI KUNG MARICULTURE ZONES FORTNIGHT STARTS

* » » » »

A CLEAN MARICULTURE ZONES FORTNIGHT WAS STARTED IN SAI KUNG TODAY (FRIDAY) TO PROMOTE THE AWARENESS OF MARICULTURISTS IN THE DISTRICT OF THE IMPORTANCE IN KEEPING THEIR ZONES CLEAN.

THE EVENT, JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD'S ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE AND THE SAI KUNG FISHERMEN'S MUTUAL AID ASSOCIATION, WILL LAST UNTIL OCTOBER 27.

DURING THIS PERIOD, MARICULTURISTS IN THE SEVEN ZONES IN THE DISTRICT WILL BE ENCOURAGED TO DEPOSE OF THEIR DOMESTIC REFUSE IN GARBAGE BINS PROVIDED BY THE REGIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

A CEREMONY TO MARK THE START OF THE FORTNIGHT WAS HELD THIS MORNING.

OFFICIATING AT THE CEREMONY WERE THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICER, MR FREDERICK TONG; CHAIRMAN OF THE DISTRICT BOARD’S ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE, MR HO KOON-SHUN; CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE’S WORKING GROUP ON THE 1989-90 KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN, MR EDWARD PONG; AND CHAIRMAN OF THE SAI KUNG FISHERMEN'S MUTUAL AID ASSOCIATION, MR CHENG MING-KAI.

AFTER THE OPENING CEREMONY, THE OFFICIATING GUESTS WENT TO TAI TAU CHAU MARICULTURE ZONE FOR A DEMONSTRATION ON THE CLEAN-UP WORK.

THE CLEAN-UP WORK AT THE OTHER SIX MARICULTURE ZONES IN THE DISTRICT ARE SCHEDULED AS FOLLOWS:

OCTOBER 16 MA NAM WAT MARICULTURE ZONE

OCTOBER 17 TIN HA WAN MARICULTURE ZONE

OCTOBER 19 KAU SAI MARICULTURE ZONE

OCTOBER 23 PO TOI O MARICULTURE ZONE

... ’ f

OCTOBER 25 LEUNG SHUEN WAN MARICULTURE ZONE

OCTOBER 27 KAI LUNG WAN MARICULTURE ZONE

IT IS ESTIMATED THAT THERE ARE 420 MARICULTURISTS IN SAI KUNG.

- - 0 - -

/17

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1989

- 17 -

RATEPAYERS GIVEN REMINDER ON FOURTH QUARTER PAYMENT *****

RATEPAYERS SHOULD BY NOW HAVE RECEIVED DEMAND NOTES FOR RATES FOR THE QUARTER OCTOBER 1 TO DECEMBER 31, 1989 WHICH ARE DEMANDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RATING ORDINANCE, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TREASURY SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

ANY RATEPAYERS WHO HAS NOT RECEIVED A DEMAND NOTE MAY BRING A RATES DEMAND NOTE OF ANY PREVIOUS QUARTER AND MAKE PAYMENT AT ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OFFICES:

* THE TREASURY CENTRAL COLLECTION AND PAYMENT OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING), 11 ICE HOUSE STREET, HONG KONG;

* THE NORTH POINT SUB-TREASURY, ODEON BUILDING, FIRST FLOOR, 28 SHU KUK STREET, HONG KONG;

* THE YAU MA TEI SUB-TREASURY, FOURTH FLOOR, 405 NATHAN ROAD (MARKET STREET ENTRANCE), KOWLOON;

* THE KOWLOON CITY SUB-TREASURY, MAN SANG COMMERCIAL BUILDING, FIRST FLOOR, 348-352 PRINCE EDWARD ROAD (CORNER OF PRINCE EDWARD ROAD AND JUNCTION ROAD), KOWLOON.

ANY RATEPAYER WHO HAS NOT RECEIVED A DEMAND NOTE AND CANNOT PRODUCE A RATES DEMAND NOTE FOR ANY PREVIOUS QUARTER SHOULD INQUIRE AT THE TREASURY RATES SECTION, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING), NINTH FLOOR, 11 ICE HOUSE STREET, HONG KONG.

NON-RECEIPT OF THE DEMAND NOTE DOES NOT ALTER THE REQUIREMENT THAT THE RATES MUST BE PAID BY 4 PM ON OCTOBER 31, 1989 AND UNLESS SO PAID MAY BE SUBJECT TO A SURCHARGE OF FIVE PER CENT IMPOSED UNDER SECTION 22 OF THE RATING ORDINANCE.

A FURTHER SURCHARGE OF 10 PER CENT MAY BE ADDED TO ACCOUNTS (INCLUDING THE NORMAL FIVE PER CENT SURCHAGE) WHICH REMAIN UNPAID SIX MONTHS AFTER THE DUE DATE.

RATEPAYERS WHO HAVE SUBMITTED A VALID DIRECT DEBIT AUTHORISATION SHOULD NOTE THAT PAYMENT SHOULD BE MADE BY POST, OR IN PERSON AS STIPULATED IN THE DEMAND NOTE UNLESS THE WORDING "PAYMENT TO BE MADE BY AUTOPAY" IS SHOWN IN THE DEMAND NOTE.

IN THIS CASE THEIR PAYMENT OF RATES WILL BE MADE BY DIRECT DEBIT TO THEIR BANK ACCOUNTS ON OCTOBER 31, 1989. RATEPAYERS SHOULD ENSURE THAT THEIR BANK ACCOUNTS CONTAIN THE NECESSARY FUNDS ON THAT DATE.

RATEPAYERS ARE ALSO ADVISED THAT THE AMOUNT PAYABLE ON OR BEFORE THE ABOVE-MENTIONED DATE IS INDICATED ON THE DEMAND NOTE BY AN ARROW-HEAD IN THE "TOTAL AMOUNT DUE" BOX.

/RATES ARE .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 1}, 1989

- 18 -

RATES ARE PAYABLE ON VACANT PROPERTIES BUT ARE REFUNDABLE UNDER THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 30 OF THE ORDINANCE.

UNDER SECTIONS 30 (1A) AND (2A), HOWEVER, NO REFUNDS WILL BE PAYABLE IN THE CASE OF A VACANT TENEMENT LAST USED OR INTENDED TO BE USED WHOLLY OR PRIMARILY FOR DOMESTIC PURPOSES OR FOR THE PARKING OF VEHICLES (UNLESS VACANT BY REASON OF AN ORDER OF THE GOVERNMENT).

TO AVOID THE POSSIBLE INCONVENIENCE OF QUEUEING, RATEPAYERS ARE URGED TO PAY BY CHEQUE OR MONEY ORDER SENT BY POST OR BY PERSONAL ATTENDANCE AT ANY OF THE OFFICES LISTED ON THE BACK OF THE DEMAND NOTE.

-------0 ---------

5 PM CLOSING TIME FOR TRADE DEPT LICENCE APPLICATIONS ******

FROM NOVEMBER 1, THE CLOSING TIME OF THE TRADE DEPARTMENT’S RECEIPT AND ISSUE COUNTERS FOR LICENCES, CERTIFICATES AND RELATED APPLICATIONS AT OCEAN CENTRE IN TSIM SHA TSUI AND THE HONG KONG SUB-OFFICE AT HARBOUR BUILDING IN CENTRAL WILL BE ADVANCED FROM 5.15 PM TO 5 PM ON WEEKDAYS.

THE APPLICATIONS INCLUDE TEXTILES AND NON-TEXTILES LICENCES, CERTIFICATES OF ORIGINS, FORM A, EXPORT AUTHORISATIONS, SWING AND TRANSFER.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE TRADE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (FRIDAY) THAT UNDER THE PRESENT ARRANGEMENT, THE COUNTERS WERE OPEN UNTIL 5.15 PM ON WEEKDAYS (AND 12.30 PM ON SATURDAYS), IN LINE WITH THE DEPARTMENT’S OFFICIAL CLOSING TIME.

"HOWEVER, MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WHO ARRIVE AT 5.15 PM SHARP ARE STILL SERVED, AND QUITE OFTEN STAFF OF THE COUNTERS HAVE TO WORK WELL AFTER 5.15 PM.

"ALTHOUGH TIME-OFF IS GRANTED TO COMPENSATE FOR SUCH OVERTIME WORK, UNDERSTANDABLY STAFF RESOURCES AT THE NORMAL OFFICE HOURS ARE STRETCHED, WHICH MAY IN TURN AFFECT THE QUALITY OF OUR SERVICES," THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

CONSEQUENT ON THE CHANGES, THE WORKING HOURS OF THE RECEIPT AND ISSUE COUNTERS WILL BE FROM 8.45 AM TO 12.30 PM AND FROM 1.30 PM TO 5 PM ON WEEKDAYS AND FROM 9 AM TO 12.30 PM ON SATURDAYS.

THE OPENING HOURS OF THE TRADE DEPARTMENT’S AIRPORT RECEIPT AND ISSUE COUNTERS AT THE NEW CARGO OFFICE BLOCK, HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT, WILL REMAIN UNCHANGED FROM 10.30 AM TO 1 PM AND FROM 2 PM TO 4 PM ON WEEKDAYS AND FROM 10 AM TO 11 AM ON SATURDAYS.

A "NOTICE TO EXPORTERS" HAS BEEN ISSUED INFORMING TRADERS OF THE NEW ARRANGEMENT.

-------o---------

/19........

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1989

- 19 -

TEMPORARY FERRY SERVICE FOR TSING YI * » » * *

A TEMPORARY FERRY SERVICE BETWEEN TSING YI AND CENTRAL WILL BE INTRODUCED EARLY NEXT MONTH TO PROVIDE AN ALTERNATIVE MODE OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT FOR COMMUTERS DURING THE CLOSURE OF THE TSING YI SOUTH BRIDGE FOR MAINTENANCE WORKS, THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (FRIDAY).

THE DOUBLE-DECK FERRIES ON THE EXISTING SERVICE BETWEEN TSUEN WAN AND CENTRAL WILL BE DIVERTED TO CALL AT TSING YI PUBLIC PIER E ROUTE DURING THE MORNING AND EVENING PEAK HOURS FROM MONDAYS TO SATURDAYS.

THE FERRIES WILL DEPART FROM TSING YI AT 8 AM, 8.25 AM AND 9.35 AM AND FROM CENTRAL AT 5.35 PM, 6.20 PM AND 7.25 PM DAILY.

THE JOURNEY FROM TSUEN WAN TO CENTRAL AND VICE VERSA IS EXPECTED TO INCREASE BY 10 MINUTES AS A RESULT OF THE RE-ROUTEING.

IN THE MORNING, THE DEPARTURE TIMES OF THE FERRIES AT TSUEN WAN WILL BE ADJUSTED SLIGHTLY TO 7.50 AM, 8.15 AM AND 9.25 AM. THE FERRIES WILL ALSO ARRIVE IN- CENTRAL FIVE MINUTES LATER THAN AT PRESENT.

THE FARE IS 32.50 FOR ADULTS AND $1.50 FOR CHILDREN UNDER 12.

THE SERVICE WILL NOT OPERATE ON SATURDAY AFTERNOONS AND ON SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.

THE FOLLOWING IS THE SCHEDULE FOR THE TSING YI FERRY SERVICE:

MONDAYS TO SATURDAYS, MORNING PEAK HOURS DEPARTURE TIME:

FROM TSUEN WAN: 7.50 AM, 8.15 AM, 9.25 AM.

FROM TSING YI: 8 AM, 8.25 AM. 9.35 AM.

MONDAYS TO FRIDAYS, EVENING PEAK HOURS DEPARTURE TIME:

FROM CENTRAL: 5.35 PM, 6.20 PM, 7.25 PM. (THIS SERVICE WILL NOT PICK UP PASSENGERS FROM TSING YI TO TSUEN WAN).

THE EXISTING KMB ROUTE NO. 43B, WHICH CONNECTS THE MAJOR HOUSING ESTATES ON TSING YI WITH THE TSING YI PUBLIC PIER, WILL PROVIDE AN EFFECTIVE FEEDER SERVICE.

IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT THE ABOVE TEMPORARY FERRY SERVICE WILL BE WELCOMED BY COMMUTERS IN TSING YI, WHERE ROAD-BASED TRANSPORT IS AFFECTED BY REPAIR WORK ON THE BRIDGE.

/THE FERRY .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1989

- 20 -

THE FERRY SERVICE WILL CONTINUE UNTIL TRAFFIC HAS RESUMED NORMAL OPERATION UPON THE COMPLETION OF BRIDGE REPAIR WORK EARLY NEXT YEAR.

THE ABOVE FERRY SERVICE ARRANGEMENTS HAVE BEEN CONSIDERED AND ENDORSED BY THE TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEES OF THE KWAI TSING AND TSUEN WAN DISTRICT BOARDS.

-------0---------

MODEL CAR RACE TO PROMOTE ANTI-DRUG MESSAGE

A MODEL CAR RACE WILL BE HELD ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 15) AT THE SOL’THORN PLAYGROUND, WAN CHAI.

ORGANISED BY THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS (ACAN), THE EVENT BEARING THE THEME “THROUGH THE BARRICADES” FORMS PART OF THIS YEAR’S “THE ROAD TO A HAPPY LIFE” ANTI-DRUG PROGRAMME.

THE RACE IS SUPPORTED BY THE HONG KONG RADIO CONTROL MODEL CAR ASSOCIATION.

IT IS AIMED AT AROUSING PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE PERNICIOUS EFFECTS OF ABUSING DRUGS AND APPEALING TO MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC, PARTICULARLY YOUNGSTERS, TO TAKE PART IN HEALTHY ACTIVITIES.

THE RACE IS LIMITED TO 1/8 SCALE RADIO-CONTROLLED, COMBUSTION-ENGINED MODEL CARS.

ABOUT 100 ENTHUSIASTS HAVE APPLIED TO TAKE PART.

PRELIMINARY SELECTIONS ARE SCHEDULED TO TAKE PLACE IN THE MORNING, AND FOUR GROUPS OF FINALISTS WILL BE SHORTLISTED TO VIE FOR DIVISIONAL CHAMPIONSHIPS TO BE HELD IN THE AFTERNOON FROM 2 PM.

ADMISSION FOR SPECTATORS IS FREE.

A MEMBER OF THE ACAN AND THE CHAIRMAN OF THE ACAN’S PREVENTIVE EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY SUB-COMMITTEE, MR PAO PING-WING, WILL OFFICIATE AT A CEREMONY AT THE VENUE AT 3.40 PM ON SUNDAY.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EVENT, ESPECIALLY THE FINALS AND THE OFFICIAL CEREMONY IN THE AFTERNOON.

NARCOTICS DIVISION STAFF WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.

-----0-----

/21 .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13,

1989

- 21 -

OFFSHORE WORKS IN SAI KUNG, HUNG HOM * * » * t

OFFSHORE WORKS IN CONNECTION WITH BUILDING THE HONG KONG UNIVERSITY OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY WILL BE CARRIED OUT LATER THIS MONTH WITHIN AN AREA OF SOME 4.19 HECTARES OF FORESHORE AND SEABED AT PORT SHELTER IN SAI KUNG.

THE WORKS, SCHEDULED TO BE COMPLETED IN ABOUT TWO YEARS, INCLUDE THE CONSTRUCTION OF A BEACH, BREAKWATER, DINGHY PARK, JETTY AND 200-METRF LONG SEAWATER INTAKE CULVERT AND SEAWATER INTAKE HEAD.

AUTHORISATION FOR THE WORKS TO PROCEED HAS BEEN GIVEN BY THE BUILDINGS AND LANDS DEPARTMENT TO THE UNIVERSITY AUTHORITIES.

THE EXTENT OF THE AREA AFFECTED IS DESCRIBED IN A NOTICE OF AUTHORISATION PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY (FRIDAY).

ANY PERSON WHO CONSIDERS THAT HIS INTEREST, RIGHT OR EASEMENT IN OR OVER THE FORESHORE AND SEABED INVOLVED WILL BE INJURIOUSLY AFFECTED BY THE ABOVE UNDERTAKING MAY WRITE TO THE DIRECTOR OF BUILDINGS AND LANDS FOR COMPENSATION ON OR BEFORE OCTOBER 12 NEXT YEAR.

HE SHOULD STATE IN HIS SUBMISSION THE SUM OF MONEY HE WILL ACCEPT IN FULL AND FINAL SETTLEMENT OF HIS CLAIM AND SHOULD SUBMIT PARTICULARS TO SUBSTANTIATE IT.

IN HUNG HOM, THE GOVERNMENT HAS GRANTED THE CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY AN AREA OF EIGHT SQUARE METRES OF FORESHORE AND SEABED AS AN EXTENSION TO THE KOWLOON PERMANENT PIER NO. 42.

THIS IS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF A GANGWAY TO FACILITATE THE MOVEMENT OF CREW AND PASSENGERS, AND LOADING AND UNLOADING OF GOODS AND MATERIALS CONNECTED TO THE NORMAL BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY.

THE EXTENT OF THE AREA AFFECTED IS DESCRIBED IN A NOTICE OF AUTHORISATION PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE.

ANY PERSON WHO CONSIDERS THAT HIS INTEREST, RIGHT OR EASEMENT IN OR OVER THE FORESHORE AND SEABED INVOLVED WILL BE INJURIOUSLY AFFECTED BY THE ABOVE UNDERTAKING MAY WRITE TO THE DIRECTOR OF BUILDINGS AND LANDS FOR COMPENSATION ON OR BEFORE OCTOBER 12 NEXT YEAR.

HE SHOULD STATE IN HIS SUBMISSION THE SUM OF MONEY HE WILL ACCEPT IN FULL AND FINAL SETTLEMENT OF HIS CLAIM AND SHOULD SUBMIT PARTICULARS TO SUBSTANTIATE IT.

-----0 ----------

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1989

- 22 -

TENDERS INVITED FOR SITE FORMATION IN CHEUNG CHAU

******

THE TERRITORY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR SITE FORMATION AND ASSOCIATED ROADS AND DRAINAGE WORKS IN CHEUNG CHAU AS PART OF THE CONTINUING PROGRAMME OF DEVELOPMENT ON THE ISLAND.

THE CONTRACT INVOLVES SITE FORMATION OF ABOUT 0.7 HECTARE OF LAND AT TAI SHEK HAU. THE FUTURE FORMED LAND WILL EVENTUALLY BE DEVELOPED DY THE ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT INTO A LOCAL OPEN SPACE.

IN ADDITION, A NEW PUBLIC LOADING/UNLOADING AREA WILL BE CONSTRUCTED AT NAM WAN UNDER THE CONTRACT TO RELIEVE THE CONGESTION AT THE EXISTING CHEUNG CHAU PUBLIC PIER.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO BEGIN IN JANUARY 1990 AND BE COMPLETED IN OCTOBER 1991.

THE DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF TENDERS IS NOON ON NOVEMBER 3 THIS YEAR.

-------o --------

NEW IDENTITY CARDS FOR MEN BORN IN 1941-44 ******

THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (FRIDAY) THAT MEN BORN IN 1941, 1942, 1943 OR 1944 WOULD BE REQUIRED TO APPLY FOR NEW IDENTITY CARDS FROM OCTOBER 23 TO NOVEMBER 25.

"MEN OF THE ABOVE AGE GROUP CAN CALL AT ANY ONE OF THE EIGHT NEW IDENTITY CARD ISSUE OFFICES DURING THIS PERIOD," A SPOKESMAN FOR THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT SAID.

THESE OFFICES ARE OPEN FROM 8 AM TO 9.30 PM DAILY, EXCEPT SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS.

"THE ISSUE OFFICES ARE VERY CROWDED IN THE EVENINGS. TO AVOID HAVING TO QUEUE UP FOR A LONG TIME AT THE ISSUE OFFICES OR TO COME BACK ON ANOTHER DAY, APPLICANTS ARE ADVISED TO GO TO THESE OFFICES IN THE MORNINGS AND THE AFTERNOONS," THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

APPLICANTS MAY ALSO MAKE USE OF THE PHONE-IN SERVICE TO ARRANGE FOR AN APPOINTMENT BY CALLING THE OFFICE OF THEIR CHOICE.

THE ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF THE ISSUE OFFICES ARE:

HONG KONG : BASEMENT, 151 GLOUCESTER ROAD, WAN CHAI.

TEL. NO. 5-747070

/EAST KOWLOON : .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

- 25 -

EAST KOWLOON

AMOY PLAZA, SECOND FLOOR, 77 NGAU TAD KOK ROAD

TEL. NO. 3-7553679

WEST KOWLOON : CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES, SECOND FLOOR, 393 CANTON ROAD, YAU MA TEI TEL. NO. 3-7232424

TSUBN WAN : EAST ASIA COMMERCIAL CENTRE, GROUND FLOOR, 29-37 TSUEN FU STREET TEL. NO. 0-4981259

SHA TIN : SHOP 8A, SECOND FLOOR, CHANWAY SHOPPING CENTRE, 11-17, SHA TIN CENTRE STREET, SHA TIN TEL. NO. 0-6059108

YUEN LONG : HOP YICK CENTRE, SECOND FLOOR, 31 HOP YICK ROAD TEL. NO. 0-4771543

TUEN MUN : CHI LOK COMMERCIAL CENTRE, GROUND FLOOR, CHI LOK FA YUEN TEL. NO. 0-4580862

SHEUNG SHUI : TSUEN WO TAI LAU, GROUND FLOOR, 82-84 SAN FUNG AVENUE, SHEK WU HUI TEL. NO. 0-6727191

FOR INFORMATION ABOUT THE DOCUMENTS TO BE BROUGHT ALONG, APPLICANTS MAY MAKE USE OF THE 24-HOUR RECORDED MESSAGE SERVICE BY DIALLING 5-8909393.

THE SPOKESMAN REMINDED MEN BORN IN 1945, 1946, 1947 OR 1948 WHO HAVE NOT APPLIED FOR THEIR NEW IDENTITY CARDS TO COME FORWARD WITHOUT FURTHER DELAY AS THERE IS ONLY ONE MORE WEEK LEFT BEFORE THE CURRENT PHASE CLOSES ON OCTOBER 21.

HE POINTED OUT THAT FAILURE TO APPLY FOR A NEW IDENTITY CARD WITHIN THE SPECIFIED PERIOD IS AN OFFENCE LIABLE TO A MAXIMUM FINE OF $3,000.

THE SPOKESMAN REITERATED THAT THERE WOULD BE NO AMNESTY FOR ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS.

-------o----------

/24........

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 13, 1989

- 2^ -

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN SHAU KEI WAN * ♦ * t ♦

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT TO FACILITATE THE CONSTRUCTION OF A CONVEYOR SYSTEM ALONG HOI NING STREET IN SHAU KEI WAN, THREE SECTIONS OF ROADS WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 12.30 AM TO 5 AM ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 15).

THESE ROADS ARE SAI WAN HO STREET BETWEEN HOI LEE STREET AND HOLY CROSS PATH, HOI NING STREET BETWEEN SAI WAN HO STREET AND SHAU KEI WAN ROAD, AND HOI NING STREET BETWEEN SHAU KEI WAN ROAD AND HING MAN STREET.

DURING THE CLOSURES, VEHICLES ON SAI WAN HO STREET WILL BE DIVERTED VIA HOI LEE STREET, SHAU KEI WAN ROAD WESTBOUND AND HOLY CROSS PATH BEFORE REJOINING SAI WAN HO STREET.

------0--------

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF FAT KWONG STREET FLYOVER ♦ * » ♦ ♦

THE EASTBOUND LANE OF THE FLYOVER IN FAT KWONG STREET OVER MA TAU WAI ROAD WILL BE TEMPORARILY CLOSED FROM 8 PM ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 17) FOR ABOUT EIGHT DAYS TO FACILITATE WORKS TO REDUCE TRAFFIC NOISE, THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (FRIDAY).

THE HIGHWAYS DEPARTMENT WILL REPAIR THE EXPANSION JOINTS BELOW THE FLYOVER ROAD SURFACE TO REDUCE NOISE GENERATED BY VEHICLES RUNNING OVER EACH JOINT.

MOTORISTS HEADING FOR HUNG HOM ARE ADVISED TO USE THE ALTERNATIVE ROUTE VIA WO CHUNG STREET, CHATHAM ROAD NORTH, WUHU STREET AND TAK MAN STREET OR VIA FAT KWONG STREET, MA TAU WAI ROAD, WUHU STREET AND TAK MAN STREET.

APPROPRIATE SIGNS WILL BE ERECTED TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

THE WORKS WILL BE CARRIED OUT IN TWO STAGES. THE EASTBOUND LANE WILL BE AFFECTED IN THE FIRST STAGE. WHEN COMPLETED, SIMILAR WORKS WILL BE CARRIED OUT ON THE WESTBOUND LANE.

------0-------

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN KWUN TONG ♦ * t » »

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE LAYING OF ANTI-SKID MATERIAL, THE SLIP ROAD LINKING WAI YIP STREET EASTBOUND WITH KAI FUK ROAD IN KWUN TONG WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 1 PM TOMORROW (SATURDAY) TO 7 AM ON OCTOBER 16 (MONDAY).

VEHICLES ON WAI YIP STREET EASTBOUND HEADING FOR KAI FUK ROAD WILL BE DIVERTED TO TRAVEL VIA HOW MING STREET, HUNG TO ROAD, LAI YIP STREET, HOI BUN ROAD, SHUN YIP STREET AND WAI YIP STREET WESTBOUND BEFORE REJOINING KAI FUK ROAD.

-------0---------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

TUEN MUN CELEBRATES COMING OF AGE............................ 1

UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMINT STATISTICS FOR JUNE -AUGUST...................................................  . 1

SYMBOL DESIGN CONTEST TO COMMEMORATE ACAN SILVER JUBILEE ... 3

ACTIVE PARTICIPATION IN CIVIC EDUCATION ACTIVITIES URGED ... 4

r .

CUSTOM-BUILT VAN FOR DISABLED JOB-SEEKERS ...................... 4

NEW ENTRANCE TO TANG SHIU KIN HOSPITAL OPENS ................... 5

SWIMMING POOL AND SPORTS COMPLEX FOR SAI KUNG .................. 5

COLUMBARIUM PROJECT ON LAMMA.................................... 6

OPERATING HOURS OF VILLAGE VEHICLES ON CHEUNG CHAU ............. 6

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN POK FU LAM.............................. 7

LEFT-TURN BAN IN SAI YING PUN .................................. 7

TEMPORARY RE-ROUTEING OF CAROLINE HILL ROAD .................... 8

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN WAN CHAI, SEUM SHUI PO, SIU LAM .... 8

URBAN CLEARWAY IN WAN CHAI ....................................  9

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN TSIM SHA TSUI .......................... 9

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN TO KWA WAN ............................. 9

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN SHAM SHUI PO .......................... 10

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1989

1

TUEN MUN CELEBRATES COMING OF AGE ♦ ♦ * » »

THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, MR DONALD LIAO TODAY (SATURDAY) TOLD TUEN MUN RESIDENTS THAT THE PRINCE AND PRINCESS OF WALES WILL VISIT THE NEW TOWN AND MEET WITH PEOPLE DURING THEIR FORTHCOMING TOUR IN HONG KONG.

HE SAID THAT THE ROYAL VISITORS WILL BE GUESTS OF HONOUR AT THE CARNIVAL OF THE TUEN MUN FESTIVAL ON NOVEMBER 9, 1989.

MR LIAO ANNOUNCED THIS AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE TUEN MUN FESTIVAL.

’’THE 1989 TUEN MUN FESTIVAL MARKS THE COMING OF AGE OF TUEN MUN AND REAFFIRMS GOVERNMENT’S COMMITMENT TO CONTINUE TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF LIFE OF THE RESIDENTS," HE SAID.

"IT IS A FINE EXAMPLE OF HOW VARIOUS ORGANISATIONS AND INDIVIDUALS CAN GET TOGETHER AND WORK FOR A COMMON GOAL - THE BETTERMENT OF THE PEOPLE WITHIN THE DISTRICT," HE NOTED, STRESSING "THIS IS WHAT DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION IS ALL ABOUT".

MR LIAO URGED RESIDENTS TO PARTICIPATE IN AS MANY EVENTS OF THE FESTIVAL AS POSSIBLE AND TO THOROUGHLY ENJOY THEMSELVES SO THAT THE OBJECTIVES OF THE FESTIVAL COULD BE ACHIEVED.

HE POINTED OUT THAT THE PROGRAMMES CATERED TO BOTH THE YOUNG AND OLD.

"THE RANGE AND VARIETY OF PROGRAMMES SPEAK FOR THEMSELVES. THERE ARE VARIETY SHOWS, CARNIVALS, CONCERTS, SINGING, FILM SHOWS, SLIDE SHOWS, EXHIBITIONS, COMPETITIONS, SPORTING EVENTS, MARTIAL ARTS DEMONSTRATIONS, AN ART FAIR AND AN EXHIBITION OF ANCIENT POTS.

"IN ADDITION, THE FIRST FIRE WORKS DISPLAY IN TUEN MUN WILL BE STAGED," HE SAID.

A CELEBRITIES CHARITABLE TELEMATCH WAS STAGED AFTER THE OPENING CEREMONY AS A CURTAIN RAISER TO THE SERIES OF FESTIVITIES IN THE FESTIVAL.

------0-------

UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT STATISTICS FOR JUNE - AUGUST

THE UNEMPLOYMENT RATE REMAINED AT A LOW LEVEL WHILE THE UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATE DECLINED FURTHER DURING THE PERIOD JUNE - AUGUST 1989.

THE LATEST LABOUR FORCE STATISTICS RELEASED TODAY (SATURDAY) BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT INDICATE THAT THE LABOUR MARKET WAS STILL TIGHT.

/THE SEASONALLY

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1989

2

THE SEASONALLY ADJUSTED UNEMPLOYMENT RATE FOR JUNE - AUGUST 1989 WAS 1.3 PER CENT, COMPARED WITH 1.5 PER CENT FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDING MAY 1989 AND 1.8 PER CENT FOR THE CORRESPONDING PERIOD A YEAR EARLIER.

THE DECREASE OF 0.2 OF A PERCENTAGE POINT BELOW THE PRECEDING THREE-MONTH PERIOD IS STATISTICALLY NOT SIGNIFICANT WHILE THE DECREASE OF 0.5 OF A PERCENTAGE POINT BELOW THE CORRESPONDING PERIOD A YEAR EARLIER IS STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT.

THE NUMBER OF UNEMPLOYED PERSONS IN JUNE - AUGUST 1989 WAS ESTIMATED AT 36,700, COMPARED WITH 40,300 FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDING MAY 1989 AND 19,100 FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDING AUGUST 1988.

THE UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATE FOR JUNE - AUGUST 1989 WAS 0.6 PER CENT, COMPARED WITH 0.9 PER CENT FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDING MAY 1989. THE RATE FOR JUNE - AUGUST 1988 WAS 0.6 PER CENT. THE DECREASE OF 0.3 OF A PERCENTAGE POINT BELOW THE PRECEDING THREE-MONTH PERIOD IS STATISTICALLY SIGNIFICANT.

THE ESTIMATED NUMBER OF UNDEREMPLOYED PERSONS FOR JUNE - AUGUST 1989 WAS 17,500, COMPARED WITH 25,800 FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDING MAY 1989 AND 16,500 FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDING AUGUST 1988.

CONSISTENT WITH THE CURRENT RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE INTERNATIONAL LABOUR ORGANISATION (ILO), PERSONS WHO WORKED LESS THAN 35 HOURS A WEEK DUE TO ECONOMIC REASONS (SUCH AS SLACK WORK, MATERIAL SHORTAGE, MECHANICAL BREAKDOWN AND INABILITY TO FIND FULL-TIME WORK) WERE REGARDED AS UNDEREMPLOYED ONLY IF THEY WERE EITHER SEEKING OR AVAILABLE FOR MORE WORK.

COMMENTING ON THESE FIGURES, THE COMMISSIONER FOR CENSUS AND STATISTICS SAID THAT BECAUSE THE PROPORTION OF FIRST-TIME JOB-SEEKERS (FOR EXAMPLE PEOPLE WHO HAVE JUST LEFT SCHOOL) VARIES FROM MONTH TO MONTH, UNEMPLOYMENT RATES THAT HAD BEEN SEASONALLY ADJUSTED TO TAKE ACCOUNT OF THE VARIATIONS IN THE NUMBER OF FIRST-TIME JOB-SEEKERS SHOULD BE USED IN MAKING COMPARISONS OVER TIME.

THE COMMISSIONER ADDED THAT, BASED ON A SYSTEM OF PROVISIONAL COUNTS, THE UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATES COVERING THE LATEST THREE-MONTH PERIOD COULD BE MADE AVAILABLE WltHIN TWO WEEKS AFTER THE SURVEY. THESE PROVIDE AN EARLY INDICATION OF THE LATEST UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT SITUATION.

THE PROVISIONAL SEASONALLY ADJUSTED UNEMPLOYMENT RATE FOR JULY - SEPTEMBER 1989 WAS 1.4 PER CENT AND THE PROVISIONAL UNDEREMPLOYMENT RATE WAS 0.6 PER CENT.

THE UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT STATISTICS WERE OBTAINED FROM A CONTINUOUS GENERAL HOUSEHOLD SURVEY CONDUCTED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT. THIS SURVEY COVERED A QUARTERLY SAMPLE OF SOME 14,000 HOUSEHOLDS OR 51,000 PERSONS, SELECTED SCIENTIFICALLY TO REPRESENT THE LAND-BASED CIVILIAN NON-INSTITUTIONAL POPULATION IN HONG KONG.

/PERSONAL AND .......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1989

- 3 -

PERSONAL AND LABOUR FORCE DATA WERE OBTAINED IN THE SURVEY BY INTERVIEWING EACH INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS AGED 15 AND ABOVE IN THE HOUSEHOLDS SAMPLED. IN THE SURVEY, THE DEFINITIONS USED IN MEASURING UNEMPLOYMENT AND UNDEREMPLOYMENT FOLLOW CLOSELY THOSE RECOMMENDED BY THE ILO.

DETAILED ANALYSIS OF LABOUR FORCE CHARACTERISTICS IS GIVEN IN THE REPORT ON THE GENERAL HOUSEHOLD SURVEY WHICH IS PUBLISHED FOUR TIMES A YEAR. THE NEXT REPORT COVERING THE QUARTER ENDING SEPTEMBER 1989 WILL BE AVAILABLE FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GROUND FLOOR, GPO BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL AROUND DECEMBER 20 AT $10 PER COPY.

0

SYMBOL DESIGN CONTEST TO COMMEMORATE ACAN SILVER JUBILEE

*******

'"HE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS (ACAN) IS ORGANISING A DESIGN COMPETITION WITH A VIEW TO HAVING AN ORIGINAL ANTI-DRUG SYMBOL TO COMMEMORATE ITS SILVER JUBILEE NEXT YEAR.

THE COMPETITION IS OPEN TO THE PUBLIC AND IS BEING SUPPORTED BY A 3100,000 CONTRIBUTION FROM THE ORIENTAL DAILY NEWS.

"THIS IS THE FIRST PRIVATE SPONSORSHIP TO SUPPORT THE ' ANTI-NARCOTICS PUBLICITY DRIVE AND MORE IS EXPECTED IN THE NEAR FUTURE," A SPOKESMAN FOR THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT’S NARCOTICS DIVISION SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).

"SUBJECT TO THE FINAL DECISION OF THE ORGANISERS, THE WINNING ANTI-DRUG SYMBOL WILL BE REREPRODUCED ON VARIOUS GIVE-AWAY ITEMS FOR FREE DISTRIBUTION NEXT YEAR," THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.

ALL INTRIES MUST BE A GENUINE CREATION BY THE PARTICIPANTS AND SHOULD NOT BE AN IMITATION OF ANY REGISTERED DESIGN.

COMPETING DESIGNS, MEASURING 25 CM AND 25 CM, SHOULD BE SUBMITTED IN ONE OR TWO COLOURS, WITH A WHITE BACKGROUND, ON DRAWING PAPER.

THE ADJUDICATORS WILL INCLUDE A DESIGNER, MR NICHOLAS TSUI; COMMISSIONER FOR NARCOTICS, MR DAVID WEEKS; ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF INFORMATION SERVICES, MR PETER MOSS; AND A REPRESENTATIVE FROM THE ORIENTAL DAILY NEWS.

IN ADDITION TO A TROPHY, THE WINNER, FIRST AND SECOND RUNNERS-UP IN THE COMPETITION WILL BE AWARDED CASH COUPONS OF $5,000, $3,000 AND 2,000 RESPECTIVELY.

ALL ENTRIES MUST REACH THE NARCOTICS DIVISION OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT ON THE 23RD FLOOR, QUEENSWAY GOVERNMENT OFFICES, CENTRAL, BY NOVEMBER 15.

/ENTRY FORMS

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1989

ENTRY FORMS ARE NOW OBTAINABLE AT ALL DISTRICT < FFICES AND SUB-OFFICES AND FROM I HE NARCOTICS DIVISION.

RESULTS OF THE CONTEST WILL BE ANNOUNCED ON NOVEMBER 30.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 5-8672761.

------0-------

ACTIVE PARTICIPATION IN CIVIC EDUCATION ACTIVITIES URGED ♦ * * » »

RESIDENTS IN YUEN LONG HAVE BEEN URGED TO TAKE AN ACTIVE PART IN CIVIC EDUCATION ACTIVITIES WITH A VIEW TO DEVELOPING THEIR INTEREST IN SERVING THE COMMUNITY.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF THE 1989-90 YUEN LONG DISTRICT CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN AND FUN FAIR TODAY (SATURDAY), THE YUEN LONG ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER (COMMUNITY AFFAIRS), MR JOSEPH LAI, SAID THAT THROUGH PARTICIPATION, PEOPLE COULD ACQUIRE A .BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF HONG KONG’S POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE WORKING GROUP ON THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN, MR YEUNG YUK-CHIU, SAID THAT SINCE ITS INCEPTION THREE YEARS AGO, THE GROUP HAD DONE MUCH IN AROUSING RESIDENTS’ CONCERN FOR SOCIAL ISSUES AND IN DEVELOPING THEIR INTEREST IN COMMUNITY AFFAIRS.

TO CONTINUE AND FURTHER ITS OBJECTIVE, THE WORKING GROUP WILL ORGANIC 1 A WIDE VARIETY OF ACTIVITIES INCLUDING A STUDY CAMP FOR STUDENTS, AN INTER-SCHOOL DEBATE CONTEST, AN ESSAY WRITING CONTEST, AND VISITS TO VARIOUS GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS," HE ADDED.

ALSO PRESENT AT THE OPENING WAS THE CHAIRMAN OF THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT BOARD, MR TAI KUEN.

THE OPENING CEREMONY WAS FOLLOWED BY A CIVIO EDUCATION FUN FAIR, WHICH ATTRACTED ABOUT 1,000 YOUNG PEOPLE.

-----O-----

CUSTOM-BUILT VAN FOR DISABLED JOB-SEEKERS

* » * » *

THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT HAS RECENTLY ACQUIRED A CUSTOM-BUILT VAN TO PROVIDE AN EFFICIENT TRANSPORT SERVICE TO DISABLED JOB-SEEKERS.

THIS IS THE SECOND VAN OF ITS KIND USED BY THE DEPARTMENT'S SELECTIVE PLACEMENT DIVISION TO HELP DISABLED JOB-SEEKERS ATTEND EMPLOYMENT INTERVIEWS AND MAKE FAMILIARISATION VISITS TO PROSPECTIVE WORK PLACES.

/THE VAN ......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 1U, 1989

- 5 -

THE VAN IS DESIGNED MAINLY FOR PEOPLE WHO HAVE AMBULATORY PROBLEMS, INCLUDING THOSE WHO USE CRUTCHES OR WHEELCHAIRS, THE BLIND, THE DEAF, THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED AND THE EX-MENTALLY ILL.

IT IS EQUIPPED WITH AN ELECTRIC HYDRAULIC TAIL LIFT TO FACILITATE THE BOARDING AND ALIGHTING OF WHEELCHAIR-BOUND PASSENGERS, AND CLAMPS FOR SECURING THE WHEELCHAIRS WHILE THE VEHICLE IS MOVING.

IN ADDITION, THE VAN WILL BE USED BY STAFF OF THE DIVISION IN ACTIVITIES PROMOTING EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES FOR THE DISABLED AND THE PLACEMENT SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE DIVISION.

THE COSTS OF THE VAN WERE MET BY DONATIONS FROM THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB AND A LOCAL RESIDENT.

------0--------

NEW ENTRANCE TO TANG SHIU KIN HOSPITAL OPENS

» » * * »

A NEW MAIN ENTRANCE TO TANG SHIU KIN HOSPITAL AT 01 KWAN ROAD, WAN CHAI, IS NOW IN USE FOLLOWING THE OPENING OF THE HOSPITAL’S EXTENSION LAST MONTH, THE HOSPITAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCED TODAY (SATURDAY).

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THE OLD MAIN ENTRANCE AT QUEEN’S ROAD EAST HAS BEEN CLOSED TO FACILITATE RENOVATION OF THE HOSPITAL, AND ALL MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC AND VEHICLES VISITING THE HOSPITAL ARE ADVISED TO USE THE NEW MAIN ENTRANCE AT 01 KWAN ROAD.

"THE NEW ENTRANCE IS LOCATED AT THE HOSPITAL EXTENSION AT 01 KWAN ROAD, NEXT TO THE TANG CHI NGONG SPECIALIST CLINIC."

HOSPITAL LOCATION SIGNPOSTS IN THE VICINITY OF THE HOSPITAL WILL BE AMENDED TO INDICATE THE POSITION OF THE NEW ENTRANCE.

-------o ---------

SWIMMING POOL AND SPORTS COMPLEX FOR SAI KUNG

« » * * *

SAI KUNG RESIDENTS WILL HAVE ONE-AND-A-HALF YEARS’ TIME.

A MODERN SPORTS VENUE

IN

ABOUT

DEPARTMENT HAS AWARDED KUNG SWIMMING

THE ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES

MILLION CONTRACT FOR BUILDING PHASE 1 OF THE SAI

AND SPORTS COMPLEX TO CHEUNG KEE FUNG CHEUNG CONSTRUCTION CO.

S42.5

POOL

LTD.

A

THE PROJECT INCLUDES SPORTS COMPLEX BUILDING AND A

THE CONSTRUCTION OF A SINGLE-STOREY 50 METRE BY 15 METRE SWIMMING POOL WITH

AN AVERAGE DEPTH OF 1.70 METRES.

/THE COMPLEX

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 1U, 1989

THE COMPLEX WILL COMPRISE OF A RESTING HALL, CHANGING ROOMS, TWO SQUASH COURTS, BOOKING OFFICES AND OTHER ASSOCIATED ROOMS/FACILITIES. THERE WILL ALSO BE TWO TENNIS COURTS.

AN ANCILLARY BLOCK CONTAINING A FILTRATION PLANT ROOM, TRANSFORMER ROOM AND OTHER SERVICES AREAS WILL BE ATTACHED TO THE COMPLEX.

THE PROJECT IS SCHEDULED FOR COMPLETION BY MAY 1991.

- 0 - -

COLUMBARIUM PROJECT ON LAMMA * * * * *

THE ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF A COLUMBARIUM ON A SLOPE TO THE SOUTHEAST OF HUNG SHING YE BEACH ON LAMMA ISLAND.

THE PROJECT INVOLVES THE CONSTRUCTION OF FOUR COLUMBARIUM BLOCKS, PROVIDING 500 NICHES TOGETHER WITH LEISURE FACILITIES SUCH AS CHESS TABLES, STOOLS AND PLANTERS.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO START IN JANUARY AND BE COMPLETED IN OCTOBER NEXT YEAR.

TENDER FORMS AND FURTHER PARTICULARS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT, 34TH FLOOR, QUEENSWAY GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 66 QUEENSWAY, HONG KONG.

THE DEADLINE FOR SUBMITTING TENDERS IS NOON ON NOVEMBER 3.

OPERATING HOURS OF VILLAGE VEHICLES ON CHEUNG OHAU

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT IN ORDER TO LESSEN DISTURBANCE AND TO ENHANCE SCHOOL CHILDREN’S SAFETY, THE OPERATING HOURS OF VILLAGE VEHICLES ON CHURCH ROAD AND MAN SHUN LANE ON CHEUNG CHAU WILL BE REVISED FROM MONDAY (OCTOBER 16).

THE NEW OPERATING HOURS FOR VILLAGE VEHICLES ON CHURCH ROAD AND MAN SHUN LANE WILL BE FROM 7 AM TO 6 PM DAILY (NO OPERATION IS ALLOWED ON SATURDAY AFTERNOONS, SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS) AND FROM 9 AM TO 6 PM DAILY (NO OPERATION IS ALLOWED ON SATURDAY AFTERNOONS, SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS) RESPECTIVELY.

/THE CONDITIONS

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1989

THE CONDITIONS OF VILLAGE VEHICLE PERMITS HAVE BEEN REVISFD To INDICATE THE SHORTENING OF VILLAGE VEHICLE OPERATING HOURS ON THE TWO ROADS.

ALL PERMIT HOLDERS OF CHEUNG CHAU VILLAGE VEHICLES, WHO HAVE BEEN INFORMED INDIVIDUALLY OF THE AMENDED CONDITIONS, SHOULD ADHERE TO THE REVISED CONDITIONS OF PERMIT WHEN OPERATING THEIR VILLAGE VEHICLES.

-----0-----

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN POK FU LAM

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED FROM 8 AM TO 8 PM ON MONDAY AND TUESDAY (OCTOBER 16 AND 17) IN POK FU LAM TO FACILITATE ROAD RESURFACING WORK:

» THE SLIP ROAD LEADING FROM POK FU LAM ROAD NORTHBOUND Tfl POK FU LAM INTERCHANGE WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC. IN THIS CONNECTION, VEHICLES ON POK FU LAM ROAD NORTHBOUND HEADING FOR POK FU LAM GARDENS WILL BE DIVERTED TO USE CHI FU INTERCHANGE.

* VEHICLES WEIGHING MORE THAN THREE TONNES WILL BE PROHIBITED ’ FROM ENTERING THE POK FU LAM ROAD SERVICE ROAD NORTH OF POK FU LAM INTERCHANGE FROM POK FU LAM ROAD NORTHBOUND.

-----0-----

LEFT-TURN BAN IN SAI YING PUN

* * » »

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 16), VEHICLES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO TURN LEFT FROM WESTERN STREET ONTO THIRD STREET IN SAI YING PUN.

THE LEFT-TURN BAN WILL LAST FOR ABOUT TWO WEEKS TO FACILITATE CABLE LAYING WORK.

DURING THIS PERIOD, MOTORISTS HEADING FOR THE SECTION 01 THIRD STREET EAST OF WESTERN STREET CAN TAKE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING ROUTES:

» MOTORISTS ON FIRST STREET OR SECOND STREET ARE ADVISED TO PROCEED VIA POK FU LAM ROAD SOUTHBOUND.

* MOTORISTS ON SOUTHBOUND WESTERN STREET ARE ADVISED TO PROCEED VIA FIRST STREET OR SECOND STREET AND POK FU LAM ROAD SOUTHBOUND OR TRAVEL VIA QUEEN'S ROAD WEST AND POK FU LAM ROAD.

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1989

- 8 -

TEMPORARY RE-ROUTEING OF CAROLINE HILL ROAD

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT TO FACILITATE CABLE LAYING WORKS, CAROLINE HILL ROAD IN WAN CHAI BETWEEN LEIGHTON ROAD/PENNINGTON STREET AND THE HIGHWAYS HONG KONG REGION DEPOT WILL BE RE-ROUTED TO ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 16).

THE RE-ROUTEING WILL BE IN FORCE UNTIL THE END OF DECEMBER.

VEHICLES LEAVING THE HIGHWAYS HONG KONG REGION DEPOT WILL BE DIVERTED VIA CAROLINE HILL ROAD SOUTHBOUND, COTTON PATH, EASTERN HOSPITAL ROAD AND TUNG LO WAN ROAD TO JOIN LEIGHTON ROAD.

-----o-----

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN WAN CHAI, SHAM SHUI PO, SIU LAM * * * * *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT TO FACILITATE ROAD REPAIR WORKS, MARSH ROAD SOUTHBOUND BETWEEN JAFFE ROAD AND LOCKHART ROAD IN WAN CHAI WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 16) FOR TWO WEEKS.

DURING THIS PERIOD, VEHICLES INTENDING TO GAIN ACCESS TO LOCKHART ROAD VIA THIS SECTION OF MARSH ROAD CAN MAKE USE OF GLOUCESTER ROAD SERVICE ROAD AND TONNOCHY ROAD.

AT THE SAME TIME IN SHAM SHUI PO. THE LEFT TURN FROM LAI CHI KOK ROAD I'.ASTBOUND INTO TONKIN STREET NORTHBOUND WILL BE RE-INSTATED UPON THE COMPLETION OF THE BOX CULVERT CONSTRUCTION.

MFXNWHILE, IN ORDER TO FACILITATE ROAD MAINTENANCE WORKS, THE THREE TRAFFIC LANES OF THE KOWLOON BOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF TUEN MUN ROAD NEAR SIU LAM INTERCHANGE WILL BE PARTIALLY CLOSED IN TURN FROM 8 PM ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 16) TO 8 PM ON OCTOBER 23 (MONDAY).

CLOSURE OF TWO TRAFFIC LANES WILL ONLY BE IMPLEMENTED BETWEEN 8 TM AND 7 AM THE FOLLOWING DAY. ONE TRAFFIC LANE WILL BE CLOSED FOR THE REST OF THE TIME.

-----o-----

/9........

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1989

9

URBAN CLEARWAY IN WAN CHAI * * * *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 16), THE WESTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF LUARD ROAD BETWEEN THOMSON ROAD AND HENNESSY ROAD IN WAN CHAI WILL BE DESIGNATED AN URBAN CLEARWAY FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY FOR THREE WEEKS TO FACILITATE WATERMAIN LAYING WORKS.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS THERE.

0 - -

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN TSIM SHA TSUI *****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE RECONSTRUCTION OF HART AVENUE IN TSIM SHA TSUI, THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 16) FOR THREE MONTHS:

THE SECTION OF HART AVENUE. FROM A POINT ABOUT 35 METRES NORTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH MODY ROAD TO A POINT ABOUT 75 METRES NORTH OF THE SAME JUNCTION, WILL BE CLOSED TO ALL VEHICULAR TRAFFIC.

* MOTORISTS ON MODY ROAD EASTBOUND HEADING FOR HART AVENUE . NORTHBOUND ARE ADVISED TO TRAVEL VIA MODY ROAD EASTBOUND, CHATHAM ROAD SOUTH NORTHBOUND, HART AVENUE WESTBOUND AND HART AVENUE NORTHBOUND.

* THE SECTION OF HART AVENUE BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION WITH MODY ROAD AND A POINT ABOUT 35 METRES NORTH OF THE SAME JUNCTION WILL BE RE-ROUTED FOR TWO WAY TRAFFIC FOR LOCAL ACCESS.

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN TO KWA WAN *****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT TO FACILITATE SEWERS CONSTRUCTION WORKS IN TO KWA WAN, THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 16) FOR NINE MONTHS:

» TO KWA WAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND BETWEEN MA HANG CHUNG ROAD AND KWEI CHOW STREET WILL BE REDUCED TO TWO-LANE TRAFFIC; AND

* THE BUS LANE ON TO KWA WAN ROAD SOUTHBOUND BETWEEN SAN MA TAU STREET AND KWEI CHOW STREET WILL BE CANCELLED.

- - 0 -

/1o

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 14, 1989

- 10 -

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN SHAM SHUI PO

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 16), THE NORTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF BOUNDARY STREET BETWEEN CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD AND SAI YEUNG CHOI STREET NORTH IN SHAM SHUI PO WILL BE DESIGNATED AN URBAN CLEARWAY FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM DAILY FOR THREE MONTHS.

WITHIN THE RESTRICTED ZONE, ALL MOTOR VEHICLES EXCEPT THOSE WITH PERMITS ISSUED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM STOPPING FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS.

AT THE SAME TIME, THE SECTION OF SAI YEUNG CHOI STREET NORTH BEWEEN BOUNDARY STREET AND POPLAR STREET WILL BE RE-ROUTED FROM TWO-WAY TRAFFIC TO ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND FOR THREE MONTHS TO FACILITATE THE LAYING OF WATER PIPES.

MOTORISTS FROM BOUNDARY STREET EASTBOUND HEADING FOR SAI YEUNG CHOI STREET NORTH ARE ADVISED TO TRAVEL VIA BOUNDARY STREET, TAI HANG TUNG ROAD, WOH CHAI STREET, SHEK KIP MEI STREET, TAI PO ROAD, POPLAR STREET AND SAI YEUNG CHOI STREET NORTH.

-----o-----

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL.: 5-8428777

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

CONTBITS PAGE NO.

GOVERNOR ARRIVES IN USA...................................... 1

EXHIBITION ON EMPLOYMENT SERVICES FOR PROFESSIONALS ......... 2

YOUTH CHINESE MUSIC FESTIVAL TO START ON SUNDAY.............. 3

NOMINATIONS OPEN FOR COMMONWEALTH YOUTH SERVICE AWARDS....... A

ELEVEN HONOURED FOR HELPING TO FIGHT CRIME................... 5

CONTRACT FOR GOVT QUARTERS AWARDED........................... 5

ENTRIES INVITED FOR ANTI-DRUG GAMES STALL DESIGN COMPETITION 6

DRAWING CONTEST FOR CENTRAL AND WESTERN CHILDREN ............ 6

SWIMMING GALA IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN ........................ 7

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS KCRC CROSS HARBOUR LINK.............. 8

DB COMMITTEE TO BE BRIEFED ON HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT............ 9

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS REHABILITATION SERVICES  ............ 9

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS 'THEME FOR PROJECTS ................. 10

URBAN CLEARWAY IN YAU MA TEI ................................ 10

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

1

GOVERNOR ARRIVES IN USA ♦ ♦ t *

THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON SAID THE RECLAMATION IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OUTLINED IN HIS ANNUAL POLICY ADDRESS TO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL LAST WEDNESDAY AIMS TO DEVELOP THE BUSINESS DISTRICT OF HONG KONG AND IS VERY IMPORTANT FOR HONG KONG’S ECONOMIC FUTURE.

SPEAKING TO THE PRESS ON HIS ARRIVAL IN WASHINGTON DC YESTERDAY (SATURDAY) FOR AN EIGHT-DAY VISIT TO THE USA, SIR DAVID SAID IT MADE NO SENSE WHATSOEVER TO CONTINUE TO HAVE A NAVAL BASE RIGHT IN THE MIDDLE OF THE BUSINESS DISTRICT.

"SO AS PART OF THAT RECLAMATION THE NAVAL BASE ITSELF WILL MOVE AND IT MOVES TO A PLACE CALLED STONECUTTERS ISLAND," THE GOVERNOR ADDED.

SIR DAVID SAID THE MAIN OBJECTIVE OF HIS VISIT TO THE USA WAS TO MEET MEMBERS OF THE NEW ADMINISTRATION AND TO PUT ACROSS TO THEM THE MESSAGE THAT WHATEVER PROBLEMS HONG KONG HAD HAD RECENTLY OR IN THE FUTURE HONG KONG WAS RISING TO THEM AND DEALING WITH THEM.

"WE ARE DETERMINED TO BUILD A LONG-TERM FUTURE FOR HONCT KONG AND WE HAVE VERY LARGE SCALE PLANS FOR DOING EXACTLY THAT," HE SAID.

HE ALSO NOTED THAT HIS VISIT WAS NOT TO WRAP UP ANY PARTICULAR DEALS, BUT TO TRY TO GET THE UNDERSTANDING OF THE US ADMINISTRATION AND OF THE AMERICAN PUBLIC IN GENERAL FOR SOME OF THE PROBLEMS HONG KONG FACED.

ONE OF THE PROBLEMS HE WANTED TO EXPLAIN IN THE USA WAS THE VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE PROBLEM AND HOW HONG KONG FELT IT SHOULD BE DEALT WITH.

THE GOVERNOR SAID AMONGST OTHER THINGS, HE WOULD EXPLAIN THE NATURE OF THE VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE PROBLEM, THE WAY IN WHCH IT HAD CHANGED OVER THE LAST 10 YEARS, FROM PEOPLE WHO WERE GENUINE POLITICAL REFUGEES TO THE PEOPLE WHO ARE NOW ARRIVING WHO WOULD LIKE TO COME TO THE UNITED STATES, BUT CAN’T BECAUSE THEY ARE NOT ACCEPTED UNDER THE AMERICAN PROGRAMME.

"HOW DO YOU DEAL WITH THAT PROBLEM? IT IS A REAL DILEMMA," THE GOVERNOR SAID.

"WHAT DO YOU DO IF THE WORLD HAS APPROVED A SYSTEM OF SCREENING - WHO IS A GENUINE REFUGEE, WHO IS NOT - WHAT DO YOU DO WITH THOSE PEOPLE WHO ARE SCREENED OUT?

"IS IT RIGHT FOR PEOPLE, MOST OF WHOM INCIDENTALLY OR ABOUT HALF OF WHOM ARE ABOUT UNDER 20, TO SPEND YEAR AFTER YEAR IN CAMPS OR DO YOU MAKE ARRANGEMENTS FOR THEM TO RETURN HOME TO VIETNAM IN A WAY WHICH IS CAREFULLY MONITORED. THAT IS THE D1LEMMMA THAT I WANT TO PUT ACROSS," SIR DAVID SAID.

/"I AM .......

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

- 2

"I AM ABSOLUTELY SURE THAT THERE WILL BE A GREAT DEAL OF INTEREST IN HONG KONG. IT IS VERY EVIDENT IF ONE WATCHES THE AMERICAN PRESS AT THE MONENT THAT THERE IS GREAT INTEREST IN HONG KONG.

"I KNOW PERSONALLY THAT AMONGST THE AMERICAN ADMINISTRATION THAT THERE IS A GREAT DEAL OF INTEREST AND A GREAT DEAL OF SUPPORT FOR HONG KONG. SO I HAVE NO DOUBT AT ALL ABOUT GETTING A VERY SYMPATHETIC HEARING FOR HONG KONG, " THE GOVERNOR SAID.

THE GOVERNOR, ACCOMPANIED BY LADY WILSON, WAS MET ON ARRIVAL BY THE DIRECTOR OF THE US STATE DEPARTMENT’S CHINA AND MONGOLIA OFFICE, NR KENT WIEDERMAN, AND THE MINISTER FOR HONG KONG ECONOMIC AND TRADE AFFAIRS IN THE US, MR PETER LO.

------0-------

EXHIBITION ON EMPLOYMENT SERVICES FOR PROFESSIONALS

*«*♦«*»

THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD AN EXHIBITION FOR HIGH-CALIBRE JOB-SEEKERS NEXT WEEK TO ACQUAINT THEM WITH THE WIDE-RANGING SERVICES PROVIDED BY ITS HIGHER EDUCATION EMPLOYMENT SERVICE (HEES).

THE EXHIBITION, TO BE STAGED FROM WEDNESDAY TO FRIDAY (OCTOBER 18 TO 20), IS INTENDED MAINLY FOR PROFESSIONALS AND PEOPLE WITH POST-SECONDARY QUALIFICATIONS.

IT WILL BE OPEN TO THE PUBLIC FROM 10 AM TO 6 PM DAILY AT THE WALKWAY OF JARDINE HOUSE IN CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL.

THE HEES OFFERS FREE ASSISTANCE TO LOCAL EMPLOYERS LOOKING FOR PROFESSIONAL STAFF AND TO JOB-SEEKERS WHO HAVE HAD TERTIARY EDUCATION.

"WE ALSO PROVIDE COUNSELLING SERVICE TO JOB-SEEKERS ON THE CURRENT MARKET SITUATION AND JOB-HUNTING TECHNIQUES, AS WELL AS ORGANISING FREE CAREERS SEMINARS EACH YEAR ON THE LATEST EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES," A LABOUR OFFICER, MRS STELLA WONG, OF THE HEES, SAID.

"THE SERVICE HAS BEEN PARTICULARLY USEFUL TO HONG KONG STUDENTS OVERSEAS WHO WISH TO RETURN AND WORK HERE," SHE NOTED.

IN ADDITION, THE HEES USES A COMPUTER TO PUBLISH THE "CANDIDATE PROFILE" EVERY MONTH FOR DISTRIBUTION TO SOME 1,000 EMPLOYERS.

"THIS PUBLICATION CONTAINS SUCH INFORMATION AS THE ACADEMIC BACKGROUND, WORKING EXPERIENCE, POSITION SOUGHT AND SALARY EXPECTED OF A SELECTED GROUP OF COMPETENT AND QUALIFIED JOB-SEEKERS," MRS WONG EXPLAINED.

/'•AS FOR...........

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 19. )

- 3 -

"AS FOR HONG KONG STUDENTS OVERSEAS, ANOTHER MONTHLY PUBLICATION CALLED ’PRIME JOBS IN HONG KONG’ IS SENT TO SOME 630 UNIVERSITIES, TERTIARY INSTITUTES AND STUDENTS ASSOCIATIONS IN VARIOUS PARTS OF THE WORLD," SHE ADDED.

REGISTRATION FOR EMPLOYMENT ASSISTANCE AND PLACEMENT OF JOB VACANCIES MAY BE MADE AT THE HEES ON THE SIXTH FLOOR OF HARBOUR BUILDING, 38 PIER ROAD, CENTRAL.

EMPLOYEES AND POST-SECONDARY GRADUATES MAY MAKE TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES TO THE HEES ON 5-8523232 OR 5-8523233.

-----0-----

YOUTH CHINESE MUSIC FESTIVAL TO START ON SUNDAY

THE 1989 HONG KONG YOUTH CHINESE MUSIC FESTIVAL ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE WILL START NEXT SUNDAY (OCTOBER 22).

DURING THE EIGHT-DAY FESTIVAL, A NUMBER OF CONCERTS, SEMINARS AND MASTER CLASSES CONDUCTED BY LOCAL MUSICIANS AND MUSICIANS FROM CHINA HAVE BEEN ARRANGED.

THE FESTIVAL’S OPENING CONCERT WILL BE HELD AT THE TSUEN WAN TOWN HALL ON OCTOBER 22. IT WILL BEGIN AT 8 PM.

UNDER THE BATONS OF RENOWNED MUSICIANS MR TONG LEUNG-TAK AND MR HO MAN-CHUEN, THE 80-STRONG YOUTH CHINESE ORCHESTRA WILL TREAT THE AUDIENCE TO A SUPERB MUSIC PROGRAMME WHICH INCLUDES "PRELUDE TO MOUNTAINS AND RIVERS" AND "KING QIN’S MUSIC FOR DEFEATING THE ENEMY", BEING PERFORMED IN THE TERRITORY FOR THE FIRST TIME.

THE CLIMAX OF THE FESTIVAL WILL BE THE JING YING CONCERT TO BE HELD AT THE SHOUSON THEATRE OF HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE ON OCTOBER 26, BEGINNING AT 8 PM.

AT THE CONCERT, THE NEWLY FORMED MUSIC OFFICE CHINESE ORCHESTRA WILL PRESENT A NUMBER OF FAMOUS COMPOSITIONS, AND FOUR RENOWNED MUSICIANS FROM CHINA - REN TONGXIANG, WANG HONGYI, JIANG XUNFENG AND WANG FANDI - WILL GIVE DEMONSTRATION PERFORMANCES.

IN SUPPORT OF THE FESTIVAL, THE URBAN COUNCIL WILL ORGANISE A CONCERT, TO BE PERFORMED BY THE HONG KONG CHINESE ORCHESTRA, ON OCTOBER 27 AT THE KO SHAN THEATRE. IT WILL BEGIN AT 3 PM.

TICKETS FOR THE CONCERTS AT $10, 120 AND $30 EACH ARE AVAILABLE AT ALL URBTIX OUTLETS.

FURTHER ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON TEL. 0-6065731.

- - 0

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

4

NOMINATIONS OPEN FOR COMMONWEALTH YOUTH SERVICE AWARDS

NOMINATIONS ARE NOW OPEN FOR YOUNG PEOPLE WHO HAVE PLANNED AND CARRIED OUT OUTSTANDING COMMUNITY PROJECTS TO REPRESENT HONG KONG IN THE COMMONWEALTH YOUTH SERVICE AWARD SCHEME.

THE SCHEME WAS LAUNCHED BY THE COMMONWEALTH YOUTH PROGRAMME IN THE UNITED KINGDOM IN 1985 AS AN ENDURING COMMEMORATION OF INTERNATIONAL YOUTH YEAR.

IN HONG KONG, THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION (CNTA) IS CO-ORDINATING THE SELECTION OF THE TWO BEST COMMUNITY PROJECTS TO REPRESENT THE TERRITORY.

’’THE SCHEME AIMS TO FOSTER CO-OPERATION AND EXCHANGE OF IDEAS AND EXPERIENCES AMONG YOUNG PEOPLE OF THE COMMONWEALTH,” A CNTA SPOKESMAN SAID.

EACH YEAR, THE SCHEME OFFERS UP TO FIVE AWARDS WITH NOT MORE THAN TWO BEING AWARDED TO ANY COUNTRY IN THE REGION.

THE WINNING TEAM WILL BE GIVEN A GRANT OF 1,000 POUNDS STERLING TO BE USED TO FURTHER THE TEAM’S WORK. MEDALLIONS AND CERTIFICATES WILL ALSO BE AWARDED TO EACH MEMBER OF THE TEAM.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THE NOMINATED PROJECTS SHOULD BE EXAMPLES OF EFFECTIVE TEAMWORK BY A SMALL GROUP OF YOUNG PEOPLE, NORMALLY NOT MORE THAN 20 AGED BETWEEN 15 AND 24.

’’THESE PROJECTS SHOULD DEMONSTRATE THEIR POTENTIAL IN EFFECTIVE PLANNING AND CO-OPERATION AMONG MEMBERS,” HE ADDED.

’’PARTICIPANTS SHOULD ALSO BE ABLE TO ACHIEVE BROAD OBJECTIVES AND RESPOND TO LOCAL NEEDS THROUGH THEIR PROJECTS, SHOWING INNOVATION AND FLEXIBILITY.

’’ADDITIONALLY, THE PROJECTS SHOULD HAVE LONG-TERM EFFECT AND PROVIDE A MODEL OR INSPIRATION TO OTHER PLACES IN THE COMMONWEALTH.”

NOMINATIONS ARE BEING INVITED FROM THE CHILDREN AND YOUTH DIVISION OF THE HONG KONG COUNCIL OF SOCIAL SERVICE, THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT, SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT AND DISTRICT OFFICES. THEY SHOULD REACH THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION ON OR BEFORE JANUARY 5 NEXT YEAR.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC INTERESTED IN THE SCHEME MAY CONTACT THEIR DISTRICT OFFICES FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.

-----0-----

/5........

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

5

ELEVEN HONOURED FOR HELPING TO FIGHT CRIME ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

A MONG KOK RESIDENT PRESENTED WITH A GOOD CITIZEN AWARD TODAY (SUNDAY) HAS BEEN DESCRIBED AS A HELPFUL NEIGHBOUR.

MR CHOW KA]-HONG HAD RESPONDED TO A CRY FOR HELP ON A DECEMBER EVENING LAST YEAR WHILE HE WAS AT HOME ON THE SEVENTH FLOOR OF A BUILDING IN POK MAN STREET, TAI KOK TSUI.

THE CRY CAME FROM A WOMAN WHOSE BAG WAS SNATCHED ON THE STAIRCASE TWO FLOORS BELOW.

MR CHOW SUBDUED ONE OF THE CULPRITS, AND HANDED HIM OVER TO THE POLICE.

HE WAS ONE OF 11 PEOPLE PRESENTED GOOD CITIZEN AWARDS BY THE MONG KOK DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE AT A CEREMONY AND SEMINAR ON BURGLARY PREVENTION HELD AT THE URBAN COUNCIL FA YUEN STREET COMPLEX. THE FUNCTION WAS SPONSORED BY THE MONG KOK DISTRICT BOARD.

ANOTHER RECIPIENT WAS MR LAI FONG, AGED 69, A CARETAKER OF A BUILDING IN TUNG CHOI STREET, MONG KOK.

MR LAI HAD ASSISTED IN THE ARREST OF A BOY WHO WAS SUBSEQUENTLY CHARGED WITH INDECENT ASSAULT.

REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE POLICE CRIME PREVENTION BUREAU AND A SECURITY COMPANY GAVE TALKS ON ANTI-THEFT MEASURES AT THE ANTI-BURGLARY SEMINAR.

------0-------

CONTRACT FOR GOVT QUARTERS AWARDED ♦ t ♦ ♦ ♦

THE ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT HAS RECENTLY AWARDED A $35 MILLION CONTRACT FOR A GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTAL QUARTERS AT AREA 28A. FANLING.

THE QUARTERS, ON A SITE AREA OF ABOUT 6,349 SQUARE METRES, WILL COMPRISE THREE 16-STOREY BLOCKS AND A CHILDREN’S PLAYGROUND.

WHEN THE FIRST PHASE IS COMPLETED BY EARLY 1991, THE QUARTERS WILL ACCOMMODATE 120 STAFF FROM THE IMMIGRATION AND THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENTS.

WORK OF THE PROJECT IS SCHEDULED TO START LATER THIS MONTH.

-----0-----

/6........

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

6

ENTRIES INVITED FOR ANTI-DRUG GAMES STALL DESIGN COMPETITION

* » * * *

YOUNG PEOPLE WITH ARTISTIC TALENTS ARE INVITED TO TAKE PART IN AN ANTI-NARCOTICS GAMES STALLS DESIGN COMPETITION BEING ORGANISED BY THE YOUTH VOLUNTEER GROUP OF THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS (ACAN).

THE COMPETITION IS OPEN TO ALL YOUTH GROUPS CONSISTING OF NOT LESS THAN THREE MEMBERS AGED 12 OR ABOVE.

IT IS AIMED AT ENCOURAGING YOUNG PEOPLE TO TAKE PART IN HEALTHY RECREATIONAL PURSUITS AND AROUSING THEIR AWARENESS OF THE PERILS OF DRUG ABUSE.

THE ENTRIES SHOULD BE A TWO-DIMENSION DESIGN DRAWN ON A4-SIZED WHITE PAPER.

THE DESIGN OF THE GAMES STALLS MUST USE THE ANTI-DRUG THEME AND THE GAMES SHOULD BE TARGETTED AT PARTICIPANTS UNDER THE AGE OF 18.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE ACAN YOUTH VOLUNTEER GROUP SAID TODAY (SUNDAY) THAT A TOTAL OF 30 ENTRIES WOULD BE SHORTLISTED DURING THE PRELIMINARY SELECTION.

"THE SELECTED ENTRIES WILL BE PUT ON DISPLAY AT A CARNIVAL TO BE HELD IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR AND THE SELECTED GROUPS WILL EACH RECEIVE A SUBSIDY OF $250 FOR SETTING UP THE GAMES STALLS," HE SAID.

THE ENTRIES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE NARCOTICS DIVISION OF THE-GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT ON THE 23RD FLOOR, QUEENSWAY GOVERNMENT OFFICES, CENTRAL, BY NOVEMBER 10.

THE WINNER, FIRST AND SECOND RUNNERS-UP OF THE CONTEST WILL EACH BE AWARDED A TROPHY AND CASH COUPONS OF SI,500, SI.000 AND $500 RESPECTIVELY.

ENTRY FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT ALL DISTRICT OFFICES AND SUB-OFFICES AND THE NARCOTICS DIVISION. TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 5-8672762.

-----0-----

DRAWING CONTEST FOR CENTRAL AND WESTERN CHILDREN

* » » » *

CHILDREN AND YOUTH LIVING OR STUDYING IN THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT ARE BEING INVITED TO ENTER A DRAWING COMPETITION TO BE HELD AT THE ZOOLOGICAL AND BOTANICAL GARDEN NEXT MONTH.

THE COMPETITION IS OPEN TO CHILDREN AND YOUTH AGED FOUR TO 15, AND WILL BE HELD FROM 9 AM TO 1 PM ON NOVEMBER 19.

/ATTRACTIVE PRIZES ......

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1C,

ATTRACTIVE PRIZES WILL BE AWARDED TO THE WINNERS. WHOSE ENTRIES MAY BE SELECTED TO REPRESENT HONG KONG IN THE 1990 i: TERIATIONAL DRAWING CONTEST IN JAPAN.

PARTICIPANTS ARE REQUIRED TO DRAW PICTURES ON THEMES RELATING TO THE NATURAL LANDSCAPE OR THE PRESENT AND FUTURE OUTLOOK OF THE DISTRICT.

THE OUTDOOR FUNCTION IS ONE OF THE 40-ODD ACTIVITIES OF THE FORTHCOMING CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT FESTIVAL, DUE TO BE HELD FROM OCTOBER 29 TO DECEMBER 17.

IT IS BEING JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE, THE DISTRICT BOARD, DISTRICT OFFICE, DISTRICT ARTS AND CULTURAL ASSOCIATION, MID-LEVELS (CENTRAL) AREA COMMITTEE AND THE YWCA, WITH SPONSORSHIP FROM PENTEL (HONG KONG) LTD.

ENTRY FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE FROM THE THREE DISTRICT OFFICE PUBLIC ENQUIRY CENTRES AT HARBOUR BUILDING, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES (WEST WING) AND IN BELCHER’S STREET, AS WELL AS FROM THE WESTERN COMMUNITY CENTRE AT 36 WESTERN STREET.

COMPLETED FORMS TOGETHER WITH STAMPED RETURN ENVELOPES, SHOULD REACJ THE DISTRICT OFFICE ON THE 11TH FLOOR OF HARBOUR BUILDING, 38 PIER ROAD, CENTRAL, NOT LATER THAN NOVEMBER 1.

ENROLMENT IS LIMITED TO 300 AND IS, THEREFORE, ACCEPTED ON A FIRST OME, FIRST SERVED BASIS.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE TO MISS SUSANNA LEONG ON 5-8523485.

-----o-------

SWIMMING GALA IN CENTRAL AND WESTERN

**»*»*

MORE THAN 200 CENTRAL AND WESTERN RESIDENTS TOOK PART IN THE DISTRICT’S ANNUAL SWIMMING GALA AT THE KENNEDY TOWN SWIMMING POOL THIS (SUNDAY) AFTERNOON.

THERE WAS KEEN COMPETITION IN THE 44 EVENTS WATCHED BY HUNDREDS OF SPECTATORS.

THE EVENT WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE DISTRICT RECREATION AND CULTURE ASSOCIATION WITH SPONSORSHIP FROM THE DISTRICT BOARD AND SIX AREA COMMITTEES.

THE DISTRICT OFFICER, MR STEPHEN FISHER, PRESENTED TROPHIES TO THE WINNERS AFTER THE COMPETITION.

MR FISHER SAID HE WAS IMPRESSED, ADDING THAT THE SWIMMING GALA "WOULD CERTAINLY FOSTER A SENSE OF BELONGING AMONG RESIDENTS AND HELP THEM INTEGRATE INTO THE COMMUNITY."

/HE ALSO

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

8

HE ALSO URGED LOCAL RESIDENTS TO TAKE PART IN THE ACTIVITIES 01 THE MONTH-LONG DISTRICT FESTIVAL, WHICH IS DUE TO START AT THE END OF THIS MONTH.

ALSO OFFICIATING AT THE GALA WERE DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS MR LEUNG SIK-WAH, MR CHAN CHOI-HEI AND MRS IRENE LEE.

----o------

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS KCRC CROSS HARBOUR LINK

******

MEMBERS OF THE SHA TIN DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE WILL DISCUSS A PROPOSAL BY THE KOWLOON-CANTON RAILWAY CORPORATION TO CONSTRUCT A CROSS HARBOUR RAILWAY LINK AT ITS MEETING ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 17).

THE DRAFT 1990-91 PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME FOR THE DISTRICT WILL ALSO BE CONSIDERED.

AT THE MEETING, A MEMBER WILL ASK WHAT SOLUTIONS THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT PROPOSES TO TRAFFIC CONGESTION IN LUNG CHEUNG ROAD AND IN THE LION ROCK TUNNEL AREA.

TWO OTHER MEMBERS WILL PROPOSE WAYS TO MINIMISE INCONVENIENCE TO COMMUTFRS CAUSED BY PLATFORM EXPANSION WORKS AT THE MONG KOK KCR STATION. THEY WILL ALSO ASK HOW MANY COMPLAINTS ARE MADE ABOUT PASSENGERS SMOKING ON TRAINS.

THE PROBLEM OF BUSES RUNNING BEHIND SCHEDULE. THE UPGRADING OF FEEDER BUS ROUTE Kll AT CITY ONE, THE FREQUENCY OF BUSES ON ROUTE 81C LINKING MA ON SHAN AND TSIM SHA TSUI EAST, AND THE PROVISION OF A BUS STOP AT LOK LO HA VILLAGE WILL BE DISCUSSED.

OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA INCLUDE THE TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT SCHEME AT NGAN SHING STREET AND REPORTS OF AD-HOC WORKING GROUPS.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE SHA TIN DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE MEETING TO BE HELD ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 17) ON THE SIXTH FLOOR, KCR HOUSE, SHA TIN STATION. THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 9.30 AM.

-----o-----

/9.........

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

9

DB COMMITTEE TO BE BRIEFED ON HOSPITAL MANAGEMENT

******

A PRINCIPAL MEDICAL OFFICER OF THE HOSPITAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT, DR PAUL YIP, AND THE ASSISTANT MEDICAL SUPERINTENDENT OF CASTLE PEAK HOSPITAL, DR 1U PUI-CHUEN, WILL BRIEF MEMBERS OF THE SOCIAL SERVICES COMMITTEE OF THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD ON THE MANAGEMENT OF THE HOSPITAL AT THE COMMITTEE’S MEETING TOMORROW (MONDAY).

THE BRIEFING HAS BEEN REQUESTED BY EIGHT COMMITTEE MEMBERS WHO EXPRESSED CONCERN OVER THE MANAGEMENT SITUATION AT THE HOSPITAL FOLLOWING A LETTER OF COMPLAINT SIGNED BY 15 RESIDENTS.

IN A PAPER ON SUBSIDISED AFTER-SCHOOL CARE SERVICES, EIGHT COMMITTEE MEMBERS HAVE REQUESTED THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT TO EXPLAIN WHY TUEN MUN HAS NOT BEEN INCLUDED IN A PILOT SCHEME FOR SUCH SERVICES.

THE MEETING WILL ALSO DISCUSS A PAPER WHICH URGES THE POLICE TO DEPLOY MORE MANPOWER TO PATROL THE BUTTERFLY BAY AREA, AND EXAMINE A REPORT BY A WORKING GROUP ON REVIEWING SERVICES FOR THE MENTALLY HANDICAPPED, THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT’S ANNUAL PROGRAMME OF WORKS IN TUEN MUN, AND SEVEN APPLICATIONS FOR FUNDS TO ORGANISE SOCIAL SERVICES ACTIVITIES.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD’S SOCIAL SERVICES COMMITTEE TO BE HELD TOMORROW (MONDAY) IN THE DB CONFERENCE ROOM, THIRD FLOOR, TUEN MUN GOVERNMENT OFFICES, 1 TUEN HI ROAD, TUEN MUN. THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM.

-----o-----

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS REHABILITATION SERVICES *****

THE COMMUNITY BUILDING COMMITTEE O’THE EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD WILL DISCUSS REHABILITATION SERVICES FOR THE DISABLED AT ITS MEETING ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 17).

THE ASSISTANT DIVISION OFFICER (REHABILITATION) OF THE HONG KONG COUNCIL OF SOCIAL SERVICE, MISS MAUREEN TAM, WILL ATTEND THE MEETING TO BRIEF MEMBERS AND ANSWER QUESTIONS.

/THE CHAIRMEN ........

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 15, 1989

10

THE CHAIRMEN OE THE FIVE WORKING GROUPS FORMED UNDER THE COMMITTEE WILL. REPORT ON THE PROGRESS OF VARIOUS COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT PROGRAMMES PLANNED FOR THIS YEAR.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

OF THE HELD ON , FIRST

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD’S COMMUNITY BUILDING COMMITTEE IO BE TUESDAY (OCTOBER 17) IN THE DISTRICT OFFICE CONFERENCE ROOM

FLOOR, 880-886 KING’S ROAD.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM.

-----0-----

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS THEME FOR PROJECTS

******

THE COMMUNITY BUILDING COMMITTEE OF THE YAU TSIM DISTRICT BOARD WILL DISCUSS A THEME FOR PROJECTS FOR WHICH SUBSIDIES ARE SOUGHT FOR THE YEAR 1990-91 AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (MONDAY).

THE COMMITTEE WILL ALSO VET APPLICATIONS FOR FUNDS BY AREA COMMITTEES AND SEVERAL LOCAL ORGANISATIONS FOR HOLDING COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT PROJECTS.

REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE JOINT COUNCIL FOR THE PHYSICALLY AND MENTALLY DISABLED AND THE CARITAS LOK MO VOCATIONAL TRAINING CENTRE. WILL BRIEF MEMBERS ON THE REHABILITATION SERVICES AVAILABLE IN THE DISTRICT.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF YAU TSIM DISTRICT BOARD’S COMMUNITY BUILDING COMMITTEE TO BE HELD TOMORROW (MONDAY) IN THE DISTRICT OFFICE CONFERENCE ROOM, SECOND FLOOR, 490 NATHAN ROAD.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM.

-----0-------

URBAN CLEARWAY IN YAU MA TEI

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 17). THE EASTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF MAN SING STREET BETWEEN MAN YING STREET AND MAN WUI STREET IN YAU MA TEI WILL BE DESIGNATED AN URBAN CLEARWAY FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM DAILY.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS THERE.

------o-------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

HK TRYING 'TO BUILD BENEFICIAL LONG TERM RELATIONSHIP WITH CHINA: GOVERNOR ............................................. 1

STRATEGY FOR ASSESSING EDUCATIONAL PRIORITIES MAPPED OUT .... 4

WAGE INDEXES FOR JUNE PUBLISHED.............................. 7

PLAN TO COMPENSATE WORKERS FOR HEARING LOSS ................. 11

OMELCO GROUP TO DEPART FOR KUALA LUMPUR...................... 1?

SAI KUNG LEADERS INSPECT VBP CAMP FACILITIES ................ 1?

YOUTH URGED TO TAKE UP CHALLENGE............................. 14

WAN CHAI DB TO DISCUSS GOVERNOR'S POLICY ADDRESS............. 1?

DEADLINE FOR ANTI-DRUG DRAMA COMPETITION EXTENDED ........... 16

WO ROWS IN KWAI CHUNG TO BE IMPROVED ........................ 17

IMPROVEMENTS TO TSUEN WAN VILLAGE ACCESS ROAD PROPOSED ...... 18

ROW LINKS BETWEEN TIN SHUT WAI AND YUEN 'JONG ............... 19

METRICATION COMMITTEE'S SECRETARIAT OFFICE ON MOVE........... 19

WATER STORAGE FIGURE......................................... 20

WATER CUTS IN FOUR DISTRICTS ................................ 20

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN SHEUNG SHOT .......................... 21

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

HK TRYING TO BUILD BENEFICIAL LONG TERM RELATIONSHIP WITH CHINA: GOVERNOR

HONG KONG IS TRYING TO BUILD A LONG TERM RELATIONSHIP WITH CHINA GENUINELY BENEFICIAL TO BOTH SIDES, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON. SAID TODAY (MONDAY).

SPEAKING AT A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE NATIONAL PRESS CLUB AND THE ASIA SOCIETY IN WASHINGTON, SIR DAVID SAID THE TERRITORY AT THE SAME TIME WAS BUILDING WITH DETERMINATION AND SPEED FOR THE NEW OPPORTUNITIES WHICH LAY IN ITS FUTURE.

SIR DAVID INVITED OVERSEAS BUSINESSMEN AND PROFESSIONALS TO COMPETE FOR A SHARE IN THE AMBITIOUS PROJECTS TO BUILD FOR THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG.

THE GOVERNOR SAID THAT HONG KONG HAD TAKEN SOME HARD KNOCKS THIS YEAR, BUT THE TERRITORY HAD OVERCOME WORSE AND EMERGED THE STRONGER FOR IT.

"WE ARE BUSY NOW IN STRENGTHENING OUR SOCIAL, LEGAL AND POLITICAL INSTITUTIONS," HE SAID.

HE POINTED OUT THAT THE TRAGIC EVENTS OF JUNE 4 HAD SHAKEN CONFIDENCE BADLY BUT THERE WAS NO PANIC.

"INDEED ALL PARTS OF THE SYSTEM HELD FIRM. THAT IS ONE OF THE KEY MESSAGES ABOUT THE EFFECT OF THE JUNE TRAGEDY ON HONG KONG," HE SAID.

"SINCE JUNE HONG KONG HAS GONE BACK TO DOING WHAT WE DO BEST — BUSINESS. PRIVATE INVESTMENT SHOWS NO SIGNS OF SLACKENING OFF," HE ADDED.

CITING EXAMPLES OF RECENT SUBSTANTIAL PRIVATE INVESTMENTS, SIR DAVID SAID THE GOVERNMENT WAS EQUALLY DETERMINED THAT IT 'SHOULD START NOW TO BUILD THE HONG KONG OF THE 21ST CENTURY.

HE REFERRED TO FIVE CONSORTIA BIDDING FOR THE LARGEST SITE EVER SOLD IN THE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT, ONE OF THE’BIGGEST PRIVATE FINANCINGS OF AN INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITY FOR CONSTRUCTING TWO NEW CONTAINER TERMINALS, AND FOUR CONSORTIA BIDDING FOR THE FRANCHISE TO BUILD AND OPERATE THE WORLD’S BIGGEST CABLE TV NETWORK.

OUTLINING THE PORT AND AIRPORT DEVELOPMENT PLANS HE ANNOUNCED IN HIS POLICY ADDRESS LAST WEDNESDAY, THE GOVERNOR SAID THAT TRUE TO HONG KONG’S ECONOMIC PHILOSOPHY, THE DOOR WAS WIDE OPEN FOR ANYONE TO BID FOR THESE PROJECTS.

"ALL THE WORLD’S DESIGNERS, ENGINEERS AND CONSTRUCTORS WILL BE WELCOME TO COMPETE FOR A SHARE. THERE IS WORK TO BE DONE ON A HUGE SCALE WHICH WILL KEEP US BUSY, AND THOSE WHO COME TO HELP US, TO THE END OF THE CENTURY," SIR DAVID SAID.

/REFERRING TO .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

- 2 -

REFERRING TO THE "BRAIN DRAIN" PROBLEM, SIR DAVID SAID HONG KONG WAS LOOKING FOR WAYS TO DEAL WITH IT, AND THE PRIVATE SECTOR WAS PLAYING ITS PART.

"MANY MULTINATIONAL BANKS AND BUSINESSES ARE MAKING IT EASIER FOR THEIR KEY STAFF TO OBTAIN FOREIGN PASSPORTS BY ASSIGNING THEM OVERSEAS, ' HE SAID.

"THIS GIVES THEM THE SECURITY THEY FEEL THEY NEED TO COME BACK AND WORK IN HONG KONG.

"MANY FIRMS ARE ALSO EXPANDING THEIR ABILITY TO RECRUIT IN THE LARGE AND WELL-ESTABLISHED CHINESE COMMUNITIES WHICH HAVE SPREAD OVERSEAS.

"BUT THESE ARE ONLY PARTIAL SOLUTIONS. WE WOULD MUCH PREFER SOLUTIONS WHICH DO NOT REQUIRE PEOPLE TO LEAVE."

THE GOVERNOR SAID THAT NONETHELESS HE SHOULD LIKE TO MAKE IT CLEAR THAT AS A FUNDAMENTAL PRINCIPLE, THE GOVERNMENT WOULD NEVER STOP THOSE WHO WISHED TO LEAVE.

HE HOPED THAT AS MANY AS POSSIBLE WOULD REALISE WHAT AN ATTRACTIVE PLACE HONG KONG WAS, SO THAT THEY RETURNED AND CONTRIBUTED TO ITS SUCCESS.

SIR DAVID ALSO SAID THAT WHERE THERE WERE GAPS IN THE SKILLS AND TALENTS NEEDED, HONG KONG MUST PLAN TO REPLACE THEM, AND HE REFERRED TO THE AMBITIOUS PROGRAMME FOR EXPANDING TERTIARY EDUCATION OUTLINED IN HIS POLICY ADDRESS.

TURNING TO THE JOINT LIAISON GROUP, SIR DAVID SAID A VITAL POINT IN MAKING THE AGREEMENT WORK WOULD BE MAINTAINING THE CONTINUITY OF AN ADMINISTRATION WHICH WAS SEPARATE FROM THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT IN PEKING.

"THE GOVERNMENT OF THE HONG KONG SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION, AND ITS CIVIL SERVICE, WILL BE MADE UP FROM MEN AND WOMEN FROM HONG KONG," HE SAID.

"THERE IS NO QUESTION OF A GROUP OF BRITISH OFFICIALS HANDING THE ADMINISTRATION OVER TO ANOTHER GROUP FROM PEKING AT MIDNIGHT ON JUNE 30, 1997. HONG KONG IS TO BE RUN BY THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG."

ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT, HE SAID THE GOVERNMENT HAD TRIED TO ENSURE THAT THE PACE AND DIRECTION OF THE REFORMS REFLECTED THE WISHES OF THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE.

"RECENTLY THE GENERAL VIEW OF THE COMMUNITY HAS MOVED IN FAVOUR OF SPEEDING UP SOMEWHAT THE SPEED OF CHANGE. THERE HAVE ALSO BEEN INCREASING SIGNS OF A WILL - WHICH WAS LACKING BEFORE - TO REACH A COMMUNITY CONSENSUS STRETCHING ACROSS THE DIFFERENT POLITICAL GROUPS SO THAT THERE IS A COMMON HONG KONG VIEW TO PUT TO THOSE NOW DRAFTING CHINA’S BASIC LAW FOR HONG KONG WHICH WILL LAY DOWN THE DETAILS OF HONG KONG'S POLITICAL STRUCTURE AFTER 1997.

/"I WELCOME

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

- 3 -

"I WELCOME THIS ATTEMPT TO SEEK A COMMON VIEW. IT WILL HELP THE BASIC LAW DRAFTERS. IT WILL ALSO HELP US IN DECIDING ON THE RIGHT SPEED OF DEVELOPMENT IN THE YEARS IMMEDIATELY AHEAD," HE SAID.

SIR DAVID DESCRIBED THE VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE PROBLEM AS ONE OI '"HE BIGGEST PROBLEMS THE HONG KONG ADMINISTRATION HAD TO FACE.

"WHEN THE INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY AND, IN PARTICULAR, WE AND THE COUNTRIES IN SOUTH EAST ASIA WHO ARE BEING OVERWHELMED BY THE PROBLEM, TRY TO FIND THE WAY FORWARD, I ASK FOR YOUR UNDERSTANDING OF OUR DILEMMA.

"I ASK YOU ALSO TO LOOK AT THE PROBLEM STRAIGHT, WITH MINDS AND EMOTIONS UNCLOUDED BY MEMORIES OF THE UNITED STATES' OWN DIFFICULT RELATIONSHIP WITH VIETNAM." HE SAID.

SIR DAVID SAID HONG KONG, WHICH ALL THESE YEARS HAD FACED MOUNTING PROBLEMS OF HOW TO HOUSE AND FEED THESE THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE WHO REALLY WANTED TO GO SOMEWHERE ELSE, HAD DONE WHAT IT COULD EVEN THOUGH, TO OUR OWN POPULATION, IT SEEMED DESPERATELY UNFAIR THAT WE SHOULD LE ALLOWING IN THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE WITH NO CONNECTION WITH HONG KONG AND NO WISH TO STAY THERE WHEN EVERY DAY WE NORMALLY TURNED BACK TO CHINA 40-50 ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS WHO OFTEN HAD CLOSE FAMILY CONNECTIONS WITH PEOPLE IN THE TERRITORY.

"THERE IS A GROWING FEELING THESE YEARS OF GENEROSITY IN DEALING WITH THOSE WHO HAVE ARRIVED FROM VIETNAM HAVE NOT ONLY BROUGHT US A CONTINUING PROBLEM, BUT ALSO CRITICISM AND MISUNDERSTANDING FROM MANY PARTS OF THE WORLD; WHEREAS THOSE WHOSE POLICIES HAVE BEEN HARSHER HAVE BOTH LESS OF A PROBLEM AND LESS CRITIC! ;M," HE SAID.

SIR DAVID SAID THAT WHEN THE INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY HAD LOOKED AT THE PROBLEM, AS IT DID AT GENEVA EARLIER THI'S YEAR, ALL WERE AGREED THAT ULTIMATELY THOSE WHO WERE NOT REFUGEES MUST RETURN TO THEIR HOMES.

"IF PEOPLE VOLUNTEER TO DO SO THAT IS EXCELLENT.’ BUT WE MUST FACE THE FACT THAT THE NUMBER WHO VOLUNTEER WILL ALWAYS BE A SMALL MINORITY.

"FOR THE MAJORITY, IF THERE IS NO PROSPECT OF RESETTLEMENT AS REFUGEES ELSEWHERE, THERE WILL HAVE TO BE A PROGRAMME FOR ORDERLY RETURN TO THEIR HOMES, WITH ARRANGEMENTS FOR MONITORING THE WAY THEY ARE TREATED AFTER THEIR RETURN.

"THIS IS A VIEW NOW INCREASINGLY SHARED BY THE VOLUNTARY AGENCIES CLOSEST TO THE PROBLEM, OXFAM, SAVE THE CHILDREN FUND AND THE BRITISH REFUGEE COUNCIL.

"IT CANNOT BE RIGHT TO KEEP PEOPLE, A LARGE NUMBER OF THEM CHILDREN, INSIDE CAMPS FOR YEAR AFTER YEAR, WHERE WHATEVER THE FACILITIES AND WHATEVER THE PRECAUTIONS TAKEN, FRUSTRATION WILL PERIODICALLY TURN TO VIOLENCE," HE SAID.

/ON THE

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

ON THE TERRITORY’S ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, SIR DAVID SAID THE ECONOMIC MIRACLE IN HONG KONG WOULD NOT HAVE BEEN POSSIBLE WITHOUT THE POST-WAR FREE TRADE SYSTEM, AND HE NOTED THAT THE UNITED STATES WAS THE PRINCIPAL ARCHITECT OF THAT SYSTEM.

"THE GROWTH IN AMERICAN INTEREST IN HONG KONG DATES FROM THE NORMALISATION OF RELATIONS WITH CHINA. YOUR BUSINESSMEN WERE QUICK TO SEE THE OPPORTUNITIES THIS PRESENTED.

"EVEN SO, FEW COULD HAVE FORESEEN A DECADE AGO JUST HOW FAST GUANGDONG WOULD DEVELOP. HONG KONG HAS BEEN THE CATALYST.

"ACCORDING TO CHINESE ESTIMATES, ABOUT 70 PER CENT OF ALL INVESTMENT IN THE PROVINCE COMES FROM HONG KONG, AND BETWEEN 1.5 AND TWO MILLION OF THE WORKFORCE ARE EMPLOYED IN HONG KONG OWNED ENTERPRISES," HE SAID.

SIR. DAVID SAID THE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF SOUTHERN CHINA HAD TAKEN OFF. THANKFULLY, ALL THE SIGNS SINCE JUNE 4 WERE THAT IT WAS CONTINUING UNABATED.

"IT IS IMPORTANT THAT WE DO NOT ALLOW THE EVENTS OF THAT DATE TO DISTPXCT US FROM SEEING THE IMPORTANCE OF ECONOMIC REFORMS AND THE BENEFITS THEY BRING TO THE PEOPLE OF CHINA," HE SAID.

IN CONCLUSION, THE GOVERNOR SAID HONG KONG AND THE UNITED STATES HAD THE SAME VALUES.

BOTH BELIEVED IN FREE ENTERPRISE; IN FREE SPEECH; IN THE FREEDOM OF THE HUMAN SPIRIT; AND IN HARD WORK GETTING ITS JUST REWARD.

"WE SPEAK WITH THE SAME VOICE ON MANY ISSUES. WHERE THERE HAS BEEN FRICTION IN OUR RELATIONSHIP IT HAS TENDED TO BE THE HEALTHY FRICTION O' BUSINESS COMPETITION," HE SAID.

- - 0 - -

STRATEGY FOR ASSESSING EDUCATIONAL PRIORITIES MAPPED OUT

******

1990’S TO

FUTURE, THE SAID TODAY

THE GOVERNMENT HAS MAPPED OUT A STRATEGY FOR THE HELP ASSESS HONG KONG’S EDUCATIONAL PRIORITIES FOR THE SECRETARY FOR EDUCATION AND MANPOWER, MR K.Y. YEUNG,

(MONDAY).

"TUTS STRATEGY WILL ALLOW FUTURE MEASURES TO BE FITTED IN A LOGICAL^AND^COHERENT FRAMEWORK " HE TOLD A PRESS CONFERENCE ELABORATING ON EDUCATIONAL PROPOSALS ANNOUNCED BY THE GOVERN J

INTO WHILE

LAST

WEEK.

/ALSO PRESENT

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

- 5

ALSO PRESENT TO GIVE DETAILS WERE THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR Y.T. LI; THE CHAIRMAN OF THE UNIVERSITY AND POLYTECHNIC GRANTS COMMITTEE (UPGC), MR ANDREW LI; AND THE SECRETARY OF THE EDUCATION COMMISSION. MR ANDREW WELLS.

MR YEUNG SAID THE GOVERNMENT HAD EXAMINED THE PRESENT POSITION AND CONCLUDED THAT IT HAD ACHIEVED THE ESSENTIAL PROVISION AT PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL LEVELS, BUT THERE REMAINED SCOPE FOR AN IMPROVEMENT TO THE QUALITY OF THE EDUCATION PROVIDED.

"WE HAVE ALSO ACHIEVED HIGH QUALITY EDUCATION AT THE TERTIARY LEVEL, BUT WITH INSUFFICIENT PLACES," HE SAID.

"OUR STRATEGY IN GENERAL TERMS WILL THEREFORE BE TO MEET DEMAND FOR INCREASING THE LEVEL OF SUBSIDY TO DIFFERENT EDUCATIONAL SECTORS MORE SELECTIVELY AND CRITICALLY THAN IN THE PAST, AND TO CONCENTRATE ON RAISING STANDARDS AND IMPROVING THE QUALITY OF PRIMARY AND SECONDARY EDUCATION.

"SPECIFIC IMPROVEMENT MEASURES WILL BE CONSIDERED IN THE LIGHT OF THEIR INTRINSIC AND RELATIVE EDUCATIONAL IMPORTANCE, THE TIME AND RESOURCES NEEDED FOR IMPLEMENTATION AND THE ADVERSE CONSEQUENCES OF NOT PROCEEDING AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE.

"THE EDUCATION COMMISSION WILL REVIEW OVERALL PROGRESS IN THE EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM IN THE LIGHT OF THESE CRITERIA IN A PREFACE TO ITS NEXT REPORT DUE TO BE PUBLISHED IN THE FIRST HALF OF NEXT YEAR."

IN THE MEANTIME, MR YEUNG SAID, THE GOVERNMENT HAD APPROVED AND GIVEN HIGH PRIORITY TO MAJOR PROPOSALS FOR TERTIARY EDUCATION EXPANSION, A NEW SUBSIDY SCHEME FOR PRIVATE SCHOOLS, THE PHASING-IN. OF WHOLE-DAY PRIMARY EDUCATION AND IMPROVEMENTS TO KINDERGARTENS.

"ON TERTIARY EDUCATION, WE INTEND TO INCREASE THE PERCENTAGE OF YOUNG PEOPLE IN THE RELEVANT AGE GROUP TAKING FIRST DEGREES FROM ABOUT SEVEN PER CENT NOW TO OVER 18 PER CENT BY 1994-95," HE SAID.

"A STEERING GROUP HAS BEEN SET UP UNDER THE CHAIRMANSHIP OF THE SECRETARY FOR EDUCATION AND MANPOWER, WITH HIGH LEVEL REPRESENTATION FROM THE UPGC, THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL (VTC) AND THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT TO MONITOR PROGRESS.

"THE UPGC AND THE STEERING GROUP WILL HAVE TO TAKE ACCOUNT OF RESOURCE CONSTRAINTS AND THE POSSIBLE NEED FOR ECONOMIES BY THE INSTITUTIONS, SUCH AS INCREASING STUDENT-STAFF RATIOS AND THE USE OF SUMMER TIME TEACHING.

"THE UPGC WILL REVIEW PROGRESS IN IMPLEMENTATION IN 1993-94, WITH A VIEW TO CONSIDERING WHETHER FURTHER EXPANSION DURING THE PERIOD 1995-2000 WOULD BE DESIRABLE OR PRACTICABLE.

"THIS REVIEW WILL USEFULLY COINCIDE WITH THE REVIEW WHICH THE UPGC HAS ALREADY BEEN ASKED TO CONDUCT, BEFORE THE 1994-97 TRIENN1UM, OF THE PROGRESS MADE TOWARDS ACHIEVING A COMMON POINT OF ENTRY TO TERTIARY EDUCATION AFTER SECONDARY 7."

/TURNING TO

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

6 -

TURNING TO PRIVATE SCHOOLS, MR YEUNG SAID SCHOOLS IN THE BOUGHT PLACE SCHEME (BPS), WHICH WOULD EVENTUALLY BE ABOLISHED. WOULD BE HELPED TO ACHIEVE AIDED SCHOOL STANDARDS AND BE ALLOWED TO JOIN A NEW DIRECT SUBSIDY SCHEME.

"THE NEW SUBSIDY SCHEME WILL NOT BE CONFINED TO SCHOOLS FORMERLY IN THE BPS BUT WILL ALSO BE OPEN TO INTERNATIONAL, INDEPENDENT AND A RESTRICTED NUMBER OF AIDED SCHOOLS WHICH CAN MEET THE BASIC REQUIREMENTS SET OUT IN THE EDUCATION COMMISSION REPORT NO. 3," HE SAID.

"A PRIVATE SCHOOLS REVIEW COMMITTEE WILL BE ESTABLISHED TO ADVISE ON MATTERS RELATING TO THE BOUGHT PLACE SCHEME AND THE DIRECT SUBSIDY SCHEME."

REFERRING TO THE FULL CONVERSION OF ALL PRIMARY CLASSES TO WHOLE-DAY OPERATION, MR YEUNG SAID THIS WOULD REMAIN A LONG-TERM OBJECTIVE AND WOULD BE PHASED IN AS RESOURCES PERMITTED.

"IN THE SHORTER TERM, WE WILL INTRODUCE A ’MIXED-MODE’ SYSTEM UNDER WHICH PRIMARY 5 AND 6 PUPILS WILL ATTEND SCHOOL FOR THE WHOLE DAY," HE SAID.

"THE EDUCATIONAL BENEFITS OF THIS WILL INCLUDE INCREASED TEACHER CONTACT AT A STAGE WHEN PUPILS’ PERFORMANCE BEGINS TO BE ASSESSED FOR PLACEMENT IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS, AND AN OPPORTUNITY FOR MORE EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES.

"STEPS WILL BE TAKEN IMMEDIATELY TO RESERVE SUFFICIENT SITES FOR THE 35 ADDITIONAL PRIMARY SCHOOLS REQUIRED AS A RESULT OF THE. MIXED-MODE POLICY. THE ACTUAL CONSTRUCTION OF NEW SCHOOLS WILL BE PHASED IN AS RESOURCES PERMIT.

"MAJOR DETAILS OF IMPLEMENTATION, INCLUDING A REALISTIC TIMETABLE, WILL BE PUBLISHED EARLY NEXT YEAR FOR PUBLIC CONSULTATION IN THE EDUCATION COMMISSION’S REPORT NO. 4."

FOR KINDERGARTENS, MR YEUNG SAID IMPROVEMENT MEASURES WOULD INCLUDE AN IMPROVED TRAINING COURSE FOR QUALIFIED ASSISTANT KINDERGARTEN TEACHERS, A NEW FEE REMISSION SCHEME AND THE SETTING UP OF A WORKING PARTY ON KINDERGARTEN EDUCATION.

"KINDERGARTENS OPERATORS WILL ALSO BE ENCOURAGED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT TO FOLLOW SPECIFIC TARGETS FOR IMPROVING STANDARDS FOR STAFFING AND TO PAY TEACHERS ACCORDING TO A RECOMMENDED SALARY SCALE," HE SAID.

"THE NEW FEE REMISSION SCHEME WILL BE ADMINISTERED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND APPLICATION PROCEDURES WILL BE MADE AS STRAIGHTFORWARD AS POSSIBLE.

"WE ANTICIPATE THAT THE NUMBER OF NEEDY PARENTS BENEFITTING FROM THE SCHEME WILL BE TWICE AS MANY AS PRESENT."

/ON TOP

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1?89

ON TOP OF ALL THESE REFORMS, MR YEUNG SAID THE EDUCATION COMMISSION AND THE ADMINISTRATION WERE ALSO CONSIDERING FURTHER MEASURES TO IMPROVE THE QUALITY OF THE SCHOOLS.

"A COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF LANGUAGE TEACHING AND THE MEDIUM OF INSTRUCTION WILL BE PUBLISHED FOR PUBLIC CONSULTATION BY AN EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WORKING GROUP AT THE END OF THIS MONTH," HE SAID.

"THE EDUCATION COMMISSION WILL BE MAKING RECOMMENDATIONS ON THE CURRICULUM AND BEHAVIOURAL PROBLEMS IN THE PERIOD OF NINE YEARS’ FREE AND COMPULSORY EDUCATION IN ITS NEXT REPORT, TO BE PUBLISHED EARLY NEXT YEAR.

"OTHER MEASURES WILL FOLLOW, INCLUDING A COMMISSION STUDY OF THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION IN RELATION TO THE TEACHING PROFESSION.

"THE IMPLEMENTATION OF ALL THESE MEASURES WILL TAKE PLACE IN THE COHERENT AND LOGICAL FRAMEWORK PROVIDED BY OUR NEW EDUCATION STRATEGY."

------0--------

WAGE INDEXES FOR JUNE PUBLISHED ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

THE OVERALL NOMINAL WAGE INDEX FOR JUNE 1989, AT 182.7, INCREASED BY 13.5 PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH JUNE 1988 AND BY 3.4 PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH MARCH 1989, ACCORDING TO STATISTICS PUBLISHED TODAY (MONDAY) BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

A COMPARISON OF THE JUNE 1989 AND JUNE 1988 INDEXES SHOWS THAT THE NOMINAL WAGE INDEX FOR THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR INCREASED BY 12.2 PER CENT; FOR THE WHOLESALE/RETA1L, IMPORT/EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR BY 14.7 PER CENT; FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICES SECTOR BY 13.2 PER CENT; FOR THE BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR BY 17.6 PER CENT; AND FOR THE PERSONAL SERVICES SECTOR BY 26.0 PER CENT.

A COMPARISON OF THE JUNE 1989 AND MARCH 1989 INDEXES SHOWS THAT THE NOMINAL WAGE INDEX FOR THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR INCREASED BY 3.7 PER CENT; FOR THE WHOLESALE/RETAIL, IMPORT/EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR BY 1.5 PER CENT; FOR THE TRANSPORT SERVICES SECTOR BY 4.5 PER CENT; FOR THE BUSINESS SERVICES RECTOR BY 3.9 PER CENT; AND FOR THE PERSONAL SERVICES SECTOR BY 3.8 PER CENT.

THE NOMINAL WAGE INDEXES FOR THE PERIOD JUNE 1988 TO JUNE 1989 FOR SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS ARE GIVEN IN TABLE 1. DETAILED BREAKDOWNS FOR THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR ARE GIVEN IN TABLE 2.

THE OVERALL REAL WAGE INDEX, AT 112.3 IN JUNE 1989, WAS 2.3 PER CENT HIGHER THAN THAT IN JUNE 1988 AND 0.2 PER CENT LOWER THAN THAT IN MARCH 1989.

/THE REAL

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

8

THE REAL WAGE INDEXES FOR THE PERIOD JUNE 1988 TO JUNE 198!) FOR SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS ARE GIVEN IN TABLE 3.

THESE NOMINAL AND REAL WAGE INDEXES ARE DERIVED FI OM THE SURVEY OF WAGES, SALARIES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS CONDUCT!.D EACH QUARTER BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

THIS COVERS BOTH MANUAL AND NON-MANUAL WORKERS (EXCLUDING WORKERS AT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROFESSIONAL LEVELS) IN SELECTED INDUSTRIES IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR, THE WHOLESALE/RETAIL, IMPORT/EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS SECTOR, THE TRANSPORT SERVICES SECTOR, THE BUSINESS SERVICES SECTOR AND THE PERSONAL SERVICES SECTOR.

SUCH INDEXES MEASURE CHANGES IN WAGE RATES BY HOLDING THE STRUCTURAL PATTERN OF THE LABOUR FORCE WITH RESPECT TO INDUSTRY, OCCUPATION, SEX AND MODE OF PAYMENT THE SAME AS THAT OF MARCH 1982, WHICH IS THE BASE PERIOD OF THE WAGE INDEXES.

WHILE THE NOMINAL WAGE INDEX MEASURES CHANGES IN WAGE RATES IN MONEY TERMS, THE REAL WAGE INDEX, WHICH IS OBTAINED BY DEFLATING THE NOMINAL WAGE INDEX BY THE CONSUMER PRICE INDEX (A), MEASURES CHANGES IN THE PURCHASING POWER OF THE WAGES RECEIVED.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT DREW ATTENTION TO THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN THE WAGE INDEXES AND THE INDEXES OF PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED WHICH ARE ALSO PUBLISHED AT QUARTERLY INTERVALS.

HE POINTED OUT THAT WHILE WAGE RATES PROVIDE A MEASURE OF THE UNIT PI'ICE OF LABOUR, PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED IS A MEASURE OF PER CAPITA EARNINGS.

WAGE RATES REPRESENT THE AMOUNT OF REMUNERATION FOR NORMAL HOURS OF WORK, AND ARE DEFINED TO INCLUDE BASIC WAGES AND SALARIES, COST-OF-LIVING ALLOWANCE, MEAL BENEFITS, COMISSION AND TIPS, GOOD ATTENDANCE BONUS AND NIGHT SHIFT ALLOWANCE.

IN ADDITION, YEAR-END BONUS AND OTHER GUARANTEED AND REGULAR BONUSES AND ALLOWANCES THAT ARE PAID LESS FREQUENTLY THAN MONTHLY, ARE CONVERTED TO AN EQUIVALENT MONTHLY RATE WHEN COMPILING THE WAGE RATE INDEXES.

TOTAL PAYROLL, ON THE OTHER HAND, IS THE AMOUNT OF DIRECT CASH PAYMENTS THAT EMPLOYEES RECEIVE FROM EMPLOYERS. APART FROM THE ABOVE MENTIONED CASH RECEIPTS, IT ALSO INCLUDES OVERTIME PAY AND OTHER NON-GUARANTEED AND IRREGULAR BONUSES AND ALLOWANCES.

HENCE, STATISTICS ON PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED TEND TO BE SENSITIVE TO CHANGES IN THE NUMBER OF HOURS ACTUALLY WORKED, THE TIMING OF THE PAYMENT OF BONUSES AND BACK-PAY, AND THE COMPOSITION OF THE LABOUR FORCE.

AS A RESULT, MOVEMENTS IN WAGE RATES DO NOT NECESSARILY CONFORM WITH THOSE IN PAYROLL PER PERSON ENGAGED.

/THE SURVEY

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

- 9 -

THE SURVEY FINDINGS ARE PUBLISHED IN A REPORT OF WAGES, SALARIES AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS STATISTICS VOL. I, JUNE 1989 WHICH WILL BE ON SALE SHORTLY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GPO BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL.

THE VOL. II ISSUE OF THE REPORT CONTAINING DETAILED OCCUPATIONAL STATISTICS, SUCH AS WAGE RATES, NUMBER 01 NORMAL HOURS OF WORK AND NUMBER OF STANDARD WORKING DAYS IS EXPECTED TO BE AVAILABLE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE EARLY NEXT MONTH.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE WAGE INDEXES MAY BE MADE TO THE WAGES AND LABOUR COSTS STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT ON 5-8234744 OR 5-8234747.

TABLE 1: NOMINAL WAGE INDEXES BY SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS

SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS INDEXES (MARCH 1982 = 100) % CHANGE - JUN. 89/ JUN.88

JUN. 1988 SEPT. 1988 DEC. 1988 MAR. 1989 JUN. 1989

MANUFACTURING 158.3 161.1 161.9 171.3 177.6 + 12.2

U’HOLESALE/RETAIL, IMPORT/EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 154.8 159.6 164.4 174.8 177.5 + 14.7

TRANSPORT SERVICES 184.6 188.2 190.4 199.9 208.9 + 13.2

BUSINESS SERVICES 178.2 182.3 185.4 201.7 209.6 + 17.6

PERSONAL SERVICES 160.5 171.3 178.7 194.8 202.2 + 26.0

ALL SECTORS ABOVE 161.0 164.7 166.6 176.7 182.7 + 13.5

TABLE 2: NOMINAL WAGE INDEXES FOR MAJOR INDUSTRIES IN THE MANUFACTURING SECTOR

SELECTED MAJOR INDUSTRIES INDEXES (MARCH 1982 = 100) % CHANGE JUN.89/ JUN. 88

JUN. 1988 SEPT. 1988 DEC. 1988 MAR. 1989 JUN. 1989

GARMENTS 138.0 139.7 140.0 144.2 149.9 + 8.6

GLOVES 164.2 169.3 170.1 189.1 192.8 + 17.4

/HANDBAGS 146.9 ..........

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

10

HANDBAGS 146.9 151.4 151 . 1 162.2 174.3 + 18.7

COTTON SPINNING /WEAVING 173.6 174.7 175.0 190.3 191.7 + 10.4

KNITTING 152.4 152.9 153.8 161.6 167.8 + 10.1

BLEACHING AND DYEING 180.1 181.9 182.4 189.6 197.1 + 9.4

PRINTING 182.5 186.7 190.9 203.5 218.0 + 19.5

PLASTIC PRODUCTS 156.5 159.9 160.4 165.2 170.4 + 8.9

METAL PRODUCTS 166.3 170.4 174.8 182.7 192.1 + 15.5

ELECTRICAL APPLIANCES 182.5 186.7 189.4 208.0 220.9 + 21.0

ELECTRONICS 180.4 183.9 183.9 202.8 205.8 + 14.1

WATCHES AND CLOCKS 187.3 191.0 190.9 215.3 219.4 + 17.1

MANUFACTURING 158.3 161.1 161.9 171.3 177.6 + 12.2

TABLE 3: REAL WAGE INDEXES BY SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS

SELECTED MAJOR ECONOMIC SECTORS INDEXES (MARCH 1982 = 100) % CHANGE

JUN. JUN. 89/ 88

JUN. 1988 SEPT. 1988 DEC. 1988 MAR. 1989 JUN. 1989

MANUFACTURING 108.0 106.8 106.2 109.1 109.2 + 1 . 1 * •

WHOLESALE/RETAIL, IMPORT/EXPORT TRADES AND RESTAURANTS AND HOTELS 105.6 105.8 107.9 111.3 109.1 • + 3 .3

TRANSPORT SERVICES 125.9 124.7 124.9 127.2 128.4 + 2 .0

BUSINESS SERVICES 121.6 120.8 121.7 128.4 128.8 + 5 .9

PERSONAL SERVICES 109.5 113.5 117.3 124.0 124.3 + 13 .5

ALL SECTORS ABOVE 109.8 109.2 109.3 112.5 112.3 + 2 .3 i

-----0-----

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1?oy

11

PLAN TO COMPENSATE WORKERS FOR HEARING LOSS

*****

THE LABOUR ADVISORY BOARD TODAY (MONDAY) AGREED TO A REVISED PROPOSAL FOR A COMPENSATION SCHEME FOR WORKERS SUFFERING FROM OCCUPATIONAL NOISE-INDUCED HEARING LOSS.

THE PROPOSED SCHEME HAD BEEN ACCEPTED IN PRINCIPLE BY THE BOARD AT ITS PREVIOUS MEETING BUT MEMBERS HELD DIFFERENT VIEWS ON CERTAIN PROVISIONS AND THE CHAIRMAN THEN UNDERTOOK TO RE-EXAMINE IT.

UNDER THE REVISED PROPOSAL, THE QUALIFYING SERVICE OF AN APPLICANT FOR COMPENSATION WOULD BE REDUCED FROM THE ORIGINAL PROPOSAL OF 20 YEARS’ TO 10 YEARS’ EMPLOYMENT IN A NOISY INDUSTRY IN HONG KONG.

HE WOULD ALSO HAVE TO HAVE A PERIOD OF CONTINUOUS EMPLOYMENT IN HONG KONG IN A NOISY OCCUPATION WITHIN THE 24 MONTHS BEFORE THE DATE OF IMPLEMENTATION OF THE SCHEME, OR WITHIN THE 12 MONTHS PRECEEDING THE CLAIM FOR COMPENSATION.

THE AGE LIMIT RELATING TO APPLICATION FOR COMPENSATION HAD BEEN REMOVED UNDER THE REVISED PROPOSAL.

THE MAXIMUM LEVEL OF COMPENSATION WILL BE NOT MORE THAN 48 MONTHS’ EARNINGS FOR TOTAL DISABILITY SUBJECT TO A MAXIMUM OF $394,000.

THE BOARD THEN CONSIDERED A PROPOSAL FOR A NEW SET OF REGULATIONS ON PROTECTION OF WORKERS’ HEARING.

THE NOISE CONTROL CONCEPTS OF THE PROPOSED REGULATIONS ARE BASED ON THREE "ACTION LEVELS", EACH REQUIRING SPECIFIED SAFETY PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN BY BOTH THE EMPLOYER AND THE EMPLOYEE.

AFTER SOME DISCUSSION, MEMBERS AGREED TO THE PROPOSED REGULATIONS.

ALSO DISCUSSED AT TODAY’S MEETING WAS A PROPOSAL TO REMOVE THE "CROSS-HARBOUR" PROVISION IN THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE RELATING TO AN EMPLOYEE'S ENTITLEMENT TO SEVERANCE PAY UPON A CHANGE IN THE PLACE OF EMPLOYMENT.

THE PROPOSAL WAS MADE BECAUSE CROSS-HARBOUR PUBLIC TRANSPORT HAD IMPROVED SIGNIFICANTLY SINCE 1974, ESPECIALLY WITH THE RECENT OPENING OF THE EASTERN CROSS-HARBOUR TUNNEL. WHETHER OR NOT THE CHANGE OF WORKPLACE INVOLVES MOVING ACROSS THE HARBOUR IS NO LONGER MEANINGFUL.

UNDER THE PROPOSAL, A CHANGE OF WORKPLACE WITHOUT DISMISSAL DOES NOT ENTITLE AN EMPLOYEE TO SEVERANCE PAYMENT UNLESS SUCH A CHANGE CAUSES UNDUE HARDSHIP TO HIM SUFFICIENTLY SEVERE TO ESTABLISH A CONSTRUCTIVE DISMISSAL REFERRED TO IN SECTION 31D(1)(C) OF THE ORDINANCE.

/SOME MEMBERS

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

12

SOME MEMBERS EXPRESSED RESERVATIONS ABOUT THE PROPOSAL, ESPECIALLY BECAUSE IT MIGHT BE DIFFICULT TO DETERMINE WHEN AN EMPLOYEE SO AFFECTED WOULD SUFFER FROM UNDUE HARDSHIP.

THE BOARD AGREED TO REFER THE PAPER, TOGETHER WITH A COUNTER PROPOSAL MADE AT THE MEETING, BACK TO THE LABOUR RELATIONS COMMITTEE FOR FURTHER DISCUSSION.

MEMBERS OF THE BOARD ALSO AGREED TO EXTEND THE CURRENT PROTECTION AGAINST VICTIMISATION CONFERRED UPON EMPLOYEES WHO GIVE INFORMATION OR EVIDENCE IN ANY PROCEEDING FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THE EMPLOYMENT ORDINANCE TO BE EXTENDED TO COVER ALL TYPES OF WORK ACCIDENTS, WHETHER INDUSTRIAL OR NON-INDUSTRIAL.

ANOTHER PROPOSAL AGREED BY THE BOARD WAS TO EXTEND THE COVERAGE OF THE CONTRACTS FOR EMPLOYMENT OUTSIDE HONG KONG ORDINANCE TO ANY NON-MANUAL EMPLOYEE WHOSE WAGES DO NOT EXCEED $15,000 PER MONTH.

THE BOARD THEN DISCUSSED SEVERAL PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS ORDINANCE AND RELATED REGULATIONS AIMED AT IMPROVING THE EFFECTIVENESS OF CONTROL OVER CONTAINER HANDLING WORK AND ENSURING WORK SAFETY.

MEMBERS GENERALLY ENDORSED THE PROPOSED AMENDMENTS, ON WHICH THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT WILL NOW SEEK THE VIEWS OF RELEVANTt ORGANISATIONS.

MEMBERS FURTHER AGREED TO SET UP A PRESSURE EQUIPMENT ADVISORY COMMITT ;E TO ADVISE THE BOILERS AND PRESSURE VESSELS AUTHORITY ON MATTERS RELATING TO THE EFFECTIVE CONTROL OF PRESSURE EQUIPMENT.

THE LAST ITEM ON THE AGENDA FOR THE MEETING WAS A PAPER INFORMING MEMBERS OF A PROPOSAL TO INCREASE THE NUMBER OF DAYS OF PAID ANNUAL LEAVE. THIS PROPOSAL TOOK INTO ACCOUNT THE VARIOUS VIEWS WHICH HAD BEEN EXPRESSED BY MEMBERS WHEN THIS SUBJECT WAS DISCUSSED AT THE PREVIOUS MEETING OF THE BOARD IN JULY.

UNDER THE REVISED PROPOSAL, THE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF DAYS OF PAID ANNUAL LEAVE WILL BE INCREASED BY ONE DAY A YEAR UNTIL THE FINAL MAXIMUM OF 14 DAYS IS REACHED IN FIVE YEARS.

HOWEVER, THE ADDITIONAL ENTITLEMENT WILL ALSO BE LINKED TO THE EMPLOYEE’S LENGTH OF SERVICE SO THAT HE WILL NOT BECOME ELIGIBLE FOR 14 DAYS’ PAID ANNUAL LEAVE UNTIL HE HAS COMPLETED NINE YEARS’ SERVICE WITH HIS EMPLOYER.

THE REVISED PROPOSAL ALSO PERMITS PAYMENT IN LIEU IN RESPECT OF ANY DAYS OF ANNUAL LEAVE IN EXCESS OF 10, SUBJECT TO THE CONSENT OF BOTH THE EMPLOYER AND THE EMPLOYEE ON EACH OCCASION.

--------0-----------

/13

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

- 13 -

OMELCO GROUP TO DEPART FOR KUALA LUMPUR » ♦ * ♦ *

A GROUP OF OMELCO MEMBERS WILL VISIT LATER THIS WEEK WHILE THE COMMONWEALTH HEADS BEING HELD THERE.

KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA

OF GOVERNMENT MEETING IS

THE GROUP, HEADED BY WORKING GROUP ON NATIONALITY, RONALD ARCULLT \ND MRS MIRIAM TOMORROW (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON.

THE CONVENER OF THE OMELCO SPECIAL MRS ROSANNA TAM, AND COMPRISING MR LAU, WILL DEPART FOR KUALA LUMPUR

AMONG MEETING OMELCO

THE OBJECTIVES OF THE GROUP ARE TO PROMOTE IN THE COMMONWEALTH HEADS OF GOVERNMENT UNDERSTANDING OF HONG KONG AND TO EXPLAIN THE

PARTICIPANTS

A GREATER

POSITION ON

NATIONALITY.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MRS ROSANNA TAM AND MRS MIRIAM LAU WILL BE DEPARTING FOR KUALA LUMPUR BY CATHAY PACIFIC AIRWAY FLIGHT NO. CX721 AT 3.45 PM TOMORROW (TUESDAY). THEY WILL BE JOINED BY MR RONALD ARCULLI, WHO IS CURRENTLY IN THE UNITED KINGDOM, ON WEDNESDAY.

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WISHING TO COVER THEIR DEPARTURE ARE REQUESTED TO ASSEMBLE AT THE GROUND FLOOR LIFT LOBBY OF THE AIRPORT VIP ROOM NO LATER THAN 3.15 PM. OFFICERS FROM THE OMELCO PRESS SECTION WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.

------0-------

SAI KUNG LEADERS INSPECT VBP CAMP FACILITIES t i ♦ ♦ ♦

MEMBERS OF THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE DETENTION CENTRES MONITORING GROUP WERE TOLD AT A MEETING TODAY (MONDAY) THAT THERE WOULD BE SUFFICIENT SECURITY OFFICERS TO POLICE THE VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE (VBP) DETENTION CENTRE NEAR THE HIGH ISLAND RESERVOIR WHEN IT TOOK IN ITS FIRST OCCUPANTS TOWARDS THE END OF THE MONTH.

THEY WERE ALSO ASSURED BY THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DEPARTMENT THAT ALL WASTE WATER WOULD BE PROPERLY TREATED, FIRST BY A SETTLEMENT TANK AND THEN BY SAND FILTERS, BEFORE IT WAS DISCHARGED INTO THE SEA.

/THE MONITORING

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

- 14 -

THE MONITORING GROUP, FORMED TO MONITOR THE MANAGEMENT OF VBP CAMPS IN SAI KUNG WITH AN AIM OF MINIMISING ANY POSSIBLE ADVERSE IMPACT ON THE LOCAL COMMUNITY AND ENVIRONMENT, HELD ITS FIRST MEETING THIS (MONDAY) MORNING. A VISIT WAS ALSO MADE TO THE HIGH ISLAND VBP DETENTION CENTRE.

MEMBERS OF THE GROUP WERE GENERALLY SATISFIED WITH THE DESIGN AND FACILITIES OF THE NEW CAMP AFTER THE VISIT. THEY WERE BRIEFED ON SITE BY OFFICERS OF THE SECURITY BRANCH, THE ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT, THE POLICE, AND THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DEPARTMENT.

ALSO PRESENT AT THE MEETING AND DURING THE SITE VISIT WERE SENIOR OFFICIALS OF THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT, THE REGIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.

THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE DETENTION CENTRES MONITORING GROUP WAS FORMED FOLLOWING A PROPOSAL MADE BY THE THEN SECRETARY FOR DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION, MR DONALD LIAO, AND THROUGH THE INITIATIVE OF THE SAI KUNG DISTRICT OFFICE.

THE GROUP WILL SERVE AS A USEFUL CHANNEL OF COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT AND THE LOCAL COMMUNITY' ON MATTERS RELATING TO VBP DETENTION CENTRES IN THE DISTRICT.

THE MEMBERSHIP OF THE GROUP IS: MR LAU WAN-HEI (CHAIRMAN), CHAIRMAN OF SAI KUNG RURAL COMMITTEE; MR SING HON-KEUNG, CHAIRMAN OF HANG HAU RURAL COMMITTEE; MR HO KOON-SHUN, ELECTED SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER; MR WAN YUET-KAU, ELECTED SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER; MR GEORGE NG, APPOINTED SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER; MR EDWARD PONG, APPOINTED SAI KUNG DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER; MR LEE YICK-MING, CHAIRMAN OF SAI KUNG KAIFONG COMMITTEE; MR CHENG MING-HOI, CHAIRMAN OF SAI KUNG FISHERMEN’S MUTUAL AID ASSOCIATION; AND MR LEE KAM-SHING, FISHERMEN'S REPRESENTATIVE.

---------------0-------- YOUTH URGED TO TAKE UP CHALLENGE ******

THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR DAVID LAN, TODAY (MONDAY) URGED YOUNG PEOPLE TO GET WELL PREPARED FOR TAKING UP THE CHALLENGE THAT LIES AHEAD.

HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE JOINT SPEECH DAY OF SCHOOLS RUN BY THE LUNG KONG WORLD FEDERATION.

MR LAN POINTED OUT THAT THE PRIME RESPONSIBILITY OF YOUNG PEOPLE ATTENDING SCHOOLS WAS TO GRASP EVERY OPPORTUNITY FOR SELF-BETTERMENT IN THE QUEST FOR KNOWLEDGE AND SKILLS, FOR THE CULTIVATION OF CHARACTER AND VIRTUES, AS WELL AS IN THE PARTICIPATION IN COMMUNITY AFFAIRS, SO AS TO MAKE. THE MAXIMUM CONTRIBUTION TO SOCIETY.

/THE GOVERNOR .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

"THE GOVERNOR POINTED OUT IN HIS RECENT POLICY SPEECH THAT IN THE NEXT FIVE YEARS LOCAL UNIVERSITY PLACES WOULD BE INCREASED BY MORE THAN DOUBLE.

"IT IS OBVIOUS PEOPLE OF SCHOOL AGE THEM TO DEVELOP THEIR TOMORROW," HE SAID.

THAT HONG KONG IS ACTIVELY PROVIDING YOUNG WITH AN UNPRECEDENTED OPPORTUNITY, ASSISTING POTENTIAL, AND PREPARE FOR THE CHALLENGE OF

"I BELIEVE LOCAL YOUNG PEOPLE WOULD SEIZE THIS OPPORTUNITY TO BUILD A BETTER FUTURE FOR HONG KONG,” HE ADDED.

FINALLY, MR LAN URGED THE GRADUATING STUDENTS TO ADHERE TO THEIR SCHOOLS’ MOTTO OF LOYALTY, FRATERNITY, KINDNESS AND BRAVERY WHILE DISCHARGING THEIR RESPONSIBILITIES TO THEIR FAMILIES AND SOCIETY.

--------0 ---------

WAN CHAI DB TO DISCUSS GOVERNOR’S POLICY ADDRESS

THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD WILL DISCUSS AT A MEETING TOMORROW (TUESDAY) THE GOVERNOR’S POLICY ADDRESS DELIVERED AT THE OPENING OF THE 1989-90 SESSION OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL.

MEMBERS WILL ALSO EXAMINE A PROPOSAL BY THE LAND DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION TO REDEVELOP LI CHIT STREET. UNDER THE PROPOSAL, THE STREET WILL BE PEDESTRIANISED AND THE NEIGHBOURING AREA USED FOR RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES.

A MEMBER WILL PRESENT WRITTEN QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE WASTAGE OF GOVERNMENT DOCTORS AND THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE LAST DISTRICT BOARD MEETING.

OTHER AGENDA ITEMS INCLUDE PROGRESS REPORTS BY THE BOARD’S COMMITTEES, THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE AND THE DISTRICT’S AREA COMMITTEES, AS WELL AS A FINANCIAL STATEMENT ON PROJECTS FUNDED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD MEETING WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM IN THE DB CONFERENCE ROOM, 21ST FLOOR, SOUTHORN CENTRE, 130 HENNESSY ROAD, WAN CHAI .

--------0----------

/16 .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

DEADLINE FOR ANTI-DRUG DRAMA COMPETITION EXTENDED

t t t t * *

THE CLOSING DATE FOR ENTERING THE ANTI-DRUG DRAMA COMPETITION HAS BEEN EXTENDED FROM OCTOBER 21 TO OCTOBER 28, A SPOKESMAN FOR THE NARCOTICS DIVISION OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT SAID TODAY (MONDAY).

"THE DECISION WAS TAKEN IN VIEW OF THE LARGE NUMBER OF ENQUIRIES ON DETAILS OF THE COMPETITION. MANY INTERESTED PARTIES HAVE ALSO ASKED FOR MORE TIME TO PREPARE THEIR PRESENTATION," THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE COMPETITION IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS AND THE ROTARY CLUB OF TOLO HARBOUR, WITH THE ASSISTANCE OF THE SEALS PLAYERS.

ENTITLED "THE PERPLEXED GROUP", THE COMPETITION AIMS AT AROUSING RESIDENTS’ CONCERN ABOUT THE DRUG ABUSE PROBLEM AMONG YOUNGSTERS AND ENLISTING THEIR SUPPORT IN THE FIGHT AGAINST NARCOTICS.

IT IS DIVIDED INTO TWO DIVISIONS: STUDENTS (SECONDARY AND TERTIARY SCHOOL STUDENTS) AND OPEN (GROUPS OTHER THAN PROFESSIONAL THEATRICAL COMPANIES).

ENTRIES TO THE CONTEST MUST HAVE NEVER BEEN PUBLISHED OR STAGED. THE DRAMA, TO BE STAGED IN CANTONESE BY A CAST OF AT MOST 10 PEOPLE, SHOULD NOT LAST MORE THAN 15 MINUTES.

ALL ENTRIES SHOULD BE SENT TO THE ROTARY CLUB OF TOLO HARBOUR * AT ROOM 304, DOMINION CENTRE, 43 QUEEN'S ROAD EAST, WAN CHAI.

THERE WILL BE TWO PRIZES FOR EACH DIVISION. WINNERS OF THE GRAND PRIZE AND OF THE OUTSTANDING PRIZE WILL EACH BE AWARDED A TROPHY AND A CASH CHEQUE OF $2,500 AND $1,000 RESPECTIVELY.

THE FINALS OF THE COMPETITION WILL BE HELD ON NOVEMBER 26 AT THE SHOUSON THEATRE OF HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE IN WAN CHAI.

ENTRY FORMS ARE STILL AVAILABLE AT THE ROTARY. CLUB OF TOLO HARBOUR AND AT THE NARCOTICS DIVISION AT 23RD FLOOR, QUEENSWAY GOVERNMENT OFFICES, CENTRAL.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 5-8672765.

- O - -

/17

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

- 17 -

TWO ROADS IN KWAI CHUNG TO BE IMPROVED

*****

THE HIGHWAYS DEPARTMENT PROPOSES TO IMPROVE AND WIDEN WING SHUN STREET AND KWAI YUE STREET IN KWAI CHUNG.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HIGHWAYS DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY "THE CARRIAGEWAYS OF WING SHUN STREET AND KWAI YUE STREET 7.3 METRES WIDE AND ARE FREQUENTLY USED BY HEAVY GOODS AND

(MONDAY): ARE BOTH CONTAINER

VEHICLES SERVING THE GODOWNS, THE RAMBLER CARGO HANDLING AREAS, THE

KWAI CHUNG INCINERATOR AND THE TSUEN WAN ABATTOIR.

"THE TSUEN WAN TRANSPORT STUDY PHASE 3 RECOMMENDED WIDENING BOTH WING SHUN STREET AND KWAI YUE STREET TO 10.3 METRES, DISTRICT DISTRIBUTOR STANDARD.

"LINKING MA TAL' PA ROAD IN THE NORTH, AND KWAI TAI ROAD AND KWAI TSING ROAD IN THE SOUTH, THE PROJECT WILL CONTRIBUTE TO CREATING A DISTRICT DISTRIBUTOR ROAD OF CONSISTENT STANDARD BETWEEN TSUEN WAN DISTRICT AND PILLAR ISLAND.

"ON COMPLETION, THE PROJECT WILL ALSO PROVIDE A MAJOR VEHICULAR ROUTE BETWEEN TSUEN WAN DISTRICT AND KWAI CHUNG PARK AND CATER FOR THE RIVIERA GARDEN DEVELOPMENT EXPECTED TO HOUSE AROUND 25,000 RESIDENTS," HE SAID.

THE PROPOSED PROJECT INCLUDES:

* WIDENING AND RECONSTRUCTING WING SHUN STREET AND KWAI YUE STREET;

* WIDENING THE FOOTPATH IN WING SHUN STREET ADJACENT TO THE CEMETERY AND THAT IN KWAI YUE STREET ADJACENT TO THE FUTURE KWAI CHUNG PARK TO 2.75 METRES AND RECONSTRUCTING THE FOOTPATH ON THE OTHER SIDE OF BOTH STREETS;

* RECONSTRUCTING THE CARRIAGEWAY AND FOOTPATHS OF A SECTION OF KWAI TAI ROAD ABOUT 300 METRES LONG ADJACENT TO THE KWAI CHUNG INCINERATOR PLANT AND THE FUTURE KWAI CHUNG PARK; AND

* BUILDING A 80-METRE LONG NEW ROAD WITH A 7 .’3 METRES WIDE CARRIAGEWAY AND FOOTPATHS ON BOTH SIDES OF WING SHUN STREET NEAR THE TSUEN WAN ABATTOIR.

THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT THE ROAD WIDENING WORK IN WING SHUN STREET AND KWAI YUE STREET WOULD REQUIRE CUTTING INTO THE HILLSIDE ADJACENT TO TSUEN WAN CEMETERY AND THE EMBANKMENT OF THE FUTURE KWAI CHUNG PARK.

THE DEPARTMENT WOULD ALSO TAKE THE OPPORTUNITY TO BRING THE EXISTING DRAINAGE SYSTEM UP TO CURRENT STANDARD AND INCREASE THE DURABILITY OF THE CARRIAGEWAYS BY EMPLOYING CONCRETE SLAB CONSTRUCTION.

/THE PROJECT

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

- 18 -

THE PROJECT WAS ALSO AIMED AT IMPROVING THE EXISTING ENVIRONMENT BY GRASSING THE SLOPES AND PLANTING ROADSIDE TREES.

A NOTICE ON THE PROPOSED PROJECT WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE ON FRIDAY..

THE PLANS AND SCHEME OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT MAY BE SEEN AT THE FOLLOWING GOVERNMENT OFFICES:

* CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, CENTRAL ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING, MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY, HONG KONG;

KWAI TSING DISTRICT OFFICE, 10TH FLOOR, KWAI HING

GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, 166-174 HING FONG ROAD, KWAI CHUNG;

KWAI TSING DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE, 10TH FLOOR, TSUEN WAN STATION MULTI-STOREY CARPARK BUILDING, 174-208 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, TSUEN WAN.

ANY PERSON WHO WISHES TO OBJECT TO THE PROPOSED WORKS SHOULD WRITE TO THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, EAST WING, SECOND FLOOR, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG, BY DECEMBER 12 THIS YEAR.

---------0------------

IMPROVEMENTS TO TSUEN WAN VILLAGE ACCESS ROAD PROPOSED ♦ ♦ * * ♦

THE TERRITORY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT PROPOSES TO CARRY OUT IMPROVEMENT WORKS TO THE VILLAGE ACCESS ROAD AT SHAM TSENG SAN TSUEN, TSUEN WAN.

THE WORKS COMPRISE RECONSTRUCTION AND WIDENING TO 3.5 METRES OF A SECTION OF THE ROAD AND PROVISION OF A FOOTPATH AND LAY-BYS.

ABOUT 112 SQUARE METRES OF AGRICULTURAL LAND WILL HAVE TO BE RESUMED.

A SECTION OF THE VILLAGE ACCESS ROAD WILL BE TEMPORARILY CLOSED.

THE WORKS ARE PROGRAMMED TO START LATER THIS YEAR FOR COMPLETION IN MID 1990.

A NOTICE ON THE PROPOSED WORKS WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE ON FRIDAY. A NOTICE WAS ALSO POSTED ON THE SITE.

THE PLAN AND SCHEME OF THE PROPOSED WORKS MAY BE INSPECTED AT THE FOLLOWING GOVERNMENT OFFICES:

/♦ CENTRAL AND

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

- 19 -

* CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICE, CENTRAL ENQUIRY SUB-OFFICE, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, WEST WING, MAIN ENTRANCE LOBBY, HONG KONG;

1 TSUEN WAN DISTRICT LANDS OFFICE AND TSUEN WAN DISTRICT OFFICE, TSUEN WAN STATION MULTI-STOREY CARPARK BUILDING, 174-208 CASTLE PEAK ROAD, TSUEN WAN.

ANY PERSON WHO WISHES TO OBJECT TO THE PROPOSED WORKS SHOULD WRITE TO THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT, CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, EAST WING, SECOND FLOOR, LOWER ALBERT ROAD, HONG KONG NOT LATER THAN DECEMBER 12 THIS YEAR.

------0--------

ROAD LINKS BETWEEN TIN SHUI WAI AND YUEN LONG

» » » * »

WORK WILL START LATER THIS MONTH TO CONSTRUCT ROADS LINKING TIN SHUI WAI AND YUEN LONG TOWN.

THE TIN SHUI WAI EAST ACCESS AND LONG PING ESTATE LINK WILL BE BUILT AS PART OF THE CONTINUING PROGRAMME FOR THE DEVELOPMENT OF TIN SHUI WAI.

THE TERRITORY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT TODAY (MONDAY) AWARDED A $92.8 MILLION CONTRACT TO THE CHINA STATE CONSTRUCTION ENGINEERING CORPORATION FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE ROAD CONNECTIONS.

THE CONTRACT ALSO INCLUDES THE CONSTRUCTION OF ASSOCIATED DRAINAGE WORKS, FOOTPATHS, A CYCLE TRACK, A BRIDGE, A PEDESTRIAN SUBWAY AND LANDSCAPING WORKS BETWEEN TIN SHUI WAI AND YUEN LONG TOWN.

WORKS ARE EXPECTED TO TAKE ABOUT 25 MONTHS TO COMPLETE.

-------0---------

METRICATION COMMITTEE’S SECRETARIAT OFFICE ON MOVE t * » t *

THE SECRETARIAT OFFICE OF THE METRICATION COMMITTEE HAS BEEN MOVED TO THE SECOND FLOOR OF THE EAST WING OF THE CENTRAL GOVERNMENT OFFICES, A TRADE AND INDUSTRY BRANCH SPOKESMAN ANNOUNCED TODAY (MONDAY).

PUBLIC ENQUIRIES IN RELATION TO THE GOVERNMENT’S METRICATION POLICY CAN BE MADE ON TEL. 5-8102869 OR 5-8102998.

/THE METRICATION .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

THE METRICATION COMMITTEE, CONSISTING OF REPRESENTATIVES OF

INDUSTRY, COMMERCE, MANAGEMENT AND CONSUMER AFFAIRS, AND GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR, IS THE FOCAL POINT OF LIAISON ON ALL MATTERS CONCERNING METRICATION.

THE COMMITTEE ADVISES AND ENCOURAGES THE COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL SECTORS TN THE FRAMING OF METRICATION PROGRAMMES. MOST GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS ARE NOW USING METRIC UNITS EXCLUSIVELY.

- 0 - -

WATER STORAGE FIGURE * * * *

STORAGE IN HONG KONG'S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (MONDAY) STOOD AT 66.9 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 391.929 MILLION CUBIC METRES.

THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 256.675 MILLION CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 43.8 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.

- - 0

WATER CUTS IN FOUR DISTRICTS ♦ ♦ * * *

SALT WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN KWAI CHUNG AND KWUN TONG WILL BE SUSPENDED ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 18) TO FACILITATE WATER WORKS.

IN KWAI CHUNG, SUPPLY WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 10 AM TO 8 PM.

THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY WING FONG ROAD, SHING FONG STREET, KO FONG STREET, SHUN FONG STREET, YAN FONG STREET, MEI FONG STREET, CHE FONG STREET, LAI FONG STREET, HING FONG ROAD AND KWAI CHUNG SPORTS GROUND.

IN KWUN TONG, SUPPLY WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 9 AM TO 10 PM.

THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY LAM TIN, SAU MAU PING, HIU KWONG STREET, SHUN LEE, SHUN ON, SHUN TIN AND SHUN CHI COURTS, CHOI WAN, KUNG LOK ROAD, HONG LEE ROAD, HONG NING ROAD, JUNK BAY ROAD, SAU NGA ROAD, INCLUDING UNITED CHRISTIAN HOSPITAL, CHUN WAH ROAD, KOK WAH ESTATE AND KAI TIN ROAD.

ALSO ON WEDNESDAY, FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN SHAM SHUI PO WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM TO 6 AM THE NEXT DAY TO FACILITATE NIGHT LEAKAGE TESTS.

/THE AREA

MONDAY, OCTOBER 16, 1989

- 21

THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY LAI CHI KOK ROAD, KWEILIN STREET, TUNG CHAU STREET AND PEI HO STREET.

ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 19), FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN SAN PO KONG WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM TO 6 AM THE NEXT DAY TO FACILITATE NIGHT LEAKAGE TESTS.

THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY PRINCE EDWARD ROAD, SZE MEI STREET, CHOI HUNG ROAD, TAI YAU STREET, TSEUK LUK STREET, KING FUK STREET AND KING HONG STREET.

---------0------------

PRAF’^C ARRANGEMENT IN SHEUNG SHU I

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT THE OUTERMOST LANES OF A SECTION OF ABOUT 400 METRES OF FANLING SOUTHBOUND NEAR SHEUNG SHUT ROUNDABOUT WILL BE WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 18) TO DECEMBER 6.

MIDDLE

TAI PO

CLOSED

AND ROAD FROM

THE ARRANGEMENT IS NECESSARY TO FACILITATE ROAD MAINTENANCE' WORKS.

----0------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

INTERFERENCE TESTING OF NEW RTHK FREQUENCIES ................ 1

CHOLERA CASE CONFIRMED ...................................... 1

11 QUESTIONS, SIX BILLS ON LEGCO AGENDA ..................... 2

VIDEO TAPES ON FARM WASTE TREATMENT METHODS ................. 3

HILLSIDE ESCALATOR LINK ON DB COMMITTEE AGENDA .............. 3

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS SQUATTER VILLAGE CLEARANCES ......... **

TENDERS INVITED FOR SEWER WORK .............................. 5

ILLEGAL STRUCTURES IN WESTERN TO BE CLOSED .................. 5

AUCTION OF SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS .............................. 8

TUESDAY. OCTOBER 17. 1989

1

INTERFERENCE TESTING OF NEW RTHK FREQUENCIES t t t t ♦

FOUR SPECIAL TEST FLIGHTS WILL TAKE PLACE IN THE EARLY HOURS OF OCTOBER 20, 23, 27 AND 30 TO ENABLE RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AND THE CIVIL AVIATION DEPARTMENT TO ENSURE THAT RTHK’S NEW VHF/FM BROADCAST TRANSMISSIONS TO BE INTRODUCED BY THE END OF THIS YEAR WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH EXISTING RADIO NAVIGATIONAL FACILITIES.

THE NAVIGATIONAL TRANSMISSIONS ARE MADE IN ADJACENT FREQUENCIES FOR THE GUIDANCE OF AIRCRAFT LEAVING OR APPROACHING HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE CIVIL AVIATION DEPARTMENT EXPLAINED TODAY (TUESDAY) THAT THE FLIGHTS WOULD BE CARRIED OUT BETWEEN 2 AM AND 5.30 AM ON OCTOBER 20, 23, 27 AND 30 WHEN THERE WERE NO BROADCASTS ON THE EXISTING FREQUENCIES AND NO PUBLIC TRANSPORT FLIGHTS WERE SCHEDULED AT KAI TAK.

"THE FOUR TEST FLIGHTS WILL EACH INVOLVE SEVERAL FLY-PASTS OF LESS THAN TWO MINUTES EACH, DURING WHICH RESIDENTS IN CERTAIN AREAS IN THE TERRITORY WILL EXPERIENCE VARYING DEGREES OF AIRCRAFT NOISE," THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

"THE AREAS AFFECTED WILL INCLUDE THE SOUTHERN TIP OF TSING YI, MEI FOO SUN CHUEN, SHAM SHUI PO, KOWLOON TONG, KOWLOON CITY. KWUN TONG, HENG FA CHUEN, LEI KING WAN, TAIKOO SHING, CHAI WAN, SHEK O, STANLEY AND LAMMA ISLAND," HE SAID.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID THESE INITIAL FLIGHT TESTS, USING ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR FORCE TURBINE PROPELLER AIRCRAFT, FORMED PART OF THE FULL ASSESSMENT WHICH LATER ON WOULD ALSO INVOLVE CALIBRATION FLIGHTS BY SPECIALLY INSTRUMENTED JET AIRCRAFT OF THE FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION OF THE UNITED STATES.

"THE LATTER ARE SCHEDULED TO BE CARRIED OUT ONE NIGHT IN MID-NOVEMBER THIS YEAR, AND THE PUBLIC WILL BE DULY INFORMED OF THE EXACT DATE," THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE USE OF PROPELLER AIRCRAFT AVOIDS JET NOISE OCCURRING ON ALL FLIGHTS.

- - O - -

CHOLERA CASE CONFIRMED » « * *

A 53-YEAR-OLD MAN WAS CONFIRMED TO BE SUFFERING FROM CHOLERA, THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH ANNOUNCED TODAY (TUESDAY).

THIS IS THE FIFTH CASE INVOLVING LOCAL RESIDENTS SO FAR THIS YEAR. OF THE FIVE CASES, THREE WERE CLASSIFIED AS LOCAL CASES WHILE THE OTHER TWO IMPORTED CASES.

/A SPOKESMAN

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1989

2

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID THE PATIENT IN THE LATEST CASE HAD DIARRHOEA LAST WEDNESDAY, AND ATTENDED THE ACCIDENT AND EMERGENCY DEPARTMENT OF THE PRINCESS MARGARET HOSPITAL THE NEXT DAY.

HE WAS ADMITTED TO THE INFECTIOUS DISEASE UNIT OF THE HOSPITAL AFTER EXAMINATION.

LABORATORY TESTS CONFIRMED TODAY THAT THE PATIENT WAS SUFFERING FROM CHOLERA EL TOR. AS THE MAN HAD NO HISTORY OF TRAVELLING OUTSIDE HONG KONG IN THE PAST FEW WEEKS, THE CASE WAS CLASSIFIED AS A LOCAL ONE.

THE ATTENDING DOCTOR TODAY DESCRIBED THE PATIENT’S CONDITION AS "SATISFACTORY".

MEANWHILE, OFFICERS FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND REGIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT HAD VISITED THE PATIENT’S HOME IN KWAI CHUNG. THE FAMILY AND CONTACTS OF THE PATIENT HAD BEEN EXAMINED, AND PREVENTIVE DRUGS GIVEN. THE PREMISES WAS ALSO DISINFECTED.

THE SPOKESMAN WARNED THAT DESPITE THE APPROACH OF COOLER SEASON, MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC SHOULD CONTINUE TO OBSERVE PERSONAL, FOOD AND ENVIRONMENTAL HYGIENE TO AVOID CONTRACTING CHOLERA.

-----0-------- 4

11 QUESTIONS, SIX BILLS ON LEGCO AGENDA »»«»»»

MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WILL ASK A TOTAL OF 11 QUESTIONS AND CONSIDER SIX BILLS AT THE COUNCIL'S MEETING TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).

FOUR BILLS WILL BE INTRODUCED FOR FIRST AND SECOND READINGS.

THE BILLS ARE THE IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1989, THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989, THE MEDICAL REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BID, 1989, AND THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989.

THE SECOND READING DEBATES ON THE ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1989 AND THE SUMMARY OFFENCES (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1989 WILL BE RESUMED, AFTER WHICH THEY ARE DUE TO GO THROUGH THE COMMITTEE STAGE AND BE GIVEN A THIRD READING.

THE IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1989 WILL ALSO GO THROUGH THE COMMITTEE STAGE AND BE GIVEN A THIRD READING SUBJECT TO THE BILL HAVING BEEN READ THE SECOND TIME.

-----o------

/3........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1989

3

VIDEO TAPES ON FARM WASTE TREATMENT METHODS t * * * »

LIVESTOCK FARMERS WILL BE ABLE TO OBSERVE THE OPERATION OF VARIOUS WASTE TREATMENT METHODS UNDER PRIVATE FARM CONDITIONS WITHOUT HAVING TO GO TO THE FARMS THEMSELVES.

AT A MEETING OF THE STEERING GROUP ON DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS ON PRIVATE FARMS THIS (TUESDAY) AFTERNOON, GROUP MEMBERS WERE TOLD THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DEPARTMENT IS PRODUCING A VIDEO TAPE ON THE OPERATION OF THE DRY MUCK-OUT METHOD AT THE DEMONSTRATION FARMS.

THE OPERATION OF WET MUCK-OUT, HYBRID AND PIG-ON-LITTER METHODS WILL ALSO BE RECORDED FOR FUTURE SCREENING TO LIVESTOCK FARMERS WHO WISH TO CONTINUE BUSINESS IN CONTROL AREAS.

THE MOVE WAS IN RESPONSE TO A REQUEST BY A STEERING GROUP MEMBER. HE SUGGESTED THAT VIDEO TAPES ON LIVESTOCK WASTE TREATMENT METHODS IN THE PRIVATE DEMONSTRATION FARMS SHOULD BE PRODUCED SO THAT FARMERS COULD STILL HAVE THE CHANCE TO VIEW THE OPERATION OF THE SYSTEMS EVEN WHEN THE DEMONSTRATION PERIOD WAS OVER.

REPRESENTATIVES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DEPARTMENT TODAY ALSO BRIEFED THE GROUP MEMBERS ON THE PROGRESS OF THE DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS.

THE TREATMENT SYSTEMS IN ALL THE NINE FARMS PARTICIPATING IN THE DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS ARE EXPECTED TO BE HANDED OVER TO THE FARM OPERATORS IN ABOUT FOUR MONTHS.

AFTER THE MEETING, THE STEERING GROUP MEMBERS WENT TO A PIG FARM IN SHEUNG SHU1 TO INSPECT THE PROGRESS OF THE WET MUCK-OUT SYSTEM THERE.

- 0 -

HILLSIDE ESCALATOR LINK ON DB COMMITTEE AGENDA * t » » *

THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE WILL DISCUSS THE HILLSIDE ESCALATOR LINK BETWEEN ROBINSON ROAD AND CONDUIT ROAD AT ITS MEETING ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 19).

A DOCUMENT OUTLINING THE DRAFT 1990-91 PUBLIC TRANSPORT ROUTE DEVELOPMENT FOR THE DISTRICT WILL BE TABLED.

/TWO MEMBERS

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 1?, '’989

4

TWO MEMBERS WILL ASK WHAT ARRANGEMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE TO REDUCE THE INCONVENIENCE CAUSED BY ROAD WORKS INITIATED BY PUBLIC UTILITY COMPANIES.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 19) IN ROOM 1416, HARBOUR BUILDING, 38 PIER ROAD, CENTRAL.

- - 0 ----------

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS SQUATTER VILLAGE * * * t *

THE CLEARANCE OF LION ROCK VILLAGE AND VAN

- --- MEETING OF THE

CLEARANCES

01

TAI SIN WILL BE DISCUSSED AT THE SQUATTER AREAS COMMITTEE ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 19).

THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT IS PLANNING TO CLEAR MARCH NEXT YEAR AND PROVIDE TH!' ACCOMMODATION TO IMPROVE THEIR LIVING CONDI 1 IONS.

VILLAGE IN WONG DISTRICT BOARD'S

THE VILLAGES IN

WITH ALTERNATIVE

THE COMMITTEE WILL CONSIDER THE ALLOCATION OF ABOUT $74,000 TO carry OUT IMPROVEMENTS IN THE DISTRICT’S SQUATTER AREAS. IMPROVEMENTS RANGE FROM REPAIRING FOOTPATHS IN DIAMOND HILL TO DRaSgE SoRKS AT A SQUATTER VILLAGE IN NGAU CHI WAN.

MRMRFRS WILL ALSO CONSIDER THE ALLOCATION OF $40,000

STS*^ -xu.

SQUATTER AREAS.

A LIST OF IMPROVEMENT WORKS BEING CARRIED OUT BY DEPARTMENT AT DIAMOND NEW VILLAGE WILL HE IABLED.

THE HOUSING

DEPARTMENT

REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE TERRITORY DEVELOPMENT WILL PROVIDE MEMBERS WITH MORE INFORMATION ON THE DIAMOND HILL

LAYOUT

PLAN .

/OTHER AGENDA .......


TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1989

- 5 -

OTHER AGENDA ITEMS INCLUDE PROGRESS REPORTS ON THE SQUATTER AREAS CLEANLINESS CAMPAIGN AND MINOR WORKS PROJECTS UNDERTAKEN BY THE COMMITTEE, AS WELL AS A REPORT ON MISCELLANEOUS CASES OF LANDSLIP/MUDSLIP, STRUCTURAL FAILURE, AND FIRE IN THE DISTRICT’S SQUATTER AREAS.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT BOARD'S SQUATTER AREAS COMMITTEE, TO BE HELD ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 19) LN THE DISTRICT OFFICE CONFERENCE ROOM, FOURTH FLOOR, SAN PO KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING, KING FUK STREET.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM.

-----0------

TENDERS INVITED FOR SEWER WORK


THE DRAINAGE SERVICES DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A SEWER NETWORK IN KOWLOON CITY.

THE PROJECT COMPRISES THE CONSTRUCTION OF SEWERS RANGING FROM 600 TO 1,650 MILLIMETRES IN DIAMETER WITH A TOTAL LENGTH OF ABOUT 2,100 METRES ALONG TUNG FAT ROAD, TUNG KWONG ROAD, LOK SIN ROAD, KAI TAK ROAD, NGA TSIN WAI ROAD AND SUNG WONG TOI ROAD.

WHEN COMPLETED, THE PROJECT WILL ALLEVIATE THE CAPACITY SHORTFALL OF THE SEWER NETWORK IN KOWLOON CITY.

WORK IS EXPECTED TO COMMENCE EARLY NEXT YEAR AND BE COMPLETED BY MID-1992.

-----0------

ILLEGAL STRUCTURES »

IN WESTERN TO BE CLOSED ♦ * » *

THE BUILDING AUTHORITY IS TO SEEK THE CLOSURE OF CERTAIN UNAUTHORISED BUILDING WORKS TN WESTERN, SO THAT THEY CAN BE DEMOLISHED WITHOUT DANGER TO THE OCCUPIERS OR TO THE PUBLIC.

THE ILLEGAL STRUCTURES ARE LOCATED AT THE ROOFS OVER FLATS A AND C, FIFTH FLOOR, 248-254 QUEEN’S ROAD WEST.

THE CLOSURE IS PART OF AN EXERCISE TO ENFORCE AN ORDER ISSUED UNDER THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE ON APRIL 7, 1987 REQUIRING THE DEMOLITION OF THESE UNAUTHORISED BUILDING WORKS.

/NOTICE OF .......

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 17, 1989

6

NOTICE OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR CLOSURE ORDERS FROM THE HONG KONG DISTRICT COURT ON NOVEMBER 14 THIS YEAR WAS POSTED ON A CONSPICUOUS PART OF THE STRUCTURES TODAY (TUESDAY).

IT IS INTENDED THAT DEMOLITION WORK WILL BE CARRIED OUT ONCE THE CLOSURE ORDERS ARE OBTAINED.

-----0-----

AUCTION OF SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD ANOTHER AUCTION OF SPECIAL VEHICLE REGISTRATION NUMBERS ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 21) AT THE CITY

HALL RECITAL HALL . THE AUCTION WILL BEGIN AT 10 AM.

A TOTAL OF 40 SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS WILL BE AVAILABLE FOR

BIDDING. THEY ARE EC8388 EC331 EC911 CK555 EC8988 AA625 EC919 EC877 EB8628 AX190 SUCCESSFUL EC280 ED889 AN1313 EC229 EC7 EC325 CN2288 EC369 HK1930 EC118 BIDDERS MUST EBI ED120 ED2688 EC982 366 ED6686 EC1323 HK596 EB2628 HK63 PAY BY CHEQUE HK167 CD537 EA323 ED2238 ED8878 EA8181 EC718 EB9328 ED3378 EC9388 IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE

BIDDING.

A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN REMINDED BIDDERS THAT THE VEHICLE REGISTRATION NUMBER WOULD BE ASSIGNED ONLY TO A VEHICLE REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER WITHIN 12 MONTHS OF THE AUCTION.

THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION MUST BE PRODUCED IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE AUCTION IF THE VEHICLE REGISTRATION MARK IS TO BE REGISTERED UNDER THE NAME OF A BODY CORPORATE.

PROCEEDS OF THE AUCTION WILL AS USUAL GO TO THE GOVERNMENT LOTTERIES FUND.

THE COMING AUCTION WILL BE THE 143RD ORGANISED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SINCE MAY 1973.

- 0 -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

...... WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

............'CONTENTS PAGE NO.

LEGISLATIVE COONGID MEETING :

BILL ON. ROLES FOR VBP DETENTION CENTRES PASSED............ 1

BILD ON DETENTION- CENTRES 'MATTER OF URGENCY' ............ 2

BILL INTENDED TO DETER MISUSE OF ID CARDS ................. 3

PROVISION. FOR LEGCO TO VOTE FUNDS FOR HKTA SUBVENTION... k

BILL TO EXTEND LICENTIATE COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP ............ 6

EX-GRATIA ALLOWANCES FOR DISPLACED TENANTS ................ 6

BONE MARROW TRANSPLANT SERVICE PLANNED .................... 7

GOVT REVIEWING ENERGY POLICY, ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS ....... 8

ASSURANCE ON IMMIGRATION OF SKILLED PERSONNEL ............. 8

DECISION TO PROSECUTE FORMER CROWN COUNSEL ................ 9

NINE-YEAR REQUIREMENT FOR UNCONDITIONAL STAY BEING REVIEWED 12

FIGURES GIVEN ON TEACHER VACANCIES ....................... 1?

LAW AND ORDER BEING MAINTAINED............................ 15

HK COMPLIES WITH COCOM EXPORT RESTRICTIONS ............... 16

LAW PROVIDES FOR QUICK ACTION ON DANGEROUS SIGNS ......... 16

DEVELOPMENT BOARD WILL ENHANCE PORT PLANNING .......... 17

HOUSING AUTHORITY SETS OUT PLANS FOR MILLION FLATS ....... 18

FUND PAYS OUT $8.4 MILLION IN EX-GRATIA PAYMENTS.......... 19

THREE BILLS PISSED ....................................... 20

IDEA ON PASSPORTS WORTH PURSUING: GOVERNOR ................. 21

FC APPROVES $16.26 M FOR CREATION OF 25 CONSULTANT POSTS .... 22

DSW GIVES ASSURANCE CONCERNING OIL. APPLICATIONS ........... 22

SEMINAR ON HK'S FUTURE DEVELOPMENT

23

MORE DEVELOPMENTS IN WAN CHAI NORTH PLANNED

24

GOVT. LAND TO LET BY TINDER ................................... 25

4 .

DISTRICT BOARD BY-ELECTION AT TSING YI ........................ 25

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS DRAFT TRANSPORT PROGRAMME ............. 26

OMELCO’S POLITICAL MODEL ON NORTH DB AGENDA.................... 26

POSTER COMPETITION FOR COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB MEMBERS.......... 27

ILLEGAL STRUCTURE IN NORTH POINT TO BE CLOSED.................. 28

AIR MAIL SERVICES BETWEEN HK AND LEBANON RESUMED............... 28

TEMPORARY URBAN CLEARWAYS IN KENNEDY TOWN  ...................  28

URBAN CLEARWAYS IN WESTERN, TIN WAN..........................   29

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS FOR KING’S ROAD . I

RECONSTRUCTION............................................... 29

PLB BAN ZONE IN SHAM SHUT PO .................................. 50

URBAN CLEARWAY IN SHAM SHUI PO ................................ 50

NT TAXI URBAN CLEARWAYS IN TSUEN WAN......................... 51

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

1

BILL ON RULES FOR VHP DETENTION CENTRES PASSED

* r ♦ ♦ ♦

THE IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1989. WHICH PROVIDES FOR OPERATION OF A SET OF RULES SPECIFICALLY DESIGNED TO COVER THE TREATMENT OF VIETNAMESE IN DETENTION CENTRES, WAS PASSED BY THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

THE BILL COMPLETED ITS PASSAGE THROUGH THE COUNCIL IN ONE SITTING.

MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON GEOFFREY BARNES, SAID THE PROPOSED DETENTION CENTRE RULES WERE BASED ON THE EXISTING CLOSED CENTRE RULES WHICH HAD BEEN EFFECTIVE FOR THE CONTROL OF CONDUCT AND MAINTENANCE OF ORDER AND DISCIPLINE AMONGST VIETNAMESE REFUGEES IN CLOSED CENTRES.

MR BARNES EXPLAINED THAT PRIOR TO JUNE 16 LAST YEAR, VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE ARRIVING IN HONG KONG WERE AUTOMATICALLY GRANTED REFUGEE STATUS.

"UNDER SECTION 1 3C OF THE IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE, PROVISION EXISTED FOR THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY TO MAKE RULES FOR SUCH REFUGEES," HE SAID.

"SINCE JUNE 16, 1988, HOWEVER, ALL VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE ARRIVING IN HONG KONG HAVE BEEN, AND ARE, TREATED AS ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS UNLESS, AFTER SCREENING, THEY ARE ACCORDED REFUGEE STATUS.

"NO PROVISION CURRENTLY EXISTS FOR THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY TO MAKE RULES SPEC I FI CALIO FOR THESE VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE.’

MR BARNES POINTED OUT OVER 1Z,OOU VIETNAMESE HAD ARRIVED IN HONG KONG SINCE JUNE 16 LAST YEAR AND A LARGE NUMBER OF DETENTION CENTRES HAD HAD TO BE ESTABLISHED TO COPI WITH THE INFLUX.

THESE CENTRES WERE GAZETTED UNDER THE FIRST SCHEDULE OF THE IMMIGRATION (PLACES 01 DETENTION) ORDER WHICH ALLOWED SECTIONS OF THE PRISON RULES TO APPLY TO Till TREATMENT OF THE DETAINEES.

HOWEVER, THESE RULES DID NOT PROVIDE ADEQUATELY FOR THE CONTROL OF CONDUCT \ND THE MAINTENANCE Ob’ ORDER AND DISCIPLINE IN THE DETENTION CENTRES.

BEFORE THE SET OF RULES COVERING THE TREATMENT OF VIETNAMESE IN DETENTION CENTRES COULD COME INTO EXISTENCE, MR BARNES SAID THE NECESSARY’ PROVISION TO ALLOW THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY' TO MAKE THE RULES HAD TO BE INCLUDED IN THE IMMIGRATION ORDINANCE.

"THE BILL ACHIEVES THIS BY ADDING \ NEW SECTION, 13H, TO THE ORDINANCE EMPOWERING Till. SECRETARY FOR SECURITY TO DESIGNATE PLACES AS DETENTION CENTRES FOR VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE, AND TO MAKE RULES FOR THE TREATMENT AND CONTROL OF DETAINEES ANI FOR THE MANAGEMENT OF SUCH CENTRES," HE SAID.

/MR BARNES........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

2 -

MR BARNES ALSO SAID MINOR MODIFICATIONS CLARIFIED

TAKEN FROM THE CLOSED CENTRE RELFS AND REFLECTED THAT THE

PROVISIONS

MANAGEMENT

OF THE DETENTION CENTRES WAS UNDERTAKEN BY THE POLICE AND CIVIL AID

SERVICES IN ADDITION TO THE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

"THE OPPORTUNITY HAS ALSO BEEN TAKEN TODAY TO RATIONALISE THE DESIGNATION OF DETENTION CENTRES BY CONSOLIDATING THEM IN A SINGLE ORDER SPECIFICALLY FOR DETENTION CENTRES," HE ADDED.

SPEAKING ON A COMMITTEE STAGE AMENDMENT TO CLAUSE 3 OF THE BILL, MR BARNES SAID THE PURPOSE OF THE AMENDMENT WAS TO ENSURE THAT THE RULES GOVERNING SEPARATE CONFINEMENT SPECIFIED THE CIRCUMSTANCES IN WHICH SEPARATE CONFINEMENT MIGHT TAKE PLACE.

"SEPARATE CONFINEMENT MAY BE PROVIDED FOR AS A PUNISHMENT UNDER THE NEW SECTION 13H(6)(A), BUT SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS SUCH AS I HI PROTECTION OF A DETAINEE, MAY MEAN THAT SEPARATE CONFINEMENT IS REQUIRED IN OTHER CIRCUMSTANCES. THOSE CIRCUMSTANCES WILL BE PROVIDED FOR UNDER THE NEW SECTION 13H(6)(B).

WHILST SEPARATE CONFINEMENT FOR THE PURPOSE OF PUNISHMENT WOULD GENERALLY REFER TO INDIVIDUAL CONFINEMENT, SEPARATE CONFINEMENT FOR OTHER REASONS MAY ALSO INVOLVE A FAMILY’ OR A LARGER GROUP," HE

-----0------

BILL ON DETENTION CENTRES ’MATTER OF URGENCY’

♦i t I *

A BILL SEEKING TO PUT DETENTION CENTRES FOR VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE UNDER PROPER DISCIPLINARY’ RULES COMPLETED ITS FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD READINGS IN ONE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL SITTING TODAY (WEDNESDAY) AS COUNCILLORS REGARDED THE ENACTMENT OF THE BILL A MATTER OF URGENCY.

THE CONVENER OF A LEGCO AD HOC GROUP SET UP TO STUDY THE IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1989, THE HON MARIA TAM, SAID THE GROUP REGARDED IT A NECESSITY TO EMPOWER THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY TO DESIGNATE DETENTION CENTRES FOR THE DETENTION OF VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE AND TO MAKI RULES FOR THE CONTROL OF CONDUCT AND THE MAINTENANCE OF ORDER IN THESE DETENTION CENTRES.

"IT IS X HIGHLY UNSATISFACTORY STATE OF AFFAIRS THAT PAMPHLETS COULD BE BROUGHT INTO WHITEHEAD, CHI MA WAN AND SHEK KONG DETENTION CENTRES BY VISITORS TO INCITE THE DETAINEES TO GO ON A HUNGER STRIKE," MISS TAM SAID.

SHE NOTED THAT SINCE .JUNE IB LAST YEAR OVER 43,000 VIETNAMESE ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS HAD ARRIVED IN HONG KONG AND MANY CENTRES WERE SET UP TO ACCOMMODATE THEM WITHIN \ SHORT PERIOD OF TIME.

/IN THESE .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 3 -

IN THESE NEW VIETNAMESE ILLEGAL IMMIGRANT CENTRES, THERE WERE NO RULES TO ALLOW FOR THE CONTROL OF CONDUCT AND THE MAINTENANCE OF ORDER AND DISCIPLINE AMONG VIETNAMESE ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS, AND NO RULES TO PROVIDE FOR THE MANAGEMENT AND SECURITY OF THE CENTRES.

"AT TIMES W’E CAN SEE ON TELEVISION THAT FOODSTUFF AND OTHER MATTER WERE THROWN BY PERSONS OUTSIDE OF THE CAMP INTO THE CAMP GROUND. WE HAVE ALSO READ FROM THE NEWSPAPER ABOUT VII’S LEAVING THE CAMPS, WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE AUTHORITY, TO PURSUE THEIR ILLEGAL OR SOCIAL ACTIVITIES," MISS TAM SAID.

SHE SAID THAT HONG KONG HAD LONG BORNE THE BURDEN OF RECEIVING VIETNAMESE REFUGEES AND NOW VIETNAMESE ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS ON OUR SHORES. AND IT WAS LEGCO MEMBERS' RESOLVE THAT FROM THESE SHORES THESE PEOPLE MUST DEPART.

"WHILE THE DETAINEES ARE STAYING HERE ON THE EXPENSES AND HOSPITALITY OF THE HONG KONG COMMUNITY, IT IS NOT MUCH TO ASK FOR THEIR RESPECT FOR PEACE AND GOOD ORDER IN THE CAMPS IN RETURN.

"AND IT MUST BE LEFT IN NO DOUBT THAT VISITORS AND WORKERS IN THESE CAMPS ARE UNDER OBLIGATION TO OBSERVE THE LAW,' MISS TAM SAID.

- - 0 ---------

RILL INTENDED TO DETER MISUSE OF ID CARDS ♦ » ♦ « »

THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989, WHICH IS INTENDED TO DETER THE MISUSE OF IDENTITY CARDS, WAS INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON GEOFFERY BARNES, SAID THE TWO MAIN PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS ORDINANCE WERE:

* FIRST, TO MAKE IT AN OFFENCE FOR A PERSON TO HAVE IN HIS CUSTODY OR POSSESSION, WITHOUT LAWFUL AUTHORITY OR REASONABLE EXCUSE, AN IDENTITY CARD RELATING TO ANOTHER PERSON; AND

* SECOND, TO MAKE CLEAR THE OFFENCE OF UNLAWFUL TRANSFER OF AN IDENTITY CARD TO ANOTHER PERSON.

MR BARNES SAID THE AMENDMENTS IN THE BILL WERE NECESSARY BECAUSE AN IDENTITY CARD WAS NO LONGER MERELY A PROOF OF IDENTITY; IT COULD ALSO BE USED AS A TRAVEL DOCUMENT INTO AND OUT OF HONG KONG.

"THIS IS AN INCENTIVE FOR RACKETEERS TO OBTAIN IDENTITY CARDS, BELONGING TO OTHERS, FOR DELIBERATE MISUSE BY IMPERSONATORS OR ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS.

/"IT IS

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

"IT IS HOPED THAT THIS NEW LEGISLATION AND THE HEAVY PENALTIES PROPOSED - A FINE OF $20,000 AND IMPRISONMENT FOR TWO YEARS ON SUMMARY CONVICTION, OR A FINE OF $50,000 AND IMPRISONMENT FOR 10 YEARS ON CONVICTION ON INDICTMENT - WILL ACT BOTH AS AN EFFECTIVE DETERRENT AND AS A MEANS OF PROSECUTING THOSE WHO ABUSE OUR IDENTITY CARD SYSTEM," HE SAID.

MR BARNES EXPLAINED THAT UNDER EXISTING LEGISLATION THE POSSESSION, WITHOUT LAWFUL AUTHORITY OR REASONABLE EXCUSE, OF AN IDENTITY CARD RELATING TO ANOTHER PERSON, WAS NOT AN OFFENCE. USING IT, HOWEVER, WAS AN OFFENCE UNDER THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS REGULATIONS.

"A LOOPHOLE THEREFORE EXISTS WHEN PERSONS CANNOT BE PROSECUTED WHO ARE FOUND WITH IDENTITY CARDS BELONGING TO OTHERS IN THEIR POSSESSION, AND THERE IS NO EVIDENCE OF THEIR HAVING USED THOSE CARDS.

"THIS IS CLEARLY UNDESIRABLE AND IT IS THEREFORE PROPOSED IN CLAUSE 4(B) OF THE BILL TO MAKE POSSESSION ALSO AN OFFENCE.

"THE OPPORTUNITY IS ALSO TAKEN TO IMPOSE HEAVY PENALTIES AS A DETERRENT AGAINST SUCH ACTIVITIES," HE SAID.

MR BARNES SAID UNLAWFUL TRANSFER OF AN IDENTITY CARD BELONGING TO ANOTHER PERSON WAS AT PRESENT PUNISHABLE UNDER THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS REGULATIONS.

"THE OPPORTUNITY IS THEREFORE TAKEN IN CLAUSE 2 TO CLARIFY THE MEANING OF TRANSFER, AND TO MAKE IT AN OFFENCE IN THE NEW SECTION 7AA UNDER CLAUSE 5 OF THE BILL TO TRANSFER AN IDENTITY CARD UNLAWFULLY TO ANOTHER PERSON.

"AS A TIDYING-UP EXERCISE, THE VARIOUS EXISTING OFFENCES OF THE USE AND TRANSFER OF AN IDENTITY CARD BELONGING TO ANOTHER PERSON WITHOUT LAWFUL AUTHORITY OR REASONABLE EXCUSE WILL BE TRANSFERRED FROM THE REGULATIONS TO THE MAIN ORDINANCE," HE ADDED.

DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.

-------0----------

PROVISION FOR LEGCO TO VOTE FUNDS FOR HKTA SUBVENTION

******

THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989 PROVIDES FOR THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TO VOTE FUNDS FOR THE SUBVENTION OF THE ASSOCIATION, AND FOR THE ASSOCIATION TO SUBMIT ITS BUDGET AND PROGRAMME OF ACTIVITIES TO THE GOVERNOR FOR APPROVAL, THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON ANSON CHAN, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

"IT ALSO PROVIDES FOR THE BOARD OF THE TOURIST ASSOCIATION TO OBSERVE CERTAIN PRESCRIBED ACCOUNTING PROCEDURES." MRS CHAN SAID IN MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE BILL.

/THESE NEW

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 5

"THESE NEW SUBVENTION AND BUDGETARY ARRANGEMENTS WILE NOT IN ANY WAY DETRACT FROM THE GOVERNMENT'S CONTINUED SUPPORT FOR THE VALUABLE SERVICES PROVIDED BY TIIF ASSOCIATION IN PROMOTING HONG KONG AS A TOURIST ATTRACTION.

MRS CHAN EXPLAINED THAT THE HONG KONG TOURIST YSSOt I AT ION WAS A STATUTORY BODY TASKED WITH PROMOTING HONG KONG AS A TOURIST DESTINATION.

"BETWEEN I 966 AND 1987 THE LEVEL OF SUBVENTION PROVIDED BY THE GOVERNMENT TO Till ASSOCIATION WAS LINKED To THE YIELD FROM THE HOTEL ACCOMMODATION TAX, WHICH IS A LEVY >F FIVE PER ENT ON HOTEL ROOM RATES CHARGES. ' SHE SAID.

"THIS MEANT THAT THE LEVEL OF SUBVENTION WAS NOT NECESSARILY RELATED TO Till' ACTUAL NEEDS OF THE ASSOCIATION.

"WHEN CONSIDERING THE 1986-7 REPORT OF THE DIRECTOR OF AUDIT, THE PUBLIC ACCOUNTS COMMITTEE OF THIS COUNCIL EXPRESSED CONCERN ABOUT THE HYPOTHECATION OF HOTEL ACCOMMODATION TAX IN THIS WAY."

THE COMMITTEE ALSO RECOMMENDED THAT THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION ORDINANCE BE AMENDED TO REQUIRE THE ASSOCIATION TO SUBMIT FOR THE GOVERNMENT’S APPROVAL ITS ANNUAL BUDGET AND PROGRAMME OF ACTIVITIES.

"SUCH ARRANGEMENTS WOULD BE SIMILAR TO THOSE FOR OTHER COMPARABLE SUBVERTED ORGANISATIONS LIKE THE TRADE DEVELOPMENT COUNCIL," SHE SAID.

"IN EARLY 1988, AGREEMENT WAS REACHED WITH THE TOURIST ASSOCIATION FOR THE LINK BETWEEN THE LEVEL OF SUBVENTION AND THE HOTEL ACCOMMODATION TAX TO BE SEVERED."

MRS CHAN SAID STARTING IN THE 1988-89 FINANCIAL 'YEAR, ADMINISTRATIVE ARRANGEMENTS WERE INTRODUCED FOR THE ASSOCIATION TO SUBMIT ITS BUDGET AND PROGRAMME 01 ACTIVITIES FOR APPROVAL BY GOVERNMENT AND FOR A GRANT TO BE MADE ON THE BASIS OF THE APPROVED BUDGET.

"EARLIER THIS YEAR, THE ASSOCIATION ALSO AGREED THAT THE NEW SUBVENTION ARRANGEMENTS SHOULD BF GIVEN LEGISLATIVE EFFECT BY AMENDING THE ORDINANCE," SHE SAID.

DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.

-----0-----

/6........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

BILL TO EXTEND LICENTIATE COMMITTEE MEMBERSHIP ♦ * * * ♦

A BILL SEEKING TO EXTEND THE MEMBERSHIP OF THE LICENTIATE COMMITTEE OF THE MEDICAL COUNCIL OF HONG KONG TO INCLUDE TWO REGISTERED MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS APPOINTED BY THE COUNCIL AFTER CONSULTATION WITH THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG, WAS INTRODUCED INTO THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

MOVING THE SECOND READING OF THE MEDICAL REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989, THE SECRETARY* FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE. THE HON T.H. CHAU, EXPLAINED THAT THE LICENTIATE COMMITTEE OF THE MEDICAL COUNCIL HAD BEEN ESTABLISHED UNDER SECTION 20C 01 THE MEDICAL REGISTRATION ORDINANCE TO OVERSEE MATTERS RELATING TO THE EXAMINATION, TRAINING AND LICENSING OF UNREGISTRABLE MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS.

THE COMMITTEE AT PRESENT COMPRISED EIGHT REGISTERED MEDICAL PRACTITIONERS, TWO OF WHOM WERE APPOINTED BY THE COUNCIL AFTER CONSULTATION WITH THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.

"WHEN THE LICENTIATE SCHEME FIRST CAME INTO OPERATION IN 1977, THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG WAS THE ONLY UNIVERSITY IN HONG KONG WITH A FACULTY OF MEDICINE.

"NOW THAT THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG HAS ESTABLISHED A FACULTY OF MEDICINE AND IS BECOMING INVOLVED IN THE TRAINING OF EXTERNS UNDER THE LICENTIATE SCHEME, IT IS PROPOSED TO INCLUDE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG ON THE LICENTIATE COMMITTEE," HE SAID.

THE PROPOSAL HAD THE SUPPORT OF THE MEDICAL COUNCIL OF HONG KONG, MR CHAU ADDED.

DEBATE ON THE BILL WAS ADJOURNED.

EX-GRATIA ALLOWANCES FOR DISPLACED TENANTS ♦ * ♦ ♦ ♦

THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT HAS RECENTLY COMPLETED A DETAILED REVIEW OF THE RATE OF EX-GRATIA ALLOWANCE PAYABLE TO SHOP TENANTS AFFECTED BY THE REDEVELOPMENT OF PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES.

THE SECRETARY FOR HOME AFFAIRS, THE HON DONALD LIAO, SAID THIS IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY) IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON MICHAEL CHENG.

MR LIAO SAID THE EX-GRATIA ALLOWANCE WAS LAST REVISED IN JANUARY 1986 AND A GENERAL ATTITUDE SURVEY CONDUCTED LAST YEAR INDICATED THAT THE MAJORITY OF THE RESPONDENTS FOUND THE PREVAILING RATES ACCEPTABLE.

/’’IT IS

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

"IT IS INTENDED THAT THE PROPOSED REVISION WILL BE CONSIDERED BY THE HOUSING AUTHORITY’S COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES COMMITTEE NEXT MONTH," HE SAID.

AS EOR DOMESTIC TENANTS, MR LIAO SAID THE EX-GRATIA ALLOWANCE COMPRISED TWO COMPONENTS -- A DOMESTIC REMOVAL ALLOWANCE AND A SPECIAL ALLOWANCE.

"THE SPECIAL ALLOWANCE IS INTENDED TO BE A GESTURE OF GOODWILL, COVERING IN PART SUCH COSTS AS THE REMOVAL AND RE-INSTALLATION OF TELEPHONE AND SMALL HOME APPLIANCES," HE SAID.

"THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT’S INTERNAL REVIEWS HAVE CONCLUDED THAT SINCE THESE COSTS HAVE NOT CHANGED SIGNIFICANTLY IN THE LAST THREE YEARS, THE CURRENT RATES OF THE SPECIAL ALLOWANCE ARE CONSIDERED ADEQUATE."

MR LIAO ADDED THAT THE RATES OF THE DOMESTIC REMOVAL ALLOWANCE HAD BEEN ADJUSTED UPWARDS IN TANDEM WITH THE GOVERNMENT’S ANNUAL REVISION.

"THIS HAS RESULTED IN AN INCREASE IN THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF EX-GRATIA ALLOWANCE PAYABLE TO THE TENANTS. FOR EXAMPLE, FOR A FAMILY OF FOUR, THE PRESENT AMOUNT IS $4,360, REPRESENTING AN INCREASE OF 36 PER CENT OVER THAT IN 1986," HE SAID.

-----0-----

BONE MARROW TRANSPLANT SERVICE PLANNED

A BONE MARROW TRANSPLANT SERVICE IS EXPECTED TO BE INTRODUCED BY THE MIDDLE OF 1990, IN QUEEN MARY HOSPITAL, AND SUBJECT TO THE AVAILABILITY OF RESOURCES, IN THE PRINCE OF WALES HOSPITAL.

THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, THE HON T.H. CHAU, SAID THIS IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY! IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM DR THE HON HENRIETTA IP.

-----0------

/8........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 8 -

GOVT REVIEWING ENERGY POLICY, ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS * * * * *

WITH THE INCREASING WORLDWIDE CONCERN OVER Till. ADVERSE IMPACT OE FOSSIL FUEL USAGE ON Till': ENVIRONMENT, THE GOVERNMENT IS REVIEWING CURRENT POLICA TO DETERMINE '••HAT FURTHER MEASURES NEED TO BE TAKEN TO PROTECT OUR ENVIRONMENT WHILST AT Till: SAME TIME CATERING FOR ESSENTIAL ECONOMIC GROWTH.

THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON ANSON (HAN, SAID THIS IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY) IN REPLV TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON JAMES MCGREGOR.

MRS CHAN EXPLAINED THAT THE GOVERNMENT'S CURRENT ENERGY POLICY WAS TO ENSURE THAT THERE WAS AN ADEQUATE AND RELIABLE SUPPLY TO MEET CONSUMER’S DEMANDS AND THAT SUCH SUPPLY WAS PROVIDED EFFICIENTLY AND AT REASONABLE PRICES.

"WITHIN THIS BROAD FRAMEWORK GOVERNMENT ENCOURAGES ENERGY CONSERVATION BOTH ON THE PART OF CONSUMERS AND THE SUPPLY COMPANIES BUT DOES NOT NORMALLY INTERVENE UNLESS ABSOLUTELY NECESSARY SUCH AS DURING THE OIL CRISES IN 1973 AND 1979," SHE SAID.

0

ASSURANCE ON IMMIGRATION OF SKILLED PERSONNEL

******

THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PIERS JACOBS, ASSURED THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THAT EVERY APPLICATION BY EMPLOYERS TO BRING IN PROFESSIONALS AND MANAGERS WILL BE SYMPATHETICALLY CONSIDERED ON ITS MERITS.

"THERE IS NO RESTRICTION ON NUMBERS OR SOURCES, BUT PROSPECTIVE EMPLOYEES MUST BE SUITABLY QUALIFIED AND THEIR EMPLOYERS MUST PAY THE GOING WAGES IN HONG KONG," SIR PIERS SAID IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON CHUNG PUI-LAM.

"IN ADDITION, MEMBERS ARE, OF COURSE, AWARE OF THE SPECIAL SCHEME TO IMPORT ABOUT 3,000 SKILLED WORKERS AT THE TECHNICAL AND CRAFTSMAN LEVEL."

HE SAID HONG KONG MUST CONTINUE TO BE FLEXIBLE IN ALLOWING IMMIGRATION OF SKILLED PERSONNEL TO FILL ANY GAPS ARISING FROM EMIGRATION.

SIR PIERS SAID THE NUMBER OF PEOPLE EXPECTED TO LEAVE HONG KONG NEXT YEAR WAS ABOUT 55,000, INCLUDING DEPENDANTS.

/IT WAS

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 9 -

IT WAS ESTIMATED THAT LESS THAN A QUARTER OF THE TOTAL WOULD BE PROFESSIONAL, TECHNICAL AND MANAGERIAL STAFF, HE ADDED.

"FOR THE LONG TERM, THE BEST WAY TO MAKE GOOD ANY SHORTFALLS IS TO TRAIN OUR OWN YOUNG PEOPLE SO THAT THEY HAVE THE EDUCATION AND SKILLS REQUIRED TO ENABLE HONG KONG TO CONTINUE TO PROSPER,” HE SAID.

"IN THIS COUNCIL LAST WEEK, THE GOVERNOR DESCRIBED THE ADMINISTRATION’S PLANS IN THIS CONNECTION IN SOME DETAIL.

SIR PIERS SAID IN THE MEDIUM TERM THE GOVERNMENT HOPED TO GENERATE AN INCREASE IN THE RETURN FLOW OF FORMER HONG KONG RESIDENTS STARTING IN THE EARLY 1990’S.

"SINCE THE SURGE IN EMIGRATION DID NOT REALLY GET UNDERWAY UNTIL 1988, THE RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DESTINATION COUNTRIES REQUIRE THAT THOSE PEOPLE WILL NOT FOR THE MOST PART BE ELIGIBLE TO RETURN UNTIL 1991 OR EVEN LATER," HE SAID.

"IN ORDER TO ENCOURAGE THE RETURN OF EMIGRANTS, WE MUST ENSURE THAT THEY HAVE READY ACCESS TO INFORMATION ON THE SITUATION IN HONG KONG, INCLUDING JOB OPPORTUNITIES.”

-----0 -----

DECISION TO PROSECUTE FORMER CROWN COUNSEL

*****

THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, THE HON JEREMY MATHEWS, HAS DECIDED TO PROSECUTE A FORMER SENIOR CROWN COUNSEL FOR ALLEGED OFFENCES OF INCITEMENT TO PROCURE A GIRL UNDER THE AGE OF 21 FOR UNLAWFUL SEXUAL INTERCOURSE.

MR MATHEWS EXPLAINED THE STEPS LEADING TO HIS DECISION IN REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON ELSIE TU IN THE' LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

MR MATHEWS SAID ON APRIL 26 THIS YEAR, THE POLICE SUBMITTED TO THE ACTING DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC PROSECUTIONS, MR A. I’. DUCKETT, PAPERS CONTAIN I NG ALLEGATIONS AGAINST MR E.C. HARRIS, A SENIOR CROWN COUNSEL THEN SERVING IN THE PROSECUTIONS DIVISION OF THE ATTORNEY GENERAL’S CHAMBERS.

"ON THAT SAME DAY, MR DUCKETT BROUGHT THOSE ALLEGATIONS TO MY ATTENTION. I IMMEDIATELY DIRECTED THAT ADVICE BE SOUGHT FROM AN EMINENT QUEEN’S COUNSEL IN THE PRIVATE SECTOR,” HE SAID.

"THIS DIRECTION ACCORDS WITH THE PRACTICE ADOPTED WHEN ALLEGATIONS OF CRIMINAL CONDUCT FALL TO BE CONSIDERED IN RELATION TO ANY PROFESSIONAL OFFICER WITHIN MY CHAMBERS.

"AT THIS POINT. LET MF MAKE IT CLEAR THAT THE QUEEN’S COUNSEL WAS SENT THE COMPLETE POLICE FILE DELIVERED TO MR DUCKETT ON APRIL 26. 1989.

/’’THAT FILE..........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 10 -

"THAT FILE COMPRISED STATEMENTS OF WITNESSES, TRANSCRIPTS OF TAPE RECORDINGS OF TELEPHONE CONVERSATIONS AND OF A CONVERSATION WITH AN UNDERCOVER POLICE AGENT, AND A DETAILED POLICE COVERING REPORT.

’’THIS MATERIAL WAS DELIVERED TO THE QUEEN’S COUNSEL WITH INSTRUCTIONS TO ADVISE WHETHER OR NOT THERE WAS ANY CRIMINAL OFFENCE WITH WHICH MR HARRIS COULD BE CHARGED.”

MR MATHEWS SAID THE QUEEN’S COUNSEL DELIVERED HIS WRITTEN OPINION ON MONDAY, MAY 1.

”HE WAS UNEQUIVOCAL IN HIS ADVICE. THAT ADVICE WAS THAT THERE WAS NO CRIME WITH WHICH MR HARRIS COULD BE CHARGED,” MR MATHEWS SAID.

IN THE LIGHT OF THAT ADVICE, THE ATTORNEY GENERAL SAID HE DECIDED THAT THERE WAS NO BASIS FOR A PROSECUTION.

REFERRING TO MRS TU’S QUESTION ON WHETHER IN ARRIVING AT THE DECISION THE ATTORNEY GENERAL TOOK INTO ACCOUNT THE INTERESTS OF THE PUBLIC AND OF POSSIBLE VICTIMS, MR MATHEWS SAID SINCE HE WAS ADVISED THAT THERE WAS NO CRIME WITH WHICH MR HARRIS COULD BE CHARGED, THESE QUESTIONS DID NOT, IN THE EVENT, ARISE.

"CERTAIN SUGGESTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE THAT THE POLICE INVESTIGATIONS INTO THIS CASE WERE IMPROPERLY TERMINATED BY ME OR BY MR DUCKETT. THESE SUGGESTIONS ARE UNTRUE,” HE SAID.

"THE PAPERS PRESENTED TO MR DUCKETT REVEALED THAT, PRIOR TO THAT DATE, THE POLICE HAD INTENDED TO TAKE CERTAIN STEPS ON APRIL 27.

"BUT BY THE TIME THE PAPERS HAD ALREADY DECIDED TO DISCONTIUNE

WERE DELIVERED TO HIM, THE POLICE THE OPERATION PLANNED FOR APRIL 27.

"I DID NOT CAUSE THE POLICE ACTION TO BE STOPPED AND, IN ANY EVENT, 1 SHOULD EMPHASISE THAT IN THE FINAL ANALYSIS OPERATIONAL DECISIONS ARE FOR THE POLICE, NOT FOR ME.

"FOLLOWING MY DECISJON NOT TO PROSECUTE, I NEVERTHELESS FORMED THE VIEW THAT, IN THE LIGHT OF THE MATTERS BEFORE ME, IT WOULD NOT BE APPROPRIATE FOR MR HARRIS TO CONTINUE TO PERFORM HIS DUTIES AS A SENIOR CROWN COUNSEL.

"I CONVEYED MY VIEWS TO THE SECRETARY FOR THE CIVIL SERVICE AS THE SECRETARY RESPONSIBLE FOR CIVIL SERVICE CONTRACTS OF EMPLOYMENT. HE DECIDED THAT MR HARRIS SHOULD LEAVE THE GOVERNMENT’S SERVICE, AND ADVISED THAT THIS WOULD BEST BE ACHIEVED BY TERMINATING HIS CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT BY MUTUAL AGREEMENT.

"ON MAY 3, 1989, I INFORMED MR HARRIS OF THE DECISION MADE AND. HE LEFT CHAMBERS THAT EVENING. HE HAS NOT PERFORMED ANY DUTIES SINCE THEN . "

THERE REMAINED THEN THE QUESTION OF HIS POSITION AS A MEMBER OF THE HONG KONG BAR. THE ATTORNEY GENERAL SAID AS A MATTER OF LAW IT WAS OPEN TO HIM AS WELL AS TO THE BAR TO APPLY TO THE CHIEF JUSTICE TO APPOINT A COMMITTEE OF INQUIRY TO INQUIRE INTO A COMPLAINT AGAINST A BARRISTER.

/IT HAD

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

IT HAD BEEN SUGGESTED THAT HE SHOULD HAVE TAKEN THIS COURSE.

"THAT WAS INDEED ONE AVAILABLE AVENUE. ANOTHER WAS FOR ME TO REFER THE MATTER TO THE BAR COMMITTEE. I HAD DECIDED UPON THAT LATTER COURSE," HE SAID.

"AS IT HAPPENED, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BAR SPOKE TO ME SHORTLY AFTER THE EVENTS 1 HAVE DESCRIBED.

"AT HIS REQUEST I MADE AVAILABLE ALL PAPERS NECESSARY FOR HIS PURPOSE, THAT IS TRANSCRIPTS AND STATEMENTS BUT NOT COMMUNICATIONS PRIVILEGED IN LAW.

"THESE PRIVILEGED DOCUMENTS WERE COUNSEL’S OPINION AND COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE POLICE AND MY CHAMBERS."

MR MATHEWS SAID MEMBERS WOULD BE AWARE THAT DISCIPLINARY PROCEEDINGS HAD NOW BEEN INSTITUTED.

HE SAID THERE HAD BEEN CRITICISM OF THE WAY IN WHICH MR HARRIS OBTAINED A PRACTISING CERTIFICATE SHORTLY AFTER LEAVING GOVERNMENT SERVICE.

IT WAS SUGGESTED THAT THE ATTORNEY GENERAL SHOULD HAVE MADE REPRESENTATIONS TO PREVENT HIM FROM ENTERING PRACTICE.

"THE SHORT ANSWER IS THAT I HAVE NO SUCH POWER IN LAW," HE SAID.

"HE WAS ADMITTED TO THE HONG KONG BAR IN APRIL 1986, LONG BEFORE THESE EVENTS TOOK PLACE.

"ANY OBJECTION TO AN ADMISSION IS TO BE TAKEN AT THE STAGE OF ADMISSION AND NOT LATER UPON THE ISSUE OF THE ANNUAL PRACTISING CERTIFICATE."

THE ATTORNEY GENERAL SAID THERE HAD BEEN FURTHER DEVELOPMENTS.

"MEMBERS OF THE LEGAL PROFESSION EXPRESSED VIEWS AS TO THE LAW CONTRARY TO THE ADVICE I HAD RECEIVED.

"IN THE LIGHT OF THOSE VIEWS, I THOUGHT IT RIGHT TO RESUBMIT THE SAME PAPERS TO QUEEN’S COUNSEL WHO HAD PREVIOUSLY ADVISED, INVITING HIM TO CONSIDER CERTAIN ASPECTS OF THE LAW AND SEEKING HIS FURTHER OPINION.

"THIS I DID ON SEPTEMBER 11, 1989. THAT FURTHER OPINION DIFFERED IN ITS CONCLUSION FROM THE ORIGINAL.

AS A RESULT AND WITH THE BENEFIT OF THE VIEWS OF MR C.W. REID, WHEN RECENTLY ACTING AS DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC PROSECUTIONS. I HAVE DECIDED THAT A PROSECUTION SHOULD BE BROUGHT FOR ALLEGED OFFENCES OF INCITEMENT TO PROCURE A GIRL UNDER THE AGE OF 21 FOR UNLAWFUL SEXUAL INTERCOURSE.

/"IT WOULD

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

12

"IT WOULD BE QUITE IMPROPER FOR ME TO ENTER UPON A DEBATE NOW ON THE MERITS OF THE CASE OR ON THE ISSUES OF LAW.

"AS HAS OFTEN BEEN STATED IN THIS COUNCIL, QUESTIONS OF GUILT OR INNOCENCE ARE QUESTIONS TO BE DETERMINED IN A COURT OF LAW, WHERE AN ACCUSED HAS THE RIGHT TO PUT HIS SIDE OF THE CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ESTABLISHED PROCEDURE."

THE ATTORNEY GENERAL CONTINUED: "I HAVE NOW EXPLAINED AT SOME LENGTH THE STEPS TAKEN BY ME AND IN PARTICULAR, I HAVE ADDRESSED THOSE AREAS WHICH HAVE BEEN THE SUBJECT OF SPECIFIC CONCERN.

"OUTSIDE COUNSEL WAS CONSULTED AND ALL THE PAPERS WERE SUBMITTED TO HIM.

"THERE WAS NO INTERFERENCE IN THE POLICE INVESTIGATION."

ANY SUGGESTION THAT MR HARRIS WAS NOT PROSECUTED BECAUSE OF THE POSITION HE HELD WAS ENTIRELY WITHOUT FOUNDATION, MR MATHEWS STRESSED.

"THE ORIGINAL DECISION NOT TO PROSECUTE HAS NOT ONLY GIVEN RISE TO MUCH PUBLIC CONCERN. IT ALSO HAI) A BEARING ON SUBSEQUENT ACTIONS AND DECISIONS," HE SAID.

"IT IS THEREFORE REGRETTABLE THAT THE DECISION NOT TO PROSECUTE WAS BASED ON LEGAL ADVICE WHICH, IN THE EVENT, HAS PROVED TO BE INCONSISTENT WITH THAT MORE RECENTLY RECEIVED.

"I WISH TO MAKE IT QUITE CLEAR THAT 1 BEAR FULL RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE VIEWS OF THE LAW TAKEN AND FOR ALL CONSEQUENT DECISIONS."

-------0 --------

NINE-YEAR REQUIREMENT FOR UNCONDITIONAL STAY BEING REVIEWED

******

THE REQUIREMENT FOR FOREIGN NATIONALS TO HAVE BEEN ORDINARILY RESIDENT IN HONG KONG FOR A CONTINUOUS PERIOD OF NOT LESS THAN NINE YEARS BEFORE THEY CAN APPLY FOR UNCONDITIONAL STAY IN HONG KONG IS BEING REVIEWED.

THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON GEOFFREY BARNES, SAID THIS IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY) IN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON DAVID LI.

THE REVIEW WAS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED BEFORE THE END OF THE YEAR, HE ADDED.

HE SAID THAT IN KEEPING WITH THE DEFINITION OF PERMANENT RESIDENT OF THE SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION UNDER THE JOINT DECLARATION, THE NINE-YEAR TIME LIMIT WAS BEING CONSIDERED FOR REDUCTION TO SEVEN YEARS.

/MR BARNES

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

MR BARNES SAID THE NINE-YEAR REQUIREMENT WAS INTRODUCED BY THE ADMINISTRATION IN 1983 IN ORDER TO IMPLEMENT A NEW PROVISION OF THE BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1981 WHICH CAME INTO EFFECT THAT YEAR.

"PRIOR TO 1983, FOREIGN NATIONALS IN HONG KONG, OR. ALIENS IN OUR IMMIGRATION TERMS, COULD NOT QUALIFY UNDER OUR IMMIGRATION POLICY FOR UNCONDITIONAL STAY, REGARDLESS OF HOW LONG THEY HAD BEEN LIVING IN HONG KONG.

"BUT IN THE BRITISH NATIONALITY ACT 1981, A NEW PROVISION WAS INTRODUCED WHEREBY ALIENS OR STATELESS RESIDENTS IN HONG KONG WERE ALLOWED TO APPLY FOR NATURALISATION AS HONG KONG BRITISH DEPENDENT TERRITORIES CITIZENS PROVIDED THAT THEY HAD BEEN FREE FROM CONDITIONS OF STAY IN THE 12 MONTHS PRIOR TO THEIR APPLICATION," HE SAID.

A MODIFICATION WAS THEREFORE MADE TO THE IMMIGRATION POLICY TO ENABLE SUCH PEOPLE TO QUALIFY FOR UNCONDITIONAL STAY AFTER A PERIOD OF RESIDENCE IN HONG KONG, HE ADDED.

MR BARNES EXPLAINED THE PERIOD OF NINE YEARS WAS LAID DOWN HAVING REGARD TO THE NEED, AS WAS NORMALLY THE CASE, TO ASSESS INTENTIONS AND SECURITY RISKS.

"IN THIS CONNECTION, IT WAS DECIDED IN THE EARLY 1970’S THAT CHINESE PERSONS AND BRITISH CITIZENS SHOULD HAVE ORDINARILY RESIDED IN HONG KONG FOR SEVEN YEARS OR MORE BEFORE THEY COULD CLAIM THE RIGHT TO LANI) OR UNCONDITIONAL STAY.

"FOREIGN NATIONALS, WHO WERE CONSIDERED IN THE PAST AS HAVING LESS CLOSE CONNECTIONS WITH HONG KONG, WERE GIVEN IN 1983 A LONGER OBSERVATION PERIOD OF NINE YEARS," HE SAID.

------0-------

FIGURES GIVEN ON TEACHER VACANCIES ♦ t ♦ t *

A SURVEY CONDUCTED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT OF ALL AIDED SCHOOLS AT THE START OF THE CURRENT SCHOOL YEAR REVEALED 203 VACANCIES IN A TOTAL ESTABLISHMENT OF 31,740 TEACHING POSTS, REPRESENTING A VACANCY RATE OF 0.64 PER CENT, THE SECRETARY FOR EDUCATION AND MANPOWER, THE HON Y.K. YEUNG, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON DAVID CHEUNG, MR YEUNG SAID SINCE THEN, A FURTHER 87 VACANCIES HAD BEEN FILLED, GIVING A CURRENT VACANCY RATE OF 0.4 PER CENT.

HE SAID THE VACANCY RATE FOR TEACHERS IN GOVERNMENT SCHOOLS, 3.2 PER CENT ON SEPTEMBER 1, OR 104 VACANCIES AGAINST AN APPROVED ESTABLISHMENT OF 3,240 TEACHING POSTS, HAD REMAINED FAIRLY STABLE OVER THE PAST THREE YEARS.

/THIS WAS

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 14

THIS WAS AN IMPROVEMENT ON THE CORRESPONDING FIGURE FOR LAST YEAR, WHICH WAS JUST OVER FOUR PER CENT, HE ADDED.

"FROM THESE FIGURES IT IS CLEAR THAT THE SHORTAGE OF TEACHERS IS BY NO MEANS AS CRITICAL A PROBLEM AS THE QUESTION IMPLIES, AND AS RECENT PRESS REPORTS OF UNION CLAIMS HAVE SUGGESTED.

"NEVERTHELESS, A SHORTAGE DOES EXIST, AND NO ONE CAN BE COMPLACENT ABOUT THE NEED BOTH TO RETAIN EXPERIENCED TEACHERS AND TO ATTRACT ABLE PEOPLE INTO THE PROFESSION.

"THIS IS PARTICULARLY SO AT A TIME OF FULL EMPLOYMENT, WHEN OTHER CAREER OPPORTUNITIES ARE INCREASING AND THE NUMBER OF YOUNG PEOPLE REACHING SCHOOL-LEAVING AGE IS DECLINING," HE SAID.

CONCERNING THE LIKELY FUTURE SUPPLY OF QUALIFIED SCHOOL TEACHERS, MR YEUNG SAID THAT ALTHOUGH APPLICATIONS FOR PLACES IN THE COLLEGES OF EDUCATION HAD BEEN DECLINING OVER THE PAST THREE YEARS, THEY STILL GREATLY EXCEEDED THE PLACES AVAILABLE.

HE SAID THAT THIS YEAR THERE WERE MORE THAN FOUR APPLICANTS FOR EVERY FULL-TIME PLACE AND FOR PART-TIME COURSES ABOUT 17 PER CENT OF APPLICATIONS FROM SERVING TEACHERS HAD TO BE TURNED AWAY.

ON THE OTHER HAND, ENROLMENT ON POST-GRADUATE TEACHER TRAINING COURSES AT THE TWO UNIVERSITIES HAD THIS YEAR FALLEN SLIGHTLY BELOW THE NUMBER OF PLACES AVAILABLE, FOR THE FIRST TIME, HE ADDED.

"THE OVERALL FIGURES I HAVE GIVEN CONCEAL CERTAIN PROBLEM AREAS TO WHICH WE ARE GIVING ATTENTION," MR YEUNG SAID.

"FOR EXAMPLE, SCHOOLS IN THE NEW TERRITORIES TEND TO EMPLOY A HIGHER PROPORTION OF TEACHERS WITH NON-STANDARD QUALIFICATIONS THAN SCHOOLS IN THE URBAN AREAS.

"THERE MAY BE A NEED TO OFFER MORE CONVENIENTLY LOCATED TRAINING OPPORTUNITIES IN THE NEW TERRITORIES, TO HELP SUCH TEACHERS BECOME PROPERLY QUALIFIED.

"ALSO, CERTAIN SUBJECTS ARE SHORT OF QUALIFIED TEACHERS, BUT WE ARE CONSIDERING THE EXPANSION OF TRAINING ACTIVITY WHERE APPROPRIATE."

MR YEUNG ALSO SAID THE EDUCATION COMMISSION INTENDED TO INVESTIGATE THE ROLE OF THE COLLEGES OF EDUCATION IN RELATION TO THE TEACHING PROFESSION.

"I EXPECT THAT COMPREHENSIVE ADVICE ON THE SUBJECT WILL EMERGE IN THE COMMISSION’S FIFTH REPORT, WHICH SHOULD BE PUBLISHED TOWARDS THE END OF NEXT YEAR," HE ADDED.

-------O---------

/15........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

LAW AND ORDER BEING MAINTAINED t * * * * i *

THERE IS NO INDICATION THAT THE MAINTENANCE OF LAW AND ORDER IN HONG KONG HAS BEEN ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY THE DEPLOYMENT OF POLICE OFFICERS FOR VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE DETENTION DUTIES, THE SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, THE HON GEOFFREY BARNES, TOLD THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

REPLYING TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON PEGGY LAM, MR BARNES SAID THE SIZE AND VERSATILITY OF THE POLICE FORCE FORTUNATELY PERMITTED A FLEXIBLE RESPONSE TO COPE WITH VARIOUS TASKS AS AND WHEN THEY AROSE.

"WHEREAS UP TO 700 POLICE OFFICERS MAY BE CALLED UPON TO MAN VBP CAMPS EVERY DAY, THEY REPRESENT NO MORE THAN 2.6 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL POLICE STRENGTH, AND THE FORCE’S COMMITMENT TO REGULAR. WATCH AND WARD DUTIES REMAINS VERY HIGH,” HE SAID.

MR BARNES SAID THAT CRIME RATES GENERALLY WERE NOT INCREASING.

IN THE FIRST NINE MONTHS OF THIS YEAR, REPORTED CRIME AMOUNTED TO 59,445 CASES, COMPARED WITH 60,464 CASES FOR THE SAME PERIOD IN 1988, HE SAID.

"THIS IS THE LOWEST THREE-QUARTER YEAR FIGURE FOR FIVE YEARS.

"WITHIN THIS OVERALL TOTAL FOR 1989, VIOLENT CRIME HAS INCREASED FROM 11,939 TO 12,778 CASES.

"THIS IS REGRETTABLE AND IS NOT BEING TAKEN LIGHTLY, BUT IS NOT A CAUSE FOR ALARM," HE SAID.

SOME OF THE INCREASE COULD BE ATTRIBUTED TO VIETNAMESE CASES IN CAMPS, HE ADDED.

MR BARNES ALSO EXPLAINED THAT THE DEPLOYMENT OF POLICE OFFICERS FOR VBP DUTIES HAD BEEN MADE POSSIBLE ONLY THROUGH CAREFUL

ADJUSTMENTS TO GENERAL UNIFORM BRANCH STRENGTH AT THE DISTRICT LEVEL.

HE SAID THAT THE SITUATION WAS CLOSELY MONITORED BY THE COMMISSIONER OF POLICE.

"EVERY EFFORT HAS TO BE MADE, AND IS BEING MADE, TO ENSURE THAT THE FORCE IS KEPT UP TO STRENGTH," HE STRESSED.

-------0----------

/16........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 16 -

HK COMPLIES WITH COCOM EXPORT RESTRICTIONS ♦ * ♦ t t

AT PRESENT, HONG KONG IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE EXPORT RESTRICTIONS APPLIED BY THE COORDINATING COMMITTEE FOR EXPORT CONTROL (COCOM) AND THEREFORE ENJOYS ACCESS TO HIGH-TECHNOLOGY IMPORTS, THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, THE HON SIR PIERS JACOBS, INFORMED THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

"IT IS OUR OBJECTIVE TO ENSURE THAT THE PRESENT DEGREE OF ACCESS WILL CONTINUE BEYOND 1997 AND WE ARE WORKING TOWARDS THAT OBJECTIVE,” HE SAID.

HE WAS GIVING A WRITTEN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON JAMES MCGREGOR CONCERNING RESTRICTIONS APPLIED BY THE COCOM IN RESPECT OF THE EXPORT OF HIGH-TECHNOLOGY PRODUCTS.

- - 0----------

LAW PROVIDES FOR QUICK ACTION ON DANGEROUS SIGNS

* * * » ♦

THE PUBLIC HEALTH AND MUNICIPAL SERVICES (AMENDMENT) (NO.2) ORDINANCE 1989 EMPOWERS THE BUILDING AUTHORITY IMMEDIATELY TO RENDER SAFE OR REMOVE DANGEROUS ADVERTISEMENT SIGNS IN SITUATIONS WHERE THERE IS A REAL THREAT TO PUBLIC SAFETY, AND TO DISPOSE OF ANY MATERIALS SO REMOVED.

THE SECRETARY FOR PLANNING, ENVIRONMENT AND LANDS, THE HON GRAHAM BARNES, INFORMED THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL OF THIS TODAY (WEDNESDAY) IN A WRITTEN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON CHUNG PUI-LAM.

UNDER THE ORDINANCE, THE AUTHORITY MIGHT RECOVER ANY EXPENSES INCURRED IN THE REMOVAL OF SUCH SIGNS AND IN THE DISPOSAL OF THE MATERIALS, MR BARNES SAID.

HE POINTED OUT THAT THE ORDINANCE WAS ENACTED IN APRIL THIS YEAR.

"AT THE TIME OF ENACTMENT IT WAS CONSIDERED THAT A FULL SYSTEM OF CONTROL BY LICENSING WOULD BE STAFF INTENSIVE, AND THAT IT WOULD BE BETTER TO CONCENTRATE RESOURCES ON RISK RATHER THAN EMBARK ON A MORE AMBITIOUS AND MORE COMPREHENSIVE APPROACH,” HE SAID.

0

/17.........

i

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 17 -

DEVELOPMENT BOARD WILL ENHANCE PORT PLANNING » t t * *

THE INTRODUCTION OF A PORT DEVELOPMENT BOARD WILL IN FUTURE ENHANCE THE EFFECTIVENESS OF PORT PLANNING, THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, THE HON ANSON CHAN, INFORMED THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY' (WEDNESDAY).

IN A WRITTEN REPLY TO A QUESTION FROM THE HON DAVID CHEUNG ON THE MEASURES BEING TAKEN TO ENHANCE EFFICIENCY IN PORT MANAGEMENT IN VIEW OF THE RAPID INCREASE IN THE VOLUME OF CARGOES MOVING THROUGH HONG KONG, MRS CHAN SAID THE BOARD, ANNOUNCED BY THE GOVERNOR IN HIS POLICY ADDRESS LAST KEEK, WOULD PROVIDE MORE CO-ORDINATED INITIATIVES AND RESPONSES WHICH REFLECTED THE VIEWS OF ALL USERS AND SUPPLIERS OF PORT SERVICES.

"THE NEW PORT DEVELOPMENT BOARD WILL, I BELIEVE, ALLOW US TO TAKE MAXIMUM ADVANTAGE OF THE STRATEGIC NEW PORT DEVELOPMENT OPPORTUNITIES THAT LIE AHEAD," SHE SAID.

MRS CHAN EXPLAINED THAT THE DEMAND FOR PORT SERVICES HAD INCREASED THREEFOLD OVER THE LAST 10 YEARS.

"WE HAVE MET THAT DEMAND BY THE PROVISION OF THE NECESSARY-RESOURCES AT THE APPROPRIATE TIME WITHOUT OVER-PROVISION," SHE SAID.

THIS ENVIABLE ACHIEVEMENT HAD BEEN DUE TO THE COMBINATION OF TWO FACTORS -- PRUDENT PLANNING, AND SOUND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND OPERATION OF PORT FACILITIES.

CONCERNING THE LATTER, MRS CHAN SAID THE GOVERNMENT’S POLICY HAD BEEN TO PROVIDE THE ENVIRONMENT WHICH WOULD ENCOURAGE THE PRIVATE SECTOR TO PARTICIPATE AND INVEST IN THE PORT.

"THIS POLICY HAS BEEN SUCCESSFUL AND WILL CONTINUE," SHE SAID.

"THE MARINE DEPARTMENT, IN ITS OVERALL PORT ADMINISTRATION ROLE, WILL CONTINUE TO MONITOR AND REVIEW OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCY AND IS KEPT WELL INFORMED OF THE VIEWS OF BOTH USERS AND SUPPLIERS OF PORT SERVICES THROUGH ITS NETWORK OF ADVISORY COMMITTEES.

"THE GOVERNMENT AND THE PRIVATE SECTOR, IN PARTNERSHIP, WILL ENSURE THAT INVESTMENTS IN TECHNOLOGY, MODERN EQUIPMENT AND NEW WORKING METHODS WILL CONTINUE TO ACHIEVE IMPROVEMENTS IN OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCY."

MRS CHAN POINTED OUT THAT SAFETY WAS OF PARAMOUNT IMPORTANCE IN MAINTAINING THE EFFICIENCY’ AND REPUTATION OF THE PORT.

"THE NEW VESSEL TRAFFIC SYSTEM FACILITY WHICH IS NOW ENTERING SERVICE IS PROVIDING HONG KONG WITH THE MOST UP TO DATE MEANS TO IMPROVE OUR ALREADY ENVIABLE PORT SAFETY RECORD, IN THE FACE OF EVER-INCREASING PORT TRAFFIC," SHE SAID.

-----o-----

/18........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

18

HOUSING AUTHORITY SETS OUT PLANS FOR MILLION FLATS t t * * » t

DETAILS OF HOW THE HONG KONG HOUSING AUTHORITY IS TACKLING THE JOB OF ENSURING THAT THE COMMUNITY WILL ALL BE PROVIDED WITH HOMES BY THE TURN OF THE CENTURY ARE SET OUT IN THE AUTHORITY’S "NEW LOOK" ANNUAL REPORT, TABLED AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

IN HIS CHAIRMAN'S REVIEW, SIR DAVID AKERS-JONES POINTED OUT THAT CLOSE TO ONE MILLION FLATS WILL BE NEEDED TO MEET THE OBJECTIVE SET OUT IN THE GOVERNMENT’S LONG TERM HOUSING STRATEGY.

THE AUTHORITY, WHICH PRODUCED 50,000 FLATS FOR THE PUBLIC IN THE 1988-89 YEAR COVERED BY THE REPORT, INTENDS TO CONTINUE AT THIS PACE OF CONSTRUCTION TN THE YEARS AHEAD. IT WILL THUS BE RESPONSIBLE FOR BUILDING 60 PER CENT OI THE FLATS NEEDED, WITH THE OTHER 40 PER CENT BEING MET BY THE PRIVATE SECTOR.

SOME 2.8 MILLION PEOPLE - ABOUT HALF OF THE POPULATION - NOW LIVE IN PUBLIC HOUSING.

NOTING ALSO "THE POSSIBLE SETBACKS" THAT COULD RESULT FROM THE SHORTAGE OF LABOUR AND PROBLEMS IN RECRUITING SUFFICIENT PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL MANPOWER, SIR DAVID SAID MORE EMPHASIS WAS BEING PLACED ON MECHANISATION AND STANDARDISATION OF COMPONENT PARTS TO OFFSET THESE PROBLEMS.

THE REPORT ALSO SHOWS HOW THE AUTHORITY, WITH THE HOUSING DEPARTMENT PROVIDING THE CONSTRUCTION, ADMINISTRATIVE AND MANAGEMENT SERVICES, IS STRIVING TO MEET THE ASPIRATIONS OF THE PEOPLE BY CONSTANTLY BUILDING HOMES TO HIGHER STANDARDS, ONE SUCH EXAMPLE BEING THE FORTHCOMING NEW HARMONY RANGE OF BLOCKS.

"IN HUMAN TERMS," SIR DAVID SAID, "THE AUTHORITY HAS BEEN TAKING STEPS — FOR SOME YEARS NOW -- TO MAKE LIVING MORE COMFORTABLE FOR ITS TENANTS."

THE BILINGUAL REPORT, WHICH IS ON SALE FROM TOMORROW (THURSDAY) AT $20 PER COPY AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE, GROUND FLOOR, GPO BUILDING, CONNAUGHT PLACE, CENTRAL, CONTAINS A NUMBER OF NEW FEATURES, INCLUDING AN ENLARGED PICTORIAL SECTION ON "CONSTRUCTION IN PROGRESS", AND A HISTORICAL SUMMARY OF PUBLIC HOUSING DEVELOPMENT THROUGH THE YEARS, BEGINNING FROM 1953.

THE ATTRACTIVELY DESIGNED 214-PAGE REPORT COVERS ALL ASPECTS OF PUBLIC HOUSING WORK AND INCLUDES DETAILED STATISTICS WHICH ADD TO ITS POPULARITY WITH BOTH THE GENERAL PUBLIC AND PROFESSIONALS.

- - 0 -

/19

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1983

19

FUND PAYS OUT $8.4 MILLION * * * t

IN EX-GRATIA PAYMENTS * *

THE PROTECTION OF WAGES ON INSOLVENCY FUND HAS APPROVED A TOTAL OF 3,091 APPLICATIONS IN THE YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 1989 RESULTING IN EX-GRATIA PAYMENTS OF $8.4 MILLION, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE PROTECTION OF WAGES ON INSOLVENCY FUND BOARD, THE HON CHUNG PUI-LAM, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

TABLING THE 1988-89 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE BOARD AT THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR CHUNG SAID THAT DURING THE YEAR THE FUND HAD RECEIVED 3,351 APPLICATIONS WITH CLAIMS AMOUNTING TO $17.9 MILLION FROM EMPLOYEES IN 239 INSOLVENCY CASES.

HE SAID THAT IN MOST OF THE APPROVED CASES, THE APPLICANTS WERE ABLE TO RECEIVE ARREARS OF WAGES AND WAGES IN LIEU OF NOTICE IN FULL AND IN A MUCH SHORTER TIME SPAN THAN WAS POSSIBLE UNDER THE EXISTING LIQUIDATION AND BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS.

THE FUND HAD BEEN ABLE TO ACCUMULATE $159.7 MILLION DUE MAINLY TO THE INCREASE IN THE INCOME FROM THE LEVY ON BUSINESS REGISTRATION CERTIFICATES AND A RELATIVELY LOW LEVEL OF CLAIMS IN A BOOMING ECONOMY IN THE PAST FEW YEARS, MR CHUNG ADDED.

"DURING THE YEAR UNDER REVIEW, THE BOARD MET FOUR TIMES TO EXAMINE, AMONG OTHERS, THE CHARGING OF A SUPERVISION FEE BY THE GOVERNMENT, THE INVESTMENT OF MONIES NOT IMMEDIATELY REQUIRED AND r>3 APPROVED BY' THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY, AND A PROPOSAL TO EXTEND THE SCOPE OF THE FUND TO COVER SEVERANCE PAYMENTS," HE SAID.

MR CHUNG SAID THXT BOARD MEMBERS WERE VERY DISAPPOINTED THAT THE fund should have been classified as an administrative or COMPENSATORY FUND FOR WHICH FULL ADMINISTRATE COSTS MUST E RECOVERED THROUGH THE CHARGING OF A SUPERVISION FEE, AND HAD THEREFORE URGED THE ADMINISTRATION TO REVIEW THIS POLICY.

IN THE INVESTMENT OF MONIES NOT IMMEDIATELY REQUIRED, HE SAID THAT BOARD MEMBERS HAD TAKEN A CAUTIOUS APPROACH IN VIEW OF THE STOCK MARKET CRASH IN OCTOBER 1987 AND THE RECENT CONFIDENCE CRISIS IN HONG KONG.

MR CHUNG ALSO NOTED THAT THE BOARD HAD ENDORSED THE GOVERNMENT’S PROPOSAL TO EXTEND THE SCOPE OF THE FUND TO COVER SEVERANCE PAYMENT UP TO A MAXIMUM OF $4,000 PER APPLICANT, PENDING A REVIEW OF THE EXTENSION IN A YEAR’S TIME.

HE SAID THAT THIS ARRANGEMENT WAS BASED ON THE FACT THAT 1 IE

D HAD BEEN IN OPERATION FOR ONLY A FEW YEARS, AND HENCE ANY ESTIMATE OF ITS FUTURE FINANCIAL SITUATION ON THE BASIS OF OPERATING-RFSULTS MUST BE TREATED WITH CAUTION, AND THAT A POSSIBLE DOWNTURN OF Till ECONOMY WOULD LEAD TO A GREATER NUMBER OF INSOLVENCIES AND HENCE MORE PAYMENTS FROM THE FUND.

-----0-----

/2O........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

20

THREE BILLS PASSED

* * *

THREE BILLS WERE PASSED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

THEY WERE THE IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1989; THE ROAD TRAFFIC (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL 1989 AND THE SUMMARY OFFENCES (AMENDMENT) (NO. 2) BILL 1989.

THE IMMIGRATION (AMENDMENT) (NO. 3) BILL, CONCERNING RULES GOVERNING VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE DETENTION CENTRES, COMPLETED ITS PASSAGE THROUGH THE COUNCIL IN ONE SITTING.

IN ADDITION, THREE BILLS WERE INTRODUCED FOR FIRST AND SECOND READINGS. THEY WERE THE REGISTRATION OF PERSONS (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989; THE MEDICAL REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989; AND THE HONG KONG TOURIST ASSOCIATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989. DEBATES ON THE BILLS WERE ADJOURNED.

0 -

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

21

(DEA ON PASSPORTS WORTH PURSUING: GOVERNOR ******

THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID THE IDEA OF ALLOWING HONG KONG PEOPLE TO OBTAIN FOREIGN PASSPORTS WITHOUT REQUIRING THEM TO LEAVE IS WORTH PUTTING ACROSS IN WASHINGTON.

SIR DAVID DESCRIBED THE IDEA AS A NEW WAY OF LOOKING AT THINGS WHEN SPEAKING TO REPORTERS IN WASHINGTON ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 17).

"WHETHER OR NOT IT CAN BE DONE AND HOW IT CAN BE DONE IS SOMETHING THAT WOULD HAVE TO BE WORKED OUT HERE ON THE HILL.

"IT WOULD REQUIRE A DIFFERENT SORT OF APPROACH. IT DOESN’T FIT IN WITH THE NORMAL PATTERN OF IMMIGRATION," SIR DAVID SAID.

THE GOVERNOR POINTED OUT THAT HIS CONCERN WAS TO EXPLAIN THE NEED AS HE SAW IT OF HONG KONG AND HOPED THAT SENATORS AND MEMBERS OF THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES WOULD FIND WAYS OF MEETING THOSE CONCERNS AND FITTING IN WITH THE LEGISLATIVE TRADITION OF THE UNITED STATES.

ASKED HOW MUCH SUPPORT THERE WAS FOR THE IDEA, SIR DAVID SAID: "I THINK IT’S AN IDEA WHICH IS JUST BEGINNING TO BE LOOKED AT. I WOULDN’T PUT IT STRONGER THAN THAT. IT’S A NEW IDEA AND IT ALWAYS TAKES A BIT OF TIME FOR ANY NEU IDEA TO TAKE ROOT."

THE GOVERNOR YESTERDAY HAD ANOTHER BUSY ROUND OF VISITS IN WASHINGTON, DC, MEETING SENATORS AND LEADERS OF CONGRESS ON CAPITOL HILL.

HE MET MEMBERS OF THE NATIONAL COMMITTEE ON UNITED STATES-CHINA RELATIONS INCLUDING MR ROBERT STRAUSS, FORMER U.S. TRADE REPRESENTATIVE. HE LATER MET SENATOR ALAN SIMPSON, THE SENATE MINORITY WHIP AND ASSISTANT REPUBLICAN LEADER.

IN THE AFTERNOON, HE MET A KEY STAFF MEMBER OF THE HOUSE JUDICIARY COMMITTEE’S SUB-COMMITTEE ON IMMIGRATION, REFUGEES AND INTERNATIONAL LAW.

SIR DAVID ALSO MET SENATOR LLOYD BENTSEN, CHAIRMAN OF THE SENATE FINANCE COMMITTEE; SENATOR CHARLES ROBB, WHO IS A MEMBER OF THE FOREIGN RELATIONS COMMITTEE; AND REPRESENTATIVE STEPHEN SOLARZ AND MEMBERS OF THE ASIA-PACIFIC SUB-COMMITTEE.

THE GOVERNOR’S LAST MEETING OF THE DAY WAS WITH MR DAN ROSTENKOWSKI, CHAIRMAN OF THE HOUSE WAYS AND MEANS COMMITTEE.

IN THE EVENING, THE GOVERNOR AND LADY WILSON ATTENDED A DINNER GIVEN IN THEIR HONOUR BY THE BRITISH AMBASSADOR IN WASHINGTON, SIR ANTHONY ACLAND.

-------o----------

/22........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18,

1989

FC APPROVES $16.26 M FOR CREATION OF 25 CONSULTANT POSTS ******

THE FINANCE COMMITTEE OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL TODAY (WEDNESDAY) APPROVED A FUNDING OF $16.26 MILLION FOR THE CREATION OF 25 ADDITIONAL POSTS OF CONSULTANT AT QUEEN ELIZABETH, PRINCESS MARGARET AND QUEEN MARY HOSPITALS.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE HOSPITAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT SAID THE ADDITIONAL POSTS ARE NEEDED TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE STAFF AT THE APPROPRIATE LEVEL TO DEAL WITH INCREASED DEMAND FOR SERVICES, TO ENHANCE THE STANDARD OF PATIENT CARE AND TO IMPROVE THE SUPERVISION OF THE UNITS AT THE THREE HOSPITALS.

’’DUE TO THE INCREASE IN WORKLOAD, THE COMPLEXITY OF MODERN MEDICINE AND THE ADVANCE OF MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY, THE CONSULTANTS OF THE UNITS ARE UNABLE TO COPE WITH THE DEMAND.

“THEREFORE, IT IS CONSIDERED NECESSARY TO CREATE 25 ADDITIONAL POSTS OF CONSULTANT FOR UNITS IN QUEEN ELIZABETH, PRINCESS MARGARET AND QUEEN MARY HOSPITALS WHICH NEED STRENGTHENING TO COPE WITH THE INCREASED WORKLOAD, TO MAINTAIN AND IMPROVE THF STANDARD OF SERVICE AND TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE TRAINING OF JUNIOR DOCTORS," THE SPOKESMAN EXPLAINED.

OF THE 25 ADDITIONAL CONSULTANTS, 13 WILL BE POSTED TO QUEEN ELIZABETH HOSPITAL, 10 TO PRINCESS MARGARET HOSPITAL AND TWO TO QUEEN MARY HOSPITAL.

"IT IS EXPECTED THAT THE 25 ADDITIONAL CONSULTANT POSTS WILL BE FILLED IN DECEMBER," THE SPOKESMAN ADDED.

DSW GIVES ASSURANCE CONCERNING OAA APPLICATIONS *****

THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MRS ELIZABETH WONG, TODAY (WEDNESDAY) ASSURED SENIOR RESIDENTS THAT EVERY EFFORT WOULD BE TAKEN BY THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT TO AVOID ANY UNDUE DELAY IN PROCESSING OLD AGE ALLOWANCE (OAA) APPLICATIONS.

SHE GAVE THE ASSURANCE DURING A VISIT TO A SOCIAL CENTRE FOR THE ELDERLY OPERATED BY THE ASIA WOMEN'S LEAGUE IN HENRY G. LEONG YAUMATEI COMMUNITY CENTRE.

MRS WONG TOLD THE ELDERLY THERE THAT IT WAS THE DEPARTMENT'S INTENTION TO COMPLETE PROCESSING NEW OAA APPLICATIONS AS QUICKLY AS POSSIBLE.

SHE ADDED THAT THE ELDERLY WOULD HAVE THEIR PAYMENTS BACKDATED TO THE DATE OF ELIGIBILITY FOR THE ALLOWANCES ON APPLICATION.

/23

WEDNESDAY. OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 25 -

SEMINAR ON HE’S FUTURE DEVELOPMENT t t » t t

FOUR PUBLIC FIGURES WILL EXAMINE THE COURSE OF HONG KONG’S FUTURE DEVELOPMENT AT A SEMINAR TOMORROW (THURSDAY).

THEY ARE OMELCO MEMBERS MR ANDREW WONG AND DR DANIEL TSE, ENGINEERING CONSI LTANT DR RAYMOND HO, AND DR JOSEPH CHENG OF THE OPEN LEARNING INSTITUTE.

THEY WILL SPEAK AT THE SEMINAR, ENTITLED "HONG KONG NEEDS YOU", ORGANISED BY THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF LIONS CLUBS DISTRICT 303 AND SPONSORED BY THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION.

THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR DAVID LAN, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE SEMINAR, WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 6.30 PM ON THE FIFTH FLOOR OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG JOCKEY CLUB IN HAPPY VALLEY.

MR LAN SAID IT WAS VERY MEANINGFUL THAT A GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT AND A PRIVATE ORGANISATION SHOULD JOINTLY ORGANISE A SEMINAR TO DISCUSS WHAT NEEDED TO BE DONE TO ENSURE HONG KONG’S CONTINUANCE AS A PROSPEROUS, STABLE AND DYNAMIC SOCIETY.

HE HOPED THE DISTINGUISHED CITIZENS PARTICIPATING IN THE SEMINAR COULD COME TO A CONSENSUS ON HOW THE TERRITORY’S PROSPERITY AND STABILITY COULD BE MAINTAINED.

"THIS WILL CERTAINLY BE OF GREAT VALUE TOWARDS STIMULATING FURTHER DISCUSSIONS ON THE SUBJECT SO THAT A GENERAL CONSENSUS AMONG HONG KONG PEOPLE CAN BE REACHED," HE SAID.

MR LAN SAID LIONS CLUBS HAD ALWAYS BEEN ONE OF THE MOST ACTIVE COMMUNITY SERVICE ORGANISATIONS IN THE TERRITORY, AND HAD RENDERED VERY VALUABLE SERVICE TO THE COMMUNITY.

"THERE IS MUCH SCOPE OF CO-OPERATION BETWEEN THE CNTA AND THE CLUBS IN VARIOUS FIELDS OF COMMUNITY SERVICE," HE ADDED.

THE DISTRICT GOVERNOR OF THE INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF LIONS CLUBS DISTRICT 303, MR PAUL FAN, SAID THE OBJECTIVE OF THE SEMINAR WAS "TO PROMOTE CIVIC AWARENESS AMONG HONG KONG LIONS AND TO HELP MAINTAIN THE STABILITY AND PROSPERITY OF HONG KONG.”

TOMORROW’S PROGRAMME WILL INCLUDE FOUR KEYNOTE SPEECHES BY THE GUEST SPEAKERS.

MR ANDREW WONG WILL SPEAK ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE POLITICAL SYSTEM IN HONG KONG, TO BE FOLLOWED BY A SPEECH BY DR RAYMOND HO ON THE TERRITORY'S FUTURE INFRASTRUCTURAL DEVELOPMENTS.

DR JOSEPH CHENG WILL PROBE THE QUESTION OF "INTERNATIONALISING" HONG KONG WHILE DR DANIEL TSE WILL SPEAK ON THE SEMINAR’S THEME -"HONG KONG NEEDS YOU".

- 0----------

/24........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 24 -

MORE DEVELOPMENTS IN WAN CHAI NORTH PLANNED ♦ ♦ ♦ t *

THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR DAVID LAN, SAID TODAY (WEDNESDAY) THAT MORE DEVELOPMENTS WOULD TAKE PLACE IN WAN CHAI NORTH IN THE COMING YEARS.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE WAN CHAI FESTIVAL AT THE ACADEMY FOR PERFORMING ARTS, MR LAN SAID ACCORDING TO THE FINAL REPORT OF A FEASIBILITY STUDY, THE CENTRAL AND WAN CHAI RECLAMATION PROJECT WOULD YIELD ABOUT 160 HECTARES OF LAND FOR DEVELOPMENT ON THE NORTH SHORE OF HONG KONG ISLAND.

IT HAD BEEN PROPOSED THAT ONE-SEVENTH OF THE ADDITIONAL LAND WOULD BE FOR COMMERCIAL USE.

MR LAN NOTED THAT WAN CHAI NORTH WAS DEVELOPING AT A VERY FAST SPEED TO BECOME ANOTHER COMMERCIAL AND CULTURAL ARE/Y ON HONG KONG ISLAND, AFTER CENTRAL AND ADMIRALTY.

’’THE COMMERCIAL FLOOR AREA IN WAN CHAI NORTH NOW TOTALS 160,000 SQUARE METRES.

"AN ADDITIONAL 200,000 SQUARE METRES WILL BE PROVIDED BY TWO GOVERNMENT BUILDINGS UNDER CONSTRUCTION IN GLOUCESTER ROAD AND HARBOUR ROAD, APART FROM THE MANY NEW OFFICE BUILDINGS NOW UNDER VARIOUS STAGES OF CONSTRUCTION BY THE PRIVATE SECTOR," HE SAID.

MR LAN SAID WAN CHAI, WHILE FAST BECOMING A COMMERCIAL AREA, WOULD CONTINUE TO OFFER AN IDEAL LIVING ENVIRONMENT. HE URGED WAN CHAI RESIDENTS TO ACTIVELY SUPPORT DEVELOPMENTS IN THE DISTRICT.

ALSO SPEAKING AT THE CEREMONY, WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMAN, MRS PEGGY LAM, SAID THE AIM OF ORGANISING THE FESTIVAL WAS TO ENHANCE THE SENSE OF UNITY AND BELONGING AMONG RESIDENTS, AND TO PROMOTE THEIR KNOWLEDGE OF, AND PARTICIPATION IN, DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.

THE DISTRICT FESTIVAL WILL RUN UNTIL NOVEMBER 12. A SERIES OF RECREATIONAL AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES HAS BEEN LINED UP FOR THE 200,000 RESIDENTS IN THE DISTRICT.

THE OPENING CEREMONY WAS FOLLOWED BY A VARIETY SHOW WITH PERFORMANCES BY POP SINGERS, CHINESE MARTIAL ARTS DEMONSTRATIONS, AND A TALK ON WAN CHAI’S FUNG-SHUT.

ALSO ATTENDING THE OPENING CEREMONY WERE WAN CHAI DISTRICT OFFICER, MR PETER MANN, AND CHAIRMAN OF THE WAN CHAI FESTIVAL ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MR RAYMOND CHOW.

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 25 -

GOVT LAND TO LET BY TENDER

* * ♦ *

TENDERS ARE BEING INVITED BV THE BUILDINGS AND LANDS DEPARTMENT FOR THE SHORT-TERM TENANCIES OF TWO 2,825-SQUARE-METRE SITES ON HONG KONG ISLAND AND IN THE NEW TERRITORIES FOR OPEN STORAGE PURPOSES.

THE ONE ON HONG KONG ISLAND IS NEAR SHING TAI ROAD, CHAI WAN RECLAMATION. IT WILL BE USED FOR OPEN STORAGE (EXCLUDING DANGEROUS GOODS AND CONTAINERS) AND/OR THE STORAGE, DISTRIBUTION AND SALE OF SAND, CEMENT AND AGGREGATE.

THE TENANCY IS RENEWABLE QUARTERLY AFTER AN INITIAL LEASE PERIOD OF TWO YEARS.

THE OTHER SITE, FOR OPEN STORAGE OF TENANT'S GOODS EXCLUDING STORAGE OF CONTAINERS, IS IN AREA 2, TSING YI ISLAND.

THE LEASE IS FOR ONE YEAR AND IS RENEWABLE QUARTERLY AFTERWARDS.

FORMS OF TENDER, TENDER NOTICES AND CONDITIONS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM AND TENDER PLANS INSPECTED AT THE BUILDINGS AND LANDS DEPARTMENT, I ITH FLOOR, MURRAY BUILDING, GARDEN ROAD, HONG KONG; THE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICES KOWLOON, 1 OTH FLOOR, YAU MA TEI CARPARK BUILDING, 250 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON; AND THE RESPECTIVE DISTRICT LANDS OFFICES OF HONG KONG EAST AND KWAI TSING.

THE DEADLINE FOR SUBMITTING TENDERS FOR BOTH SITES IS NOON ON NOVEMBER 3 THIS YEAR.

-------0 ---------

DISTRICT BOARD BY-ELECTION AT TSING YI ♦ t » * *

ELECTORS IN THE CHEUNG CHING TSING VI ISLAND ARE URGED TO VOTE BY-ELECTION TOMORROW (THURSDAY).

ESTATE AND MAYFAIR GARDENS ON IN THE KWAI TSING DISTRICT BOARD

THE BY-ELECTION FOR THE

DISTRICT

BOARD’S

SZE YAP

CONSTITUENCY WILL BE HELD AT THE HONG KONG INDUSTRIAL ASSOCIATION CHAN LAI SO CHUN MEMORIAL SCHOOL,

TSING YI COMMERCIAL

CHEUNG

SOUTH

AND CHING

ESTATE.

THE TWO CANDIDATES FOR THE BY-ELECTION ARE MR TSE WAI-MING AND MR CHAN KIU-ON.

POLLING WILL TAKE PLACE BETWEEN 7.30 AM AND 10.30 PM.

/ELECTORS SHOULD

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

ELECTORS SHOULD BRING ALONG THEIR IDENTITY CARDS AND THEIR POLL CARDS. AS THERE IS O/lLY ONE VACANCY, ELECTORS SHOULD SIMPLY RECORD THEIR VOTE BY MARK/NG A CROSS IN THE BOX ALONGSIDE THE NAME OF THE CANDIDATE OF THEIR CHOICE.

FOR ENQUIRIES, ELECTORS CAN CONTACT THE REGISTRATION AND ELECTORAL DIVISION ON TEL. 5-270369 OR 5-270380.

- 0 -

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS DRAFT TRANSPORT PROGRAMME

THE TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE OF THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT BOARD WILL DISCUSS THE 1990-91 DRAFT PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME FOR THE DISTRICT AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (THURSDAY).

THE COMMITTEE WILL ALSO CONSIDER MEASURES TO RELIEVE TRAFFIC CONGESTION AT SOME OF THE ROAD JUNCTIONS IN THE DISTRICT.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE KOWLOON CITY DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE TO BE HELD TOMORROW (THURSDAY) IN THE DISTRICT OFFICE CONFERENCE ROOM, 141 KAU PU1 LUNG ROAD, TO KWA WAN.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2.15 PM.

OMELCO’S POLITICAL MODEL ON NORTH DB AGENDA *******

MEMBERS OF THE NORTH DISTRICT BOARD WILL EXPRESS THEIR VIEWS ON THE OMELCO CONSENSUS ON HONG KONG’S FUTURE POLITICAL bEVELOPMENT AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (THURSDAY).

LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR MR ANDREW WONG WILL ADDRESS THE MEETING.

MEMBERS WILL ALSO CONSIDER PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO THE LAYOUT PLAN FOR A VILLAGE DEVELOPMENT AREA WEST OF WO HOP SHEK TSUEN IN FANLING SOUTH.

/OTHER ITEMS

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

27

OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA INCLUDE REPORTS FROM THE DISTRICT MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE AND THE REGIONAL COUNCIL’S DISTRICT COMMITTEE.

NORTH

NORTH

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE NORTH DISTRICT BOARD MEETING TOMORROW (THURSDAY) IN THE CONFERENCE ROOM OL THE NORTH DISTRICT OFFICE, JOCKEY CLUB ROAD, FALLING.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 9.30 AM.

-----0-----

POSTER COMPETITION FOR COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB MEMBERS

******

MEMBERS OF THE COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB (CYC) OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT ARE INVITED TO TAKE PART IN A "PICTURE A PEACEFUL WORLD" POSTER CONTEST.

THE COMPETITION IS BEING JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DEPARTMENT’S CYC SECTION AND THE LIONS CLUBS INTERNATIONAL DISTRICT 303.

SELECTED POSTERS WILL BE SENT TO THE SECOND ANNUAL INTERNATIONAL PEACE POSTER CONTEST IN CHICAGO, ILLINOIS. USA.

THE GRAND PRIZE FOR THE COMPETITION WILL BE A ROUND TRIP TO FOR A BEHIND-THE-SCENES VISIT TO WINNER WILL BE PRESENTED WITH A ENGRAVED COMMEMORATIVE PLAQUE.

WINNER OF THE INTERNATIONAL

NEW YORK WITH TWO FAMILY MEMBERS THE UNITED NATIONS, WHERE THE

CASH AWARD OF US$1,500 AND AN

THERE WILL BE 23 MERIT AWARDS. EACH RECIPIENT WILL BE GIVEN A CERTIFICATE OF ACHIEVEMENT AND US$250 IN CASH.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, MRS C.H. KONG, AND THE DISTRICT GOVERNOR OF THE LIONS CLUBS INTERNATIONAL DISTRICT 303 HONG KONG AND MACAU, MR PAUL FAN, WILL HOLD A PRESS CONFERENCE ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 20) TO ANNOUNCE DETAILS OF THE "PICTURE A PEACEFUL WORLD" POSTER CONTEST.

YOU ARE INVITED TO ATTEND THE PRESS CONFERENCE TO BEGIN AT 3.

PM AT THE HEADQUARTERS OF THE LIONS CLUBS INTERNATIONAL DISTRICT 303 AT ROOM 803, DOMINION CENTRE, 43-59 QUEEN’S ROAD EAST, WAN CHAI.

-----0-----

/28........

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 28 -

ILLEGAL STRUCTURE IN NORTH POINT TO BE CLOSED

#»*»♦**

THE BUILDING AUTHORITY IS TO SEEK THE CLOSURE OF AN ILLEGAL STRUCTURE IN NORTH POINT SO THAT IT CAN BE DEMOLISHED WITHOUT DANGER TO THE OCCUPIERS OR TO THE PUBLIC.

THE ILLEGAL STRUCTURE IS LOCATED ON THE ROOF OVER FLAT 3, 26TH FLOOR, BLOCK A, 2-6 FORTRESS HILL ROAD.

THE CLOSURE IS PART OF AN EXERCISE TO ENFORCE AN ORDER ISSUED UNDER THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE ON APRIL 10, 1986 REQUIRING THE

DEMOLITION OF THE ILLEGAL STRUCTURE.

NOTICE OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR A CLOSURE ORDER FROM THE HONG KONG DISTRICT COURT ON DECEMBER 19 THIS YEAR WAS POSTED ON A CONSPICUOUS PART OF THE STRUCTURE TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

IT IS INTENDED THAT DEMOLITION WORK WILL BE CARRIED OUT ONCE THE CLOSURE ORDER IS OBTAINED.

-----o-----

AIR MAIL SERVICES BETWEEN HK AND LEBANON RESUMED

*****

THE AIR MAIL AND AIR PARCEL SERVICES BETWEEN HONG KONG AND LEBANON, WHICH HAD BEEN SUSPENDED SINCE APRIL 13 THIS YEAR, HAVE NOW BEEN RESUMED FOLLOWING THE RE-OPENING OF THE BEIRUT AIRPORT, THE POST OFFICE ANNOUNCED TODAY (WEDNESDAY).

THESE SERVICES INCLUDE FIRST AND SECOND CLASS AIR MAIL AND AIR PARCELS UP TO FIVE KILOGRAMS.

SURFACE MAIL AND SURFACE PARCEL SERVICES TO LEBANON REMAIN SUSPENDED UNTIL FURTHER NOTICE.

-----o-----

TEMPORARY URBAN CLEARWAYS IN KENNEDY TOWN

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 20), THE FOLLOWING ROAD SECTIONS IN KENNEDY TOWN WILL BE DESIGNATED URBAN CLEARWAYS ROUND-THE-CLOCK FOR ABOUT FOUR WEEKS TO FACILITATE TRAM TRACK RENEWAL WORKS:

* THE SOUTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF KENNEDY TOWN PRAYA BETWEEN

HOUSE NOS. 49 AND 51; AND

/• THE WESTERN

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

- 29 -

» THE WESTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF SANDS STREET FROM A POINT ABOUT 15 METRES NORTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH CATCHICK STREET TO A POINT ABOUT FIVE METRES TO THE SOUTH.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS WITHIN THE RESTRICTED AREAS.

-----0-----

URBAN CLEARWAYS IN WESTERN, TIN WAN » » » » »

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 20), THE EASTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF KA ON STREET BETWEEN CONNAUGHT ROAD WEST AND DES VOEUX ROAD WEST IN WESTERN DISTRICT WILL BE MADE AN URBAN CLEARWAY ROUND-THE-CLOCK.

THIS MEASURE WILL LAST FOR ABOUT SIX WEEKS TO FACILITATE ROAD AND DRAINAGE WORKS.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS THERE.

ALSO FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY, THE EXISTING 7 AM TO 7 PM DAILY URBAN CLEARWAY ON THE EASTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF TIN WAN STREET IN SOUTHERN DISTRICT BETWEEN TIN WAN CLOSE AND SHEK PAI WAN ROAD WILL BE LIFTED.

-----0-----

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS FOR KING’S ROAD RECONSTRUCTION ♦ * * » ♦

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 20), THE FOLLOWING ROAD SECTIONS WILL BE DESIGNATED URBAN CLEARWAYS ROUND-THE-CLOCK DURING THE PERIODS SPECIFIED BELOW BECAUSE OF KING’S ROAD RECONSTRUCTION WORKS:

FOR ABOUT SIX MONTHS

t KING’S ROAD WESTBOUND BETWEEN YAU MAN STREET AND A POINT ABOUT 140 METRES EAST OF GREIG ROAD: AND

* GREIG ROAD BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION WITH KING’S ROAD AND A POINT ABOUT 35 METRES TO THE SOUTH.

/FOR ABOUT .......

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

FOR ABOUT 10 MONTHS

KING'S ROAD EASTBOUND BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION WITH TIN CHIU STREET TO A POINT ABOUT 40 METRES TO THE WEST; AND

THE WESTERN KERBSIDE LANE OF TIN CHIU STREET BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION WITH KING’S ROAD AND A POINT ABOUT 10 METRES TO THE NORTH.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS WITHIN THE RESTRICTED AREAS.

----0----

PLB BAN ZONE IN SHAM SHUI PO *****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 20), THE SECTION OF FAT TSEUNG STREET BETWEEN LAI CHI KOK ROAD AND TUNG CHAU STREET IN SHAM SHUI PO WILL BE DESIGNATED A PUBLIC LIGHT BUS BAN ZONE 24 HOURS DAILY.

ALL PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES EXCEPT THOSE WITH PERMITS ISSUED BY THE COMMISSIONER FOR TRANSPORT WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM ENTERING THE BAN ZONE .

----0------

URBAN CLEARWAY IN SHAM SHUI PO *****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 20), THE SOUTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF CAMP STREET IN SHAM SHUI PO BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION WITH UN CHAU STREET AND A POINT ABOUT 25 METRES WEST OF THE SAME JUNCTION WILL BE DESIGNATED AN URBAN CLEARWAY FROM 7 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 4 PM TO 7 PM DAILY.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS THERE.

----o------

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 18, 1989

NT TAXI URBAN CLEARWAYS IN TSUEN WAN t ♦ t t ♦

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 20), THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS OF ROADS WILL BE DESIGNATED 24-HOUR NEW TERRITORIES TAXI URBAN CLEARWAYS:

* THE SECTION OF MIU KONG STREET BETWEEN WAI TSUF.N ROAD AND SHING MUN ROAD:

♦ THE SECTION OF SHING MUN ROAD BETWEEN MIU KONG STREET AND SAI LAU KOK ROAD; AND

t THE SECTION OF SAI LAU KOK ROAD BETWEEN SHING MUN ROAD AND WAI T8UEN ROAD.

WITHIN THESE RESTRICTED AREAS, ALL NEW TERRITORIES TAXIS WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM PICKING UP OR SETTING DOWN PASSENGERS.

-------o ---------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

HK RESPONDING TO PACIFIC BASIN'S ECONOMIC GROWTH: GOVERNOR . 1

HK MUST ULTIMATELY TAKE OWN DECISIONS ON VBP ................ 3

GOVT AIMS TO START ORDERLY RETURN PROGRAMME THTS YEAR.... 4

TOP GOVT OFFICIALS TO VISIT CANTON AND PEARL RIVER DELTA ... 5

APPOINTMENT OF ACADEMY OF MEDICINE PREPARATORY COMMITTEE

SOON ...................................................... 6

HONG KONG ENJOYS HIGH STANDARD OF HEALTH..................... 8

MEASURES TO IMPROVE HOSPITAL SERVICES ....................... 9

DSW OUTLINES SOCIAL WELFARE DEVELOPMENT..................... 11

PUBLIC URGED TO WASH VEGETABLES THOROUGHLY.................. 1?

RHKAAF TO MARK 4OTH ANNIVERSARY............................. 14

NEW KWAI TSING DB MEMBER ELECTED............................ 15

CFPA APPROVES GRANTS TO LOCAL ARTS GROUPS .................. 15

AUGUST ORDERS-ON-HAND, EMPLOYMENT, PAYROLL FIGURES RELEASED 16 HEROIN TAKING MAY LEAD TO ACUTE POISONING .................. 21

SEMINAR ON SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION...... 22

FIREMAN RECEIVES COMMENDATION .............................. 2J

ARTS FESTIVAL IN YUEN LONG ................................. 24

DB COMMITTEE TO BE BRIEFED ON REHABILITATION SERVICES.... 25

ROAD SAFETY SLOGAN COMPETITION IN EASTERN .................. 25

AREA COMMITTEE SEMINARS FOR SOUTHERN DISTRICT RESIDENTS .... 26

DRAWING CONTEST FOR CHILDREN IN TSIM SHA TSUI .............. 27

ILLEGAL STRUCTURE IN YUEN LONG TO BE CLOSED ................ 2?

PRE-WAR BUILDINGS AT SHANGHiJC STREET DECLARED DANGEROUS .... 28

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN CENTRAL ................... 29

URBAN CLEARWAYS IN WAN CHAI ................................ 29

CLOSURE OF UNDERPASS IN SHAM SHUI PO ....................... 30

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

HK RESPONDING TO PACIFIC BASIN'S ECONOMIC GROWTH: GOVERNOR

******

HONG KONG’S PORT AND AIRPORT DEVELOPMENT. AND BUILDING OF OTHER MAJOR FACILITIES ARE A RESPONSE TO THE RAPID GROWTH OF THE PACIFIC BASIN ECONOMY WHICH INEVITABLY WILL TIE THE TERRITORY MORE CLOSELY TO THE UNITED STATES. THE GOVERNOR. SIR DAVID WILSON. SAID TODAY (THURSDAY. LOS ANGELES TIME).

SPEAKING AT A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE WORLD AFFAIRS COUNCIL IN LOS ANGELES. JSIR DAVID SAID THE LINKS BETWEEN HONG KONG AND THE UNITED STATES WERE ALREADY STRONG WITH SOME 900 AMERICAN FIRMS AT WORK IN THE TERRITORY. 54 OF THEM CALIFORNIA-BASED MULTINATIONALS.

BOTH HONG KONG AND LOS ANGELES WERE PART OF THE NEW PHENOMENON OF PACIFIC RIM GROWTH. THE GOVERNOR SAID.

"THE US NOW DOES MORE TRADE ACROSS THE PACIFIC THAN ACROSS THE ATLANTIC. THIS IS AS CLEARLY REFLECTED IN OUR OWN TRADE FIGURES AS IT IS IN THE VOLUME OF CARGO THAT PASSES THROUGH LONG BEACH." HE SAID.

HONG KONG WAS NOW THE NUMBER ONE CONTAINER PORT IN THE WORLD. ITS CONTAINER TERMINALS WERE OWNED AND MANAGED BY PRIVATE COMPANIES, ONE OF THEM AMERICAN.

SIR DAVID POINTED OUT THAT TRADE PATTERNS WERE CHANGING. AND HONG KONG WAS NO LONGER QUITE SO DEPENDENT ON ITS TRADITIONAL MARKETS IN NORTH AMERICA AND EUROPE.

"TRADE WITH THE ASIAN REGION NOW REPRESENTS ABOUT 60 PER CENT OF OUR TOTAL TRADE." HE SAID. ADDING THAT THE FIGURES ALSO HIGHLIGHTED THE HUB ROLE WHICH HONG KONG NOW PLAYED IN THE REGION — A HUB POSITION PARTLY DETERMINED BY GEOGRAPHY AND PARTLY BY ITS DETERMINATION TO REMAIN THE SUPER PORT OF ASIA.

HE POINTED OUT THAT AMERICAN FIRMS WERE THE BIGGEST FOREIGN INVESTORS IN HONG KONG. ACCOUNTING FOR MORE THAN 36 PER CENT OF FOREIGN INVESTMENT IN MANUFACTURING. EMPLOYING 36.000 WORKERS IN 162 FACTORIES.

"THEY PRODUCE MORE THAN SEVEN PER CENT OF OUR EXPORTS. THEIR TOTAL SALES WERE ESTIMATED AT USS2.2 BILLION IN 1988." HE SAID.

"INDEED. JOINT INVESTMENT IN HONG KONG IS BIGGER THAN ANYWHERE ELSE IN EAST AND SOUTHEAST ASIA EXCEPT JAPAN." HE SAID.

SIR DAVID NOTED THAT THE UNITED STATES REMAINED HONG KONG’S BIGGEST MARKET. TAKING ONE THIRD OF OUR EXPORTS.

"AND. WHILE WE ARE ONLY YOUR 14TH LARGEST MARKET. WE BUY MORE FROM YOU PER HEAD THAN ANYONE ELSE. ON AVERAGE. EACH PERSON IN HONG KONG BUYS JUST UNDER USS 1.000 IN AMERICAN GOODS EACH YEAR.

/"COMPARE THIS ......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

2

’’COMPARE THIS WITH JUST OVER USS3OO BY THE JAPANESE AND ONLY US$234 BY THE EUROPEANS,” THE GOVERNOR TOLD HIS AUDIENCE.

SIR DAVID POINTED OUT THAT WHILE CALIFORNIA WAS THE SIXTH LARGEST ECONOMY IN THE WORLD, HONG KONG WAS THE STATE’S SIXTH LARGEST TRADING PARTNER.

’’YOU ALSO KNOW THAT HONG KONG IS LITERALLY HUNGRY FOR YOUR EXPORTS. WE TAKE ONE TENTH OF ALL THE FRESH PRODUCE EXPORTED BY THE UNITED STATES. MOST OF IT COMES FROM CALIFORNIA,” HE SAID.

“LAST YEAR CALIFORNIANS SOLD HONG KONG $2.4 BILLION WORTH OF GOODS," THE GOVERNOR SAID, NOTING THAT THE TERRITORY WAS THE NUMBER ONE MARKET FOR CALIFORNIA ORGANGES AND IN THE TOP THREE FOR VARIOUS OTHER FRUITS AND VEGETABLES.

"SMALL WONDER THAT THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA IS TO OPEN A TRADE OFFICE IN HONG KONG. WE WELCOME YOU WARMLY. WE KNOW YOU WILL DO GOOD BUSINESS.” HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SAID THE PACIFIC RIM ECONOMIES HAD LED THE WAY IN MULTIPLE SOURCE MANUFACTURING AND THAT EVERYONE HAD BENEFITTED FROM THIS.

’’THE POSSIBILITIES FOR TRADE EXPANSION ARE LIMITLESS," HE SAID, ADDING THAT AS CHINA’S ECONOMY HAD OPENED UP SO HAD THE OPPORTUNITIES FOR JOINT VENTURES.

NOTING THAT MANY HONG KONG FIRMS HAD ALREADY ADJUSTED TO THIS NEW COMPARATIVE ADVANTAGE. SIR DAVID SAID: "OUTWARD PROCESSING IS THE ORDER OF THE DAY AND THE TRADE IN COMPONENTS AND SEMI-MANUFACTURES HAS GROWN EXPONENTIALLY.

"THERE IS A PARALLEL TRANSFER OF TECHNOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT SKILLS. HONG KONG HAS A KEY ROLE TO PLAY IN THIS AND THE MODERNISATION OF THE CHINESE ECONOMY WHICH WILL FLOW FROM IT," HE ADDED.

SIR DAVID SAID WHILE THE EVENTS OF JUNE 4 HAD A TRAUMATIC EFFECT ON HONG KONG. ECONOMICALLY THE IMPACT WAS SHORT AND SHARP WITH EQUITIES LOSING 30 PER CENT OF THEIR VALUE. PROPERTY PRICES DROPPING BETWEEN 10 AND 20 PER CENT. CONSUMER SALES FALLING. AND HOTEL OCCUPANCY AND TOURIST SALES SUFFERING FROM WHOLESALE CANCELLATION OF CHINA TOURS.

LONG QUEUES HAD FORMED OUTSIDE FOREIGN CONSULATES AS PEOPLE SOUGHT APPLICATION FORMS FOR EMIGRATION. AND THERE WERE STRONG CALLS ON THE UNITED KINGDOM TO GRANT RIGHT OF ABODE TO HONG KONG PEOPLE.

"BUT HONG KONG IS A VERY RESILIENT PLACE. SINCE JUNE 4 WE HAVE BEEN PICKING UP THE PIECES," HE SAID.

RECENT SUBSTANTIAL PRIVATE INVESTMENTS IN HONG KONG PROJECTS HAD RESULTED FROM THE DECISIONS OF RATIONAL. PRUDENT BUSINESSMEN, HE NOTED.

/SIR DAVID

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 1% 1989

3

SIR DAVID SAID THAT SINCE JUNE, SOME HAD CALLED FOR A RE-NEGOTIATION OF THE JOINT DECLARATION. BUT HE DID NOT SEE THIS AS A REALISTIC OPTION.

"HONG KONG’S FUTURE LIES WITH CHINA. THE WAY IN WHICH IT WILL KEEP ITS AUTONOMY IN MOST OF WHAT IT DOES IS LAID DOWN IN A SOLEMN AND BINDING INTERNATIONAL AGREEMENT.

"THERE IS NO PROSPECT FOR A NEW LEASE ON FUNDAMENTALLY DIFFERENT TERMS. WHAT WE MUST STRIVE FOR IS THE FULL IMPLEMENTATION OF THE JOINT DECLARATION IN BOTH SPIRIT AND LETTER." HE SAID.

ON THE VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE PROBLEM, THE GOVERNOR RESTATED THAT HONG KONG UNDERSTOOD AMERICAN SENSITIVITIES ON THE ISSUE OF RETURNING BOAT PEOPLE TO THEIR HOMELAND.

IN A MEETING

AGREEMENT ON

QUESTION OF

REFUGEES.

HE SAID THE PROBLEM HAD BEEN DISCUSSED AT GENEVA EARLIER THIS WEEK WHICH. UNFORTUNATELY. FAILED TO REACH THE IMPORTANT ISSUE OF EXACTLY HOW TO HANDLE THE RETURNING TO THEIR HOMES THOSE WHO WERE FOUND NOT TO BE

HISTORY OF DIFFICULT

RELATIONS WITH VIETNAM. BUT,

"YOU HAVE A b»*«*™* - - _____________

AS YOU LOOK AT THE PROBLEM WE AND THE OTHERS IN SOUTHEAST ASIA FACE IN DEALING WITH TENS OF THOUSANDS OF PEOPLE WHO WANT TO COME HERE TO UNITED STATES BUT WILL NEVER GET HERE. I ASK \OU TO LOOK AT HOW ARE TRYING TO DEAL WITH THIS HUMAN TRAGEDY WITH SYMPATHY

THE

WE AND

UNDERSTANDING," STR DAVID SAID.

-------0---------

HK MUST ULTIMATELY TAKE OWN DECISIONS ON VBP * ♦ ♦ t ♦

HONG KONG MUST ULTIMATELY TAKE ITS OWN DECISIONS ON VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE AND GO AHEAD IN A WAY THAT IT THINKS IS RIGHT, THE GOVERNOR. SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID IN WASHINGTON ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 18) .

HONG KONG WOULD HAVE TO DO SO EVEN IF IT DID NOT HAVE "TOTAL 100 PER CENT AGREEMENT" FROM EVERYONE IN THE WORLD, SIR DAVID TOLD REPORTERS IN A PRESS BRIEFING BEFORE FLYING TO CALIFORNIA.

"WE HAVE TO FACE IT, WE HAVE TO TAKE THE DECISIONS," HE SAID.

HONG KONG HAD TO EXPLAIN, TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE, WHY IT WAS TAKING THESE DECISIONS, "IT’S VERY IMPORTANT INDEED THAT WE SHOULD EXPLAIN OUR THINKING AS CAREFULLY AS WE CAN TO PEOPLE LIKE THE UNITED STATES, BUT ULTIMATELY WE HAVE TO TAKE THE DECISION BASED ON WHAT WE THINK IS THE RIGHT POLICY FOR HONG KONG," HE SAID.

SIR DAVID SAID THERE WAS BY NO MEANS A UNANIMOUS VIEW OPPOSED TO THE ORDERLY RETURN OF BOAT PEOPLE TO VIETNAM.

/’’THERE’S A.........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

“THERE’S A WHOLE RANGE OF VIEWS. I HOPE AS A RESULT OF BEING HERE THAT I HAVE PERSUADED MORE PEOPLE OF THE NEED TO GO AHEAD WITH THE POLICY THAT WE THINK IS RIGHT, WHICH IS A POLICY OF ORDERLY RETURN OF PEOPLE WHO ARE NON-REFUGEES AND DEFINED AS BEING NON-REFUGEES,” HE SAID.

ASKED IF THERE WOULD BE ANY ADVERSE EFFECT ON US/BRITISH RELATIONS IF HONG KONG PROCEEDED WITH THE ORDERLY RETURN OF BOAT PEOPLE, SIR DAVID SAID COUNTRIES LIKE BRITAIN AND THE UNITED STATES WERE VERY MATURE.

“THEY ARE PERFECTLY CAPABLE OF REALISING THAT THEY TAKE A DIFFERENT APPROACH ON A CERTAIN ISSUE WITHOUT LETTING THAT DAMAGE RELATIONS,” HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR SUMMED UP THE PURPOSE OF HIS VISIT AS BEING “TO PUT HONG KONG, OR TO KEEP HONG KONG, ON THE MAP IN WASHINGTON”.

IN HIS TALKS IN WASHINGTON HE HAD FOUND AN IMMENSE AMOUNT OF INTEREST IN HONG KONG, EVEN MORE SO THAN DURING HIS PREVIOUS VISIT TWO YEARS AGO.

SIR DAVID EXPRESSED DISAPPOINTMENT THAT THE VICE PRESIDENT, MR DAN QUAYLE, WOULD NOW BE UNABLE TO MEET HIM BECAUSE OF THE EARTHQUAKE IN NORTHERN CALIFORNIA.

SIR DAVID ADDED THAT HE HAD SENT THE GOVERNOR OF CALIFORNIA A MESSAGE EXPRESSING DEEP SYMPATHY ON BEHALF OF THE PEOPLE OF HONG KONG OVER THE TRAGIC LOSS OF LIFE IN THE EARTHQUAKE.

HE SAID HE WOULD BE GOING AHEAD WITH HIS VISIT TO LOS ANGELES, AND THEN SEE IF IT WAS POSSIBLE TO KEEP TO THE SCHEDULE FOR SAN FRANCISCO.

-------0---------

GOVT AIMS TO START ORDERLY RETURN PROGRAMME THIS YEAR *******

THE REFUGEE CO-ORDINATOR. MR MIKE HANSON. SAID TODAY (THURSDAY) THE GOVERNMENT WAS STILL AIMING TO START AN ORDERLY RETURN PROGRAMME OF VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE BEFORE THE END OF THE YEAR.

“WE HAVE SET OURSELVES A TARGET OF THE END OF THE YEAR, AND NOTHING THAT HAS HAPPENED AT THE STEERING COMMITTEE MEETING IN GENEVA CHANGES THAT,” HE SAID ON HIS RETURN FROM THE MEETING.

“WE BELIEVE THAT THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN OF ACTION ENDORSED IN JUNE MUST BE IMPLEMENTED IN FULL IF IT IS TO BE A COMPREHENSIVE SOLUTION.

“WITHOUT AN ORDERLY RETURN PROGRAMME. THE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN OF ACTION IS UNBALANCED AND UNTENABLE.

/’’THE BILATERAL.......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

- 5 -

"THE BILATERAL AND THE MULTILATERAL APPROACHES ARE NOT INCOMPATIBLE OR MUTUALLY EXCLUSIVE. WE SHALL CONTINUE WITH OUR EFFORTS THROUGH BOTH CHANNELS.

"WE ARE GOING BACK TO GENEVA IN LATE NOVEMBER OR EARLY DECEMBER TO RECONVENE THE STEERING COMMITTEE MEETING AND WE HOPE TO MAKE FURTHER PROGRESS THERE," HE SAID.

MR HANSON SAID THAT AT THE MEETING THERE WAS A GENERAL RECOGNITION THAT THE VOLUNTARY REPATRIATION PROGRAMME WAS NEVER GOING TO BE A SUFFICIENT SOLUTION TO THE BOAT PEOPLE PROBLEM.

"THERE WAS ALSO A GENERAL ACCEPTANCE THAT EVERYONE WHO IS NOT A REFUGEE MUST RETURN TO VIETNAM," HE SAID.

WHEN ASKED ABOUT THOSE VIETNAMESE CHILDREN WHO HAD COME TO HONG KONG WITHOUT THEIR PARENTS. MR HANSON SAID IT WAS ALREADY AGREED IN JUNE IN GENEVA THAT THERE WOULD BE SPECIAL ARRANGEMENTS TO DEAL WITH THESE PEOPLE.

"WE ARE NEGOTIATING WITH THE UNHCR TO SET UP A SPECIAL PROCEDURE. NOT TO DETERMINE THEIR STATUS. BUT TO DETERMINE WHERE THEIR BEST INTERESTS LIE. NORMALLY THEIR INTERESTS LIE WITH THEIR PARENTS, AND THEIR PARENTS ARE IN VIETNAM.

"WE HAVE NOT CONCLUDED ANY AGREEMENT WITH THE UNHCR. BUT THERE WILL BE A COMMITTEE TO BE SET UP TO MAKE RECOMMENDATIONS ON WHAT IS THE DURABLE SOLUTION FOR THESE CHILDREN," HE SAID.

"EACH CHILD WILL HAVE TO BE CONSIDERED ON AN INDIVIDUAL CASE BASIS,” HE ADDED.

-----o-----

TOP GOVT OFFICIALS TO VISIT CANTON AND PEARL RIVER DELTA «**»*»

A DELEGATION OF GOVERNMENT OFFICIALS IS TO LEAVE ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 23) FOR A FIVE-DAY VISIT OF MAJOR COASTAL PORTS AND CITIES OF GUANGDONG AT THE INVITATION OF THE CHINESE AUTHORITIES.

THE 11-MEMBER DELEGATION WILL BE LED BY THE SECRETARY FOR PLANNING, ENVIRONMENT AND LANDS. MR GRAHAM BARNES, AND THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES, MRS ANSON CHAN. THE MEMBERS WILL INCLUDE SENIOR TRANSPORT, ENVIRONMENTAL, MARINE, TOWN PLANNING AND AIR TRAFFIC OFFICIALS.

THEY WILL VISIT CANTON. SHENZHEN, ZHUHAI, SHEKOU, DONGGUAN, FOSHAN, ZHONGSHAN AND SHUNDE TO SEE GENERAL DEVELOPMENT THERE.

/THE DELEGATION .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

THE DELEGATION WILL BE LOOKING AT THE GENERAL DEVELOPMENT IN THE PEARL RIVER DELTA, WITH WHICH THE ECONOMIC AND PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENTS OF HONG KONG ARE CLOSELY TIED.

IN PARTICULAR THEY WILL SEE PORT AND AIRPORT FACILITIES AND DEVELOPMENTS. FACILITIES FOR SHIPPING TO HONG KONG, INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT AND MAJOR TRANSPORT FACILITIES.

IN CANTON. THE DELEGATION IS EXPECTED TO MEET GUANGDONG ECONOMIC AND PLANNING OFFICIALS FOR AN EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION AND VIEWS ON THE PHYSICAL PLANNING OF THE REGION AND OF HONG KONG.

THE HONG KONG OFFICIALS WILL ALSO TAKE THIS OPPORTUNITY TO BRIEF GUANGDONG OFFICIALS ON THE RECENTLY ANNOUNCED PORT AND AIRPORT DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY.

-------0 ---------

APPOINTMENT OF ACADEMY OF MEDICINE PREPARATORY COMMITTEE SOON

**»»»*»»

A HONG KONG ACADEMY OF MEDICINE PREPARATORY COMMITTEE WILL SOON BE APPOINTED BY THE GOVERNOR TO UNDERTAKE THE PLANNING AND PREPARATORY WORK FOR THE FORMATION OF THE ACADEMY. THE SECRETARY FOR HEALTH AND WELFARE, MR T.H. CHAU, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY).

ELABORATING ON THE GOVERNOR’S RECENT ANNOUNCEMENT ON THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE ACADEMY, MR CHAU SAID AT A PRESS CONFERENCE PREPARATORY WORK WAS EXPECTED TO TAKE ABOUT 18 MONTHS TO COMPLETE AND NEW LEGISLATION WOULD BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A LEGAL BASIS AND FRAMEWORK FOR THE ACADEMY’S OPERATIONS.

"THE COMMITTEE WILL BE CHAIRED BY PROFESSOR DAVID TODD, FORMERLY THE HEAD OF THE DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE AT THE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG.

"SOME MEMBERS WILL BE NOMINATED BY THE TWO UNIVERSITIES AND BY RELEVANT MEDICAL BODIES, AND OTHERS WILL BE APPOINTED IN A PERSONAL CAPACITY," HE SAID, ADDING THAT REPRESENTATIVES OF RELEVANT GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS WOULD ALSO BE ON THE COMMITTEE.

HE POINTED OUT THAT THE PRINCIPAL ROLE OF THE ACADEMY WOULD BE TO SET STANDARDS, DEFINE THE CONTENT AND DURATION OF TRAINING COURSES AND ACCREDIT THOSE WHO HAVE PASSED THE REQUIRED EXAMINATIONS.

"THE ACADEMY WOULD ORGANISE AND SUPERVISE EDUCATION, TRAINING AND EXAMINATIONS IN DIFFERENT MEDICAL SPECIALTIES AND ORGANISE OTHER ACADEMIC ACTIVITIES.

"IT WOULD HAVE AS ITS MAIN OBJECTIVE THE ADVANCEMENT AND PROMOTION OF THE SCIENCE AND PRACTICE OF MEDICINE," HE SAID.

/NOTING THAT .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 1% 1989

- 7 -

NOTING THAT THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE ACADEMY WAS THE PRINCIPAL RECOMMENDATION CONTAINED IN THE REPORT OF THE WORKING PARTY ON POSTGRADUATE MEDICAL EDUCATION AND TRAINING, MR CHAU SAID THE WORKING PARTY RECOGNISED THAT THERE WAS AN URGENT NEED TO ESTABLISH FORMALISED, LOCALLY BASED POSTGRADUATE AND CONTINUING MEDICAL EDUCATION PROGRAMMES GEARED TOWARDS STANDARDS DEFINED IN HONG KONG.

"SUCH PROGRAMMES WOULD ENABLE DOCTORS TO ACQUIRE SPECIALIST TRAINING MORE EASILY, HELPING TO ACHIEVE IMPROVED STANDARDS OF PATIENT CARE.

"BETTER TRAINING ARRANGEMENTS IN PUBLIC HOSPITALS WOULD HELP TO RETAIN DOCTORS IN THE PUBLIC SECTOR.

"IT WOULD ALSO BE DESIRABLE FOR THE MEDICAL PROFESSION TO HAVE MEDICAL STANDARDS OF SPECIALISATION DEFINED IN HONG KONG INSTEAD OF ENTIRELY RELYING ON STANDARDS IN OTHER COUNTRIES," HE SAID.

TURNING TO THE STRUCTURE OF THIS STATUTORY BODY, MR CHAU SAID: "IT IS PROPOSED THAT THE ACADEMY BE MADE UP OF COLLEGES, FACULTIES AND SPECIALTY BOARDS AND WITH A COUNCIL AS ITS GOVERNING BODY."

HE SAID THE ACADEMY COUNCIL WOULD BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL ADMINISTRATIVE AND FINANCIAL MATTERS. THE SETTING OF STANDARDS, CO-ORDINATION OF POLICIES AND INTER-COLLEGIATE LIAISON.

"THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR TRAINING AND EXAMINATION IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIALTIES WOULD REST WITH THE COLLEGES AND THEIR FACULTIES AND SPECIALTY BOARDS." HE ADDED.

MR CHAU SAID THE WORKING PARTY HAD RECOMMENDED THAT AT THE INAUGURATION OF THE ACADEMY, THERE SHOULD BE SEVEN COLLEGES AND SIX FACULTIES.

"THE SEVEN COLLEGES WOULD BE - MEDICINE, SURGERY, ANAESTHESIOLOGY, OBSTETRICS AND GYNAECOLOGY, PATHOLOGY, RADIOLOGY AND PSYCHIATRY; AND THE SIX FACULTIES WOULD BE - COMMUNITY MEDICINE, PAEDIATRICS, OPHTHALMOLOGY, ORTHOPAEDICS, OTOLARYNGOLOGY AND GENERAL PRACTICE.

"THIS RECOMMENDATION WOULD BE FURTHER EXAMINED DURING THE FORMATION OF THE ACADEMY. IT IS EXPECTED, NEVERTHELESS, THAT THE NUMBER OF COLLEGES AND FACULTIES WOULD NOT REMAIN FIXED.

"NEW COLLEGES AND FACULTIES WOULD BE ADDED TO THE LIST AS INDIVIDUAL SPECIALTIES DEVELOP AND GROW," HE POINTED OUT.

ON FINANCING, MR CHAU SAID THE WORKING PARTY HAD RECOMMENDED THAT THE ACADEMY SHOULD BE FINANCIALLY INDEPENDENT.

"WHILE IT MAY STILL BE NECESSARY FOR THE GOVERNMENT TO ASSIST WITH SETTING UP COSTS, IT IS ENVISAGED THAT RECURRENT COSTS OF THE ACADEMY WILL BE MET BY THE DOCTORS THEMSELVES AND FROM OTHER SOURCES OF PRIVATE FUNDING," HE SAID.

-------0----------

/8 .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

- 8 -

HONG KONG ENJOYS HIGH STANDARD OF HEALTH *****

THE DIRECTOR OF HEALTH, DR S.H. LEE, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY) THAT THE GENERAL LEVEL OF HEALTH IN HONG KONG CONTINUES TO BE GOOD.

ELABORATING ON POINTS IN THE GOVERNOR’S POLICY SPEECH IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, DR LEE SAID THE AVERAGE LIFE EXPECTANCY IN HONG KONG WAS 74.5 YEARS FOR MALES AND 79.9 YEARS FOR FEMALES.

"THESE ARE HIGHER THAN IN MANY ADVANCED COUNTRIES, INCLUDING THE UNITED STATES AND BRITAIN," HE ADDED.

"AS FOR THE INFANT MORTALITY RATE, IT HAS DROPPED FROM 37.7 PER THOUSAND LIVE BIRTHS IN 1961 TO 7.6 IN 1988, WHILE THE MATERNAL MORTALITY RATE FOR THE SAME PERIOD DROPPED FROM 0.45 PER THOUSAND TOTAL BIRTHS TO 0.04," HE SAID.

DR LEE TOLD A PRESS CONFERENCE THAT MANY CHILDHOOD INFECTIOUS DISEASES HAD EITHER BEEN BROUGHT UNDER CONTROL OR VIRTUALLY ERADICATED.

IN 1961, 1,334 CASES OF DIPHTHERIA, AND 184 CASES OF POLIOMYELITIS WERE REPORTED, WHEREAS IN 1988 NONE OF THESE DISEASES WERE NOTIFIED.

"THERE IS, HOWEVER, NO ROOM FOR COMPLACENCY AND THE DEPARTMENT WILL CONTINUE TO MAINTAIN HIGH VIGILANCE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF COMMUNICABLE DISEASES AND DEVELOP FURTHER SERVICES FOR THE PROMOTION OF GOOD HEALTH AND THE PREVENTION OF DISEASES," HE SAID.

ON PRIMARY HEALTH CARE (PHC), HE SAID MEMBERS OF A WORKING PARTY, SET UP IN AUGUST TO CONDUCT A COMPREHENSIVE REVIEW OF HONG KONG’S PHC SERVICES, WAS COLLECTING DATA AND OPINIONS, AND A SURVEY WOULD BE CARRIED OUT NEXT MONTH ON THE GENERAL OUT-PATIENT AND FAMILY HEALTH SERVICES TO FIND OUT THE VIEWS AND OPINIONS OF THE PROVIDERS AND USERS.

IN ADDITION, DR LEE SAID, THE WORKING PARTY WAS LOOKING AT ALTERNATIVE MODELS OF DELIVERING PRIMARY HEALTH CARE IN HONG KONG.

THIS WOULD INCLUDE VISITS BY MEMBERS OF THE WORKING PARTY TO OTHER COUNTRIES TO STUDY THE PRIMARY HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS THERE.

RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE WORKING PARTY WERE SUBMITTED TO THE GOVERNMENT BY THE END OF NEXT YEAR.

EXPECTED TO BE

IN THE MEANTIME, DR LEE SAID, A CLINIC MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE HAD BEEN SET UP BY THE DEPARTMENT TO LOOK INTO THE VARIOUS AREAS OF THE GENERAL OUT-PATIENT SERVICE TO BRING ABOUT IMPROVEMENTS.

/REFERRING TO .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

9

REFERRING TO THE PILOT SCHEMI TO INTRODUCE MEDICAL RECORDS FOR INDIVIDUAL PATIENTS, WHICH HAD BEEN IMPLEMENTED IN FOUR GENERAL OUT-PATIENT CLINICS SINCE APRIL, HE SAID THE FEEDBACK SO FAR HAD BEEN FAVOURABLE.

THE SCHEME WOULD BE EVALUATED SHORTLY WITH A VIEW TO DRAWING UP A PLAN TO EXTEND THE SERVICE TO OTHER CLINICS EARLY NEXT YEAR, IN STAGES.

DR LEE SAID A COMMITTEE ON POSTGRADUATE TRAINING OF DOCTORS IN CLINICS WAS SET UP RECENTLY IN COLLABORATION WITH THE HONG KONG COLLEGE OF GENERAL PRACTITIONERS AND THE HOSPITAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

THE MAIN OBJECTIVE WAS TO ORGANISE POSTGRADUATE TRAINING COURSES TO UPDATE THE MEDICAL KNOWLEDGE OF THE STAFF IN THE CLINICS AS WELL AS TO DEVELOP THE PRACTICE OF FAMILY MEDICINE.

AS A RESULT, HE ADDED, A SERIES OF REFRESHER COURSES FOR GOVERNMENT CLINIC DOCTORS HAD JUST BEGUN.

ON NEW PROJECTS, THE DIRECTOR SAID FIVE NEW CLINICS, COSTING A TOTAL OF JUST OVER $100 MILLION, WERE SCHEDULED TO BE COMPLETED IN 1990-91 AS PART OF THE IMPROVEMENT AND EXTENSION OF THE CLINIC SERVICES.

TURNING TO HEALTH EDUCATION, AN IMPORTANT ELEMENT IN THE PROMOTION OF HEALTH AND PREVENTION OF DISEASE, DR LEE SAID THE DEPARTMENT WAS TO LAUNCH A MAJOR HEALTH EDUCATION CAMPAIGN NEXT MONTH.

AMONG THE ACTIVITIES ORGANISED WOULD BE AN EXHIBITION AT THE CITY HALL FROM NOVEMEBER 20 TO 24, WORKSHOPS AND A POSTER DESIGN COMPETITION.

TO MARK THE WORLD HEALTH ORGANISATION’S SECOND WORLD AIDS DAY ON DECEMBER 1, A RADIO CONCERT WOULD BE JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DEPARTMENT, RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG, AND THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

------------------0 ------ MEASURES TO IMPROVE HOSPITAL SERVICES * * * t »

THE DIRECTOR OF HOSPITAL SERVICES, DR T.Y. CHAU, TODAY (THURSDAY) OUTLINED MEASURES TO ALLEVIATE OVERCROWDING IN HOSPITALS AND TO IMPROVE THE MENTAL HEALTH SERVICES AND THE CARE OF THE ELDERLY.

SPEAKING AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TO ELABORATE ON MEDICAL AND HEALTH SERVICES, FOLLOWING THE GOVERNOR’S POLICY ADDRESS, DR CHAU SAID THERE WERE CERTAIN MEASURES TO ALLEVIATE OVERCROWDING WHICH WERE LOCAL ISSUES AND WHICH THE DEPARTMENT WOULD ENDEAVOUR TO PURSUE WITH AVAILABLE RESOURCES.

/"THESE INCLUDE ......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

10

"THESE INCLUDE MORE OBSERVATION BEDS AND SCREENING OF ADMISSIONS THROUGH THE ACCIDENT AND EMERGENCY DEPARTMENT, AND RE-ALLOCATION OF BEDS WITHIN AND AMONG HOSPITALS."

DR CHAU POINTED OUT THAT MOST OF THESE MEASURES HAD IN FACT BEEN IMPLEMENTED, BUT THESE HAD BEEN PUSHED TO THE LIMIT OF EFFICIENCY AND COULD ONLY PRODUCE MARGINAL IMPROVEMENTS UNLESS THERE WAS A RADICAL CHANGE IN THE STRUCTURE.

"THIS IS ACHIEVABLE THROUGH THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE HOSPITAL AUTHORITY WHICH BRINGS GOVERNMENT AND SUBVENTED HOSPITALS TOGETHER UNDER AN INTEGRATED SYSTEM AND ENSURES AN EVEN DISTRIBUTION OF RESOURCES," HE SAID.

DR CHAU SAID THAT ANOTHER AREA OF IMPROVEMENT WAS THE BUILDING OF MORE HOSPITALS AND THE PROVISION OF MORE HOSPITAL BEDS.

"TO THIS END, THERE WILL BE ADDITIONAL BEDS TO BE MADE AVAILABLE IN THE NEXT THREE YEARS WHICH WILL BE DISTRIBUTED AMONG VARIOUS HOSPITALS, INCLUDING THE TUEN MUN HOSPITAL, THE PAMELA YOUDE HOSPITAL, THE SHA TIN INFIRMARY, THE SHA TIN CHESHIRE HOME AND THE QUEEN MARY, QUEEN ELIZABETH AND YAN CHAI HOSPITAL EXTENSIONS.

"THERE SHOULD BE CONSIDERABLE ALLEVIATION OF OVERCROWDING IN THE EXISTING HOSPITALS AFTER ALL THESE PROJECTS ARE COMPLETED," HE SAID.

CONCERNING THE DELIVERY OF MENTAL HEALTH CARE, DR CHAU SAID THAT HONG KONG SUBSCRIBED TO THE MODERN TREND IN A PRIMARY, SECONDARY AND TERTIARY APPROACH DIRECTED TOWARDS PREVENTION, TREATMENT AND REHABILITATION RESPECTIVELY.

THERE WAS AN APPROPRIATE RANGE OF SERVICES FROM INSTITUTIONAL CARE, OUT-PATIENT CLINICS AND DAY HOSPITALS TO ACCOMMODATION AND DOMICILIARY SERVICES SUCH AS LONG-TERM CARE HOMES AND HALF-WAY HOUSES AND VARIOUS SUPPORT SERVICES TO MAINTAIN AND REHABILITATE PATIENTS IN THE COMMUNITY.

"AT PRESENT, HONG KONG HAS 4,100 BEDS FOR THE MENTALLY ILL AND 475 DAY PLACES, AND IN THE NEXT THREE YEARS, THESE WILL BE INCREASED TO 5,000 BEDS AND 630 PLACES.

"AS FOR THE PSYCHIATRIC COMMUNITY NURSING SERVICE, WE HAVE AT THE PRESENT TIME SEVEN CENTRES, AND THESE WILL BE INCREASED TO 11 IN THE NEXT THREE YEARS," HE SAID.

ON SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY, DR CHAU POINTED OUT THAT THE GOVERNMENT HAD A TERRITORIAL STRATEGY IN THE FORM OF A "PROGRAMME PLAN FOR THE SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY" AND TO PROMOTE THE WELL-BEING OF OLD PEOPLE THROUGH CARE IN THE COMMUNITY.

"WE HAVE A FULL RANGE OF IN-PATIENT AND OUT-PATIENT FACILITIES, DAY HOSPITALS AND INFIRMARY PLACES.

"THERE ARE GERIATRIC UNITS INTEGRATED WITH THOSE OF OTHER DISCIPLINES IN ALL NEW GENERAL HOSPITALS WHILE COMMUNITY NURSING SERVICES ARE ALSO PROVIDED TO BENEFIT OUR ELDERLY WHO HAVE BEEN DISCHARGED FROM HOSPITALS FOR EARLY INTEGRATION INTO THEIR FAMILIES AND SOCIETY," DR CHAU ADDED.

--------o-----------

/11 .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

11

DSW OUTLINES SOCIAL WELFARE DEVELOPMENT

♦ * » ♦ *

THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MRS ELIZABETH WONG, SAID TODAY (THURSDAY) THAT BASED ON THE GOOD FOUNDATIONS OF SOCIAL SERVICES WE HAVE BUILT, WE NEED TO TAKE A LOOK BEYOND THIS DECADE INTO THE 1990’S SO AS TO CATER TO THE CHANGE IN DEMOGRAPHY AND THE SOCIAL NEEDS OF A MODERN AND PROGRESSIVE SOCIETY.

SPEAKING AT A PRESS CONFERENCE, AND ELABORATING THE SOCIAL WELFARE ASPECT IN THE GOVERNOR’S POLICY ADDRESS, MRS WONG SAID: “THE CURRENT SYSTEM HAS MADE GOOD PROGRESS IN DEVELOPING SOCIAL WELFARE POLICIES AND SERVICES TO MEET THE NEEDS AND EXPECTATIONS OF OUR COMMUNITY, AND WE HAVE A COMPREHENSIVE SAFETY NET TO MAKE SURE THAT NO ONE IN OUR COMMUNITY WHO IS VULNERABLE IS DENIED APPROPRIATE SUPPORT."

ON SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY, MRS WONG POINTED OUT THAT THESE ’ HAD MADE SUBSTANTIAL PROGRESS. THE DEPARTMENT HAD COMPLETED A REVIEW ON HOUSING NEEDS FOR THE ELDERLY PEOPLE IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES. DETAILS OF THE REPORT WERE SUBMITTED TO THE MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS COMMITTEE OF THE HOUSING AUTHORITY AND WERE BEING EXAMINED IN DETAIL AT THE DISTRICT LEVEL.

ON THE VOLUNTARY REGISTRATION SCHEME FOR PRIVATE HOMES FOR THE ELDERLY, MRS WONG DESCRIBED THE RESPONSE AS VERY ENCOURAGING. THE VOLUNTARY REGISTRATION SCHEME WAS LAUNCHED IN OCTOBER LAST YEAR TO ENCOURAGE OPERATORS OF THESE HOMES TO RAISE THEIR STANDARD OF SERVICES TO AN ACCEPTABLE LEVEL.

"AS AT TODAY, A TOTAL OF 91 APPLICATIONS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. OF THESE, 11 HOMES HAVE BEEN GRANTED REGISTRATION. THE REMAINING APPLICATIONS ARE BEING PROCESSED.

"WHILE SOME APPLICANTS HAVE NOT REACHED THE REGISTRATION STANDARD, IT IS COMFORTING TO KNOW THAT MORE HOMES ARE TRYING TO IMPROVE THEIR STANDARD SO AS TO COMPLETE THE REGISTRATION. THE RESPONSE FROM PRIVATE HOMES IS VERY ENCOURAGING INDEED," MRS WONG SAID.

SHE ADDED THAT A TOTAL OF S31.6 MILLION HAD BEEN ALLOCATED FOR A BOUGHT PLACE SCHEME EXPERIMENTAL PROJECT TO ALLOW THE PURCHASE OF 500 PLACES FROM REGISTERED PRIVATE HOMES FOR THE ELDERLY, OVER A PERIOD OF TWO YEARS.

"A TOTAL OF 57 APPLICATIONS TO PARTICIPATE IN THE BOUGHT PLACES SCHEME HAVE BEEN RECEIVED. OF THESE. 18 HOMES HAVE BEEN ACCEPTED FOR THE SCHEME, AND 171 PLACES WILL BE BOUGHT FROM THESE HOMES," MRS WONG NOTED.

AS REGARDS SERVICES FOR CHILDREN, MRS WONG SAID THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT WOULD CONTINUE, JOINTLY WITH VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, TO STEP UP EFFORTS IN THIS FIELD.

/’•PROPOSALS TO.........

thuhsday, October 19, 1989

- 12 -

"PROPOSALS TO AMEND THE PROTECTION OF WOMEN AND JUVENILES ORDINANCE ARE IN TRAIN AND WILL INCLUDE SUGGESTIONS TO WIDEN THE DEFINITION OF CHILD ABUSE TO INCLUDE ’PSYCHOLOGICAL ABUSE’ AND ’NEGLECT’ CASES.

"FURTHERMORE, THE SWD ALSO PROPOSES TO INTRODUCE A REGISTRATION SCHEME FOR PERSONS WHO MIND CHILDREN FOR REWARD.

"THIS REGISTRATION IS TO FACILITATE MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WHO WILL WISH TO MAKE REFERENCE TO THE REGISTRATION LIST BEFORE THEY HIRE CHILD MINDERS SO AS TO MINIMISE THE RISK OF ENTRUSTING CHILDREN TO UNSUITABLE PERSONS. THE PRACTICALITY OF THE PROPOSAL, INCLUDING THE OPERATIONAL DETAILS, IS NOW BEING WORKED OUT," SHE SAID.

MRS WONG ALSO POINTED OUT THAT A SHORT-TERM DAY CARE SERVICE WAS BEING IMPLEMENTED ON AN EXPERIMENTAL BASIS. THE DEPARTMENT HAD OBTAINED A GRANT OF SI.7 MILLION TO CARRY OUT AN OCCASIONAL CHILD CARE EXPERIMENTAL PROJECT IN THE NEXT 18 MONTHS. UP TO NOW, A NUMBER OF AGENCIES HAD INDICATED INTEREST AND THREE NURSERIES WOULD START THE SERVICE IN NOVEMBER.

"BESIDES, THE SWD ALSO INTENDS TO PROVIDE BETTER INCENTIVES TO PROMOTE THE FOSTER CARE SERVICE. A REVIEW ON THE THREE COMPONENT PARTS OF FOSTER CARE ALLOWANCES IS BEING CARRIED OUT," SHE SAID.

ON A RELATED ISSUE, MRS WONG SAID THE FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE, JOINTLY WITH VOLUNTARY AGENCIES AND THE INFORMATION SERVICES DEPARTMENT, WOULD STEP UP PUBLICITY EFFORTS TO AROUSE BETTER PUBLIC AWARENESS OF THE IMPORTANCE OF GOOD PARENTING.

ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF REHABILITATION SERVICES, MRS WONG SAID IMPROVEMENTS fiAD BEEN MADE THIS YEAR IN BOTH QUANTITY AND QUALITY.

"STAFFING IMPROVEMENTS IN DAY ACTIVITY CENTRES HAVE BEEN INTRODUCED TO ENHANCE TRAINING PROGRAMME IN SELF CARE AND COMMUNITY LIVING SKILLS. SIMILAR STAFFING IMPROVEMENTS HAVE BEEN INTRODUCED TO HOSTELS.

"TO MEET THE NEED TO MOVE TOWARDS SPECIALISATION, OTHER MULTI-DISCIPLINARY PROFESSIONALS HAVE BEEN INTRODUCED TO THE CENTRAL PSYCHOLOGICAL SUPPORT SERVICE AND ALSO CENTRAL PARA-MEDICAL SUPPORT SERVICES."

MRS WONG ADDED THAT OTHER IMPROVEMENTS IN REHABILITATION SERVICES INCLUDED:

HOME-BASED TRAINING PROGRAMME:

THIS PROGRAMME FACILITATES TRAINING OF CLIENTS IN HOME SURROUNDINGS AWAITING PLACEMENT IN DAY ACTIVITY CENTRE SO THAT THEIR SKILLS ARE NOT FORGOTTEN;

/RESPITE SERVICE ......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

RESPITE SERVICE PILOT SCHEME:

THE SERVICE IS AIMED AT ALLOWING FAMILIES WITH MENTALLY HANDICAPPED MEMBERS TO TAKE A RESPITE FROM THEIR CARING DUTIES.

RESIDENTIAL SERVICE:

THIS SERVICE FOR DISABLED PERSONS, IN THE FORM OF SMALL GROUP LIVING. IS INTRODUCED SO THAT DISABLED PERSONS WITH HIGHER SKILLS CAN BE ACCOMMODATED IN MORE HOME-LIKE SURROUNDINGS. THE FIRST LONG STAY CARE HOME FOR CHRONICALLY MENTALLY ILL PEOPLE IS TARGETTED FOR OPERATION IN DECEMBER IN TUEN MUN, WITH A CAPACITY OF 200 PLACES.

"OF PARTICULAR IMPORTANCE IN THE DELIVERY OF SERVICES TO DISABLED PEOPLE, THE SWD IS STEPPING UP ITS EFFORTS IN STIMULATING DIFFERENT TYPES OF EMPLOYMENT; FOR INSTANCE THE MOBILE CREW FOR CLEANSING SERVICES, BENCH WORK MODEL, SUPPORT ENCLAVE MODEL. ORGANISATIONS, INCLUDING VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, HAVE BEEN ENCOURAGED TO EMPLOY MORE DISABLED PERSONS ON A FULL-TIME OR PART-TIME BASIS.

"FINALLY, WE HAVE ALL RECOGNISED AND EXPERIENCED STAFF SHORTAGES. WITH THE APPROVAL OF SI60 MILLION BY FINANCE COMMITTEE, A PROGRAMME WILL BE LAUNCHED BY FIVE TERTIARY INSTITUTIONS FUNDED BY THE UNIVERSITY AND POLYTECHNIC GRANTS COMMITTEE STARTING FROM THIS ACADEMIC YEAR TO PROVIDE FOR AN ADDITIONAL 320 STUDENTS IN SOCIAL WORK STUDIES," MRS WONG CONCLUDED.

------o -------

PUBLIC URGED TO WASH VEGETABLES THOROUGHLY

THE HYGIENE ADVISER OF THE MUNICIPAL SERVICES BRANCH, DR M.B. ALI, TODAY (THURSDAY) URGED MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC TO WASH AND BLANCH VEGETABLES THOROUGHLY BEFORE COOKING THEM.

DR ALI AGAIN STRESSED THE IMPORTANCE OF TAKING THIS PRECAUTION FOLLOWING THE OUTBREAK OF FOOD POISONING — BELIEVED CAUSED BY VEGETABLES CONTAMINATED BY PESTICIDE — IN SHEUNG SHUI AND MA ON SHAN IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

THE OUTBREAK INVOLVED A TOTAL OF 30 PEOPLE FROM 14 FAMILIES. ALL HAD EATEN EITHER LEAF MUSTARD OR CHINESE FLOWERING CABBAGE.

FOUR OF THE PEOPLE WERE ADMITTED TO HOSPITAL, AND ALL HAD BEEN DISCHARGED BY THIS MORNING.

OF THE 129 SAMPLES OF VEGETABLES AND ONE SAMPLE OF FOOD REMNANT TESTED. ONLY THE FOOD REMNANT PROVED POSITIVE IN TESTING FOR METHAMIDOPHOS, A TOXIC AGRICULTURAL PESTICIDE. THE OTHER SAMPLES YIELDED NEGATIVE RESULTS.

/"IT IS .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

14

"IT IS BELIEVED THE OUTBREAK WAS CAUSED BY VEGETABLES IMPORTED FROM SHENZHEN," DR ALI SAID.

HE SAID THAT IN PREPARING VEGETABLES FOR COOKING, PEOPLE SHOULD DISCARD THE OUTER LEAVES, AND THEN IMMERSE THE VEGETABLES INTO CLEAN WATER FOL ONE TIME TO LEACH OUT ANY PESTICIDE RESIDUE THAT MIGHT REMAIN.

"ANY BOILING WATER THAT HAS BEEN USED FOR BLANCHING SHOULD BE POURED OUT. AS IT MAY CONTAIN DISSOLVED RESIDUES," HE POINTED OUT.

"PEOPLE SHOULD ALSO AVOID BUYING VEGETABLES THAT GIVE OFF ANY STRANGE SMELL." HE ADDED.

STAFF OF THE MUNICIPAL SERVICES BRANCH ARE ON FULL ALERT, AND VIGILANCE ON VEGETABLES FROM SHENZHEN WILL BE MAINTAINED AT THE MAN KAM TO BORDER CONTROL POINT.

SCREENING AND SAMPLING OF VEGETABLES WILL ALSO CONTINUE AT ALL WHOLESALE OUTLETS.

-------0----------

RHKAAF TO MARK 40TH ANNIVERSARY ♦ * » » »

THE ROYAL HONG KONG AUXILIARY AIR FORCE WILL CELEBRATE ITS 40TH ANNIVERSARY ON SUNDAY, NOVEMBER 26.

TO MARK THE OCCASION, A FUNCTION WILL BE HELD THAT DAY AT THE RHKAAF’S HEADQUARTERS AT HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT.

"THE RHKAAF WOULD BE DELIGHTED TO HEAR FROM ANY OF ITS PAST MEMBERS WHO OVER THE YEARS MAY HAVE LOST TOUCH WITH THE FORCE, AND WHO MIGHT WISH TO ATTEND THE 40TH ANNIVERSARY GET-TOGETHER TO REMINISCE AND LET THE FORCE’S YOUNGER MEMBERS KNOW JUST HOW DIFFERENT THINGS WERE IN THE OLD DAYS," A SPOKESMAN SAID.

THE SPOKESMAN SAID EX-MEMBERS WHO WOULD LIKE TO SPEND A RELAXING AFTERNOON WITH THEIR CONTEMPORARIES AND SUCCESSORS ON NOVEMBER 26 SHOULD CONTACT MR JOHNNY SO ON TEL. 3-7698418, OR WRITE TO THE RHKAAF, HONG KONG INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT, AIRPORT TUNNEL EAST EXIT, KOWLOON.

-----o------

THURSDAY. OCTOBER 19. 1989

- 15 -

NEW KWAI TSING DB MEMBER ELECTED

*****

A CANDIDATE FOR THE KWAI TSING DISTRICT BOARD’S TSING YI SOUTH CONSTITUENCY BY-ELECTION. MR TSE WAI-MING, WAS ELECTED TO THE DISTRICT BOARD WITH 1.108 VOTES TODAY (THURSDAY). MR TSE. 36 YEARS OLD IS A SALES EXECUTIVE.

THE OTHER CANDIDATE. MR CHAN KIU-ON, OBTAINED 400 VOTES.

WITH 1,524 OUT OF A TOTAL OF 9.343 REGISTERED ELECTORS IN THE TSING YI SOUTH CONSTITUENCY CASTING THEIR VOTES, THE TURNOUT RATE REPRESENTED ABOUT 16.3 PER CENT.

-----0-------

CFPA APPROVES GRANTS TO LOCAL ARTS GROUPS *****

THE COUNCIL FOR THE PERFORMING ARTS (CFPA) HAS APPROVED A "SEEDING GRANT" OF ABOUT 8500,000 TO THE EXPLORATION THEATRE TO ASSIST ITS DEVELOPMENT TOWARDS PROFESSIONAL STATUS.

FORMED IN 1982 WITH THE AIM OF DEVELOPING INTEREST IN DRAMA ACTIVITIES AMONG YOUTHS AND PROMOTING ORIGINAL SCRIPT-WRITING, THE THEATRE HAS A CORE OF PROFESSIONALLY TRAINED MEMBERS WHO ARE MOSTLY GRADUATES OF THE HONG KONG ACADEMY FOR PERFORMING ARTS.

ITS PRODUCTIONS INCLUDE "PINK LADY", "THE STORY OF MR X", "MAGIC POWER". "HARD CHAMBER" AND "BUFFET".

APART FROM STAGING ORIGINAL PRODUCTIONS AND PERFORMANCES. THE THEATRE ALSO ORGANISES SCHOOL TOURS, TRAINING COURSES AND WORKSHOPS ON PERFORMANCE SKILLS AND SCRIPT-WRITING.

EARLIER THIS YEAR. ITS SUMMER STUDENT THEATRE PROJECT. COMPRISING 52 PERFORMANCES IN SCHOOLS AND AT VARIOUS PUBLIC VENUES, HAD ATTRACTED AN AUDIENCE OF NEARLY 20,000 PEOPLE.

OVER THE PAST THREE MONTHS. THE COUNCIL HAS ALSO APPROVED 13 PROJECT GRANTS TOTALLING 8300,000 TO 12 PERFORMING ARTS ORGANISATIONS.

THEY ARE THE HONG KONG COMPOSERS’ GUILD. THE HONG KONG ORATORIO SOCIETY AND THE LEARNERS CHORUS IN THE MUSIC FIELD: AND THE MANY-LEVELS IN PERFORMANCE AND ZUNI ICOSAHEDRON IN THE DANCE FIELD.

IN THE DRAMA FIELD, THERE ARE THE SCHOOL DRAMA PROJECT, THE HOK YAU CLUB, THE CHINESE REFORM CANTONESE OPERA TROUPE, THE HONG KONG CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION OF CULTURAL RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES, THE EXPLORATION THEATRE. THE HONG KONG CHRISTIAN YOUTH THEATRE AND THE SAND AND BRICKS.

/APPLICATIONS FOR .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

- 16 -

APPLICATIONS FOR PROJECT GRANTS CAN BE MADE ANY TIME IN THE YEAR BUT THEY MUST BE SUBMITTED AT LEAST THREE MONTHS BEFORE THE PLANNED PERFORMANCE DATES TO ALLOW TIME FOR ASSESSMENT BY THE COUNCIL'S COMMITTEES.

THE APPLICANT ORGANISATION MUST BE AN APPROVED CHARITABLE INSTITUTION OR A REGISTEED NON-PROFIT-MAKING BODY.

THE NEXT ROUND OF MEETINGS OF THE COUNCIL’S COMMITTEES IS SCHEDULED FOR NOVEMBER AND DECEMBER. THOSE WISHING TO HAVE THEIR APPLICATIONS ASSESSED SHOULD SUBMIT THEM NOT LATER THAN OCTOBER 27.

APPLICATION FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE COUNCIL’S SECRETARIAT AT 25TH FLOOR, SHUI ON CENTRE, 6-8 HARBOUR ROAD, WAN CHAI. TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 5-8660649.

-----o------

AUGUST ORDERS-ON-HAND, EMPLOYMENT, PAYROLL FIGURES RELEASED

* * * » t

THE ORDERS POSITION IN AUGUST 1989 AS REPORTED BY THE 200 LARGEST MANUFACTURING COMPANIES DECREASED BY 1 PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH JULY 1989, BUT INCREASED BY 1 PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH AUGUST 1988. ACCORDING TO THE RESULTS OF A SURVEY RELEASED TODAY (THURSDAY) BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT.

COMPARING AUGUST 1989 WITH JULY 1989, THE AVERAGE VOLUME OF ORDERS-ON-HAND DECREASED SIGNIFICANTLY IN THE PLASTIC PRODUCTS INDUSTRY AND TO A LESSER EXTENT IN THE TEXTILES INDUSTRY. A SLIGHT DECREASE IN ORDERS WAS RECORDED IN THE FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS INDUSTRY. ON THE OTHER HAND. ORDERS INCREASED SLIGHTLY IN THE WEARING APPAREL INDUSTRY AND SHOWED LITTLE CHANGE IN THE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS INDUSTRY OVER THE SAME PERIOD.

COMPARED WITH AUGUST 1988. THE ORDERS POSITION IN AUGUST 1989 INCREASED MODERATELY IN THE FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS AND PLASTIC PRODUCTS INDUSTRIES. AND SLIGHTLY IN THE WEARING APPAREL INDUSTRY. OVER THE SAME PERIOD, A SLIGHT DECREASE IN ORDERS WAS RECORDED IN THE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS INDUSTRY WHILE ORDERS IN THE TEXTILES INDUSTRY REMAINED ALMOST UNCHANGED.

THE AVERAGE VOLUME OF ORDERS-ON-HAND IS MEASURED IN TERMS OF THE NUMBER OF MONTHS AND REFERS TO ORDERS OUTSTANDING AS AT THE END OF THE REFERENCE MONTH.

ON EMPLOYMENT. THE MANUFACTURERS SURVEYED REPORTED THAT THEIR TOTAL WORKFORCE IN AUGUST 1989 DECREASED BY 3 PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH JULY 1989, AND BY 9 PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH AUGUST 1988.

/COMPARED WITH .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

COMPARED WITH JULY 1989. EMPLOYMENT IN AUGUST 1989 DECREASED SIGNIFICANTLY IN THE PLASTIC PRODUCTS. AND TO A LESSER EXTENT IN THE FOOD AND DRINKS AND THE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS INDUSTRIES. EMPLOYMENT IN ALL THE OTHER INDUSTRIES SURVEYED DECREASED SLIGHTLY. THESE DECREASES WERE MAINLY CAUSED BY THE LEAVING OF SUMMER WORKERS EMPLOYED IN THE PRECEDING TWO MONTHS.

COMPARING AUGUST 1989 WITH AUGUST 1988. EMPLOYMENT DECREASED SUBSTANTIALLY IN THE PLASTIC PRODUCTS INDUSTRY AND TO A LESSER EXTENT IN THE ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS AND WEARING APPAREL INDUSTRIES. OVER THE SAME PERIOD. SLIGHT DECREASES IN EMPLOYMENT WERE RECORDED IN ALL OTHER INDUSTRIES SURVEYED.

IN AUGUST 1989. PER CAPITA EARNINGS IN THE MANUFACTURING COMPANIES SURVEYED INCREASED. IN MONEY TERMS, BY 5 PER CENT OVER JULY 1989 AND BY 18 PER CENT OVER AUGUST 1988.

COMPARED WITH JULY 1989. PER CAPITA EARNINGS IN AUGUST 1989 INCREASED MODERATELY IN HOST INDUSTRIES SURVEYED. THIS WAS PARTLY DUE TO THE ISSUE OF SPECIAL BONUSES IN SOME INDUSTRIES SURVEYED AND PARTLY DUE TO THE LEAVING OF SUMMER WORKERS WHOSE WAGE RATES WERE RELATIVELY LOWER.

COMPARING AUGUST 1989 WITH AUGUST 1988. PER CAPITA EARNINGS INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY IN MOST MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES SURVEYED, WITH THE LARGEST INCREASE RECORDED IN THE FOOD AND DRINKS INDUSTRY.

IN THE CONSTRUCTION COMPANIES SURVEYED. EMPLOYMENT IN AUGUST 1989 SHOWED LITTLE CHANGE WHEN COMPARED WITH JULY 1989, BUT DECREASED SLIGHTLY WHEN COMPARED WITH AUGUST 1988. PER CAPITA EARNINGS IN AUGUST 1989 DROPPED SLIGHTLY WHEN COMPARED WITH JULY 1989. BUT INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY OVER AUGUST 1988.

IT SHOULD BE NOTED THAT FIGURES FOR THIS SECTOR COVER COMPANY EMPLOYEES ONLY: SITE WORKERS EMPLOYED BY LABOUR-ONLY SUB-CONTRACTORS ARE NOT INCLUDED.

IN THE SELECTED SERVICE SECTORS. THE OVERALL EMPLOYMENT IN AUGUST 1989 IN THE COMPANIES SURVEYED WAS ABOUT THE SAME AS IN JULY 1989. BUT INCREASED MODERATELY OVER AUGUST 1988. IN AUGUST 1989. PER CAPITA EARNINGS FOR THE SELECTED SERVICE SECTORS TAKEN TOGETHER INCREASED SLIGHTLY OVER JULY 1989. WITH A SIGNIFICANT DECREASE RECORDED IN HOTELS FOLLOWING THE ISSUE OF BONUSES IN SOME HOTELS IN JULY 1989. COMPARING AUGUST 1989 WITH AUGUST 1988. PER CAPITA EARNINGS INCREASED SUBSTANTIALLY FOR THE SERVICE SECTORS TAKEN TOGETHER.

THE PERCENTAGE CHANGES IN ORDERS-ON-HAND, EMPLOYMENT AND PER CAPITA EARNINGS ARE SHOWN IN TABLES 1 TO 3.

THE SURVEY COVERED A PANEL OF THE 200 LARGEST MANUFACTURING COMPANIES AND THE 50 LARGEST COMPANIES IN THE CONSTRUCTION AND SELECTED SERVICE SECTORS. CHOSEN BY REFERENCE TO THEIR EMPLOYMENT SIZES IN SEPTEMBER 1986.

/THE DEPARTMENT .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

- 18 -

THE DEPARTMENT CAUTIONED THAT AS THE SURVEY IS NOT BASED ON A SCIENTIFICALLY SELECTED SAMPLE. THE MAGNITUDES OF CHANGE INDICATED BY THE SURVEY RESULTS ARE MERELY A REFLECTION OF THE EXPERIENCE OF THE COMPANIES SURVEYED. HOWEVER. GIVEN THE COMPOSITION OF THE PANEL. IT SHOULD BE ABLE TO PROVIDE A USEFUL INDICATION OF THE DIRECTION OF CHANGE FOR MAKING A QUICK ASSESSMENT OF DEVELOPMENT IN THE ECONOMY IN THE SHORT TERM.

THE SURVEY REPORT FOR AUGUST 1989 IS NOW ON SALE AT THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE. GPO BUILDING. CONNAUGHT PLACE. CENTRAL. AND AT THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT PUBLICATIONS SALES COUNTER. 19TH FLOOR, WANCHAI TOWER I, 12 HARBOUR ROAD, WAN CHAI, AT $2 PER COPY.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE SURVEY RESULTS MAY BE MADE TO THE INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTION STATISTICS SECTION OF THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS DEPARTMENT ON 5-8234820.

TABLE 1: ORDERS-ON-HAND IN MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES

ORDERS-ON-HAND

AS AT THE END OF CHANGE WHEN COMPARED WITH

INDUSTRY AUGUST 1989 JUL. 89 AUG. 88

(MONTHS) (%) (%)

ALL MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES 4.30 -1 + 1

WEARING APPAREL 4.79 + 1 *1

TEXTILES 2.34 -7

PLASTIC PRODUCTS 2.87 -12 + 7

FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS 4.61 -1 48

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS 5.06 t -1

OTHERS 4 . 13 -1 -1

* CHANGES WITHIN +/-0.5 PER CENT

/TABLE 2 .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

- 19 -

TABLE 2: EMPLOYMENT

PERSONS ENGAGED AT THE END OF AUGUST 1989

INDUSTRY/SERVICES CHANGE WHEN COMPARED WITH

JUL. 89 AUG. 88

(%) (%)

ALL MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES -3 -9

FOOD AND DRINKS -6 -3

WEARING APPAREL -1 -9

TEXTILES -1 -1

PLASTIC PRODUCTS -8 -21

FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS -2 -3

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC

PRODUCTS -5 -13

OTHERS -1 -2

CONSTRUCTION * -2

SERVICES + 4

BANKS t + 4

HOTELS -2 + 1

PUBLIC UTILITIES + 1

OTHERS + 9

♦ CHANGES WITHIN +/-O.5 PER CENT

# PERSONS ENGAGED COVER COMPANY EMPLOYEES ONLY : SITE WORKERS EMPLOYED

BY LABOUR-ONLY SUB-CONTRACTORS ARE NOT INCLUDED.

TABLE 3: PER CAPITA EARNINGS

PER CAPITA EARNINGS

AVERAGE AS IN CHANGE WHEN COMPARED WITH

INDUSTRY/SERVICES AUGUST 1989 JUL. 89 AUG. 88

(HK«) (%) <%>

/ALL MANUFACTURING .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

20

ALL MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES 5,202 + 5 + 18

FOOD AND DRINKS 6,277 + 7 + 25

WEARING APPAREL 4.469 + 7 + 19

TEXTILES 5,097 + 6 + 11

PLASTIC PRODUCTS 5,011 + 8 + 16

FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS 5,011 + 2 + 16

ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONIC PRODUCTS 4,896 + 4 + 16

OTHERS 6,676 + 1 + 21

CONSTRUCTION # 7.389 -1 + 16

SERVICES 8,941 + 3 + 16

BANKS 8,363 + 1 + 19

HOTELS 5.675 -15 + 17

PUBLIC UTILITIES 8,729 -1 + 7

OTHERS 10,603 + 12 + 24

» CHANGES WITHIN +/-0.5 PER CENT * PER CAPITA EARNINGS COVER COMPANY EMPLOYEES EMPLOYED BY LABOUR-ONLY SUB-CONTRACTORS ARE NOT ONLY: .SITE WORKERS INCLUDED.

NOTES TO TABLES 1-3: UNLIKE "ORDER-ON-HAND" AND "PER CAPITA EARNINGS". WHICH ARE AVERAGE FIGURES AMONGST THE FIRMS SURVEYED, THE TOTAL NUMBER OF PERSONS ENGAGED BY THE FIRMS SURVEYED IS NOT MEANINGFUL INFORMATION ON ITS OWN (BECAUSE THIS IS A PANEL SURVEY) AND IS THEREFORE NOT SHOWN.

-------o---------

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

- 21 -

HEROIN TAKING MAY LEAD TO ACUTE POISONING

DRUG ABUSERS ARE WARNED THAT HEROIN TAKING MAY LEAD TO ACUTE POISONING WHICH IS EXTREMELY DANGEROUS AND CAN BE LETHAL.

THE WARNING WAS ISSUED BY THE CHAIRMAN OF THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS (ACAN), DR GERALD CHOA, DURING A DRUG EDUCATION TALK FOR ABOUT 400 TEACHERS, STUDENT COUNSELLORS AND OUTREACHING SOCIAL WORKERS AT THE CITY HALL THEATRE THIS (THURSDAY) AFTERNOON.

DR CHOA SAID IT WAS PARTICULARLY DANGEROUS WHEN ADDICTS MIXED NO. 3 HEROIN WITH NO. 4 HEROIN TO SATISFY THEIR DRUG HABITS.

"NO. 4 HEROIN CAN HAVE A PURITY LEVEL OF ABOUT 90 PER CENT WHILE NO. 3 HEROIN ONLY STANDS ON FIVE TO SIX PER CENT.

"HOWEVER, IT HAS RECENTLY BEEN FOUND THAT THE PURITY OF NO. 3 HEROIN HAS DROPPED TO LOWER THAN FIVE PER CENT PROBABLY BECAUSE OF THE DRUG TRAFFICKERS TRYING TO MAKE HUGE PROFITS FROM THE ILLICIT DEALS," HE SAID.

DR CHOA POINTED OUT THAT THE ACAN HAD LONG ACCORDED PRIORITY AND GREAT EFFORTS IN DRIVING HOME THE ANTI-DRUG MESSAGES.

"THE ACTION COMMITTEE IN RECENT YEARS HAS TAKEN THE INITIATIVE TO EDUCATE THE YOUNG GENERATION WITH A PROPER KNOWLEDGE ON DRUGS AND THE ADVERSE EFFECTS THAT DRUG ABUSE WILL POSE TO INDIVIDUALS AND THEIR FAMILIES.

"THE SETTING UP OF THE SCHOOL TALKS TEAM BY THE NARCOTICS DIVISION IN 1984 IS A GOOD INSTANCE.

"SINCE ITS ESTABLISHMENT, THE TEAM HAS GIVEN MORE THAN 1,000 TALKS TO SOME 350,000 STUDENTS FROM THE SECONDARY SCHOOLS AND TECHNICAL INSTITUTES THROUGHOUT THE TERRITORY."

DR CHOA NOTED THAT MEASURES HAD BEEN TAKEN TO MAINTAIN THE IMPETUS OF THE ANTI-DRUG DRIVE AND TO MAINTAIN STUDENTS' INTERESTS AND ATTENTION CONCERNING THE PROBLEM.

WITH THE SUPPORT AND ASSISTANCE FROM LOCAL POPULAR ARTISTES AND COMMUNITY DIGNITARIES, THE NARCOTICS DIVISION HAS JUST COMPLETED THE PRODUCTION OF A NEW SLIDE SHOW TO ACCOMPANY THE SCHOOL TALKS.

THE NEW VISUAL AID IS A COMPUTERISED MULTI-IMAGE PRODUCTION WITH SYNCHRONISED BACKGROUND MUSIC AND VOICE-OVER DEPICTING THE TERRITORY’S OVERALL DRUG SITUATION, THE GOVERNMENT’S ANTI-DRUG STRATEGY, THE DIFFERENT KINDS OF DRUGS AND THEIR HARMFUL EFFECTS AND EXPLAINING HOW TO STAY AWAY FROM DRUGS.

THE NARCOTICS DIVISION IS ALSO PLANNING TO REVISE AND UPDATE THE EXISTING DRUG EDUCATION TEACHING MATERIALS BY PRODUCING A VIDEO TEACHING KIT.

/A WORKING .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

22 -

A WORKING COMMITTEE COMPRISING REPRESENTATIVES FROM VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS,- VOLUNTARY AGENCIES AND THE TEACHING PROFESSION HAS BEEN SET UP IN JUNE THIS YEAR.

THE VIDEO TEACHING KIT IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED LATE NEXT YEAR FOR DISTRIBUTION TO ALL SECONDARY SCHOOLS IN THE TERRITORY.

ORGANISED BY THE NARCOTICS DIVISION OF THE GOVERNMENT SECRETARIAT. TODAY1S TALK FOCUSSED ON THE INJURIOUS EFFECTS OF ABUSING OPIATE DRUGS AND PSYCHOTROPIC SUBSTANCES, THUS GIVING THE PARTICIPANTS AN IN-DEPTH UNDERSTANDING OF THE PERILS OF DRUGS AND SUBSTANCES ABUSE.

OTHER SPEAKERS IN THE TALK WERE THE ASSISTANT SECRETARY FOR SECURITY, MISS ANNETTE LEE; SENIOR MEDICAL OFFICER OF THE NARCOTICS AND DRUG ADMINISTRATION DIVISION OF THE DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, DR H.T. YEUNG; ASSISTANT SUPERINTENDENT OF SOCIAL SERVICE (GENERAL) OF THE SOCIETY FOR THE AID AND REHABILITATION OF DRUG ABUSERS, MRS VIRGINIA LO; AND THE SERVICE SUPERVISOR OF THE DEVELOPMENT AND HEALTH SERVICES OF THE HONG KONG CHRISTIAN SERVICE, MR TSUI MING-SUM.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

A PHOTOGRAPH TAKEN DURING THE DRUG EDUCATION TALK WILL BE SENT BY FACSIMILE AND BOXED.

-----0-----

SEMINAR ON SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION

* * » ♦ ♦

THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT WILL HOLD A SEMINAR ON SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION IN SCHOOLS FOR ABOUT 1,400 SECONDARY AND PRIMARY TEACHERS AT THE AUDITORIUM OF THE SHA TIN TOWN HALL ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 21) MORNING.

THE SEMINAR IS INTENDED TO MAKE PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHERS FULLY AWARE OF THE IMPORTANCE OF SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION, PARTICULARLY ATHLETICS MEETINGS, SWIMMING GALAS AND GAMES DAYS.

THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR Y.T. LI, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE SEMINAR AT 9.15 AM.

/TALKS WILL

THURSDAY, OCTOBE® 19, 1?89

- 2J -

TALKS WILL BE GIVEN BY REPRESENTATIVES OF THE HONG KONG AMATEUR ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION, THE SWIMMING TEACHERS’ ASSOCIATION (HONG KONG) AND THE REGIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE SEMINAR AT THE AUDITORIUM OF THE SHA TIN TOWN HALL ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 21). IT WILL BEGIN AT 9.15 AM.

-------0----------

FIREMAN RECEIVES COMMENDATION *****

A 26-YEAR-OLD FIREMAN WHO APPREHENDED A ROBBER IN KOWLOON IN MARCH THIS YEAR RECEIVED HIS REWARD TODAY (THURSDAY) — A COMMENDATION FROM THE CHIEF FIRE OFFICER IN CHARGE OF HONG KONG COMMAND.

AT A CEREMONY AT THE SHEUNG WAN FIRE STATION THIS MORNING, CHIEF FIRE OFFICER TAM YUK-FAN PRESENTED THE COMMENDATION TO FIREMAN TO FOR-CHA1 FOR BRINGING CREDIT TO THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT BY HIS BRAVE. PROMPT AND PUBLIC SPIRITED ACTION IN THE ARREST OF THE CULPRIT.

THE CASE OCCURRED AT ABOUT 9 PM ON MARCH 19 WHEN FIREMAN TO, OF POK FU LAM FIRE STATION, WAS ON HIS WAY HOME. HE HEARD A HUE AND CRY WHEN ARRIVING AT THE JUNCTION OF CANTON ROAD AND WATERLOO ROAD IN YAU MA TEI AND SAW A MAN DASHING OUT OF A NEARBY STORE.

FIREMAN TO IMMEDIATELY GAVE CHASE AND LATER ARRESTED THE SUSPECT. A BOTTLE OF BRANDY STOLEN FROM THE STORE WAS RECOVERED AT THE SCENE.

THE ARRESTED MAN WAS RECENTLY CONVICTED OF A CHARGE QF ROBBERY.

AT THE SAME CEREMONY, MR TAM ALSO PRESENTED LONG SERVICE MEDALS AND CLASPS TO A SENIOR STATION OFFICER, THREE SENIOR FIREMEN AND SIX FIREMEN.

THE RECIPIENTS HAVE TOTALLY RECORDED UP MORE THAN 240 YEARS OF SERVICE WITH THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT.

-------0----------

/24........

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

24

ARTS FESTIVAL IN YUEN LONG *****

YUEN LONG RESIDENTS WILL BE ABLE TO ENJOY A WIDE VARIETY OF LARGE-SCALE AND TOP QUALITY ARTS PERFORMANCES AT LOW PRICES DURING THE 10TH YUEN LONG ARTS FESTIVAL BETWEEN NOVEMBER 3 AND 12.

SPEAKING AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TODAY (THURSDAY), THE CHAIRMAN OF THE FESTIVAL’S CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE, MR CHOW YIU-WING, SAID THIS YEAR'S PROGRAMME WOULD BE VERY RICH AND ENTERTAINING.

HE SAID THERE WOULD BE LARGE-SCALE PERFORMANCES BY TOP CLASS AND HIGHLY POPULAR ARTISTES.

"THIS ARRANGEMENT IS TO ENABLE LOCAL RESIDENTS TO ENJOY HIGH STANDARD ARTS PERFORMANCES AT RELATIVELY LOW PRICES IN THEIR OWN DISTRICT," HE ADDED.

THE HIGHLIGHTS OF THE FESTIVAL INCLUDE A DRAMA BY FAMOUS TELEVISION ARTISTES, A CANTONESE OPERA BY THE CHOR FUNG MING CANTONESE OPERA TROUPE, AN OPEN AIR POP CONCERT AND A NOSTALGIC CONCERT BY FAMOUS TAIWANESE PERFORMERS.

THERE ARE ALSO CHILDREN'S DRAMA, CHINESE AND WESTERN ORCHESTRAL PERFORMANCES AND A "SOCIAL DANCE NIGHT".

ALSO, A NUMBER OF ACTIVITIES WILL BE OFFERED FREE OF CHARGE, SUCH AS AN EXHIBITION JOINTLY ORGANISED WITH THE HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE ON CARTOONS BY CONTEMPORARY HONG KONG CARTOONISTS.

ADMISSION WILL ALSO BE FREE TO OTHER EVENTS SUCH AS A SEMINAR ON CARTOONS, AN EXHIBITION ON CHINESE PAINTINGS AND CALLIGRAPHY, AN EXHIBITION ON IMPRESSIONIST AND POST-IMPRESSIONIST WORKS, AND A CHINESE ARTS CARNIVAL.

THE 10TH YUEN LONG ARTS FESTIVAL IS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE YUEN LONG DISTRICT BOARD, THE DISTRICT ARTS COMMITTEE, AND THE YUEN LONG TOWN HALL WITH SPONSORSHIP FROM THE REGIONAL COUNCIL AND LOCAL COMMERCIAL ORGANISATIONS.

A TOTAL OF 22 EVENTS WILL BE HELD DURING THE 10-DAY FESTIVAL WHICH COSTS OVER SI MILLION.

ADMISSION TICKETS WILL BE ON SALE FROM MONDAY (OCTOBER 23) AT THE YUEN LONG TOWN HALL AND NANYANG COMMERCIAL BANK’S TAI TONG ROAD BRANCH. TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 0-4764003 OR 0-4792261.

SINCE IT WAS FIRST HELD IN 1981, THE FESTIVAL HAS BECOME THE LARGEST ANNUAL CULTURAL EVENT IN THE DISTRICT.

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

DB COMMITTEE TO BE BRIEFED ON REHABILITATION SERVICES

( ******

A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE HONG KONG COUNCIL OF SOCIAL SERVICE WILL BRIEF THE SOCIAL SERVICES COMMITTEE OF KWUN TONG DISTRICT BOARD ON REHABILITATION SERVICES IN HONG KONG AT THE COMMITTEE’S MEETING TOMORROW (FRIDAY).

THE COMMITTEE WILL ALSO DISCUSS A SURVEY REPORT ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION, AND A PROGRESS REPORT ON PUBLIC WORKS (PROJECTS IN THE DISTRICT.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT BOARD’S SOCIAL SERVICES COMMITTEE TO BE HELD TOMORROW (FRIDAY) IN THE DISTRICT OFFICE CONFERENCE ROOM, FOURTH FLOOR, 6 TUNG YAN STREET.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM.

-----0-----

ROAD SAFETY SLOGAN COMPETITION IN EASTERN

* t * * * *

EASTERN DISTRICT STUDENTS MAY EXPRESS THEIR IDEAS ABOUT ROAD SAFETY IN SLOGANS AND WIN THEMSELVES PRIZES IN A COMPETITION BEING ORGANISED BY THE EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD AND THE DISTRICT OFFICE.

THE CHINESE SLOGAN COMPETITION, WHICH FORMS PART OF THE DISTRICT’S ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN, HAS THE DUAL OBJECTIVE OF DEVELOPING STUDENTS’ CREATIVE TALENT AND HEIGHTENING THEIR AWARENESS OF SAFETY ON THE ROADS.

IT IS DIVIDED INTO PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL SECTIONS.

THE THREE MAIN WINNERS IN EACH SECTION WILL BE AWARDED BOOK COUPONS OF $500, $250 AND $150 RESPECTIVELY, IN ADDITION TO TROPHIES.

THERE WILL ALSO BE FIVE CONSOLATION PRIZE WINNERS IN BOTH SECTIONS, AND EACH WILL RECEIVE A TROPHY.

ENTRY FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS THREE SUB-OFFICES.

PARTICIPANTS SHOULD SEND IN THEIR ENTRIES, TOGETHER WITH THE COMPLETED FORMS, TO THE DISTRICT OFFICE BEFORE NOVEMBER 10.

( -----0------

/26........

THURSDAY. OCTOBER 19, 1989

- 26 -

AREA COMMITTEE SEMINARS FOR SOUTHERN DISTRICT RESIDENTS *****

THE STANLEY, SHEK O AND BAYS AREA COMMITTEE, AND THE POK FU LAM AREA COMMITTEE IN SOUTHERN DISTRICT WILL HOLD A SEMINAR TOMORROW (FRIDAY) AND ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 24) RESPECTIVELY FOR LOCAL RESIDENTS TO EXCHANGE VIEWS ON DISTRICT MATTERS.

AT BOTH SEMINARS. THE AREA COMMITTEES WILL REPORT ON THEIR WORK AND ACHIEVEMENTS, AND THE PROBLEMS THEY HAD ENCOUNTERED.

THE FIRST SEMINAR IS OPEN TO ALL RESIDENTS AND REPRESENTATIVES OF RESIDENTS’ BODIES IN STANLEY. SHEK 0 AND BAYS AREA. IT WILL BEGIN AT 7 PM IN THE NG WAH HALL OF ST STEPHEN’S COLLEGE. 30-32 WONG MA KOK ROAD. STANLEY.

SOUTHERN ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MR DAVID LEUNG, WILL GIVE A WELCOMING SPEECH. TO BE FOLLOWED BY A REPORT FROM THE AREA COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN, MR CHAN YAU-YUE, AND A 15-MINUTE SLIDE PRESENTATION ON THE WORK OF AREA COMMITTEES IN GENERAL.

THERE WILL ALSO BE GROUP DISCUSSIONS ON THE DISTRICT’S ENVIRONMENT, COMMUNITY BUILDING, AND TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT MATTERS. ALL THE ISSUES RAISED WILL BE FOLLOWED UP BY THE AREA COMMITTEE AND RELEVANT GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

THE SEMINAR ORGANISED BY THE POK FU LAM AREA COMMITTEE, TAKING A SIMILAR FORMAT, WILL BE HELD AT THE COMMUNITY HALL OF CHI FU FA YUEN ON TUESDAY. BEGINNING AT 8 PM.

THE TWO SEMINARS ARE AMONG A SERIES JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE DISTRICT’S SEVEN AREA COMMITTEES TO STRENGTHEN COMMUNICATIONS AND TIES BETWEEN RESIDENTS AND AREA COMMITTEES.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE TWO SEMINARS TO BE ORGANISED BY AREA COMMITTEES FOR SOUTHERN DISTRICT RESIDENTS.

THE FIRST SEMINAR. BY THE STANLEY. SHEK 0 AND BAYS AREA COMMITTEE. WILL BEGIN AT 7 PM TOMORROW (FRIDAY) IN THE NG WAH HALL OF ST STEPHEN’S COLLEGE, 30-32 WONG MA KOK ROAD, STANLEY.

THE SECOND ONE, BY THE POK FU LAM AREA COMMITTEE. WILL BEGIN AT 8 PM ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 24) AT THE COMMUNITY HALL OF CHI FU FA YUEN.

-------o --------

/27........

THURSDAY. OCTOBER 19. 1989

27

DRAWING CONTEST FOR CHILDREN IN TSIM SHA TSUI

* » * * *

CHILDREN WITH DRAWING TALENT AVE INVITED TO JOIN A CONTEST TO BE HELD AT THE TSIM SHA TSUI PROMENADE ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 22) AFTERNOON.

PARTICIPANTS IN THE CONTEST’S SEVEN TO 12 YEAR-OLD SECTION WILL BE REQUIRED TO DRAW A PICTURE WITH "THE LOVABLE HONG KONG" AS ITS THEME WHILE THOSE IN THE THREE TO SIX YEAR-OLD SECTION WILL BE REQUIRED TO COLOUR A PRE-DRAWN PICTURE.

ENROLMENT FOR THE CONTEST WILL START AT NOON THAT DAY AT THE PROMENADE BEHIND NEW WORLD CENTRE. PARTICIPANTS SHOULD BRING ALONG THEIR COLOUR PENCILS WHILE PAPER WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE ORGANISER.

ADJUDICATION AND PRIZE PRESENTATION WILL TAKE PLACE AFTER THE CONTEST AT 4.30 PM. ATTRACTIVE GIFTS WILL BE AWARDED TO THE TOP THREE WINNERS AND 20 OUTSTANDING ENTRIES IN THE TWO SECTIONS.

THE CONTEST IS ORGANISED BY THE TSIM SHA TSUI AREA COMMITTEE WITH SPONSORSHIP FROM THE YAU TSIM DISTRICT BOARD.

ADDING FUN TO THE CONTEST WILL BE PERFORMANCES BY A MARCHING BAND.

ENQUIRIES ABOUT THE CONTEST CAN BE MADE TO THE YAU TSIM DISTRICT OFFICE’S TSIM SHA TSUI SUB-OFFICE ON TEL. 3-661908.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE DRAWING CONTEST WHICH WILL BEGIN AT NOON ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 22) AT THE TSIM SHA TSUI PROMENADE BEHIND NEW WORLD CENTRE.

-----0-------

ILLEGAL STRUCTURE IN YUEN LONG TO BE CLOSED

*****

THE BUILDING AUTHORITY IS SEEKING TO CLOSE AN ILLEGAL STRUCTURE IN YUEN LONG SO THAT IT CAN BE DEMOLISHED WITHOUT DANGER TO THE OCCUPIERS AND TO THE PUBLIC.

THE STRUCTURE IS LOCATED AT FLAT B, SECOND FLOOR, UN LONG HOP YICK COMPANY LIMITED BUILDING, CASTLE PEAK ROAD.

THE CLOSURE FORMS PART OF AN EXERCISE TO ENFORCE AN ORDER ISSUED UNDER THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE ON SEPTEMBER 12 LAST YEAR REQUIRING THE DEMOLITION OF THE ILLEGAL STRUCTURE.

/NOTICE OF .......

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

- 28 -

NOTICE OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR A CLOSURE ORDER FROM THE TSUEN WAN DISTRICT COURT ON DECEMBER 14 THIS YEAR WAS POSTED ON A CONSPICUOUS PART OF THE STRUCTURE TODAY (THURSDAY).

IT IS EXPECTED THAT DEMOLITION WORK WILL START ONCE THE CLOSURE ORDER IS MADE.

------o-------

PRE-WAR BUILDINGS AT SHANGHAI STREET DECLARED DANGEROUS * t * * *

THE BUILDING AUTHORITY TODAY (THURSDAY) DECLARED THE BUILDINGS AT NOS. 451 AND 541 SHANGHAI STREET, KOWLOON TO BE DANGEROUS AND THE BUILDING AT NO.449 OF THE SAME STREET LIABLE TO BECOME DANGEROUS.

IN A STATEMENT ISSUED THIS MORNING, THE PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT BUILDING SURVEYOR SAID THE BUILDINGS, WHICH HAD BEEN UNDER OBSERVATION FOR SOME TIME, WERE ALL BUILT BEFORE THE WAR.

THE TWO AT NOS. 451 AND 541 WERE IN AN ADVANCED STATE OF DILAPIDATION AND WERE CONSIDERED TO BE BEYOND REASONABLE REPAIR AND SHOULD BE CLOSED AND DEMOLISHED.

THE STATEMENT SAID THAT NOS. 449 AND 451 WERE TWO ADJOINING BUILDINGS SHARING A COMMON STAIRCASE OF COMPOSITE CONSTRUCTION, CONCRETE IN NO. 449 AND TIMBER IN NO. 451.

WITH THE DEMOLITION OF NO. 451 WHICH WOULD INCLUDE THE TIMBER PORTION OF THE COMMON STAIRCASE, NO. 449, ALREADY IN A DILAPIDATED CONDITION ITSELF, WOULD BE LEFT WITHOUT MEANS OF ESCAPE. IT WAS THEREFORE CONSIDERED TO BE LIABLE TO BECOME DANGEROUS AND MUST BE CLOSED AND DEMOLISHED WITH NO. 451 IN A JOINT OPERATION, THE STATEMENT SAID.

ON THE CONDITIONS OF THE TWO FOUR-STOREY BUILDINGS OF NOS. 449 AND 451, THE STATEMENT SAID THE FLOORS AND ROOF OF NO. 451 WERE CONSTRUCTED OF TIMBER BOARDS ON CHINA-FIR JOISTS RESTING ON LOAD-BEARING BRICK AND MASONRY WALLS, WHICH THE FLOORS AND ROOF OF NO. 449 WERE OF REINFORCED CONCRETE RESTING ON LOAD-BEARING BRICK AND MASONRY WALLS.

OVER 50 PER CENT OF THE ROOF, SECOND AND THIRD FLOOR JOISTS OF NO. 451 WERE DEFECTIVE AND A MINOR COLLAPSE OF THE ROOF HAD OCCURRED IN JULY. FRACTURES IN THE BRICKWALLS HAD BEEN NOTED AND THE ROOF AND TIMBER STAIRCASE WERE IN A PARTICULARLY POOR CONDITION.

NOTICES OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR CLOSURE ORDERS IN RESPECT OF THE TWO BUILDINGS FROM THE HONG KONG DISTRICT COURT ON DECEMBER 4 WERE POSTED ON THE BUILDINGS TODAY.

/IN THE .......

f

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

29

SOME THE

rnwcmn. , 2ASE °F NO' 5411 THE THREE-STOREY BUILDING WAS

°F b0AD-BEARING BRICK AND MASONRY WALLS WITH CHINA-FIR

Fb09R AND R00F J0ISTS- IT HAS BEEN EXHIBITING SIGNS OF MOVEMENT.

DF „ FS ' OCCURRED VERY RECENTLY WHILE AT LEAST 50 PER CENT OF ROOb JOISTS ARE DEFECTIVE, THE STATEMENT EXPLAINED.

NOTICE OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR A CLOSURE ORDER FROM THE

Knwr 1 A11 OK A CLOSURE ORDER FROM THE HONG

KONG DISTRICi COURI ON NOVEMBER 20 WAS POSTED ON THE BUILDING TODAY.

------0 -------

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN CENTRAL » * * * t

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 21), VEHICLES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ENTER HARBOUR VIEW STREET EASTBOUND FROM THE VEHICULAR FERRY CONCOURSE IN CENTRAL.

THIS MEASURE WILL LAST FOR ABOUT TWO MONTHS TO FACILITATE ROAD RECONSTRUCTION WORK.

VEHICLES TRAVELLING FROM THE VEHICULAR FERRY CONCOURSE TO CONNAUGHT PLACE WILL BE DIVERTED VIA HARBOUR VIEW STREET SOUTHBOUND AND CONNAUGHT ROAD CENTRAL EASTBOUND.

-----0------

URBAN CLEARWAYS IN WAN CHAI » t t » *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 21), THE FOLLOWING ROAD SECTIONS IN WAN CHAI WILL BE DESIGNATED URBAN CLEARWAYS FROM 7 AM TO 7 PM DAILY:

* THE SOUTHERN KERBSIDE LANE OF QUEEN’S ROAD EAST FROM ITS JUNCTION WITH SPRING GARDEN LANE TO A POINT ABOUT 25 METRES EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH SHIP STREET, EXCLUDING THE LAY-BYS OUTSIDE HOUSE NOS. 131 TO 147 AND HOPEWELL CENTRE;

* TAI WONG STREET EAST BETWEEN ITS JUNCTION WITH QUEEN'S ROAD EAST AND A POINT ABOUT 15 METRES NORTH OF THE SAME JUNCTION.

NO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL BE ALLOWED TO STOP FOR PASSENGERS OR GOODS WITHIN THE RESTRICTED AREAS.

- - 0-----------

THURSDAY, OCTOBER 19, 1989

50

CLOSURE OF UNDERPASS IN SHAM SHUI PO

*****

THE TRANSPORT

DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT THE LUNG

VEHICULAR UNDERPASS WILL BE CLOSED FROM

??A?/A^’0Nf12NWRSE?0CTOBER-2l) TO FACILITATE CLEANING WORKS

CHEUNG

1 AM IN THE

UNDERPASS.

DURING THE CLOSURE, MOTORISTS ON LUNG CHEUNG ROAD EASI BOUND HEADING FOR NAM CHEONG STREET SOUTHBOUND ARE ADVISED TO TRAVEL VIA LUNG P[NG ROAD FLYOVER AND NAM CHEONG STREET SOUTHBOUND.

--------0----------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL.: 5-8428777

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

FREEDOMS IMPORTANT TO HK WAY OF LIFE: GOVERNOR ............. 1

GOVERNOR TO RETURN TOMORROW................................. 2

HK'S CRIME SITUATION COMPARES FAVOURABLY WITH OiU.ER CITIES . 3

THIRD QUARTER CRIME STATISTICS RELEASED..................... 4

FUTURE DEPENDS ON ECONOMIC GROWTH, ADAPTABILITY: SEM ....... 6

STI ON DUTY VISIT IN EUROPE................................. 7

JUDICIAL SERVICE COMMISSION (AMENDMENT) BILL GAZETTED ...... 8

EFFORTS TO REDUCE AIRPORT NOISE CONTINUE ................... 9

PREQUALIFICATION EXERCISE FOR HOSPITAL CONTRACT ............ 11

CUSTOMS COMMITS SUBSTANTIAL RESOURCES TO CURBING PIRACY .... 12

BUILDING MANAGEMENT TALK IN MONG KOK........................ 1?

PRIZE-GIVING IN SQUATTER AREAS CLEANLINESS CAMPAIGN ........ 1J

BUS ROUTE DEVELOPMENT ON DB COMMITTEE AGENDA................ 14

FIRING PRACTICE IN NOVEMBER ................................ 15

ANTI-DRUG LONG RUN ON SUNDAY................................ 15

ADULT EDUCATION SEMINAR FOR TEACHERS ....................... 16

POSTER COMPETITION TO STIMULATE CREATIVITY ................. 1?

LOCAL OPEN SPACE PROJECT IN KWAI CHUNG ..................... 18

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS FOR DIOCESAN CELEBRATION AT HK STADIUM 18

TEMPORARY ROAD CLOSURES IN SHAU KEI WAN .................... 20

FRIDAY. OCTOBER 20, 1989

1

FREEDOMS IMPORTANT TO HK WAY OF LIFE: GOVERNOR

* t » « *

THE FREEDOMS UNDER WHICH HONG KONG OPERATES, SUCH AS OF SPEECH AND OF PUBLICATION, ARE VERY IMPORTANT TO THE TERRITORY’S WAY OF LIFE. AND MUST HE PRESERVED, THOUGH PEOPLE SHOULD USE THEM WITH A SENSE OF RESPONSIBILITY, THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, SAID IN LOS ANGELES ON THURSDAY (US TIME).

"THEY ARE PART AND PARCEL OF HONG KONG," SIR DAVID SAID WHEN ANSWERING QUESTIONS AFTER SPEAKING TO THE WORLD AFFAIRS COUNCIL.

HE SAID THAT TRADITIONALLY HONG KONG HAS SURVIVED BECAUSE IT HAD NOT EXCESSIVELY BECOME INVOLVED IN THE INTERNAL POLITICS OF CHINA. JUST AS WE DID NOT WANT CHINA TO INVOLVE ITSELF IN THE INTERNAL EVENTS OF HONG KONG.

"AND THAT IS ONE THING THAT I THINK HONG KONG PEOPLE HAVE TO LOOK AT, NOT EXCESSIVELY INVOLVING THEMSELVES IN THE INTERNAL EVENTS ACROSS THE BORDER," HE SAID.

ON THE STATIONING OF CHINESE TROOPS IN THE SPECIAL ADMINISTRATIVE REGION AFTER 1997, THE GOVERNOR SAID THIS WAS A QUESTION ABOUT WHICH PEOPLE IN HONG KONG WERE SENSITIVE.

"SO WE’VE ASKED CHINA TO BE SENSITIVE ABOUT THE WAY IN WHICH THEY EXERCISE A RIGHT WHICH THEY UNDOUBTEDLY DO HAVE," HE SAID.

ON THE QUESTION OF EMIGRATION FROM HONG KONG AND ITS EFFECTS, SIR DAVID SAID THAT IF THE ECONOMY CONTINUED TO BOOM, THE TERRITORY WOULD NEED TO BRING IN MORE PEOPLE THAN PREVIOUSLY THOUGHT FROM OUTSIDE TO MEET THE LIKELY NEED FOR TALENT.

"WE WILL BE LOOKING CAREFULLY AT OUR OWN IMMIGRATION ARRANGEMENTS TO MAKE SURE THAT THEY MATCH WHAT THE HONG KONG ECONOMY IS GOING TO NEED OVER THE NEXT FIVE YEARS OR SO," HE SAID.

ASKED WHAT CHINA WOULD GAIN FROM HONG KONG AFTER 1997, THE GOVERNOR SAID THAT CHINA ALREADY GAINED AN ENORMOUS AMOUNT NOW, WITH HONG KONG BEING A TRADING BRIDGE AND ALSO A BRIDGE FOR INVESTMENT INTO CHINA.

HE ALSO SAID THAT BECAUSE OF WHAT HAD HAPPENED IN CHINA THERE HAD BEEN A TENDENCY TO DISREGARD THE JOINT DECLARATION OR UNDERESTIMATE ITS SIGNIFICANCE, AND DISREGARD THE WAY IN WHICH CHINA COMMITTED ITSELF TO A VERY FAR-SIGHTED, VERY REMARKABLE CONCEPT OF DEALING WITH THE ENDING OF A LEASE.

IN THE JOINT DECLARATION CHINA HAD GAINED A TREMENDOUS BOOST TO ITS INTERNATIONAL REPUTATION.

"WHAT IT WILL GAIN IN 1997 THROUGH THE SUCCESSFUL CARRYING OUT OF THAT ARRANGEMENT IS AGAIN A BOOST TO ITS INTERNATIONAL REPUTATION. AND I DON'T THINK THAT ANY OF US SHOULD UNDERESTIMATE THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THAT," HE ADDED.

/ON A........

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 201 1989

ON A QUESTION ABOUT PROTECTIONS IN ENFORCING THE JOINT DECLARATION, SIR DAVID POINTED OUT THAT IT WAS A TREATY BETWEEN TWO MAJOR WORLD POWERS, AND REGISTERED WITH THE UNITED NATIONS.

HE SAID CHINA HAT) A "VERY GOOD TRACK RECORD INDEED" REGARDING INTERNATIONAL TREATIES.

THE GOVERNOR SAID HE PERSONALLY BELIEVED THAT CHINA ATTACHED ENORMOUS IMPORTANCE TO ITS INTERNATIONAL WORD THAT IT WAS DETERMINED TO CARRY OUT WHAT IT AGREED TO DO IN THE JOINT DECLARATION.

ON THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT’S ROLE AFTER 1997 IN TERMS OF TRADE AND FINANCE, SIR DAVID SAID HE HOPED THERE WOULD BE VERY SUBSTANTIAL UK ECONOMIC INVOLVEMENT IN HONG KONG WELL AFTER 1997.

------0-------

GOVERNOR TO RETURN TOMORROW ♦ t * * t

THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, HAS CANCELLED HIS VISIT TO SAN FRANCISCO, THE LAST LEG OF HIS VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES, AND WILL RETURN TO HONG KONG TOMORROW (SATURDAY).

FOLLOWING THE EARTHQUAKE AND SUBSTANTIAL LOSS OF LIFE IN SAN FRANCISCO AND THE BAY AREA EARLY THIS WEEK AND OUT OF DEFERENCE TO THE PREOCCUPATION OF THE PEOPLE OF SAN FRANCISCO WITH THE TASK OF REPAIRING THE DAMAGE AND RESTORING THE CITY TO NORMAL, THE GOVERNOR HAS DECIDED WITH GREAT REGRET THAT IT WOULD NOT BE APPROPRIATE TO PROCEED WITH HIS PLANNED VISIT AT THIS DIFFICULT TIME.

SIR DAVID REACHED THIS DECISION TAKING INTO ACCOUNT THE DIFFICULTIES INVOLVED IN COMPLETING HIS SCHEDULED VISIT PROGRAMME IN CURRENT CIRCUMSTANCES.

HE MADE THIS DECISION WITH GREAT SADNESS AT MISSING THIS OPPORTUNITY TO VISIT A CITY WITH WHICH HONG KONG HAS CLOSE AND LONG STANDING TIES, AND WHERE IT HAS MANY FRIENDS.

THE GOVERNOR WOULD VERY MUCH HOPE TO BE ABLE TO REINSTATE HIS VISIT TO SAN FRANCISCO IN THE NOT TOO DISTANT FUTURE.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID WILSON, AND LADY WILSON WILL RETURN TO HONG KONG BY FLIGHT NO. CX 801 AT ABOUT 8.10 PM TOMORROW (SATURDAY). MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES WISHING TO COVER THE GOVERNOR’S ARRIVAL ARE REQUESTED TO ASSEMBLE AT THE AIRPORT PRESS ROOM BY 7.30 PM.

-------0 ---------

FRIDAY. OCTOBER 20, 1989

J

HK’S CRIME SITUATION COMPARES FAVOURABLY WITH OTHER CITIES

THE CRIME SITUATION IN HONG KONG HAS BEEN CONTAINED AT A LEVEL WHICH COMPARES FAVOURABLY WITH MANY OTHER CITIES IN THE WORLD, THE DEPUTY TO THE GOVERNOR, SIR DAVID FORD, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE 1989 FIGHT CRIME RECEPTION IN HIS CAPACITY AS CHAIRMAN OF THE FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE (FCC), SIR DAVID SAID HONG KONG HAD AN ANNUAL AVERAGE OF 80.000 CASES OF REPORTED CRIME OVER THE PAST 10 YEARS.

NOTING THAT CRIME WAS AN UNSAVOURY AND ENDURING FEATURE OF EVERY AFFLUENT SOCIETY, HE SAID HONG KONG STOOD OUT CREDITABLY FOR ITS DETERMINED EFFORTS AGAINST CRIME.

"WE HAVE ACHIEVED THIS THROUGH SOUND LEGISLATION, AN IMPARTIAL AND INDEPENDENT JUDICIARY, A HIGHLY PROFESSIONAL LEGAL SYSTEM, THE HARD WORK OF AN EFFICIENT POLICE FORCE AND STRONG COMMUNITY SUPPORT IN THE FIGHT AGAINST CRIME," HE SAID.

ON THE WORK OF THE FCC DURING THE YEAR, SIR DAVID SAID A WIDE RANGE OF SUBJECTS. INCLUDING CORPORAL PUNISHMENT. ORGANISED CRIME LEGISLATION, REHABILITATION OF OFFENDERS, TRIAD RENUNCIATION SCHEME AND THE YOUNG OFFENDERS ASSESSMENT PANEL PILOT SCHEME HAD BEEN CONSIDERED.

ON JUVENILE CRIME IN PARTICULAR, SIR DAVID SAID 1988 SAW A SIGNIFICANT DECREASE OF SHOP THEFT CASES COMMITTED BY JUVENILES.

"IT IS MOST ENCOURAGING TO NOTE THAT THIS DOWNWARD TREND HAS CONTINUED JN 1989." HE SAID.

IN THE NINE MONTHS UP TO SEPTEMBER THIS YEAR, 1,319 JUVENILES WERE ARRESTED FOR SHOP THEFT. REPRESENTING A DECREASE OF 31 PER CENT COMPARED WITH THE 1.920 ARRESTED IN THE SAME PERIOD OF 1988.

HOWEVER. SIR DAVID SAID THE DEVELOPMENT OF JUVENILE CRIMES IN OTHER ASPECTS WAS NOT SO HEARTENING.

"A GREATER NUMBER OF JUVENILES WERE ARRESTED FOR SERIOUS AND VIOLENT CRIMES TN 1989 THAN IN 1988.

"IN THE FIRST THREE QUARTERS OF 1989. THERE WERE SOME 600 JUVENILES ARRESTED FOR ROBBERY AND 361 FOR WOUNDING AND SERIOUS ASSAULT WHICH REPRESENTED AN INCREASE OF 11 PER CENT AND 3.6 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY OVER 1988," SIR DAVID SAID.

"IN THE FACE OF THIS RISING TREND. THE FCC STANDING COMMITTEE ON YOUNG OFFENDERS WILL CONTINUE TO WORK CLOSELY WITH EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTES. YOUTH AGENCIES AND OTHER RELATED BODIES TO TACKLE THE PROBLEM.

/"WE LOOK ......

Friday, October 20, 1989

4

"WE LOOK TO THE DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEES FOR CONTINUING SUPPORT." HE ADDED.

REFERRING TO THE TRIAD RENUNCIATION SCHEME, SIR DAVID NOTED THAT THE RESPONSE TO THE SCHEME HAD BEEN ENCOURAGING.

"SINCE THE INCEPTION OF THE TRIAD RENUNCIATION TRIBUNAL IN DECEMBER 1988. SOME 2.600 ENQUIRIES AND 640 APPLICATIONS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED.

"UP TO THE END OF SEPTEMBER 1989. A TOTAL OF 97 GENUINE TRIAD MEMBERS HAVE SUCCESSFULLY RENOUNCED THEIR TRIAD MEMBERSHIP," HE SAID.

SIR DAVID ADDED THAT HAVING REGARD TO THE OPERATION OF THE TRIBUNAL AND THE CONTINUED INFLOW OF APPLICATIONS IN THE FORESEEABLE FUTURE, THE GOVERNMENT WAS NOW CONSIDERING THE EXTENSION OF THE SCHEME FOR A FURTHER PERIOD OF TIME.

"THE PROCEDURES OF THE TRIAD RENUNCIATION TRIBUNAL WILL BE STREAMLINED. PUBLICITY WILL ALSO BE RENEWED TO ATTRACT FURTHER POTENTIAL TRIAD RENOUNCERS." SIR DAVID SAID.

TODAY’S RECEPTION WAS ORGANISED TO PROMOTE BETTER COMMUNICATION BETWEEN THE FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE AND ITS COUNTERPARTS IN THE DISTRICTS.

IT WAS ATTENDED BY MORE THAN 350 FCC MEMBERS AND DISTRICT FIGHT CRIME COMMITTEE MEMBERS.

-------0----------

THIRD QUARTER CRIME STATISTICS RELEASED *****

OVERALL CRIMES REPORTED TO POLICE IN THE THIRD QUARTER OF THIS YEAR SHOWED AN INCREASE OF 3.8 PER CENT OVER THE PRECEDING QUARTER.

RELEASING THE CRIME STATISTICS FOR THE THIRD QUARTER TODAY (FRIDAY). DEPUTY DIRECTOR OF CRIME, MR WONG TSAN-KWONG, SAID A TOTAL OF 21.188 CRIME CASES WERE RECORDED.

VIOLENT CRIME TOTALLED 4.856 DURING THE PERIOD UNDER REVIEW, REPRESENTING 21.1 PER CENT OF ALL CRIMES REPORTED, AND A 12.5 PER CENT RISE OVER THE PREVIOUS QUARTER.

THE RISE IN VIOLENT CRIME WAS MAINLY ATTRIBUTABLE TO AN INCREASE TN THE OFFENCES OF ROBBERY. WOUNDING AND SERIOUS ASSAULT, ASSAULT ON POLICE AND RAPE. MR WONG SAID.

COMPARED WITH LAST QUARTER. THE RATE OF ROBBERY. WOUNDING AND SERIOUS ASSAULT WAS UP 13.6 PER CENT AND 8.9 PER CENT RESPECTIVELY WHILE THAT OF RAPE CASES INCREASED BY 3.3 PER CENT.

/ON ROBBERIES .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

- 5 -

. ON ROBBERIES, MR WONG SAID WEAPONS WERE USED IN 44.4 PER CENT OF THESE OFFENCES. RESULTING IN 23.9 PER CENT OF ROBBERY VICTIMS SUSTAINING INJURIES.

OF THE 1.665 ROBBERIES WHICH OCCURRED, 14 INVOLVED GOLDSMITH OR WATCH SHOPS. GOLD. JEWELLERY AND WATCHES TOTALLING Si8.7 MILLION WERE STOLEN.

DURING THE QUARTER, THERE WERE 53 ROBBERIES IN WHICH GENUINE FIREARMS OR PISTOL-LIKE OBJECTS WERE USED. COMPARED WITH 59 CASES IN THE SECOND QUARTER.

WITH REGARD TO BURGLARIES, MR WONG POINTED OUT THAT DOMESTIC BURGLARIES ACCOUNTED FOR 64.5 PER CENT OF THE 2,971 CASES. HE ADDED THAT SHOP BURGLARIES INCREASED BY 26.2 PER CENT WHEN COMPARED WITH THE PREVIOUS THREE-MONTH PERIOD.

NOTING THAT THERE WERE 2.079 WOUNDING AND SERIOUS ASSAULT CASES. MR WONG HIGHLIGHTED THAT 153 OF THESE INVOLVED VIETNAMESE REFUGEES AND VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE.

OF THE 53 REPORTS OF RAPE, 15 CASES OCCURRED INSIDE VIETNAMESE DETENTION CENTRES AND CLOSED CAMPS. MR WONG SAID. INDECENT ASSAULT CASES ROSE BY 3.3 PER CENT FROM THE PREVIOUS QUARTER AND BY 10.2 PER CENT COMPARED WITH THE CORRESPONDING PERIOD OF LAST YEAR.

NOTING THAT THE 1.673 JUVENILE OFFENDERS ARRESTED SHOWED A DECREASE OF 299 PERSONS FROM THE SECOND QUARTER, MR WONG ATTRIBUTED THIS TO A DROP IN THE NUMBER OF OFFENCES OF WOUNDING, SERIOUS ASSAULT, ROBBERY. MISCELLANEOUS THEFTS AND UNLAWFUL SOCIETY OFFENCES.

ON THE OTHER HAND. 1.954 YOUNG OFFENDERS (AGED 16-20) WERE ARRESTED DURING THE QUARTER. WHICH MADE UP 18.4 PER CENT OF ALL ARRESTED PERSONS.

DURING THE QUARTER. 297 ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS WERE ARRESTED FOR CRIME. OF WHICH 68.7 PER CENT WERE INVOLVED IN OFFENCES OF USING IDENTITY CARD RELATING TO ANOTHER. FORGERY AND UNLAWFUL POSSESSION.

THE NUMBER OF VIETNAMESE REFUGEES AND VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE ARRESTED FOR CRIME IN THE THIRD QUARTER STOOD AT 523, REPRESENTING AN INCREASE OF 339 PERSONS OVER THE PRECEDING QUARTER, MR WONG CONCLUDED.

- - 0 - -

/6........

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

- 6 -

FUTURE DEPENDS ON ECONOMIC GROWTH, ADAPTABILITY: SEM

******

THE SECRETARY FOR EDUCATION AND MANPOWER, MR K.Y. YEUNG, SAID THIS (FRIDAY) EVENING THAT THE FUTURE OF HONG KONG DEPENDS ON ECONOMIC GROWTH AND ADAPTABILITY TO CHANGES.

"THIS IN TURN DEPENDS ON AS MANY TALENTED YOUNG PEOPLE AS POSSIBLE BEING ABLE TO OBTAIN AN EDUCATION THAT WILL PREPARE THEM ADEQUATELY FOR ADULT LIFE," HE SAID.

MR YEUNG WAS SPEAKING OF THE RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN EDUCATION, MANPOWER TRAINING AND THE NEEDS OF THE ECONOMY IN HIS ADDRESS TO THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE 24TH NATIONAL CONVENTION OF THE HONG KONG JUNIOR CHAMBER OF COMMERCE.

"YOUNG EXECUTIVES AND MANAGERS MUST THEN HAVE OPPORTUNITIES FOR JOB-SPECIFIC TRAINING, INCLUDING TRAINING IN THE APPLICATION OF BENEFICIAL TECHNOLOGIES," HE SAID.

"FINALLY, TRAINED MANAGERS AND TECHNOLOGISTS HAVE AN OBLIGATION TO EXERT A CONSTRUCTIVE INFLUENCE ON CURRICULA."

ON TERTIARY EDUCATION, MR YEUNG SAID THE GOVERNMENT PLANNED TO ACHIEVE PLACES IN FIRST DEGREE COURSES FOR OVER 18 PER CENT OF THE RELEVANT AGE GROUP BY 1994-95.

"THIS WILL MEAN THAT ROUGHLY A QUARTER OF OUR YOUNG PEOPLE WILL BE GOING TO SOME FORM OF HIGHER EDUCATION," HE SAID.

"BY 1994-95, WE ESTIMATE THAT THE NUMBER OF YOUNG PEOPLE ACHIEVING BASIC MATRICULATION REQUIREMENTS WILL HAVE REACHED AT LEAST 23 PER CENT."

AS TO MANPOWER TRAINING, MR YEUNG SAID THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL’S TECHNICAL INSTITUTES PROVIDED 65,000 TECHNICAL EDUCATION PLACES, WHILE THE INDUSTRIAL TRAINING CENTRES OF ALL THREE TRAINING AUTHORITIES PROVIDED A FURTHER 30,000 PLACES.

TO ENABLE HONG KONG’S MANPOWER TO ABSORB AND ADAPT NEW TECHNOLOGIES, HE SAID A NEW FUND WOULD BE ESTABLISHED TO ENCOURAGE EMPLOYERS TO GIVE MANAGERS THE OPPORTUNITY TO LEARN ABOUT NEW, BENEFICIAL AND APPROPRIATE TECHNOLOGIES.

"LOANS WILL BE MADE TO COMPANIES FOR THE TRAINING OF MANAGERS IN PLANNING, DESIGN, PRODUCTION AND MARKETING," HE SAID.

"THE FUND WILL BE ADMINISTERED BY THE VOCATIONAL TRAINING COUNCIL, WHILE THE INDUSTRY DEPARTMENT AND THE HONG KONG PRODUCTIVITY COUNCIL WILL HELP BORROWING COMPANIES WITH A REFERRAL SERVICE IN RESPECT OF TRAINING PLACEMENTS ABROAD.

/"WE HOPE

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

"WE HOPE TO BE ABLE TO FINANCE 400 TRAINEESHIPS PER YEAR.

SPEAKING OF HONG KONG’S ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT WHICH HAD IMPLICATIONS ON EDUCATION AND MANPOWER TRAINING, MR YEUNG SAID HE COULD NOT IMAGINE MANUFACTURING RETAINING THE DOMINANT ROLE IT ENJOYED IN THE 1960'S AND EARLY 1970'S.

"RATHER I SEE MANUFACTURING MAINTAINING ROUGHLY ITS CURRENT SHARE OF GDP BUT SHIFTING OVER TIME TOWARDS MORE EFFICIENT AND LABOUR-SAVING PROCESSES, HIGHER QUALITY PRODUCTS AND INCREASED LINKAGE INDUSTRY PRODUCTION." HE SAID.

"ALREADY THERE IS PLENTY OF EVIDENCE OF GROWING INTEREST IN COMPUTER-AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS, OF MASSIVE INVESTMENT IN SOPHISTICATED NEW PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, AND OF INCREASED OUTPUT IN PARTS AND COMPONENTS.

"ALL THESE MEAN THAT IT HAS BECOME CRITICAL FOR US TO PROVIDE TERTIARY EDUCATION OF HIGH QUALITY TO A FAR LARGER PERCENTAGE OF THE POPULATION THAN WE DO NOW."

AS FAR AS FINANCIAL AND BUSINESS SERVICES WERE CONCERNED, MR YEUNG SAID, THE OPENING UP OF CHINA HAD CREATED OPPORTUNITIES THAT HONG KONG HAD BEEN ABLE TO EXPLOIT, IN TERMS OF LOAN SYNDICATION, INVESTMENT CAPITAL AND THE FINANCING OF OTHER FORMS OF DEBT REQUIRED BY CHINA FOR ITS MODERNISATION PROGRAMMES.

"TO THE EXTENT THAT THESE SERVICES ARE GROWING IN A HIGHLY COMPETITIVE ENVIRONMENT. THE SHIFTS WITHIN THESE INDUSTRIES TOWARDS THE USE OF THE MOST MODERN AND EFFICIENT INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES CAN BE EXPECTED TO CONTINUE," HE SAID.

"IN MY VIEW, HONG KONG IS ALREADY THE FINANCIAL CAPITAL OF A DEVELOPING CHINA. AND IS LIKELY TO REMAIN THAT WAY."

------o-------

STI ON DUTY VISIT IN EUROPE * » t * *

THE SECRETARY FOR TRADE AND INDUSTRY, MR JOHN CHAN, HAS LEFT FOR A DUTY VISIT TO EUROPE TO BUILD UP CONTACTS WITH TRADE OFFICIALS IN THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC COMMUNITY (EEC) AND THE GENERAL AGREEMENT ON TARIFFS AND TRADE (GATT).

THIS IS MR CHAN'S FIRST DUTY VISIT TO EUROPE SINCE HE ASSUMED HIS PRESENT POST IN MARCH THIS YEAR.

HE WILL ALSO TAKE THE OPPORTUNITY TO MEET STAFF OF THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT OVERSEAS OFFICES IN GENEVA, BRUSSELS AND LONDON.

/ON OCTOBER

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

- 8 -

ON OCTOBER 24, MR CHAN WILL SPEAK TO THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS IN BRUSSELS.

HE WILL GIVE TWO FURTHER SPEECHES ON OCTOBER 26 TO THE HAMBURG CHAMBER OF COMMERCE IN HAMBURG AND THE KIEL INSTITUTE OF WORLD ECONOMICS IN KIEL.

MR CHAN WILL RETURN TO HONG KONG ON NOVEMBER 1.

-------0 ---------

JUDICIAL SERVICE COMMISSION (AMENDMENT) BILL GAZETTED * * * * *

A BILL, WHICH SEEKS TO MAKE CERTAIN CHANGES TO THE COMPOSITION. QUORUM AND VOTING REQUIREMENTS FOR A RESOLUTION OF THE JUDICIAL SERVICE COMMISSION, WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY (FRIDAY).

THE JUDICIAL SERVICE COMMISSION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989 ALSO PROPOSES A CONSULTATION MECHANISM WITH THE LAW SOCIETY AND BAR ASSOCIATION FOR THE GOVERNOR'S APPOINTMENT OF TWO MEMBERS REPRESENTING THE LEGAL PROFESSION TO THE COMMISSION.

UNDER THE PROPOSALS, MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMISSION WILL BE AS FOLLOWS:

- THREE MEMBERS OF THE JUDICIARY (INCLUDING THE CHIEF JUSTICE AS CHAIRMAN);

- THREE MEMBERS OF THE LEGAL PROFESSION (THE ATTORNEY GENERAL, ONE BARRISTER AND ONE SOLICITOR); AND

- THREE LAY MEMBERS.

’’COMPARED WITH THE EXISTING COMPOSITION, THE PROPOSAL REMOVES THE MEMBERSHIP OF THE CHAIRMAN OF THE PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION AND REPLACES IT BY ANOTHER LAY MEMBER.” A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY.

“HOWEVER. IT IS FELT THAT THERE IS A NEED FOR THE ATTORNEY GENERAL'S CONTINUED MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMISSION BOTH AS THE SENIOR LEGAL ADVISER TO THE GOVERNOR AND AS THE HEAD OF THE LEGAL DEPARTMENT.

“TOTAL MEMBERSHIP WILL BE INCREASED FROM FIVE TO NINE,” HE SAID.

THE SPOKEMAN SAID ANOTHER PROPOSAL WAS TO REVISE FROM THREE TO SIX THE QUORUM OF THE COMMISSION.

“IT IS ALSO PROPOSED THAT A RESOLUTION OF THE COMMISSION, WHETHER AT A MEETING OR BY CIRCULATION OF PAPERS, IS TO BE MADE BY AT LEAST FOUR, FIVE, SIX OR SEVEN MEMBERS VOTING FOR IT IF THERE ARE RESPECTIVELY SIX, SEVEN, EIGHT OR NINE MEMBERS VOTING.

/"AT PRESENT .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

- 9

"AT PRESENT, RESOLUTIONS OF THE COMMISSION CAN ONLY BE PASSED UNANIMOUSLY." HE SAID.

THE BILL FURTHER PROPOSED THAT IN DECIDING THE APPOINTMENTS OF THE BARRISTER AND SOLICITOR MEMBERS OF THE COMMISSION, THE GOVERNOR SHOULD CONSULT WITH THE HONG KONG BAR ASSOCIATION AND THE LAW SOCIETY OF HONG KONG RESPECTIVELY.

"THE TWO ASSOCIATIONS WOULD BE INVITED TO SUBMIT NOMINATIONS FOR THESE APPOINTMENTS TO THE GOVERNOR, BUT THE GOVERNOR WOULD NOT BE BOUND BY THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE ASSOCIATIONS," HE SAID.

THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT WHEN THE JUDICIAL SERVICE COMMISSION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1988 WAS DISCUSSED IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL AD HOC GROUP FORMED FOR THE PURPOSE LAST YEAR. THE LEGAL PROFESSION EXPRESSED THEIR VIEWS IN THE FORM OF A JOINT SUBMISSION BY THE BAR ASSOCIATION AND LAW SOCIETY.

"AS A RESULT THE ADMINISTRATION UNDERTOOK TO EXAMINE THE LEGAL PROFESSION’S SUBMISSION.

"THE CURRENT CHANGES ARE PROPOSED FOLLOWING CAREFUL CONSIDERATION OF THE LEGAL PROFESSION’S SUBMISSION, AND FURTHER DISCUSSIONS WITH THEIR REPRESENTATIVES," HE SAID.

-------0---------

EFFORTS TO REDUCE AIRPORT NOISE CONTINUE * » t t *

EXISTING CONTROLS OVER THE NOISE NIGHT WILL BE APPLIED THROUGH A SET OF FROM NOVEMBER 1 THIS YEAR.

MADE BY AIRCRAFT ENGINES AT NEW REGULATIONS WITH EFFECT

ANNOUNCING THIS TODAY (FRIDAY), A GOVERNMENT PROVISIONS FOR SUCH CONTROLS WERE CONTAINED IN THE (AIRCRAFT NOISE) (LIMITATION ON OPERATION OF ENGINES POWER UNITS) REGULATIONS PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE.

SPOKESMAN SAID CIVIL AVIATION AND AUXILIARY

EXPLAINING THE NEED FOR THE NEW

REGULATIONS,

THE

AIRCRAFT’S

MAIN

SAID NOISE CAUSED BY THE OPERATION OF AN AIRCRAFT’S MAIN AUXILIARY POWER UNITS (APU’S) (WHICH ARE OTHER ENGINES ON AN USED TO PROVIDE POWER WHEN THE MAIN ENGINES ARE NOT IN CURRENTLY CONTROLLED THROUGH TWO EXEMPTION ORDERS MADE ik 1987 UNDER SECTION 13(4) OF THE SUMMARY OFFENCES ORDINANCE.

SPOKESMAN

ENGINE OR

AIRCRAFT

USE) WAS 1972 AND

AND YEAR

"SINCE SECTION 13 OF THE SUMMARY OFFENCES ORDINANCE EXEMPTION ORDERS MADE UNDER IT WILL BE REPEALED LATER THIS THE PROVISIONS OF THE NOISE CONTROL ORDINANCE COME INTO EFFECT, NEW REGULATIONS ARE REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN EXISTING CONTROLS.

THE WHEN

THE

/"THE NOISE ......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

- 10 -

"THE NOISE CONTROL ORDINANCE HAS NO PROVISIONS CONTROLLING NOISE GENERATED BY AIRCRAFT ENGINES AND APU’S," HE ADDED.

THE MAIN CONTROLS WHICH WILL REMAIN IN FORCE THROUGH THESE REGULATIONS MADE UNDER THE CIVIL AVIATION (AIRCRAFT NOISE) ORDINANCE ARE:

(A) AIRCRAFT ENGINES MAY NOT BE OPERATED AT KAI TAK ABOVE "GROUND IDLE POWER" (THAT IS ENGINES MAY NOT OPERATE ABOVE THEIR LOWEST POWER SETTING) FROM 12 MIDNIGHT TO 7 AM:

(B) APU'S MAY NOT BE OPERATED BETWEEN 12 MIDNIGHT AND 6 AM WITHIN THE APU CONTROLLED AREA (THAT PART OF THE AIRCRAFT APRON CLOSEST TO RICHLAND GARDENS). THE OPERATION OF APU'S BETWEEN 11 PM AND 12 MIDNIGHT IN THIS AREA AND BETWEEN 11 PM AND 6 AM IN OTHER AREAS WITHIN THE AIRPORT BOUNDARY IS ALSO RESTRICTED.

THE REGULATIONS PROVIDED THAT FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH CONTROLS OVER THE OPERATION OF AIRCRAFT ENGINES AND APU’S WOULD CONSTITUTE AN OFFENCE LIABLE TO A FINE OF $50,000, THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

"THIS REPRESENTS A 10-FOLD INCREASE IN THE FINE OF $5,000 WHICH WAS SET IN 1972 FOR BREACH OF THE EQUIVALENT CONTROLS UNDER SECTION 13 OF THE SUMMARY OFFENCES ORDINANCE.

"THE INCREASE IS DESIGNED TO MAINTAIN THE DETERRENT EFFECT OF THE FINE.” HE ADDED.

THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT EFFORTS WOULD CONTINUE TO REDUCE GROUND NOISE AT THE AIRPORT.

"THE INSTALLATION OF FIXED GROUND POWER, A QUIETER ALTERNATIVE TO APU’S, WILL COMMENCE ON THE CARGO APRON LATER THIS YEAR, AND WILL BE EXTENDED IN 1990 TO OTHER APRONS LOCATED NEAR TO RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS," HE SAID.

FURTHERMORE, IN LINE WITH RECOMMENDATIONS MADE BY CONSULTANTS STUDYING THE REDUCTION OF GROUND NOISE AT KAI TAK AND AFTER A TRIAL SCHEME WHICH COMMENCED IN OCTOBER 1988, AIRLINES HAVE AGREED TO CONDUCT THE TESTING OF AIRCRAFT ENGINES AS FAR AWAY AS POSSIBLE FROM RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS ADJACENT TO THE AIRPORT.

"PREVIOUSLY, ALL AIRCRAFT MAINTENANCE WAS UNDERTAKEN ON THE MAINTENANCE AND LONG TERM AIRCRAFT APRONS EAST OF THE KAI TAK NULLAH.

"SINCE THE TRIAL SCHEME, TWO OUT OF THREE OF ALL ENGINE GROUND TEST RUNS HAVE TAKEN PLACE WEST OF THE NULLAH, FURTHER AWAY FROM RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENTS," THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT.

-------0----------

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20,

1989

11

PREQUALIFICATION EXERCISE FOR HOSPITAL CONTRACT ♦ ♦ t t ♦

THE ARCHITECTURAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT TODAY (FRIDAY) INVITED CONTRACTORS TO PARTICIPATE IN A PREQUALIFICATION EXERCISE CONCERNING THE CONTRACT TO BUILD THE SUPERSTRUCTURE WORKS FOR THE PAMELA YOUDE HOSPITAL STAFF QUARTERS AND NURSES TRAINING SCHOOL IN CHAI WAN.

A NOTICE ON THE PREQUALIFICATION EXERCISE WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GAZETTE TODAY, AND IT IS INTENDED THAT TENDERS FOR THE CONTRACT WILL BE CALLED IN DECEMBER.

THE CONTRACT WILL INCLUDE:

A. FOUR INTERLOCKING BLOCKS OF 16 STOREYS FOR:

••

I. A NURSE TRAINING SCHOOL WITH LECTURE THEATRES, CLASSROOMS, SEMINAR/DISCUSSION ROOMS, DEMONSTRATION/ PRACTICAL AREAS AND LIBRARY;

II. 793 UNITS OF QUARTERS FOR NURSES AND STUDENTS, DINING ROOMS, KITCHEN, ADMINISTRATION AREAS, SQUASH COURTS AND CARPARKING SPACES.

B. THREE HIGH-RISE BLOCKS PROVIDING 108 QUARTERS FOR SENIOR STAFF AND CARPARKING SPACES.

WORK IS SCHEDULED TO START IN MARCH AND BE COMPLETED IN APRIL 1992, WHEN THE MAIN HOSPITAL SUPERSTRUCTURE IS ALSO DUE TO BE COMPLETED.

THE PAMELA YOUDE HOSPITAL, FORMERLY KNOWN AS THE EASTERN DISTRICT HOSPITAL, IS BEING BUILT ON A MID-LEVEL HILLSIDE SITE OVERLOOKING CHAI WAN.

IT WILL PROVIDE A FULL RANGE OF MEDICAL AND SURGICAL FACILITIES FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT AND IS ONE OF THE LARGEST HOSPITALS UNDER CONSTRUCTION IN THE WORLD TODAY.

THE HOSPITAL COMPLEX WILL CONSISTS OF INTER-RELATED BUILDINGS BUILT AROUND THE HILLSIDE LINKED BY TUNNELS, DOCKS AND FOOTBRIDGES.

THE PRIMARY UNIT WILL BE A 14-STOREY MAIN BLOCK, AND THERE WILL BE A 12-STOREY SPECIAL BLOCK, NINE-STOREY PATHOLOGY BLOCK, SIX-STOREY POLYCLINIC BLOCK, THREE-STOREY NURSES TRAINING SCHOOL AND STAFF QUARTERS RANGING FROM 12 TO 22 STOREYS.

CARPARKING, LANDSCAPED ROOF DECKS, STAFF BARRACKS AND A ROOFTOP HELIPAD FOR EMERGENCY USE WILL BE PROVIDED.

-----0-----

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

- 12 -

CUSTOMS COMMITS SUBSTANTIAL RESOURCES TO CURBING PIRACY *******

THE CUSTOMS AND EXCISE DEPARTMENT IS DETERMINED TO CURB INFRINGING ACTIVITIES AND HAS COMMITTED SUBSTANTIAL RESOURCES TO THE FIGHT AGAINST PIRACY.

THE ACTING COMMISSIONER OF CUSTOMS AND EXCISE, MR TONG KANG-SING, SAID TODAY (FRIDAY).

HE WAS SPEAKING AT A CEREMONY DURING WHICH A GROUP OF EIGHT LOCAL LEADING VIDEO DISTRIBUTORS PRESENTED A COMMEMORATIVE PLATE TO THE CUSTOMS INTELLECTUAL BUREAU IN RECOGNITION OF ITS EFFORTS IN ELIMINATING PIRACY IN VIDEO TAPES.

MR TONG SAID ALTHOUGH VIDEO PIRACY APPEARED TO HAVE BEEN ON THE UPWARD TREND TO TAKE ADVANTAGE OF THE PUBLIC DEMAND, THE SITUATION WAS NOW WELL UNDER CONTROL AS A RESULT OF THE CUSTOMS’ VIGOROUS ACTIONS.

SO FAR THIS YEAR, CUSTOMS OFFICERS HAVE SEIZED OVER 16,000 VIDEO TAPES WITH A TOTAL VALUE OF $4.9 MILLION.

COMPARED TO THE TOTAL SEIZURE OF 7,700 VIDEO TAPES VALUED AT $1.8 MILLION IN THE WHOLE OF LAST YEAR, THE FIGURES MORE THAN DOUBLED IN BOTH QUANTITY AND VALUE TERMS.

MR TONG ATTRIBUTED THE SUCCESS TO THE RECENT RE-ORGANISATION OF THE DEPARTMENT IN WHICH COPYRIGHT PROTECTION WORK HAD BEEN STRENGTHENED WITH THE ADDITION OF MANPOWER AND UPGRADING OF THE COMMAND LEVEL.

AN INDEPENDENT COPYRIGHT INVESTIGATION DIVISION UNDER THE COMMAND OF A SUPERINTENDENT HAS BEEN SET UP AND 1S PURELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ENFORCEMENT OF THE COPYRIGHT LAWS.

SINCE THE RE-ORGANISATION ON AUGUST 1, OFFICERS OF THE COPYRIGHT INVESTIGATION DIVISION HAVE CONDUCTED FIVE LARGE-SCALE OPERATIONS, RESULTING IN THE SEIZURE OF A TOTAL OF 12,313 INFRINGING -VIDEO CASSETTE TAPES, WHICH REPRESENTED 73 PER CENT OF THIS YEAR’S TOTAL SEIZURE.

A TOTAL OF 40 PERSONS HAD BEEN ARRESTED IN THESE OPERATIONS COMPARED WITH THE TOTAL FIGURE OF 111 SO FAR THIS YEAR.

IN AN OPERATION JUST TWO DAYS AGO, CUSTOMS OFFICERS MADE THE LARGEST HAUL OF 5,202 INFRINGING VIDEO TAPES.

MR TONG SAID IT WAS AN UNEQUIVOCAL RESOLUTION WORLDWIDE TO PROTECT THE LEGITIMATE INTERESTS OF LAW-ABIDING TRADERS AND CONSUMERS, AND THAT THE DEPARTMENT WOULD CONTINUE TO STRIVE FOR A COMPLETE REMOVAL OF PIRACY.

-------O---------

/15 .......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

- 15 -

BUILDING MANAGEMENT TALK IN MONG KOK

*****

A MEMBER OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL, MR CHUNG PUI-LAM, WILL GIVE A TALK ON A NEED TO ORGANISE BUILDING MANAGEMENT STAFF INTO A PROFESSION AT A SEMINAR IN MONG KOK TOMORROW (SATURDAY).

THE SEMINAR ON THE "EMPLOYMENT AND SUPERVISION OF CLEANSING, SECURITY AND MANAGEMENT STAFF" HAS BEEN ARRANGED AS PART OF THE DISTRICT BOARD’S ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT CAMPAIGN FOR 1989-90.

IT AIMS AT IMPARTING KNOWLEDGE OF BUILDING MANAGEMENT TO AREA COMMITTEE MEMBERS AND OFFICE BEARERS OF MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES AND OWNERS’ CORPORATIONS.

OTHER SPEAKERS AT THE SEMINAR WILL BE REGIONAL OFFICER (KOWLOON WEST) OF THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION, MRS DOROTHY TAM, LABOUR OFFICER OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, MRS MARIAN LI, AND DIRECTOR OF HONG YIP SERVICE CO. LTD., MR KWONG CHUN.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE WELCOME TO COVER THE SEMINAR, WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM TOMORROW (OCTOBER 21) AT SIXTH FLOOR, GRAND TOWER HOTEL, 627-641 NATHAN ROAD.

-------0 --------

PRIZE-GIVING IN SQUATTER AREAS CLEANLINESS CAMPAIGN

******

A PRIZE PRESENTATION CEREMONY AND TEA RECEPTION TO MARK THE CLOSING OF THE WONG TAI SIN SQUATTER AREAS, CLEANLINESS CAMPAIGN WILL BE HELD ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 22) AT THE WONG TAI SIN COMMUNITY CENTRE.

WINNERS OF A CROSSWORD PUZZLE AND COLOUR-SHADING COMPETITION, AND A COMPETITION TO SELECT THE CLEANEST HOUSEHOLD AND VILLAGE ORGANISED DURING THE CAMPAIGN, WILL BE PRESENTED PRIZES AT THE CEREMONY.

OFFICIATING AT THE CEREMONY WILL BE THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMAN, DR MICHAEL LEE; CHAIRMAN OF THE DISTRICT BOARD'S SQUATTER AREAS COMMITTEE, MRS LEE LO YUK-SIM; WONG TAI SIN ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MISS SANDY CHAN; WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT HYGIENE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT, MR KONG WAN-FEE; AND CHAIRMAN OF THE CLEANLINESS CAMPAIGN WORKING GROUP, MR LI YUK-WA.

THE CAMPAIGN, WHICH STARTED ON SEPTEMBER 24, WAS ORGANISED BY THE WONG TAI SIN SQUATTER AREAS CLEANLINESS CAMPAIGN WORKING GROUP OF THE DISTRICT BOARD’S SQUATTER AREAS COMMITTEE TO IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT OF SQUATTER AREAS IN THE DISTRICT.

/THE CAMPAIGN........

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

14

THE CAMPAIGN ALSO AIMED AT AROUSING RESIDENTS’ THE IMPORTANCE OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEANLINESS.

AWARENESS OF

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE PRIZE PRESENTATION CEREMONY AND TEA RECEPTION OF THE WONG TAI SIN SQUATTER AREAS CLEANLINESS CAMPAIGN WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 22) AT THE WONG TAI SIN COMMUNITY CENTRE, 104 CHING TAK STREET.

-------o----------

BUS ROUTE DEVELOPMENT ON DB COMMITTEE AGENDA ♦ * ♦ * ♦

THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE WILL DISCUSS A CONSULTATIVE DOCUMENT ON BUS ROUTE DEVELOPMENT IN THE DISTRICT AT ITS MEETING ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 23).

THE MAJOR PROPOSALS IN THE "DRAFT 1990-91 PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME FOR SOUTHERN DISTRICT" INCLUDE INTRODUCING TWO NEW BUS ROUTES TO MEET THE DEMAND EXPECTED TO ARISE FROM THE INTAKE OF RESIDENTS AT WAH KWAI ESTATE, A NEW PUBLIC HOUSING IN KELLET BAY.

THE PROGRAMME ALSO COVERS THE PROGRESS OF BUS SERVICE IMPROVEMENTS BEING IMPLEMENTED IN AP LEI CHAU AND OTHER AREAS.

A TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT OFFICIAL WILL BRIEF MEMBERS ON THE TRAFFIC ACCIDENT FIGURES IN THE DISTRICT.

ACCORDING TO THE "ROAD TRAFFIC ACCIDENT STATISTICS BY DISTRICT BOARD AREA" COMPILED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT, THE LARGEST NUMBER OF PEDESTRIAN CASUALTIES, IN THE DISTRICT, ABOUT 27 PER CENT, WERE UNDER 10 YEARS OLD.

IN ADDITION, MEMBERS WILL ASK QUESTIONS ABOUT ROAD WORKS IN LEI TUNG ESTATE, BUS SHELTERS IN LEI TUNG ESTATE AND YUE ON COURT, SPECIAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN HAPPY VALLEY IN CONNECTION WITH RACE MEETINGS, AND THE TRAFFIC CONGESTION PROBLEM IN SAI ON STREET AND CHENGTU ROAD IN ABERDEEN.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE TO BE HELD ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 23) IN THE DB CONFERENCE ROOM, SECOND FLOOR, MEI FUNG COURT, 7-11 NAM NING STREET, ABERDEEN CENTRE.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM.

-----0-------

/15........

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

15

FIRING PRACTICE IN NOVEMBER » * * » »

FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE HA TSUEN-CASTLE PEAK RANGE ON 22 DAYS NEXT MONTH,

THE PUBLIC IS WARNED NOT TO ENTER THE AREA WHEN RED FLAGS ARE HOISTED.

FOLLOWING ARE THE DATES AND TIMES THAT FIRING PRACTICE WILL TAKE PLACE:

DATE TIME

NOVEMBER 1 (WEDNESDAY) 8.30 AM - 11 .59 PM

NOVEMBER 2 (THURSDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM

NOVEMBER 3 (FRIDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM

NOVEMBER 4 (SATURDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM

NOVEMBER 7 (TUESDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM

NOVEMBER 8 (WEDNESDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM

NOVEMBER 10 (FRIDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM

NOVEMBER 11 (SATURDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM

NOVEMBER 13 (MONDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM PM

NOVEMBER 14 (TUESDAY) 8.30 AM 11 .59

NOVEMBER 15 (WEDNESDAY) 8.30 AM 11 . 59 PM

NOVEMBER 16 (THURSDAY) 8.30 AM 11 . 59 PM

NOVEMBER 17 (FRIDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM

NOVEMBER 20 (MONDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM

NOVEMBER 21 (TUESDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM PM

NOVEMBER 22 (WEDNESDAY) 8.30 AM 11 . 59

NOVEMBER 23 (THURSDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM

NOVEMBER 24 (FRIDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM

NOVEMBER 27 (MONDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM

NOVEMBER 28 (TUESDAY) 8.30 AM .5 PM

NOVEMBER 29 (WEDNESDAY) 8.30 AM 5 PM PM

NOVEMBER 30 (THURSDAY) 8.30 AM 1 1 .59

-------o----------

ANTI-DRUG LONG RUN ON SUNDAY » » * * t

ABOUT 500 PEOPLE WILL PARTICIPATE IN AN ANTI-DRUG LONG RUN AT THE ABERDEEN COUNTRY PARK IN ABERDEEN ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 22).

THE COMPETITION IS ORGANISED BY THE YOUTH VOLUNTEER GROUP OF THE ACTION COMMITTEE AGAINST NARCOTICS (ACAN) TO TIE IN WITH THE THE ROAD TO A HAPPY LIFE" ANTI-DRUG PUBLICITY PROGRAMME THIS YEAR.

/IT IS ......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

- 16 -

IT IS OPEN TO RUNNERS AGED 18 OR ABOVE, AND COMPRISES THREE DIVISIONS: MEN, WOMEN AND GROUPS.

INDIVIDUAL PARTICIPANTS HAVE TO COMPLETE A FULL COURSE OF ABOUT SIX KILOMETRES.

THE DISTANCE FOR GROUP DIVISION WILL BE AROUND 14 KILOMETRES.

TROPHIES AND GIFT COUPONS WILL BE AWARDED TO THE FIRST THREE WINNERS IN EACH DIVISION.

THE STARTING-OFF CEREMONIES FOR INDIVIDUAL AND GROUP DIVISIONS ARE SCHEDULED FOR 9.30 AM AND 11.15 AM RESPECTIVELY, AT THE TOURIST INFORMATION CENTRE OF THE COUNTRY PARK IN ABERDEEN.

A MEMBER OF THE ACAN, MR PAO PING-WING, WILL OFFICIATE AT A PRIZE-PRESENTATION CEREMONY AT THE SAME LOCATION AT 1.15 PM.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE EVENT, ESPECIALLY THE STARTING-OFF AND THE PRIZE-PRESENTATION CEREMONIES.

NARCOTICS DIVISION STAFF WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.

-------0 ---------

ADULT EDUCATION SEMINAR FOR TEACHERS *****

MORE THAN 1,000 ADULT EDUCATION WORKERS AND PART-TIME LECTURERS WILL ATTEND A SEMINAR ON ADULT EDUCATION AT THE AUDITORIUM OF THE SHA TIN TOWN HALL ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 22).

THE SEMINAR IS ORGANISED BY THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT FOR PART-TIME LECTURERS AND FIELD WORKERS OF THE DEPARTMENT'S ADULT EDUCATION SECTION AND REPRESENTATIVES OF VOLUNTARY AGENCIES JOINING THE ADULT EDUCATION SUBVENTION SCHEME.

IT WILL PROVIDE THEM WITH AN OPPORTUNITY TO LEARN ABOUT THE MODERN TRENDS OF DEVELOPMENT IN ADULT EDUCATION AND TO EXCHANGE THEIR VIEWS AND EXPERIENCE IN RUNNING ADULT EDUCATION PROGRAMMES.

THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION (FURTHER EDUCATION). MRS RUBY LAU, WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING CEREMONY AND PRESENT CERTIFICATES OF LONG SERVICE TO 31 PART-TIME LECTURERS OF THE ADULT EDUCATION SECTION.

/THE HEAD ......

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

THE HEAD OF THE CENTRE OF PROFESSIONAL AND CONTINUING EDUCATION OF THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC, MR PETER GRAYSON, WILL GIVE A TALK ON THE THEME OF THE SEMINAR ON "OVERCOMING ADULT LEARNER OBSTACLES".

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE ADULT EDUCATION SEMINAR AT SHA TIN TOWN HALL AT 9.30 AM ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 22) .

POSTER COMPETITION TO STIMULATE CREATIVITY

*****

SECONDARY AND PRIMARY SCHOOL STUDENTS WHO ENJOY DRAWING WILL HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY TO HAVE THEIR WORK SENT TO THE SECOND ANNUAL INTERNATIONAL PEACE POSTER CONTEST TO BE HELD IN CHICAGO, ILLINOIS, IN THE UNITED STATES.

IN CONNECTION WITH THE INERNATIONAL CONTEST, THE COMMUNITY YOUTH CLUB (CYC) OF THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT AND THE LIONS CLUBS INTERNATIONAL DISTRICT 303 ARE JOINTLY ORGANISING A LOCAL CONTEST WITH "PICTURE A PEACEFUL WORLD" AS ITS THEME.

CYC MEMBERS IN SCHOOLS WHO ARE AGED BETWEEN 11 AND 13 ARE ELIGIBLE TO TAKE PART.

ANNOUNCING DETAILS OF THE LOCAL CONTEST AT A PRESS CONFERENCE TODAY (FRIDAY), THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CYC EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, MRS C.H. KONG, SAID THE COMPETITION WAS AIMED TO STIMULATE STUDENTS' CREATIVITY AND IMAGINATION.

OUTSTANDING ENTRIES WOULD BE SENT TO THE INTERNATIONAL CONTEST, MRS KONG SAID.

THE GRAND PRIZE FOR THE WINNER OF THE INTERNATIONAL CONTEST WILL BE A ROUND TRIP TO NEW YORK WITH TWO FAMILY MEMBERS FOR A VISIT TO THE UNITED NATIONS, WHERE THE WINNER WILL BE PRESENTED WITH A CASH AWARD OF US«l,500 AND AN ENGRAVED COMMEMORATIVE PLAQUE.

THERE WILL BE 23 MERIT AWARDS EACH RECEIVING A CERTIFICATE OF ACHIEVEMENT AND USS250 IN CASH.

THE ENTRIES SHOULD SHOW ORIGINALITY AND SHOULD EFFECTIVELY PROMOTE THE CENTRAL THEME. THEY SHOULD BE BETWEEN 36 BY 50 CENTIMETRES AND 55 BY 60 CENTIMETRES IN SIZE. PENCILS, CRAYONS, PENS, MARKERS AND PAINTER CHALK MAY BE USED.

/FOR THE

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

4

- 18 -

FOR THE LOCAL CONTEST, THE SELECTED ENTRIES WILL BE AWARDED BOOK OR STATIONERY COUPONS. THE FIRST PRIZE WILL BE AWARDED COUPONS WORTH 11,500, SECOND PRIZE COUPONS WORTH $1,000 AND THIRD PRIZE COUPONS WORTH $800. THERE WILL BE 38 MERIT PRIZES EACH RECEIVING COUPONS WORTH S.'.'O.

INTERESTED SCHOOLS ARE REQUESTED TO SEND THEIR STUDENTS' ENTRIES TO THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT’S CYC SECTION AT LEE GARDENS, HYSAN AVENUE, CAUSEWAY BAY, BEFORE NOVEMBER 24.

--------0----------

LOCAL OPEN SPACE PROJECT IN KWAI CHUNG * * * * *

THE TERRITORY DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT IS INVITING TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF A LOCAL OPEN SPACE IN KWAI CHUNG.

LOCATED TO THE WEST OF TSUEN WAN ROAD NEAR THE TSUEN TSING INTERCHANGE, THE OPEN SPACE WILL PROVIDE FACILITIES INCLUDING A REST GARDEN, FIVE-A-SIDE SOCCER PITCH, AND SITTING-OUT AND LANDSCAPED AREAS.

WORKS ARE EXPECTED TO START IN DECEMBER AND BE COMPLETED BY AUGUST NEXT YEAR.

TENDER FORMS AND FURTHER PARTICULARS MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE OFFICE OF THE CONSULTANTS’ COMPANY AT SUITE 1708, HARCOURT HOUSE, 39 GLOUCESTER ROAD, HONG KONG.

THE DEADLINE FOR SUBMITTING TENDERS IS NOON ON NOVEMBER 10.

-----o------

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS FOR DIOCESAN CELEBRATION AT HK STADIUM

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT SPECIAL TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 22) AFTERNOON IN HAPPY VALLEY FOR THE DIOCESAN CELEBRATION 1989 TO BE HELD AT THE HONG KONG STADIUM.

TRAFFIC DIVERSION

THE FOLLOWING ARRANGEMENTS WILL COME INTO EFFECT FROM 2 PM TO 4 PM:

/♦ CAROLINE HILL ........

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

- 19 -

CAROLINE HILL ROAD BETWEEN LEIGHTON ROAD AND STADIUM PATH WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY SOUTHBOUND.

CAROLINE HILL ROAD BETWEEN EASTERN HOSPITAL ROAD AND COTTON. PATH WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC EXCEPT FOR VEHICLES REQUIRING LOCAL ACCESS.

* EASTERN HOSPITAL ROAD BETWEEN STADIUM PATH AND TUNG LO WAN ROAD WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND; BUT VEHICULAR ACCESS TO THE ST PAUL'S HOSPITAL CARPARK FROM TUNG LO WAN ROAD WILL BE MAINTAINED.

* LINK ROAD BETWEEN CAROLINE HILL ROAD AND HAPPY VIEW TERRACE WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY UPHILL; VEHICLES ON CAROLINE HILL ROAD WILL BE BANNED FROM TURNING RIGHT ONTO LINK ROAD IF NECESSARY; VEHICLES EXITING FROM THE UPPER SECTION OF BROADWOOD ROAD, HAPPY VIEW TERRACE AND LEIGHTON HILL SHALL PROCEED DOWN VIA BROADWOOD ROAD TO WONG NAI CHUNG ROAD.

* WESTBOUND TRAFFIC ON HYSAN AVENUE WILL BE DIVERTED TO TURN LEFT ONTO EASTBOUND LEIGHTON ROAD.

SOUTHBOUND TRAFFIC ON SUN WUI ROAD WILL BE PROHIBITED FROM TURNING RIGHT ONTO WESTBOUND LEIGHTON ROAD.

THE SERVICE ROAD AROUND THE STADIUM WILL BE CLOSED.

» TRAFFIC CONES MAY BE LAID ON THE SECTION OF LEIGHTON ROAD BETWEEN HYSAN AVENUE AND CAROLINE HILL ROAD TO PROVIDE TWO EASTBOUND LANES.

THE FOLLOWING ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED FROM 5.45 PM UNTIL THE DISPERSAL OF THE CROWD:

» CAROLINE HILL ROAD BETWEEN STADIUM PATH AND LEIGHTON ROAD WILL BE RE-ROUTED ONE-WAY NORTHBOUND;

CAROLINE HILL ROAD BETWEEN LEIGHTON ROAD AND COTTON PATH WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC; AND

LINK ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC EXCEPT FOR ACCESS TO OR FROM PREMISES IN LINK ROAD VIA BROADWOOD ROAD.

LEARNER DRIVER PROHIBITION

ALL LEARNER DRIVERS WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ENTER MATHESON STREET, LEIGHTON ROAD SOUTH OF ITS JUNCTION WITH IRVING STREET, RUSSELL STREET AND SHARP STREET EAST FROM NOON TO 8 PM.

PARKING ARRANGEMENT

ALL ON-STREET CAR PARKING SPACES ON THE FOLLOWING ROADS WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM NOON TO 8 PM:

/• SUN WUI ........

FRIDAY, OCTOBER 20, 1989

- 20 -

» SUN WUI ROAD (DURING THE PERIOD OF THE SUSPENSION, PUBLIC LIGHT BUSES WILL BE PERMITTED TO WAIT UNDER POLICE INSTRUCTION);

» STADIUM PATH; AND

THE UNNAMED SERVICE ROAD AROUND THE STADIUM.

GREEN MINIBUS SERVICES

ON JOURNEYS TO CAUSEWAY BAY, MINIBUSES ON GMB ROUTES 5 AND 14M WILL BE DIVERTED VIA WONG NAI CHUNG ROAD AND MORRISON HILL ROAD TO LEIGHTON ROAD WHILE MINIBUSES ON GMB ROUTES 30 AND 30A WILL BE DIVERTED VIA WONG NAI CHUNG ROAD. MORRISON HILL ROAD AND LEIGHTON ROAD TO HYSAN AVENUE.

TEMPORARY ROAD CLOSURES IN SHAU KEI WAN » ♦ * » *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT TO FACILITATE THE CONSTRUCTION OF A CONVEYOR SYSTEM, THE FOLLOWING ROAD SECTIONS IN SHAU KEI WAN WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FROM 30 MINUTES PAST MIDNIGHT TO 5 AM ON SUNDAY (OCTOBER 22):

♦ SHAU KEI WAN ROAD EASTBOUND BETWEEN HOLY CROSS PATH AND HOI NING STREET;

» HOI NING STREET BETWEEN HING MAN STREET AND SHAU KEI WAN ROAD: AND

t HOI NING STREET BETWEEN SHAU KEI WAN ROAD AND SAI WAN HO STREET.

AT THE SAME TIME, ALL VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ENTER SHAU KEI WAN ROAD WESTBOUND BETWEEN HOI AN STREET AND HOLY CROSS PATH.

EASTBOUND VEHICLES TRAVELLING ON SHAU KEI WAN ROAD WILL BE DIVERTED VIA HOLY CROSS PATH. HING MAN STREET AND HOI AN STREET.

VEHICLES TRAVELLING ON SHAU KEI WAN ROAD WESTBOUND WILL BE DIVERTED VIA HOI AN STREET. SAI WAN HO STREET AND TAI CHEONG STREET BEFORE REJOINING SHAU KEI WAN ROAD.

-----0-----

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

CONTENTS PACE NO.

ENORMOUS ..MOUNT OF INTEREST IN HONG KONG : GOVERNOR......... 1

OMELCO TRIP TO KUALA LUMPUR USEFUL .......................... 2

INTEGRATION OF DISABLED A JOINT EFFORT ...................... 5

HALF-WAY HOUSE IMPORTANT IN REHABILITATION PLANNING ......... A

CREDIT UNIONS PRAISED ....................................... 5

S/.FETY PRECAUTIONS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION ................... 6

INDUSTRIALISTS URGED TO HELP BUILD BETTER HK ................ 7

RS PRAISES PO LEUNG KUK ..................................... 8

SHELLEY LaU TAKES UP DEPUTY SECRETARY POST AT RCB............ 8

POLICE SMALL BOAT UNIT CELEBRATES 1OTH ANNIVERSARY........... 9

POLICE BANDSMEN AND DANCERS TO PERFORM IN ENGLAND............ 11

BUILDING MANAGEMENT STAFF SHOULD GO PROFESSIONAL ............ 12

ROAD SAFETY PUBLICITY DRIVE BEGINS IN SOUTHERN DISTRICT ..... 1J

RESIDENTS COMPLETE COMMUNITY LEADER TRAINING SCHEME ......... 1?

FIRE AND CHEMI CAL SAFETY CAMPAIGN TO START NEXT YEAR........ 15

FIREMAN HONOURED FOR RESCUING GIRL .......................... 16

ENTRIES INVITED FOR RADIO PLAY WRITING COMPETITION .......... 17

TSUEN WAN LO WAI ROAD TO BE WIDENED.......................... 18

SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS SOLD BY AUCTION ......................... 19

LANE CLOSURE IN TAI PO....................................... 19

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN SHi'M SHUT PO, HUNG HOM ............. 20

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN PRINCE EDWARD ROAD ................... 21

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN KWAI CHUNG ........................... 21

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF ABERDEEN STREET......................... 22

SATURDAY. OCTOBER 21. 1989

1

ENORMOUS AMOUNT OF INTEREST IN HONG KONG : GOVERNOR


THERE IS AN ENORMOUS AMOUNT OF INTEREST IN HONG KONG FROM PEOPLE IN THE UNITED STATES AND THERE IS AN IMMENSE AMOUNT OF SYMPATHY FOR AND WILLINGNESS TO TRY TO HELP THE TERRITORY. THE GOVERNOR. SIR DAVID WILSON. SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).

SPEAKING TO REPORTERS AT THE AIRPORT ON HIS RETURN FROM A WEEKLONG VISIT TO THE UNITED STATES. THE GOVERNOR SAID HIS VISIT WAS TO PUT ACROSS VARIOUS MESSAGES ABOUT HONG KONG.

"THE KEY ONE WAS, THAT ALTHOUGH WE'VE HAD OUR FAIR SHARE OF TROUBLES. INDEED MORE THAN OUR FAIR SHARE. WE ARE DOING OUR BEST TO PICK OURSELVES UP AND THAT IS WHAT WE ARE DETERMINED TO DO.

"WE’VE GOT MAJOR PROJECTS FOR THE FUTURE AND WE WANT THESE TO BE ONES WHICH OTHER PEOPLE PARTICIPATE IN AS WELL. THAT WE WANT TO WELCOME FOREIGN INVESTMENT IN THE BIG PROJECTS WE’VE GOT LIKE THE AIRPORT AND THE PORT, AND THAT VERY MUCH INCLUDES AMERICAN INVESTMENTS." SIR DAVID SAID.

"I WAS ALSO DEALING, OF COURSE, WITH THE QUESTION OF VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE AND EXPLAINING THE BACKGROUND TO THE PROBLEM WE FACE AND THE WAY THAT WE THINK IT’S RIGHT TO TACKLE IT," HE ADDED.

THE GOVERNOR SAID THAT WHEN HE WAS IN THE UNITED STATES PREVIOUSLY IN AUTUMN TWO YEARS AGO, PEOPLE WERE CERTAINLY INTERESTED IN HONG KONG.

"I FOUND THEM EVEN MORE INTERESTED THIS TIME. BECAUSE OF THE EVENTS IN CHINA. I THINK THERE IS A GREATER CONCENTRATION OF INTERESTS NOT JUST IN CHINA. BUT IN OUR AFFAIRS," SIR DAVID SAID.

"AND AN IMMENSE AMOUNT OF SYMPATHY FOR AND WILLINGNESS TO TRY TO HELP HONG KONG. EVERYBODY I SAW. ADMINISTRATION, PEOPLE IN CONGRESS. PEOPLE IN THE WIDER COMMUNITY AS WELL." HE ADDED.

ASKED ABOUT THE DISCUSSION BETWEEN HONG KONG AND CHINA ON THE REPATRIATION OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS FROM CHINA. SIR DAVID SAID THAT HAD BEEN GOING ON WHILE HE HAD BEEN AWAY.

"WE’VE BEEN WORKING AWAY STEADILY WITH THE CHINESE THROUGH DIPLOMATIC CHANNELS. THROUGH OUR OWN CONTACTS HERE, TO TRY TO RESTORE THE ARRANGEMENTS WHICH WERE FIRST REACHED IN THE MID-1970’S AND GET BACK TO NORMAL FOR THE REGULAR RETURN OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR ADDED THAT HE HOPED IT COULD BE RESOLVED AS SOON AS IT POSSIBLY COULD BE.

TURNING TO THE PROBLEM OF VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE, SIR DAVID SAID: "WHAT WAS IMPORTANT FOR ME WAS TO PUT ACROSS OUR VIEWS AND THE BACKGROUND TO IT.

/"AND SIMPLY .......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

2

“AND SIMPLY TO CONFRONT THEM WITH THE ISSUE AND SAY: HERE WE ARE, HERE’S THIS PROBLEM. THE WORLD HAS AGREED THAT THERE SHOULD BE SCREENING. THE WORLD HAS AGREED THAT THOSE WHO ARE SCREENED AS NOT BEING REFUGEES CAN NEVER EXPECT RESETTLEMENT.

“ALRIGHT, WHAT DO YOU, AS A MEMBER OF THE INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY THINK SHOULD BE DONE WITH THOSE WHO ARE SCREENED OUT?

“WE. IN HONG KONG HAVE THE ANSWER, WHICH IS THAT THEY SHOULD GO BACK TO THEIR OWN HOMES IN AN ORDERLY DEPARTURE PROGRAMME, ORDERLY RETURN PROGRAMME, CAREFULLY MONITORED. DOES THAT NOT MAKE SENSE?”

ASKED WHAT IS THE AMERICAN ANSWER TO THE WHOLE SOLUTION, SIR DAVID SAID: “THEY FRANKLY, TO THAT PARTICULAR POINT, HAVE NO ANSWER.”

REFERRING TO THE AMERICAN ADMINISTRATION. HE SAID THEY COULD NOT YET FACE THE REALITY OF THE SITUATION THAT SOMETHING MUST BE DONE WITH PEOPLE FOUND NOT TO BE REFUGEES.

“YOU CANNOT SIMPLY LEAVE THEM YEAR AFTER YEAR IN CAMPS. SO YOU MUST HAVE AN ARRANGEMENT FOR SENDING THEM HOME.

“AND THAT JUMP OF LOGIC. THAT’S WHAT IT IS. JUMP OF HUMANITARIAN CONCERN, BECAUSE THAT’S ALSO WHAT IT IS, THEY HAVEN’T BEEN ABLE TO MAKE.

“BUT I THINK A LARGE NUMBER OF THE PEOPLE I TALKED TO ARE NOW LOOKING AT THE QUESTION AGAIN AND I HOPE ARE TRYING TO RE-THINK THEIR APPROACH TO IT," HE SAID.

THE GOVERNOR AND LADY WILSON WERE MET AT THE AIRPORT BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY. SIR DAVID FORD.

-------0 -

OMELCO TRIP TO KUALA LUMPUR USEFUL t ♦ ♦ ♦ »

THE OMELCO GROUP’S VISIT TO KUALA LUMPUR HAS BEEN DESCRIBED AS A VERY USEFUL AND EFFECTIVE ONE.

LEADER OF THE GROUP, MRS ROSANNA TAM, SAID YESTERDAY (FRIDAY) THAT THEY SUCCEEDED IN PUTTING ACROSS THEIR POSITION ON NATIONALITY TO PARTICIPANTS IN THE COMMONWEALTH HEADS OF GOVERNMENT MEETING AND MEMBERS OF THE INTERNATIONAL PRESS. AS WELL AS PROMOTING A GREATER UNDERSTANDING OF HONG KONG’S SITUATION.

OMELCO MEMBERS MET DELEGATES OF SIX COMMONWEALTH COUNTRIES AND A LARGE NUMBER OF REPRESENTATIVES OF THE INTERNATIONAL PRESS. THEY ALSO DISTRIBUTED INFORMATION ON HONG KONG AND THE OMELCO POSITION TO ALL OTHER PARTICIPATING COUNTRIES.

/"WE WERE ......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

3

"WE WERE VERY PLEASED THAT MINISTERS OF THE COUNTRIES WERE ABLE TO GIVE US SOME OF THEIR VALUABLE TIME AND LISTEN ATTENTIVELY TO OUR CASE." MRS TAM SAID.

DURING THEIR VISIT, MEMBERS HAD MEETINGS WITH THE PRIME MINISTER OF SINGAPORE. MR LEE KUAN-YEW; THE BRITISH SECRETARY OF STATE FOR FOREIGN AND COMMONWEALTH AFFAIRS, MR JOHN MAJOR: THE AUSTRALIAN MINISTER. FOR FOREIGN AFFAIRS AND TRADE. MR GARETH EVANS; THE CANADIAN SECRETARY OF STATE FOR EXTERNAL AFFAIRS. MR JOE CLARK: THE NEW ZEALAND MINISTER OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS. MR RUSSELL MARSHALL; AND THE DEPUTY SECRETARY IN THE INDIAN MINISTRY OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS. MR JAYANT PRASAD.

"WE ARE IMPRESSED BY THE UNDERSTANDING AND KNOWLEDGE OF HONG KONG THAT MINISTERS SHOWED DURING OUR DISCUSSIONS AND WE BELIEVE THAT THIS KIND OF INTERNATIONAL CONTACTS PROVIDES AN EXCELLENT OPPORTUNITY FOR ENCOURAGING AMONG THE INTERNATIONAL COMMUNITY AN EVEN GREATER AND MORE POSITIVE INTEREST IN HONG KONG." MRS TAM SAID.

THE OMELCO GROUP WILL RETURN TO HONG KONG THIS (SATURDAY) MORNING.

-------0 --------

INTEGRATION OF DISABLED A JOINT EFFORT t * * * *

THE SUCCESS OF INTEGRATING THE DISABLED INTO THE COMMUNITY HINGES ON THE CO-OPERATION OF THE DISABLED. SERVICE PROVIDERS AND THE COMMUNITY AT LARGE. THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE, MRS ELIZABETH WONG, SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).

ADDRESSING THE CONFERENCE ON "INTEGRATION OF PEOPLE WITH HANDICAPS IN HONG KONG" AT THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC, MRS WONG SAID THE THREE GROUPS COMPLEMENT EACH OTHER.

"NONE OF US CAN FUNCTION EFFECTIVELY

IN ISOLATION." SHE SAID.

"DISABLED PERSONS AND THEIR PARENTS, THROUGH VARIOUS MEANS AND SKILLS. SHOULD DEMONSTRATE THEIR ABILITY TO PLAY A PART IN THE COMMUNITY."

MRS WONG POINTED OUT THAT SERVICE PROVIDERS IN THE GOVERNMENT, VOLUNTARY AND PRIVATE SECTORS SHOULD GIVE THE DISABLED OPPORTUNITIES TO DEVELOP THEIR POTENTIAL.

"THE COMMUNITY AT LARGE SHOULD KEEP AN OPEN-MIND AND A WARM HEART TO ACCEPT PERSONS WITH HANDICAPS AS FELLOW CITIZENS IN THEIR OWN RIGHT.

"IT IS ONI.Y THROUGH CO-OPERATION THAT WE. THE ABLE-BODIED AND THE DISABLED. CAN LIVE TOGETHER IN A MEANINGFUL LIFE.

/"THIS IS .......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

- 4 -

"THIS IS THE WAY OF LIFE AS IT SHOULD BE AND LET THIS BE OUR GOAL AND OUR COMMITMENT FOR THE FUTURE."

FROM THE PRACTICAL POINT OF VIEW, THE DISABLED, THE SERVICE PROVIDERS AND THE COMMUNITY MUST HAVE A CERTAIN LEVEL OF AWARENESS IN ORDER THAT THEY COULD CO-OPERATE TO ENABLE THE INTEGRATION OF THE DISABLED INTO THE COMMUNITY. MRS WONG SAID.

SHE SAID THE AWARENESS OF DISABLED PERSONS AND THEIR PARENTS OF THE DEGREE AND EXTENT OF THEIR LIMITATIONS AND STRENGTHS CONTRIBUTED TO THE SUCCESS OF INTEGRATION.

ON THE PART OF SERVICE PROVIDERS. IT WAS IMPORTANT FOR THEM TO BE AWARE OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DISABLED PERSONS IN DAILY LIFE, THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE SERVICES BEING PROVIDED, AND THE AMOUNT OF RESOURCES AVAILABLE IN ORDER TO ACHIEVE REALISTIC GOALS.

"THE THIRD CONTRIBUTING FACTOR IS THE AWARENESS OF PEOPLE IN THE COMMUNITY OF THEIR ROLE AND THEIR PARTNERSHIP WITH THOSE TAKING CARE OF DISABLED PERSONS." SHE ADDED.

-----0 -----

HALF-WAY HOUSE IMPORTANT IN REHABILITATION PLANNING

**»*»*

RESIDENTIAL SERVICES FOR EX-MENTAL PATIENTS IS A PARTICULARLY IMPORTANT AREA TN THE PRESENT REHABILITATION PLANNING PROVISION, THE DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE. MRS ELIZABETH WONG, SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).

SHE WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE HIN KENG HALF-WAY HOUSE IN SHA TIN OPERATED BY THE HONG KONG MENTAL HEALTH ASSOCIATION.

MRS WONG SAID IT WAS THE POLICY OF THE GOVERNMENT AND WELFARE AGENCIES TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT REHABILITATION SERVICES FOR BOTH THE DISABLED AND EX-MENTAL PATIENTS.

SHE POINTED OUT THAT HALF-WAY HOUSES, WHICH PROVIDED TEMPORARY ACCOMMODATION FOR EX-MENTAL PATIENTS. WERE EFFECTIVE MEANS IN HELPING THEM TO INTEGRATE INTO THE COMMUNITY.

THIS PARTICULAR SERVICE HAS PROVED TO BE EXTREMELY SUCCESSFUL IN DEVELOPED COUNTRIES.

"TN THE PROCESS OF REHABILITATION, EX-MENTAL PATIENTS REQUIRE THE CARE. CONCERN AND ACCEPTANCE OF THE FAMILY, FRIENDS AND THE COMMUNITY AT LARGE.

"WITH THEIR SUPPORT, EX-MENTAL PATIENTS MAY BE ABLE TO REGAIN CONFIDENCE. INTEGRATE INTO THE COMMUNITY AND BECOME CONTRIBUTORY MEMBERS OF SOCIETY."

/APART FROM .......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

5 -

APART FROM THE PROVISION OF REHABILITATION SERVICES, MRS WONG NOTED THAT IT WAS VITAL TO PROMOTE COMPREHENSIVE MENTAL HEALTH EDUCATION SO THAT THE PUBLIC COULD HAVE A POSITIVE VIEW TOWARDS MENTAL HEALTH, UNDERSTAND HOW MENTAL ILLNESS WAS DEVELOPED, AND BE WILLING TO ACCEPT AND ASSIST MENTAL PATIENTS.

SHE PRAISED THE HONG KONG MENTAL HEALTH ASSOCIATION FOR ITS ENTHUSIASM AND EFFORTS, AND PARTICULARLY ITS CLOSE CO-OPERATION WITH GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND COMMUNITY LEADERS.

-----0-----

CREDIT UNIONS PRAISED t t t t

THE REGISTRAR OF CREDIT UNIONS. MR TONY BENNETT. TODAY (SATURDAY) PRAISED LOCAL CREDIT UNIONS FOR GENERATING THEIR OWN FINANCIAL RESOURCES WITHOUT RESORTING TO EXTRANEOUS AID OR DONATIONS BY OUTSIDERS.

MR BENNETT. ACTING DIRECTOR OF AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES. WAS ADDRESSING A DINNER PARTY ORGANISED BY THE CREDIT UNION LEAGUE OF HONG KONG TO MARK THE INTERNATIONAL CREDIT UNION DAY.

CREDIT UNIONS ARE A SPECIALISED FORM OF CO-OPERATIVE ORGANISATION WHOSE MEMBERS JOIN VOLUNTARILY TOGETHER TO PROMOTE SELF-HELP AND MUTUAL HELP THROUGH LENDING THEIR SAVINGS TO NEEDY MEMBERS AT A LOW RATE OF INTEREST. IN HONG KONG. CREDIT UNIONS HAVE A HISTORY OF MORE THAN TWO DECADES.

AS AT MARCH 31 THIS YEAR. THERE WERE 66 REGISTERED CREDIT UNIONS IN HONG KONG WITH A TOTAL MEMBERSHIP OF 35.000 AND. CURRENTLY. THERE ARE SOME 35.000 CREDIT UNIONS SERVING 71 MILLION MEMBERS ALL OVER THE WORLD.

THE THEME FOR THIS YEAR’S INTERNATIONAL CREDIT UNION DAY WAS “CREDIT UNIONS: ONE VOICE”. WHICH REFLECTED THE NEED FOR CO-OPERATING AND FOCUSSINO ON COMMON INTERESTS NOT ONLY WITHIN INDIVIDUAL CREDIT UNIONS BUT ALSO AMONG CREDIT UNIONS AT LOCAL. REGIONAL. TERRITORIAL AND INTERNATIONAL LEVEL.

“AS ON AVERAGE EACH MEMBER OF THE LOCAL CREDIT UNION MOVEMENT HAS SAVINGS OF 84,200 AND AS OVER 82 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL SHARES OF $144 MILLION ARE ON LOAN TO NEEDY MEMBERS. THE USEFULNESS OF CREDIT UNIONS SHOULD NOT BE UNDERESTIMATED AS A MEANS OF ALLEVIATING THE SHORT TO MEDIUM TERM FINANCIAL NEEDS OF THEIR MEMBERS.

“IN THE LONGER TERM. MEMBERS CAN ALSO USE THEIR CREDIT UNIONS TO PROVIDE FINANCE FOR THE PURCHASE OF A HOME.” MR BENNETT SAID.

/HE WENT .......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

- 6 -

HE WENT ON TO PRAISE THE CREDIT UNION MEMBERS. IN PARTICULAR THE VOLUNTARY WORKERS AND LEADERS. WITHOUT THE DEDICATION AND HARD WORK OF WHOM THE ACHIEVEMENTS OF THE MOVEMENT. BOTH LOCAL AND WORLDWIDE. WOULD NOT HAVE BEEN REALISED.

MR BENNETT THEN PRESENTED OUTSTANDING SERVICE CERTIFICATES TO SEVEN CREDIT UNION MEMBERS -- MRS KATHERINE CHENG. MISS LAM KIT-MEI. MR CHAN KAI-YUEN. AND MR KWAN SHUN-KEN. MR WONG YAN-PARK. MR YUEN YUN-LAM AND MR MAK YUK-PUN.

THREE OTHER MEMBERS -- MR KWAN YIM. MR WAI SHIU-FUNG AND MR YUNG KI-WAI, WERE HONOURED WITH LONG SERVICE CERTIFICATES.

-----0-----

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION

* * » t t

THE DIRECTOR OF EDUCATION, MR Y.T. LI, TODAY (SATURDAY) ADVISED PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHERS TO TAKE SAFETY MEASURES WHILE ORGANISING PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES. PARTICULARLY SCHOOL ANNUAL ATHLETIC MEETS AND SWIMMING GALAS.

HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE OPENING OF A SEMINAR ON SAFETY PRECAUTIONS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR SCHOOL TEACHERS AT THE SHA TIN TOWN HALL.

MR LI SAID THE EDUCATION DEPARTMENT ATTACHED GREAT IMPORTANCE TO THE SAFETY OF SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITIES AND HAD ISSUED CIRCULARS TO SCHOOLS ANNUALLY REQUESTING THEM TO ADHERE TO THE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CONTAINED IN A HANDBOOK PUBLISHED BY THE CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE.

THERE WERE INCREASING RISKS IN SCHOOL ATHLETIC AND SWIMMING EVENTS IN VIEW OF THE COMPETITION AND THE LARGE NUMBER OF STUDENTS AND TEACHERS PARTICIPATING, HE NOTED.

"THE AIM OF TODAY’S SEMINAR IS TO EXPLORE WAYS TO AVOID ACCIDENTS DURING THESE EVENTS," HE SAID.

HE HOPED TEACHERS WOULD MAKE USE OF THE SEMINAR TO EXCHANGE VIEWS, SHARE EXPERIENCES AND MAKE CONSTRUCTIVE RECOMMENDATIONS TO THIS EFFECT.

- 0-----------

SATURDAY. OCTOBER 21. 1989

7 -

INDUSTRIALISTS URGED TO tit

HELP BUILD BETTER HE i t

LOCAL INDUSTRIALISTS WER] TODAY (SATURDAY' URGED TO CONTRIBUTE THEIR EXPERTISE AND EXPERIENCE TOWARDS BUILDING X BETTER FUTURE FOR HONG KONG RY PARTICIPATING IN PUBLIC AFFAIRS AND DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.

THE PLEA WAS MADE BY THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON. MR DAVID LAN. AT A LUNCHEON MEETING OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT INDUSTRIAL ISTS * \SSOCIATION.

HE POINTED OUT THAT AS THE PROSPERITY HINGED ON COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL SECTOR HAD AN IMPORTANT POLITICAL SETUP.

TERRITORY’S STABILITY AND INDUSTR1AL DEVELOPMENTS. THE ROLE TO PLAY IN THE LOCAL

AT PRESENT. THE COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL SECTORS EACH OCCUPIES TWO SEATS FOR FUNCTIONAL CONSTITUENCIES IN THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL. AND THERE ARE MANY INDUSTRIALISTS SITTING ON THE URBAN COUNCIL. DISTRICT BOARDS AND AREA COMMITTEES." HE NOTED.

MR LAN SAID THERE WERF MANY WAYS OF SUPPORTING DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.

BESIDES DIRECT PARTICIPATION. ANOTHER WAY WAS TO SPONSOR DISTRICT ACTIVITIES WHICH HELP TO ENHANCE PARTICIPANTS’ SENSE OF BELONGING TO THE COMMUNITY.

BY READILY GIVING VIEWS ON INDIVIDUAL MATTERS. INDUSTRIALISTS. WHO MIGHT BE LOOKING AT THINGS FROM A DIFFERENT PERSPECTIVE. COULD HELP DRAW THE GOVERNMENT’S ATTENTION TO THE DIFFERENT NEEDS AND ASPIRATIONS WHEN MAPPING OUT FUTURE POLICIES.

AS FOR THE DISTRICT BOARD ELECTIONS IN 1991. MR LAN SAID NO DECISION HAD YET BEEN MADE. BUT MANY PEOPLE FROM DIFFERENT WALKS OF LIFE HAD ADVOCATED THE RETENTION OF THE APPOINTMENT SYSTEM AND THE 2:1 RATIO BETWEEN ELECTED AND APPOINTED MEMBERS.

“THE REASON (FOR RETAINING THE APPOINTMENT SYSTEM) IS THAT A DISTRICT BOARD IS A CONSULTATIVE BODY. AND MUST BE ABLE TO REFLECT BALANCED VIEWS. WHICH CAN HARDLY BE ACHIEVED SOLELY BY DISTRICT ELECTIONS." HE SAID.

HE NOTED THAT DESPITE THE RELATIVELY SHORT HISTORY OF DISTRICT BOARDS. THE NUMBER OF ELECTED MEMBERS HAD BEEN INCREASED QUITE RAPIDLY. NOW OCCUPYING TWO-THIRDS OF THE TOTAL SEATS. SINCE 1980 WHEN ALL SEATS WERE FILLED BY GOVERNMENT APPOINTMENT.

MR LAN ADDED THAT HE WELCOMED FURTHER VIEWS FROM THE PUBLIC ON THE APPOINTMENT SYSTEM AND THE RATIO BETWEEN ELECTED AND APPOINTED MEMBERS.

-------0----------

/8........

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

- 8 -

RS PRAISES PO LEUNG KUK ♦ ♦ t ♦ ♦

THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR DAVID LAN. TODAY (SATURDAY) PRAISED THE PO LEUNG KUK FOR ITS OVERALL CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE TERRITORY IN THE AREAS OF EDUCATION, COMMUNITY AND RECREATIONAL SERVICES.

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE "PO LEUNG KUK AND COMMUNITY EXHIBITION” AT THE LANDMARK THIS MORNING. MR LAN SAID THE EXHIBITION WAS AIMED AT INFORMING THE PUBLIC OF THE PRESENT SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE CHARITABLE AGENCY AS WELL AS ITS FUTURE DEVELOPMENT.

"THE EXHIBITION HELPS TO RALLY STRONGER PUBLIC SUPPORT TO THE ORGANISATION." HE ADDED.

MR LAN NOTED THAT PO LEUNG KUK OPERATED A TOTAL OF 13 SCHOOLS, PROVIDING 28,000 PLACES. A VOCATIONAL MIDDLE SCHOOL AND A KINDERGARTEN WERE ALSO IN THE PIPELINE.

HE SAID THE AGENCY HAD PLANS TO BUILD MORE DAY CARE CENTRES FOR THE ELDERLY AND HOMES FOR THE AGED.

"A NEW RECREATIONAL CAMP IS BEING BUILT IN TAI TONG, YUEN LONG WHILE THE CAMP IN PAK TAM CHUNG WILL BE EXPANDED,” HE ADDED.

"THROUGH THE TENACIOUS EFFORTS OF PAST AND PRESENT DIRECTORS, THE ORGANISATION HAS DEVELOPED INTO A SOCIAL SERVICES AGENCY WHICH PROVIDES A WIDE RANGE OF FACILITIES ON EDUCATION, RECREATION AND MEDICAL CARE FOR CHILDREN AND THE ELDERLY," MR LAN SAID.

THE ROVING EXHIBITION. WHICH WILL RUN UNTIL JANUARY, WILL BE STAGED AT SIX PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES — EACH WITH A POPULATION IN EXCESS OF 30.000 — AND AT COMMERCIAL CENTRES AND MTR STATIONS.

SHELLEY LAL’ TAKES UP DEPUTY SECRETARY POST AT RCB

MRS SHELLEY LAU. FORMERLY DEPUTY SECRETARY GENERAL OF THE OMELCO, HAS RECENTLY TAKEN UP THE POST OF DEPUTY SECRETARY FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE.

IN THIS POST SHE ALSO BECOMES COMMISSIONER FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE. MRS LAU WILL WORK UNDER THE SECRETARY FOR RECREATION AND CULTURE ON POLICY MATTERS RELATING TO RECREATION. SPORTS, CULTURE. THE PERFORMING ARTS AND MUSIC.

AGED 40. MRS LAU JOINED THE GOVERNMENT IN 1971. SHE HAS SERVED IN A NUMBER OF GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS AND BRANCHES. INCLUDING THE FORMER SOCIAL SERVICES BRANCH AND HOME AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT, AND THE GOVERNMENT HOUSE. FINANCE BRANCH. CIVIL SERVICE BRANCH AND THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION.

--------0----------

/9........

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

9

POLICE SMALL BOAT UNIT CELEBRATES 1OTH ANNIVERSARY »«»»»»

TEN YEARS OF SUCCESS IN THE WIDENING WATERS OF POLICE OPERATIONS AT SEA ARE BEING CELEBRATED THIS MONTH WHEN THE MARINE REGION’S SMALL BOAT UNIT MARKS UP ITS FIRST DECADE.

THREE HUNDRED PAST AND PRESENT MEMBERS OF THE UNIT WILL GATHER AT MARINE SOUTH DIVISION HEADQUARTERS AT ABERDEEN TODAY (SATURDAY) TO CELEBRATE THE OCCASION.

THE UNIT WAS ORIGINALLY FORMED TO TAKE OVER DUTIES OF INTERCEPTING ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS PREVIOUSLY PERFORMED BY THE ROYAL NAVY.

BUT ITS WORK DIVERSIFIED OVER THE YEARS TO COUNTER SMUGGLING AND OTHER WATER BORNE CRIME.

"AT FIRST THE UNIT HAD ONLY ABOUT 40 OFFICERS AND SIX SMALL CRAFT," THE PRESENT COMMANDER, MR LES BIRD, SAID.

"BUT NOW WE HAVE 100 OFFICERS AND 13 BOATS, INCLUDING TWO 9.5 METRE AND NINE SEVEN-METRE INFLATABLE BOATS. TWO NEW ADDITIONS, COMMISSIONED IN MARCH THIS YEAR, ARE 'SHARK CAT1 MULTI-HULLED VESSELS EQUIPPED WITH RADAR AND MODERN TECHNOLOGY.

"THE RIGID INFLATABLES ARE ALSO MORE DURABLE THAN THE OLD CRAFT. THEY HAVE HIGHER POWERED ENGINES AND ARE NOT SO EASILY DAMAGED."

MR BIRD SAID THE SMALL BOAT UNIT HAD DEVELOPED INTO THE TASK FORCE OF MARINE REGION.

"IF PROBLEMS ARISE IN THE DIVISIONS WE DEPLOY OUR OFFICERS TO ASSIST.

"WE HAVE PERFORMED ANTI-SMUGGLING DUTIES IN NORTH AND EAST DIVISIONS: WE HELPED WEST DIVISION TO INTERCEPT ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS: AND WE HAVE CARRIED OUT CRIME OPERATIONS IN HARBOUR DIVISION.

"AND NOW WE ARE ATTACHED TO SOUTH DIVISION COUNTERING SPEED BOAT AND SMUGGLING PROBLEMS.

"WHEN WE RECEIVE A REQUEST FROM A DIVISION, OUR WHOLE UNIT, STAFF AND BOATS. WILL MOVE TO THAT DIVISION.

"WE SET UP A FORWARD OPERATING BASE, WORK OUT PLANS WITH THE DIVISION AS TO HOW THE UNIT CAN HELP IN SOLVING THE PROBLEM.

"FOR EXAMPLE. WE WERE IN EAST AND NORTH DIVISIONS FOR FOUR TO FIVE MONTHS AND SUCCESSFULLY PERFORMED 25 SEPARATE INTERCEPTIONS OF SPEED BOATS FOR SMUGGLING ACTIVITIES.

"THAT WORK WAS REALLY TOUGH. BECAUSE THE SPEED BOATS WERE DRIVEN VERY DANGEROUSLY. WITH COMPLETE DISREGARD TO SAFETY."

/HR BIRD .......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

10 -

MR BIRD FIRST JOINED THE UNIT IN 1980, SHORTLY AFTER ITS FORMATION. SOME 100 TO 500 ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS WERE THEN ARRESTED EVERY NIGHT IN DEEP BAY.

ABOUT ONE YEAR LATER. THE UNIT HAD ARRESTED ITS 10.000TH ILLEGAL IMMIGRANT.

MR BIRD REJOINED THE UNIT IN AUGUST LAST YEAR.

"FORMERLY. WE ONLY PERFORMED INTERCEPTION DUTIES," CONTINUED MR BIRD, "BUT NOW, WE ARE FAR MORE INVOLVED. WE HAVE TO TAKE FOLLOW UP ACTIONS. MAKE INVESTIGATIONS AND SEEK INFORMATION IN CRACKING DOWN ON ILLEGAL SYNDICATES.

"MEMBERS OF THE UNIT ARE SELECTED BY INTERVIEW AND A PRACTICAL TEST. THEY SHOULD HAVE STRONG PHYSIQUES BECAUSE THEY HAVE TO STAND FOR A LONG TIME, DRIVE BOATS IN HEAVY SEAS AND BRAVE DANGEROUS SITUATIONS.

"THEY USUALLY STAY IN THE UNIT FOR ABOUT THREE YEARS AND ARE THEN DEPLOYED TO OTHER DIVISIONS FOR A CHANGE AND PROMOTION CHANCES."

AMONG THE STAFF AT PRESENT, STATION SERGEANT NGAI FUNG-YEE HAS A SIGNIFICANT MEMORY OF THE UNIT BECAUSE HE WAS TWICE PROMOTED WITHIN IT AND HAS BEEN TWICE ATTACHED TO IT.

MR NGAI. WHO JOINED THE FORCE IN SEPTEMBER 1967. WAS FIRST POSTED TO THE SMALL BOAT UNIT TN OCTOBER 1979. HE WAS PROMOTED TO SERGEANT ON JANUARY 1980 AND STATION SERGEANT FOUR YEARS LATER.

HE LEFT THE UNIT IN OCTOBER 1984, BUT REJOINED IN FEBRUARY THIS YEAR.

"OVER 10 YEARS, THE UNIT HAS EXPANDED AND MADE A LOT OF PROGRESS." MR NGAI SAID. "FORMERLY THE OUTFIT WAS NOT SUFFICIENT TO ITS TASK AND OUR BOATS WERE NOT STRONG ENOUGH.

"NOW. WE HAVE TAILOR-MADE UNIFORMS, BETTER LIFE SAVING EQUIPMENT, WATER-PROOF RAINCOATS AND ADVANCED CRAFT."

HE FELT THAT THE PRESENT JOB HAD HIGHER MOBILITY AND THE WORKING CIRCUMSTANCES WERE MORE DANGEROUS.

HE REMEMBERED THAT THEY ARRESTED ONE ILLEGAL IMMIGRANT ON THE NIGHT OF THE UNIT'S FIRST ANNIVERSARY AND THE INTRUDER BECAME THEIR GUEST AT THE ANNIVERSARY CELEBRATION.

"BUT THIS YEAR SHOULD BE MUCH MORE DIFFERENT. AROUND 300 FORMER AND PRESENT MEMBERS OF THE UNIT WILL CELEBRATE ITS 1OTH ANNIVERSARY."

- 0 - -

SATURDAY. OCTOBER 21. 1989

11

POLICE BANDSMEN AND DANCERS TO PERFORM IN ENGLAND

******

THERE WILL BE A NEW ITEM OF CLOTHING IN THE BAGGAGE OF POLICE FORCE BANDSMEN AND DANCERS WHEN THEY FLY TO ENGLAND LATER THIS MONTH.

RAINCOATS.

WHEN THE 70-STRONG PARTY TAKES OFF TO HELP CELEBRATE CATHAY PACIFIC AIRWAYS INAUGURAL FLIGHT TO THE NORTHERN ENGLISH CITY OF MANCHESTER THEY KNOW THEY ARE ON THEIR WAY TO THE CITY WHICH IS ON RECORD AS HAVING BRITAIN'S WETTEST CLIMATE.

"I KNOW IT WILL BE RAINING." THE TOUR’S DIRECTOR OF MUSIC. MR FRANK PARKINSON. SAID. "BUT WE DO NOT INTEND TO LET IT DAMPEN OUR SPIRITS."

FORTUNATELY THE TOURISTS WILL HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY TO ACCLIMATISE THEMSELVES TO THE DAMP PLEASURES OF AUTUMN IN MANCHESTER.

FOR ALTHOUGH THEY WILL BE ON HAND TO FANFARE THE ARRIVAL OF CATHAY PACIFIC’S FIRST JUMBO FROM HONG KONG VIA FRANKFURT THE BAND WILL ACTUALLY FLY TO LONDON’S GATWICK AIRPORT.

THEY WILL BARELY HAVE TIME TO TRAVEL THE FOUR AND A HALF HOUR JOURNEY BY ROAD TO MANCHESTER TO REACH THEIR FIRST ENGAGEMENT AT OLD TRAFFORD CRICKET GROUND.

THE NON-STOP HIGH SPEED MUSICAL MELEE BEGINS AT POLICE TRAINING SCHOOL ON THE MORNING OF OCTOBER 28 WHEN AFTER PLAYING AT A PASSING OUT PARADE THE MAIN PARTY OF THE BAND WILL RUSH DIRECT TO KAI TAK TO PICK UP THEIR FLIGHT.

THEY WILL BE MET AT GATWICK THE FOLLOWING MORNING BY AN ADVANCE PARTY OF 25 WHO LEFT HONG KONG THE PREVIOUS DAY.

AT OLD TRAFFORD, THE BAND AND ITS TEAM OF 10 LADY DANCERS WILL PERFORM AT A "FUN DAY" ORGANISED BY THE AIRLINE.

THE FOLLOWING DAY’ THE BAND AND DANCERS. ACCOMPANIED BY THEIR TOUR LEADER. POLICE TRAINING SCHOOL DEPUTY COMMANDANT MR DAVE HUGHES; AND LEADER OF THE LADIES, SENIOR INSPECTOR BONNIE STEWART, WILL MAKE A TELEVISION APPEARANCE AND PLAY' AT CHARITY ENGAGEMENTS.

THE BAND WILL BE AT MANCHESTER’S INTERNATIONAL AIRPORT ON OCTOBER 31 TO GREET THE ARRIVAL OF CATHAY PACIFIC'S FIRST HONG KONG -MANCHESTER JUMBO AT 8 AM.

THE SAME EVENING THE BAND AND DANCERS WILL BE ON HAND FOR A CELEBRATORY DINNER ORGANISED BY THE AIRLINE AND THE FOLLOWING MORNING WILL BE AT MANCHESTER CITY HALL WHERE THEY WILL BE PRESENTED TO THE LORD MAYOR.

/THE BAND ......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

- 12 -

THE BAND WILL ALSO MARCH THROUGH THE STREETS IN A PARADE THAT IS ALSO SCHEDULED TO INCLUDE THE CITY'S CHINATOWN AREA.

"IT’S BOUND TO RAIN FOR THAT." MR PARKINSON. WHO HAILS FROM NEARBY BRADFORD. PREDICTED.

FINALLY ON THURSDAY NOVEMBER 2 THE BAND WILL ENJOY A FULL DAY OFF IN PREPARATION FOR ANOTHER DRIVE SOUTH TO GATWICK TO PICK UP THE FLIGHT TO ARRIVE IN HONG KONG ON NOVEMBER 4.

"WE’LL THEN BE GOING STRAIGHT INTO REHEARSALS FOR THE COMING VISIT OF PRINCE CHARLES AND PRINCESS DIANA. THE BEATING RETREAT CEREMONY AND THE FAREWELL PARADE FOR COMMISSIONER OF POLICE MR RAYMON ANN ING." MR PARKINSON SAID.

"IT’S GOING TO BE A BUSY TIME. BUT I'M PLEASED TO BE GOING TO MANCHESTER AND IT WILL BE GOOD FOR THE LADS AND LASSIES AND ALSO FOR THE GOOD IMAGE OF THE FORCE.

"IF ONLY IT STOPS RAINING FOR SOME OF THE TIME."

-----0-----

BUILDING MANAGEMENT STAFF SHOULD GO PROFESSIONAL

LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR MR CHUNG PUI-LAM TODAY (SATURDAY! TOLD A SEMINAR ABOUT THE NEED TO INTRODUCE A GOOD SYSTEM FOR BUILDING MANAGEMENT WORK AND TO PROFESSIONALISE BUILDING MANAGEMENT STAFF.

MR CHUNG, WHO IS ALSO CHAIRMAN OF THE ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON PRIVATE BUILDING MANAGEMENT, SAID HIS VIEWS COINCIDED WITH A PROPOSAL FROM THREE PROFESSIONAL GROUPS THAT BUILDING MANAGEMENT COMPANIES SHOULD SET UP A MEMBERSHIP REGISTRATION SYSTEM AMONG THEMSELVES.

ACCORDING TO THE INSTITUTE OF HOUSING, THE ROYAL INSTITUTE OF CHARTERED SURVEYORS AND THE HONG KONG INSTITUTE OF SURVEYORS, THE REGISTERED MEMBERS SHOULD SET THEIR OWN STANDARDS AND EXERCISE SELF-DISCIPLINE. MR CHUNG SAID.

"BUILDING MANAGEMENT IN HONG KONG IS IN NEED OF A COMPREHENSIVE. PROGRESSIVE. PROFESSIONAL AND LEGALLY-SUPPORTED SYSTEM," HE ADDED.

THE SEMINAR, ENTITLED "THE EMPLOYMENT AND SUPERVISION OF CLEANSING, SECURITY AND MANAGEMENT STAFF", WAS AN ACTIVITY OF THIS YEAR'S MONG KOK ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT CAMPAIGN.

IT AIMED AT STRENGTHENING THE KNOWLEDGE OF BUILDING MANAGEMENT AMONG AREA COMMITTEE MEMBERS AND OFFICE BEARERS OF MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES AND OWNERS INCORPORATED. THE FUNCTION WAS SPONSORED BY THE MONG KOK DISTRICT BOARD.

/MR CHUNG

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

- 13 -

MR CHUNG SAID IN VIEW OF THE CURRENT BUILDING DEVELOPMENTS IN HONG KONG. IT WAS NECESSARY TO INTRODUCE A SOUND BUILDING MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, TO BE IMPLEMENTED BY THE CITY AND NEW TERRITORIES ADMINISTRATION OR ANOTHER RELEVANT GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT.

"I BELIEVE, WITH CONTINUOUS SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC EXPANSION AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT. MORE MULTI-STOREY BUILDINGS WOULD COME ON STREAM AND GOOD BUILDING MANAGEMENT WOULD HAVE A BIG IMPACT ON ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT." HE SAID.

MR CHUNG ALSO NOTED THAT PROFESSIONAL BUILDING MANAGEMENT STAFF SHOULD HAVE GOOD KNOWLEDGE OF BUILDING ADMINISTRATION, SECURITY. PUBLIC RELATIONS, FINANCE, ACCOUNTING AS WELL AS CLERICAL AND COMMUNICATION MATTERS.

MORE IMPORTANT, HE ADDED, BUILDING MANAGEMENT STAFF SHOULD KNOW SOMETHING ABOUT BUILDING STRUCTURE. WATER AND POWER SUPPLIES AS WELL AS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS IN RELATION TO BUILDING MAINTENANCE.

THREE OTHER SPEAKERS ALSO GAVE THEIR VIEWS AT THE SEMINAR. THEY WERE THE REGIONAL OFFICER (KOWLOON WEST) OF THE INDEPENDENT COMMISSION AGAINST CORRUPTION, MRS DOROTHY TAM, LABOUR OFFICER OF THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT, MRS MARIAN LI. AND DIRECTOR OF HONG YIP SERVICE CO. LTD.. MR KWONG CHUN.

OFFICIATING AT THE SEMINAR WERE THE MONG KOK DISTRICT OFFICER, MRS LORNA MA. AND DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMAN. MR CHOW CHUN-FAI.

TO TIE IN WITH THE SEMINAR, A BUILDING MANAGEMENT EXHIBITION WILL BE HELD AT THE FOOTBRIDGE OF ARGYLE CENTRE FROM TODAY TO OCTOBER 27.

------0--------

ROAD SAFETY PUBLICITY DRIVE BEGINS IN SOUTHERN DISTRICT » * * t t t

A TWO-DAY ROAD SAFETY PUBLICITY DRIVE, STRESSING THE IMPORTANCE OF OBSERVING ROAD SAFETY CODES, WAS LAUNCHED IN SOUTHERN DISTRICT TODAY (SATURDAY).

ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT’S ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN ORGANISING COMMITTEE AND SPONSORED BY THE DISTRICT BOARD, THE EXERCISE COMPRISES A PUBLICITY BUS TOUR OF TRAFFIC BLACKSPOTS THROUGHOUT THE DISTRICT TODAY AND A CARNIVAL AT WAH FU ESTATE TOMORROW (SUNDAY).

DURING THE BUS TOUR, THE CHAIRMAN OF THE COMMITTEE, MR MAN HON-MING, AND COMMITTEE MEMBERS LED A ROAD SAFETY PATROL SQUAD IN VISITING ABOUT 20 TRAFFIC BLACKSPOTS TO ADVISE ROAD USERS ON THE IMPORTANCE OF OBSERVING ROAD SAFETY CODES.

/TRAVELLING IN .......

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

1U

TRAVELLING IN A DOUBLE-DECKER BUS DECORATED WITH ROAD SAFETY MESSAGES. THE PARTY USED A PUBLIC ADDRESS SYSTEM TO MAKE APPEALS AND TO BROADCAST ROAD SAFETY SONGS ADOPTED FROM POPULAR TUNES. THEY ALSO DISTRIBUTED LEAFLETS TO PEDESTRIANS AND DRIVERS.

THE LEAFLETS. PRODUCED BY THE COMMITTEE, ILLUSTRATE BY MEANS OF CARTOONS ROAD SAFETY CODES IN A MORE COMPREHENSIVE AND INTERESTING WAY.

THE PUBLICITY DRIVE WILL CONTINUE TOMORROW WITH A THREE-HOUR VARIETY SHOW AT THE OPEN SPACE NEAR THE ROUTE NO. 4 BUS TERMINUS IN WAH FU ESTATE, STARTING AT 2 PM.

A HIGHLIGHT OF THE ROAD SAFETY CAMPAIGN, THE SHOW WILL INCLUDE PERFORMANCES BY POPULAR SINGERS SUCH AS MR LEE LOON-KEI, THE POLICE PIPE BAND. MAGIC SHOWS, A ROAD SAFETY QUIZ GAME STALL AND A SPECIAL FASHION SHOW.

THE FASHION SHOW IS SPONSORED BY THE HONG KONG SCHOOL OF MOTORING, AND WILL BE PRESENTED BY A GROUP OF KINDERGARTEN PUPILS WEARING SPECIALLY-DESIGNED CLOTHING BEARING VARIOUS TYPE OF TRAFFIC SIGNS WITH THE OBJECTIVE OF EXPLAINING THE MEANINGS OF THE SIGNS.

DURING THE SHOW, MORE THAN 30 WINNERS OF A ROAD SAFETY SLOGAN COMPETITION WILL RECEIVE THEIR PRIZES, AND THE PRIZE-WINNING ENTRIES WILL BE DISPLAYED.

THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OFFICER, MRS MAUREEN CHAN; POLICE DISTRICT COMMANDER (WESTERN), MR R.C. TOAL; POLICE SENIOR STAFF OFFICER (TRAFFIC/HONG KONG ISLAND). MR D.G. ROBINSON; AND THE COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN. MR MAN HON-MING. WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING OF THE VARIETY SHOW.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE DISTRICT ROAD SAFETY VARIETY SHOW" OPEN SPACE NEAR THE ROUTE NO. 4 BEGINNING AT 2 PM.

INVITED TO COVER THE "SOUTHERN TO BE HELD TOMORROW (SUNDAY) AT THE BUS TERMINUS IN WAH FU ESTATE,

-------0----------

/15........

SATURDAY. OCTOBER 21. 1989

RESIDENTS COMPLETE COMMUNITY LEADER TRAINING SCHEME

******

ABOUT 50 RESIDENTS OF SHA TIN WILL TOMORROW (SUNDAY) RECEIVE CERTIFICATES AFTER COMPLETING A FIVE-DAY COMMUNITY LEADER TRAINING SCHEME.

THE PROGRAMME. WHICH BEGAN ON OCTOBER 10. WAS ORGANISED BY THE WORKING GROUP ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC MINDEDNESS FORMED UNDER THE SHA TIN DISTRICT BOARD’S COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE.

THE AIM WAS TO ENHANCE RESIDENTS’ UNDERSTANDING OF HONG KONG’S LAWS AND POLITICAL STRUCTURE AS WELL AS TO FOSTER PARTICIPATION IN COMMUNITY AFFAIRS.

ACTIVITIES CENTRED ON LECTURES. SEMINARS AND A DAY CAMP. GUEST SPEAKERS INCLUDED LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLORS. DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS. GOVERNMENT REPRESENTATIVES. ACADEMICS AND JOURNALISTS.

THE GRADUATION CEREMONY WILL BE HELD AT POK HONG COMMUNITY CENTRE IN POK HONG ESTATE. SHA KOK AREA AT NOON.

AMONG THE OFFICIATING GUESTS WILL BE THE ASSISTANT SHA TIN DISTRICT OFFICER (COMMUNITY AFFAIRS). MISS VICTORIA TANG: DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMAN. MR NG CHAN-LAM: AND LEGISLATIVE COUNCILLOR AND DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER. MR ANDREW WONG.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE GRADUATION CEREMONY OF THE COMMUNITY LEADER TRAINING SCHEME TO BE HELD AT THE POK HONG COMMUNITY CENTRE IN POK HONG ESTATE. SHA KOK AREA. SHA TIN AT NOON TOMORROW (SUNDAY).

-----0---------

FIRE AND CHEMICAL SAFETY CAMPAIGN TO START NEXT WEEK ♦ ♦ ♦ » ♦

THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT WILL LAUNCH A CAMPAIGN ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 23) TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE BY FACTORY OWNERS AND WORKERS OF THE SAFETY REGULATIONS ON FIRE PRECAUTIONS AND DANGEROUS CHEMICALS.

THE TWO-MONTH CAMPAIGN IS AIMED AT EDUCATING AND ADVISING FACTORY MANAGEMENTS AND EMPLOYEES ON THEIR LEGAL OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS (FIRE PRECAUTIONS IN NOTIFIABLE WORKPLACES) AND (DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES) REGULATIONS.

/’’WITH THE..........

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

- 16 -

’’WITH THE ONSET OF THE DRY SEASON, IT IS PARTICULARLY’ IMPORTANT TO ENSURE FIRE SAFETY IN INDUSTRY." THE DEPARTMENT’S CHIEF FACTORY INSPECTOR. MR YIP YUK-LUN. SAID TODAY (SATURDAY).

“AS MANY DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES ALSO POSE VERY HIGH FIRE AND EXPLOSION RISKS. IT MAKES GOOD SENSE TO TACKLE BOTH PROBLEMS IN THE SAME CAMPAIGN." MR YIP SAID.

"WE ALSO CONSIDER IT OPPORTUNE TO STEP UP OUR ENFORCEMENT ACTION ON THE DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES REGULATIONS. WHICH CAME INTO EFFECT LAST DECEMBER. TO REMIND EMPLOYERS AND WORKERS OF THEIR LEGAL OBLIGATIONS AND TO ENHANCE THEIR SAFETY AWARENESS." HE ADDED.

DURING THE CAMPAIGN. FACTORY INSPECTORS WILL CALL AT FACTORIES WHICH POSE HEALTH RISKS TO WORKERS. INCLUDING THOSE HOUSED IN POORLY MANAGED INDUSTRIAL BUILDINGS. CONDUCTING FIRE HAZARDOUS TRADES AND INVOLVING EXTENSIVE USE OF INFLAMMABLE CHEMICALS OR COMBUSTIBLE MATERIALS.

"THEY WILL ADVISE THE MANAGEMENTS AND WORKERS ON CHEMICAL SAFETY REQUIREMENTS TO ENSURE THEIR COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGULATIONS," SAID MR YIP. ADDING THAT PUBLICATIONS CONTAINING USEFUL INFORMATION ON SAFETY WILL BE DISTRIBUTED.

"WE WILL ALSO ENCOURAGE EMPLOYERS AND EMPLOYEES TO ATTEND COURSES ORGANISED BY THE DEPARTMENT’S INDUSTRIAL SAFETY TRAINING CENTRE ON THE SAFE HANDLING OF DANGEROUS SUBSTANCES," HE SAID.

"IN SERIOUS CASES OF VIOLATION OF SAFETY’ REGULATIONS. PROSECUTION WILL BE INSTITUTED." MR YIP STRESSED.

DURING THE FIRE SAFETY CAMPAIGN LAST YEAR, 13.534 FACTORIES WERE INSPECTED. RESULTING IN 445 PROSECUTIONS AND THE ISSUE OF 951 PROHIBITION NOTICES AND FIRE PRECAUTIONS NOTICES TO OFFENDERS.

-------0---------

FIREMAN HONOURED FOR RESCUING GIRL t * ♦ ♦ *

A SENIOR FIREMAN OF THE FIRE SERVICES DEPARTMENT HAS BEEN AWARDED A GOLD MEDAL BY A BROADCASTING COMPANY FOR RESCUING A SIX-YEAR-OLD GIRL TRAPPED UNDERNEATH A TRAM EARLIER THIS YEAR.

HE IS 34-YEAR-OLD WONG KAT-LAM. CURRENTLY ATTACHED TO THE MARINE AND OUTLYING ISLANDS DIVISION. SENIOR FIREMAN WONG IS AMONG A NUMBER OF PERSONS AWARDED A GOLD MEDAL FOR STERLING SERVICE TO THE COMMUNITY.

MR WONG MADE FULL USE OF HIS FIREMAN’S SKILLS IN SAVING THE GIRL.

THE DRAMA HAPPENED IN THE AFTERNOON OF JANUARY 11.

/MR WONG

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

MR WONG AND HIS WIFE WERE WALKING ALONG KING'S ROAD. NEAR HEALTHY GARDENS. IN NORTH POINT WHEN THEY HEARD THERE HAD BEEN AN ACCIDENT INVOLVING A TRAM.

HE RUSHED TO THE SCENE AND FOUND THAT A GIRL WAS TRAPPED UNDER THE TRAM.

WHILE OTHER ONLOOKERS WERE UNSURE OF HOW TO SAVE HER. SENIOR FIREMAN WONG QUICKLY DECIDED ON A COURSE OF ACTION.

HE STOPPED PASSING MOTORISTS AND BORROWED THEIR JACKS, WHICH HE USED TO LIFT UP THE TRAM. AND THEN RESCUED THE GIRL.

THE GOLD MEDAL WAS PRESENTED TO HIM BY THE HONG KONG COMMERCIAL BROADCASTING COMPANY LIMITED.

MR WONG RECEIVED A COMMENDATION FROM THE CHIEF FIRE OFFICER OF HONG KONG COMMAND. MR TAM YUK-FAN. IN FEBRUARY IN RECOGNITION OF HIS EXEMPLARY CONDUCT IN RESCUING THE GIRL.

- - 0 -

ENTRIES INVITED FOR RADIO PLAY WRITING COMPETITION

*****

ENTRIES ARE BEING INVITED FOR A RADIO PLAY WRITING COMPETITION WHICH IS PART OF THE PROMOTIONAL EFFORT IN SUPPORT OF THIS YEAR'S CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN.

THE COMPETITION. JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE COMMITTEE ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION AND COMMERCIAL RADIO I. AIMS TO INCREASE PUBLIC AWARENESS AND UNDERSTANDING OF SOCIAL AND COMMUNITY AFFAIRS.

PARTICIPANTS ARE REQUIRED TO SUBMIT A STORY OR A RADIO SCRIPT OF 1.200 CHARACTERS ON ONE OF THE FIVE GIVEN TOPICS. EACH FOCUSSING ON A SUBJECT OF COMMUNITY INTEREST.

THE FIVE TOPICS WILL BE BROADCAST ON COMMERCIAL RADIO I DAILY FROM 9 AM TO 10 AM AND FROM 8 PM TO 9 PM BETWEEN MONDAY (OCTOBER 231 AND NOVEMBER 3.

THE COMPETITION IS DIVIDED INTO THREE SECTIONS: JUNIOR SECONDARY (FORM 1 TO FORM 3). SENIOR SECONDARY (FORM 4 TO FORM 7) AND OPEN (THOSE AGED OVER 18).

THE CLOSING DATE FOR SUBMITTING ENTRIES IS NOVEMBER 11.

ATTRACTIVE PRIZES AND TROPHIES WILL BE AWARDED TO WINNERS OF EACH SECTION. RESULTS OF THE COMPETITION WILL BE ANNOUNCED ON DECEMBER 2.

/ADJUDICATORS FOR

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

ADJUDICATORS FOR THE COMPETITION ARE OMELCO MEMBER. MRS ROSANNA TAM: MEMBER OF THE COMMITTEE ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION. MR CHENG KAI-NAM: HEAD OF THE CHINESE UNIVERSITY'S DEPARTMENT OF JOURNALISM AND COMMUNICATION. DR LEONARD CHU: WRITER MR CHU PO-SANG: AND PROGRAMME DIRECTOR OF COMMERCIAL RADIO I. MISS KITTY IP.

ENTRY FORMS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM VARIOUS DISTRICT OFFICES. COMMUNITY AND YOUTH CENTRES. COMMERCIAL RADIO AND THE GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS CENTRE AT GROUND FLOOR. GPO BUILDING. CONNAUGHT PLACE. CENTRAL.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 5-8428852.

- - 0 - -

TSUEN WAN LO WAI ROAD TO BE WIDENED *****

THE HIGHWAYS DEPARTMENT WILL WIDEN A SECTION OF LO WAI ROAD IN TSUEN WAN FROM THE ENTRANCE OF LO WAI TSUEN TO YUEN YUEN INSTITUTE.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (SATURDAY) THAT THE SECTION OF LO WAI ROAD TO BE IMPROVED PROVIDED ACCESS FOR THE PEOPLE OF LO WAI TSUEN AND TO POPULAR RELIGIOUS INSTITUTIONS.

"TO BETTER SERVE THE ROAD USERS. THE DEPARTMENT WILL WIDEN THE CARRIAGEWAY TO STANDARD WIDTH FOR TWO-WAY TRAFFIC AND TO PROVIDE PROPER FOOTPATH. COACH PARKING SPACES AND DRAINAGE SYSTEM.

"THE EXISTING BRIDGE ACROSS THE STREAM AND THE REFUSE COLLECTION POINT WILL ALSO BE RECONSTRUCTED.

"THE ROADWORKS WILL INCLUDE LANDSCAPING FEATURES TO ENHANCE THE ENVIRONMENT." HE SAID.

CONSTRUCTION WILL START IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR AND BE COMPLETED BY THE END OF 1991.

THE WORKS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED AND WILL BE SUPERVISED BY THE HIGHWAYS DEPARTMENT.

THE DEPARTMENT IS NOW INVITING TENDERS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION WORKS. A NOTICE WAS PUBLISHED IN THE GOVERNMENT GAZETTE YESTERDAY.

- - 0 - -

/19

SATURDAY. OCTOBER 21. 1989

- 19 -

SPECIAL CAR NUMBERS SOLD BY AUCTION

*****

FORTY SPECIAL VEHICLE REGISTRATION NUMBERS WERE PUT UP FOR AUCTION THIS (SATURDAY) MORNING FOR A TOTAL OF $1,183,500 WHICH WILL GO TO THE GOVERNMENT LOTTERIES FUND FOR CHARITY PURPOSES.

THE AUCTION. HELD AT THE CITY HALL RECITAL HALL. SAW THE REGISTRATION NUMBER EBI FETCH THE HIGHEST PRICE OF $140,000.

ANOTHER NUMBER 366 WAS SOLD AT THE SECOND HIGHEST PRICE OF $130,000 WHILE THE LOWEST PRICE WAS $5,000 EACH FOR EC331 AND CD557.

FOLLOWING ARE THE RESULTS OF TODAY’S AUCTION:

EC8388 $ 10,000 EC280 $ 23,000 EBI $ 140,000 HK167 $ 20,000

EC331 5,000 ED889 40.000 ED120 16,000 CD557 5,000

EC911 12,000 AN1313 20,000 ED2688 20.000 EA323 23,000

CK555 110,000 EC229 18,000 EC982 10,000 ED2238 13,000

EC8988 20,000 EC7 90,000 366 130,000 ED8878 14.000

AA625 13.000 EC325 11,000 ED6686 18,000 EA8181 14,000

EC919 17.000 CN2288 27.000 EC1323 9.000 EC718 10,000

EC877 8,000 EC369 21,000 HK596 15,500 EB9328 10,000

EB8628 13,000 HK1930 28.000 EB2628 23,000 ED3378 8,000

AXJ90 21,000 EC168 46,000 HK63 120,000 EC9388 12,000

SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS WERE REQUIRED TO PAY BY CHEQUE IMMEDIATELY AFTER THE BIDDING.

THE NUMBERS AUCTIONED WILL BE ASSIGNED ONLY TO VEHICLES REGISTERED TN THE NAME OF THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDERS WITHIN 12 MONTHS OF THE DATE OF AUCTION.

TODAY'S SALE, THE 143RD ORGANISED BY THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT SINCE MAY 1973, BROUGHT THE TOTAL AMOUNT OF MONEY FOR CHARITY REALISED SO FAR TO $87,039,632.

-------o----------

LANE CLOSURE IN TAI PO *****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT MAINTENANCE WORKS. THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS OF LAM ROAD TAI WO IN TAI PO WILL BE CLOSED FROM MONDAY

* THE INNER-MOST LANE OF TAI PO ROAD TAI OF LAM KAM FLYOVER WILL BE CLOSED FROM PM ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 25).

TO FACILITATE ROAD KAM FLYOVER. TAI PO (OCTOBER 23):

WO NORTHBOUND NORTH 8 AM ON MONDAY TO 8

/• THE INNER-MOST

SATURDAY, OCTOBER 21, 1989

20 -

* THE INNER-MOST LANE OF TAI PO ROAD TAI WO SOUTHBOUND SOUTH OF WO HOP SHEK INTERCHANGE WILL BE CLOSED FROM 8 AM ON OCTOBER 30 TO 8 PM THE NEXT DAY.

* THE FAST LANE OF THE NORTHBOUND SLIP ROAD LEADING FROM TOLO HIGHWAY NORTHBOUND TO LAM KAM ROAD INTERCHANGE AND THE FAST LANE OF LAM KAM FLYOVER NORTHBOUND CONNECTING TOLO HIGHWAY AND TAI PO ROAD TAI WO WILL BE CLOSED FROM 8 AM TO 8 PM ON NOVEMBER 20.

* THE FAST LANE OF TAI PO ROAD TAI WO NORTHBOUND NORTH OF TAI

WO SERVICE ROAD WEST WILL BE CLOSED FROM 8 AM TO 8 PM ON

NOVEMBER 21.

* THE FAST LANE OF TAI PO ROAD TAI WO SOUTHBOUND NORTH OF

HONG LOK YUEN ROAD AND THE FAST LANE OF LAM KAM FLYOVER

SOUTHBOUND CONNECTING TAI PO ROAD TAI WO AND TOLO HIGHWAY WILL BE CLOSED FROM 8 AM TO 8 PM ON NOVEMBER 27.

* THE FAST LANE OF THE SOUTHBOUND SLIP ROAD LEADING FROM LAM KAM ROAD INTERCHANGE TO TOLO HIGHWAY SOUTHBOUND WILL BE CLOSED FROM 8 AM TO 8 PM ON NOVEMBER 28.

------0 -------

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN SHAM SHUI PO. HUNG HOM * t t * ♦

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT A SECTION OF ABOUT 350 METRES OF THE LAI CHI KOK BRIDGE NEAR MEI FOO SUN CHUEN WILL BE OCCUPIED ON A LANE-BY-LANE BASIS FOR THE PURPOSE OF RESURFACING FROM MONDAY (OCTOBER 23). FOR THREE MONTHS.

IN HUNG HOM. IN CONNECTION WITH WHAMPOA GARDENS FESTIVAL. THE INTERNAL ROAD NETWORK WITHIN WHAMPOA GARDENS EAST OF HUNG HOM ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO VEHICLES EXCEPT FRANCHISED BUSES. GREEN MINIBUSES AND TAXIS FROM 7.30 PM TO 11.30 PM ON MONDAY.

DURING THE CLOSURE. FRANCHISED BUSES. GREEN MINIBUSES AND TAXIS WILL ONLY BE ALLOWED TO GAIN ACCESS TO WHAMPOA GARDENS VIA TAK ON STREET BETWEEN SITE 2 AND SITE 11. AND EXIT VIA THE ACCESS ROAD LEADING FROM TAK ON STREET TO HUNG HOM ROAD.

THE SECTION OF THE EASTBOUND CARRIAGEWAY OF TAK MAN STREET. EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH DOCK STREET. WILL BE RESTRICTED TO FRANCHISED BUSES. GREEN MINIBUSES AND TAXIS.

ALL OTHER TRAFFIC ON TAK MAN STREET EASTBOUND WILL BE DIVERTED SOUTHWARDS TO PO LOI STREET.

-------0----------

/21 .......

SATURDAY. OCTOBER 21. 1989

- 21

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN PRINCE EDWARD ROAD

*****

WESTBOUND TRAFFIC ALONG PRINCE EDWARD ROAD WEST WILL BE BANNED FROM TURNING RIGHT INTO LA SALLE ROAD FROM 10 AM ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 25) TO FACILITATE WORKS FOR THE LAYING OF AN ANTI-SKID ROAD SURFACE. THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES.

THE HIGHWAYS DEPARTMENT WILL WORK ON EACH OF THE FOUR LANES OF PRINCE EDWARD ROAD WEST AT ITS JUNCTION WITH LA SALLE ROAD TO REPAIR DEFECTIVE ROAD SLABS BEFORE LAYING ANTI-SKID SURFACE DRESSING.

THE PROJECT IS EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED IN FIVE WEEKS.

TRAFFIC HEADING FOR LA SALLE ROAD WILL BE TEMPORARILY ROUTED VIA PRINCE EDWARD ROAD WEST. WATERLOO ROAD. BOUNDARY STREET. EARL STREET. PRINCE EDWARD ROAD WEST AND THEN TO LA SALLE ROAD.

DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. THE EXISTING OPTIONAL STRAIGHT AHEAD AND TURN RIGHT ROAD MARKING IN THE FAST LANE WILL BE CHANGED TO STRAIGHT AHEAD. THE TURNING POCKET WILL ALSO BE REMOVED.

APPROPRIATE SIGNS AND LIGHTING WILL BE ERECTED TO GUIDE MOTORISTS.

-------0---------

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN KWAI CHUNG *****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT A SECTION OF SOUTHBOUND CASTLE PEAK ROAD IN KWAI CHUNG BETWEEN WAH KING HILL ROAD AND BUTTERFLY VALLEY INTERCHANGE WILL BE CLOSED .FROM 2 AM TO 4 AM ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 23).

THE CLOSURE IS TO FACILITATE THE TRANSPORTATION OF A 250-TON TRANSFORMER BY CHINA LIGHT AND POWER COMPANY LIMITED.

MOTORISTS ON CASTLE PEAK ROAD SOUTHBOUND HEADING FOR KOWLOON WILL BE DIVERTED TO TRAVEL VIA WAH KING HILL ROAD. TAI WO INTERCHANGE. WAH YIU ROAD. LAI CHI LING ROAD. LIM CHO STREET. KING CHO ROAD. LAI KING HILL ROAD. PRINCESS MARGARET HOSPITAL INTERCHANGE. KWAI CHUNG ROAD AND/OR CHING CHEUNG ROAD.

MOTORISTS ARE ALSO ADVISED TO USE KWAI CHUNG ROAD FOR TRAVELLING TO KOWLOON AND TO AVOID CASTLE PEAK ROAD DURING THE CLOSURE.

-------0----------

/22

SATURDAY. OCTOBER 21. 1989

- 22 -

TEMPORARY CLOSURE OF ABERDEEN STREET

*****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT FROM 10 AM ON MONDAY (OCTOBER 23). ABERDEEN STREET IN CENTRAL BETWEEN STAUNTON STREET AND CAINE ROAD WILL BE CLOSED TO TRAFFIC FOR ABOUT TWO WEEKS TO FACILITATE TELEPHONE COMPANY WORKS.

DURING THE CLOSURE. VEHICLES ON EASTBOUND CAINE ROAD HEADING FOR ABERDEEN STREET WILL BE DIVERTED VIA OLD BAILEY STREET AND STAUNTON STREET TO JOIN ABERDEEN STREET.

--------0----------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE. HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1989

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

REPORTS ON GEOTECHNICAL AREA STUDIES COMPLETED .............. 1

BETTER FINANCIAL AND COMMUNITY SUPPORT FOR THE ELDERLY ...... 3

HEAVY FINES FOR SITE SAFETY OFFENDERS ....................... 4

POLICE PRESENCE IN KOWLOON WALLED CITY ...................... 5

PLANS FOR PROVISION OF MEALS TO POLICE AT BORDER POSTS ...... 7

TWO BEATING RETREAT CEREMONY SHOWS NEXT MONTH ............... 8

COMIC BOOK TO SPREAD ANTI-JUVENILE CRIME MESSAGES ........... 9

CLEANER ENVIRONMENT IN WONG TAI SIN SQUATTER AREAS .......... 10

RESIDENTS URGED TO TAKE PART IN DISTRICT FESTIVAL............ 11

EASTERN DISTRICT LOOKS FOR OUTSTANDING YOUTHS ............... 11

ENTRIES INVITED FOR FLOWER SHOW ............................. 12

NOISE CONTROL SEMINAR IN SHAM SHUI PO ....................... 14

KWAI TSING TO PROMOTE REHABILITATION CONCEPT................. 14

SINGING CONTEST IN TAI PO ................................... 15

KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN TELEMATCH............................... 16

GOVT TUNNEL STAFF COMPLETE TRAINING ON VEHICLE RECOVERY...... 16

NEW IDENTITY CARDS FOR MEN BORN IN 1941-44 .................. 17

'JING YING' CONCERT FOR CHINESE MUSIC LOVERS ................ 18

FRESH WATER CUTS IN TWO AREAS ............................... 19

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1989

1

REPORTS ON GEOTECHNICAL AREA STUDIES COMPLETED

THE GOVERNMENT HAS JUST PUBLISHED THE GEOTECHNICAL AREA STUDIES PROGRAMME REPORT (GASP XII) FOR THE TERRITORY OF HONG KONG.

WITH THE RELEASE OF THIS REPORT. THE GEOTECHNICAL CONTROL OFFICE (GCO> HAS COMPLETED THE SERIES OF 12 REPORTS CONTAINING REGIONAL GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION FOR PLANNING AND LAND MANAGEMENT PURPOSES.

THE FIRST OF THESE REPORTS, FOR THE HONG KONG ISLAND AND KOWLOON AREA, WAS RELEASED IN JULY 1987.

THE PRINCIPAL GOVERNMENT GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER, DR A.W. MALONE, SAID THAT GASP XII SUMMARISED THE 11 REGIONAL GASP STUDIES ALREADY ON SALE, AND WITH ITS PUBLICATION THE GEOTECHNICAL CONTROL OFFICE HAD COMPLETED A SYSTEMATIC INVENTORY OF THE LAND RESOURCES OF THE TERRITORY.

"THE RELEASE OF GASP XII IS TIMELY BECAUSE, WITH THE RECENT DECISION TO BUILD THE NEW AIRPORT, WE ARE ABOUT TO EMBARK ON AN EXCITING AND CHALLENGING NEW PHASE OF THE TERRITORY'S DEVELOPMENT," DR MALONE SAID.

"IT WILL BE A VERY IMPORTANT SOURCE OF INFORMATION ABOUT THE PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE TERRAIN TO BE USED DURING THE PLANNING PROCESS TO ENSURE SAFE, ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND TO MINIMISE THE LIKELIHOOD OF SLOPE FAILURE." HE ADDED.

THE REPORT CONTAINS A WEALTH OF FACTUAL INFORMATION INCLUDING DATA TABLES, AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS, REPRODUCTIONS OF OLD MAPS AND FOLD-OUT COLOUR MAPS. FOURTEEN 1:100,000 SCALE "GEOTECS" COMPUTER MAPS, HIGHLIGHTING DIFFERENT ASPECTS OF THE RESOURCES OF THE TERRITORY, ARE IN THE ACCOMPANYING MAP FOLDER.

GASP XII SHOULD BE OF VALUE TO THOSE CONCERNED WITH PLANNING, LAND DEVELOPMENT, ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT AND ENGINEERING FEASIBILITY STUDIES.

IT WILL ALSO BE OF INTEREST TO TEACHERS AND ACADEMICS INVOLVED IN EARTH SCIENCE-RELATED SUBJECTS.

THE GASP STUDIES WERE DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY FOR PLANNING AND WERE BASED ON A UNIQUE SYSTEM FOR EVALUATING THE GEOTECHNICAL LIMITATIONS OF THE LAND.

DR MALONE POINTED OUT THAT THE GASP STUDIES EMPLOYED TERRAIN CLASSIFICATION TECHNIQUES USING AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS, FIELD SURVEY AND EXISTING SITE INVESTIGATION RECORDS.

"THE EXPERTISE DEVELOPED IN HONG KONG DURING THESE STUDIES HAS ATTRACTED CONSIDERABLE INTERNATIONAL INTEREST.

/"HONG KONG

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1989

2

"HONG KONG IS WELL KNOWN ABROAD FOR ITS VORACIOUS CAPACITY TO BUILD AND CONSTRUCT. BUT THE HIGHLY DEVELOPED METHODS USED HERE TO ASSIST IN THE PLANNING OF DEVELOPMENT ARE NOT GENERALLY APPRECIATED BY THE PUBLIC." HE SAID.

"GASP Nil IS ALSO AN HISTORICAL DOCUMENT IN ITS OWN RIGHT. BECAUSE IT CONTAINS MORE THAN 220 PHOTOGRAPHS ILLUSTRATING THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE TERRITORY SINCE THE MID-19TH CENTURY." HE ADDED.

ELEVEN REGIONAL GASP REPORTS ARE ALSO AVAILABLE FROM THE GOVERNMENT PUBL ICATIONS CENTRE AND MAP SALES OUTLETS OF THE BUILDINGS AND LANDS DEPARTMENT. THEY ARE:

GASP I - HONG KONG AND KOWLOON

GASP II - CENTRAL NEW TERRITORIES

GASP III - WEST NEW TERRITORIES

GASP IV - NORTH WEST NEW TERRITORIES

GASP V - NORTH NEW TERRITORIES

GASP VI - NORTH LANTAU

GASP VII - CLEAR WATER BAY

GASP VIII - NORTH EAST NEW TERRITORIES

GASP IX - EAST NEW TERRITORIES

GASP x - ISLANDS

GASP XI SOUTH LANTAU

DR MALONE POINTED OUT THAT THE 12 GASP REPORTS AND ACCOMPANYING 55 MAPS PUBLISHED SINCE 1987 COMPLEMENTED THE NEW GEOLOGICAL MAPS AND MEMOIRS WHICH THE GCO WAS PRODUCING AS PART OF THE REVISED GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF HONG KONG.

THE NEW GEOLOGICAL MAPS AND THE GASP REPORTS FORMED IMPORTANT ELEMENTS OF THE GCO'S CO-ORDINATED APPROACH TO THE ASSESSMENT OF THE TERRITORY'S LAND AND MARINE RESOURCES. HE ADDED.

-------0----------

SUNDAY. OCTOBER 22. 1989

3

BETTER FINANCIAL AND COMMUNITY * * » *

SUPPORT FOR THE ELDERLY *

THE GOVERNMENT HAS STEPPED UP EXPANSION ON VARIOUS COMMUNITY SUPPORTIVE SERVICES IN ADDITION TO IMPROVED FINANCIAL AIDS FOR THE ELDERLY. THE ASSISTANT DIRECTOR OF SOCIAL WELFARE. MR ALFRED CHUI. SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).

SPEAKING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE METHODIST CENTRE FOR THE ELDERLY. MR CHUI POINTED OUT THAT THESE INCLUDED STRENGTHENING OF HOME HELP SERVICES AND SETTING SOCIAL CENTRES. DAY-CARE CENTRES AND MULTI-SERVICE CENTRES ELDERLY.

SOUTHORN SERVICES UP MORE FOR THE

"THE GOVERNMENT HAS ALWAYS BEEN VERY KEEN ON SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY. AND WE MAY TRACE BACK TO 1973 WHEN A WORKING PARTY WAS SET UP TO STUDY THE SOCIAL NEEDS OF THE ELDERLY." HE SAID.

IT WAS RECKONED THAT THE PROBLEMS CONNECTED WITH OLD AGE COULD NOT BE SATISFACTORILY TACKLED UNLESS THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE WAS WILLING AND ABLE TO FOSTER A CARING ROLE. MR CHUI EXPLAINED.

"INSTITUTIONAL CARE. WHICH MAY SEGREGATE THE ELDERLY FROM THE ENVIRONMENT THEY ARE FAMILIAR WITH. MAY BE PROVIDED TO THE ELDERLY ONLY AS A LAST RESORT WHEN OTHER ALTERNATIVES ARE NOT AVAILABLE," MR CHUI SAID.

"DURING THE LAST TWO YEARS. THE GOVERNMENT HAS SET UP A CENTRAL COMMITTEE ON SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY AND A WORKING GROUP ON HOUSING FOR THE ELDERLY WHICH REVIEWED RELATED SERVICES AND PROVIDED A NUMBER OF RECOMMENDATIONS.

"THESE INCLUDED THE IMPLEMENTATION OF RESPITE SERVICES \ND OUTREACHING SERVICES: SPEEDING UP THE PROVISION OF DAY-CARE CENTRES AND SOCIAL CENTRES FOR THE ELDERLY: CATERING FOR THE NEEDS AND IMPROVING THE STANDARD OF SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY IN PUBLIC HOUSING ESTATES: AND STEPPING UP COMMUNITY EDUCATION ON THE CONCEPT OF 'CARE IN THE COMMUNITY'." HE SAID.

MR CHL'l COMMENDED THE METHODIST CENTRE FOR ITS ZEALOUS EFFORTS IN THE PROVISION OF SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY. AT PRESENT. THE METHODIST SOUTHORN CENTRE FOR THE ELDERLY HAS AN ENROLMENT OF ABOUT 260.

-----0-----

A ...

SUNDAY. OCTOBER 22, 1989

- <♦ -

HEAVY FINES FOR SITE SAFETY OFFENDERS * * * * t

CONTRACTORS ARE TODAY (SUNDAY) REMINDED OF THEIR LEGAL OBLIGATION TO OBSERVE REGULATIONS ON CONSTRUCTION SITES TO ENSURE THE SAFETY AND HEALTH OF WORKERS.

THIS FOLLOWED A NUMBER OF RECENT PROSECUTIONS AGAINST SITE CONTRACTORS FOR BREAKING VARIOUS SAFETY LAWS, RESULTING IN HEAVY FINES IMPOSED ON THE OFFENDERS.

IN ONE OF THE CASES. A PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR WAS PROSECUTED FOR FAILURE TO EMPLOY A FULL-TIME SAFETY OFFICER FOR THE 244 WORKMEN HE EMPLOYED ON FOUR CONSTRUCTION SITES.

UNDER THE FACTORIES AND INDUSTRIAL UNDERTAKINGS (SAFETY OFFICERS AND SAFETY SUPERVISORS) REGULATIONS, A PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR. MUST EMPLOY ONE REGISTERED SAFETY OFFICER. ON A FULL-TIME BASIS WHEN 200 OR MORE PERSONS ARE EMPLOYED ON HIS SITE OR SITES. AND TO EMPLOY A SAFETY SUPERVISOR ON A SITE WITH 20 OR MORE WORKERS.

THE CONTRACTOR PLEADED GUILTY AND WAS FINED 82,000 BY A WESTERN MAGISTRATE.

THIS WAS THE FIRST TIME A CONTRACTOR WAS CONVICTED OF THE OFFENCE. WHICH CARRIES A MAXIMUM FINE OF $20,000.

IN ANOTHER CASE, A CONTRACTOR WAS FINED $25,000 BY A CENTRAL MAGISTRATE FOR FAILURE TO ENSURE THAT ALL WORKMEN ON HIS SITE WORE SUITABLE SAFETY HELMETS, AS REQUIRED UNDER THE CONSTRUCTION SITES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS.

A FACTORY INSPECTOR HAD FOUND THAT ONLY EIGHT OUT OF THE 58 WORKERS AT THE SITE WORE SAFETY HELMETS.

THE REGULATIONS REQUIRE A CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE SUITABLE SAFETY HELMETS FOR EVERY WORKMAN EMPLOYED AND TO TAKE REASONABLE STEPS TO ENSURE THAT NO WORKMAN REMAINS ON THE SITE UNLESS HE WEARS A HELMET.

A NUMBER OF PROSECUTIONS WERE ALSO TAKEN OUT AGAINST TWO OTHER CONTRACTORS FOR BREAKING VARIOUS PROVISIONS UNDER THE REGULATIONS.

THE CONTRACTOR OF A SITE IN YUEN LONG WAS FINED A TOTAL OF $50,000 BY A FANLING MAGISTRATE FOR FAILURE TO PROVIDE GUARDRAILS AT FLOOR EDGES AND FLOOR OPENINGS TO PREVENT THE FALL OF PERSONS FROM HEIGHT.

ANOTHER CONTRACTOR WAS FINED $40,000 ON CHARGES OF FAILING TO PROVIDE GUARDRAILS FOR LIFT SHAFT OPENINGS AND FLOOR OPENINGS AT A SITE IN SHEK WU HUI.

THE CONSTRUCTION SITES (SAFETY) REGULATIONS REQUIRE ALL PLACES LIKELY TO CAUSE FALLS OF PERSONS IN A CONSTRUCTION SITE TO BE SECURELY FENCED. OFFENDERS ARE LIABLE TO A FINE OF $50,000.

-------o ---------

/5........

SUNDAY. OCTOBER 22. 1989

- 5 -

POLICE PRESENCE IN KOWLOON WALLED CITY

******

PETITE WOMAN POLICE INSPECTOR TRACEY LEE HAD NEVER SET FOOT INSIDE KOWLOON WALLED CITY — UNTIL SHE BECAME ASSISTANT OFFICER-IN-CHARGE OF KOWLOON CITY DIVISIONAL TASK FORCE RESPONSIBLE FOR POLICING THE SQUALID SETTLEMENT.

THAT WAS IN JULY THIS YEAR.

NOW SHE CAN FIND HER WAY WITH EASE ALONG THE LABYRINTHINE ALLEYS AND STEP NIMBLY ACROSS THE CLOSELY LINKED ROOFTOPS. SHE NO LONGER SCREAMS WHEN SHE SEES A RAT.

"I’VE SEEN THEM AS BIG AS CATS," SAID TRACEY, "AND THE WHOLE PLACE IS DARK. DIRTY AND HAZARDOUS TO PATROL. IT’S LIKE A JIGSAW PUZZLE.

"BUT I’VE NEVER REGARDED THE WALLED CITY AS A DANGEROUS PLACE.”

THREE TASK FORCE TEAMS OF A SERGEANT AND FIVE CONSTABLES ARE i>N WALLED CITY DUTIES ON A THREE SHIFT 24-HOUR DAY FOR THREE MONTHS.

THERE ARE PROBABLY NO POLICE OFFICERS HAPPIER THAN THEY THAT THE WALLED CITY IS BEING CLEARED OF ITS 30.000 POPULATION IN A THREE PHASED PROGRAMME TO CLEAR HONG KONG’S LEAST POPULAR BEATS.

THE 2.7 HECTARE MAZE OF FACTORIES, WORKSHOPS AND HOMES IS BEING VACATED ENTIRELY BEFORE IT IS DEMOLISHED TO MAKE WAY FOR AN OPEN SPACE OF PARKLAND.

THE FIRST PHASE IS ALMOST COMPLETE; THE TWO-PART SECOND PHASE SHOULD BE VACANT BY THE MIDDLE OF NEXT YEAR AND THE ENTIRE AREA CLEAR AND READY FOR DEMOLITION BY 1992.

MAIN CRIME PROBLEMS INSIDE THE WALLED CITY ARE STILL BURGLARIES. SNATCHINGS AND ROBBERIES. THE DRIPPING WATER PIPES. THE DARK AND DIRTY ALLEYS AND THE HAZARDS OF SUDDENLY COLLAPSING WALLS PRESENT MORE UNPLEASANTNESS.

AND AS THE RESIDENTS HAVE MOVED OUT TO NEW HOMES ELSEWHERE SO THE CRIME FIGURES HAVE DROPPED.

"WE WERE AVERAGING ABOUT 20 CRIMES A MONTH BEFORE THE EVACUATIONS STARTED." SAID TRACEY. "NOW IT’S DOWN TO ABOUT THREE OR FOUR."

THE PEOPLE SEEM QUITE HAPPY TO ACCEPT THE COMPENSATION DEAL OFFERED TO THEM BY THE GOVERNMENT.

"THE TIME FOR TROUBLE WAS AFTER THE LETTERS FIRST WENT OUT INFORMING PEOPLE OF THE EVACUATION AND COMPENSATION PROGRAMME. THERE WERE BANNERS AND POSTERS AND DEMONSTRATIONS BUT NOW THE TERMS HAVE BEEN FULLY EXPLAINED THERE ARE NO PROBLEMS."

/TRACEY ACKNOWLEDGED

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1989

- 6

TRACEY ACKNOWLEDGED THE VALUABLE WORK OF THE LOCAL KAI FONG ASSOCIATION IN EXPLAINING TO RESIDENTS THE NEED FOR THE EVACUATION AND ITS TERMS.

"WE NOW HAVE NO INCIDENTS AT ALL. THERE ARE NO MAJOR PROBLEMS WITH THE RESIDENTS. IN FACT THE PEOPLE ARE FRIENDLY AND THE CONSTABLES IN THE WALLED CITY ARE BEING TREATED WITH RESPECT. THEY ARE GETTING ON FINE WITH THE RESIDENTS.

"THE CRIME RATE IS DECREASING ALL THE TIME. WE HAVE NO REAL EVIDENCE OF ORGANISED CRIME AND WE HAVE NO PROBLEMS OVER THE ILLEGAL EMPLOYMENT OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS."

NEVERTHELESS POLICE OF THE TASK FORCE ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE AN INTIMATE KNOWLEDGE OF THE LAYOUT • OF THE HAPHAZARDLY STRUCTURED BUILDINGS IN THE WALLED CITY.

THEY KNOW THAT BY ASCENDING IN ONE OF THE TWO LIFTS THEY CAN WALK ACROSS ROOFTOPS AND DESCEND IN THE OTHER. THEY KNOW THE LOCATIONS OF CORRIDORS LINKING ONE BUILDING WITH ANOTHER AND EVERY NOOK AND CRANNY IN THE SLIMY AND SLIPPERY ALLEYS.

ALTHOUGH ONE SECTION OF THE CITY IS ALMOST CLEARED OF PEOPLE AND WATER AND ELECTRICITY SUPPLIES DISCONNECTED POLICE STILL PAY ATTENTION TO THOSE AREAS. WHICH ARE NOW UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF A SECURITY COMPANY.

"WE DON’T WANT PEOPLE COMING BACK AFTER AN AREA HAS BEEN CLOSED." SAID TRACEY. "AND SOME HOMES ARE DIVIDED INTO SEVERAL CUBICLES WITH MANY KEY HOLDERS. AS LONG AS A PLACE IS NOT ENTIRELY CLEARED THE POLICE PRESENCE WILL BE THERE."

TRACEY IS THE THIRD WOMAN INSPECTOR TO TAKE CHARGE OF THE POLICING OF THE WALLED CITY SINCE THE EVACUATIONS WERE ANNOUNCED.

"I THINK IT’S BECAUSE WOMEN ARE REGARDED AS POSSIBLY MORE DIPLOMATIC IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES." SHE SAID. "I’M STILL LEARNING ABOUT THE PLACE. IT’S DAMP. DARK AND DIRTY WITH POOR SANITATION AND WHEN I SAW SOME OF THE FOOD BEING PREPARED THERE I GAVE UP EATING SOME THINGS I HAD ENJOYED.

"YOU CAN WALK IN ONE WAY AND GET LOST AND COME OUT SOMEWHERE COMPLETELY DIFFERENT. IT’S LIKE WORKING IN A LABYRINTH.

"BUT FOR US IT’S ONLY PART OF OUR NORMAL PATROLS."

-----0-----

SUNDAY. OCTOBER 22. 1989

- 7 -

PLANS FOR PROVISION OF MEALS TO POLICE ! BORDER POSTS ******

PROVIDING THREE SQUARE MEALS \ f; \\ | OR 1.000 POLICE

OFFICERS ON BORDER DUTIES AFTER TUI THE ARMY IS A

PRIORITY IN POLICE FORCE PLANNING . ; . • . •. A T ; • /.> op THE PHASED

MILITARY PULLOUT. DUE TO BE COMPLETE! BY

AS THE BORDER DUTIES ABE RE-U’M: !.• / ih.|(! OF THE NEW FIELD

PATROL DETACHMENT A SERIES OF BORDER l< J T( n l. ih. \LS': GO INTO ACTION

TO PROVIDE MORALE BOOSTING GOOD FOOD.

PLANS FOR THE PROVISION OF MEAES i> Hr. \| BORDER POSTS

INCLUDE THE INTRODUCTION OF MOBILE FOOD CONVOYS DELIVERING HOT BOXES

CONTAINING A VARIETY OF CHINESE D|‘-:i!! n; STRUNG ALONG THE

BORDER.

PLANS ALSO INCLUDE THF POSS I B IL ' T-. ■ lii'i | : i FOOD DROPS AT MORE ISOLATED POSTS IN HILLY AND INAC'N 1‘>.|.L ARFAS.

MR ARTHUR LUKE OF THE FORCE CAT; RING II IN WELFARE BRANCH HAS BEEN APPOINTED CHIEF STAFI INS ; F4TIT I i.'G . FIELD PATROL DETACHMENT. AND WILL WORK AT THE HORI I? THE COMMAND OF THE DETACHMENT’S CHIEF STAFF OFFICER.

A TRAINING SECTION FOR THE FIELD PATROL DETACHMENT TO BE SET UP AT THE NEW TERRITORIES DEPOT WI LI HAVE !! ; OWN CAN TEEN. AND THREE KITCHENS FOR THE PREPARATION OF DAIL. IIO ALS WILL BE BASED IN KITCHENS CURRENTLY OPERATED BY THE ARM". IN FAST. CENTRAL AND WEST SECTORS OF THE BORDER.

EACH KITCHEN WILL DISTRIBUTE FOOD TO 10 POINTS IN EACH SECTOR ALONG THE BORDER.

MR LUKE SAID: "THE CATERING SECTION WILL MOVE IN AS THE ARMY MOVES OUT. START INC! WITH SHA TAI KOK. WHICH V.; oROPOSF TO TAKE OVER TOWARDS THE END OF NEXT YEAR.

"FROM THAT BASE IN SHA TAU KOK VILLAGE WE SHALL CARRY OUT CATERING SERVICES FOR. THE 10 LOCATIONS IN THAT SECTOR. WE WILL ALSO BASE CATERING SERVICE AREAS AT SANDY SI’i'R '.I MAN KAM TO."

MR LUKE SAID THE PLAN WAS TO DEI.1 I•>.' lloT BOXES OF FOOD AND THERMAL INSULATED CONTAINERS OF HOT AND OLD DRINKS TO UP TO EIGHT MEN MANNING EACH POST ON A ROUND TUI clock ■ <: i hrm SHIFTS DAILY

SEVEN DAYS A WEEK.

"THERE WILL BE THREE DELIVERIES DAILY TO EACH POST TO PROVIDE THREE GOOD MEALS A DAY FOR EACH SHIFT. V M's WILL nltoT. Foop AN[) COLLECT EMPTY CONTAINERS AND WE ARE CONSIDERING A SYSTEM OF SUPERMARKET-TYPE TROLLEYS FOR THE HOT BOXES I I i w >v > | FROM DELIVERY POINTS TO THE BORDER POSTS.

/"SOME OF

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1989

- 8 -

"SOME OF THE POSTS ARE IN ISOLATED HILLTOP POSITIONS AND REACHING THEM WILL BE DIFFICULT SO IT IS POSSIBLE THAT IN SOME CIRCUMSTANCES FOOD MIGHT BE DELIVERED BY HELICOPTER.

ONE DELIVERY VAN WOULD OPERATE FROM EACH KITCHEN AND A MOBILE CANTEEN WOULD BE PROVIDED TO SUPPORT THE TRAINING UNIT AT FANLING. MR LUKE SAID.

A RATION VEHICLE WILL PROCURE FOOD FOR PREPARATION AT THE FOUR KITCHENS.

"THERE WILL BE A THOUSAND MEN. INCLUDING HEADQUARTERS STAFF, ON BORDER DUTIES AFTER THE ARMY HAS PULLED OUT AND FEEDING THEM WILL BE AN IMPORTANT MATTER.

"WE ARE PLANNING THAT EACH MEAL WILL CONSIST OF FOUR OR FIVE CHINESE DISHES AND WE AIM AT MODIFYING THE EXISTING ARMY KITCHENS TO ENABLE US TO PREPARE GOOD CHINESE MEALS.

"WHEN THE FORCE MOVES INTO THE BORDER AREAS ALL OFFICERS ARE NATURALLY GOING TO BE THINKING OF THEIR NEXT MEAL. IF YOU’RE GOING TO BE IN ISOLATED POSITIONS DOING MONOTONOUS DUTIES FOR 13 WEEKS. FOOD HAS GOT TO BE SOMETHING WORTH HAVING.

"OFFICERS ARE GOING TO BE SITTING ON THE TOP OF WATCH TOWER, LOOKING FORWARD TO THEIR FOOD. IT’S GOING TO BE A BIG EVENT IN THEIR DAY AND MAKING SURE THEY GET IT IS GOING TO PROVIDE A BIG BOOST TO THEIR MORALE." MR LUKE SAID.

-------o ---------

TWO BEATING RETREAT CEREMONY SHOWS NEXT MONTH t ♦ * t ♦ *

THE BEATING RETREAT CEREMONY —A HISTORICAL AND STIRRING MILITARY-STYLE SPECTACULAR—WILL STAGE TWO SHOWS AT THE POLICE TRAINING SCHOOL IN WONG CHUK HANG NEXT MONTH.

"THIS WILL BE THE FIFTH YEAR THAT MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC ARE ADMITTED TO ENJOY THIS COLOURFUL AND ENTERTAINING CEREMONY. COINCIDENTALLY RAISING MONEY FOR CHARITY PURPOSES." A POLICE SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).

HE SAID PUBLIC RESPONSE TO THE PERFORMANCES DURING THE PAST FOUR YEARS WAS VERY ENCOURAGING AND OVER S250.000 HAD BEEN RAISED.

"PROCEEDS FROM THIS YEAR’S EVENT WILL GO TO THE SOCIETY FOR REHABILITATION." HE ADDED.

THE TWO PUBLIC SHOWS, TO BE HELD ON NOVEMBER 18 (SATURDAY) AND 19 (SUNDAY). BOTH BEGINNING AT 7 PM. WILL B) PREPARED BY THE PRESTIGIOUS BANDS OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ROYAL MALAYSIA POLICE BAND.

/OTHER ITEMS

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1989

- 9 -

OTHER ITEMS INCLUDE FAN DANCE BY THE POLICE WOMEN'S CHINESE DANCE CLUB AND A DISPLAY OF SILENT DRILL.

TICKETS FOR THE TWO SHOWS. AT $30. SHO. $120 AND $250. ARE NOW ON SALE AT THE POLICE WELFARE BRANCH (5-8041111) IN WAN CHAI. POLICE SPORTS AND RECREATION CLUB (3-7780258) IN SAI YEUNG CHOI STREET. NEW TERRITORIES REGIONAL WELFARE OFFICE (0-4872270) IN KWAI CHUNG AND ALL DISTRICT POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS OFFICES.

AMPLE PARKING SPACES WILL BE PROVIDED FOR SPECTATORS AT THE POLICE TRAINING SCHOOL WHICH. LOCATED JUST NEXT TO THE OCEAN PARK, IS ALSO WELL SERVED BY A NUMBER OF BUS ROUTES.

-----0-----

COMIC BOOK TO SPREAD ANTI-JUVENILE CRIME MESSAGES

YOUNG COMIC BOOK FANS WILL SOON BE LEARNING ANTI -JUVENILE CRIME MESSAGES FROM THEIR READING WHEN A NEW COMIC BOOKLET COMES INTO CIRCULATION NEXT MONTH.

THE 32-PAGE CHINESE COMIC BOOK. WHICH IS JOINTLY PUBLISHED BY THE POLICE PUBLIC RELATIONS BRANCH AND THE DENON STUDIO. CONTAINS A STORY WHICH TELLS OF A POSITIVE APPROACH TO LIFE AND OF THE IMPORTANCE OF AVOIDING (’RIMES.

A POLICE SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (SUNDAY) THAT A TOTAL OF 100.000 BOOKLETS HAD BEEN PRINTED AND THEY WOULD BE DISTRIBUTED TO THE PUBLIC FREE OF CHARGE IN MID-NOVEMBER.

HE ADDED THAT AS THE COMIC BOOK WAS MAINLY TARGETTED AT YOUNGSTERS. ABOUT 50.0000 COPIES WOULD BE DISTRIBUTED DIRECTLY TO FORM 1 STUDENTS BY POLICE SCHOOL LIAISON OFFICERS.

THE REST WILL BE PLACED AT DISTRICT OFFICES AND DISTRICT POLICE COMMUNITY RELATIONS OFFICES. TO BE GIVEN OUT ON A FIRST COME, FIRST SERVED BASIS.

COPIES OF THE BOOK WILL ALSO BE AVAILABLE FOR LOAN AT VARIOUS PUBLIC LIBRARIES.

-----0-----

/1O........

SUNDAY. OCTOBER 22, 1989

10

CLEANER ENVIRONMENT IN WONG TAI SIN SQUATTER AREAS

*****

THE LIVING ENVIRONMENT IN WONG TAI SIN’S SQUATTER AREAS HAS IMPROVED AS A RESULT OP A CLEANLINESS CAMPAIGN.

THIS WAS STATED TODAY (SUNDAY) BY MR LI YUK-WA. CHAIRMAN OF THE WONG TAI SIN SQUATTER AREAS CLEANLINESS CAMPAIGN WORKING GROUP FORMED UNDER THE- DISTRICT BOARD'S SQUATTER AREAS COMMITTEE.

SPEAKING AT A PRIZE PRESENTATION CEREMONY AND TEA RECEPTION TO MARK TUI CLOSING OF THE CAMPAIGN. MR LI SAID MANY RUBBISH BLACKSPOTS AND CLOGGED DRAINAGES IN THE SQUATTER AREAS HAD BEEN CLEARED BY URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT STAFF AND PRIVATE CONTRACTORS HIRED WITH DISTRICT BOARD FUNDS.

MR LI COMMENDED MUTUAL AID COMMITTEES, KAIFONG ASSOCIATIONS, VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT OFFICE FOR THEIR JOINT EFFORT IN MAKING THE CAMPAIGN A SUCCESS.

"WITHOUT THEIR ASSISTANCE AND ACTIVE PARTICIPATION, IT WOULD BE DIFFICULT TO ACHIEVE GOOD RESULTS IN THE SQUATTER AREAS CLEANLINESS CAMPAIGN." HE SAID.

MR LI POINTED OUT THAT PUBLICITY MATERIALS HAD BASICALLY REACHED EVERY RESIDENT OF THE SQUATTER AREAS AND THAT HUNDREDS OF RESIDENTS HAD TAKEN PART IN ACTIVITIES AND COMPETITIONS ORGANISED TO CONVEY THE "KEEP CLEAN" MESSAGE.

THE FOUR-WEEK-LONG CAMPAIGN, WHICH STARTED ON SEPTEMBER 24. WAS ORGANISED BY THE WONG TAI SIN SQUATTER AREAS CLEANLINESS CAMPAIGN WORKING GROUP.

ACTIVITIES HELD INCLUDED CROSSWORD PUZZLE AND COLOUR-SHADING COMPETITIONS. AND A COMPETITION TO SELECT THE CLEANEST HOUSEHOLD AND VILLAGE. THERE WERE ALSO CLEAN-UP OPERATIONS AND PEST CONTROL EXERCISES.

THE UPPER LION ROCK VILLAGE WAS SELECTED THE CLEANEST SQUATTER VILLAGE OF THE DISTRICT WHILE SHEUNG YUEN LENG AND HEUNG YEUNG VILLAGES WERE THE FIRST AND SECOND RUNNERS-UP.

OFFICIATING GUESTS AT TODAY’S CEREMONY INCLUDED THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMAN. DR MICHAEL LEE; CHAIRMAN OF THE DISTRICT BOARD’S SQUATTER AREAS COMMITTEE. MRS LEE LO YUK-SIM; ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MISS SANDY CHAN; AND THE DISTRICT’S HYGIENE SUPERINTENDENT OF THE URBAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT. MR KONG WAN-FEE.

-----o-----

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1989

11

RESIDENTS URGED TO TAKE PART IN DISTRICT FESTIVAL ♦ ♦ * t t

THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT OFFICER, MR STEPHEN FISHER, TODAY (SUNDAY) CALLED ON LOCAL RESIDENTS TO TAKE PART IN ACTIVITIES OF THE $1.5 MILLION DISTRICT FESTIVAL DUE TO START LATER THIS MONTH.

HE SAID RESIDENTS WOULD HAVE A CHOICE OF A WIDE RANGE OF ACTIVITIES DURING THE MONTH-LONG FESTIVAL. TO BE HELD IN ITS THIRD YEAR.

’’APART FROM RECREATIONAL. CULTURAL AND SPORTING PURSUITS, THERE WILL BE ACTIVITIES SPECIALLY DESIGNED TO ENHANCE CIVIC AWARENESS AND ENCOURAGE MORE PARTICIPATION IN DISTRICT AFFAIRS," HE ADDED.

MR FISHER MADE THE APPEAL AFTER OFFICIATING AT THE OPENING CEREMONY OF THE DISTRICT’S ANNUAL ATHLETIC MEET AT THE WAN CHAI SPORTS GROUND.

HE ALSO PRESENTED TROPHIES TO WINNERS OF SOME OF THE COMPETITION’S TRACK AND FIELD EVENTS.

MORE THAN 500 ATHLETES. MOSTLY YOUNG PEOPLE, TOOK PART IN THE ANNUAL SPORTS MEET WHICH WAS ATTENDED BY A LARGE NUMBER OF SPECTATORS.

IT WAS JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE DISTRICT OFFICE, THE URBAN COUNCIL AND THE DISTRICT RECREATION AND SPORTS ASSOCIATION (DRSA), WITH SPONSORSHIP FROM THE DISTRICT BOARD AND THE DISTRICT’S SIX AREA COMMITTEES.

ALSO ATTENDING THE FUNCTION WERE DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER MRS IRENE LEE, AND REPRESENTATIVES OF THE DRSA. MR NGAI WAI-MING AND MR WOO KING-CHEONG.

--------0----------

EASTERN DISTRICT LOOKS FOR OUTSTANDING YOUTHS ♦ » t ♦ ♦

EASTERN DISTRICT IS IN SEARCH OF CARING ^ENTHUSIASTIC^

PEOPLE WHO HAVE BEEN ACTIVELY PARTICIPATING

YOUNG AND

VOLUNTARY WORK.

THEY WILL BE HONOURED WITH THE OUTSTANDING YOUTH" AND AWARDED PRIZES SINGAPORE AND BOOK COUPONS.

TITLE OF ”1989 EASTERN DISTRICT

WHICH INCLUDE A STUDY TRIP TO

ANY YOUNG PEOPLE AGED BETWEEN 16 AND 30 WHO WORK IN THE DISTRICT MAY BE NOMINATED FOR THE AWARD GOOD RECORD OF COMMUNITY SERVICE.

LIVE. STUDY IF THEY HAVE

OR A

/THE ASSESSMENT.......o

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1989

12

THE ASSESSMENT CRITERIA WILL ALSO TAKE ACCOUNT OF THEIR KNOWLEDGE OF COMMUNITY AFFAIRS. THEIR ANALYTICAL ABILITY AND THEIR ATTITUDE TOWARDS WORK.

NOMINEES ARE REQUIRED TO SUBMIT. TOGETHER WITH NOMINATION FORMS. A 3DO-WORD ARTICLE ON THEIR VIEWS ON THE ROLE OF YOUNG PEOPLE IN THE COMMUNITY.

SHORTLISTED CANDIDATES WILL BE INVITED TO ATTEND AN INTERVIEW ON NOVEMBER 29.

THE AWARD SCHEME IS BEING JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD. THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE DISTRICT’S YOUTH RECREATION CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE IN SUPPORT OF THE TERRITORY-WIDE YOUTH FESTIVAL SCHEDULED FOR DECEMBER.

THE ADJUDICATORS FOR THE AWARD SCHEME WILL BE THE CHAIRMAN OF THE CENTRAL COMMITTEE ON YOUTH. MRS ROSANNA TAM: EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICER. MR GARY YEUNG: DISTRICT BOARD CHAIRMAN, MR SHUM CHOI-SANG: CHAIRMAN OF THE DISTRICT’S YOUTH RECREATION CO-ORDINATING COMMITTEE. MISS SUN FONG-CHUNG: AND CHAIRMAN OF THE WORKING GROUP ON YOUTH FESTIVAL IN THE DISTRICT. MR WU TING-PANG.

THE THREE TOP WINNERS WILL EACH BE OFFERED AN EIGHT-DAY STUDY TRIP TO SINGAPORE IN FEBRUARY NEXT YEAR IN ADDITION TO A TROPHY. SEVEN OTHER OUTSTANDING CANDIDATES WILL BE AWARDED BOOK COUPONS WORTH #500 AND TROPHIES.

NOMINATION FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS THREE SUB-OFFICFS. TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 5-630181 EXT. 32.

THE FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE EASTERN DISTRICT OFFICE AT GROUND FLOOR. 880-886 KING'S ROAD BY NOVEMBER 17.

WINNERS WILL BE INVITED TO RECEIVE THE AWARDS AT CEREMONY OF THE YOUTH FESTIVAL ACTIVITIES IN EASTERN VICTORIA PARK ON DECEMBER 10.

THE OPENING

DISTRICT AT

-----0-----

ENTRIES INVITED FOR FLOWER SHOW *****

FLOWER-LOVERS ARE DISTRICT FLOWER. BIRD. CHRISTMAS.

INVITED TO SUBMIT ENTRIES TO THE THIRD NORTH INSECT AND FISH SHOW TO BE HELD DURING

"SPONSORED COUNCIL. THE SHOW

THE NORTH DISTRICT BOARD AND WILL BE HELD AT THE FANLING RECREATION ING ROTARY YOUTH CENTRE FROM DECEMBER 22

BY

THE REGIONAL

THF ADJACENT FANLING ROTARY YOUTH I.’ENIKE Htun

SPOKESMAN FOR THE ORGANISING COMMITTEE SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).

GROUND AND TO 26 . " A

/LADY WILSON........

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1989

LADY WILSON WILL OFFICIATE AT THE OPENING OF THE FIVE-DAY SHOW. WHICH IS A DISTINCTIVE CULTURAL EVENT IN NORTH DISTRICT.

A COMPETITION WILL BE HELD FOR SIX CATEGORIES OF FLOWERS AND PLANTS - POT PLANTS. MINIATURE POT PLANTS. AFRICAN VIOLETS. BONSAI-TYPE PLANTS. EXOTIC ORCHIDS. AS WELL AS ORIENTAL AND LOCAL ORCHIDS.

"THE DEADLINE FOR ENTRIES IN THE FLOWER COMPETITION SECTION IS DECEMBER 5." THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

"TROPHIES. CERTIFICATES AND CASH PRIZES WILL BE AWARDED TO WINNERS IN EACH CATEGORY." HE ADDED.

ENTRY FORMS. TOGETHER WITH DETAILS OF RULES AND REGULATIONS. CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE NORTH DISTRICT OFFICE IN JOCKEY CLUB ROAD, FANLING: THE COMMUNITY AFFAIRS BRANCH OFFICE IN CHO YUEN ESTATE. SHEUNG SHUI: AND THE PUBLIC ENQUIRY SERVICE CENTRES LOCATED AT SAN FUNG AVENUE. SHEUNG SHUI AND IN CHEUNG WAH ESTATE. FANLING.

COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE SECRETARY OF THE ORGANISING COMMITTEE. 67 SAN FUNG AVENUE. FIRST FLOOR. SHEUNG SHUI.

"LAST YEAR THE JOINT EXHIBITION ATTRACTED ABOUT 60.000

VISITORS.

"THIS YEAR’S SHOW WILL BE LARGER IN SCOPE AND WITH MORE ATTRACTIONS." THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

COLOURFUL BIRDS OF DIFFERENT SPECIES WILL BE DISPLAYED IN SIX LARGE CAGES IN ADDITION TO ILLUSTRATIONS PROVIDED BY THE WORLD WIDE FUND FOR NATURE HONG KONG ON BIRD WATCHING. MIGRATION. DIET AND RINGING.

THE INSECT SECTION WILL FEATURE BOTH LIVE INSECTS AND SPECIMENS. WITH EMPHASIS ON THEIR ECOLOGY. CAMOUFLAGE. MIMICRY AND REPRODUCTION.

ALSO OF EDUCATIONAL VALUE WILL BE A DISPLAY BY THE AGRICULTURE AND FISHERIES DEPARTMENT ON FISHERIES AND AQUACULTURE WITH MODELS OF FISHING BOATS.

TANKS OF VARIOUS SPECIES OF TROPICAL AQUARIUM FISH, GOLDFISH AND CORAL FISH WILL BE ANOTHER ATTRACTION IN THE FISH SECTION.

-------0 ---------

SUNDAY. OCTOBER 22. 1989

- 14 -

NOISE CONTROL SEMINAR IN SHAM SHUI PO * * * ♦ »

THE SHAM SHUI PO DISTRICT OFFICE WILL HOLD A SEMINAR ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 26) TO PROVIDE FACTORY AND RESTAURANT OPERATORS IN THE DISTRICT WITH A BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF THE INDUSTRIAL PROVISIONS OF THE NOISE CONTROL ORDINANCE WHICH WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE LATER THIS YEAR.

THE SEMINAR. CONDUCTED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DEPARTMENT. WILL BEGIN AT 2 PM AT THE LAI KOK COMMUNITY HALL. LAI KOK ESTATE.

THE INDUSTRIAL PROVISIONS OF THE NOISE CONTROL ORDINANCE SET OUT TO CONTROL NOISE FROM PLACES OTHER THAN DOMESTIC PREMISES. PUBLIC PLACES OR CONSTRUCTION SITES.

THOSE WHO FAIL TO COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS ARE SUBJECT TO A MAXIMUM FINE OF $50,000 ON FIRST CONVICTION AND $100,000 ON SUBSEQUENT CONVICTIONS.

APART FROM BRIEFING LOCAL FACTORY AND RESTAURANT OPERATORS ON DETAILS OF THE PROVISIONS. REPRESENTATIVES OF THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION DEPARTMENT WILL ALSO EXPLAIN TO THE OPERATORS THE STEPS THAT SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN A NOISE ABATEMENT NOTICE IS RECEIVED.

THEY WILL ALSO INTRODUCE SOME BASIC PRINCIPLES IN REDUCING INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL NOISE.

A PAMPHLET ENTITLED "A PRACTICAL GUIDE FOR THE REDUCTION OF INDUSTRIAL NOISE" WILL BE DISTRIBUTED TO PARTICIPANTS AT THE SEMINAR.

TELEPHONE RESERVATION CAN BE MADE ON 5-8351124.

--------o ---------

KWAI TSING TO PROMOTE REHABILITATION CONCEPT t t * * t t

A SERIES OF i EARLY NEXT

THE KWAI TSING DISTRICT BOARD WILL ORGANISE . RFHABIIITATION ACTIVITIES FROM THE END OF THIS MONTH TO YEAR TO PROMOTE THE REHABILITATION CONCEPT AMONG RESIDENTS.

THESE INCLUDE SEMINARS. VISITS TO REHABILITATION ORGANISATIONS, AN EXHIBITION AND A GAMES DAY.

A SEMINAR INTRODUCING REHABILITATION SERVICES TO SCHEDULED FOR OCTOBER 27 AT TSING Yl ESTATE WHILE TARGETTED AT PROFESSIONALS WILL BE HELD ON NOVEMBER 11 TSING DISTRICT BOARD CONFERENCE ROOM.

RESIDENTS IS

ANOTHER ONE IN THE KWAI

/VISITS WILL

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1989

15

VISITS WILL BE ARRANGED IN DECEMBER TO THE NEW LIFE PSYCHIATRIC REHABILITATION ASSOCIATION’S KWAI SHING WORKSHOP. THE SOCIETY OF HOMES FOR THE HANDICAPPED’S LAI YIU ADULT TRAINING CENTRE. AND THE WINIFRED MARY CHEUNG MORNING HOPE SCHOOL.

THE SERIES OF ACTIVITIES WILL BE CONCLUDED WITH AN EXHIBITION AND A GAMES DAY ON JANUARY 7 AT HING FONG ROAD PLAYGROUND.

ENQUIRIES AND ENROLMENT CAN BE MADE ON TEL. 0-4273593.

------0 -------

SINGING CONTEST IN TAI PO * » » t *

MUSIC LOVERS IN TAI PO ARE INVITED TO JOIN A CIVIC EDUCATION SINGING CONTEST TO BE HELD IN THE DISTRICT NEXT MONTH (NOVEMBER).

THE CONTEST IS DIVIDED INTO FIVE SECTIONS — PRIMARY SCHOOL CHORUS. SECONDARY SCHOOL CHORUS. PUBLIC CHORUS. CHILDREN’S SOLO AND PUBLIC SOLO.

EACH PARTICIPATING TEAM OF THE SECONDARY AND PRIMARY SCHOOLS CHORUS SECTIONS SHOULD COMPRISE BETWEEN 20 TO 50 MEMBERS WHILE THAT OF THE PUBLIC CHORUS SECTION SHOULD COMPRISE MORE THAN TWO PERSONS.

PARTICIPANTS OF THE CHILDREN’S SOLO SECTION SHOULD BE AGED 12 OR BELOW AND THOSE OF THE PUBLIC SOLO SECTION SHOULD BE OVER 13 YEARS OLD.

SEMI-FINALS WILL BE HELD AT THE TAI po COMMUNITY' CENTRE ON NOVEMBER 11 AND 19. THE FINAL WILL TAKE PLACE AT THE TAI PO CIVIC-CENTRE ON NOVEMBER 25.

PARTICIPANTS SHOULD BE AMATEUR SINGERS. THEY ARE REQUIRED TO SING TWO SONGS OF WHICH ONE IS ASSIGNED.

WINNERS OF EACH SECTION WILL BE AWARDED TROPHIES AND WILL BE INVITED TO PERFORM DURING THE DISTRICT’S COMMUNITY ACTIVITIES. EACH PARTICIPANT WILL BE GIVEN A COMMEMORATIVE CERTIFICATE.

THE CONTEST IS BEING ORGANISED BY THE 1989-90 TAI PO DISTRICT COMMITTEE ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN AND THE TAI PO DISTRICT ARTS ADVANCEMENT ASSOCIATION. IT IS SPONSORED BY THE TAI PO DISTRICT BOARD AND DISTRICT OFFICE.

ENTRY FORMS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT THE TAI PO DISTRICT OFFICE AND ITS SUB-OFFICES.

COMPLETED FORMS SHOULD BE RETURNED TO THE TAI PO DISTRICT COMMITTEE ON THE PROMOTION OF CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN AT ROOM 232. TAI PO GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING. TING KOK ROAD. TAI PO BEFORE OCTOBER 31.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON 0-6586520 OR 0-6581223.

/16........

SUNDAY. OCTOBER 22. 1989

- 16 -

KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN TELEMATCH ♦ ♦ * t t

STUDENTS IN KWUN TONG DISTRICT WILL HAVE A CHANCE TO DISPLAY THEIR ATHLETIC TALENTS AT A TELEMATCH. THE "KEEP KWUN TONG CLEAN YOUTH RALLIES". NEXT MONTH.

JOINTLY ORGANISED BY THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT BOARD’S WORKING GROUP ON KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN. THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT OFFICE AND THE URBAN COUNCIL. THE GAMES WILL BE HELD AT SAU NGA ROAD PLAYGROUND. SAU MAU PING. ON NOVEMBER 26.

OPEN TO STUDENTS AGED BETWEEN 13 AND 18, IT IS ONE OF THE DISTRICT’S ACTIVITIES IN SUPPORT OF THIS YEAR’S KEEP HONG KONG CLEAN CAMPAIGN.

THOSE WHO WISH TO TAKE PART IN THE TELEMATCH SHOULD THE KWUN TONG DISTRICT OFFICE’S LAM TIN SUB-OFFICE AT BLOCK 15. LAM TIN ESTATE. TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CAN BE

APPROACH

UNIT 2.

MADE ON

3-404855.

-----0-----

GOVT TUNNEL STAFF COMPLETE TRAINING ON VEHICLE RECOVERY ♦ * t * t

TRANSPORT CONTROLLERS OF GOVERNMENT TUNNELS HAVE COMPLETED A REFRESHER TRAINING COURSE ON VEHICLE RECOVERY TO ENHANCE THEIR CAPABILITY AND EFFICIENCY IN MAINTAINING A SMOOTH FLOW OF TRAFFIC INSIDE VEHICULAR TUNNELS.

SIXTEEN TUNNEL CONTROLLERS TOOK PART IN THE FIVE-DAY COURSE CONDUCTED BY THE ROYAL ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ENGINEERS OF THE BRITISH FORCES AT SHEK KONG.

THE COURSE. COMPRISING ROTH WORKSHOP TRAINING AND FIELD EXERCISES. FORMED PART OF THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT’S TRAINING PROGRAMME TO IMPROVE THE OPERATIONAL EFFICIENCY IN RECOVERING AND REMOVING CRIPPLED VEHICLES ARISING FROM ACCIDENTS AND BREAKDOWNS OF VEHICLES WITHIN TUNNEL AREAS.

DURING THE FIRST SIX MONTHS OF THIS YEAR THE THREE GOVERNMENT TUNNELS - LION ROCK. ABERDEEN AND AIRPORT - RECORDED A TOTAL OF 1.562 ACCIDENTS AND BREAKDOWNS.

TUNNEL STAFF WERE TAUGHT ON THE EFFECTIVE USE OF CRANES. TOWAGE EQUIPMENT AND ANCHORS IN VEHICLE RECOVERY OPERATIONS. A SIMILAR COURSE WAS CONDUCTED IN JANUARY THIS YEAR.

-----0-----

/17........

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22. 1989

17

NEW IDENTITY CARDS FOR MEN BORN IN 1941-44 *****

MEN BORN IN 1941. 1942. 1943 OR 1944 ARE REQUIRED TO APPLY FOR NEW IDENTITY CARDS FROM TOMORROW (MONDAY) TO NOVEMBER 25.

MEN OF THE ABOVE AGE GROUP SHOULD CALL AT ANY ONE OF THE EIGHT • NEW IDENTITY CARD ISSUE OFFICES DURING THIS PERIOD.

"THE NEK IDENTITY CARD ISSUE OFFICES ARE OPEN FROM 8 AM TO 9.30 PM DAILY. EXCEPT SUNDAYS AND PUBLIC HOLIDAYS," A SPOKESMAN FOR THE IMMIGRATION DEPARTMENT SAID TODAY (SUNDAY).

"IT IS ANTICIPATED THAT THE ISSUE OFFICES WILL BE VERY CROWDED IN THE EVENINGS. TO AVOID HAVING TO QUEUE UP AT THE ISSUE OFFICES OR TO COME BACK ON ANOTHER DAY. APPLICANTS ARE ADVISED TO GO TO THESE OFFICES IN THE MORNINGS AND AFTERNOONS." HE ADDED.

APPLICANTS MAY ALSO MAKE USE OF THE PHONE-IN SERVICE TO

ARRANGE FOR AN APPOINTMENT BY CALLING THE OFFICE OF THEIR CHOICE.

THE ADDRESSES AND TELEPHONE NUMBERS OF THE ISSUE OFFICES ARE:

HONG KONG : BASEMENT. 151 GLOUCESTER ROAD. WAN CHAI. TEL. NO. 5-747070

EAST KOWLOON : AMOY PLAZA. SECOND FLOOR. 77 NGAU TAU KOK ROAD TEL. NO. 3-7553679

WEST KOWLOON : CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES. SECOND FLOOR. 393 CANTON ROAD. YAU MA TEI TEL. NO. 3-7232424

TSUEN WAN EAST ASIA COMMERCIAL CENTRE. GROUND FLOOR, 29-37 TSUEN FV STREET TEL. NO. 0-4981259

SHA TIN : SHOP 8A. SECOND FLOOR. CHANWAY SHOPPING CENTRE, 11-17. SHA TIN CENTRE STREET, SHA TIN TEL. NO. 0-6059108

YUEN LONG : HOP YICK CENTRE, SECOND FLOOR, 31 HOP YICK ROAD TEL. NO. 0-4771543

TUEN MUN : CHI LOK COMMERCIAL CENTRE, GROUND FLOOR, CHI LOK FA YUEN TEL. NO. 0-4580862

SHEUNG SHUI : TSUEN WO TAI LAU, GROUND FLOOR, 82-84 SAN FUNG AVENUE. SHEK WU HUI TEL. NO. 0-6727191

/"APPLICANTS NORMALLY .......

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1989

- 18 -

"APPLICANTS NORMALLY NEED TO BRING ALONG THEIR EXISTING IDENTITY CARDS IF THEIR CARDS WERE FIRST REGISTERED NOT LESS THAN SEVEN YEARS AGO AND BEAR THE *** SYMBOL," THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

"HOWEVER, IF THE APPLICANT’S IDENTITY CARD WAS FIRST REGISTERED LESS THAN SEVEN YEARS AGO OR DOES NOT HAVE THE *** SYMBOL. HE IS REQUIRED TO FURNISH MORE PERSONAL PROOF.

"IN ADDITION TO PRODUCING HIS EXISTING IDENTITY CARD. HE MUST PRODUCE HIS TRAVEL DOCUMENT AND EITHER OF THE FOLLOWING I IF ANY) -HONG KONG BIRTH CERTIFICATE, HONG KONG NATURALISATION CERTIFICATE OR HONG KONG REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE," HE SAID.

"IN SOME CASES, APPLICANTS MAY BE REQUIRED TO PRODUCE ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTARY EVIDENCE TO SUPPORT THEIR CLAIM TO HAVE THE RIGHT OF ABODE IN HONG KONG. IN SUCH CIRCUMSTANCES, THEY WILL BE ADVISED INDIVIDUALLY." HE ADDED.

THE SPOKESMAN REITERATED THAT THERE WOULD BE NO AMNESTY FOR ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS.

-----o-----

'JING YING’ CONCERT FOR CHINESE MUSIC LOVERS *****

THE MUSIC OFFICE WILL HOLD A "JING YING" CONCERT FOR LOCAL CHINESE MUSIC LOVERS ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 26) AS PART OF THE 1989 HONG KONG YOUTH CHINESE MUSIC FESTIVAL WHICH STARTED TODAY (SUNDAY).

THE CONCERT WILL BEGIN AT 8 PM AT THE SHOUSON THEATRE OF HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE.

PERFORMING AT THE CONCERT WILL BE THE NEWLY FORMED MUSIC OFFICE CHINESE ORCHESTRA. WINNERS OF THE SCHOOLS MUSIC FESTIVAL AND FOUR CHINESE GUEST MUSICIANS - MR REN TONGXIANG (ON SUONA). MR WANG FANDI (ON PIPA), MISS WANG HONGY1 (ON LIUQIN) AND MR JIANG XUNFENG (ON ERHU).

UNDER THE BATON OF RENOWNED MUSICIAN MISS CHAN MAN-CHONG, THE MUSIC OFFICE CHINESE ORCHESTRA WILL PRESENT A WELL-KNOWN COMPOSITION "RAINBOW".

DURING THE FESTIVAL PERIOD THE FOUR GUEST MUSICIANS WILL GIVE A SERIES OF MASTERCLASSES AT THE MUSIC CENTRES OF THE MUSIC OFFICE.

THE MUSIC DIRECTOR OF THE HONG KONG CHINESE ORCHESTRA, MR KUAN NAI-CHUNG, WILL GIVE A LECTURE ON THE CHARACTERISTICS OF CHINESE MUSIC IN HONG KONG ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 24). WHILE THE MUSIC OFFICE WILL HOLD A SEMINAR ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 28) ON "THE NATIONALITY AND INTERNATIONALITY OF CHINESE MUSIC".

/BOTH THE .......

SUNDAY, OCTOBER 22, 1989

19

BOTH THE LECTURE AND THE SEMINAR, TO BE HELD AT THE HONG KONG ARTS CENTRE. WILL BEGIN AT 8 PM.

TICKETS FOR THE "JING YING" CONCERT AT $20 AND $30 NOW AVAILABLE AT ALL URBTIX OUTLETS.

EACH ARE

ADMISSION TO THE MASTERCLASSES. LECTURE AND THE SEMINAR IS FREE. FURTHER ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON TEL. 5-8235321.

- - 0---------

FRESH WATER CUTS IN TWO AREAS

* * * *

FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN SHEUNG SHUI WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 10 PM ON TUESDAY (OCTOBER 24) TO 6 AM THE NEXT DAY TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS.

THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY CHOI YUEN ESTATE, CHOI PO COURT, YUK PO COURT AND SHEUNG SHUI TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA.

ALSO TO FACILITATE LEAKAGE TESTS, FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN SHAM SHUI PO WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 25) TO 6 AM THE NEXT DAY.

THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD. POPLAR STREET. BOUNDARY STREET, LAI CHI KOK ROAD, WONG CHUK STREET, TAI NAN STREET. KI LUNG STREET. YU CHAU STREET AND APLIU STREET.

- 0 - -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2J» 198$

CONTENTS PAGE NO.

AGREEMENT ON RETURN OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS ....................... 1

SOCIETY’S ABILITY IO PRODUCE TRAINED PERSONNEL IMPORTANT: FS 1

PUBLIC VIEWS TO BE REFLECTED IN TRANSPORT WHITE PAPER......... 2

CHALLENGE FOR KAIFONG ASSOCIATIONS .............................. 6

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS TREE PLANTING IN WAN CHAI ............... 7

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS BUS ROUTE DEVELOPMENT.................... 7

YOUTH STRING MUSIC FESTIVAL TO BE HELD NEXT MONTH................ 8

SALE OF LOK ON PAI DESALTING PLANT............................... 9

WATER STORAGE FIGURE............................................ 10

WATER CUTS IN FOUR AREAS ....................................... 10

ILLEGAL STRUCTURES IN NORTH POINT TO BE CLOSED.................. 11

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT LN TSIM SHA TSUI

11

MONDAY, OCTOBER 23, 1989

1

AGREEMENT ON RETURN OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS * ♦ ♦ ♦ I

A GOVERNMENT SPOKESMAN ANNOUNCED TODAY (MONDAY) THAT AFTER DISCUSSIONS BETWEEN THE HONG KONG GOVERNMENT AND THE XINHUA NEWS AGENCY. HONG KONG BRANCH. THE TWO SIDES HAVE REACHED AGREEMENT TO RESTART THE REPATRIATION OF ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS ON OCTOBER 24 (TUESDAY).

"THE TWO SIDES REAFFIRMED THEIR UNDERSTANDINGS OF 1974, 1980 AND 1982 ON ILLEGAL IMMIGRANTS AND TWO-WAY PERMIT HOLDERS. AND THEIR DETERMINATION TO FULFIL THEIR COMMITMENTS UNDER THOSE UNDERSTANDINGS.'' THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

-----0-----

SOCIETY’S ABILITY TO PRODUCE TRAINED PERSONNEL IMPORTANT: FS

IT IS IN LINE WITH THE EXPERIENCE OF EVERY MATURE ECONOMY THAT

THE OVERALL WELL BEING OF A SOCIETY SOCIETY’S ABIL1TY TO CONTINUOUSLY PERSONNEL. THE FINANCIAL SECRETARY. (MONDAY).

BEARS DIRECT RELATION TO THE PRODUCE TRAINED AND SKILLED SIR PIERS JACOBS. SAID TODAY

"THIS IS ESPECIALLY TRUE IN THE 21ST CENTURY WHEN TECHNOLOGICAL ADVANCES ARE EXPECTED TO TAKE QUANTUM LEAPS FORWARD.

MOREOVER. THE DYNAMIC NATURE OF OUR NEWLY INDUSTRIALISED ECONOMY HIGHLIGHTS THE NEED FOK FLEXIBILITY IN ORDER TO ACCOMMODATE CHANGES." HE SAID.

SPEAKING AT THE ANNUAL DINNER OF THE ASSOCIATION OF SENIOR STAFF COURSE ALUMNI THIS EVENING. SIR PIERS SAID THE ROLE OF TRAINING IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF OUR COMMUNITY IN GENERAL AND GOVERNMENT IN SPECIFIC COULD NOT BE OVER-EMPHASISED.

"AND THE SENIOR STAFF COURSE IS ONE OF THE MANY EFFORTS WHICH WILL BRING US CLOSER TO Till: REALISATION OF OUR COMING OF AGE." HE SAID.

HE SAID THE CURRENT MEMBERSHIP OF THE ASSOCIATION ALREADY STOOD AT SOME 330 STRONG ALTHOUGH IT WAS FORMED ONLY FIVE YEARS AGO.

"THIS NUMBER MAY REPRESENT NO MORE THAN A FRACTION OF ONE PER CENT OF THE ENTIRE CIVIL SERVICE. BUT THIS CADRE OF TRAINED OFFICERS WILL NO DOUBT CREATE A LASTING IMPACT ON THE EFFECTIVENESS OF THE ENTIRE CIVIL SERVICE IN PURSUANCE OF THE GOAL OF CONTINUING IMPROVEMENT IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION.

/’’THE MULTIPLIER........

MONDAY, OCTOBER 23, 198?

2

"THE MULTIPLIER EH ECT OF THIS SOLID CORE OF ENTHUSIASTIC AND HARDWORKING OFFICERS KILL BE TREMENDOUS.” HE POINTED OUT.

SIR PIERS FOUND IT MOST ENCOURAGING TO LEARN THAI PAST PARTICIPANTS OF THE SENIOR STAFF COURSE HAD COME TO OCCUPY SIGNIFICANT POSITIONS IN THE SENIOR RANKS OF GOVERNMENT.

XT LAST COUNT. PAST PARTICIPANTS INCLUDE ONE RECENTLY PROMOTED DIRECTOR. FIVE DEPUTY DIRECTORS. OVER 50 ASSISTANT DIRECTORS OR EQUIVALENT RANKS AND TWO MANAGING DIRECTORS AND THREE GENERAL MANAGERS IN THE PRIVATE SE'TOD.

"THAT IS IMPRESSIVE. ESPECIALLY IN VIEW OF THE NETWORKING POTENTIAL OF THIS GROUP OF EMERGING LEADERS IN GOVERNMENT AND INDEED IN HONG KONG.” HE SAID.

SIR PIERS WENT ON TO NOTE THAT THE PARTICIPATION OF THE PRIVATE SECTOR IN THIS PROGRAMME WAS ANOTHER UNIQUE FEATURE WHICH HAD CONTRIBUTED TO ITS SUCCESS.

’’SINCE THE COMMENCEMENT OF THIS COURSE IN 1984. A TOTAL OF 17 PRIVATE SECTOR ORGANISATIONS HAVE TAKEN PART ALONG WITH CIVIL SERVANTS REPRESENTING SOME 52 GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

"IT IS A HEALTHY SIGN THAT THE PRIVATE SECTOR AND THE PUBLIC SECTOR COULD WORK TOGETHER IN A MUTUALLY RESPECTING ATMOSPHERE TO IMPROVE THEIR MANAGEMENT COMPETENCE IN ORDER TO ENHANCE THE QUALITY OF LIFE OF OUR GENERAL POPULATION." HE SAID.

-----0-----

PUBLIC VIEWS TO BE REFLECTED IN TRANSPORT WHITE PAPER

****»»

THE SECRETARY FOR TRANSPORT. MR MICHAEL LEUNG. SAID THIS (MONDAY) EVENING THAT PUBLIC COMMENTS ON THE GREEN PAPER ON TRANSPORT POLICY IN HONG KONG WOULD BE FULLY TAKEN INTO ACCOUNT IN DRAFTING THE WHITE PAPER ON FUTURE TRANSPORT POLICY.

SPEAKING AT A MEETING OF THE ROTARY CLUB OF NEW TERRITORIES. MR LEUNG SAID MORE THAN 220 WRITTEN AND ORAL COMMENTS FROM A WIDE SPECTRUM OF THE COMMUNITY HAD BEEN RECEIVED DURING THE FOUR-MONTH CONSULTATION PERIOD.

HE SAID THE PUBLIC GENERALLY SUPPORTED THE THREE BASIC PRINCIPLES OF IMPROVING THE TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE. EXPANDING AND IMPROVING PUBLIC TRANSPORT. AND MANAGING ROAD USE, AND AGREED THAT THESE SHOULD CONTINUE TO FORM THE BASIS OF HONG KONG’S FUTURE TRANSPORT POLICY.

/THERE WAS .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 25, 19$9

- 3 -

THERE WAS A COMMON SUGGESTION THAT THE INTER-MODAL CO-ORDINATION POLICY SHOULD ALLOW MORE COMPETITION BETWEEN PUBLIC TRANSPORT MODES AND ENCOURAGE INNOVATIVE SERVICES.

THESE ARE REASONABLE COMMENTS AND WILL BE FULLY REFLECTED IN THE POLICY INTENTIONS IN THE WHITE PAPER. ' HE SAID.

THERI WAS GlNERAL AGREEMENT THAT THE MASS CARRIERS. RAIL AND BUSES. SHOULD FORM THE BACKBONE OF THE PUBLIC TRANSPORT SYSTEM. AND MORE AND BETTER USE SHOULD BE NADI OF THE OFF-STREET MODES TO ALLEVIATE PRESSURE ON THE ROAD NETWORK.

THERE WAS ALSO A CLEAR CONSENSUS THAT THE QUALITY OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICES SHOULD CONTINUE TO IMPROVE TO MEET RISING PUBLIC EXPECTATIONS FOR BETTER COMFORT AND SPEED.

ON PUBLIC CONCERN REGARDING THE PRESENT SYSTEM FOR MONITORING PUBLIC TRANSPORT OPERATORS. ESPECIALLY THE RAILWAY CORPORATIONS. MR LEUNG SAID. ’’THE NEED FOR SETTING BROAD POLICY OBJECTIVES AND STANDARDS FOR THE RAILWAYS IS BEING CONSIDERED BY AN INTERNAL GOVERNMENT REVIEW AND WILL BE ADDRESSED IN THE WHITE PAPER.”

MR LEUNG SAID THE PROPOSED INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME IN THE GREEN PAPER HAD RECEIVED CONSIDERABLE PUBLIC SUPPORT.

HE GAVE AN ASSURANCE THAT THE GOVERNMENT’S COMMITMENTS TO ADVANCE COMPLETION TARGETS AND TO IMPLEMENT MORE MAJOR TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS WOULD MEET PUBLIC ASPIRATIONS.

"THE ADVANCEMENT OF COMPLETION OF ROUTE 3 BY 1996 TO TIE IN WITH THE OPENING OF THE NEW AIRPORT. AND THE ADDITION OF MAJOR PROJECTS SUCH AS THE RAIL LINK CONNECTING THE NEW AIRPORT AND HONG KONG ISLAND. THE LANTAU FIXED CROSSING. NORTH LANTAU EXPRESSWAY AND IMPROVEMENTS TO EAST-WEST ROAD LINKS IN KOWLOON WILL GO A LONG WAY IN MEETING SUCH ASPIRATIONS.

"THESE PROJECTS WILL NOT ONLY SUPPORT FURTHER PORT AND AIRPORT DEVELOPMENTS BUT WILL ALSO BRING CONSIDERABLE TRANSPORT BENEFITS ALONG THE ALIGNMENTS." MR LEUNG SAID.

HOWEVER. PUBLIC VIEWS ON THE PROPOSED ROAD USE MANAGEMENT STRATEGY KERF DIVIDED.

MR LEUNG SAID ALTHOUGH SOME RECOGNISED THE NEED FOR MANAGING THE GROWTH AND USAGE OF VEHICLES. A MORE POPULAR VIEW WAS THAT FISCAL MEASURES SHOULD BE APPLIED ONLY AS A LAST RESORT AND PRIORITY SHOULD BE GIVEN TO IMPROVING THE TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE AND PUBLIC TRANSPORT.

"THIS SENTIMENT IS PERFECTLY UNDERSTANDABLE. HOWEVER, WE HAVE ALSO TO BE REALISTIC," HE SAID.

HE POINTED OUT THAT PUBLIC TRANSPORT ALREADY CARRIED 87 PER CENT OF THE TOTAL DAILY PERSON TRIPS AND THERE WAS A LIMIT ON HOW FAR FURTHER IMPROVEMENTS IN THIS RESPECT COULD REDUCE PRIVATE CAR TRIPS.

/WHILE RECOGNISING

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2}, 1989

WHILE RECOGNISING THE LEGITIMATE ASPIRATION FOR CAR OWNERSHIP. IT WAS ESSENTIAL TO MANAGE GROWTH TO A LEVEL WITH WHICH THE ROAD SYSTEM COULD COPE.

ANOTHER COMMON CRITICISM OF FISCAL MEASURES WAS THAT THEY COULD ONL^ PRODUCE SHORT TERM RESULTS.

MR LEUNG SAID STATISTICS. HOWEVER, SHOWED OTHERWISE.

“THE 1982 CAR RESTRAINT MEASURES REDUCED THE NUMBER

CARS FOR FIVE YEARS. AND DESPITE RAPID GROWTH SINCE 1987.

OF LICENSED PRIVATE CARS IN AUGUST (I.E. 173,900) IS STILL PEAK OF 193.000 VEHICLES IN 1982.

OF PRIVATE THE NUMBER BELOW THE

“IT IS TRUE THAT FISCAL MEASURES REQUIRE ADJUSTMENT FROM TIME TO TIME TO MAINTAIN THEIR DETERRENT EFFECT.” HE SAID.

WHILE IT WAS ACCEPTED THAT NEW INFRASTRUCTURE MUST BE PROVIDED TO AVOID SEVERE CONGESTION. THE NEED FOR REGULAR ADJUSTMENT OF ROAD MANAGEMENT MEASURES SHOULD BE VIEWED IN THE SAME LIGHT, HE STRESSED.

MR LEUNG SAID THE GOVERNMENT WOULD CAREFULLY CONSIDER THE COMMENTS ON THE MANAGEMENT OPTIONS AND BALANCE THE DIFFERENT SECTORAL INTERESTS.

“THE INTENTION IS TO SET OUT IN THE WHITE PAPER, DUE FOR PUBLICATION EARLY NEXT YEAR. A PACKAGE OF MANAGEMENT MEASURES IN THE OVERALL INTEREST OF THE COMMUNITY WITH FLEXIBILITY TO MEET CHANGING TRANSPORT DEMANDS AND DEVELOPMENTS.” HE ADDED.

ON THE MANAGEMENT OF GOODS VEHICLE TRAFFIC WHICH ACCOUNTED FOR ABOUT HALF OF THE TOTAL ROAD TRAFFIC. MR LEUNG SAID THE PUBLIC RECOGNISED THAT SOMETHING HAD TO BE DONE.

THERE WAS GENERAL SUPPORT FOR MEASURES TO DISCOURAGE THE USE OF LIGHT GOODS VANS FOR PERSONAL TRANSPORT.

RESERVATIONS. HOWEVER. WERE EXPRESSED ON USING TAXATION MEASURES TO MANAGE THE GROWTH AND USAGE OF THE LARGER GOODS VEHICLES, HE SAID.

A COMMON VIEW WAS THAT GOVERNMENT SHOULD EXAMINE MORE CLOSELY THE EFFECT OF SUCH MEASURES ON THE ECONOMY. AND OTHER OPTIONS -ENCOURAGING MORE USE OF RAIL AND SEA FREIGHT TRANSPORT, GOODS DELIVERY OUTSIDE THE PEAK HOURS AND USE OF LARGER VEHICLES WITH EFFICIENT LOADING EQUIPMENT TO IMPROVE EFFICIENCY.

IN RESPONSE TO SUCH COMMENTS. THE GOVERNMENT WAS GIVING ACTIVE CONSIDERATION TO A COMPREHENSIVE FREIGHT TRANSPORT STUDY TO ADDRESS THESE ISSUES. HE SAID.

MR LEUNG SAID PUBLIC REACTION TO PROPOSED TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT MEASURES WAS MOST ENCOURAGING.

/FEW DISPUTED

MONDAY, OCTOBER 23, 1989

- 5 -

FEW DISPUTED THE BROAD PRINCIPLES OF MAKING EFFECTIVE USE OF ROAD SPACE. GIVING PRIORITY TO MORE EFFICIENT AND ESSENTIAL ROAD USERS, AND MANAGING TRAVEL DEMAND TO A LEVEL WITH WHICH THE ROAD SYSTEM COULD COPE.

AS REGARDS EFFECTIVE USE OF ROAD SPACE, HE SAID, THERE WAS CONSIDERABLE SUPPORT FOR BETTER USE OF MODERN TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT TECHNOLOGY TO IMPROVE TRAFFIC FLOW, AND IMPROVEMENTS IN PEDESTRIAN FACILITIES TO SEGREGATE THEM FROM VEHICULAR TRAFFIC.

THERE WAS ALSO A STRONG CALL FOR BETTER CO-ORDINATION AND SUPERVISION OF ROAD WORKS TO MINIMISE TRAFFIC DISRUPTIONS.

MR LEUNG SAID THERE WAS A GENERAL CONSENSUS THAT BUSES SHOULD CONTINUE TO BE GIVEN PRIORITY IN THE USE OF ROAD SPACE TO MAXIMISE THE EFFICIENCY OF THIS MASS CARRIER.

BUT SOME CAUTIONED THAT THE GOVERNMENT SHOULD ENSURE ADEQUATE USE OF THE BUS LANES TO AVOID UNDER-UTILISATION, HE SAID.

AS REGARDS COVERAGE. HE SAID THAT CRITICISMS WERE MADE THAT THE PROPOSED STRATEGY HAD NOT ADDRESSED OR ADDRESSED SUFFICIENTLY THE ISSUES OF TRANSPORT LINKS FOR FUTURE PORT AND AIRPORT FACILITIES, CO-ORDINATION OF LAND USE AND TRANSPORT PLANNING, ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION. TRANSPORT FOR THE DISABLED AND ROAD SAFETY.

"THE TRANSPORT LINKS FOR FUTURE PORT AND AIRPORT FACILITIES WERE CONSIDERED AS PART AND PARCEL OF THE PORT AND AIRPORT DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY STUDY WHICH WAS ANNOUNCED ON OCTOBER 11.

"THEY WILL BE INCLUDED IN THE TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY IN THE WHITE PAPER," HE SAID.

MR LEUNG SAID THERE WAS OVERWHELMING PUBLIC SUPPORT FOR BETTER CO-ORDINATION OF LAND USE AND TRANSPORT PLANNING TO REDUCE PRESSURE ON TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES.

HE SAID THE WHITE PAPER WOULD SET OUT CLEAR POLICY INTENTIONS ON THIS ASPECT.

SIMILARLY. MORE WOULD BE SAID ON WAYS TO PROMOTE AND IMPROVE ROAD SAFETY.

ON ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AND INTEGRATION OF THE DISABLED INTO THE SOCIETY. HF. SAID THEY WERE ESTABLISHED GOVERNMENT POLICIES.

ALTHOUGH THESE WERE SUBJECTS OUTSIDE THE TRANSPORT POLICY PORTFOLIO. THE TRANSPORT STRATEGY WOULD TAKE FULL ACCOUNT OF AND WORK TOWARDS ACHIEVING THE GOVERNMENT'S OBJECTIVES IN THESE AREAS. MR LEUNG ADDED.

0--------

/6........

MONDAY. OCTOBER 23. 1989

- 6 -

CHALLENGE FOR KAI FONG ASSOCIATIONS ♦ ♦ ♦ t t

THE COMING DECADE WILL PROVIDE A ’’GOLDEN OPPORTUNITY” FOR KAIFONG ASSOCIATIONS TO FULLY DEMONSTRATE THEIR VALUE AND STRENGTH TOWARDS MAKING FURTHER CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE COMMUNITY. THE REGIONAL SECRETARY FOR HONG KONG AND KOWLOON, MR DAVID LAN, SAID TODAY (MONDAY).

HE WAS SPEAKING AT THE 40TH ANNIVERSARY CELEBRATION OF THE KAIFONG FESTIVAL.

TRACING THE DEVELOPMENT OF KAIFONG ASSOCIATIONS SINCE THE LATE 1940’S, MR LAN PRAISED THE ASSOCIATIONS FOR HAVING CONTRIBUTED TO LAYING A GOOD FOUNDATION FOR THE TERRITORY’S PROSPERITY AND WELFARE SERVICES. ESPECIALLY DURING THE EARLIER YEARS.

THE ASSOCIATIONS, IN THE MORE RECENT YEARS, HAD ALSO BEEN ACTIVELY PARTICIPATING IN COMMUNITY-BUILDING WORK TO ASSIST IN THE IMPLEMENTATION OF DISTRICT ADMINISTRATION.

’’OVER 50 KAIFONG LEADERS ARE DISTRICT BOARD MEMBERS. AND SOME 200 ARE AREA COMMITTEE MEMBERS. WHILE MANY OTHERS ARE SITTING ON VARIOUS OTHER ADVISORY BOARDS AND COMMITTEES,” HE NOTED.

MR LAN REMINDED THE ASSOCIATIONS THAT, IN THE FACE OF UNPRECEDENTED CHANGES AND GREAT CHALLENGES IN THE 1990’S. THEY MUST STRENGTHEN THEIR. STRUCTURE AND CONTINUE TO RECRUIT MORE YOUNG PEOPLE AS MEMBERS.

IN ASSISTING IN THE PROMOTION OF REPRESENTATIVE GOVERNMENT, HE SAID THE ASSOCIATIONS, APART FROM REFLECTING PUBLIC VIEWS, COULD HELP RESIDENTS UNDERSTAND THE SIGNIFICANCE OF ELECTIONS, AND ENCOURAGE THEM TO GO TO THE POLL AND PARTICIPATE IN ELECTIONS.

AS REGARDS THE PROVISION OF SOCIAL SERVICES, MR LAN SAID KAIFONG ASSOCIATIONS SHOULD MARCH ALONG WITH TIME BY DIVERSIFYING THEIR SERVICES AND INTRODUCING NEW SERVICES TO MEET INCREASING DEMANDS.

MR LAN SAID THE 40TH ANNIVERSARY SHOULD MARK THE BEGINNING OF A NEW ERA FOR KAIFONG ASSOCIATIONS.

"MANY ASSOCIATIONS ARE ALREADY BREAKING NEW GROUNDS IN THE PROVISION OF COMMUNITY SERVICES. AND I HOPE OTHERS COULD SOON FOLLOW SUIT," HE NOTED.

-------0----------

MONDAY. OCTOBER 23, 1989

7

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS TREE PLANTING IN WAN CHAI

*****

THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD’S ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE WILL DISCUSS A PROPOSAL TO CONDUCT A STUDY FOR A TREE PLANTING PROGRAMME IN THE DISTRICT AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (TUESDAY).

THE STUDY WILL LOOK INTO SUITABLE SITES FOR PLANTING TREES AND

THE SPECIES TO BE PLANTED.

MEMBERS WILL ALSO DISCUSS A REQUEST TO IMPROVE THE ENVIRONMENT IN TAI WO STREET AND CROSS STREET.

OTHER ITEMS ON THE AGENDA INCLUDE A STREET MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME IN THE DISTRICT AND A REPORT B\ THE WAN CHAI WORKING GROUP ON WORLD ENVIRONMENT DAY AND CLEAN HONG KONG CAMPAIGN.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE WAN CHAI DISTRICT BOARD’S ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT COMMITTEE WHICH WILL BEGIN AT -I PM IN THE DB CONFERENCE ROOM, 21ST FLOOR, SOUTHORN CENTRE. 130 HENNESSY ROAD. HONG KONG.

-----0-----

DB COMMITTEE TO DISCUSS BUS ROUTE DEVELOPMENT *******

THE TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE OF THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD WILL DISCUSS THE 1990-91 PROPOSED BUS ROUTE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMME IN THE DISTRICT AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (TUESDAY).

MEMBERS WILL ALSO DISCUSS A PAPER ASKING THE GOVERNMENT AND THE UNITED NATIONS HIGH COMMISSIONER FOR REFUGEES TO MAKE SEPARATE TRANSPORT ARRANGEMENTS FOR VIETNAMESE REFUGEES. TWO UNHCR OFFICIALS WILL ATTEND THE MEETING.

REPRESENTATIVES FROM THE HONG KONG SCHOOL OF MOTORING WILL BRIEF MEMBERS ON THE COMPANY’S ROAD SAFETY PROGRAMME.

/ALSO ON ......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2J, 1989

8

ALSO ON THE AGENDA ARE A REPORT FROM THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT. AND PROPOSALS TO SET VP A TAXI-STAND. TO CONSTRUCT A SHELTER FOR A BL'S STOt> IN THE DISTRICT AND TO IMPROVE PUBLIC TRANSPORT SERVICES IN BUTTERFLY BAY AREA.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE TUEN MUN DISTRICT BOARD’S TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT COMMITTEE TO BE HELD TOMORROW (TUESDAY) IN THE DB CONFERENCE ROOM. THIRD FLOOR. TUEN MUN GOVERNMENT OFFICES. 1 TUEN HI ROAD. TUEN MUN.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM.

-----0-----

YOUTH STRING MUSIC FESTIVAL TO BE HELD NEXT MONTH

*****

STRING MUSIC LOVERS WILL HAVE THE OPPORTUNITY TO ENJOY THE PERFORMANCES OF LOCAL YOUNG MUSICIANS AND TWO RENOWNED VIOLIN AND VIOLA PLAYERS DURING THE 1989 HONG KONG YOUTH STRING MUSIC FESTIVAL TO BE HELD FROM NOVEMBER 12 TO 19.

FEATURING A SERIES OF CONCERTS. MASTERCLASSES, DEMONSTRATIONS. THE EIGHT-DAY FESTIVAL IS THE SECOND ORGANISED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE TO PROMOTE INTEREST AND IN STRING MUSIC.

LECTURES AND OF ITS KIND UNDERSTANDING

THE FESTIVAL’S FIRST CONCERT WILL BE AN INTERFLOW BE HELD AT THE CITY HALL CONCERT HALL ON NOVEMBER 12.

CONCERT TO

CLASSICAL PIECES OF MOZART. HANDEL, BACH BE PRESENTED BY THE DISTRICT STRING ORCHESTRAS AND FOUR SCHOOL ORCHESTRAS DURING THE CONCERT. 2 PM.

AND TSCHAIKOVSKY WILL OF THE MUSIC OFFICE WHICH WILL BEGIN AT

APART FROM THE PARTICIPATION OF LOCAL YOUNG MUSICIANS. TWO RENOWNED MUSICIANS. MR IVAN CHAN (VIOLIN) AND MS XIAO HONGMEI (VIOLA). HAVE BEEN INVITED TO PERFORM AT THE CHAMBER MUSIC CONCERT AND THE FESTIVAL CONCERT TO BE HELD AT THE HONG KONG ACADEMY FOR PERFORMING ARTS AND SHA TIN TOWN HALL ON NOVEMBER 18 AND 19 RESPECTIVELY.

DURING THE FESTIVAL CONCERT THREE CONCERTOS — STAMITZ’S "CONCERTO IN D MAJOR". SAINT SAENS'S "CONCERTO IN B MINOR NO. 3" AND MOZART’S "SINFONIA CONCERTANTE FOR VIOLIN. VIOLA AND ORCHESTRA IN E FLAT MAJOR. K364" -- WILL BF. PRESENTED BY MR IVAN CHAN. MS XIAO HONGMEI AND THE COMBINED ORCHESTRA OF HONG KONG YOUTH SYMPHONY ORCHESTRA AND MUSIC OFFICE INSTRUCTORS' ORCHESTRA (WESTERN).

/THE CONDUCTORS .......

MONDAY, OCTOBER 2J, 1989

THE CONDUCTORS OF THE CONCERT ARE MR THOMAS WANG AND MR LIU KI-LING.

"THE FESTIVAL NOT ONLY PROVIDES LOCAL YOUNG MUSICIANS THE OPPORTUNITY TO LEARN FROM THE TWO RENOWNED MUSICIANS. BUT ALSO ENABLES THEM TO MAKE MUSIC TOGETHER." A MUSIC OFFICE SPOKESMAN SAID TODAY (MONDAY).

TICKETS FOR THE CONCERTS ON NOVEMBER 18 AND 19. AT $10 AND $20 EACH. ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT ALL URBTIX OUTLETS. THE INTERFLOW CONCERT ON NOVEMBER 12 IS NOT OPEN TO THE PUBLIC.

FURTHER ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON TEL. 5-283257

- - 0 - -

SALE OF LOK ON PAI DESALTING PLANT t * t t ♦

LOCAL AND OVERSEAS PARTIES WHO ARE INTERESTED IN THE PURCHASE OF THE LOK ON PAI DESALTING PLANT ARE INVITED TO REGISTER THEIR INTENTION WITH THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT.

AN OPEN TENDER WILL BE CALLED IN JANUARY NEXT YEAR FOR DISMANTLING AND DISPOSAL OF THE COMPLETE PLANT.

THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL AGREED IN JULY THAT IN VIEW OF THE PRESENT IMPROVED WATER SUPPLY SITUATION. ACTION SHOULD BE TAKEN ON THE DISPOSAL OF THE PLANT.

THE PLANT. WHICH WAS COMMISSIONED IN 1975-77. COMPRISES SIX MULTI-STAGE FLASH DISTILLATION UNITS, EACH WITH ITS OWN OIL FIRED BOILER, EVAPORATOR, TURBO-GENERATOR AND ANCILLARIES. THE TOTAL DISTILLATE OUTPUT IS 181,800 CUBIC METER (40 MILLION GALLONS) PER DAY.

THE DESALTER IS AT PRESENT MAINTAINED IN A MOTHBALLED STATE. IT CAN BE REACTIVATED IF NECESSARY.

SO FAR, A FEW LOCAL AND OVERSEAS POTENTIAL BUYERS HAVE INDICATED INTEREST IN BIDDING FOR THE PLANT.

INTERESTED PARTIES SHOULD NOTIFY THE WATER SUPPLIES DEPARTMENT AT 12TH FLOOR. LEIGHTON CENTRE. 77 LEIGHTON ROAD, HONG KONG.

- 0 - -

/10

MONDAY. OCTOBER 23, 1989

10

WATER STORAGE FIGURE t * * ♦

STORAGE IN HONG KONG’S RESERVOIRS AT 9 AM TODAY (MONDAY) STOOD AT 66.7 PER CENT OF CAPACITY OR 390.790 MILLION CUBIC METRES.

THIS TIME LAST YEAR THE RESERVOIRS CONTAINED 254.179 MILLION

CUBIC METRES OF WATER, REPRESENTING 43.4 PER CENT OF CAPACITY.

--------0----------

WATER CUTS IN FOUR AREAS *****

FRESH WATER. SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN SHEUNG SHUI WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 9 PM ON WEDNESDAY (OCTOBER 25) TO 8 AM THE NEXT DAY TO FACILITATE WATERMAIN CONNECTION.

THE VILLAGES AFFECTED INCLUDE YEE ON SAN TSUEN, CHIU KENG TSUEN, LAI TAV TSUI. YING PUN TSUEN. PANG UK TSUEN AND CHAN UK PO.

ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 26). FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN KWUN TONG WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM TO 6 AM THE NEXT DAY TO FACILITATE NIGHT LEAKAGE TESTS.

THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY WAN HON STREET, HIP WO STREET, KWUN TONG ROAD. HONG NING ROAD AND HONG NING ROAD RECREATIONAL GROUND.

ALSO TO FACILITATE NIGHT LEAKAGE TESTS. FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN HONG KONG SOUTH WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM ON FRIDAY (OCTOBER 27) TO 5 AM THE NEXT DAY.

THE AREA AFFECTED WILL INCLUDE 37-67 REPULSE BAY ROAD (ODD NUMBERS). 4-44 REPULSE BAY ROAD (EVEN NUMBERS) AND 33-47 ISLAND ROAD (ODD NUMBERS).

TO FACILITATE WATERMAIN CONNECTION, FRESH WATER SUPPLY TO CERTAIN PREMISES IN KWAI CHUNG WILL BE SUSPENDED FROM 11 PM ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 28) TO 6 PM THE NEXT DAY.

THE AREA AFFECTED IS BOUNDED BY LAI KING HILL ROAD. HA KWAI CHUNG, YUET LAI COURT, LAI KING ESTATE. CONTAINER PORT ROAD, KWAI FONG ESTATE. KWAI HING ESTATE. SUN KWAI HING GARDEN. KWAI CHUNG ESTATE, TAI LIN PAI ROAD. WAH SHING STREET AND KUNG YIP STREET.

- - 0 - -

/11 ........

MONDAY, OCTOBER 23, 1989

11

ILLEGAL STRUCTURES IN NORTH POINT TO BE CLOSED

THE BUILDING AUTHORITY IS SEEKING TO CLOSE CERTAIN ILLEGAL STRUCTURES IN NORTH POINT SO THAT THEY CAN BE DEMOLISHED WITHOUT DANGER TO THE OCCUPIERS AND TO THE PUBLIC.

THE STRUCTURES ARE IN THE REAR LANE LEADING TO ELECTRIC? ROAD FROM SOUTHERN BUILDING. 257-273 KING’S ROAD.

THE CLOSURE IS PART OF AN EXERCISE TO ENFORCE AN ORDER ISSUED UNDER THE BUILDINGS ORDINANCE IN SEPTEMBER LAST YEAR REQUIRING THE DEMOLITION OF THE STRUCTURES.

NOTICE OF INTENTION TO APPLY FOR A CLOSURE ORDER FROM THE HONG KONG DISTRICT COURT ON FEBRUARY 23, 1990 WAS POSTED ON CONSPICUOUS PARTS OF THE STRUCTURES TODAY (MONDAY).

IT IS EXPECTED THAT DEMOLITION WORK WILL START ONCE THE CLOSURE ORDER IS OBTAINED.

- - 0 - -

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENT IN TSIM SHA TSUI ♦ ♦ ♦ * ♦

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT IN ORDER TO FACILITATE ROAD REINSTATEMENT WORKS AT KIMBERLEY STREET IN TSIM SHA TSUI, THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED FROM 10 AM TOMORROW (TUESDAY) FOR TWO WEEKS:

♦ THE SECTION OF KIMBERLEY STREET. FROM A POINT ABOUT 65 METRES EAST OF ITS JUNCTION WITH CARNARVON ROAD TO A POINT ABOUT 85 METRES EAST OF THE SAME JUNCTION, WILL BE CLOSED.

♦ THE REMAINING SECTIONS OF KIMBERLEY STREET BETWEEN CARNARVON ROAD AND SHUN YEE STREET WILL BE REROUTED FOR TWO WAY TRAFFIC FOR LOCAL ACCESS.

- - 0 -

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG. TEL: 5-8428777

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 2A, 1989

CONTHITS PAGE NO.

PILOT CENSUS SET FOR NOVEMBER............................... 1

THREE LAND LOTS FOR SALE BY AUCTION ........................ 2

NINE QUESTIONS, FOUR BILLS ON LEGCO AGENDA ................. J

ALARM OVER CANNED MUSHROOMS FROM CHINA UNNECESSARY ......... J

MONG KOK DB MOURNS DEATH OF FIREMAN ........................ A

CIVIC EDUCATION SEMINAR FOR HAWKERS IN EASTERN ............. A

SPECIAL DB MEETING ON FUTURE POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT........... 5

DB COMMITTEE TO CONSIDER FUND APPLICATIONS.................. 6

STANDING COMMITTEE MEMBERS VISIT POLICE REGION .............. 6

INFORMATION CENTRES OPEN AT FORTS .......................... 7

CSD STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE OPEN DAY ON SATURDAY........... 8

BOOKLET ON RESPONSIBLE PARENTHOOD PUBLISHED ................ 9

SEMI-FINALS OF YOUNG MUSICIANS' AWARDS ..................... 10

COMPENSATION UNIT ON MOVE................................... 11

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN FANLING ............................ 11

REROUTEING OF KMB ROUTE NO. ?1X ............................ 12

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN SHAM SHUT PO ............. 12

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1989

PILOT CENSUS SET FOR NOVEMBER

A PILOT CENSUS WILL BE CONDUCTED FROM NOVEMBER 3 TO 12 TO TEST THE OPERATION OF A POPULATION CENSUS WHICH WILL TAKE PLACE IN MARCH 1991, THE COMMISSIONER FOR CENSUS AND STATISTICS, MR BENJAMIN MOK, ANNOUNCED TODAY (TUESDAY).

CENSUS OFFICERS WILL VISIT 40,000 HOUSEHOLDS TO OBTAIN PERSONAL AND HOUSEHOLD INFORMATION DURING THE PILOT CENSUS. THESE HOUSEHOLDS HAVE BEEN SELECTED RANDOMLY TO REPRESENT THE DIFFERENT SEGMENTS OF THE POPULATION.

THE MAJORITY OF THE SAMPLED HOUSEHOLDS WILL ANSWER ONLY SIMPLE QUESTIONS ON AGE, SEX AND RELATIONSHIP TO HOUSEHOLD HEAD CONCERNING THEIR MEMBERS BY COMPLETING A SHORT QUESTIONNAIRE WHICH THE DEPARTMENT WILL SEND OUT NEXT WEEK. THE COMPLETED QUESTIONNAIRES WILL BE COLLECTED BY THE CENSUS OFFICERS.

IN ADDITION, ONE-SEVENTH OF THE SAMPLED HOUSEHOLDS WILL BE ASKED MORE DETAILED QUESTIONS CONCERNING THE HOUSEHOLD, SUCH AS HOUSING AND RENT, AND QUESTIONS CONCERNING EACH OF THEIR MEMBERS, SUCH AS MARITAL STATUS, EDUCATIONAL ATTAINMENT, PLACE OF BIRTH, PLACE OF RESIDENCE FIVE YEARS AGO, DURATION OF RESIDENCE, LABOUR FORCE CHARACTERISTICS AND INCOME.

HOUSEHOLDS SELECTED FOR THE DETAILED ENUMERATION, HOWEVER, WILL NOT RECEIVE THE CENSUS SCHEDULE IN ADVANCE. IT WILL BE FILLED IN BY THE CENSUS OFFICERS DURING THEIR VISIT TO THE HOUSEHOLDS.

THE COMMISSIONER CALLED ON THE PUBLIC TO GIVE FULL AND ACCURATE ANSWERS TO THESE QUESTIONS. HE ASSURED THE PUBLIC THAT ALL INFORMATION COLLECTED WOULD BE TREATED IN STRICT CONFIDENCE AND WOULD NOT BE DISCLOSED TO ANY OTHER GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENT OR ANY PRIVATE ORGANISATION.

"THE PILOT CENSUS IS GOVERNED BY THE CENSUS AND STATISTICS ORDINANCE UNDER WHICH THE PUBLIC ARE LEGALLY OBLIGED TO SUPPLY THE REQUIRED INFORMATION, WHILE THE CONFIDENTIALITY OF INDIVIDUAL ANSWERS WILL BE PROTECTED.

"THE ORDINANCE REQUIRES THE CENSUS OFFICERS TO TAKE AN OATH OF SECRECY BEFORE TAKING UP THEIR DUTIES." HE SAID.

THE COMMISSIONER DESCRIBED A POPULATION CENSUS AS A COMPLEX BUT IMPORTANT STATISTICAL EXERCISE.

"IT PROVIDES UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION ON THE SOCIAL, ECONOMIC AND DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THE POPULATION WHICH IS VITAL FOR THE GOVERNMENT IN FORMULATING PLANS AND POLICIES TO IMPROVE HOUSING, EDUCATION, TRANSPORT, RECREATION. MEDICAL AND SOCIAL SERVICES, AND OTHER FACILITIES."

/"THE PILOT .......

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1989

"THE PILOT CENSUS WILL ENABLE ANY DEFECTS IN THE STATISTICAL OPERATION TO BE IDENTIFIED AND RECTIFIED IN GOOD TIME BEFORE THE MAIN CENSUS IS TO TAKE PLACE IN 1991," HE SAID.

THE DEPARTMENT WILL SEND OUT LETTERS TO ALL SELECTED HOUSEHOLDS FOR THE PILOT CENSUS, INFORMING THEM OF THE NAMES OF THE CENSUS OFFICERS (AND THEIR IDENTITY CARD NUMBERS) WHO WILL VISIT THEM DURING THE SPECIFIED PERIOD.

CENSUS OFFICERS WILL CARRY THEIR CENSUS OFFICER CERTIFICATES OF IDENTITY WHEN MAKING THEIR VISITS TO THE HOUSEHOLDS AND HOUSEHOLDERS SHOULD CHECK THEIR IDENTITY AGAINST THE INFORMATION PROVIDED IN THE LETTER.

A "HOTLINE" SERVICE WILL BE SET UP TO ANSWER ANY ENQUIRY WHICH HOUSEHOLDERS MAY HAVE CONCERNING THE PILOT CENSUS. HOUSEHOLDERS MAY TELEPHONE 5-564091 OR 5-564472 FOR ENQUIRIES.

0

THREE LAND LOTS FOR SALE BY AUCTION *****

THREE GOVERNMENT LOTS WILL BE OFFERED FOR SALE BY THE BUILDINGS AND LANDS DEPARTMENT AT A PUBLIC AUCTION TO BE HELD TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) AFTERNOON IN THE CITY HALL THEATRE.

THE LOTS INCLUDE A 3.803-SQUARE-METRE SITE FOR GODOWN PURPOSES AT LAM HING STREET, KOWLOON BAY, KOWLOON.

THE OTHER TWO LOTS ARE IN THE NEW TERRITORIES.

ONE IS LOCATED IN AREA 29A, FANLING, AND HAS AN AREA OF ABOUT 5,915 SQUARE METRES. IT IS FOR PRIVATE RESIDENTIAL PURPOSES.

THE OTHER LOT IS LOCATED IN AREA 8, TAI PO WHICH IS FOR INDUSTRIAL/GODOWN PURPOSES AND COVERS AN AREA OF ABOUT 1,618 SQUARE METRES .

NOTE TO EDITORS:

YOU ARE INVITED TO COVER THE AUCTION, WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) IN THE CITY HALL THEATRE.

-------o----------

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1989

- 3 -

NINE QUESTIONS, FOUR BILLS ON LEGCO AGENDA

» » * * t

MEMBERS OF THE LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL WILL ASK A TOTAL OF NINE QUESTIONS AND CONSIDER FOUR BILLS AT THE COUNCIL'S MEETING TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY).

THE BILLS WILL BE INTRODUCED FOR FIRST AND SECOND READINGS.

THEY ARE THE RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS BILL 1989, MERCHANT SHIPPING (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989, CRIMES (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989, AND THE HOSPITALS, NURSING HOMES AND MATERNITY HOMES REGISTRATION (AMENDMENT) BILL 1989.

IN ADDITION, TWO MOTIONS, ONE UNDER THE PENSIONS ORDINANCE AND THE OTHER UNDER THE TELEPHONE ORDINANCE, WILL BE MOVED BY THE CHIEF SECRETARY AND THE SECRETARY FOR ECONOMIC SERVICES RESPECTIVELY.

------0 ------

ALARM OVER CANNED MUSHROOMS FROM CHINA UNNECESSARY

THE HYGIENE ADVISER OF THE MUNICIPAL SERVICES BRANCH, DR M.B. ALI, SAID TODAY (TUESDAY) THAT THE PUBLIC SHOULD NOT BE UNDULY ALARMED BY RECENT REPORTS OF A BAN BY THE UNITED STATES ON CANNED MUSHROOMS FROM CHINA ON ACCOUNT OF CONTAMINATION BY STAPHYLOCOCCUS AUREUS BACTERIA CAUSING SEVERE FOOD POISONING.

HE SAID THE FOOD-POISONING CASES REPORTED RECENTLY IN HONG KONG HAD NOT BEEN LINKED TO CANNED MUSHROOMS IMPORTED FROM CHINA.

"FURTHERMORE. ROUTINE MICROBIOLOGICAL EXAMINATIONS CARRIED OUT TO DATE ON THE PRODUCT HAVE NOT REVEALED ANY SUCH CONTAMINATION," DR ALT ADDED.

SINCE JANUARY THIS YEAR. A TOTAL OF 25 CHINA-IMPORTED CONSIGNMENTS OF CANNED MUSHROOMS HAVE BEEN SUBMITTED FOR TESTING.

TN THE MEANTIME, SAMPLING AND SURVEILLANCE ARE BEING CONDUCTED.

-------0 ---------

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1989

- 4 -

MONG KOK DB MOURNS DEATH OF FIREMAN

* * I ♦ *

THE MONG KOK DISTRICT BOARD DECIDED AT AN IN-HOUSE MEETING TODAY (TUESDAY) TO RAISE FUNDS FOR THE FAMILY OF THE FIREMAN WHO WAS KILLED IN A FOURTH ALARM FIRE IN A MONG KOK BUILDING YESTERDAY.

MEMBERS OF THE BOARD ALSO EXPRESSED THEIR CONDOLENCES TO THE FAMILY OF SENIOR FIREMAN CHAN JENG-YU.

ON BEHALF OF THE MONG KOK DISTRICT BOARD, THE CHAIRMAN, MR CHOW CHUN-FAI. SAID: "WE WOULD LIKE TO EXPRESS OUR CONDOLENCES TO MRS CHAN AND OUR RESPECTS TO SENIOR FIREMAN CHAN JENG-YU WHO BRAVELY CARRIED OUT HIS DUTIES FOR THE PROTECTION OF LIVES AND PROPERTY.”

THE BOARD WILL APPROACH MEMBERS OF THE SIX AREA COMMITTEES IN TH) DISTRICT. AND THE OWNERS CORPORATION AND BUSINESSES AT SUN HING BUILDING IN NATHAN ROAD, WHERE THE FIRE BROKE OUT.

REPRESENTATIVES OF THE DISTRICT BOARD WILL ALSO PAY HOSPITAL VISITS TO PEOPLE INJURED IN THE FIRE.

-------0---------

CIVIC EDUCATION SEMINAR FOR HAWKERS IN EASTERN

MORE THAN 100 HAWKERS WILL TAKE PART IN A SEMINAR ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 26) TO DISCUSS THEIR RIGHTS AND FREEDOMS UNDER THE LAW.

THE SEMINAR WILL OPEN THE CIVIC EDUCATION CAMPAIGN IN EASTERN DISTRICT WHICH HAS THE "RULE OF LAW, DEMOCRACY AND HUMAN RIGHTS” AS ITS THEME.

A FORMER MEMBER OF THE URBAN COUNCIL, MR LEE CHIK-YUET, AND A LAWYER. MR JAMES TO. WILL BE GUEST SPEAKERS.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT BOARD’S CIVIC EDUCATION PROMOTION WORKING GROUP SAID TODAY (TUESDAY) A RANGE OF ACTIVITIES WILL BE HELD THROUGHOUT THE DISTRICT IN THE NEXT SIX MONTHS TO SPREAD THE CIVIC EDUCATION MESSAGE.

"A ONE-DAY TECHNIQUE-ORIENTED SEMINAR FOR SOCIAL WORKERS, TEACHERS AND CIVIC EDUCATION ADVOCATES WILL BE HELD IN NOVEMBER TO EQUIP THEM FOR THE TASKS OF PASSING ON THE CONCEPTS TO THE GENERAL PUBLIC.” HE SAID.

MEMBERS OF THE WORKING GROUP WILL VISIT ALL OF THE 13 AREA COMMITTEES IN THE DISTRICT IN THE NEXT FEW WEEKS TO INTRODUCE THE CAMPAIGN THEME.

/THE SPOKESMAN

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1989

- 5 -

THE SPOKESMAN ADDED THAT IN ORDER TO PROVIDE A COMPREHENSIVE ILLUSTRATION OF THE CONCEPTS OF RULE OF LAW AND DEMOCRACY, AN EXHIBITION WILL BE HELD IN VICTORIA PARK IN DECEMBER.

"WORK IS ALSO IN HAND TO PRODUCE A VIDEO TAPE TO PRESENT THE IDEAS IN A LIVELY AND ENTERTAINING WAY," HE SAID.

THE CAMPAIGN WILL CONCLUDE WITH A DAY CAMP IN LEI YUE MUN PARK ON FEBRUARY 25 NEXT YEAR. THAT DAY HAS BEEN DESIGNATED AS "CIVIC EDUCATION DAY".

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE WORKING GROUP, MR SUNNY WU, ASSISTANT DISTRICT OFFICER, MISS LINDA SO, AND A DISTRICT BOARD MEMBER, MRS CHOW CHEUNG WAI-PING, WILL OFFICIATE AT THURSDAY’S SEMINAR.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE CIVIC EDUCATION SEMINAR FOR HAWKERS ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 26). IT WILL BE HELD AT THE TREASURE RESTAURANT, THIRD FLOOR, 436-438 KING’S ROAD, NORTH POINT, AND WILL BEGIN AT 8 PM.

------0--------

SPECIAL DB MEETING ON FUTURE POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT t * t t *

THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD WILL HOLD A SPECIAL MEETING ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 26) TO DISCUSS THE TERRITORY’S FUTURE POLITICAL DEVELOPMENT.

REPRESENTATIVES FROM FOUR MAJOR GROUPS ADVOCATING DIFFERENT POLITICAL MODELS FOR HONG KONG IN THE RUN-UP TO 1997 AND BEYOND WILL SPEAK AT THE MEETING. WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 3 PM.

THEY ARE SENIOR LEGCO MEMBER. MR ALLEN LEE, WHO WILL SPEAK ON THE OMELCO CONSENSUS: MR VINCENT LO. ON THE COMPROMISE "1-4-2" MODEL; MR WAI KEE-SHUN. ON THE BICAMERAL MODEL: AND MR YEUNG SUM, ON THE GROUP OF 190 MODEL.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE CENTRAL AND WESTERN DISTRICT BOARD SPECIAL MEETING ON THE TERRITORY’S FUTURE POLITICAL MODEL TO BE HELD ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 26) IN ROOM 1416, HARBOUR BUILDING, 38 PIER ROAD, CENTRAL.

THE MEETING WILL BEGIN AT 3 PM.

0 -------

/6........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1989

- 6 -

DB COMMITTEE TO CONSIDER FUND APPLICATIONS t * * » *

THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT BOARD’S ENVIRONMENT COMMITTEE WILL CONSIDER A NUMBER OF APPLICATIONS FOR FUNDS FOR CARRYING OUT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS IN THE DISTRICT AT ITS MEETING TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY 1.

THESE PROJECTS RANGE FROM MURAL PAINTING TO TREE PLANTING, INVOLVING MORE THAN $250,000.

MEMBERS WILL ALSO DISCUSS PROGRESS REPORTS ON STREET MANAGEMENT. MINOR WORKS PROJECTS. AND ON BEAUTIFICATION PROJECTS IN YUK WAII CRESCENT AND FUNG WONG SAN TSUEN.

OTHER AGENDA ITEMS INCLUDE ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS DISCUSSED EARLIER AT MEETINGS OF AREA COMMITTEES AND THE FINANCIAL POSITION OF THE COMMITTEE AS AT OCTOBER 4.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO COVER THE MEETING OF THE WONG TAI SIN DISTRICT BOARD’S ENVIRONMENT COMMITTEE. WHICH WILL BEGIN AT 2.30 PM TOMORROW (WEDNESDAY) IN THE DISTRICT OFFICE CONFERENCE ROOM, FOURTH FLOOR. SAN PO KONG GOVERNMENT OFFICES BUILDING. KING FUK STREET.

------0 ------

STANDING COMMITTEE MEMBERS VISIT POLICE REGION »«»*»»»

MEMBERS OF THE STANDING COMMITTEE ON DISCIPLINED SERVICES SALARIES AND CONDITIONS OF SERVICE VISITED THE KOWLOON REGION OF THE ROYAL HONG KONG POLICE FORCE YESTERDAY (MONDAY).

FIVE MEMBERS. MR ANTHONY CHEUNG, MR CHOW CHUN-FAI. MR ANTHONY NEOH. MR BRIAN RENWICK AND MR TANG KWAI-NANG TOOK PART IN THE VISIT.

THEY WERE RECEIVED BY THE STAFF OFFICER (OPERATIONS). KOWLOON WEST. MR JOHN BREEN. AND WERE BRIEFED ON THE WORK OF THE KOWLOON REGIONAL COMMAND AND CONTROL CENTRE.

COMMITTEE MEMBERS WERE THEN GIVEN A BRIEF INTRODUCTION TO THE DUTIES OF THE EMERGENCY UNIT OF THE COMMAND AND WERE SHOWN THE EQUIPMENT CARRIED BY OFFICERS ON EMERGENCY DUTIES.

THE PARTY WAS THEN DIVIDED INTO GROUPS AND BOARDED THE EMERGENCY UNIT PATROL CARS TO JOIN ROUTINE POLICE PATROLS IN KOWLOON EAST AND KOWLOON WEST AREAS.

THE VISIT LASTED FOR ABOUT FOUR HOURS AND CONCLUDED AT 11 PM.

-------0----------

/7........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1989

- 7 -

INFORMATION CENTRES OPEN AT FORTS

*****

NEWLY ESTABLISHED INFORMATION CENTRES ON TUNG LUNG ISLAND AND AT TUNG CHUNG ON LANTAU, DISPLAYING HISTORICAL PHOTOGRAPHS AND GIVING A BRIEF HISTORY OF THE TWO FORTS ON BOTH ISLANDS, ARE NOW OPEN TO THE PUBLIC.

THE DISPLAYS HAVE BEEN PREPARED BY THE ANTIQUITIES AND MONUMENTS OFFICE OF THE RECREATION AND CULTURE BRANCH TO FOSTER THE INTEREST OF VISITORS.

BOTH FORTS, WHICH WERE BUILT IN THE QING DYNASTY, WERE DECLARED MONUMENTS BY THE GOVERNMENT, BECAUSE OF THEIR HISTORIC SIGNIFICANCE, SEVERAL YEARS AGO.

STRICTLY SPEAKING. THE FORTIFICATION AT TUNG CHUNG IS HARDLY A FORT. IT WAS REFERRED TO IN THE QING DYNASTY AS A "SUOCHENG", THE TUNG CHUNG BATTALION CITY.

IT WAS THE MARITIME HEADQUARTERS OF THE "RIGHT CAMP OF DA PENG BATTALION" AND INSCRIPTIONS ON THE GRANITE SLAB ABOVE THE ENTRANCE OF THE FORT SHOWED THAT IT WAS CONSTRUCTED IN THE TWELFTH YEAR OF THE DAO GUANG REIGN (1832).

THERE ARE SIX CANNON PLACED ON THE NORTH WALL AND THESE ARE BELIEVED TO HAVE BEEN PUT THERE BY THE LOCAL POLICE IN THE BEGINNING OF THIS CENTURY.

THE TUNG LUNG FORT WAS CONSTRUCTED MORE THAN 150 YEARS EARLIER. BECAUSE OF THE STRATEGIC LOCATION OF TUNG LUNG ISLAND, ITS MILITARY IMPORTANCE WAS RECOGNISED AS LONG AGO AS IN THE SONG DYNASTY.

THE FORT WAS BUILT DURING THE REIGN OF EMPEROR KANG XI (1662 -1722) WHEN THERE WAS GROWING ACTIVITY BY PIRATES AND MING LOYALISTS.

MEMBERS OF THE ANTIQUITIES ADVISORY BOARD WILL VISIT THE TUNG LUNG FORT AND ITS INFORMATION CENTRE ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 28).

THE PARTY WILL INCLUDE THE CHAIRMAN, MR EDWARD HO; THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD’S EDUCATION AND PUBLICITY SUB-COMMITTEE, DR JANET LEE SCOTT: THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD’S ARCHAEOLOGICAL AND PALAEONTOLOGICAL SUB-COMMITTEE, DR SOLOMON BARD.

NOTE TO EDITORS:

MEDIA REPRESENTATIVES ARE INVITED TO JOIN THE VISIT TO THE TUNG LUNG FORT ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 28) MORNING. THE GOVERNMENT LAUNCH "CLEMENTI" WILL LEAVE THE QUEEN'S PIER AT 9.30 AM. AN INFORMATION OFFICER WILL BE ON HAND TO ASSIST.

0

/8

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1989

- 8 -

C3D STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE OPEN DAY ON SATURDAY ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦ ♦

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WILL HAVE AN OPPORTUNITY TO SEE THE WORK OF THE CORRECTIONAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT AND ITS TRAINING OF STAFF DURING THE OPEN DAY OF THE DEPARTMENT’S STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 28).

THE STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE IS LOCATED AT 47 TUNG TAU WAN ROAD, STANLEY. THE OPEN DAY WILL BE HELD BETWEEN 10 AM AND 4 PM.

THERE WILL BE AN EXHIBITION ON THE ACTIVITIES AND CORRECTIONAL PROGRAMMES IN THE VARIOUS PENAL INSTITUTIONS, INCLUDING PRISONS, TRAINING CENTRES AS WELL AS DETENTION CENTRE, DRUG ADDICTION TREATMENT CENTRE AND PSYCHIATRIC CENTRE.

THE EXHIBITION WILL ALSO COVER DEPARTMENTAL FUNCTIONS AND ACTIVITIES IN CENTRES FOR VIETNAMESE BOAT PEOPLE. IN ADDITION, VARIOUS ’’WEAPONS” AND INDUSTRIAL PRODUCTS WILL BE DISPLAYED.

THE INDOOR RANGE, MUSEUM AND TRAINING COURTROOM WILL BE OPEN TO VISITORS.

THE HIGHLIGHT OF THE DAY WILL BE DEMONSTRATIONS OF HANDCUFFING TECHNIQUE, ANTI-RIOT CONTROL, MULTI-GYM EXERCISE, JUDO AND SELF-DEFENCE EXERCISE AND PHYSICAL TRAINING. THERE WILL ALSO BE A DEMONSTRATION BY THE DEPARTMENT’S DOG UNIT, AND MARCHING DISPLAY BY TRAINING CENTRE INMATES.

A DEPARTMENT SPOKESMAN NOTED THAT THE STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE’S OPEN DAY LAST YEAR ATTRACTED THOUSANDS OF SECONDARY SCHOOL STUDENTS.

”WE HAVE MADE SPECIAL ARRANGEMENT FOR GROUP VISITS FROM SECONDARY SCHOOLS THIS YEAR, INCLUDING GUIDED TOURS AND DEPLOYING STAFF TO ANSWER THEIR QUERIES,” HE SAID.

’’THE ARRANGEMENT IS MADE IN VIEW OF THE MANY REQUESTS FOR VISITING THE STAFF TRAINING INSTITUTE DURING THE DEPARTMENT’S CAREER TALKS IN SCHOOLS IN THE PAST FEW MONTHS.

”SO FAR, ARRANGEMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE FOR OVER 50 SCHOOLS WITH MORE THAN 2,000 STUDENTS TO VISIT THE INSTITUTE THAT DAY,” HE ADDED.

MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC WISHING TO VISIT THE INSTITUTE ARE ADVISED TO MAKE USE OF PUBLIC TRANSPORT. THEY CAN TAKE BUS ROUTE NOS. 6 OR 260 (FROM CENTRAL), NO. 73 (FROM WAH FU ESTATE), NO. 63 (FROM NORTH POINT) OR NO. 14 (FROM SAI WAN HO) TO THE VENUE.

-----0-----

/9........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1989

9 -

BOOKLET ON RESPONSIBLE PARENTHOOD PUBLISHED

*****

A COLOUR BOOKLET ON PARENTING HAS BEEN PRODUCED JOINTLY BY THE FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE AND THE CHILD NEGLECT PREVENTION PUBLICITY COMMITTEE AS PART OF THIS YEAR’S CAMPAIGN ON RESPONSIBLE PARENTHOOD AND CHILD CARE.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION PUBLICITY CAMPAIGN COMMITTEE SAID TODAY (TUESDAY) THAT THE BOOKLET WAS PRODUCED AFTER MONTHS OF RESEARCH AND DISCUSSIONS AMONG REPRESENTATIVES OF VOLUNTARY AGENCIES, DISTRICT BOARDS, AND THE INFORMATION SERVICES, SOCIAL WELFARE AND VARIOUS GOVERNMENT DEPARTMENTS.

f-

”WE HOPE THAT THROUGH PORTRAYING THE HANDLING OF REAL LIFE SITUATIONS BY CARTOON CHARACTERS, THE BOOKLET WILL EFFECTIVELY PUT ACROSS THE CONCEPT OF RESPONSIBLE PARENTHOOD AND THE WAYS OF HANDLING CHILDREN,"HE SAID.

THE 20-PAGE BOOKLET CONTAINS A SERIES OF 40 CARTOONS. IT ILLUSTRATES HOW FOUR TYPES OF FAMILIES -- AN OVER-PROTECTIVE FAMILY, A NEGLECTING FAMILY, AN ABUSIVE FAMILY AND A BALANCED FAMILY — HANDLE THEIR CHILDREN IN A SIMILAR SITUATION AND THE LIKELY CONSEQUENCES.

CITING A CHILD RETURNING HOME WITH A POOR SCHOOL REPORT AS AN EXAMPLE, THE SPOKESMAN POINTED OUT THAT SOME FAMILIES NEGLECTED THE CHILD’S EFFORTS IN HIS STUDIES ALTOGETHER.

IN THE CASE OF AN OVER-PROTECTIVE FAMILY, THE CHILD WAS ONLY GIVEN MATERIAL REWARD AS INCENTIVE FOR IMPROVEMENT WITHOUT BEING OFFERED HELP TO SOLVE HIS PROBLEMS.

IN THE CASE OF AN ABUSIVE FAMILY, THE CHILD WAS SCOLDED AND DRIVEN OUT OF THE HOUSE, WHILE IN A BALANCED FAMILY, THE CHILD WAS ENCOURAGED BY HIS PARENTS WITH AN UNDERSTANDING PAD ON THE SHOULDER AND WAS ASSISTED IN SOLVING HIS PROBLEMS.

IN ADDITION TO THE "DOS" AND "DON’TS" IN PARENTING, THE BOOKLET ALSO CONTAINS SLOGANS ON RESPONSIBLE PARENTHOOD AND THE TELEPHONE NUMBERS AND ADDRESSES OF OFFICES OF THE SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT AND VOLUNTARY AGENCIES THAT PROVIDE ASSISTANCE AND COUNSELLING SERVICES IN RELATION TO CHILD CARE AND FAMILY PROBLEMS.

COPIES OF THE BOOKLET ARE OBTAINABLE FREE OF CHARGE FROM ALL SOCIAL WELFARE DEPARTMENT YOUTH OFFICES FROM THURSDAY (OCTOBER 26). COPIES WILL ALSO BE DISTRIBUTED DURING A FAMILY LIFE EDUCATION EXHIBITION TO BE HELD ON SATURDAY (OCTOBER 28) AND SUNDAY IN SHUN TAK CENTRE, SHEUNG WAN.

-------0---------

/1O........

TUESDAY, OCTOBER 24, 1989

- 10 -

SEMI-FINALS OF YOUNG MUSICIANS’ AWARDS « * » * *

THE SEMI-FINALS OF THIS YEAR’S HONG KONG YOUNG MUSICIANS' AWARDS WILL BE HELD AT THE STUDIO THEATRE, HONG KONG ACADEMY FOR PERFORMING ARTS, FROM NOVEMBER 1 TO 5. EACH SESSION WILL BEGIN AT 7.30 PM.

THE AWARDS IS ONE OF THE MAJOR LOCAL MUSIC EVENTS JOINTLY PRESENTED BY THE MUSIC OFFICE, RADIO TELEVISION HONG KONG AND THE COMPOSERS AND AUTHORS SOCIETY OF HONG KONG (CASH).

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE ORGANISING COMMITTEE, MR THOMAS WANG, SAID THE CONTEST WAS AIMED AT RAISING THE STANDARD OF COMPOSING AND PERFORMING SERIOUS MUSIC AS WELL AS AROUSING INTEREST IN THE APPRECIATION OF SERIOUS MUSIC.

THERE ARE SIX CATEGORIES FOR THE AWARDS: COMPOSITION FOR WESTERN MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS, CHINESE MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS, MIXED INSTRUMENTATION AND ELECTRO-ACCOUSTICAL WORKS, AS WELL AS ENSEMBLE PERFORMANCE IN WESTERN MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS AND CHINESE MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS.

A SPOKESMAN FOR THE ORGANISING COMMITTEE SAID COMPOSITION (ELECTRO-ACCOUSTICAL WORKS) WAS A MORE UNUSUAL CATEGORY.

"WITH THE ADVANCEMENT IN ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY, A LARGE RANGE OF ELECTRONIC MIXERS AND AMPLIFIERS ARE POPULARLY USED IN MUSIC COMPOSITION AND CONCERTS," THE SPOKESMAN SAID.

"THE INTRODUCTION OF SUCH A CATEGORY IN THIS YEAR’S COMPETITION WILL CERTAINLY MEET THE NEED OF SOME MUSICIANS," HE ADDED.

AS IN PREVIOUS YEARS, THE CASH WILL DONATE S60,000 IN CASH AWARDS TO THE TOP THREE WINNERS IN EACH CATEGORY.

THE PANEL OF ADJUDICATORS WILL COMPRISE PRESTIGIOUS LOCAL MUSICIANS.

FREE ADMISSION COUPONS FOR THE SEMI-FINALS ARE NOW AVAILABLE AT ALL MUSIC CENTRES OF THE MUSIC OFFICE. FURTHER ENQUIRIES CAN BE MADE ON TEL. 5-283257.

-------o ---------

TUESDAY. OCTOBER 24. 1989

11

COMPENSATION UNIT ON MOVE

*****

THE LABOUR DEPARTMENT'S PNEUMOCONIOSIS COMPENSATION UNIT IN CANTON ROAD GOVERNMENT OFFICES HAS MOVED TO CENTRAL DISTRICT.

THE UNIT IS NOW OPERATING FROM ROOM 1522. 15TH FLOOR. HARBOUR BUILDING. 38 PIER ROAD. CENTRAL.

IN ADDITION. THE UNIT HAS BEEN RENAMED "PNEUMOCONIOSIS COMPENSATION OFFICE" TO ASSIST PNEUMOCONIOTIC PERSONS OR THEIR DEPENDANTS IN OBTAINING COMPENSATION FROM THE PNEUMOCONIOSIS FUND BOARD.

PNEUMOCONIOSIS IS A COLLECTIVE TERM FOR DUST DISEASES OF THE LUNG. BUT UNDER THE LAW ITS MEANING IS AT PRESENT CONFINED TO SILICOSIS AND ASBESTOSIS.

TELEPHONE ENQUIRIES CONCERNING COMPENSATION FOR THE

OCCUPATIONAL DISEASE CAN BE MADE ON 5-8524030.

-----0 ---------

TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS IN FANLING *****

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT IN ORDER TO FACILITATE ROAD CONSTRUCTION WORKS ON ROAD D6 IN WO HOP SHEK, FANLING, THE FOLLOWING TRAFFIC AND TRANSPORT ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED FROM 10 AM ON THURSDAY (OCTOBER 26) FOR SIX MONTHS:

» THE SECTION OF ROAD D6 BETWEEN ROAD B200 AND ROAD L100 WILL BE CLOSED. DURING THE CLOSURE, NORTHBOUND TRAFFIC ON WO HOP SHEK ROAD HEADING FOR SHEUNG SHUI WILL BE DIVERTED VIA ROAD B200 AND ROAD L100, WHILE SOUTHBOUND TRAFFIC ON ROAD D6 HEADING FOR FANLING AND KOWLOON WILL BE DIVERTED VIA ROAD L100 AND ROAD B200.

* KMB ROUTE NO. 70K (TIN SAM TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA TO SHEUNG SHUI) WILL BE DIVERTED VIA ROAD L100, ROAD B200 AND WO HOP SHEK ROAD INSTEAD OF ROAD L100, ROAD D6 AND WO HOP SHEK ROAD ON JOURNEYS TO SHEUNG SHUI; AND VIA WO HOP SHEK ROAD, ROAD B200, ROAD LI00, ROAD D6 AND ROAD L100 INSTEAD OF WO HOP SHEK ROAD, ROAD D6 AND ROAD L100 ON JOURNEYS TO TIN SAM TEMPORARY HOUSING AREA.

* KMB ROUTE NO. 73A (CHOI YUEN TO YUEN CHAU KOK) WILL BE DIVERTED VIA WO HOP SHEK ROAD, ROAD B200, ROAD LI 00, ROAD D6, ROAD L100, ROAD B200 AND WO HOP SHEK ROAD INSTEAD OF WO HOP SHEK ROAD, ROAD D6, ROAD LI00, ROAD D6 AND WO HOP SHEK ROAD ON JOURNEYS TO CHOI YUEN AND YUEN CHAU KOK.

-------o ---------

/12........

TUESDAY. OCTOBER 24, 1989

- 12 -

REROUTEING OF KMB ROUTE NO. 7IX

* K » * *

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT IN ORDER TO FACILITATE DIRECT ACCESS FROM NORTH DISTRICT TO CHEUNG SHA WAN AND VICE VERSA. THE ROUTEING OF KMB NEW TERRITORIES EXPRESS ROUTE NO. 71X (SHEUNG SHUI TO CHEUNG SHA WAN) WILL BE REVISED TO OMIT MONG KOK AREA FROM THURSDAY (OCTOBER 26).

ON JOURNEYS TO CHEUNG SHA WAN, NO. 71X WILL BE OPERATED VIA LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD, LUNG CHEUNG ROAD. NAM CHEONG STREET, UN CHAU STREET, HING WAH STREET AND CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD.

ON JOURNEYS TO SHEUNG SHUI, THE BUS SERVICE WILL BE OPERATED VIA CHEUNG SHA WAN ROAD. TUNG CHAU WEST STREET, CASTLE PEAK ROAD, TAI PO ROAD, PAK TIN STREET, WOH CHAI STREET, NAM CHEONG STREET, LUNG CHEUNG ROAD AND LION ROCK TUNNEL ROAD.

-----o-----

TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS

*****

IN SHAM SHUI PO

THE TRANSPORT DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCES THAT IN ORDER TO FACILITATE THE CONSTRUCTION OF A FOOTBRIDGE ACROSS YEN CHOW STREET NEAR NAM CHEONG ESTATE IN SHAM SHUI PO. CERTAIN TEMPORARY TRAFFIC ARRANGEMENTS WILL BE IMPLEMENTED ON FRIDAY AND SATURDAY (OCTOBER 27 AND 28) BETWEEN 1.30 AM AND 5.15 AM.

ON FRIDAY, THE SECTION OF YEN CHOW STREET BETWEEN TUNG CHAU STREET AND SHAM SHUI PO FERRY PIER BUS TERMINUS WILL BE CLOSED EXCEPT FOR EMERGENCY ACCESS AND ACCESS TO NAM CHEONG ESTATE.

ON FRIDAY AND SATURDAY, THE SLIP ROAD LEADING FROM THE WEST KOWLOON CORRIDOR TO YEN CHOW STREET WILL BE CLOSED. MOTORISTS FROM CHERRY STREET HEADING FOR YEN CHOW STREET ARE ADVISED TO TRAVEL VIA CHERRY STREET, TAI KOK TSUI ROAD, BOUNDARY STREET. HOI TAN STREET AND YEN CHOW STREET.

--------o----------

DAILY INFORMATION BULLETIN

ISSUED BY GOVERNMENT INFORMATION SERVICES BEACONSFIELD HOUSE, HONG KONG..TEL: 5-8428777

WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER 25, 1989

CON LINTS PAGE NO.

LEGISLATIVE COUNCIL MEETING:

’TRADING FUNDS’ CONCEPT BEING EXAMINED.................... 1

•7 *' l \

MEASURES TO CURB ACCIDENTS ON TUEN MUN HIGHWAY............ 1

PROCEDURES FOR CIVIL SERVICE STAFF COMPLAINTS ............ 2

EARLY START ON REPATRIATION A FIRM OBJECTIVE.............. 4

ROLE OF GOVT LAWYERS IN CIVIL LITIGATION.................. 5

POSSIBLE CHANGES TO FIREARMS LAW UNDER STUDY.............. 5

GUIDELINE ON ACCESS TO PERSONAL RECORDS .................. 6

CONSULTATION NOT REQUIRED................................. 7

TRADING PARTNERS TOLD OF HK’S CONCERNS ON SANCTIONS...... 8

RESOLUTION ON WIDOW’S PENSION APPLICATION PASSED ......... 9

CHARGES FOR INTERCONNECTION SERVICES INCREASED........... 10

PURPOSE OF RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS BILL EXPLAINED.......... 11

BILL ON THIRD PARTY INSURANCE FOR PASSENGER VESSELS...... 12

EFFECTIVE ACTION AGAINST VICE ESTABLISHMENTS PROPOSED.... 14

REVISED REGISTRATION FEES FOR HOSPITALS PROPOSED......... 16

NUMBER O